units

faculty-ug-arts

Faculty of Arts

Monash University

Monash University Handbook 2014 Undergraduate - Units

This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2014 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.

print version


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Term 2 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Prato Term 2 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Term 2 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Prato Term 2 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Term 2 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Prato Term 2 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Term 2 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Prato Term 2 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Term 2 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Prato Term 2 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Term 2 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Prato Term 2 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Synopsis

Students join approved fourth level language studies at an Indonesian institution 260 contact hours. Program is negotiated in advance of departure with convenor.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Permission of Study Abroad convenor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Synopsis

Students participate in an approved program of study which includes formal language classes and an agreed number of workshops and excursions relevant to Indonesian culture.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Synopsis

Students participate in an approved year long program of study in Indonesia covering areas relevant to a language and related disciplines.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Synopsis

Students participate in an approved year long program of study in Indonesia covering areas relevant to a language and related disciplines.

Assessment

Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alistair Harkness

Notes

Previously coded CJM4004

Synopsis

This unit examines the complexity of criminal behaviours and the range of criminological theories espoused in order to explain such diverse behaviours. Humans are rule-making and rule-enforcing beings, but not all of us conform to these rules. Many violate the rules and are subject to sanctions and punishment. Individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours and enterprises are examined in this unit. A sophisticated analysis of criminal behaviours includes exploration of biological, psychological and social explanations of crime and the interactionist tradition including differential association theory. Crowd disorders and street gang behaviours will be examined. Organisational and institutional criminal behaviours extend from white-collar and corporate criminal activity to the dynamics of political crimes of violence, corruption and human rights violations that can be committed by the state and against the state. The unit involves study of definitional and conceptual issues, causes, methods of control and the effects of such organisational criminal behaviour. The unit examines the legal controls and responses by governments and other agencies in order to curb and prevent criminal behaviours of individuals, groups and organisations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. an understanding of definitions of criminal behaviour, including an awareness that the law is not static and changes over time
  2. the ability to identify the key characteristics of criminal behaviours and criminal enterprises
  3. knowledge about the core theoretical debates and issues of criminal behaviours that focus on individuals, groups and organisations
  4. the ability to identify traits about the nature of individuals, groups and organisations that engage in criminal activity
  5. an appreciation of the various models available for explaining the relationship between criminality, the individual and society
  6. an awareness of the contribution of the criminal behaviour theories to criminal justice policy and practice
  7. an understanding of what it means to be a victim of criminal behaviour instigated by individual, group or organisation

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

CRJ5004


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Professor Greg Barton

Notes

Previously coded PLM4420

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will have attained an intricate and critical knowledge of the diversity of Islamic thought in relation to modernity; a profound and detailed understanding of the key issues at the heart of tensions between Islam and modernity; a deep understanding of the way Muslims in the Muslim world and Muslims in the West are affected by the ongoing tension between Islam and modernity; a critical appreciation of the way reformist Islamic thinkers have tried to deal with the question compatibility between Islam and modernity; a detailed knowledge of the common ground between Islam and modernity that is used by Islamic modernists/reformers and the analytical ability to deconstruct that argument with reference to traditional Islamic sources; a deep understanding of the broad conceptual basis of Islamic political thoughts; a detailed understanding of the Islamic reformist movement that has emerged in the West; a sophisticated level of oral presentation skills; highly developed writing skills; and developed research skills..

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Exam: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar

Prohibitions

ATS4336/APG5336


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tony Moore

Synopsis

The unit will involve a study tour of major media organizations, with some attention also to alternative media. Most site visits will be in Melbourne and Sydney, but may also include international travel. Students will draw on background knowledge and skills in analysis gained from other units, gaining the opportunity to test them against real world examples. The unit will have a strong element of experiential learning, through seeing the insides of media organizations and having direct contact with those who work in them. At the same time, it will encourage critical scholarly thinking.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the internal organization and culture of media organisations;
  2. demonstrate an appreciation of the complex 'ecology' of a major media industries, gaining the ability to see lateral connections between different organisations;
  3. demonstrate skills in direct observation of media industries, as a complement to reading and scholarship in the area;
  4. demonstrate an awareness of production and audience contexts in communications and media studies;
  5. have confidence in approaching and working with individuals and organisations at the cutting edge of communications and media.

Assessment

Site brief (2000 words): 20%
Site log (3000 words): 30%
Major essay (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Rebecca-Anne Do Rozario

Synopsis

Under exceptional circumstances the department can organize a reading unit in an academically suitable area. The offering of such a unit is dependent on the availability and consent of a staff member able to conduct it, and on its likely impact on staff workload. Content, structure and schedule would be worked out between the tutor, the fourth-year co-ordinator and the student. Written assessment at the level of other fourth-year courses would be required.

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Scott Grant

Notes

Previously coded CHI1010

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to spoken and written modern standard Chinese to students with no prior knowledge of Mandarin. An overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese is begun with equal emphasis on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Students will also be
introduced to culture and customs as they relate to everyday life.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired:

  1. The ability to read around 250 Chinese characters and identify important

associated radicals.

  1. The ability to write around 250 Chinese characters in simple composition.
  2. The ability to use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a small

number of everyday practical situations (approximates to Common European Framework of Reference for Languages A1).

  1. The ability to use the pinyin Romanisation system.
  2. A basic critical understanding of Chinese culture and customs as they relate to daily life.

Assessment

Written work and tests: 45%
Written exam: 40%(minimum pass hurdle requirement)
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 hours per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students choosing the flexible mode can choose to access lecture material solely through Monash University Lectures Online recordings or to attend lectures on-campus.

Online synchronous (real time) tutorial, seminar and computer lab class times will be offered as an alternative to on-campus classes. A minimum attendance rate of 75% is required for these classes to avoid penalty.

Flexible students will be required to come to the Clayton campus in person on a total of 3 occasions during the semester. This includes attendance at one lecture test, one oral presentation and one end of semester oral exam. They will also be required to attend a Monash nominated exam venue for the written exam at the end of semester .

Students choosing the flexible mode must have reliable access to high-speed broadband, have a computer with a minimum of 4MB RAM and an independent graphics card, and a headset with microphone.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1021, ATS2001, ATS2021


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Scott Grant

Notes

Previously coded CHI1020

Synopsis

This unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese Introductory 1. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Students will continue to be familiarized with Chinese culture and customs as they relate to daily life from a cross-cultural perspective.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able tohave acquired:

  1. The ability to read around an additional 250 Chinese characters (500 in total) and identify important

associated radicals.

  1. The ability to write around an additional 250 Chinese characters in simple composition (around 500 in total).
  2. The ability to use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a range of

everyday practical situations (approximates to Common European Framework of Reference for Languages A1+).

  1. The ability to use the pinyin Romanisation system.
  2. A critical understanding of Chinese culture and customs as they relate to daily life from a cross-cultural perspective.

Assessment

Written work and tests: 45%
Written exam: 40% (minimum pass hurdle requirement)
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 hours per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students choosing the flexible mode can choose to access lecture material solely through Monash University Lectures Online recordings or to attend lectures on-campus.

Online synchronous (real time) tutorial, seminar and computer lab class times will be offered as an alternative to on-campus classes. A minimum attendance rate of 75% is required for these classes to avoid penalty.

Flexible students will be required to come to the Clayton campus in person on a total of 3 occasions during the semester. This includes attendance at one lecture test, one oral presentation and one end of semester oral exam. They will also be required to attend a Monash nominated exam venue for the written exam at the end of semester .

Students choosing the flexible mode must have reliable access to high-speed broadband, have a computer with a minimum of 4MB RAM and an independent graphics card, and a headset with microphone.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1001 or ATS2001 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS1022, ATS2002, ATS2022


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Malaysia October intake 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor James Chin

Synopsis

This unit draws from various disciplines to contextualise students' development of discipline-specific skills and approaches to knowledge construction and interrogation essential for successful study at university. It examines and develops reading, writing, thinking, communication and research skills through discipline-specific perspectives in the sciences, humanities and social sciences. Through an exploration of basic rhetorical principles and developmental patterns of a range of academic literacy forms, emphasis is given to the discourse practices and research skills necessary for disciplinary expertise. Underpinning the development of these key skills is the recognition that students need to be enabled to participate in academic discourses as active contributors to knowledge construction, contestation, application and communication, and not mere recipients. Lectures will focus on key areas of academic literacies while exploring differences or similarities between perspectives and genres in the various disciplines. By engaging in the rigorous academic process of critical reading, writing, revision, presentation, and discussion together with academic support and feedback, tutorials enable students to gradually participate in the construction, debate and interrogation of academic knowledge.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate the ability to access, evaluate, interpret and use information appropriately from a variety of sources, especially within their disciplines.
  2. employ skills and strategies for reading a variety of discipline-specific texts: textbooks, reports, research articles and others.
  3. engage in critical and reflective thinking to respond to and construct academic discourses.
  4. manage group dynamics and work effectively in teams to solve problems and generate desired outcomes.
  5. make appropriate choices regarding context, purpose, rhetoric structure, strategies, form and style to communicate effectively for different audiences and academic communities.
  6. revise and refine work in line with academic conventions, clarity and correctness.
  7. demonstrate a degree of independence and integration of skills to produce a research paper in their discipline area.

Assessment

Annotated bibliography: 10%
Tutorial participation: 15%
Oral presentation: 15%
Reading-writing task: 15%
Reading-writing task 2: 15%
Research paper: 30%(This is a hurdle requirement. Satisfactory completion of this assessment task is needed in order to pass the unit).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 X 1-hour lecture and 1 X 2-hour tutorial per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Melissa Wong Yuet Fun

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce students to the practices, requirements and expectations of university study and so prepare them to participate in the academic learning environment. It seeks to equip students with the academic skills, tertiary literacies and attitudes essential for successful university study. The coverage of a range of key skills ranging from academic writing to critical reading is unified thematically by a consideration of what makes university study different, the benefits of a university education and the development of graduate attributes. Throughout the unit, there will be an emphasis on the utility and transferability of these academic skills and competencies for employability, lifelong learning, and to other subjects undertaken so that students can navigate their own learning. Contextualised within themes and topics, lectures will situate skills development within current research, and highlight salient principles and practices. Tutorials will involve participation in a variety of tasks, focusing on discussion, assessment, application, practice and analysis of skills development in context.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an appreciation of the centrality of skills development in academic excellence
  2. access and evaluate information needed appropriately.
  3. use strategies and skills for effective, efficient and critical reading of academic texts.
  4. produce essays that present a well-developed, coherent viewpoint and adhere to the conventions of academic writing
  5. effectively prepare for and deliver oral presentations.

Maximise their learning from lectures, tutorials, reading materials and assessment tasks.

Employ a range of skills, including academic reading, thinking and writing to academic tasks in this and other units

Apply teamwork, leadership and independent learning skills through various learning opportunities

Assessment

Learning journal: 15%
Tutorial participation: 15%
Assignment 1: 20%
Assignment 2: 20%
Group project & presentation: 30% (This is a hurdle requirement. Satisfactory completion of this assessment task is needed in order to pass the unit).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures and tutorials per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Dunbar

Synopsis

This unit is a general introduction to the study of religions, spirituality, and belief and non-belief, in the contemporary world. In particular, it introduces a range of theoretical and methodological approaches, and examines some of the pressing intellectual questions that are raised by (and for) religions, spirituality, belief and non-belief.

Issues canvassed include: religion and colonisation; religion and environmental degradation; religion, gender and sexuality; religion and spirituality; religious responses to modernity; and religion, secularisation, and non-belief. The future of religions will also be discussed, in the light of the theories and methods introduced in the unit.

Outcomes

  1. Students who have completed this unit will have an enhanced ability to critically analyse and evaluate the concepts employed in, and the doctrines accepted by, the world's religions, as well as to put forward ideas and arguments of their own in a clear and coherent way. ("Monash Graduates will be critical and creative scholars who apply research skills to a range of challenges, and communicate perceptively and effectively.")
  2. Students who have completed this unit will have an enhanced knowledge of theories of religion, and of key issues in contemporary studies of religion.

Assessment

Weekly quiz: 20% (10 x 2%)
Expository exercise: 10%
Essay: 30%
Group presentation: 10%
Exam:30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours of lectures + 1 x 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Dunbar

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the history, core teachings and central practices of many of the world's religions: indigenous Australian traditions, Indian religions (Hinduism, Sikhism), Buddhism, Chinese and Japanese religions (Taoism, Confucianism, Shintoism), Judaism, Christianity, Islam, and new religious movements.

The unit looks at religions as dynamic, ongoing forces that given meaning and direction to human lives, and that shape the collective experience of human beings in diverse socio-historical settings.

The unit does not aim to make judgments about what is right and wrong, but rather sets out to aid the development of knowledge and understanding of the broad sweep of religious traditions.

Outcomes

  1. This unit contributes to the making of responsible and effective global citizens who
    1. engage in an internationalised world,
    2. exhibit cross-cultural competence, and
    3. demonstrate ethical values. (Cf. Monash Graduate Attributes). Having a basic grasp of the world's religions is part of cross-cultural competence (and is a basic requirement for responsible and effective global citizens). And the development of tolerance of diverse religious beliefs is a basic component of ethical maturity.
  2. Students who have completed this unit will have a deeper understanding of the history, core teachings and central practices of a wide range of religious traditions. They will be able to identify distinguishing features of these various religious traditions, and to compare points of similarity and difference among them.
  3. Students who have completed this unit will also have an enhanced ability to critically analyse and evaluate the concepts employed in, and the doctrines accepted by, the world's religions, as well as to put forward ideas and arguments of their own in a clear and coherent way. ("Monash Graduates will be critical and creative scholars who apply research skills to a range of challenges, and communicate perceptively and effectively.")

Assessment

Weekly Quiz: 20% (10 x 2%)
Expository exercise: 10%
Essay: 30%
Group presentation: 10%
Exam:30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours of lectures and 1 x 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Synopsis

Note: This unit is exclusively for high school students who participate in the Monash Extension Program.

This unit aims to consolidate and develop students' basic linguistic skills and socio-cultural knowledge in spoken and written Japanese at a pre-intermediate level. The focus is to develop students' interactive competence, including linguistic, socio-linguistic and socio-cultural knowledge. The unit also aims to develop students' intercultural skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have gained and developed fundamental linguistic skills (e.g. basic grammar, vocabulary) at this level which are necessary for any further study of Japanese;
  2. have gained basic social/cultural knowledge about Japan;
  3. have developed listening and speaking skills for daily conversation (e.g. about leisure, travel, study) and exchanging information in Japanese within defined situations;
  4. be able to obtain necessary information from a variety of written and spoken Japanese texts, genres and media including the internet, with some guidance;
  5. be able to recognize and write the kanji introduced at previous levels and approximately 150 newly introduced characters;
  6. be able to write about personal life (e.g. daily life, leisure, travel) using basic kanji;
  7. have developed intercultural skills which include awareness of and sensitivity to cultural differences (and similarities) through comparison and reflection on students' own cultures and societies;
  8. have enhanced awareness of language as a system, through comparison of linguistic features of Japanese and English (or other languages); and
  9. have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment (e.g. written project, quizzes, oral assessments): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus: 4 contact hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

VCE Unit 2 Japanese or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2143, APG4143, APG5143


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Synopsis

Note: This unit is exclusively for high school students who participate in the Monash Extension Program.

This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the beginner to the intermediate levels of Japanese. This unit aims to enhance students' knowledge about Japan and consolidate and further develop their interactive skills in spoken and written Japanese. The unit also aims to enhance students' intercultural awareness through learning Japanese.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have gained good fundamental linguistic knowledge of Japanese (e.g. basic grammar, vocabulary, kanji) and developed skills to use them at pre-intermediate level;
  2. have gained social/cultural knowledge of Japan which are necessary to interact with Japanese people effectively in daily contexts;
  3. have developed listening and speaking skills for basic communication purposes;
  4. have developed strategies to obtain necessary information from a variety of written and spoken Japanese texts, genres and media including the internet, with some guidance;
  5. be able to recognize and use the kanji introduced at previous levels and approximately 150 newly introduced characters (450 in total);
  6. be able to write a simple essay about a social issue (e.g. ageing society, environment, education) using a wider range of vocabulary, sentence patterns and kanji;
  7. have developed intercultural awareness through learning Japanese;
  8. have developed skills and strategies that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment (e.g. written project, quizzes, oral assessments): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus: 4 contact hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS2144, APG4144, APG5144


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Jessica Chakowa

Notes

Previously coded FRN1010

Synopsis

This unit provides teaching in the basic language skills (speaking/listening/reading/writing) and an introduction to French society. It is designed for students with little or no knowledge of the language. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate language learning strategies. Regular assessed homework and tests emphasize the continuous nature of language learning and the need for frequent practice. In the Specialized Culture component, students will explore an aspect of French culture and society and develop competence appropriate to their year level in the theory, practices and discourses involved in analysis of it.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should have met the following objectives: Communicative Competence and linguistic knowledge and skills:

  1. Use the basic speaking, listening, reading and writing skills needed to communicate in a limited range of situations referring to the present, future
  2. Talk about, write about and understand others talking about self, family, studies and basic needs
  3. Communicate effectively in French, with a minimum of misunderstandings, in a limited range of situations in France and Australia e.g. carrying out everyday tasks such as shopping, eating out, travelling, attending university
  4. Skim read or read in detail straightforward, short texts in French e.g. advertisements, cartoons, brochures
  5. Demonstrate a knowledge of the basic structures and sounds of the French language e.g. present and near future tenses, articles, adjectives
  6. Demonstrate a knowledge of a range of vocabulary appropriate to the situations described above
  7. Develop an awareness of different language learning strategies
  8. Adopt learning strategies most appropriate to their preferred learning style. Socio-cultural awareness
  9. Acquire a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution
  10. Develop a critical understanding of issues of identity in France since the beginning of the 20th century
  11. Develop an explicit understanding and more sophisticated practice of text analysis, especially in relation to film
  12. Develop individual and cooperative research skills.

Assessment

Weekly written and aural language homework (800 words): 17%
Class tests: oral, aural and written (1500 words ): 33%
Written language exam (1200 words): 25%
2 Written assignments (1000 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

  1. Language and Culture component:
    • One 1-hour grammar lecture
    • One 1 hour writing/grammar workshop
    • One 2 hour oral/aural tutorial
  2. Specialized Culture component:
    • One 1-hour lecture

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Jessica Chakowa

Notes

Previously coded FRN1020

Synopsis

This unit develops basic language skills (speaking/listening and reading/writing) beyond the level acquired in ATS1061 and provides an introduction to modern French society. It is designed for those with limited knowledge of French. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate language learning strategies. Regular assessed homework and tests emphasize the continuous nature of language learning and the need for frequent practice. In the Specialized Culture component, students will explore an aspect of French culture and society and develop competence appropriate to their year level in the theory, practices and discourses involved in analysis of it.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should have met the following objectives in the following areas:

Communicative Competence and linguistic knowledge and skills:

  1. Use the basic speaking, listening, reading and writing skills needed to communicate in a range of situations referring to past, present and future: talking about, writing about and understanding others talking about self, family, studies, accommodation, travel and leisure activities
  2. Communicate effectively in French, with a minimum of misunderstandings, in a range of situations in France and Australia e.g. staying with a host family in France, receiving an exchange student in Australia, carrying out everyday tasks such as shopping, eating out, travelling, attending university, etc
  3. Skim read or read in detail straightforward, short texts in French e.g. advertisements, cartoons, brochures, informal correspondence, short newspaper articles or extracts from longer texts
  4. Demonstrate a knowledge of the key structures and the sounds of the French language, e.g. past, present and future tenses, pronouns, articles, adjectives, adverbs 5. Demonstrate a range of vocabulary appropriate to the situations described above; 6. Develop an awareness of different language learning strategies
  5. Adopt learning strategies most appropriate to their preferred learning style
  6. Develop the strategic skills needed to operate effectively in the communicative situations described above.

Socio-cultural awareness:

9. Acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern and contemporary French society, its culture, values and their evolution

10. Developed a critical understanding of a specific area of study of French Studies as a discipline addressing French culture and society

11. Developed an explicit understanding and more sophisticated competence appropriate to their year level in the theory, practices and discourses involved in analysis of that area of French Studies, and

12. Developed individual and cooperative research skills.

Assessment

(1) Language and Culture component
Weekly written and aural language homework (800 words): 17%
Class tests: oral, aural and written (1500 words ): 33%
Written language exam (1200 words): 25%
(2) Specialized Culture component
2 Written assignments (1000 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

  1. Language and Culture component:
    • One 1-hour grammar lecture
    • One 1 hour writing/grammar workshop
    • One 2 hour oral/aural tutorial
  2. Specialized Culture component:
    • One 1-hour lecture

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1061 or equivalent

Prohibitions

AZA1062
Students who have completed Year 11 French or its equivalent may not take this unit.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Imke Schmidt

Notes

Previously coded GRN1010

Synopsis

This unit is for students with little or no knowledge of the language. This unit consists of two components. Component 1: Language. A communicatively oriented German language course designed for all-round development in the language. Component 2: This component will familiarise students with the history, culture and the socio-economic conditions of the German-speaking countries.

Outcomes

1: On completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have acquired a basic German vocabulary of about 2000 words; be able to engage in basic German conversations, e.g. introducing oneself and others, asking about someone's nationality, job, age, ordering meals in a restaurant, giving directions, describing things etc.; have acquired a practical knowledge of three of the four grammatical cases of German, of the present and perfect tenses and of the basic sentence forms (statement, question, imperative), including use of modal verbs; be able to write letters and simple descriptions of holidays etc.
2: On completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have gained a basic understanding and first insight into basics of modern German history, culture and literature.

Assessment

Examinations (3 hours): 75%
Regular short homework exercises: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

55 contact hours over the semester, including 22 hours - culture and 33 hours -language

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Imke Schmidt

Notes

Previously coded GRN1020

Synopsis

This unit is for students with little or no knowledge of the language. This unit consists of two components. Component 1: Language. A communicatively oriented German language course designed for all-round development in the language. Component 2: This component will familiarise students with the history, culture and the socio-economic conditions of the German-speaking countries.

Outcomes

1: On completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have acquired a basic German vocabulary of about 4000 words; be able to engage in basic German conversations, eg introducing oneself and others, asking about someone's nationality, job, age, ordering meals in a restaurant, giving directions, describing things etc.; have acquired a practical knowledge of three of the four grammatical cases of German, of the present and perfect tenses and of the basic sentence forms (statement, question, imperative), including use of modal verbs; be able to write letters and simple descriptions of holidays etc.
2: On completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have gained a basic understanding and first insight into basics of modern German history, culture and literature.

Assessment

Examinations (3 hours): 75%
Regular short homework exercises: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

55 contact hours over the semester, including 22 hours-culture and 33 hours-language

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1091 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitIndonesian Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM1010

Synopsis

The primary focus of the unit is on the communication skills required for use in an Indonesian setting. Lectures cover a broad introduction to the culture and geography of Indonesia as well as an introduction to strategies and skills required in learning a language. Practicals deal with the introduction and application of basic communication tasks with an emphasis on numeracy skills and immediate needs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand basic grammatical structures of the Indonesian language
  2. Consider cultural influences on the use of the Indonesian language
  3. Use Indonesian to communicate everyday needs with particular emphasis on introductions and family
  4. Apply acquired learning skills to new language learning environments
  5. Use the Internet and associated electronic tools to obtain information about aspects of language and culture related to Indonesia.

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 25%
Cultural journal (in English): 15%
Short tasks 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitIndonesian Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM1020

Synopsis

A continuation of Indonesian 1. Lectures explore the historical, cultural, and political background to the modern Indonesian state while tutorials continue to develop proficiency in basic communication tasks, though with a greater emphasis on travel related themes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate greater accuracy in basic grammatical structures of the Indonesian language
  2. discuss some of the cultural and historical developments that have helped shape Indonesia
  3. extend their use of Indonesian to communicate everyday needs with particular emphasis on travel
  4. apply acquired learning skills to new language learning environments
  5. demonstrate greater ability in the use of the Internet and associated tools for research on aspects of language and culture related to Indonesia.

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 25%
Cultural journal (in English): 15%
Short tasks 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1111 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Naomi Kurata

Notes

Previously coded JPL1010

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop knowledge, strategies and skills to interact in Japanese, in situations likely to be encountered in Australia and Japan and to establish a firm foundation of linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge which can be creatively applied in a variety of situations.

Outcomes

Upon completing Japanese Introductory 1, students will be able to:

  1. Understand simple greetings, self-introductions, and simple dialogues, based on routines practiced in class.
  2. Read simple and familiar texts written in hiragana, katakana and basic kanji.
  3. Participate in interactions, using basic vocabulary and grammar practiced in class.
  4. Write/type simple sentences using hiragana, katakana and approximately 60 kanji,.
  5. Demonstrate a basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese society and culture.
  6. Apply basic research skills to find relevant information about given topics, organise, synthesise it and communicate it.

Assessment

Within semester assignments and quizzes: 30%
Within semester tests: 30%
Exam period exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 hours (2 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

Notes

Previously coded JPL1020

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop knowledge, strategies and skills needed to interact in Japanese in practical contexts in Australia and Japan and also aims to extend linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge to develop cross-cultural awareness and facilitate effective interaction.

Outcomes

Upon completing Japanese Introductory 2, students will be able to:

  1. understand basic conversations about familiar topics and simple classroom instructions.
  2. understand short texts written using basic vocabulary and grammar practiced in class.
  3. demonstrate a knowledge about casual speech and writing styles, such as diaries and emails to friends.
  4. talk about familiar topics using vocabulary and expressions learned in class.
  5. talk about their experiences and schedule in more detail, based on routines practiced in class.
  6. write about personal and familiar topics using vocabulary and grammar practiced in class
  7. write/type 150 kanji, including approximately 90 new kanji.
  8. further develop basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese society and culture.
  9. apply basic research skills to find relevant information about given topics, organise, synthesise and analyse the information and communicate it in written form.

Assessment

Within semester assignments and quizzes: 30%
Within semester tests: 30%
Exam period exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 hours (Two 1-hour lecture and 3-hours tutorials/seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1141 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitKorean Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr In Jung Cho and Dr Young A Cho

Notes

Previously coded KOR1010

Synopsis

This unit is designed for students with no or little knowledge of the Korean language to build a foundation in their basic knowledge of the Korean language and culture. Students will be introduced to contemporary Korean, with special emphasis on spoken usage for everyday situations. Students will also be introduced to a general overview and understanding of modern Korean history, culture and society.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Participate in simple social conversations in Korean
  2. Use basic 'survival' Korean for traveling in Korea
  3. Communicate basic information about themselves and family members
  4. Read and write simple Korean
  5. Demonstrate a basic understanding of Korean culture and society, through theoretical frameworks
  6. Develop a critical awareness of various issues arising in the globalised world, including rapid changes in current and future work places

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (one 2-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitKorean Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr In Jung Cho and Dr Young A Cho

Notes

Previously coded KOR1020

Synopsis

Building on the foundation established in Korean Introductory 1, students will continue to develop their ability to communicate in routine social situations. They will also be introduced to various learning strategies that aim to help them develop a sense of control over their own learning, leading to a lifetime of learning.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit, students should be able to:

  1. competently participate in simple Korean conversations about everyday life and familiar topics
  2. make requests, and express agreement and refusal
  3. read and write in defined contexts
  4. demonstrate an increased understanding of Korean history, culture and society
  5. develop basic learning strategies that will prepare them for life-long learning

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (one 2-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1171 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Carlos Uxo

Notes

Previously coded SPN1010

Synopsis

ATS1191 is aimed at students with no previous experience of the Spanish language. It provides an integrated, innovative and communicatively oriented Spanish course which develops all-round competence in the basic structures of the language. In addition, students are introduced to key aspects of Spanish and Latin American cultures and societies.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Converse in Spanish for 5 to 10 minutes about present and future activities.
  2. Use the following tenses: the present habitual, the present progressive and the informal future.
  3. Write compositions of up to 100 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar.
  4. Engage in conversations and discussions in Spanish, about themselves, their family and friends
  5. Read and comprehend texts in Spanish of up to 500 words;
  6. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.

Assessment

Culture component: 30%
Written work: 15%
Tests: 20%
Oral quiz: 5%
Written exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture
One 1-hour seminar
Three 1-hour tutorials

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Carlos Uxo

Notes

Previously coded SPN1020

Synopsis

ATS1192 develops language skills acquired in ATS1191 with particular emphasis on oral and written practices. In addition, students are introduced to key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Converse in basic Spanish for 15 to 20 minutes about past, present and future activities.
  2. Use the following tenses: the present habitual, the present progressive, the present perfect, preterite and imperfect, and the informal and formal future.
  3. Write compositions of up to 300 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar.
  4. Engage in conversations and discussions in Spanish, about themselves, their family and friends, Australia and the world at large.
  5. Read and comprehend newspaper articles and narrative and descriptive literary texts of up to 1000 words in Spanish.
  6. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.

Assessment

Culture component: 30%
Written work: 10%
Tests: 20%
Oral test: 10%
Written exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1x1 hour lecture, 2x2 hour language tutorials

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Marko Pavlyshyn

Notes

Previously coded UKR1010

Synopsis

Introduction to Ukrainian for students with little or no knowledge of the language. The unit lays the foundation for the study of the Ukrainian language by enabling the student to acquire practical speaking, comprehension, reading and writing skills. It introduces students to key concepts of Ukrainian culture.

Outcomes

This subject, with its second-semester continuation, ATS1212 Ukrainian Studies 2, is intended for students with no previous knowledge of Ukrainian. On completing these subjects, students should have acquired an elementary Ukrainian vocabulary and knowledge of the basic rules of Ukrainian grammar. Students should be able to read and understand uncomplicated texts, to understand basic dialogue, to conduct a simple conversation and to write simple sentences. They should be familiar with some aspects of Ukrainian culture and some simple texts of Ukrainian literature.

Assessment

Examinations (1 hour): 40%
Weekly homework and tests: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 3 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1215, ATS1216


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Marko Pavlyshyn

Notes

Previously coded UKR1020

Synopsis

Consolidation and extension of the work begun in ATS1211. The unit builds on the foundations laid in ATS1211 by developing speaking, comprehension, reading and writing skills. It introduces students to aspects of Ukrainian culture and to simple literary texts.

Outcomes

On completing this unit, students should have acquired an elementary Ukrainian vocabulary and knowledge of the basic rules of Ukrainian grammar. Students should be able to read and understand uncomplicated texts, to understand basic dialogue, to conduct a simple conversation and to write simple sentences. They should be familiar with some aspects of Ukrainian culture and some simple texts of Ukrainian literature.

Assessment

Exam (1 hour): 30%
Weekly homework and tests: 60%
Oral test: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 3 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS1215, ATS1216


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Annamaria Pagliaro

Notes

Previously coded ITA1010

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide a basic foundation in the basic language skills - listening, speaking, reading and writing Italian, and a brief introduction to contemporary Italian social and political history and culture. It is specifically designed for those students who have little or no knowledge of the language.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners should be able to: understand, speak and write basic Italian with reference to present, past and future events in a range of everyday situations, read authentic texts for gist or for specific information; have acquired an understanding of basic structural aspects of Italian; have developed an enhanced understanding of language learning and communication strategies. From the first year culture component students should have acquired an overview to key aspects of contemporary Italian culture and society.

Assessment

Written work: 30%
Class work/tests/exercises: 30%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 contact hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Raffaele Lampugnani

Notes

Previously coded ITA1020

Synopsis

Consolidation and extension of work begun in ATS1221.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit learners will be able to develop the four language skills at the appropriate level of competence and further their appreciation of Italian culture. The will be able to interact in simple discussions and talk about aspects of daily life. They will acquire a functional knowledge of all areas of Italian grammar, and be able to read and write with a degree of fluency. Learners will acquire a good knowledge of medieval, modern and contemporary Italy through a thematic approach focused on characteristic aspects of Italian culture.

Assessment

Written work: 40%
Oral Exam: 20%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 1-hour culture lecture per week
Two x 2-hour language workshop per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedPrato First semester 2014 (Day)
Prato Summer semester B 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Prato Term 3 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrizia Sambuco

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded ITA1901

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide a basic foundation in the basic language skills: listening, speaking, reading and writing Italian, and a brief introduction to contemporary Italian social and political history and culture. It is specifically designed for those students who have little or no knowledge of the language.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners should be able to:

  1. understand, speak and write basic Italian with reference to present, past and future events in a range of everyday situations
  2. read elementary but authentic Italian texts
  3. understand basic structural aspects of Italian
  4. have an enhanced understanding of language learning and communication strategies, and
  5. understand key aspects of contemporary Italian culture and society.

Assessment

Culture assignment: 15%
Culture language tests: 20%
Continuous assessment: 25%
Examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 contact hours per day with Friday wk 2 and Thursday wk 3 off. 2 hour exam on Friday wk 3.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1221 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedPrato First semester 2014 (Day)
Prato Summer semester B 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrizia Sambuco

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded ITA1902

Synopsis

This unit aims to consolidate the foundation provided by level 1 Italian in the basic language skills - listening, speaking, reading and writing Italian, and to continue the introduction to contemporary Italian social and political history and culture provided by ATS1221 or its equivalent

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners should be able to:

  1. understand, speak and write basic Italian with reference to present, past and future events in a range of everyday situations
  2. read elementary but authentic Italian texts
  3. understand basic structural aspects of Italian
  4. have an enhanced understanding of language learning and communication strategies, and
  5. understand key aspects of contemporary Italian culture and society.

Assessment

Culture assignment(625 words): 15%
Culture oral test(1 hour): 10%
Language test: 15%
Continuous assessment: 20%
Examination(2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 contact hours per day with Friday wk 2 and Thursday wk 3 off. 2 hour exam on Friday wk 3.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1221 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitModern Greek Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Kalliopi Kouroupi

Notes

Previously coded GRK1010

Synopsis

The unit introduces Modern Greek to students who have no previous knowledge of the language. It explores grammatical and syntactic structures suitable to the Beginners level and facilitates the students in their understanding of the Modern Greek culture.

Outcomes

By the completion of the unit students should achieve:

  1. A basic understanding of Modern Greek grammar and syntax
  2. A basic store of Modern Greek vocabulary
  3. To be able to read simple texts in Modern Greek
  4. To develop introductory aural skills in Modern Greek
  5. To be introduced to Modern Greek culture.

Assessment

Written assignments: 20%
Classroom tests: 30%
Oral/aural tests: 20%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1 hour lectures per week and Two 1 hour tutorials per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitModern Greek Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Kalliopi Kouroupi

Notes

Previously coded GRK1020

Synopsis

The unit continues to introduce more advanced linguistic phenomena of Modern Greek to students who have previously attended and successfully been examined on Modern Greek 1 (ATS1241/2010). It explores grammatical and syntactic structures suitable to the post-Beginners level, and explores the Modern Greek language and culture in greater depth.

Outcomes

  1. Expand on the understanding of Modern Greek grammar and syntax already taught in the first semester (ATS1241/2010)
  2. Develop substantially the students' store of Modern Greek vocabulary
  3. To be able to read more complex texts in Modern Greek
  4. To advance their oral skills in Modern Greek and feel more confident in taking up conversations in Greek
  5. To have a more thorough appreciation of Modern Greek society

Assessment

Written assignments: 20%
Classroom tests: 30%
Oral/aural tests: 20%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1 hour lectures per week + Two 1 hour tutorials per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Colin Hope

Notes

Previously coded AAH1010

Synopsis

An introduction to the study of ancient cultures incorporating approaches drawn from archaeology, ancient history and classics, to show how we attempt to understand the ancient past and its relevance to the present. Case studies are drawn from the Mediterranean world, Asia and Australasia reflecting the research expertise of the teaching staff and focus upon the period before 1000 bce. Topics include human evolution; origins of farming; the city states of Iraq and Syria; Egypt, the Minoans and Mycenaeans, and the Indus Valley; the development of writing and the role of myth.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have acquired a basic knowledge of the major stages in cultural evolution to 1000bce.
  2. have developed an awareness of the different political, social, economic and religious systems of each of the ancient cultures studied.
  3. be aware of the cultural and documentary exchange that operated between various regions and its significance.
  4. be aware of the range of material - monuments, artefacts, texts - available for use in the reconstruction of ancient societies, and their limitations.
  5. understand the different methods employed in reconstructing the past.
  6. demonstrate basic training in the critical appraisal of source material of all kinds.

Assessment

Written work(3150 words): 70%
2-hour exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gillian Bowen

Notes

Previously coded AAH1020

Synopsis

An overview of the ancient cultures focusing upon the issues of territorial and cultural expansion and the rise of imperialism, and associated cultural complexity, internationalism and multiculturalism. Case studies are drawn from Australasia and the Mediterranean world, beginning with the original settlement of Australia and the study of rock art, and then moving to the emergence of empires of Assyria-Babylon, Persia, Athens, Alexander the Great and Rome.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. acquired a basic knowledge of issues relating to cultural complexity in a wide range of forms and in different regions.
  2. developed an awareness of the different political, social, economic and religious systems which each of these cultures developed.
  3. an awareness of the cultural exchange which operated.
  4. an awareness of the range of material - monuments, artifacts, texts - available for use in the reconstruction of ancient societies.
  5. an understanding of the basic methods used in reconstructing past societies.
  6. acquired basic training in the development of a critical appraisal of source material of all kinds.

Assessment

Written work: 70% (3250 words)
1 hour exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Standfield

Notes

Previously coded AAS1050

Synopsis

This unit considers the colonial encounter between Indigenous and non-Indigenous people. Students will gain an appreciation of the historical context in which relationships between Indigenous people and non-Indigenous colonists have developed, and in particular will explore the ways in which gender and race was constructed by colonists in relation to Indigenous men and women, and how discourses of masculinity and racial superiority were a part of the colonising process. Assessment aims to provide students with the skills and confidence to demonstrate their ability to conduct independent research as well as skills in analyzing historical documents.

Outcomes

The unit focuses on the theoretical, political and legal dimensions of Aboriginal encounters with white Australia and provides students with foundational knowledge required to undertake further Indigenous Studies. On successful completion of this subject, students will:

  1. have gained a broad understanding of the historical, political and legal dimensions that have shaped the colonial encounter between Indigenous and non-Indigenous people
  2. have gained an understanding of the theoretical ideas that have shaped understandings of the colonial encounter.
  3. have gained an understanding of the manner and extent to which contemporary Aboriginal/non-Aboriginal race and gender relations remain influenced by earlier colonial relations
  4. have developed an ability to reflect on their own relationship to questions of race and gender and the contemporary paradox of 'the frontier' and 'postcolonialism'
  5. have developed an ability to critically analyse historical and contemporary sources
  6. have engaged in written and oral presentations which reflect these understandings as well as an awareness of the value of interdisciplinary approaches to a study of this kind.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (3600 words)
In-class test: 20% (1 hour)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x 1-hour lecture plus 1 x 2-hour tutorial per week for 12 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1254 or with approval of coordinator

Prohibitions

ATS1249


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Robyn Heckenberg

Notes

Previously coded AIS1011

Synopsis

The unit will commence with an examination of the representation of Australian Indigenous peoples and societies. It will then explore the topics of Indigenous spirituality, customary law, kinship systems and languages. The unit will then examine government policies, Indigenous resistance, land rights and native title, deaths in custody, stolen generations, reconciliation and sovereignty.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject, students will:

  1. Be able to express the knowledge and understandings they have gained of the diversity of Indigenous Australian cultures, histories and social organisations and of Indigenous perspectives and identities.
  2. Understand the impact of colonisation upon these, and Aboriginal responses to this.
  3. Have an awareness of the value of interdisciplinary approaches to a study of this kind.
  4. Have developed skills of organising materials and using these to write in a coherent way on topics of their choice, with suitable referencing of sources consulted.

Assessment

Essay 1 (700 words): 15%
Essay 2 (1800 words): 40%
Exam (2000 words): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AIS1010, AIS1011, KRS2010, GSC1801


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Robyn Heckenberg

Notes

Previously coded AIS1012

Synopsis

The unit will critique notions of 'education as assimilation' and 'education for self-determination' and locate Aboriginal education within broader constructs of multicultural Australia. Issues such as culturally appropriate pedagogical practice and ownership of knowledge are also investigated, and provision is made for education practitioners to address practical problems faced in the classroom. Aboriginal education policies are explored examining the effects of non-indigenous education curriculum in Aboriginal communities with a view to assessing both its 'success' in terms of academic goals and outcomes, and its consequences for the maintenance of Aboriginal cultural values.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit students will have developed:

  1. An understanding of the social, political and economic impact, that the current education system has on Indigenous Australians.
  2. Students will have a working knowledge of education policies and practices and research methodologies and how they are perceived by Aboriginal people.
  3. Students will also have developed an awareness of the value of the bi-cultural approach to a study of Indigenous education.

Additionally, they will have an understanding of the key concepts of 'Two Way Learning' and self-determination in the delivery of relevant education Curricula to Indigenous Australians.

  1. Students will be able to locate relevant resources and assess the value of those resources and construct effective oral and written arguments on Indigenous education in Australia.

Assessment

Presentation and written summary (1000 words): 20%
Essay (1500 words): 35%
Exam (2 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AIS1012


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor John Bradley

Notes

Previously coded ANY1010

Synopsis

Anthropology is the study of the diversity of human expression through space and time, which not only focuses on differences and similarities between societies and cultures, but also on connections and contestations between them. This unit will explore these aspects through focussing on the ongoing relationship between Indigenous and Settler Australians. This unit explores points of contestation and how this has shaped the position of Indigenous and Non-Indigenous Australians in contemporary society. Key periods in Indigenous Australia are discussed and the way in which Anthropology has been involved in the process of understanding Indigenous relationships to each other and to the land.

Outcomes

Students in this subject can expect to learn:

  1. to formulate and critically evaluate concepts for understanding differences, similarities, connections and contestations between cultures,
  2. to perceive the ways in which knowledge about cultural comparisons enables us to be critically aware of our own cultural practices;
  3. to appreciate some of the important features of a number of Indigenous cultures in Australia;
  4. to discuss some of the key contemporary issues which exist in the relationship between Indigenous and Non-Indigenous cultures in Australia and
  5. to write clear and well-supported responses to various questions posed through exercises and essays.

Assessment

Tutorial Work (1000 words): 20%
Research essay (2000 words): 40%
1-hour class test (500 words): 30%
Library project (500 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2-hour lectures and 1 x 1-hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sara Niner

Notes

Previously coded ANY1020

Synopsis

Anthropologists working among diverse communities have had to take into account the different ways in which people's identities, cultural practices, and sources of livelihoods have been increasingly shaped by global changes and inter-ethnic conflicts. This unit examines the impact of cultures upon each other, in particular, due to the development and spread of capitalism, colonialism, nationalism and globalisation. The focus will involve looking at the social transformation of societies, cultures and identities as ongoing processes in light of these forces of modernity.

Outcomes

Students in this course can expect to:

  1. formulate and critically evaluate concepts for understanding the experiences of modernity;
  2. understand the relevance of anthropology to seeking solutions to such problems as racism, inter-ethnic

conflict, terrorism and war;

  1. gain a comparative understanding of processes of socio-cultural change in other societies;
  2. develop the critical and expressive skills required to write clear, coherent and original responses to various questions posed through exercises and essays.

Assessment

Tutorial Work (2000 words): 40%
Essay (2000 words): 40%
1 hour exam (500 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Mr Robert Kelly

Notes

Previously coded AUS1010

Synopsis

Australia's relationship with Britain from the 1900s to the present day. Topics covered include the changing orientation of Australian trade, foreign policy and cultural ties. Britain's role as the main source of Australia's migrants. Australia's drift away from Britain and towards Asia and the United States. The role of the monarchy and the debate over republicanism. Australia's widening relationships with India, Japan, SE Asia and the U.S. Post-colonial identities and exchanges: expatriates, backpackers and 'whingeing poms'.

Outcomes

  1. To gain an understanding of Australia's changing relationship with Britain and the monarchy
  2. To gain an understanding of issues and events that have shaped the nation and Australia's international role
  3. To think, discuss and write critically about the issues that effect Australian politics, culture and society
  4. To develop students' independent research and presentation skills on related subjects.

Assessment

Written exercise (500 words) : 20%
Assignment (2000 words) : 40%
Examination (2 hours) : 40%,

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Robert Kelly

Notes

Previously coded AUS1020

Synopsis

An overview of Australia's political, social and cultural development over this century and the early development of the nation's political and legal system. The character of the democracy that was established in Australia at the time of federation in 1901. Influences on Australia's constitution and its system of government, and how Australian citizens viewed their rights and responsibilities.

Assessment

Written exercise (500 words): 15%
Assignment 1 (1500 words): 35%
Assignment 2 (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Damien Williams

Notes

Previously coded AUS1060

Synopsis

How is Australia, in the words of Richard Flanagan, an 'ever stranger country'? How well do the country's iconic images match the reality of life in Australia today? This unit draws on historical, political, cultural and literary sources to introduce students to some of the major changes and continuities that have shaped contemporary Australia. It ranges widely over topics relating to land and climate, the experiences of childhood, crime and punishment, science and research, religion and the state, political economy, government and citizenship. It is designed to give a thorough overview of the major issues confronting Australians in the present. This unit includes assessment based on extended field trips outside Melbourne and within the city.

Outcomes

  1. To develop students' understanding of the historical and cultural processes impacting upon various aspects of contemporary Australia
  2. To employ fieldwork, film and media analysis, and a range of relevant sources within the field of Australian Studies in gaining insight into past and current events that have shaped contemporary Australia
  3. To think, discuss and write critically about the issues that effect Australian politics, culture and society
  4. To develop students' independent research and presentation skills on related subjects.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Class tests: 20%
Oral presentation: 10%
Tutorial attendance and contribution: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three hours per week (two hour lecture and one tutorial)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitBehavioural Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Kerry O'Brien

Notes

Previously coded BHS1711

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to cognitive-behavioural, psychodynamic and social understandings of human behaviour. This multi-disciplinary orientation, including studies of the human mind, consciousness, emotion, and normal and abnormal behaviours, provides students with a broad and detailed introduction to understanding human behaviour.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an appropriate level of understanding of a range of theoretical orientations to human behaviour
  2. the ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in evaluating these theories and concepts
  3. an ability to communicate, orally and in a written form, their understanding of these theories and concepts.

Assessment

Written work 50%
Oral presentation 20%
Class tests 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

BHS1711, GSC1711, PSS1711, ATS1359


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitBehavioural Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ana-Maria Bliuc

Notes

Previously coded BHS1712

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to the study of behaviour in its social contexts. Key understandings of the social influences on behaviour throughout the lifespan are situated in a study of the individual as a social being who is involved a variety of relationships and settings. The unit introduces students to concepts that explore and explain the ways these relationships - pairs, groups, teams, communities and cultures - and settings - family, school, work and leisure - change throughout the lifespan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an appropriate level of understanding of a range of theoretical orientations to the social settings of, and influences on, human behaviour across the lifespan
  2. the ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in evaluating these theories and concepts
  3. the ability to communicate, orally and in a written form, their understanding of these theories and concepts.

Assessment

Written work 50%: Oral presentation 20%: Class tests 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

GSC1712, ATS1360, BHS1712, PSS1712


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Selgelid

Notes

Previously coded CHB1010

Synopsis

This unit investigates ethical issues raised by current and likely future developments in biotechnology and genetics. The unit examines ethical controversy surrounding the following topics, outlining the latest research in each case: genetic engineering and 'enhancement' of human traits; preimplantation and prenatal genetic diagnosis and selection; therapeutic and reproductive cloning; stem cell research; genetic modification of organisms; synthetic biology; and biological weapons.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit, students will have: a familiarity with contemporary and historical debates about new technologies in bioethics; skills that enable them to think critically about some key ethical issues raised by current and future developments in biotechnology and genetics; and the ability to make informed judgements about those ethical issues.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
2-hour exam: 35%
Tutorial performance: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 one-hour lectures and a one-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ryan Tonkens

Notes

Previously coded CHB1020

Synopsis

The unit investigates how the law and public policy should respond to advances in medicine and biotechnology and covers: whether employers and insurance companies should be permitted to discriminate among applicants on the basis of their genetic profile; whether the law should protect individuals' genetic privacy or whether we have a duty to share our genetic knowledge; whether the law should act paternalistically to prevent people from harming themselves; whether people who are partly responsible for their own bad health should receive lower priority of care in hospitals, or whether advances in knowledge in the biological bases for behaviour give us reason to doubt individual responsibility.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit, students will have:

  1. familiarity with the key philosophical approaches to discrimination, autonomy, responsibility and equality as they apply to debates within bioethics;
  2. skills enabling them to think critically about key ethical, policy and legal issues raised by recent advances in medicine and biotechnology;
  3. the ability to make informed judgements about those ethical, policy and legal issues.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (2500 words)
Exam: 35%
Tutorial performance: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Eva Anagnostou-Laoutides

Notes

Previously coded CLA1110

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to classical Latin for students with little or no previous knowledge of the language. Students steadily acquire a basic grammatical overview of Latin, reinforced by the reading of adapted Latin texts, weekly grammar exercises and vocabulary tests. More broadly, students encounter the Latin language within the context of classical Roman society and culture, and emphasis is given to Latin's grammatical legacy to English and other modern languages. Although there is no formal oral component to this unit, students are encouraged to become familiar with the pronunciation of Classical Latin.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have achieved:

  1. An overview knowledge of Latin grammar;
  2. A basic active vocabulary in Classical Latin;
  3. Reading skills in Classical Latin, including a more extensive passive vocabulary;
  4. A learning technique in relation to Latin that will allow them to become more autonomous learners of the language;
  5. An understanding of the structure of Roman societies and the evolution of Roman culture in the Republican period.

Assessment

Two 1-hour exams: 60%
Class tests (half of which will focus on aspects of Roman culture): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

LAT1010


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Eva Anagnostou-Laoutides

Notes

Previously coded CLA1120

Synopsis

The unit is designed to further students' reading skills gained in ATS1267, to the point where authentic Latin texts may be read and enjoyed. Students continue to acquire grammatical and syntactical knowledge of Latin, while reading increasingly authentic texts by authors such as Virgil, Cicero and Seutonius. Learning is reinforced by weekly grammar exercises and vocabulary tests, and the unit serves in part as an introduction to the literary and cultural heritage of Rome.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have achieved:

  1. A sufficient knowledge of Latin grammar to allow most Latin texts to be approached successfully;
  2. A general active vocabulary in Classical Latin;
  3. Reading skills in Latin to allow most Latin text to be approached successfully;
  4. An greaterunderstanding of the historical and cultural context of Classical Latin, especially the Republican period.

Assessment

Two 1-hour Exams: 60%
Class tests (half of which will focus on the cultural understanding of Republican Rome): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1267 or ATS2747 or ATS3750 or LAT1010 or VCE Latin

Prohibitions

LAT1020


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Stewart King

Notes

Previously coded CLS1020

Synopsis

This subject introduces students to the theory and practice of international, or world literatures. It will explore dimensions of the contextual study of literary texts, focusing in particular on narrative structures, ideology and intertextuality. These concerns will be pursued through the investigation of a number of stories relating to origin and transgression, such as sacred texts novels of development, and narratives of migration and displacement. The texts studied will cross a number of different literary and cultural traditions from ancient times until the present day.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this subject will have acquired:

  1. a basic understanding of the theory and practice of international, or world literature;
  2. familiarity with the role of narrative, ideology and intertextuality in textual communication;
  3. familiarity with critical theory related to the literary texts and contexts examined;
  4. greater competence in textual analysis and interpretation;
  5. further skills in academic essay writing in the area of literary and cultural studies.

Assessment

Written work (2,700 words): 60%
Exam (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1 hour lectures and one 1 hour tutorial per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Atkinson (Berwick); Dr Simon Cooper (Gippsland); Dr Yeoh Seng Guan (Malaysia)

Notes

Previously coded COM1010

Synopsis

Introduces techniques for describing and analysing the production, distribution and reception, as well as the formal properties, of media texts. Focuses on 'mass media' as a set of relationships between owners, producers, texts and audiences. Introduces these relationships in connection with studies of power and influence, focusing on particular dimensions of difference and inequality in social life. Areas of study include news production, textual analysis, media ownership and diversity, film and sport.

Outcomes

In this unit teaching staff aim to provide you with a range of readings and practical exercises that help you acquire conceptual frameworks for analysing media texts and media industries. Through close reading, oral discussion and writing exercises you should acquire various practical and conceptual tools for understanding not only the form and content of media texts,but also the structure and operation of the various industries and institutions that make up what we call mass media.On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Recognise and be able to apply available strategies for critically analysing media texts as tools for making meaning
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the various economic, political and cultural forces which shape the practical work of media production
  3. Demonstrate an appreciation of the historical development of media industries
  4. Demonstrate an appreciation of the ways that available frameworks for making sense of media texts contribute to the production of dominant, or common sense, understandings of the world.

Assessment

Written work (3500 words): 60%
Attendance/participation: 10%
Exam: 30%
OCL students: Written work(3500): 70%
Exam 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Malaysia October intake 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Atkinson (Berwick); Dr Sue Yell (Gippsland); Callum Gilmour (Malaysia)

Notes

Previously coded COM1020

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the study of communications technologies with reference to arguments about audiences, effects and technology. Students explore the social uses and practices associated with traditional and new communication technologies. Areas of study include telephony, screen, radio, print, photography and digital communication technology, with a particular focus on aspects of historical development and contemporary technological convergence. Unit readings and assessment tasks expect students to discuss these matters in relation to frameworks for making sense of contemporary social, cultural and political contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. use the practical skills of reading, note taking and arguing in exploring critical perspectives on communication;
  2. demonstrate an understanding of theoretical frameworks and conceptual tools for describing the development of communication technologies;
  3. analyse the social and political uses of communications technologies;
  4. recognise communication as an active production and negotiation of meanings, not just the transmission of information;
  5. identify relations between media texts and technologies, the identities and capacities of producers and audiences, and the aspirations of governments and other powerful social actors.

Assessment

Written work (3000words): 70%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Coleman

Notes

Previously coded COM1510

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the core concepts and theoretical traditions within media studies including political economy, textual analysis, empirical studies and cultural studies. These are aligned with historical and contemporary examples of social, economic and political debates about media industries and audiences. Students also examine the ways in which power and influence are exercised through media in cultural and social life.

Outcomes

In this unit teaching staff aim to provide you with a range of conceptual frameworks for understanding the relationships between media, culture and society.

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an appreciation of the historical development of media industries;
  2. recognise and be able to apply available frameworks for critically understanding the relationships between media, culture and society;
  3. demonstrate an understanding of the social, economic, political and cultural factors that shape the production, distribution and consumption of media;
  4. demonstrate an appreciation of the ways that the mass media contributes to understandings of the world.

Assessment

Essay (1000 words): 20%;
Essay (2000 words): 35%;
Tutorial presentation, attendance and participation: 10%;
Examination (2 hours): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniel Black

Notes

Previously coded COM1520

Synopsis

This unit provides a broad introduction to communications and media studies and its theoretical traditions and concepts, with a particular focus on contemporary communications and media industries and debates. The unit is designed to encourage students to apply their own individual and social contexts of communications and media to key theories of the discipline. Individual lectures are directed to providing basic theories and concepts within communications and media studies through an industry case study approach.

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing this unit, a student will:

  1. possess a basic understanding of the field of communications;
  2. employ basic concepts in the study of communications;
  3. analyze the role of communications in processes of social and cultural change;
  4. be able to apply communication analysis to everyday life;
  5. be informed about areas of industry and community life where the study of communications is applicable and relevant.

Assessment

Critical review (675 words): 15%;
Essay (1575 words): 35%;
Online Quiz (225 words): 5%
Online Quiz (225 words): 5%
Tutorial presentation (225 words) and participation: 5%;
Examination (2 hours, 1575 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Claire Spivakovsky; Dr Paddy Rawlinson

Notes

Previously coded CRI1001

Synopsis

Crime is an issue which all citizens and governments confront on a daily basis: it impinges on all our lives. The causes of crime, and how it is and should be dealt with, are the focus of intense and on-going debate. That debate is examined in this unit. Students analyse the meaning, nature, extent and measurement of crime, examine how crime is portrayed in the media and evaluate the effect images of crime can have on our perceptions of the crime problem and how it should be addressed.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students will have been given the opportunity to gain:

  1. A critical understanding of the various facets of crime and the crime problem including what constitutes crime, how society decides which actions should be defined as criminal, what causes people to commit crime and what effect the images of crime have on the community's perception of the crime problem and how it should be addressed.
  2. An ability to critically analyse and evaluate theories of crime and to apply them to everyday situations.
  3. An understanding of the value or otherwise of crime statistics and how they are used.
  4. The ability to write an essay based on rational argument.
  5. The skills needed to make an oral presentation.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words) 40%
Exam (2 hours) 50%
Tutorial attendance and participation 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Claire Spivakovsky; Dr Paddy Rawlinson

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bree Carlton

Notes

Previously coded CRI1002

Synopsis

This unit explores the workings of the major institutions of the criminal justice system in Australia and analyses current debates surrounding the outcomes of the system. The police, courts and sentencing, punishment and prisons and alternative community-based schemes will be investigated. The unit examines the relationship between the different parts of the criminal justice system and the relationship with the wider community. The ways in which police, courts and corrections handle contemporary issues such as mandatory sentencing, zero tolerance, drugs, vigilante justice and juvenile justice are relevant to the subject.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical awareness of the functioning of the criminal justice system.
  2. An insight into the complex workings and a critical awareness of the functioning of the major institutions of the various tiers of the criminal justice system.
  3. An understanding of contemporary debates relevant to criminal justice and its future in Australia.
  4. The skill to analyse diverse arguments in relation to traditional and alternative forms of policing, sentencing and punishing.
  5. The ability to write an essay based on rational argument.

Assessment

Tutorial attendance and participation: 10%
Essay (2000 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours) 50%

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alistair Harkness

Notes

Previously coded CRJ1001

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the history of crime and the key perspectives and theories of criminal justice. Students will discuss, analyse and evaluate the diverse and competing interpretations of a criminal act; the nature and basis of social and community attitudes to crime, why particular communities fear certain crimes; the causes and consequences of crime; measurement of crime and the relationship between crime and other forms of deviance. The community in a regional, rural, urban, national and international context will be used as the focal point of this analysis.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. a critical understanding of the nature and complexity of crime
  2. an insight into the nature of people who engage in criminal activity
  3. the ability to critically analyse and evaluate both explanations and theories that attempt to explain the causes and consequences of crime in society
  4. the analytical skills needed to think critically and independently about criminal justice issues
  5. the skill to analyse diverse theories of crime causation
  6. the ability to write an essay based on evidence and balanced argument.

Assessment

Tutorial participation or on-line forum participation (OCL): 10%
Written work (2500 words): 50%
2 Hour Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week (one-hour lecture and one two-hour seminar).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

CRJ1001


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alistair Harkness

Notes

Previously coded CRJ1002

Synopsis

This unit analyses and evaluates some of the challenges confronting the main agencies of criminal justice. Students learn about the various tiers in the criminal justice process, analyse its workings and tensions, and explore community crime prevention alternatives. The unit examines state and federal police agencies, private security, criminal courts, sentencing, punishment and corrections, and diversionary and community-based initiatives. It asks, among other things, whether current approaches to the administration of criminal justice address the needs of various communities (regional, rural, urban), victims of crime and the rehabilitation potential of perpetrators of crime.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. a critical awareness of the functioning of the three major institutions of the criminal justice system
  2. a knowledge of reforms to the criminal justice system and of various diversionary alternatives
  3. the analytical skills needed to think critically and independently about the criminal justice process
  4. the skill to analyse a range of opinions in relation to traditional and alternative forms of policing, sentencing and punishing
  5. an appreciation of contemporary and controversial debates relevant to justice issues in Australia
  6. the ability to compose an essay based on evidence and logical and balanced argument.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and presentation or on-line forum participation (OCL): 10%
Written work(2500 words): 50%
2 Hour Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week (one-hour lecture and two-hour seminar)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

CRJ1002


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Felix Nobis

Notes

Previously coded DTS1001

Synopsis

Performance in Context I will be a foundational unit in the Theatre major and minor. Whilst offering a general introduction to concepts, theories and practices in the discipline, the primary focus of the unit will be on theatre history and historiography. Students will examine the development of theatrical conventions in key periods of theatre history, and the relationship of theatrical performance to social, political and cultural forces. The continuing influence of past modes of performance in the development of contemporary theatrical forms will also be explored.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will develop:

  1. Familiarity with concepts, theories and practices within the discipline Theatre Studies
  2. Deeper knowledge of theatre history
  3. Ability to perform research in theatre history
  4. Understanding of the ways in which performance codes of historicized texts might be translated into the processes of contemporary theatre
  5. Awareness of the range of communicative languages used on stage, and of the critical discourses appropriate to their description and analysis
  6. Ability to articulate critical interpretations of dramatic texts and processes in systematic written argument.

Assessment

Annotated bibliography (1000 words): 20%
Essay (1500 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour 1.5 hour tutorial per week plus attendance at screenings and showings (6 hours)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

DTS1060


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fiona Gregory

Notes

Previously coded DTS1002

Synopsis

Performance in Context II is the companion unit to Performance in Context I, both of which function as foundational units in the Theatre major and minor. Performance in Context II will extend students' understanding of concepts, theories and practices in the discipline. Whereas as Performance in Context I exposes students to traditions and conventions of mainstream theatre, Performance in Context II will explore challenges to convention, such as avant-garde theatre, feminist performance art, and site-specific performance. Students will create their own devised work as part of the assessment requirements.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will develop:

  1. Familiarity with concepts, theories and practices within the discipline of Theatre
  2. Deeper knowledge of the history of theatre and performance
  3. Understanding of the ways in which the physical conditions of performance might shape performance outcomes
  4. Ability to embody critical interpretations of performance theories and forms in practical work
  5. Capacity to articulate critical and imaginative interpretations of performance texts and processes in systematic written argument and clear, concise oral presentation.

Assessment

Essay (1250 words): 30%
Group presentation and report (1250 words): 30%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1.5 -hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1287 or with permission of coordinator

Prohibitions

DTS1160


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Yana Taylor

Notes

Previously coded DTS1320

Synopsis

An introduction to the primary elements of performance practice with a particular focus on the movement of the body in space. Different body disciplines will be studied in the form of structured theatrical investigations utilising body, space and text. Students will be expected to undertake a research project engaging with movement-based practices and kinaesthetic awareness in performance.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. basic skills in kinesthetic awareness in performance contextualised by readings in various approaches to contemporary physical performance;
  2. an embodied understanding of the basic performance elements of movement; space, timing, image and composition and dynamic interaction in ensemble work;
  3. an embodied approaches to text;
  4. skills and capacities in devising short performance works drawing on foundational physical exercises and improvisation;
  5. creative and critical reflection upon and articulation of body-based skills and strategies in performance.

Assessment

Performance project (1500 words): 40%
Class exercise (1000 words): 20%
Research project (1500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Griffiths

Notes

Previously coded DTS1420

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a primary element of performance practice with a particular focus on the voice and its relationship to both the body of the performer and the investigation of texts. It will include opportunities for learning the specific skills of voice production. An understanding of the different techniques that have been used for teaching voice and their role in actor training will also be developed. Students will have an opportunity to apply this knowledge to creative processes, such as soundscapes, choral work and textual interpretation. They will undertake a research project on the use of voice in performance.

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit, students should have learned:

  1. to develop a strong kinaesthetic approach to centering the body, and to centering the voice and breath in the body,
  2. to open up the vocal mechanism to the free flow of sound,
  3. to isolate and develop awareness of; the tip, back and sides of the tongue, top and bottom lip, and the soft palate,
  4. to connect voice to meaning in working with text,

Assessment

Reflective folio (equivalent 1500 words): 40%
Individual vocal work exercise (equivalent 1000 words): 20%
Group presentation of either choral or spoken text (equivalent 1500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Roby Marlina

Notes

Previously coded EIL1010

Synopsis

In today's context of globalisation, English has taken on the role of an international language, used for the purposes of international and intercultural communication. This unit provides students with some basic understanding of the current sociolinguistic reality of the English language. It introduces the basic notions in the study of English as an International Language. It will also engage students in some current debates about the communication in English and allow them to reflect on their own use of English in international and intercultural contexts.

Outcomes

  1. Demonstrate a high level of awareness and understanding of the differences in how people communicate in English;
  2. Explain factors behind those differences in how people communicate in English;
  3. Reflect critically on their own experiences of using English in intra/international and intra/intercultural contexts and unpack any misconceptions or pre-conceived assumptions about communication in English;
  4. Demonstrate critically reflective attitudes towards issues of communication in English.

Assessment

Major Assignment: 45%
Minor Assignment: 25%
Final Test: 20%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Roby Marlina

Notes

Previously coded EIL1020

Synopsis

English has now achieved the status of an international language. It is now used between speakers from diverse cultural and linguistic backgrounds who bring with them their cultural norms such as norms of politeness into the interaction. Therefore, knowledge of the way English is used and cultures from different countries is essential in international communication settings. This unit examines in detail this issue and the complexity of communication in English in international contexts.

Outcomes

  1. Demonstrate a high level of critical understanding of the implications of the role of English as an international language for international communication;
  2. Recognise and appreciate the diversity of cultural conventions and notions of politeness speakers of different cultural and linguistic backgrounds bring to communication within international contexts;
  3. Demonstrate a high level of understanding of 'interaction as cooperation' in international communication contexts and apply this understanding to their own contexts of communication.

Assessment

Major Assignment: 45%
Minor Assignment: 25%
Final Test: 20%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Johnson

Notes

Previously coded ENH1250

Synopsis

Students will acquire skills and knowledge in the genre of the tertiary-level academic essay: these will be transferable to all writing in all subjects students undertake. We will study techniques of planning and idea generation. We will acquire a solid foundation in grammar, punctuation, spelling, usage and style. We will develop research techniques, and correct techniques in the use of sources (referencing, quoting, paraphrasing, and the avoidance of plagiarism). We will study and apply techniques of argumentation. We will study skills in the genre of academic writing, and we will develop skills in oral presentation, drafting, and editing and proofreading.

Outcomes

By successfully completing this unit students will:

  1. Be able to employ techniques to generate ideas, overcome writer's blocks, and structure argumentation.
  2. Acquire or revise basic concepts of grammar, punctuation, spelling, usage and style, and be able to apply these in correcting faults and in developing exposition, authorial voice and expression in essays.
  3. Develop research skills in relation to primary, secondary and tertiary sources, both in hard copy and online sources.
  4. Develop professional practice in the skills of referencing, quoting, paraphrasing, and the avoidance of plagiarism.
  5. Develop techniques of argumentation by studying logic, fallacies, and techniques of persuasion and influence.
  6. Acquire skills in the genre of academic writing, such as expositional sequences, rhetorical strategies, register, audience, and authorial voice.
  7. Acquire and improve oral presentation skills of content in essays.
  8. Develop skills in drafting, redrafting, editing and proofreading.

Assessment

Written: 70%
Test: 20%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ENH1240, ATS1340


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Matthew Piscioneri

Notes

Previously coded ENH1260

Synopsis

In the modern workplace, the ability to communicate well, both in speaking and writing, is highly valued. In this unit we will focus on developing effective communication, particularly in written form, in professional contexts. We will study and produce types of writing and documents that are essential for you to secure professional employment, as well as to thrive in the kind of professional employment you can expect to find as a graduate.
The unit is based in practical exercises to develop your abilities as a writer and also an editor of professional standard texts, but also designed to further your conceptual understanding of key issues in professional communication: audience, context, and language. We will also study principles of 'information gathering' and research for professional contexts, and put these into practice through activities and assignments

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

  1. Identify and use appropriate English in written and oral contexts;
  2. Plan and design effective documents and presentations;
  3. Understand and apply essential features of English usage (grammar and structure) in writing and editing documents, and preparing and delivering oral presentations;
  4. Communicate your academic and other abilities through effective job application letters and resumes;
  5. Identify expectations of communication based on understanding of different professional audiences and contexts and apply these in documents and presentations;
  6. Understand and apply basic principles of information gathering and research (such as short online surveys) in professional contexts through practical assignments.

Assessment

Written: 60%
Test: 20%
Oral exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ENH1240


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vanessa Wong (Clayton); Dr Ailie Gallant; Dr Simon Connor; Associate Professor David Dunkerley

Notes

Previously coded GES1020

Synopsis

This unit provides an understanding of the landscape, vegetation and climate characteristics of the Australian environment as a foundation for more advanced study in geography and related disciplines. It explains present patterns of landform, soil, biota and climate through an understanding of past environments and events. The focus on change is carried over into future environmental management issues.

Outcomes

On successfully completing the unit students will:

  1. Be familiar with major ideas concerning the evolution of the Australian landscape, its biota and climate patterns;
  2. Be aware of competing ideas and theories in the relevant literature;
  3. Be able to synthesise and interpret relevant material and to communicate ideas to others in a coherent manner, by either written or verbal means;
  4. Be familiar and proficient with some simple techniques for analysing basic geographic and physical environmental information;
  5. Appreciate the importance of field work in studying the natural environment and the problems associated with making field measurements of natural phenomena.

Assessment

Written (2000 words): 35%
Examinations (2-hours): 30%
Practical and fieldwork reports: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours per week (2 x lectures per week and 5 practicals per semester and 1 x 2.5-day field excursion)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Ben Wellings

Notes

Previously coded EUR1300

Synopsis

The unit 'Contemporary Europe' surveys political, economic, social and cultural developments in today's Europe. It provides students with in-depth analysis of the legacy of post-war politics and of cold-war divisions on the European continent. It examines its later partial unification, related challenges, its relations with and impact on the world today. It highlights contemporary European approaches to economic development, the environment, migration, religious and cultural diversity as well as the complexities of citizenship, ethnicity and gender. The unit establishes the foundations for an understanding of contemporary Europe, including the European Union and its unique integration model.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically explore the changing political, economic, social and cultural landscape of contemporary Europe
  2. have a basic understanding of today's Europe and of the European Union as an example of regional integration and as a regional trading block
  3. have a critical understanding of contemporary challenges confronting the unification of the European states such as the creation of common policies in the areas of migration, foreign policy, cultural and religious diversity, the environment, energy, as well as post-national citizenship and democratic legitimacy of post-national governance
  4. demonstrate an ability for critical thinking on Europe and the European Union in the context of the debates on globalisation and regionalisation
  5. collect data on European politics, economy, society and culture using suitable methodological resources

Assessment

Tutorial preparation and participation: 6%
Oral class presentation (250 words): 6%
Essay 1 (1000 words): 22%
Essay 2 (1500 words): 33%
Exam (1.5 hours, 1500 words): 33%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lecture per week + One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Belinda Smaill; Dr Claire Perkins

Notes

Previously coded FTV1010

Synopsis

Employing textual criticism, critical theory and theories of political economy, this unit will introduce a variety of approaches to the study of television. It will consider the phenomenon of television through a critical approach to the forms specific to broadcast television through an understanding of recent theories relating to popular culture. These include issues of history, genre, context , consumerism and audiences. Attention will also be given to the cultural and economic forces that shape and are reflected in the structuring of television programs and networks.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical understanding of forms specific to broadcast television;
  2. An understanding of theories relating to popular culture as they inform television studies;
  3. A knowledge of the cultural and economic forces which shape and are reflected in the structuring of Australian and wider television networks;
  4. A knowledge of the issues of new media that problematise traditional television theory;
  5. An ability to critically engage with written and televisual texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

Assessment

Written assignments: 75%
In-class visual test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1- hour lecture per week
One 1- hour tutorial per week
One 2- hour screening per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Deane Williams; Associate Professor Con Verevis; Dr Julia Vassilieva

Notes

Previously coded FTV1050

Synopsis

This introductory unit aims to acquaint students with basic principles of film studies, including film theory and history. Topics to be discussed include: film narrative and formal analysis, film sound and editing, film genre and authorship, art cinema and national cinemas, documentary and experimental film practice. Attention will be paid to recent theories of film including those which address the socio-political significance of the medium and the ways in which it may reinforce conceptions of social and sexual identity. Film texts for exploration include those from Australian, American, European and Asian cinemas.

Outcomes

By the completion of this subject students will be expected to have:

  1. Acquired a sense of the scope of film studies.
  2. Demonstrated an understanding of film form and various film genres.
  3. Demonstrated an understanding of broad cultural and historical developments in film studies.
  4. Developed skills in the analysis of film texts in relation to contemporary film theoretical debates.
  5. Developed an ability to recognise and evaluate critical arguments.

Assessment

Written assignments: 75%
In-class visual test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week
One 2- hour screening per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Libby Porter

Notes

Previously coded GES1050

Synopsis

What can you do in a world that is challenged by questions of poverty, environmental degradation, social inequality and economic exclusion? The Global Challenge is an introductory unit that grapples with these questions offering an insight into the new and emerging forces of social, economic and environmental change. The unit examines how changing population and migration dynamics, urban development, patterns of consumption and growth, and labour markets intersect at local, national and global scales. It introduces students to theories and methods that help make sense of our complex world allowing them to critically engage with these global challenges.

Outcomes

On completing this unit you will be able to:

  1. Define and describe a range of key challenges including: population movement, diverse urban forms, consumption habits, economic restructuring, labour markets, socio-economic inequality and environmental change;
  2. Identify and apply key theories and methods to inform an understanding of economic, social and cultural geographies;
  3. Organise and select appropriate information and represent data in maps and tables for a variety of spatial scales;
  4. Work autonomously and with others to write and communicate concepts and processes of global and spatial change in a clear manner;
  5. Develop an inquiring mind about complex global challenges and appreciate different perspectives on problems and their solutions.

Assessment

Essay (1500 words): 25%
Examination: (2-hours): 40%
Practical/tutorial work: 15%
Compulsory fieldtrip: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week
One full day 8-hour field trip
Four 2-hour tutorials

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Adeline Tay

Notes

Previously coded GES1070

Synopsis

This unit takes as its starting point the catastrophes of our world today, such as droughts, earthquakes, epidemics, fires, floods, hurricanes, landslides, tsunamis and weather extremes, and seeks to provide a blended understanding between the mechanics and dynamics of these environmental phenomena with the social contexts in which these disasters occur. This subject analyses the wide range of environmental processes (hazards) that pose risks to human lives, livelihoods and settlements, and brings together physical and human geographical approaches to explore how risk in a chosen area is a function of both the hazards and the community's vulnerability. Local and international case studies form a central component of this unit. As well, questions pertaining to the role of international aid and risk management (including mitigation, protection and adaptation strategies) will be discussed.

Outcomes

Students completing ATS1310 satisfactorily will:

  • gain awareness of the range of environmental processes that are recognised as hazards to human lives, livelihoods and settlements
  • understand the nature and origin of hazardous environmental processes, including concepts of event magnitude and frequency of occurrence
  • appreciate regional variations in the characteristics of environmental and socio-economic processes that produce catastrophes
  • recognize the social and demographic factors through which an environmental process becomes a human disaster
  • appreciate the range of factors than may influence the vulnerability of particular regions or communities to hazardous environmental processes
  • be able to summarise and discuss some of the strategies used to minimise the risk of environmental disaster and to respond to disasters that occur.

Assessment

Written assignments (2500 words): 50%
Practical class participation: 20%
Final examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 lectures and a 2-hour support class per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitWomen's Studies and Gender Research
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Malaysia October intake 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Petra Gimbad

Notes

Previously coded GND1010

Synopsis

Does gender matter? How do ideas about sex and gender shape important questions in our society? How are social, political and economic structures affected by conventional notions about femininity and masculinity? This unit introduces the interdisciplinary field of Women's Studies and engages students in a series of critical debates concerning sex and citizenship; gender and the law; work and employment; and media and advertising. A range of critical and analytic approaches to contemporary social questions will be introduced and some key contemporary gender debates will be selected for close analysis and problem-based learning.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will:

  1. have developed an understanding of how gender operates as a category of analysis and an understanding of the range of critical and analytical approaches associated with the field of Women's Studies;
  2. have gained an understanding of the gendered dimensions of contemporary social debates;
  3. have developed research and library skills that will enable them to locate, assess and organise basic resources relevant to the field;
  4. have developed skills in group work and project organisation;
  5. have developed writing and communication skills that will enable them to examine and respond critically to key texts and debates in the field.

Assessment

Research skills exercise (equiv 1350 words): 25%
In-class test (1.5 hr equiv 1350 words) : 25%
Research Essay (1800 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Erik Eklund

Notes

Previously coded HPL1503

Synopsis

Issues and events post 1900 using global and regional frameworks. Critical analysis will be used to gain an understanding of the most significant forces that have shaped the period 1900 to present. Topics studied include sovereign states; imperialism; World War I, the Depression, Nazis, World War II, Nuclear Age, Cold War, Collapse of the Soviet Empire, and Nationalism in the 1990s.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. apply theoretical and methodological tools in the evaluation of geographic, environmental, social, economic, and political factors which have shaped, and continue to shape the world since 1900;
  2. demonstrate conceptual and analytical skills in examining the causes and consequences of major global and regional trends;
  3. use oral and written presentation skills in discussions of contemporary global and regional issues;
  4. demonstrate an interest in and understanding of world events and t foster a life long study of the forces which shape regions and the global system.

Assessment

Written work 60%
Exam 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

GSC1503, HPL1503


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Linda Barclay

Notes

Previously coded HRY1010

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the discipline of human rights. The central topic around which the unit is organised is the universality of human rights. Why are human rights universal? Is there a foundation for the universality of human rights? Does cultural relativism pose a problem for human rights? Torture, and the human rights of refugees and the global poor are also discussed. Students will be exposed to a variety of views on these and related questions. The unit requires no special background in any discipline.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

  1. Mastery of the basic concepts of human rights, the structure of the most important international human rights legal instruments and the central justifications offered for taking human rights to be universal;
  2. Improved writing skills;
  3. Improved oral communication skills;
  4. Familiarity with central positions in philosophical accounts of the justification and explanation of human rights;
  5. Skills to assist them to conduct independent research in human rights topics.

Assessment

Written work (2500 words): 70%
Examination (2 hour): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert Simpson

Notes

Previously coded HRY1020

Synopsis

This unit investigates a number of current debates that involve human rights that have implications for recent political controversies. For instance: do cultural and religious minorities have special claims to group rights? Can group rights be reconciled with the individualist basis of human rights-thinking? What are the rights of children, sexual minorities and people with disabilities, and what challenges have these rights faced in international implemenation?

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

  1. Mastery of the content of several key controversies surrounding human rights.
  2. Improved writing skills.
  3. Improved oral communication skills.
  4. Familiarity with central positions in philosophical accounts of the justification and explanation of human rights.
  5. Skills to assist them to conduct independent research in human rights topics.

Assessment

Written work (2,500 words): 70%
Examination (2 hour): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week + One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1314 is not required but strongly recommended.

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kathleen Neal

Notes

Previously coded HSY1010

Synopsis

The long term changes in European society and civilisation from the time of Charlemagne in the late eighth century to the first signs of the breaking apart of the idea of a unified Christendom in the early fiftteenth century. Themes include social structure, urbanisation, relationships between men and women, education, the crusades, the role of the church and the relationship between religious reform and heresy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Acquired and demonstrated an understanding of the structure of medieval European society as it evolved between 800 and 1450
  2. Considered critically the different ways developed by historians of looking at medieval society
  3. Become familiar with the major changes which took place in society, the Church and in political institutions between 1050 and 1450, and be able to discuss why these changes took place
  4. Learned how to interpret and discuss critically documents from the medieval period, provided in translation, setting them in their social context
  5. Learned to relate artistic, intellectual and literary culture, including Romanesque and Gothic architecture, to wider changes in medieval society
  6. Formed the ability to discuss critically, and in an informed fashion, the stereotypes conjured up by the term 'medieval'.

Assessment

Exercise (1000 words): 25%;
Essay (1,500 words): 30%;
Class test (500 words): 10%;
Tutorial responses (500 words); 10%;
Exam (1000 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Carolyn James (Clayton); Dr Kathleen Neal (Caulfield)

Notes

Previously coded HSY1020

Synopsis

The social and cultural history of Western Europe from the fourteenth to the seventeenth century, especially the Italian Renaissance and the spread of its influence in northern Europe in the sixteenth century. Themes include humanism, art and patronage, gender, discovery of the New World, science, political and religious changes in the later Middle Ages, and the dissemination of the civilisation of the Renaissance in Western Europe.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Acquired and demonstrated an understanding of the structure of Renaissance European society as it evolved between c.1400 and 1650.
  2. Considered critically different ways developed by historians of looking at renaissance society.
  3. Become familiar with the major changes which took place in society, the Church and in political institutions between 1400 and 1650, and be able to discuss why these changes took place.
  4. Learned how to interpret and discuss critically documents from the renaissance period, provided in translation, setting them in their social context.
  5. Learned to relate visual evidence, in particular architecture, to wider changes in renaissance society and intellectual life.
  6. Be able to discuss critically and in an informed fashion stereotypes conjured up by the term 'renaissance'.

Assessment

Tutorial preparation and participation: 20%
essay related work: 40%
class tests: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Reto Hofmann

Notes

Previously coded HSY1060

Synopsis

This unit provides a broad overview of Asian history from 1500 to today. It has an ambitious scope, focussing on key moments and longer trends across the region, with a primary focus on China, Indonesia, Korea and Japan. In particular, it examines how Asia was reshaped by forces such as imperialism, nationalism and modernization. The goal of the unit is to provide students with a solid basis of knowledge in the history of the region, either as the foundation for further studies on Asia, or as an important complement to their Asian language studies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Gained a broad understanding of some of the historical trends that have shaped the development of Asia over the past five hundred years.
  2. Been introduced to debates about 'imperialism', 'colonialism', 'race', 'gender', 'modernisation' and 'globalisation'
  3. Gained an understanding of how different societies function and change over time.
  4. Gained an understanding of how the dynamic trading world to Australia's 'near north' came into being, and offer perspectives about where Asia might be headed in the 21st century.
  5. Developed intelligent reading habits and learned to exploit library and internet sources efficiently and intelligently for specific purposes.
  6. Become acquainted with the way scholars use 'evidence' to construct an 'argument'.
  7. Been introduced to the technical elements of scholarly writing, such as the use of footnotes or endnotes.
  8. Gained an understanding of what we can learn from studying and 'representing' past events and episodes.

Assessment

Written (2500 words): 60%
Examinations (2 hours): 30%
Class participation/attendance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Hau

Notes

Previously coded HSY1111

Synopsis

This unit explores the process of nation building in the "long nineteenth century" through revolution and war. Stretching from the French Revolution to the First World War, the course examines how three key elements - war, revolution, and empire - interacted in the making of modern nation-states. We will consider this question by looking at a variety of case studies, including the American Civil War, the creation of unified states in Italy and Germany, the struggle for nationhood in the face of Western imperialism in East Asia, and the founding myth of Australian nationalism at Gallipoli. Emphasizing connections and commonalities between societies geographically apart and culturally different, the course seeks to understand the global processes that led to the forging of nations and nationalisms through wars and revolutions.

Outcomes

Students who have successfully completed this unit will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the major issues in the historiography of modern war and nationalism.
  2. Knowledge of the history of major military conflicts during the long nineteenth century.
  3. the ability to explain how wars have transformed Western societies.
  4. the ability to assess the impact of war on people's understanding of gender, social class, and citizenship.
  5. the ability to discuss critically the impact of wars on the creation of national identities and mythologies.
  6. the ability to analyse critically different kinds of historical sources.
  7. the development of skills for collaborative learning and group work.
  8. the acquisition of solid writing and oral presentation skills.

Assessment

Written work: 65% (2700 words)
Class test: 20%
Participation: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two hours of lectures, one tutorial

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Reto Hofmann (Clayton); Dr Ruth Morgan (Caulfield)

Notes

Previously coded HSY1112

Synopsis

Although World War I pronounced the death of the nineteenth-century world, the constitutive elements of that period lived on. This unit explores how wars, revolutions, and empires continued to shape the making and re-making of nations - but under new conditions. In particular, we will examine how the interwar crisis of capitalism, decolonization, the Cold War, and our present age of globalization affected the ways in which historical actors reconceived nations and nationalism. Themes covered include the Russian Revolution; Fascism and Nazism; nationalism and revolution in postwar Africa and Asia; religious and market fundamentalisms in the late 20th century. No background knowledge is assumed and students need not have taken Nations at War I.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate:

  1. The ability to discuss in an informed way the relationship between revolution and social change;
  2. An understanding of the distinctions between political and social revolutions;
  3. An appreciation of the difference between total war, civil war, cold war and revolution;
  4. An awareness of how ideas about race, ethnicity, identity, nationalism and freedom informed; revolutionary movement in the twentieth century;
  5. The ability to assess critically visual sources and their contributions to historical memory;
  6. The ability to analyse a variety of written historical sources;
  7. The development of skills for collaborative learning and group work;
  8. The acquisition of solid writing and oral presentation skills;

Assessment

Written work: 65%
Class test: 20%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two hours of lecture and one hour tutorial

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Paul Forgasz

Notes

Previously coded HSY1120

Synopsis

This unit deals with the social, cultural, political and economic interactions of Jews with Christians and Muslims from antiquity to the Enlightenment. In a contemporary world that frames these relations as a 'clash of civilisations', the course retraces the shifting relationships between the three monotheistic traditions, emphasising Jewish life in the medieval period under Christian and Islamic rule. We will start this course with the foundational texts of the three monotheistic religions, examining how these societies defined themselves and others. Moving to the medieval and early modern periods we will explore the moments of interactions between Christians, Jews and Muslims-the shared texts, spaces, and intellectual ideas that united all three societies. Even in moments of extreme violence, we see evidence of coexistence alongside conflict. This course will conclude with the dawn of Enlightenment thought in Europe, and will consider how majority cultures treated and thought about minorities such as Jews and Muslims, revealing notions of tolerance and national homogeneity that carry implications for contemporary European society.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will have the ability to:

  1. Trace the way Jews, Christians and Muslims have defined their identities against each other.
  2. Understand the interaction between Jews, Muslims and Christians in medieval Europe.
  3. Compare the Jewish experience of medieval Christian and Islamic rule respectively.
  4. Analyse the material, social, cultural and religious life of Jewish communities in Europe and the Mahgreb.
  5. Analyse the impact of modern nationalism, laying the groundwork for European notions about equality, freedom, and citizenship.

Assessment

Short essay (1000 words): 20%
Long essay (2500 words): 40%
Exam: 30%
Class Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

JWC1040


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Paul Forgasz

Notes

Previously coded HSY1190

Synopsis

This unit spans some two thousand years, from the period Abraham to the beginnings of early Christianity. Whilst the approach is chronological, events will be examined through the lens of various themes which have influenced Jewish civilisation throughout the centuries. For much of the period under study, our only source of information is the Bible. One of the central issues underpinning this unit concerns the extent to which we can rely on the Bible as a source for reconstructing a history of ancient Israel. Thus, whilst seeking to understand the relationship of the biblical writers to their own past, we will also examine the place of the contemporary historian within that relationship.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the ancient near eastern setting of the period of Jewish history.
  2. Discuss and analyse the major events, issues and concepts that underpin this course.
  3. Analyse texts and sources relating to the biblical and post biblical period.
  4. Understand the debates concerning the reliability of the Bible as a source of historical reconstruction.

Assessment

Written work: 55% (2500 words)
2 hour exam: 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paula Michaels (Clayton); Associate Professor Seamus O'Hanlon & Dr Rachel Stevens (Caulfield)

Notes

Previously coded INT1010

Synopsis

This unit is designed to give you the historical background and conceptual tools to understand the contemporary world. It traces the key political, economic, and social developments since 1945 that have brought us to where we are today.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a knowledge of modern world history.
  2. Understand who we are and how we got here.
  3. Demonstrate sound knowledge of current affairs and debates about the future.
  4. Demonstrate improved oral and written communication skills, particularly in relation to the analysis and explanation of ideas and the development of argument.
  5. Successfully undertake a variety of research and writing tasks.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

one 90 minute lecture + one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Malaysia October intake 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paula Michaels (Clayton); Dr Kate Murphy (Caulfield)

Notes

Previously coded INT1020

Synopsis

This unit introduces you to globalisation and its economic, cultural, and political implications. It includes a close study of the impact of globalisation on four key areas: the movement of people, the environment, terrorism, and gender.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recognise the importance of debates about globalisation and its likely development.
  2. Understand the importance of debate and discussion in the development of these ideas.
  3. Demonstrate sound oral and written communication skills.
  4. Understand the importance of critical analysis and be comfortable in challenging ideas and arguments.

Assessment

Written work: (90%)
Class participation: (10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

one 90 minute lecture + one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Professor Carolyn Stevens

Notes

Previously coded JPS1090

Synopsis

This unit provides a introduction to current affairs in Asia for students who take Asian language units or those planning to proceed to further Asian studies units. The unit tackles a variety of topics relevant to China, Indonesia, Japan and Korea, including such topics as language and literacy, work and education, crime and punishment, spirituality and secularity, humans and the natural environment, minority and other political issues, gender and sexuality , international relations, popular culture and soft power and other topics of current relevance to the region.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Been introduced to some of the important current issues confronting Asian societies in the 21st century.
  2. Been introduced to debates about political power and ideals, gender and sexuality, race and ethnicity, spirituality and secularism, social tensions and divisions in a variety of national contexts.
  3. Become familiar with some of the concepts used in the Humanities to describe and analyse current affairs and issues.
  4. Developed intelligent reading habits and learned to exploit library and internet sources efficiently and intelligently for specific purposes.
  5. Become acquainted with the way scholars use 'evidence' to construct an 'argument'.
  6. Been introduced to the technical elements of scholarly writing, such as the use of footnotes or endnotes.

Assessment

Written work (2500 words): 55%
Tutorial contribution: 10%
Exam (2 hours): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Robert Carey

Notes

Previously coded JRN1101

Synopsis

This unit provides a critical introduction to the key concepts and practices of research and reporting for news journalism; the social, professional and legal context for journalism production; the technical production and narrative conventions for at least two different media (print, online, radio and/or video). Students research and produce original news stories to deadline in at least two media, produce a critical evaluation of their own performance and constructive feedback for their peers.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an ability to conceptualise what a news story could be, and identify and research a news story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidence.
  2. Demonstrate an ability to report in a clear, concise, factual way using news conventions in at least two media.
  3. Identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with news reporting, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard
  4. Work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce news reports.
  5. Demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure
  6. Demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues.
  7. Demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of journalistic practices in different media

Assessment

Minimum requirement: attendance and participation as specified in the Unit Guide for the mode of delivery
Minor assignment: 10%
Brief news report in specified medium: 30%
Brief news report in specified medium: 30%
Reflective analyses: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1-hour lecture per week + 2-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Malaysia October intake 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Nicholas Parkin

Notes

Previously coded JRN1102

Synopsis

This unit provides further development of the key practices of research and reporting for news journalism; the social, professional and legal context for journalism production; the technical production and narrative conventions for at least two different media (print, online, radio and/or video); and consideration of factors affecting the optimal choice of medium for reporting. Students research and produce original news stories to deadline in at least two media different to their ATS1328 productions, produce a critical evaluation of their own performance and constructive feedback for their peers.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an ability to identify and research a news story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidence;
  2. Demonstrate an ability to select an advantageous medium for presentation, and report in a clear, concise, factual way using news conventions in at least two media;
  3. Identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with news reporting, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard;
  4. Work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce news reports;
  5. Demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure;
  6. Demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues;
  7. Demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio - professional implications of journalistic practices in different media.

Assessment

Minimum requirement: attendance and participation as specified in the Unit Guide for the mode of delivery
Minor assignment: 10%
Brief news report in specified medium: 30%
Brief news report in specified medium: 30%
Online reflection and in-class invigilation: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1-hour lecture per week + 2-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Elizabeth Hart

Notes

Previously coded JRN1902

Synopsis

This unit aims to introduce students to key practices in journalism. At the same time, the unit will familiarize students with the various historical, technological, political, social, cultural and institutional conditions that influence journalism. The basic objective of this unit is to foster critical enquiry by developing specific news writing and reporting skills, and a comprehensive knowledge of the networks of power journalists are engaged with. Students in this unit will also participate in discourses surrounding the current issues and debates in journalism, particularly focused on media laws and codes of ethics and, their impact on professional practice.

Outcomes

To assist students in attaining:

  1. skills in research, writing and production of news and feature stories.
  2. an awareness of the impact of changing technologies on journalism practice
  3. an understanding of the current issues and debates in journalism and the changing media landscape
  4. an understanding of journalism's role as the Fourth Estate
  5. an ability to conduct interviews
  6. an understanding of journalism ethics
  7. a knowledge of basic legal issues as they impact on working journalists
  8. Literacy skills
  9. investigative, communication and negotiations skills
  10. Informational management skills

Assessment

Report one news story (900 words): 20%
Report one profile story (1400 words): 25%
Class presentation and report (600 words) (on-campus students) or discussion paper (800 words) (off-campus students): 15%
Exam (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

GSC1902, GSC2901, JRN1902


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Anita Anderson

Notes

Previously coded JRN1903

Synopsis

This unit teaches students to produce feature stories for newspapers, magazines and online. Students develop advanced writing and reporting skills to apply the craft of feature writing in relation to contemporary issues. They critically consider the contribution feature writing makes to the print and electronic media, including new media, and they develop an awareness of professional standards applicable to writing stories for the media.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Competence in the production of newspaper and magazine feature stories in a range of styles within the genre;
  2. Application of advanced research tools and interview techniques;
  3. Critical understanding of the ways feature stories elaborate on and humanise contemporary issues;
  4. Knowledge of professional workplace practices and principles and of industry standards relevant to the craft of feature writing;
  5. Knowledge of the history of feature writing, of those who have shown excellence in the craft, and of the future of the genre in a rapidly changing media environment.

Assessment

Colour story (600 words): 15%
Magazine feature story and pitch (1200 words): 25%
Major news feature and critique (1600 words): 35%
Invigilated class and online project (equivalent to 1100 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

GSC1903, GSC2902, JRN1903


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ena Burstin

Notes

Previously coded JWC1060

Synopsis

The central feature of Yiddish 1 will be the teaching of Yiddish as a living language, as a tool for both written and spoken communication. The course is designed for students who wish to improve their knowledge of the subject both in its literary and colloquial form. The course will include use of non-literary texts and exercises to develop grammatical, syntactic and idiomatic mastery of the language. An additional component will utilise Yiddish literary texts of Australia as well as other countries. Completion of parts A and B will prepare students to continue to an eventual major in the discipline.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to demonstrate a mastery of reading and writing Yiddish script.
  2. Gain a working understanding of spoken Standard Modern Yiddish.
  3. Acquire the ability to write original Yiddish sentences.
  4. Acquire the essential skills required for Yiddish conversation.
  5. Begin to develop an appreciation of the richness of Yiddish as a rich literary and cultural tradition.

Assessment

Assignments (written and oral): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (3 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour language lab) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Ena Burstin

Notes

Previously coded JWC1070

Synopsis

The central feature of Yiddish 1 will be the teaching of Yiddish as a living language, as a tool for both written and spoken communication. The course is designed for students who wish to improve their knowledge of the subject both in its literary and colloquial form. The course will include use of non-literary texts and exercises to develop grammatical, syntactic and idiomatic mastery of the language. An additional component will utilise Yiddish literary texts of Australia as well as other countries. Completion of parts A and B will prepare students to continue to an eventual major in the subject.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Demonstrate a mastery of reading and writing Yiddish script.
  2. Gain a working understanding of spoken Standard Modern Yiddish.
  3. Acquire the ability to write original Yiddish sentences and paragraphs.
  4. Acquire the essential skills required for Yiddish conversation.
  5. Develop an appreciation of the richness of Yiddish as a rich literary and cultural tradition.

Assessment

Assignments (written and oral): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (3 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Howard Manns

Notes

Previously coded LIN1010

Synopsis

Human beings spend much of their time playing the language game - small wonder Linguistics, the scientific investigation of language, is such a fast growing and important field of study. In this unit we examine aspects of this fascinating game in a systematic way. They include: the nature of the game (e.g. human versus animal communication, the structure of language); the players (e.g. language acquisition, language and thought); the game plan (e.g. strategies for interacting, politeness); variation in the game (e.g. social/regional varieties, jargon, slang); myths about the game (e.g. some languages are better/harder/more beautiful) and the changing game.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this subject students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of what linguistics is and what linguists do.

  1. Identify and describe the nature of human language.

  1. Discuss and analyse different varieties of language and language use.

  1. Identify and analyse the ways in which language changes.

  1. Observe and be sensitive to issues arising in linguistic interaction.

  1. Explain the major processes of language acquisition.

  1. Critically evaluate attitudes to language.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (2500 words)
Class participation/online discussion: 10%
2 hours Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Catherine Cook

Notes

Previously coded LIN1020

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an introduction to theoretical and descriptive frameworks adopted in the analysis of language. You will be introduced to techniques for different levels of language analysis; key questions and theoretical and descriptive frameworks adopted in the analysis of language; and some of the applications of these theoretical tools. There is a description of speech sounds and their organization in linguistic systems, the structures of words and sentences and their meanings, the description and analysis of historical processes of language change over time.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to: apply techniques and procedures, methods and skills presented in the unit to analyse sentence structure and sentence constituents, speech sounds, sound patterns, lexical meaning, and historical approaches to language change from a range of language data sets; methodically collect and analyse linguistic data; presenting findings with coherent argument that reflects the appropriate and conventional formalism utilised in the linguistic analysis of language and communication; display insights both into the language(s) they speak and into languages not previously encountered; demonstrate an understanding of what linguistics is and what linguists do

Assessment

Written work (2000 words): 60%
Tutorial exercise/participation: 10%
Exam (2 hours): 30% (Students must sit the exam to complete the unit).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Summer semester A 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Summer semester B 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Matthew Piscioneri

Notes

Previously coded LLA1010

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to develop existing skills in the following areas: reading, writing, discussion, note-taking, locating sources, referencing, exam revision, writing critiques, and familiarity with key concepts in the humanities and social sciences. This unit makes these skills its focus and these skills are taught around and through a generalist, foundational or cross disciplinary content with reference to broad conceptual frameworks relevant to Arts units. This unit may be of benefit to: International students, students who have completed VCE ESL, mature-age students and students who wish to focus on the acquisition of academic language and study skills.

Outcomes

The study skills unit introduces or re-familiarises students with key abilities required for the Bachelor of Arts degree. On successful completion, students will be able to:

  1. listen and take notes in a variety of academic settings;
  2. engage in spoken discussions;
  3. develop efficient reading techniques;
  4. locate and scrutinise sources;
  5. display an understanding of written assessment tasks and complete an outline or plan for a task;
  6. report the views of other scholars, including the use of various referencing systems: Harvard, APA and Oxford;
  7. paraphrase and incorporate others' ideas appropriately;
  8. evaluate the views of other scholars by the following means: use of reporting verbs, summarising and evaluating, comparing and contrasting competing positions, indicating authorial stance, agreeing and disagreeing with published sources;
  9. build an academic argument through clear argument structure, topic placement and framing of key issues;
  10. recognise key features of Western scholarship, eg. individuality, ownership of ideas;
  11. recognise cross-cultural perspectives on academic learning;
  12. practise effective proof-reading, editing, summarising and revision techniques;
  13. develop an understanding of the differences between written academic prose and spoken or colloquial English.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 80%
Exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester

Prohibitions

TDS1611, ATS1297


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitIndonesian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Prof James Chin

Notes

Previously coded MML1010

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with advanced communication skills in the Malay Language and knowledge of the cultural context in which the language is used. It is designed for students with an intermediate knowledge of Bahasa Malaysia or Malay language.

Outcomes

  1. Have an understanding of the historical and cultural development of the Malay language in the Malay speaking world; Be able to apply a knowledge of the pronunciation and spelling system of Malay;
  2. Strengthened their understanding of the way Malay language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
  3. Enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Malay language;
  4. Enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Malay society and culture

Assessment

Class work/tests/exercises: 30%
Presentation: 20%
Final written examination (2 hours): 30%
Final spoken exam (Interview): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and three 1-hour tutorials per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Jonathan McIntosh

Notes

Previously coded MUS1000

Synopsis

The musical, social, political and commercial aspects of popular music and its development in Singapore, India, Malaysia, Indonesia, Vietnam, Thailand, China and Japan will be examined. The history and major categories of popular music are studied to discover how these styles have influenced each other and relate to the surrounding culture. The ways in which the 'business' of music affects musical style is a central issue in examining cultural trends.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students should have a basic knowledge of popular music developments and a general knowledge of the major styles and stylistic trends of popular music in Asia. The student will distinguish specific musical characteristics that define popular music traditions and develop a framework in which to identify, categorise and assess popular music styles in a wide variety of musical contexts.

Assessment

Written (2500 words): 40%
Exam (2 hours): 40%
Listening tests: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jonathan McIntosh

Notes

Previously coded MUS1040

Synopsis

The musical, sociopolitical and commercial aspects of popular music and its development in the United States including British-American folk music, African-American folk music, blues, jazz, country, and rock music. How these styles have influenced each other and relate to the surrounding culture. The ways the 'business' of music affects musical style is a central issue in analysing cultural trends: from the 'beats' of the 50s and the 'hippies' of the 60s to the 'punks' of the 70s and the 'rappers' of today.

Outcomes

By the end of the semester, students who complete this unit successfully should have:

  1. A basic knowledge of primary musical terminology and its function in describing popular music development.
  2. A general knowledge of the major styles and stylistic trends in popular music, with an emphasis on the specific musical characteristics which define each tradition.
  3. A framework to identify, categorise and assess popular music styles and selected works from folk, blues, country, jazz and rock music repertoires.
  4. An understanding of how to write about music through critical observation and analysis.

Assessment

2 Concert reviews: 40%
2 Listening tests: 20%
Final exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour library session) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jonathan McIntosh

Notes

Previously coded MUS1060

Synopsis

Introduction to the basic theory and practice of Javanese and Balinese gamelan and performing arts including dance and theatre. The study of ensembles, tuning systems and musical structure and form. Aurally-based performance skills on the gamelan.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit should have a basic knowledge of the main principles, concepts and performance techniques of Javanese and Balinese gamelan music, dance and theatre terminology, and the cultural, historical and socio-political contexts of gamelan performing arts.

Assessment

Essay and other written work (2000 words): 40%
Exam (1 hours): 30%
Performance Assessments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour practical performance class) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUS1100

Synopsis

This unit explores the key composers, musical styles and genres from the medieval period to the present. It discusses the musical work in historical and social contexts. The unit introduces students to issues in music historiography and contemporary performance practice.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will have developed an understanding of the historical and social forces that shaped the major strands of Western music through studying a number of representative works. Students will have developed the ability to think critically about music-making in the past and present.

Assessment

Written (3000 words): 50%
Exam (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (3 x 1 hour lectures) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Adrian McNeil

Notes

Previously coded MUS1110

Synopsis

This unit will investigate traditional and popular musical styles from a variety of world cultures and societies. It will examine such themes as the social and cultural embedding of music, music and identity and musical globalization, and introduce students to current issues in ethnomusicology.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will have developed an understanding of the relations between music and society in a range of contexts. They will have learnt ways of analysing and describing music and musical action. They will be able to critically assess commentary on non-western music.

Assessment

Written (3000 words): 50%
Exam (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (3 x 1 hour lectures) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Tamara Smolyar

Notes

Previously coded MUS1120

Synopsis

  1. Ensemble rehearsals and performance of selected repertoire, and
  2. training in the materials and structures of music with an emphasis on their relationship to ensemble performance.

Included will be related melodic, rhythmic, harmonic and contrapuntal relationships and formal structures and studies in the history and style of the selected repertoire.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate required practical and discriminatory skills.
  2. Demonstrate developed interactive and cooperative performance skills.
  3. Implement competent practice routines and a disciplined, self-critical approach to performance.
  4. Demonstrate a theoretical understanding of repertoire studied.

Assessment

Concert performance/practical assesment: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2.5 hour rehearsal and 1 x 0.5 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Admission by audition.

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Tamara Smoylar

Notes

Previously coded MUS1130

Synopsis

  1. Ensemble rehearsals and performance of selected repertoire and
  2. training in the materials and structure of music with an emphasis on their relationship to ensemble performance.

Included will be related melodic, rhythmic, harmonic structures and studies in the history and style of selected repertoire.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate required practical and discriminatory skills.
  2. Demonstrate developed interactive and cooperative performance skills.
  3. Implement competent practice routines and a disciplined, self-critical approach to performance.
  4. Demonstrate developing aural skills.
  5. Demonstrate an in depth understanding of repertoire studied.

Assessment

Concert performance/practical assesment: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2.5 hour rehearsal and 1 x 0.5 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1347
Students will need to pass an audition, which will be held in O week or week one

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kenji Fujimura (Classical); Associate Professor Robert Burke (Jazz)

Notes

Previously coded MUS1980

Synopsis

Students prepare for a technical examination on their chief instrument, or a folio of either compositions, written work or media. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons, small group consultations and workshops. Students are required to take part in an ensemble as a hurdle requirement.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will demonstrate a greater understanding of research based performance, composition, (ethno)musicology or creative music technology and will have mastered the required body of practical work as set out in the unit syllabus.

Assessment

In-class assessment: 10%
Performance exam or folio of compositions/written work/media: 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 1 to 2-hour tutorial per week and one individual lesson per week (please note that each specialisation has different lesson plans)
Students who are repeating this unit will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


This unit is only available to students enrolled in a Bachelor of Music single or double degree.
Admission is by audition
Students who fail this unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kenji Fujimura (Classical); Associate Professor Robert Burke (Jazz)

Notes

Previously coded MUS1990

Synopsis

Students prepare for a repertoire examination on their chief instrument, or a folio of either compositions, written work or media. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons, small group consultations and workshops. Students are required to take part in an ensemble as a hurdle requirement.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will demonstrate a greater understanding of research-based performance, composition, (ethno) musicology or creative music technology, and will have mastered the required body of practical work as set out in the unit syllabus.

Assessment

In-class assessment: 10%
Performance exam or folio of compositions/written work/media: 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour to 2-hour tutorial per week
One individual lesson per week (please note that each specialisation has different lesson plans)

Students who are repeating this unit will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1349
Students who fail this unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Montgomery Griffiths

Notes

Previously coded PER1040

Synopsis

The unit offers students an introduction to different systems of rehearsal for theatrical performance. The unit comprises practical workshop investigations and theoretical analysis of the acting methodologies of selected 20th theatre practitioners. Students will learn different acting techniques and approaches, through a combination of practise-based exercises and academic investigation.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the unit students should have:

  1. Developed a practical understanding of some of the technical requirements of acting.
  2. Developed a familiarity with selected methodologies of rehearsal and performance.
  3. Acquired a developing capacity to analyse and evaluate practice through critical analysis.
  4. Acquired skills in independent research and academic writing.

Assessment

Seminar/workshop participation (equivalent to 2000 words): 40%
Analytical essay (2000 words): 40%
Literature review (500): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour workshop per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Anna Scheer

Notes

Previously coded PER1260

Synopsis

A wide-ranging introduction to, and involvement in, all the processes of bringing a script/production concept from the stage of initial planning to public presentation.

Outcomes

After completing this subject students should have:

  1. Developed an awareness of the multiple facets of the production process.
  2. Developed a familiarity with customary problems in production and appropriate procedures for their solution.
  3. Acquired skills in particular areas of theatre production.
  4. Acquired the capacity to analyse and evaluate the production processes with which they have had a primary involvement.

Assessment

Evaluation of the quality of production contribution by a monitoring panel: 50%
Essay/project (3000 words or equivalent) providing detailed documentation and analysis of a particular area of the production process with which the student has been involved: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour dramaturgy meeting, 9 hours rehearsal per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Narelle Miragliotta; Dr Zareh Ghazarian

Notes

Previously coded PLT1020

Synopsis

This unit introduces foundational ideas associated with modern politics and governance. We begin the unit by examining some of the ideas that have shaped our understanding of the role and function of the modern state. We then explore how communities (groups and social movements) mobilize in order to engage with systems of government. We conclude the unit by examining how modern systems of government use institutions to facilitate and operationalize civil government. Students will be introduced to key ideas and concepts associated with modern political systems, such as 'liberalism', 'nationalism', 'socialism', 'democracy' and the 'state'.

Outcomes

  1. Familiarity with the foundational ideas and theories that have shaped modern political states and societies;
  2. An understanding of the ways in which social movements and groups mobilize and use ideas in support of their claims;
  3. An awareness of the role of the State and of the core political institutions that support it, such as constitutions and legislatures;
  4. An understanding of the importance of civil governance;
  5. Improved oral communication skills;
  6. Enhanced skills of team work and collaboration;
  7. Improved analytical and higher order critical thinking skills;
  8. Improved general academic literacy, as well as the ability to interpret information from social science texts.

Assessment

Written work: 55% (2500 words)
Group project and presentation 15%
2 hour exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Angela Mak

Notes

Previously coded PRJ1220

Synopsis

Principles and processes involved in preparing publishable media releases, newsletters, speeches, fact sheets and brochures. Writing for diverse audiences, for promotional and persuasive purposes, and for different media and production environments. Persuasive techniques, readability research, language theory and communication philosophy.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a critical understanding of the meaning, nature and rationale of public relations;
  2. skills in preparing basic communication tools;
  3. comprehension of fundamental public relations theory;
  4. knowledge of the nature, diversity and changeability of public opinion;
  5. understanding about the ways that publics interpret and misinterpret communications, and a critical appreciation of the impact of current events on public relations.

Assessment

Written work: 55%
Presentation: 15%
2 hour Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1897 or by permission

Prohibitions

MKW1220


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Berwick Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Evita March

Notes

Previously coded PSS1711

Synopsis

This unit pairs with ATS1840 to complete a broad introductory understanding of psychology as both a science and a field of knowledge that can be applied to everyday situations. It has a focus on topics more related to the brain and its workings, examining fundamental topics like the nervous system, sensation and perception, intelligence, consciousness, language, learning, memory and cognition. There is an emphasis on making these concepts highly accessible by demonstrating their relevance to everyday behaviour. The unit also holds to the goals of psychology as a science: to describe, understand, predict, and influence our own behaviour and that of others.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Appreciate the complexity of human behaviour
  2. Understand how cognitive and neurological processes impact behaviour
  3. Understand the concept of the biopsychosocial interaction
  4. Possess a solid knowledge foundation in a range of fundamental psychological concepts
  5. Consolidate an understanding of the scientific method in relation to psychology

Assessment

Written work (2700 words): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour laboratory per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Olga Bursian

Notes

Previously coded SCW1302

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to community welfare and counselling as a professional field located within historical contexts of government policies, programs and funded services as well as changing community attitudes. The development decline and reshaping of the welfare state throughout western countries is critically explored with a particular focus on the human and citizenship rights typical of modern democracies . Students also develop an understanding of the historical contribution of community welfare professionals and the broad range of social and human sciences in the formulation of strategies for addressing disadvantage and effecting social change.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the historical and political context of the Welfare State and its relationship to the rise of community welfare as a professional field;
  2. discern the role of government policy in the implementation of community welfare services and programs;
  3. comprehend and engage with key debates and critiques of the social and community welfare system;
  4. demonstrate the development of skills in independent and self-directed learning.

Assessment

Introductory assignment (800 words): 20%
Historical analysis (2000 words): 40%
Exam (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

SCW1302


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Laming

Notes

Previously coded SCW1303

Synopsis

The unit introduces the importance of an interpersonal focus to welfare practice and counseling, as well as the significance of self-awareness for the practitioner. It examines the central role of knowledge, values and skills in developing an understanding of social casework and evidence based interventions. It seeks to develop an awareness of the socio-political forces as well as the inter- and intra-personal dynamics that foster problem situations, and the way in which welfare practice and counseling, is contextualised in the community.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, the students will:

  1. understand the significance of self-awareness and the use of self in social welfare practice and counselling;
  2. have begun a process of purposeful self-reflection to enable best practice interventions;
  3. understand and apply basic knowledge, values and skills in welfare practice and counselling;
  4. identify and evaluate typical individual, family and social welfare situations through the use of simple assessment frameworks;
  5. develop case plans for productive intervention.

Assessment

Written work 50%
Exam 40%
Class participation (on-campus students) or residential school and online discussion participation (off-campus students): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

A compulsory 2-day residential school for off-campus students held during Orientation Week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

GSC1303, SCW1303


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Debra Manning

Notes

Previously coded SCW1304

Synopsis

The unit provides an understanding of the essential theories, skills and knowledge required for effective counselling with individuals and working with groups. This unit lays the foundations for the development of sound counselling and group work skills to be extended in later units/professional practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should have a critical understanding of and be able to demonstrate:

  1. The reasons for carrying out a counselling interview;
  2. The various roles performed by Interviewers;
  3. The skills and processes of counselling with individuals
  4. The skills and processes of working with groups,
  5. Assessment and collaborative planning in relation to client/group needs; and
  6. The satisfactory conclusion of the professional relationship.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (750 words): 15%
Assignment 2 (1500 words): 35%
Workbook exam (2250 words): 40%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 1 hr lecture/week
One x 2 hr tutorial/week

Off-campus attendance requirements

A compulsory 2-day residential school for off-campus students.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

GSC1304, SCW1304


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Catherine Strong

Notes

Previously coded SCY1100

Synopsis

In this subject students will begin the process of learning about the concepts and approaches used by sociologists to analyse and gain an understanding of the social world. Students will learn how these concepts are used examine particular aspects of social life. The specific topics considered vary from year to year. These may include youth and popular culture, gender and sexuality, religion and multiculturalism.

Outcomes

After completing this subject, students will have:

  1. Knowledge of some of the key concepts and perspectives used in sociological analysis;
  2. Understanding of how sociologists approach the link between the individual and society;
  3. An understanding of how structural factors influence the ways in which people experience everyday life;
  4. Skills in presenting coherently argued and well organized essays on sociological topics.

Assessment

Reflective marker (750 words): 10%
Annotated bibliography and essay plan: 10%
Major essay (2000 words): 35%
Participation: 10%
Exam (2hours): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 2 hr lecture/week
One x 1 hr tutorial/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Catherine Strong

Notes

Previously coded SCY1200

Synopsis

This unit is the second in the first year introductory sociology sequence, building on the skills and knowledge developed in first semester. It introduces students to three important areas of sociological research and theoretical endeavour. These may include topics such as: sexuality and gender, popular culture through an examination of mass media; class and social inequality; poverty and social exclusion; population and society; and family.

Assessment

Two short essays (1250 words each): 60%; Examination (2 hours): 30%; Class attendance and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nick Osbaldison

Notes

Previously coded SCY1801

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the discipline, with a specific focus on using sociology to reflect on everyday life. Through the analysis of substantive social issues and institutions the unit explores the role of a sociological perspective in moving beyond 'common sense' and taken-for-granted understandings of society. Broad topics covered include: the nature of sociological knowledge; experiencing everyday life through gender, family and the body; the relationship between conformity, deviance and social control; and the role of social class and the mass media in shaping how we interpret and understand the world.

Outcomes

  1. Understand the nature of sociological explanation and its difference to other forms of explanation.
  2. Be able to recognize the different ways in which sociologists theorise and research the social world.
  3. Be able to apply basic sociological concepts to issues of local and global concern.
  4. Have gained skills in the written presentation of an argument, including the ways in which sociologists incorporate and acknowledge the ideas of other writers.
  5. Begin to develop a critical, questioning approach to reading/assessing sociological material that provides a sound basis for further study in the discipline

Assessment

Written work: 60% (2500 words)
2 hour Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

GSC1201, SCY1801


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa Summer semester B 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Frikkie Korf (South Africa); TBA (Gippsland)

Notes

Previously coded TSD1611

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce students to the nature and requirements of university study and encourages them to demystify the practices and requirements they will confront in their first year. It provides students with a range of specific and identifiable capacities that are essential for undergraduate study. The thematic content is unified around a consideration of the relationships between the learner, the university's requirements and the expectations of students. Students are introduced to the traditions of university scholarship and the changing culture of scholarship. Particular emphasis is given to the importance of independent learning in university studies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. understand the centrality of critical thinking in university scholarship;
  2. be able to employ relevant theoretical and practical knowledge in a range of skills central to university learning, including critical reading and writing;
  3. have an appreciation of the skills necessary to maximise their learning from lectures, tutorials and teaching materials;
  4. be able to produce essays and reports that present a critical argument and adhere to the standard conventions of academic presentation;
  5. demonstrate the development of sound examination techniques.

Assessment

Written work (2200 words): 50%
Topic quizzes: 15%
Exam (2 hours): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Frikkie Korf (Summer Semester)
TBA (First Semester)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial per week

Prohibitions

AZA1369


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Silva (on-campus); Dr Monima Chadha (off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded PHL1010

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to moral philosophy. The focus of the unit is the ethics of killing. We examine questions such as: When, if ever, is killing justified? Many of us think that killing is permissible in emergency rescue situations, or in self-defence. Is it possible to explain this in a way that is consistent with our more typical attitudes to killing? What about killing non-human animals for food? Like all philosophy units, this unit will also develop critical and analytic thinking skills.

Outcomes

On completing this subject students will have an understanding of some central issues in applied ethics and of the role philosophy can play in clarifying the discussion of them. They will have acquired some understanding of the nature and methods of philosophical inquiry, and an enhanced capacity for critical reasoning and rigorous thought.

Assessment

Written exercises: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1- hour lectures per week + One 1- hour tutorial per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus: no timetabled contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1834, AZA1371


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Silva (on campus); Dr Monima Chadha (off campus)

Notes

Previously coded PHL1080

Synopsis

ATS1835 is an introduction to metaphysics. It deals with questions about the nature of time, causation, human freedom, personal identity and the possibility of artificial intelligence. An unusual feature of the subject is that each topic is introduced by way of science fiction stories in which metaphysical issues are explored. So the first topic takes off from a discussion of time travel.

Outcomes

On completing this subject students will have an understanding of some main theories in metaphysics and will have reflected on the impact of recent developments in science and philosophy on our most fundamental views about ourselves and our place in the world. The subject will further develop capacities for critical thought by introducing students to the systematic study of techniques for the evaluation of arguments and reasoning.

Assessment

Written work and exercises: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus: no timetabled contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1372


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Berwick First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Mark Symmons (Berwick); Evita March (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit considers a range of psychological concepts that have direct application to everyday life and adjustment to the modern world. Topics include stress and health, psychological disorders and therapies, relationships, positive psychology, and behaviour change. Students will be encouraged to apply the topics to their own lives and act as their own case studies. Taking a critical, scientific approach, students also explore 'pop-psychology' and the reasons why most self-help books simply do not work.

Outcomes

In completing this unit students will:

  1. Understand a range of applied psychological concepts
  2. Appreciate the relevance of psychology to the everyday
  3. Realise the means by which individuals can affect positive change in their own lives
  4. Be more critical consumers of pop-psychology and self-help books
  5. Adopt a scientific approach to psychology
  6. Build a foundation upon which to undertake further studies in psychology, counselling and related fields

Assessment

Written work (2700 words): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One two-hour lecture per week
One one-hour laboratory per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Online: Recorded lectures and other activities available online, regular participation in online discussion required.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben Wellings

Notes

Previously coded PLT1040

Synopsis

Introduction to the major traditions of international relations theory, including classical and structural realism, neoliberalism, British rationalism, cosmopolitanism, and Marxism. Critiques, especially those offered by critical theorists, poststructualists, and feminists. Historical and contemporary events, developments and issues in international relations.

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%
Assignment (1000 words): 15%
Essay (1500 words): 35%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

PLT1031


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Peter Snow

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the definitions, principles and practices of Dramaturgy

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Understand the basic principles and meanings of dramaturgy
  2. Have experience in basic background research techniques for a production
  3. Understand the history and applications of dramaturgy in theatrical practice

Assessment

Essay (1800 words): 40%
Project (2700 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Angela Mak (Berwick); Ms Elizabeth Hart (Gippsland)

Synopsis

The primary aim of this unit is to introduce students to the range and depth of contemporary theory and practice of public relations in an organisational setting. Applications of stakeholder theory, relationship management and public relations theory, communication theory, systems theory and critical theory. Compare different approaches to public relations theory and understand the trends that shape and direct public relations practice and the diversity of that practice .The contributions which public relations can make to an organisation's performance, the ethical codes important to public relations practice and legal requirements for practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical understanding of the context of the public relations industry and its theoretical base;
  2. The ability to interpret, analyse and critique current practices and issues and understand the trends of public relations and their impact on practice and management;
  3. A capacity for critical reflection about the meaning and value of socially responsible and ethical public relations practice and the codes of practice that guide the profession globally;
  4. Knowledge and understanding about the legal implications for public relations activities;
  5. The ability to identify publics for public relations clients, issues and activities and;
  6. Skills in the development and use of stakeholder mapping techniques.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Examination(2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 2-hr lecture/week
One x 1 hr tutorial/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

PRL1001, PRJ2221


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michelle Duffy

Synopsis

This unit provides a critical introduction to the processes, actors and ideas that underpin life in a globalised world. Students are introduced to historical, political and sociological perspectives that assist in making sense of global transformations and their effects upon people and their everyday experiences. This unit engages with questions such as: How does globalization shape everyday experiences and aspirations? In what ways does it contribute to social identities, divisions and forms of belonging? What strategies are pursued by different groups within the global community for creating a more just world? What role do ideas, values and belief systems play in shaping these strategies?

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Familiarity with the ways in which history, politics and sociology make sense of the actors and dynamics that comprise globalisation;
  2. Application of political, historical and sociological concepts to issues of global concern;
  3. Understanding of key ideas and debates concerning the evolution, features and social impacts of globalisation;
  4. Skills in the written presentation of an argument, including the ways in which scholars incorporate and acknowledge the ideas of others. discussing ideas, values, systems, actors and social configurations and their importance for globalised societies;
  5. A critical, questioning approach to reading/assessing scholarly material that provides a sound basis for further study in the disciplinary areas of history, politics and sociology.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (1000 words): 25%
Assignment 2 (1500 words): 35%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two x 1 hr lecture/week
One x 1hr tutorial/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitComposition
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Thomas Reiner

Synopsis

This unit is the first of a sequence of four units that integrates the development of aural skills with the theoretical understanding of music through listening, analysis, performance, notation and composition. It introduces the student to the study and practical application of fundamental theoretical concepts in the Western Classical and Jazz traditions. Areas of study include identifying and understanding timbre, intervals, chords, metre, rhythm, tonality, scales, melodies, chord function, and part writing.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will have developed and improved basic skills necessary for the analysis, performance, and memorization of music.

Assessment

In class aural test: 900 words (20%)
Theory assignment: 900 words (20%)
Aural exam: 1350 equivalent words (30%)
Theory exam: 1350 equivalent words (30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week, one 1-hour tutorial or workshop per week, one hour self-guided study as directed by the lecturer per week.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitComposition
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Paul Williamson

Synopsis

This unit is the second of a sequence of four units that integrates the development of aural skills with the theoretical understanding of music through listening, analysis, performance, notation and composition. It continues the study and practical application of fundamental theoretical concepts in the Western Classical and Jazz traditions. Areas of study include identifying and understanding chords and their function, voice leading, melody harmonization, and phrase structure.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will have further developed and improved basic skills necessary for the analysis, performance, and memorisation of music.

Assessment

In class test: 900 words (20%)
Theory assignment: 900 words (20%)
Aural exam: 1350 equivalent words (30%)
Theory exam: 1350 equivalent words (30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week, one 1-hour tutorial or workshop per week, one hour self-guided study as directed by the lecturer per week.

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Monica Jackson

Synopsis

This subject introduces the study of news and information media and their relationship to contemporary Australian society. It locates the structures and major shifts in technologies, industries and audiences in their historical and geographical social contexts. It explores the developing political economy and sociology of production and consumption for news and information, and relates the changing patterns of media discourse in news and information to the shifting composition and structure of Australian society. Drawing on media case studies and examples, the subject examines the changing media profession, different media genres, professional values, ethics, news narrative, moral panic, photography and social media. In addition, it locates the Australian experience in its international context.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a satisfactory knowledge of the unit subject matter;
  2. demonstrate a capacity to make effective usage in written and oral presentation of the relevant academic literature;
  3. demonstrate an ability to research, discuss and analyse issues in a clear, concise and rigorous way;
  4. collaborate constructively with fellow students in learning and discussion processes, including online forums;
  5. produce their written work to deadline making effective use of the conventions of scholarly presentation (references, bibliography, etc);
  6. work independently and in groups to achieve their learning outcomes;
  7. demonstrate a critical awareness of the strengths, limitations and socio-professional implications of scholarly practice in journalism studies;

Assessment

Minor project (1000 words): 25%
In-class presentation and essay (1500 words): 30%
Major Research Project (2000 words): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

  • One 1-hour lecture per week
  • One 2-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Monica Jackson

Synopsis

This subject examines the study of news and the different approaches to journalism. It explores debates and issues relating to journalism and other interdisciplinary theory including the circulation of information, the Fourth Estate, the culture of the newsroom, ethics, sources, interviewing and memory, gender theory, advocacy journalism and orientalism. Using these central theoretical approaches, students will engage with, and interrogate the different genres of journalism and reporting. The unit examines examples from investigative journalism, television coverage, long-form journalism, 'faction', 'gonzo' reporting, 'new journalism', broadcasting, sports journalism and photojournalism. Drawing on seminal case studies, students will discuss works by journalists and writers.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a satisfactory knowledge of the unit subject matter;
  2. demonstrate a capacity to make effective usage in written and oral presentation of the relevant academic literature;
  3. demonstrate an ability to research, discuss and analyse issues in a clear, concise and rigorous way;
  4. collaborate constructively with fellow students in learning and discussion processes, including online forums;
  5. produce their written work to deadline making effective use of the conventions of scholarly presentation (references, bibliography, etc);
  6. work independently and in groups to achieve their learning outcomes;
  7. demonstrate a critical awareness of the strengths, limitations and socio-professional implications of scholarly practice in journalism studies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Groves and Dr Stewart King

Synopsis

The unit will introduce students to ways of reading and writing about literature that will equip them for further study of literatures in English, creative writing, and international literatures comparative literary studies. This unit invites students to consider a number of concepts important to the study of literature and cultural movements. Through the close reading of texts from a range of times, places and traditions students are encouraged to understand how the pleasure of reading individual works relates to thinking historically and critically.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will have acquired:

  1. Enhanced competence in the close reading of literary texts;
  2. Familiarity with some key critical concepts and movements in literary history;
  3. Skills in written and oral argument appropriate to the study of literature.

Assessment

Close reading exercise (450 words): 10%
Class exercises and participation (900 words): 20%
Essay (1350 words): 30%
One 2-hour examination (1800 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures per week.
One 1-hour tutorial per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Worth

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the important notion of literary forms and genres which provides a complementary way of approaching literature to the previous semester's unit. In this unit, students will be encouraged to explore the concept of a literary text by analysing and studying a range of genres, which might include the short story, the novel, poetry, drama, the essay, graphic narrative and intergeneric writing. The theme that the texts will engage with is that of 'Writing the City', and texts will be taken from different historical periods and cultures.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be able to:

  1. Understand and appreciate the role of genre in literary studies, and how they have evolved and changed over time;
  2. Understand the ways in which literature engages with broader cultural and historical contexts;
  3. Understand how literary forms and genres have evolved and changed over time;
  4. Demonstrate discipline-specific written and oral skills;
  5. Demonstrate the ability to perform close readings and critically analyse literary texts;
  6. Demonstrate some theoretical awareness and research skills in analysing literary texts.

Assessment

Class exercises and participation: 20%
Written work: 45%
Examination (2 hours, 1800 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

  • Two one-hour lectures per week
  • One one-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hui Huang

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to written modern standard Chinese to students with a background in spoken Chinese. It provides training in formal grammatical structures and vocabulary to accelerate the development of students' literacy. An oral component is also included. This unit provides students with a basic critical understanding of Chinese society, its values and their evolutions.

Outcomes

  1. To be able to recognise around 400 Chinese characters and identify important associated radicals.
  2. To be able to write around 400 Chinese characters in simple composition.
  3. To acquire proficiency in the use of the pinyin romanisation system.
  4. To acquire knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.
  5. To further develop oral proficiency. (approximates to Common European Framework of reference for Languages A1+)
  6. To acquire a basic critical understanding of Chinese society, its values and their evolution.

Assessment

Oral test and class performance: 15%
Written work and tests: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 35%


Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1001, ATS1021, ATS2001, ATS2021, APG4001, APG4021, APG5001, APG5021.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hui Huang

Synopsis

This unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese introductory for background speakers 1. It continues to provide training in formal grammatical structures and vocabulary to further develop students' literacy. An oral component is also included. This unit continues to provide students with a basic critical understanding of Chinese society, its values and their evolutions.

Outcomes

  1. To be able to recognise an additional 500 Chinese characters (900 in total) .
  2. To be able to write an additional 500 Chinese characters (900 in total).
  3. To gain an understanding of the basic syntax system of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities between it and English.
  4. To acquire comprehension skills necessary to read simple modern vernacular texts.
  5. To acquire basic Chinese word processing skills.
  6. To further develop oral proficiency (approximates to Common European Framework of Reference for Languages A2)
  7. To further acquire a basic critical understanding of Chinese society, its values and their evolutions

Assessment

Oral test and class performance: (15%)
Written work and tests: (50%)
Examination: 2 hours (35%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1905 or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1002, ATS1022, ATS2002, ATS2022, APG4002, APG4022, APG5002, APG5022


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a number of additional basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical reading of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. Through the study of Chinese and Western translation history, students will be able to enhance their translation skills. In addition, translation analysis is also introduced.

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

  1. to have furthered their understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities and studies;
  2. to have acquired further knowledge of some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English
  3. to have improved their intercultural communication skills between the two languages

Assessment

Written work (equiv 2,700 words): 60%
Class participation and performance: 10%
Final exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 contact hours plus 7-9 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1959 or approval by unit co-ordinator

Prohibitions

ATS1016, ATS1036, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3016, ATS3036


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a number of basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical reading of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects will encourage students to apply the basic translation skills they learn in the classroom to translation practice. Small group discussion encourages students to discuss some common conceptual and practical issues of translation among themselves.

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

  1. to have acquired a basic understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation practice and studies;
  2. to be familiar with some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English
  3. to have improved their intercultural communication skills between the two languages

Assessment

Written work equivalent to 2,700 words: 60%
Class participation and performance: 10%
Final Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 contact hours + 7-9 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval by coordinator


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniella Doron

Synopsis

The unit focuses on Jewish society from the eighteenth century to the opening decades of the twentieth century. This period witnessed widespread political, economic and social changes throughout the western world. Jews were thrust from the fringes of European society into its very centre, and with this transformation, they experienced changes in their legal status, religious outlook, and cultural habits. The aim of this unit is to analyse the Jewish encounter with the modern world and gentile society - the impact of that encounter on Jews and Jewish life, as well as the variety of social, ideological and cultural forms in which that encounter was expressed.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the unit, students should be able:

  1. To be responsible and effective global citizens who exhibit cross-cultural competence and demonstrate ethical values.
  2. To be critical and creative scholars who apply research skills to a range of challenges.
  3. To communicate perceptively and effectively.
  4. To have a foundation of knowledge about Jewish history.
  5. To understand the Jewish historical context in order to discuss relations between Jews, Christians, and Muslims more effectively.

Assessment

Participation: 10%
Short primary-source analysis (1,000 words): 20%
Research essay (3,500 words): 40%
Written exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 contact hours on campus, including 2-hour lectures and 1-hour tutorials; and 9 hours of private study, including reading, preparation for tutorials, research and writing of essays, and preparation for the written exam.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Scott Grant

Notes

Previously coded CHI2010

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to spoken and written modern standard Chinese to students with no prior knowledge of Mandarin. An overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese is begun with equal emphasis on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Students will also be
introduced to culture and customs as they relate to everyday life.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired:

  1. The ability to read around 250 Chinese characters and identify important

associated radicals.

  1. The ability to write around 250 Chinese characters in simple composition.
  2. The ability to use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a small

number of everyday practical situations (approximates to Common European Framework of Reference for Languages A1).

  1. The ability to use the pinyin Romanisation system.
  2. A basic critical understanding of Chinese culture and customs as they relate to daily life.

Assessment

Written work and tests: 45%
Written exam: 40%(minimum pass hurdle requirement)
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 hours per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students choosing the flexible mode can choose to access lecture material solely through Monash University Lectures Online recordings or to attend lectures on-campus.

Online synchronous (real time) tutorial, seminar and computer lab class times will be offered as an alternative to on-campus classes. A minimum attendance rate of 75% is required for these classes to avoid penalty.

Flexible students will be required to come to the Clayton campus in person on a total of 3 occasions during the semester. This includes attendance at one lecture test, one oral presentation and one end of semester oral exam. They will also be required to attend a Monash nominated exam venue for the written exam at the end of semester .

Students choosing the flexible mode must have reliable access to high-speed broadband, have a computer with a minimum of 4MB RAM and an independent graphics card, and a headset with microphone.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit. In addition, students enrolled in this unit are prohibited from taking ATS1001, ATS1021, ATS2021


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Scott Grant

Notes

Previously coded CHI2020

Synopsis

This unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese introductory 1. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Students will continue to be familiarized with Chinese culture and customs as they relate to daily life from a cross-cultural perspective.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired:

  1. The ability to read around an additional 250 Chinese characters (500 in total) and identify important

associated radicals.

  1. The ability to write around an additional 250 Chinese characters in simple composition (around 500 in total).
  2. The ability to use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a range of

everyday practical situations (approximates to Common European Framework of Reference for Languages A1+).

  1. The ability to use the pinyin Romanisation system.
  2. A critical understanding of Chinese culture and customs as they relate to daily life from a cross-cultural perspective.

Assessment

Written work and tests: 45%
Written exam: 40% (minimum pass hurdle requirement)
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 hours per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students choosing the flexible mode can choose to access lecture material solely through Monash University Lectures Online recordings or to attend lectures on-campus.

Online synchronous (real time) tutorial, seminar and computer lab class times will be offered as an alternative to on-campus classes. A minimum attendance rate of 75% is required for these classes to avoid penalty.

Flexible students will be required to come to the Clayton campus in person on a total of 3 occasions during the semester. This includes attendance at one lecture test, one oral presentation and one end of semester oral exam. They will also be required to attend a Monash nominated exam venue for the written exam at the end of semester .

Students choosing the flexible mode must have reliable access to high-speed broadband, have a computer with a minimum of 4MB RAM and an independent graphics card, and a headset with microphone.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1001 or ATS2001 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit. In addition students enrolled in this unit are prohibited from taking ATS1002, ATS1022, ATS2022


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lijun Bi

Notes

Previously coded CHI2030

Synopsis

Chinese Intermediate 1 continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese Introductory. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations, to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer-assisted language learning materials.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have acquired:

  1. The ability to read and write an additional 200 Chinese characters (700 in total).
  2. A preliminary understanding of the basic syntax of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.
  4. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations.
  5. Cultural (socio-political) knowledge to enhance understanding of the texts under study and the cultural sensitivity to communicate using appropriate levels of formality with Chinese from mainland China, Taiwan and various parts of the Chinese Diaspora.
  6. Language proficiency equivalent to Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level A2-

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1002, ATS2002 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS2023, ATS3023


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert Irving

Notes

Previously coded CHI2040

Synopsis

Chinese Intermediate 2 completes an overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer assisted learning materials.

Outcomes

Building on the language skills acquired in Chinese Intermediate 1, on successful completion of Chinese Intermediate 2 students will have developed:

  1. the ability to read and write around an additional 200 Chinese characters (900) total
  2. an understanding of the basic syntax system of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English
  3. knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study facilitating progression to later study of formal written Chinese (in Chinese Media Studies and Advanced Chinese)
  4. comprehension skills necessary o read simple modern vernacular texts
  5. language proficiency equivalent to Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level A2
  6. oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2003 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS2024, ATS3024


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lijun Bi

Notes

Previously coded CHI2050

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject, students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.
  6. Language proficiency equivalent to Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B1-

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2004 or ATS2024 or equivalent or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS2025, ATS3005, ATS3025


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lijun Bi

Notes

Previously coded CHI2060

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

Outcomes

This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese intermediate 2, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.
  6. Language proficiency equivalent to Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B1

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2005 or ATS3005 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS2026, ATS3006, ATS3026


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Therese Davis (ECPS); Dr Tony Moore (JAIS)

Synopsis

The unit looks at international dimensions of Australian cultural production and its audiences. Students will study a range of historical and contemporary Australian cultural texts such as film, television and literature, analysing the ways in which images of Australian experience and forms of national identity have been received and understood in international contexts. They will also reflect on the European traditions that have helped to develop and shape the Australian cultural imaginary. Students will be introduced to relevant theories and concepts in this area such as cosmopolitanism, transnationalism and globalisation. Students will have the opportunity to explore and apply these theories and concepts in both written and audio-visual forms of assessment.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Critically examine a range of film and literary texts as representations of Australian national experience and identity as they contribute to the Australian imaginary;
  2. Articulate an understanding of Australian film and literature in relation to theories of globalization, transnationalism and the diasporic;
  3. Analyse the international reception of Australian cultural texts;
  4. Demonstrate skills in the textual analysis of texts in relation to contemporary reformulations of nationalism and globalism;
  5. Critically engage with visual and written texts, demonstrating skills in constructing evidence-based arguments using a variety of primary and secondary sources (including audio/visual and graphic sources), an understanding of the above-mentioned theories and the ability to reflect critically on what they have learnt.
  6. Perform skills in written and oral presentation and communication.
  7. Apply basic skills in digital audio-visual production (non-professional level) in a practice-based research project.
  8. Demonstrate a capacity to undertake location-based fieldwork, enhancing personal resilience and the capacity to work cooperatively in teams, and conduct independent research.
  9. Students taking this unit at Level 3 will demonstrate a higher level of skills in independent research and critical analysis.

Assessment

A-V Production Research Project/presentation (equivalent to 3600 words): 40%
Essay (3600 words): 40%
Test (1800 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two week intensive mode 40 hours total
Week 1: field trip (10 hours); two 2-hour screenings; two 2-hour seminars; two 2-hour AV workshops
Week 2: two 2-hour screenings; four 2-hour seminars, two 2-hour AV workshops; group presentations.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

One gateway unit in Film and screen studies, Literary studies or Communications.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Liam Brady

Synopsis

Indigenous 'art' is a highly visible and recognizable symbol of peoples' engagement with their cultural identity, history and traditions. In this unit, students examine early and recent forms of Indigenous visual traditions (e.g. rock-art, bark paintings, sculpture) to learn about their role and significance in Indigenous societies. Topics to be discussed include art's relationship to landscapes and seascapes, issues of interpretation, and how art reflects interaction with the 'other'. The unit combines anthropological, archaeological, and Indigenous approaches to understanding the production, meaning and symbolism associated with various images and objects created through time.

Outcomes

The aim of this unit is to explore the ways early and recent Indigenous art relates to peoples' cultural identity, history and traditions. The unit also seeks to learn how art communicates or encodes information about various aspects of Indigenous cultures. Subject matter to be discussed will be drawn primarily from Australia and supplemented with comparative material from other regions including Aotearoa (New Zealand), North America, and southern Africa. On successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. develop an appreciation and understanding of the cultural heritage value of Indigenous art in a global sense;
  2. demonstrate sound knowledge of the major forms of Indigenous art, their antiquity and their social function;
  3. demonstrate an awareness for how different forms of art act(ed) to construct and/or reinforce Indigenous identity;
  4. compare, contrast, and critically analyse key interpretive frameworks and techniques through which Indigenous art is (and has been) perceived;
  5. discuss and comprehend the changes to Indigenous artistic traditions that occurred through contact with the 'other' (e.g. Europeans, Macassans);
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the historical development and social context of major Indigenous artistic traditions.

Assessment

Oral presentation(500 words): 10%
Minor essay(1500words): 30%
Major research essay(3000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar and 10-hours of independent study per week
Attendance is required at 80% of seminars (lack of attendance will lead to penalties)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

1st year sequence in a related Area of Study or with the permission of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions

ATS3019, ATS2366, ATS3366


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeremy Ash

Synopsis

The unit will examine the lives of indigenous people in the Pacific region and their experiences of colonisation. Students will gain an appreciation of the diversity of indigenous cultures in the Pacific region and the different forms of colonisation that were pursued in a various Pacific places, and by different types of imperial or colonial agents. It will examine the different responses of indigenous peoples to imperial and colonial encounters, and strategies of engagement and resistance pursued by indigenous populations in light of their own cultural, social and political structures. In addition, students will consider the role of the Pacific in the construction of academic knowledge in variety of disciplines, including history, anthropology, and racial thought.

Outcomes

The aim of the unit is to explore the diverse indigenous cultures of the Pacific, and the varied forms of colonisation which have been pursued in different Pacific sites. Subject matter to be discussed will be drawn from a variety of Pacific sites, including Australia, New Zealand, Fiji, Samoa, Vanuatu, Hawaii, and Tonga. On successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. understand the diversity of Pacific peoples' lives;
  2. acknowledge and critically examine the different forms of imperial and colonial intervention in the Pacific region;
  3. describe and critically compare the nature of engagement and resistance as pursued by different indigenous peoples in the Pacific region;
  4. critically examine the representation of Pacific encounters in the development of academic knowledge regarding human difference;
  5. demonstrate the various study skills and techniques necessary to successfully complete this unit and other Indigenous Studies units.

Assessment

Oral presentation: 10%
Minor essay: 30% (1500words)
Major research essay: 60% (3000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar and 10-hours of independent study per week
Attendance is required at 80% of seminars (lack of attendance will lead to penalties)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

1st year sequence in Indigenous cultures and histories or permission of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Gloria Davies

Notes

Previously coded CHI2430

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in English and Chinese. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing and research methods. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this subject.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A basic understanding of key features of modern Chinese intellectual history with reference to: East-West perspectives on Chinese Studies; May Fourth concepts of enlightenment, democracy, science and nationalism; the Cultural Revolution and the renewal of humanist values in post-Mao China
  2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies
  3. Translation skills (appropriate to the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies
  4. A good knowledge of the socio-political contexts of the evolution of modern Chinese thought in the twentieth century
  5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

Assessment

Written work and Translation:(3000 words) : 67%
Seminar Presentation : 16%
Literature Review (750 words) : 17%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 (1 hour lecture; 2 hour seminar)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS3053, APG4043


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Gloria Davies

Notes

Previously coded CHI2440

Synopsis

This unit will extend on the work completed in Understanding Modern China by introducing students to further aspects of the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in English and Chinese. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing and research methods. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A basic understanding of issues and themes in contemporary Chinese critical inquiry with reference to intellectual debates on: inter-cultural dialogue; the public sphere; socialist principles vs. globalisation; new theoretical developments in the Chinese humanities and social sciences
  2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies
  3. Translation skills (in accordance with the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies
  4. A good knowledge of the socio-political context of contemporary Chinese critical inquiry
  5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

Assessment

Written work and translation project: 67%
Seminar presentations (750 words): 16%
Literature Review (750 words): 17%.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 hour lecture; 2 hour seminar)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent.

Prohibitions

ATS3054/APG4044/ATS4046


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Claire Spivakovsky

Synopsis

This unit will examine the ways in which Criminology has dealt with issues of race, difference and inequality in crime and criminal justice. Students will be introduced to a range of theoretical paradigms and empirical approaches for identifying and understanding difference, discrimination, and criminal justice responses to both. In addition, the unit will examine: trends and patterns of offending and victimisation; experiences of criminalisation and discrimination in criminal justice systems for diverse groups; and the increasing and disproportionate representation of Aboriginal peoples, people with disabilites and other culturally and ethnically diverse groups in the criminal justice system.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students will have developed:

  1. Awareness of race, ethnicity, gender, disability and other social categories as historically changing constructs;
  2. Awareness of the key ways racism and discrimination can be identified and/or measured, and the implications of these measurements;
  3. Awareness of the key implications of post-colonial and settler-colonial frameworks for Criminology when studying Aboriginal Australian's experiences within historical and contemporary criminal justice contexts;
  4. The skills to analyse and apply a variety of theoretical perspectives on race, diversity and inequality to questions of crime and justice;
  5. The ability to present a fluid and logical argument about the role of discrimination and inequality (with focus on race, ethnicity, gender and disability) in crime and criminal justice.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and presentation: 20%
Major essay: 40%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Noah Shenker

Synopsis

This unit examines the phenomenon of genocide and mass killing in history. The twentieth century has been called 'the century of genocide' but genocidal violence has continued unabated into the new millenium. This unit will ask why genocide takes place and how people come to participate in mass violence. It will focus on case studies of genocide including Armenia, Cambodia, Rwanda, Bosnia, Darfur and the elimination of indigenous populations in the Americas and Australia. The unit will study how the field of genocide studies came to be constituted beginning with the writings of Raphael Lemkin in the aftermath of the Holocaust. Students will research the causes of genocide and reflect on models of genocide prevention.

Outcomes

  1. To understand the origins of the concept of genocide and the social, analytical and ethical issues concerning its usage.
  2. To be familiar with the writings of Raphael Lemkin and other contemporary theoreticians of genocide
  3. To understand how the field of genocide studies came to be constituted as an academic discipline
  4. To be familiar with the historical details of specific cases of genocide from the nineteenth century to the present
  5. To engage with debates about the uniqueness of the Holocaust and its relationship with the concept of genocide
  6. To be familiar with the kinds of archives that enable researchers to study the phenomenon of genocide
  7. To appreciate the development of the international discourse around human rights and genocide prevention
  8. To understand how oral history and testimony can aid our understanding of genocide

Assessment

Short essay(1000 words): 20%
Tutorial participation: 10%
Written research(2000 words): 40%
Written exam(1500words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 contact hours on-campus

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Andreu Pedro Garcia

Synopsis

This unit provides teaching in the basic Catalan language skills (speaking/listening/reading/ writing) and an introduction to Catalan society and culture. It is designed for students with little or no knowledge of the language. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate language learning strategies. Regular assessed homework and tests emphasize the continuous nature of language learning and the need for frequent practice. In the specialized culture component, students will explore aspects of Catalan culture and society and develop the skills to be able to analyse Catalan culture and society.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. use the basic speaking, listening, reading and writing skills needed to communicate in a limited range of situations referring to the present, future, and the past.
  2. talk about, write about and understand others talking about self, family, studies and basic needs.
  3. communicate effectively in Catalan, with a minimum of misunderstandings, in a limited range of situations, such as carrying out everyday tasks including shopping, eating out, travelling, attending university.
  4. skim read or read in detail straightforward, short texts in Catalan e.g. advertisements, cartoons, brochures.
  5. demonstrate knowledge of the basic structures and sounds of the Catalan language e.g. present and near future tenses, articles, adjectives.
  6. demonstrate knowledge of a range of vocabulary appropriate to the situations described above.
  7. develop an awareness of different language learning strategies and adopt learning strategies most appropriate to their preferred learning style.
  8. begin to acquire critical knowledge and understanding of modern Catalan society.
  9. develop a critical understanding of issues of identity in Catalonia since the beginning of the 20th century.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Oral test: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x 1-hour culture seminar
3 x 1-hour language tutorials

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Introductory 1 & 2 of any other European language or co-ordinator's approval.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Andreu Pedro Garcia

Synopsis

This unit develops basic language skills (speaking/listening and reading/writing) beyond the level acquired in Catalan introductory 1 and provides an introduction to modern Catalan society. It is designed for those with limited knowledge of Catalan. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate language learning strategies. Regular assessed homework and tests emphasize the continuous nature of language learning and the need for frequent practice. In the specialized culture component, students will explore aspects of Catalan culture and society and develop the skills to be able to analyse Catalan culture and society.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. use the basic speaking, listening, reading and writing skills needed to communicate in a range of situations referring to past, present and future: talking about, writing about and understanding others talking about self, family, studies, accommodation, travel and leisure activities.
  2. communicate effectively in Catalan, with a minimum of misunderstandings, in a range of situations, such as sharing accommodation, carrying out everyday tasks such as shopping, eating out, travelling, attending university, etc.
  3. skim read or read in detail straightforward, short texts in Catalan e.g. advertisements, cartoons, brochures, informal correspondence, short newspaper articles or extracts from longer texts.
  4. demonstrate knowledge of the sounds and the key structures of the Catalan language, e.g. past, present and future tenses, pronouns, articles, adjectives, adverbs.
  5. demonstrate knowledge of a range of vocabulary appropriate to the situations described above
  6. develop an awareness of different language learning strategies and adopt learning strategies most appropriate to their preferred learning style
  7. acquire a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern Catalan society
  8. develop a critical understanding of issues of identity in the Catalan-speaking areas since the beginning of the 20th century
  9. develop an explicit understanding and more sophisticated practice of text analysis, especially in relation to film
  10. develop research skills

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Oral test: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x 1-hour culture seminar
3 x 1-hour language tutorials

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2058 or co-ordinator's approval.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Tamara Smolyar

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the main policies and practices in music education. It examines Australian curricula and the role of the music teacher in the advocacy of music education. Focusing on classroom and classical instrumental teaching, the unit examines and analyses various approaches to teaching instrumental music. Attention is paid to music education in select overseas countries to provide a comparison to the Australian context.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Be familiar with the main policies and debates surrounding music education in Australia
  2. Understand the main methodologies of classroom, ensemble and individual instrumental and vocal teaching.
  3. Critically evaluate the similarities and differences in music education practices internationally
  4. Be able to articulate a personal philosophy of music education.

Assessment

Written work/ Viva Voce :70%
Written exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 contact hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Benjamin Andreo

Notes

Previously coded FRN2030

Synopsis

In the Language and Culture component of the unit, students will participate in learning activities appropriate to their developing language competence level, involving a variety of theme-based activities developing more sophisticated speaking, writing and reading and aural comprehension skills, acquiring explicit grammar competence and awareness of discourse and register, and gaining insight into the socio-cultural specificity of contemporary France. In the Specialized Culture component, students will explore an aspect of French culture and society and develop expertise appropriate to their year level in the theory, practices and discourses that continue to shape French culture

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should have met the following objectives in the following areas:

Communicative competence and linguistic knowledge:

  1. Consolidated and improved their existing speaking, listening, reading and writing skills so as to be able to communicate effectively in an increased range of situations and on a wider range of themes including self, family, study, work and leisure, their own and French society, history, and cultural values.
  2. Developed language skills in relation to exposition and argument in a number of contexts such as casual debate, formal pressing of a petition, letter-writing, formulating a written petition.
  3. Developed information seeking skills in the form of more advanced reading skills, more advanced questioning and interview skills, writing letters and emails to request information.
  4. Developed increased explicit grammatical knowledge, empowering the student as an autonomous learner, and explicit awareness of discourse structure and register.
  5. Understood the cultural specificity of certain features of communicative practices in French and understand and use aspects of them such as forms of politeness, modes of address in spoken and written French.
  6. Developed learning strategies appropriate to their learning style, reinforcing preferred learning modes and developing other modes.

Socio-cultural awareness:

  1. Acquired a greater critical and evaluative knowledge and understanding of the culture and values of modern and contemporary French society.
  2. Gained a nuanced understanding of how values and culture evolve and their importance for gaining a sense of 'Frenchness'.
  3. Developed a critical understanding of a specific area of study within French Studies as a discipline addressing French culture and society.
  4. Developed an explicit understanding and more sophisticated competence appropriate to their year level in the theory, practices and discourses involved in analysis of that area of French Studies.
  5. Gained the specific skills necessary to deepen and/or broaden that understanding in the future.
  6. Developed individual transferrable research skills in accordance with the Research Skill Development Framework.

Assessment

Written assignments (1500 words): 35%
Written tests: 25%
Oral and listening comprehension tests: 20%
Written examination: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour grammar seminar per week
One 2-hour language workshop per week

Specialised Culture component:
One 1-hour Specialised Culture lecture per week
One 1-hour Specialised Culture tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1062 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Benjamin Andreo

Notes

Previously coded FRN2040

Synopsis

This unit involves students in teaching and learning activities, developing language skills and cultural competence. Students participate in learning activities involving a variety of theme-based activities, developing more sophisticated speaking, writing and reading and aural comprehension skills; acquiring explicit grammar competence and awareness of discourse, register and gaining insight into the socio-cultural specificity of contemporary France. In the Specialized Culture Component Sstudents will explore an aspect of French culture and society and develop expertise appropriate to their year level in the theory, practices and discourses that continue to shape French culture.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should have:

  1. Consolidated and improved their existing speaking, listening, reading and writing skills so as to be able to communicate effectively in an increased range of situations and on a wider range of themes including self, family, study, work and leisure, their own and French society, history, and cultural values;
  2. Developed language skills in relation to exposition and argument in a number of contexts such as casual debate, formal pressing of a petition, letter-writing, formulating a written petition;
  3. Developed information seeking skills in the form of more advanced reading skills, more advanced questioning and interview skills, writing letters and emails to request information;
  4. Developed increased explicit grammatical knowledge, empowering the student as an autonomous learner, and explicit awareness of discourse structure and register;
  5. Understood the cultural specificity of certain features of communicative practices in French and developed practical use of aspects of them such as forms of politeness, modes of address in spoken and written French;
  6. Developed learning strategies appropriate to their learning style, reinforcing preferred learning modes and developing other modes.

Socio-cultural awareness:

  1. Acquired a greater critical and evaluative knowledge and understanding of the culture and values of modern and contemporary French society.
  2. Gained a nuanced understanding of how values and culture evolve and their importance for gaining a sense of 'Frenchness'.
  3. Developed a critical understanding of a specific area of study within French Studies as a discipline addressing French culture and society.
  4. Developed an explicit understanding and more sophisticated competence appropriate to their year level in the theory, practices and discourses involved in analysis of that area of French Studies.
  5. Gained the specific skills necessary to deepen and/or broaden that understanding in the future.
  6. Developed individual transferrable research skills in accordance with the Research Skill Development Framework.

Assessment

Written assignments (1500 words): 35%
Written tests: 25%
Oral and listening comprehension tests: 20%
Written examination: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour grammar seminar per week
One two-hour language workshop per week
One 1-hour Specialized Culture lecture per week
One 1-hour Specialized Culture tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2063 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Patrick Durel

Notes

Previously coded FRN2050

Synopsis

The Language and Culture component of this unit is designed to help students secure knowledge of French syntax through the study of grammar and translation from English to French. It aims to develop their comprehension skills and the capacity to express ideas in both oral and written French, through a range of class activities in which student production is modeled on authentic contemporary documents, both spoken and written. In the Specialized Culture component, students will explore an aspect of French culture and society and develop competence appropriate to their year level in the theory, practices and discourses involved in analysis of it.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject, students should be able to meet the following objectives:

Communicative competence and linguistic knowledge:

  1. Express themselves, both orally and in writing, correctly, fluently and appropriately, on a wide range of topics and in the different contexts studied in the oral and written expression component of the unit which are as follows: situations in which instructions are given or requested, situations in which events are retold and chronological information provided, or refused, situations in which discourse is reported, described or commented upon, situations in which proposals are made and accepted or rejected, situations in which discourse has to be structured logically and hypotheses formulated, situations in which logical arguments are conveyed, accepted or refuted, situations in which information is processed, ideas presented or reported orally, situations in which ideas are presented or reported in writing.
  2. Understand and demonstrate understanding of written, audio and video documents.
  3. Demonstrate explicit competence in French grammar in the areas reviewed.
  4. Demonstrate competence in the use of language reference material.
  5. Demonstrate autonomous learning strategies.

Socio-cultural awareness:

  1. Acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern and contemporary French society, its culture, values and their evolution.
  2. Developed a critical understanding of a specific area of study of French Studies as a discipline addressing French culture and society.
  3. Developed an explicit understanding and more sophisticated competence appropriate to their year level in the theory, practices and discourses involved in analysis of that area of French Studies.
  4. Developed individual and cooperative research skills.

Assessment

Written assignments (2500 words): 60%
Oral presentations: 20%
Written examination : 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour culture lecture per week
One 1-hour culture tutorial per week
One 2-hour language workshop per week
One 1-hour language tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Patrick Durel

Notes

Previously coded FRN2060

Synopsis

This unit develops language skills and cultural competence. The Language and Culture component of this unit aims to develop students' comprehension skills and capacity to express ideas in both oral and written French, through a range of class activities, both spoken and written. Students practise and develop their language skills in an area of French studies, developing competence in the theory, research methodology and practices, and discourses involved in critical enquiry, understanding and analysis in the discipline area.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Express themselves, both orally and in writing, correctly, fluently and appropriately, on a wide range of topics and in different contexts including situations in which instructions are given or requested, events are retold and chronological information provided, or refused, discourse is reported, described or commented upon, proposals are made and accepted or rejected, discourse has to be structured logically and hypotheses formulated, logical arguments are conveyed, accepted or refuted, information is processed, ideas presented or reported orally, and ideas are presented or reported in writing;
  2. Understand and demonstrate understanding of written, audio and video documents;
  3. Demonstrate explicit competence in French grammar in the areas reviewed;
  4. Demonstrate competence in the use of language reference material;
  5. Demonstrate autonomous learning strategies;
  6. Demonstrate a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern France and its culture;
  7. Demonstrate competence in the theory, basic research methodology and practices, and discourses involved in critical enquiry, understanding and analysis in an area of French studies;
  8. Demonstrate individual and cooperative research skills.

Assessment

Written assignments (2500 words): 60%
Oral presentations: 20%
Written examination (2-hours): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour culture lecture per week
One 1-hour culture tutorial per week
One 2-hour language workshop per week
One 1-hour language tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Benjamin Andreo

Notes

Previously coded FRN2706

Synopsis

This unit, ranging across literature, painting, photography, fashion and social history, will study symbolic representations of Paris in 19th Century writing (Baudelaire, Zola), painting (Manet, Degas), and early 20th Century photography (Atget) and relate these to their historical contexts (the growth and metamorphosis of the city, Haussmann's redevelopment of Paris, the birth of leisure and consumerism); it will examine the emergence of urban figures such as the flaneur, dandy and prostitute; and it will explore the analytical perspectives offered by Walter Benjamin's cultural theories. (No knowledge of French language or history is required for this unit.)

Outcomes

Having completed this unit students will:

  1. have developed a knowledge of some of the major symbolic representations of modern Paris across a range of literary and visual texts
  2. understood broader, underlying structural changes in society that inform literary and visual representations of modern cities such as Paris
  3. have explored the relationship between various literary and visual representations of the city and developed skills in analyzing and articulating the nature of this relationship
  4. be able to conceptualise images of the city in relation to theoretical and methodological issues promulgated by writers and theorists such as Walter Benjamin.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words) : 60%
Test (1.5 hours - 1500 words equivalent) : 40%

Workload requirements

One x 1 hr lecture/week
One x 1 hr seminar/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year level unit in French Studies, Film and Screen Studies or Literary Studies

Prohibitions

ATS3075


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

Synopsis

The unit examines the cultural experiences of the Romans from the time of the early Republic to the Empire through their literature and archaeology. Students will examine themes including: war and peace, violence and the games, science and knowledge, politics and litigation, love and sex, death and the Afterlife, through a study of lyric poetry (Horace), elegy (Catullus, Propertius, Tibullus, Ovid), historical writings and biography (Livy, Tacitus, Plutarch, Suetonius), philosophy (Cicero, Seneca), comedy (Plautus, Terence), legal and political writings and magical tracts. All texts will be studied in translation. The quintessential Roman love of the games and their inherent violence is studied through the archaeological record.

Outcomes

  1. Study the literary genres of ancient Rome and its conventions
  2. Study the evolution of Roman literature in relation to contemporary socio-political changes
  3. Become familiar with the Greek/Hellenistic influences on Roman literature
  4. Explore the theoretical tools for the study of these genres including feminism and gender studies.
  5. Study the scholarly history of these genres
  6. Develop critical thinking and particular research skills to investigate the primary and secondary sources with regard to the above
  7. Be familiar with archaeology of the games and their social and political significance.

Assessment

Literature review(900 words): 20%
Essay(2250 words): 50%
2 x Class tests(equivalent 900 words): 20%
Tutorial participation(450 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 90 minute lecture and one x 1 hour tutorial per week plus 9 and a half hours per week, reading primary texts in translation and secondary literature.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Eva Anagnostou-Laoutides

Synopsis

This unit examines the nature of myth through the myths of Greece and Rome. It explores the way in which myths are adapted to reflect particular societies, ages and cultural forms. We will investigate myths of creation, gods, heroes and monsters in Greek and Roman epic and drama (Homer, Hesiod, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Vergil, Ovid, Seneca). Near Eastern parallels such as the Epic of Gilgamesh will be also examined. In addition, we shall explore the theoretical tools of studying myth including the ritual school, functionalism, post-structuralism and phenomenology. All texts will be studied in translation.

Outcomes

  1. Become familiar with the myths of the Greeks and the Romans
  2. Study the literary genres in which myths they were written and their conventions
  3. Study the theoretical approaches to mythology and their application in Classical Studies
  4. Examine the reception of Classical myth and its literary tradition within antiquity
  5. Examine the reception of Classical myth in the discipline of classical studies
  6. Study the socio-political aspects of using myths
  7. Develop critical thinking and particular research skills to investigate the primary and secondary sources with regard to the above.

Assessment

Literature Review(1000 words): 20%
Essay(2500 words): 35%
2 x Class tests(equivalent 1000 words): 35%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 90 minute lecture and one x 1 hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr John Garzoli; (Associate Professor Robert Burke)

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the main policies and practices in music education. It examines Australian curricula and the role of the music teacher in the advocacy of music education. Focusing on classroom and instrumental teaching, the unit examines and analyses various approaches to teaching improvisation and more specifically jazz and world music as well as composition. Attention is paid to music education in select overseas countries to provide a comparison to the Australian context.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Be familiar with the main policies and debates surrounding music education in Australia
  2. Understand the main methodologies of classroom, ensemble and individual instrumental and vocal teaching.
  3. Critically evaluate the similarities and differences in music education practices internationally
  4. Be able to articulate a personal philosophy of music education.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Written exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Axel Fliethmann

Notes

Previously coded GRN2030

Synopsis

1: A communicatively oriented German language course. Specifically, students will work through a range of topics including the world of fairy tales, education, work, crime, personal relationships, migration and the environment.
2: An examination of modern German culture in a socio-historical context through the study of selected texts. This component will familiarise students with the key elements and main stages of the cultural history of the German-speaking region in this period.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of component 1 of this subject together with its sequel in semester 2, students should have further developed their communicative competence in German. Students should improve their accuracy and fluency in spoken and written German, particularly in relation to the production of longer texts. At the end of both semesters students should be familiar with all of the basic grammatical concepts in German. After completion of component 2 students should have gained:

  1. a basic understanding of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in German literature from the late eighteenth century to the early nineteenth century;
  2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
  3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
  4. basic essay-writing skills and an ability to engage in informed discussion of German culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

55 contact hours over the semester, including 22 culture and 33 language

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1092 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Franz-Josef Deiters

Notes

Previously coded GRN2040

Synopsis

1: A communicatively oriented German language course. Specifically, students will work through a range of topics including the world of fairy tales, education, work, crime, personal relationships, migration and the environment.
2: An examination of modern German culture in a socio-historical context through the study of selected texts. This component will familiarise students with the key elements and main stages of the cultural history of the German-speaking region in this period.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of component 1 of this subject students should have further developed their communicative competence in German. Students should improve their accuracy and fluency in spoken and written German, particularly in relation to the production of longer texts. At the end of both semesters students should be familiar with all of the basic grammatical concepts in German. After completion of component 2 students should have further gained:

  1. a basic understanding of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
  2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
  3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
  4. basic essay-writing skills and an ability to engage in informed discussion of German culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

55 contact hours over the semester, including 22 (culture) and 33 language

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2093 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded GRN2050

Synopsis

1: A communicatively oriented German language course. Specifically, students will work through a range of topics including the world of fairy tales, education, work, crime, personal relationships, migration and the environment.
2: An examination of modern German culture in a socio-historical context through the study of selected texts. This component will familiarise students with the key elements and main stages of the cultural history of the German-speaking region in this period.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of component 1 of this subject together with its sequel in semester 2, students should have further developed their communicative competence in German. Students should improve their accuracy and fluency in spoken and written German, particularly in relation to the production of longer texts. At the end of both semesters students should be familiar with all of the basic grammatical concepts in German. After completion of component 2 students should have gained:

  1. a basic understanding of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
  2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
  3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
  4. basic essay-writing skills and an ability to engage in informed discussion of German culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

55 contact hours over the semester, including 22 (culture) and 33 (language).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2093, ATS3095, ATS2095


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded GRN2060

Synopsis

1: A communicatively oriented German language course. Specifically, students will work through a range of topics including the world of fairy tales, education, work, crime, personal relationships, migration and the environment.
2: An examination of modern German culture in a socio-historical context through the study of selected texts. This component will familiarise students with the key elements and main stages of the cultural history of the German-speaking region in this period.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of component 1 of this subject students should have further developed their communicative competence in German. Students should improve their accuracy and fluency in spoken and written German, particularly in relation to the production of longer texts. At the end of both semesters students should be familiar with all of the basic grammatical concepts in German. After completion of component 2 students should have further gained:

  1. a basic understanding of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
  2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
  3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
  4. basic essay-writing skills and an ability to engage in informed discussion of German culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

55 contact hours over the semester, including 22 (culture) and 33 (language).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2095 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitIndonesian Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM2030

Synopsis

This unit develops and consolidates further students' ability to communicate in the Indonesian language and introduces them to the use of more idiomatic expressions and sophisticated grammar. Students develop an approach to researching current Indonesian cultural and political issues and are provided practice in a wide range of communicative tasks. Emphasis is given to the translation process within the context of common registers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the Indonesian language across a broad range of non-specialist registers
  2. make use of more advanced syntax and vocabulary to communicate topics and themes related to personal experiences
  3. exploit newly acquired cultural knowledge to communicate their understanding of social situations in an Indonesian setting.

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 20%
Cultural project: 20%
Short tasks: 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1112, VCE Indonesian or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitIndonesian Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM2040

Synopsis

This is the continuation of Indonesian 3, and follows a similar pattern of language practice through lectures and discussion in the practicals. Translation skills are further developed in the context of a paraprofessional role.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the Indonesian language in formal and semi-formal registers commonly found in the media, government and personal correspondence
  2. expand their use of vocabulary and more complex syntax, in spoken and written language related to discussion and description
  3. put into practice their background cultural knowledge to communicate in more complex cross cultural social meetings.

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 20%
Cultural project: 20%
Short tasks: 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitIndonesian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Notes

Previously coded INM2991

Synopsis

Students participate in an approved program of study which includes formal language classes and an agreed number of workshops and excursions relevant to Indonesian culture.

Assessment

Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Synopsis

This unit will allow students to undertake an approved semester-length unit at a foreign institution.

Outcomes

To improve and consolidate foreign language skills and gain a deeper understanding of the cultural context of the language.

Assessment

Students are required to enrol in a semester-length unit, fulfil attendance and assessment requirements as specified by the host institution for the study of a unit equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit point unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Determined by host institution, equivalent to Monash University 6 credit points.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval by section


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Synopsis

This unit will allow students to undertake an approved semester-length unit at a foreign institution.

Outcomes

To improve and consolidate foreign language skills and gain a deeper understanding of the cultural context of the language.

Assessment

Students are required to enrol in a semester-length unit, fulfil attendance and assessment requirements as specified by the host institution for the study of a unit equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit point unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Determined by host institution, equivalent to Monash University 6 credit points.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval by section


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Synopsis

This unit will allow students to undertake an approved semester-length unit at a foreign institution.

Outcomes

To improve and consolidate foreign language skills and gain a deeper understanding of the cultural context of the language.

Assessment

Students are required to enrol in a semester-length unit, fulfil attendance and assessment requirements as specified by the host institution for the study of a unit equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit point. unit

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Determined by host institution, equivalent to Monash University 6 credit points.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval by section


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Synopsis

This unit will allow students to undertake an approved semester-length unit at a foreign institution.

Outcomes

To improve and consolidate foreign language skills and gain a deeper understanding of the cultural context of the language.

Assessment

Students are required to enrol in a semester-length unit, fulfil attendance and assessment requirements as specified by the host institution for the study of a unit equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit point unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Determined by host institution, equivalent to Monash University 6 credit points.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval by section


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jordan Murray

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the fundamental concepts of popular songwriting. The unit will include weekly lectures focusing on popular composition and creative writing. It also examines context, methodology and the history of song. Included will be visiting artists from the profession and critical feedback.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will :

  1. Gain a systematic and comprehensive knowledge of strategies and form used in popular songwriting.
  2. Develop an ability to analyse and contextualise the students own songs.
  3. Critically evaluate popular song.
  4. Articulate strategies used by songwriters to convey ideas.

Assessment

Written assignment(1600 words): 35%
Composition folio (equivalent of 1600 words): 35%
Written exam (equivalent of 1300 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
Monash Passport categoryPeer Assisted Learning (Act Program)
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel David Moore

Synopsis

This unit examines the interaction between politics and the economy. Students will be introduced to both classic texts and recent research dealing with the impact of political forces and processes on economic policies and outcomes. No background in economics is required and economic concepts will be explained and discussed with the minimum use of jargon and mathematics.

Through lecture, online discussion, and tutorial participation, students will explore both political science and economic theories with an explicit focus on the practical tradeoffs that exist when resolving competing values such as fairness, equality, and maximizing human welfare. These issues tend to be highly polarising and current trends in media and technology are reducing the ability of people to discuss and resolve these competing values. One explicit goal of this unit is for students to develop the skills necessary to identify the competing values associated with a particular economic policy and use empirically grounded theories to find practical solutions that best intermediate those values. These skills are incredibly valuable for society and unfortunately tend to be tragically under-developed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply key political economic theories to current issues and problems;
  2. Explain the difference between the dangers posed by market failures and government failures;
  3. Identify actors that are positively and negatively impacted by different types of economic redistribution;
  4. Communicate ideas effectively in both face-to-face and online environments;
  5. Assess the strengths and weaknesses in own and peers' writing;
  6. Collaborate with peers on a major project using effective teamwork and online collaborative technologies;
  7. Connect the theories covered in class to ongoing research by unit instructors and expert bloggers;
  8. Identify and resolve divergent values in pursuing a particular economic goal.

Assessment

Tutorial/Forum Participation: 20%
Group Project Peer Review: 15% (students will not receive credit for the final paper without completing the peer review assignment)
Group Project Final Paper & Briefings: 40%
Class Test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture,
One1-hour tutorial per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year International Studies sequence or any first year Arts sequence


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Naomi Kurata

Notes

Previously coded JPL2010

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop knowledge, strategies and skills to interact in Japanese in situations likely to be encountered in Australia and Japan and to establish a firm foundation of linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge, which can be creatively applied in a variety of situations.

Outcomes

Upon completing Japanese Introductory 1, students will be able to:

  1. Understand simple greetings, self-introduction, and simple dialogues, based on routines practiced in class.
  2. Read simple and familiar texts written in hiragana, katakana and basic kanji.
  3. Participate in interactions, using basic vocabulary and grammar practiced in class.
  4. Write/type simple sentences using hiragana, katakana and approximately 60 kanji,
  5. Demonstrate a basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese society and culture.
  6. Apply basic research skills to find relevant information about given topics, organise, synthesise it and communicate it.

Assessment

Within semester assignments and quizzes: 30%
Within semester tests: 30%
Exam period exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 hours (2 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit. In addition, students taking this unit are excluded from taking ATS1141.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

Notes

Previously coded JPL2020

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop knowledge, strategies and skills needed to interact in Japanese in practical contexts in Australia and Japan and also aims to extend linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge to develop cross-cultural awareness and facilitate effective interaction.

Outcomes

Upon completing Japanese Introductory 2, students will be able to:

  1. understand basic conversations about familiar topics and simple classroom instructions.
  2. understand short texts written using basic vocabulary and grammar practiced in class.
  3. demonstrate a knowledge about casual speech and writing styles, such as diaries and emails to friends.
  4. talk about familiar topics using vocabulary and expressions learned in class.
  5. talk about their experiences and schedule in more detail, based on routines practiced in class.
  6. write about personal and familiar topics using vocabulary and grammar practiced in class
  7. write/type 150 kanji, including approximately 90 new kanji.
  8. further develop basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese society and culture.
  9. apply basic research skills to find relevant information about given opics, organise, synthesise and analyse the information and communiate it in written form.

Assessment

Within semester assignments and quizzes: 30%
Within semester tests: 30%
Exam period exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 hours (Two 1-hour lecture and 3-hours tutorials/seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2141 or equivalent

Prohibitions

Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit. In addition, students taking this unit are excluded from taking ATS1142.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Naomi Kurata

Notes

Previously coded JPL2030

Synopsis

This unit aims to consolidate and develop students' basic linguistic skills and socio-cultural knowledge in spoken and written Japanese at an intermediate level. The focus is to develop students' interactive competence, including linguistic, socio-linguistic and socio-cultural knowledge. The unit also aims to develop students' intercultural skills and ability to conduct independent research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand simple dialogues and monologues in relation to everyday situations.
  2. Read and find specific information in simple, everyday texts in a variety of genres and media including the internet, with some assistance.
  3. Interact in short and simple social exchanges or tasks (e.g. asking for advice, requesting, apologising) and express intentions, hopes, gratitude, etc. using forms practiced in class and appropriate speech styles.
  4. Write short essays on Japan-related topics.
  5. Recognise and write approx. 90 new kanji (approx. 240 in total by the end of this unit).
  6. Demonstrate knowledge of a range of aspects related to Japanese society and culture.
  7. Demonstrate intercultural skills which include awareness of and sensitivity to cultural differences and similarities through comparison and reflection on students' own cultures and societies
  8. Apply research skills to independently find relevant information about an essay topic; organise, synthesise and analyse the information and communicate it in written and oral form.

Assessment

Within semester assignments and quizzes: 25%
Within semester tests: 35%
Exam period exam: 40%
(Hurdle requirement: a mark of 40% or above in the final exam is required in the exam in order to pass the unit)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus: One 1-hour lecture per week, one 2-hour tutorial per week, one 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1142 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Naomi Kurata

Notes

Previously coded JPL2040

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence in intermediate Japanese. This unit aims to enhance students' knowledge about Japan and consolidate and further develop their interactive skills in spoken and written Japanese. The unit also aims to enhance students' intercultural awareness and ability to conduct independent research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand simple dialogues and monologues on familiar topics with an expanding range of expressions, including expressions of politeness (keigo).
  2. Read and understand simply written texts in an expanding range of genres including polite letters, personal diaries and fictional narratives, with some assistance.
  3. Interact in common casual and formal contexts, using forms practiced in class including keigo; explain personal experiences using forms such as passive, causative, and conditional clauses.
  4. Write an essay using a range of Japanese sources and a wider range of vocabulary, sentence patterns and kanji with some guidance.
  5. Recognise and write approx. 90 new kanji (317 kanji in total by the end of this unit).
  6. Further demonstrate knowledge of a range of aspects related to Japanese society and culture.
  7. Demonstrate intercultural skills which include awareness of and sensitivity to cultural differences and similarities through comparison and reflection on students' own cultures and societies
  8. Further develop independent research skills to find relevant information about an essay topic; organise, synthesise and analyse the information and communicate it in written and oral form.

Assessment

Within semester assignments and quizzes: 25%
Within semester tests: 35%
Exam period exam: 40%
(Hurdle requirement: a mark of 40% or above in the final exam is required in the exam in order to pass the unit)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus: One 1-hour lecture per week, one 2-hour tutorial per week, one 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2143 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JPL2050

Synopsis

This is the first part of a sequence in upper intermediate Japanese. This unit covers both spoken language and contemporary written language and aims to enhance students' knowledge about Japan and the different varieties of the language. The unit also aims to develop students' study skills and intercultural competence.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion students should:

  1. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level
  2. be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese text, of various genres written for a Japanese audience
  3. have developed listening and speaking skills in the area of their interest
  4. have developed interview skills to obtain information from members of the Japanese community
  5. be able to write and talk about given topics
  6. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced kanji
  7. have developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor
  8. be able to use a kanji dictionary
  9. have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

Assessment

Within semester assignments and quizzes: 35%
Within semester tests: 35%
Exam period exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (One-1 hour lecture, one-1 hour tutorial, and one-2 hour seminar per week)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Japanese 4 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JPL2060

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence in upper intermediate Japanese. This unit covers both spoken language and contemporary written language and aims to enhance students' knowledge about Japanese modern and traditional culture. The unit also aims to develop students' research skills and intercultural competence.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. understand conversations or monologues on topics covered in class.
  2. develop their ability to understand different genres by activities such as watching videos on Japanese culture.
  3. read texts (approx. 2000 characters) on various topics about Japan with the assistance of dictionaries.
  4. communicate in complex situations (e.g. explaining troubles).
  5. talk about broader topics about Japan with Japanese native speakers to enhance their knowledge about Japanese culture.
  6. do a presentation on one of the topics studied in class, based on their own research.
  7. write an essay (1600 characters) on a topic related to Japan with the assistance of dictionaries and other language and content resources.
  8. reinforce their knowledge of kanji acquired so far (approx 450 kanji) and develop their knowledge of additional 150 new kanji (including appox 90 for recognition only).

Assessment

Within semester assignments and quizzes: 35%
Within semester tests: 35%
Exam period exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (One 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial, and one 2-hour seminar per week)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Japanese Proficient 1(ATS2145) or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS3146, ATS1146


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Melinda Harvey

Synopsis

The unit will explore a selection of fiction and non-fiction texts that treat Italy as a site for transformations of the self. These self-discoveries are usually cast as positive but are on occasion of a more unsettling or disturbing kind. The unit will investigate these transformations. It will also consider why Italy has been a place of renewal and 'undoing' in literature over the years and try to account for the popularity of such narratives with readers past and present. In this unit there will be an emphasis on 'geolocated' reading experiences and writing exercises. For this reason there will be a particular focus on 'Tuscan transformations'; we will visit the actual sites and scenes of our texts and there will also be regular in situ writing excursions in Prato and surrounds.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the representation of Italy generally (and Tuscany in particular) as a site of personal transformation in range of texts.
  2. Critically describe the diverse history of cultural investments in Italy as an agent of personal transformation for non-Italian writers.
  3. Produce a piece of Creative Writing, either fiction or non-fiction, that explores the transformational potential of Italy.
  4. Appreciate and articulate the relationships between environment, literary criticism and creative practice.

Assessment

Reading and Writing exercises: 60%
Essay: 40%

Workload requirements

Two week intensive.
Weeks 1 and 2:
2 x 1-hour lectures
2 x 2-hour seminars
1 x 2-hour writing workshop
2 x 2-hour in situ reading/writing field trips

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Literary Studies.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitKorean Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr In Jung Cho and Dr Young A Cho

Notes

Previously coded KOR2010

Synopsis

This unit is designed for students with no or little knowledge of the Korean language to build a foundation in their basic knowledge of the Korean language and culture. Students will be introduced to contemporary Korean, with special emphasis on spoken usage for everyday situations. Students will also be introduced to a general overview and understanding of modern Korean history, culture and society.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Participate in simple social conversations in Korean
  2. Use basic 'survival' Korean for traveling in Korea
  3. Communicate basic information about themselves and family members
  4. Read and write simple Korean
  5. Demonstrate a basic understanding of Korean culture and society, through theoretical frameworks
  6. Develop a critical awareness of various issues arising in the globalised world, including rapid changes in current and future work places

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (one 2-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1171

Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit. In addition, students enrolled in this unit are prohibited from taking ATS1171


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitKorean Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr In Jung Cho and Dr Young A Cho

Notes

Previously coded KOR2020

Synopsis

Building on the foundation established in Korean Introductory 1, students will continue to develop their ability to communicate in routine social situations. They will also be introduced to various learning strategies that aim to help them develop a sense of control over their own learning, leading to a lifetime of learning.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Competently participate in simple Korean conversations about everyday life and familiar topics
  2. Make requests, and express agreement and refusal
  3. Read and write in defined contexts
  4. Demonstrate an increased understanding of Korean history, culture and society
  5. Develop basic learning strategies that will prepare them for life-long learning

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (one 2-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2171 or equivalent

Prohibitions

Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit. In addition, students enrolled in this unit are prohibited from taking ATS1172.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitKorean Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr In Jung Cho and Dr Young A Cho

Notes

Previously coded KOR2030

Synopsis

This unit is designed to help students expand on the foundation they have built from their gateway units by providing a deeper understanding of Korean language, culture and society in comparison with their own language, culture and society. Furthermore, this unit will focus on teaching effective communication strategies that will assist students in bridging communication gaps arising from differences in language and culture.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Speak and comprehend enough Korean to communicate in everyday social situations;
  2. Write a personal letter on simple everyday topics or a simple report on an everyday event;
  3. Understand modern Korean history and major social issues in Korea in comparison with their own.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (one 2-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1172 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1173


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitKorean Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Young A Cho and Dr In Jung Cho

Notes

Previously coded KOR2040

Synopsis

This unit seeks to develop further communications strategies acquired in ATS2173. Students will also be introduced to expressions in different registers in the spoken and written language and the social and cultural aspects of Korean society necessary to understand them. In addition, students will be able to develop those skills required to access, select, analyse, evaluate and apply various tools and information needed to identify key cultural issues in ways that lead to sensitive and meaningful cross-cultural communication.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Communicate competently in everyday social situations;
  2. Understand expressions from different genres;
  3. Write competently on simple or familiar topics;
  4. Develop the ability to identify possible cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communication gaps,and effectively deal with them.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (one 2-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2173 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1174


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stewart King

Notes

Previously coded SPN2030

Synopsis

Upon completion of this unit, students should have developed further their reading, writing, oral and aural skills in Spanish. Particular emphasis is placed on reading and writing, and an informed knowledge of contemporary Spanish and Latin American societies and cultures. Students are expected to;

  1. . consolidate their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and expand their Spanish vocabulary, and;
  2. . communicate effectively in Spanish on most topics relating to oneself, one's family, home, school, work and social environments.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Converse in Spanish for 15-20 minutes about past, present and future activities;
  2. Use the following tenses and moods: the present habitual, the present progressive, the present prefect, preterite and imperfect, the informal and formal future, and the present subjunctive and imperative;
  3. Write compositions of up to 500 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar;
  4. Engage in conversations and discussions in Spanish, about themselves, their family and friends, Australia and the world at large ;
  5. Read and comprehend newspaper articles and narrative an descriptive literary of up to 500 words texts in Spanish;
  6. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies;
  7. Demonstrate consolidation of critical thought and research reasoning skills.

Assessment

Culture component: 50%
Written and oral language tasks: 20%
Written and listening language examination: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour culture lecture and three 1-hour language tutorials per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS1193


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stewart King

Notes

Previously coded SPN2040

Synopsis

This unit seeks to develop further language skills acquired in ATS1193. Particular emphasis will be placed on oral and written academic discourse. The culture component will consolidate students understanding of Spanish and Latin American societies and cultures through lectures, readings and visual culture. In addition, the unit will consolidate critical thought and research reasoning skills.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Converse in Spanish for approximately 25 minutes about past, present and future activities;
  2. Use the following tenses and moods: the present habitual, the present progressive, the present perfect, preterit and imperfect, the informal and formal future, the present and imperfect subjunctive, and the imperative;
  3. Write compositions of up to 1500 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar;
  4. Engage in complex conversations and discussions in Spanish, about themselves and political and social issues;
  5. Read and comprehend articles and narrative and descriptive literary texts of up to 2000 words in Spanish;
  6. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies;
  7. Demonstrate consolidation of critical thought and research reasoning skills.

Assessment

Culture component: 50%
Written and oral language tasks: 20%
Written and listening language examination: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour cultural tutorial and three 1-hour language tutorials

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS1194


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Bowker

Notes

Previously coded SPN2050

Synopsis

This unit further develops students' spoken and written communication skills in Spanish. Emphasis is placed on developing fluency and understanding. The unit furthermore explores particular aspects of Spanish and Latin American cultures and societies. This unit also consolidates students' critical thought and further develops their research skills. The language of instruction is Spanish.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. converse in Spanish for 20-25 minutes about past, current and hypothetical issues as well as engage in complex conversations and discussions about historical, political and social matters;
  2. be able to listen and comprehend a variety of texts from different Hispanic Spanish- speaking regionscontexts;
  3. write compositions of up to 1000 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar;
  4. read and comprehend articles that use a range of registers and styles of up to 3500 words in Spanish;
  5. demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Spanish and Latin American cultures and societies;
  6. consolidate critical and research skills in Spanish.

Assessment

Culture tasks: 50%
Written, oral and aural tasks: 25%
Examination: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lectures and 3 x 1 hour language tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2194 or by permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Carlos Uxo

Notes

Previously coded SPN2060

Synopsis

Upon completion of this unit, students should have developed an advanced level in their reading, writing, oral and aural skills in Spanish. Particular emphasis is placed on advanced reading and writing, as well as a sound knowledge of contemporary Spanish and Latin American societies and cultures. Students are expected to consolidate their knowledge of essay writing by using a wide range of genre styles that reflect an advanced level of the language and interact effectively in Spanish taking into consideration the social setting where the discourse takes place as well as the sociological factors of participants.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Converse and interact effectively in Spanish taking into consideration the social setting where the discourse takes place as well as the sociological factors of participants;
  2. Use advanced grammatical structures that show an advanced level of the language;
  3. Written work of up to 3500 words in Spanish, with the help of a monolingual Spanish dictionary;
  4. Engage in conversations and discussions in Spanish on topics about current affairs, historical and cultural aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies;
  5. Read and comprehend academic texts of up to 3500 words in Spanish;
  6. Demonstrate knowledge in research reasoning and critical thought appropriate for this level.

Assessment

Culture tasks: 50%
Written, oral and aural tasks: 25%
Examination: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour cultural tutorial and three 1-hour language tutorials.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2195 or special permission from the unit coordinator.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Marisa Cordella

Notes

Previously coded SPN2290

Synopsis

The unit focuses on the communicative rules or strategies that orient Spanish and Hispanic American speakers to communicate effectively. Lectures explore the discursive similarities that link Spanish speakers and differences that result from varying social, political and historical factors.

Theory is explored to understand:

  1. the organization of a text in relation to the socio-cultural context;
  2. particular discursive features of Hispanic speech.

This unit consolidates students' critical research skills to equip them to undertake honours and postgraduate studies.

Outcomes

By completion of the unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. Awareness of the norms and value systems that modulate Spanish and Hispanic American discourse(s);
  2. Knowledge of the predominant discursive features produced in business, among other discourses, in Spanish and English;
  3. Knowledge of pragmatic features used in a variety of social interactions;
  4. Demonstrate a sophisticated knowledge in research reasoning and critical thought.

Assessment

Two tests: 50%
Oral and written work: 50%

Workload requirements

3 hours (one 1-hour lecture and two 1-hour tutorials)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1194, ATS1196, ATS2194, ATS2196 or by permisssion

Prohibitions

ATS3209


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Susanna Scarparo

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to post-war Italian cinema and its cultural contexts and gives an opportunity to view and discuss films by Scola, Rossellini, Visconti, Benigni, and others. The unit familiarises students with a variety of critical approaches and allows them to analyse the films as representatives of specific cinematographic genres and styles, and as reflections on and interpretations of post-war Italian culture. The unit covers issues such as wartime resistance; fascism; migration within, from and to Italy amongst others.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Understand, discuss and analyse different cinematographic genres and styles of post-war Italian Cinema
  2. Develop and express a relative understanding of the cultural context of post-war Italy
  3. Understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which select post-war Italian films reflect on and interpret the social and political issues of their time
  4. Develop an ability to engage with written and visual texts and to understand a body of critical writing in the field

Additional objectives for third year students will be

  1. To develop a deeper understanding of theoretical debates in the field of post-war Italian cinema and Italian culture.
  2. The ability to apply that understanding to one or more other films of their choice not studied in class

Assessment

Research essay (2500 words): 50%
Student-led seminar: 20%
One x 1-1/2 hours in class test: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

10 x 2-hour seminars in Prato over 2 weeks and 1 x 2-hours seminar pre departure.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Marko Pavlyshyn

Notes

Previously coded UKR2050

Synopsis

  1. Language: A review of Ukrainian grammar; development of conversation and composition skills using texts on contemporary themes
  2. Literature, Culture and Society: this part of the course will consider selected topics on 19th and 20th century Ukraine.

Secondary literature and selected texts of the period will be studied. The narrower focus of the course will change from year to year.

Outcomes

  1. Students who have completed this unit, will be expected to demonstrate a knowledge of Ukrainian grammar based on the prescribed materials
  2. Students should have acquired an advanced vocabulary relating to selected subjects from everyday life
  3. They should be able to read, write, speak and understand standard Ukrainian correctly at the level of non-technical communication
  4. Students will be expected to have a knowledge of the main developments in modern Ukrainian history, literature and culture, of the representative works from the period, and of the major explanatory frameworks
  5. They should have acquired basic skills in the analysis and interpretation of primary texts, events, and secondary literature.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2000 words)
Tests: 30%
Homework: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1211 and ATS1212 or VCE in Ukrainian or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Professor Marko Pavlyshyn

Notes

Previously coded UKR2060

Synopsis

  1. Language: A review of Ukrainian grammar; development of conversation and composition skills using texts on contemporary themes
  2. Literature, Culture and Society: this part of the course will consider selected topics on 19th and 20th century Ukraine. Secondary literature and selected texts of the period will be studied. The narrower focus of the course will change from year to year.

Outcomes

  1. Students who have completed this unit, will be expected to demonstrate a knowledge of Ukrainian grammar based the prescribed materials
  2. Students should have acquired an advanced vocabulary relating to selected subjects from everyday life
  3. They should be able to read, write, speak and understand standard Ukrainian correctly at the level of non-technical communication
  4. Students will be expected to have a knowledge of the main developments in modern Ukrainian history, literature and culture, of the representative works from the period, and of the major explanatory frameworks
  5. They should have acquired basic skills in the analysis and interpretation of primary texts, events, and secondary literature.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2000 words)
Tests: 30%
Homework: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Raffaele Lampugnani

Notes

Previously coded ITA2030

Synopsis

The subject will consist of two sections: Level 3 Language and Culture.

  1. Language: practical language acquisition through oral practice and the use of contemporary written, aural and audiovisual materials representing selected situations and registers; consolidation and extension of grammatical knowledge through revision
  2. Culture: a brief introduction to key aspects of Italian history, society and culture.

Outcomes

Language: Ability to interact in most everyday social situations with reasonable confidence and fluency. Limited ability to vary the tone and register of the oral and written texts they produce. Ability to read simply-structured literary texts or articles in periodicals. Be able to use monolingual as well as bilingual dictionaries. In the cultural component students should gain an understanding of the interrelationships between the literary production and the ideology of the period covered.

Assessment

Language work: 30%
Culture work: 30%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4-hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1222 or intermediate language competence


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Raffaele Lampugnani

Notes

Previously coded ITA2040

Synopsis

The subject will consist of two sections: Level 3 Language and Culture

(A) Language: practical language acquisition through oral practice and the use of contemporary written, aural and audiovisual materials representing selected situations and registers; consolidation and extension of grammatical knowledge through revision;

(B) Culture: a brief introduction to key aspects of Italian history, society and culture.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should achieve further development in the four macro skills with specific emphasis on reading and writing, and an informed knowledge of Italian society. In the language component, students are expected to consolidate and expand their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and vocabulary in order to attain communicative competence appropriate to their level in a range of topics. In the cultural component, students should acquire an understanding of key aspects of Italian history, society and culture.

Assessment

Language work: 30%
Culture work: 30%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 contact hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2223 or equivalent language competence


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrizia Sambuco

Notes

Previously coded ITA2050

Synopsis

The unit will consist of two sections: Language and Culture. Language: practical language acquisition through oral practice and the use of contemporary written, aural and audiovisual materials representing selected situations and registers, consolidation of grammatical structures. Culture: an introduction to contemporary Italy through the analysis of films and literary texts of the 20th and 21st century.

Outcomes

Upon completion of these units students should further develop the four macro skills, and develop an informed knowledge of contemporary Italian society in its constant change. In the language component, students are expected to consolidate and expand their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and vocabulary. They are also expected to reach communicative competence appropriate to their level. In the cultural component, students should gain an understanding of the interrelationship between literary production and the period covered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative contructs.

Assessment

Written work: 30%
Culture work: 30%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 contact hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

VCE in Italian or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrizia Sambuco

Notes

Previously coded ITA2060

Synopsis

Consolidation and extension of work begun in ATS2225.

Outcomes

Upon completion of these units students should further develop the four macro skills, and an informed knowledge of Italian society in its constant change. In the language component, students are expected to consolidate and expand their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and vocabulary. In the cultural component, students acquire an understanding of historical and cultural developments in the Fascist period.

Assessment

Language work: 30%
Culture work: 30%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4-hours workshops per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2225 or equivalent language competence

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedPrato First semester 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Prato Summer semester B 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Prato Term 3 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrizia Sambuco

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded ITA2901

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide a basic foundation in the basic language skills: listening, speaking, reading and writing Italian, and a brief introduction to contemporary Italian social and political history and culture. It is specifically designed for those students who have little or no knowledge of the language.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners should be able to:

  1. understand, speak and write basic Italian with reference to present, past and future events in a range of everyday situations;
  2. read elementary but authentic Italian texts;
  3. understand basic structural aspects of Italian;
  4. have an enhanced understanding of language learning and communication strategies, and
  5. understand key aspects of contemporary Italian culture and society.

Assessment

Culture assignment: 15%
Language tests: 20%
Continuous assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 contact hours per day per two weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1221 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedPrato First semester 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Prato Summer semester B 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrizia Sambuco

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded ITA2902

Synopsis

This unit aims to consolidate the foundation provided by level 1 Italian in the basic language skills - listening, speaking, reading and writing Italian, and to continue the introduction to contemporary Italian social and political history and culture provided by ATS1221 or its equivalent

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners should be able to:

  1. understand, speak and write basic Italian with reference to present, past and future events in a range of everyday situations
  2. read elementary but authentic Italian texts
  3. understand basic structural aspects of Italian
  4. have an enhanced understanding of language learning and communication strategies, and
  5. understand key aspects of contemporary Italian culture and society.

Assessment

Culture assignment (625 words): 15%
Oral test: 10%
Language test: 15%
Continuous assessment: 20%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

5 contact hours per day per two weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1221 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedPrato Summer semester B 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrizia Sambuco

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded ITA2903

Synopsis

This unit aims to consolidate and to extend language skills acquired in levels 1 and 2 Italian. In the cultural component students will study a range of texts in Italian and their historical and social context.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. interact in most everyday social situations with confidence and fluency in their use of the Italian language;
  2. vary the tone and register of the oral and written texts they produce;
  3. read simply-structured literary texts or articles in newspapers and periodicals;
  4. use monolingual as well as bilingual dictionaries;
  5. understand the development of a range of literary texts , and
  6. understand important aspects of Italian social and cultural history.

Assessment

Culture assignment: 20%
Langugae assignment: 20%
Continuous assessment: 20%
Examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours per day for four days over 3 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2223 or their equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedPrato Summer semester B 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrizia Sambuco

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded ITA2904

Synopsis

This unit aims to consolidate and to extend language skills acquired in the intermediate 1 level. In the cultural component students will study a range of literary texts and films significant within the socio-historical and literary Italian context but also relevant within the local Tuscan context

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. interact in most everyday social situations with confidence and fluency in their use of the Italian language;
  2. vary the tone and register of the oral and written texts they produce;
  3. read simply-structured literary texts or articles in newspapers and periodicals;
  4. use monolingual as well as bilingual dictionaries;
  5. understand the development of a range of literary texts and films, and
  6. understand important aspects of Italian social and cultural history.

Assessment

Culture assignments: 20%
Langugae assignments: 20%
Continuous assessment: 20%
Examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 contact hours per day for four days per week over 3 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2223 or their equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitModern Greek Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Kalliopi Kouroupi

Notes

Previously coded GRK2050

Synopsis

This unit continues the intermediate level of Greek language study begun in Modern Greek Introductory and aims to enhance and develop students' competencies in reading, writing, speaking and listening. In addition to language learning activities, literary, cultural and historical topics related to metropolitan Greece and the Greek diaspora will be explored.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of most immediate relevance
  2. communicate in simple and routine tasks requiring a simple and direct exchange of information on familiar and routine matters
  3. develop a basic understanding of the various text types and kinds of writing.
  4. demonstrate a basic critical understanding of Modern Greek society and culture.

Assessment

Written/oral assignments: 16%
Classroom tests: 24%
Final oral/aural tests: 30%
Examination: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour culture lecture per week + Three 1-hour language tutorials per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Modern Greek Introductory 2 or equivalent proficiency as determined by placement test.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitModern Greek Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Kalliopi Kouroupi

Notes

Previously coded GRK2060

Synopsis

This unit continues the intermediate level of Greek language study begun in Modern Greek Intermediate 1 and aims to further enhance and develop students' competencies in reading, writing, speaking and listening. In addition to language learning activities, a number of literary, cultural and historical topics, related to metropolitan Greece and the Greek diaspora will be explored.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. better understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of most immediate
  2. better communicate in simple and routine tasks requiring a simple and direct exchange of information on familiar and routine matters
  3. develop a better understanding of the various text types and kinds of writing.
  4. further develop a critical understanding of Modern Greek society and culture.

Assessment

Written/oral assignments: 16%
Classroom tests: 24%
Final oral/aural tests: 30%
Examination: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour culture lecture per week + Three 1-hour language tutorials per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Modern Greek Intermediate 1 or equivalent proficiency as determined by placement test.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Gil-Soo Han

Synopsis

The unit covers how people from different cultural backgrounds communicate or miscommunicate and how they can overcome any difficulties, resulting from cultural diversities.
Today, intercultural interactions are part of everyday encounters in most work places. It is essential for future workforces to be equipped with knowledge and skills for cross-cultural communications. These are part of 'global competence' of the workforce.
For effective learning outcomes, the unit employs interdisciplinary insights from communications, anthropology, cultural studies and psychology (e.g. E. Hall, W. Gudykunst). The unit also touches upon how ethnic groups utilise the media to express their identities, with reference to migrants in Australia, e.g. Chinese, Korean, Southeast Asian migrants.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Have been exposed to, and have a competent understanding of contemporary scholarship on the relationships between communications and culture;
  2. Have acquired an informed understanding of how different worldviews impact on communications;
  3. Have come to understand the processes of immigrants' economic and cultural adaptations as part of their development of effective intercultural communications;
  4. Have obtained in-depth understanding of nonverbal communications;
  5. Have developed greater capacities to deal with inter-ethnic tension for effective communications;
  6. Have come to understand a range of theories on intercultural communications, e.g., cultural convergence theory, identity management theory, identity negotiation theory, communication accommodation theory, and cultural schema theory;
  7. Have acquired an informed understanding of how ethnic identities and immigrant life are represented through a range of media.

Assessment

Formative essay on diverse perspectives of intercultural communications (1000 words): 20%
Empirical research essay on intercultural communications (2000 words): 40%
Exam (1500 words) 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week (first hour is a conventional lecture and second is an interactive seminar)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Both Gateway units ATS1279 and ATS1280 in Communications

Prohibitions

ATS3250


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr George Van Doorn

Synopsis

Developmental psychology examines the lifespan perspective on human development across three domains: physical, social and cognitive. This unit acknowledges the importance of culture and the sociohistorical context. Areas of interest include prenatal and gender role development, and aging. Methods of gathering and evaluating evidence relevant to developmental phenomena will be examined and attachment and language acquisition will be discussed.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of a range of developmental theories and how they can be applied to humans;
  2. Display an appreciation of predictable life events and crises which may occur across the lifespan;
  3. Critically evaluate various cultural and social differences that contribute to adult development;
  4. Discuss major theoretical perspectives that attempt to explain successful aging;
  5. Evaluate the role of research and theory in the advancement of knowledge within the field of developmental psychology.

Assessment

Weekly questions (1200 words): 25%,
Short-answer assignment (1300 words): 35%,
Examination (2 hours): 40%.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 credit points at first year level, six points of which must come from either ATS1359, ATS1362, ATS1840 or an equivalent unit.

Prohibitions

PSS1712, BHS1340, ATS1262, GSC1307, GSC1712, PSY2031, WEL1340, PSY1011, PSY1022, ATS1360.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedOverseas Term 3 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Robert Burke

Synopsis

This unit allows students to undertake a course of music study overseas, in collaboration with an approved overseas institution. Courses are offered subject to availability and may be stream-specific. Streams available are Performance (Classical or Jazz/Popular Studies), Composition and Musicology/Ethnomusicology.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have developed a practical and theoretical understanding of course-specific musical elements including:

  1. The practice of music in diverse historical/social/cultural contexts
  2. Unique practical and theoretical approaches to music performance, composition and research
  3. Means of applying this knowledge to their own music practice

Assessment

Assignments (1500 words):30%
Folio of compositions/written work or performances (2250 equiv. words): 50%
Class participation (900 equiv. words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three-week course of:
Five 2-hour lectures/seminars per week
Five 2-hour rehearsals/workshops per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Bachelor of Music students must have prior approval from the unit coordinator before enrolling.
Non-Bachelor of Music students will be required to audition, submit a folio of compositions or written work according to course requirements prior to enrolment.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedPrato Summer semester A 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kenji Fujimura

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the study of music in different cultural contexts. Culturally-specific approaches to performance, research and composition will be investigated in their environments. The focus of the unit will be a reflective approach to the integration of diverse traditions of music into individual creative and research activity.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, the students:

  1. Will understand key elements of the relevant music culture including unique approaches to performance, research and composition;
  2. Will have the ability to reflect upon their own musical practices and develop these in the context of newly acquired music cultural knowledge;
  3. Will apply concepts they have learned within a performance / composition / musicological context.

Assessment

Assignment (2000 words): 40%
Folio of Compositions/Performances/Written Work (2000 equiv. words): 40%
Class participation (900 equiv. words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three week course of four 3-hour sessions per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Non-Bachelor of Music students will be required to audition, submit a folio of compositions or sample of written work according to course requirements prior to enrolment.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Paul Williamson

Synopsis

This unit offers an introduction to research in the field of jazz history. Socio-cultural trends, significant historical events and key figures will be examined for their influences on the development of genres and movements in jazz, using critical readings of historical and biographical texts in conjunction with analyses of representative audio and score material.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of the unit, students will:

  1. Gain a chronological understanding of the significance of socio-cultural trends, major historical events and key figures to the development of jazz;
  2. Develop a solid foundation for further academic inquiry into jazz in sociological, biographical and historical contexts;
  3. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the major genres, composers and works introduced in lectures.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 40%
Written and listening examination: 40%
Class presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben MacQueen

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the key themes of security, peace and conflict in international politics. From an outline and analysis of traditional notions of security, such as 'conventional war' and national security and the related theoretical paradigms of (neo) realism and liberalism, the unit will move to explore developing modes of understanding conflict and security such as 'non-conventional' or 'degenerate war', human security, and sub-state and trans-state violence.

The unit will then move through a series of case studies outlining key conflict scenarios in global politics such as inter-state conflict, international armed intervention, civil conflicts, resource conflicts, and trans-national political violence. Through this, students will be able to explore the implementation of peace or conflict resolution initiatives by the international community, stemming from particular understandings of the sources of conflict, and to debate the efficacy of these.
From here, this unit will focus on the UN and other intergovernmental organizations such as the EU, African Union, ASEAN and NGOs towards achieving peace. This will comprise investigation of specific approaches to conflict resolution, conflict transformation, and peace-building, including an examination of approaches to transitional justice and a critical examination of the debate around 'Responsibility to Protect' (R2P).

Outcomes

By the end of their study of this subject, students will have gained:

  1. an appreciation of the various concepts for understanding peace and security in the contemporary world;
  2. knowledge of the root causes of conflicts;
  3. comprehension of the relationship between non-military security issues, conflicts and peace;
  4. an understanding of ways of resolving conflicts including the efforts of various actors - the UN, and other intergovernmental organizations such as the EU, AU, ASEAN; individual governments; and non-governmental organisations towards achieving peace;
  5. sufficient information and research skills to formulate and respond to essay questions;
  6. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Class participation: 10%
Written: 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

  • One 1-hour lecture per week
  • One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3340


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedPrato Term 3 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Colin Hope and Dr Andrea Di Castro

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded AAH2240

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the archaeology of Italy through participation in the excavations of an Etruscan and Roman site in Tuscany in collaboration with the University of Florence. It will enable students to gain experience in current fieldwork techniques, object recording, analysis and preservation, and introduce the main features of Etruscan culture and its impact upon Rome. While focusing upon one site it will also include visits to other relevant archaeological sites and important museum collections.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit the students will have:

  1. gained a basic understanding of current excavation techniques
  2. gained the ability to document and analyse artifacts
  3. been introduced to contemporary archaeological theory especially as it relates to material culture
  4. gained ability to document excavations within a contemporary framework
  5. obtained specific understanding of the site under excavation and its contribution to the wider study of Etruscan and Roman culture
  6. Third level students will be expected to demonstrate more advanced analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

Assessment

Seminar Presentation: (1800 words): 20%
Fieldwork diary: (2700 words): 30%
Research Essay: (4500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Three weeks of intensive instruction and fieldwork, based in Prato

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Ancient cultures or by permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gillian Bowen

Notes

Previously coded AAH2800

Synopsis

The unit focuses upon Athens during the 5th century BCE, the period when, in a burst of creativity, her citizens attained their greatest achievements. The unit offers an historical framework within which to explore aspects of Greek culture: literature, drama, art and architecture, religion and philosophy, and the Athenians system of government. The subject incorporates a wide selection of primary source material. Students will be encouraged to identify ways in which Athenian culture has impacted upon the western world.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students will have acquired:

  1. a knowledge of the historical context within which 5th century Athens flourished
  2. An understanding of the process by which Athens established an empire which, in turn, facilitated her innovative artistic and cultural achievements
  3. An understanding of the principles of Greek art, architecture, and rhetoric, the underlying concepts of philosophy and religion, the nature of Greek historiography, the Athenian concept of radical democracy and its variance in western ideals
  4. Critical and analytical skills, which enable the application of textual, epigraphic, archaeological, and numismatic methodologies
  5. Communication skills through debates and a mock ekklesia meeting.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (3000 words)
Tutorial presentation/participation: 20%
Test (1 hour): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

12 x 90 minute lectures and 12 x 1 hour tutorials

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Ancient Cultures or by permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gillian Bowen

Notes

Previously coded AAH2950

Synopsis

Kleopatra the Great was the last ruler of the most significant of the Hellenistic kingdoms: Egypt; she tried valiantly to save Egypt from Roman annexation. Following her suicide Egypt became a province of Rome. The unit focuses on the world into which Kleopatra was born. Themes include: the nature of Ptolemaic rule; the multicultural nature of the population under the Ptolemies; problems faced by Kleopatra and her forebears with the growing threat of Roman annexation; the heterogeneous culture that developed as a result of Roman occupation, and the way the indigenous culture flourished in spite of the profound changes it experienced. It draws upon and analyses a wide range of sources.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. A detailed knowledge of the nature of late Ptolemaic and early Roman rule in Egypt
  2. An understanding of the political situation in the Eastern Mediterranean region in the second and first centuries BCE
  3. Detailed understanding of the problems facing Kleopatra VII in her fight to save her kingdom from Roman annexation
  4. An understanding of the complexity and changing nature of Egyptian culture as a result of the introduction of Hellenism and then the Roman occupation upon the traditional culture
  5. The ability to appraise critically ancient and secondary source material, and combine a variety of types of evidence in the analysis of ancient culture.

Assessment

Written assessment (2,700 words): 60%
Tutorial presentation and participation: 20%
Within semester test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures per week
One 1-hour tutorial for 10 weeks at 2nd level

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Ancient Cultures

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Colin Hope

Notes

Previously coded AAH2970

Synopsis

This unit focuses upon a study of how the ancient Egyptians engaged with death throughout the period when pyramids were the dominant architectural manifestation of beliefs in the afterlife of the king. While these are but one form of monument used to preserve the dead and present their expectations for the next life, they epitomise the importance of preparing for that transition. The unit explores the beliefs that prompted such complex burial arrangements and those for all classes of society, and uses these to chart the development in Egyptian culture from 3050 BCE to 1750 BCE. It explores a wide range of material evidence to track these changes and explores the range of modern theories available to understand the processes involved.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have gained an understanding of the evolution and main features of Egyptian culture from the emergence of a unified state until the end of the Middle Kingdom.
  2. Have acquired an awareness of the limitations/extent of our knowledge of this culture; i.e., of the types of material that have survived and the variety of ways in which they are interpreted.
  3. Be able to display a basic understanding of the Egyptian perception of their world.
  4. Be able to display knowledge of the main sources of our textual and archaeological reconstruction of the culture.
  5. Have acquired the ability to access the full range of sources and to assess critically the current theories encountered.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Colin Hope

Notes

Previously coded AAH2990

Synopsis

The study of ancient Egypt throughout the New Kingdom, Dynasties 18-20, when Egypt was one of the dominant powers throughout the Mediterranean. It will include an introduction to the international character of Egyptian culture during the New Kingdom and focus upon four main phases within the period: the reigns of Hatshepsut and Thutmose III; Amenhotep III to Tutankhamin; Seti I and Ramesses III; and Ramesses III.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have gained an understanding of the characteristics and development of Egyptian culture throughout the New Kingdom.
  2. Have acquired an awareness of the limitations/extent of our knowledge of this culture; i.e., of the types of material that have survived and the variety of ways in which they are interpreted.
  3. Be able to display a basic understanding of the Egyptian perception of their world.
  4. Be able to display knowledge of the main sources of our textual and archaeological reconstruction of the culture.
  5. Have acquired the ability to access the tertiary sources and to assess critically the current theories encountered.
  6. Have developed an understanding of the nature and impact of international trade during the height of the Late Bronze Age and of the concepts of imperialism which developed during that time.

Assessment

Written work/test: 75% (3500 words)
tutorial presentation/participation: 25% (1000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Ancient Cultures or by permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr. Rachel Standfield

Notes

Previously coded AAS2020

Synopsis

The unit focuses on theories of race and issues of ethnicity, prejudice and racism, with particular emphasis on the continuities and discontinuities of discourses on 'race' in Australia; language use in a multicultural context; the uses of opinion polls; the representation of Indigenous people in the media and other forms of popular culture; multiculturalism and Indigenous people. The value of an interdisciplinary approach to these topics is highlighted.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should have gained an understanding of:

  1. the relationship between Indigenous Australians and social institutions
  2. how theories of race and experiences of racism continue to impact upon Indigenous people;
  3. in addition engaged with issues of research and research methodologies in relation to racism and prejudice in contemporary Australia.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First-year sequence in a related Area of Study or permission of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Standfield

Notes

Previously coded AAS2055

Synopsis

This unit critically examines the ability of white Australia to know Indigenous people through the discursive power of representation. This unit explores white Australia's attempt to represent Indigenous people, moving beyond the historical, political and legal 'facts' of the colonial encounter to address the inherent theoretical problems of 'talking' about and for Australia's Indigenous peoples. Topics covered include representation of Indigenous people in media, history, sport, culture, public administration and law. The unit is self reflexive and critically assesses way the Western academy has claimed to possess knowledge about Indigenous people and authority over Indigenous lives.

Outcomes

This unit aims to provide students with an understanding of contemporary relationships between Indigenous people and white Australia through a critical examination of how white Australia claims to know Indigenous people, cultures and history. The unit will introduce students to the problematic of representation and the theoretical and practical influence representational constructs have exerted in shaping the colonial encounter between Indigenous people and white Australia. On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate, both orally and in writing an appreciation of the broad social, cultural and historical context in which contemporary dialogues between Indigenous people and white Australia operate.

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the key theoretical frameworks through which white Australia claims knowledge about and power over Indigenous peoples and cultures.

  1. Describe and critically assess the central themes and issues that have shaped white Australian knowledge about Indigenous peoples and cultures.

  1. Acknowledge and critically examine the difference between white Australia's representational constructs of Indigenous people and the historic and contemporary realities of Australia's Indigenous peoples'.

  1. Acknowledge and critically examine the power and privilege of whiteness in contemporary Australian society.

  1. Demonstrate the various study skills and techniques necessary to successfully complete this unit and other Indigenous Studies units.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 2 hour seminar/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

1st year sequence in a related Area of Study or with the permission of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS3055, ATS3355


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Standfield

Notes

Previously coded AAS2070

Synopsis

This unit focuses on theoretical and cultural issues involved in 'studying' Australian Aboriginal Women; 'traditional' roles of Aboriginal women and their place in colonial and contemporary Australian society. It will also focus on European constructions of Aboriginal women's identity, the place of Aboriginal women in the state and the nation; Aboriginal women and feminism; media constructions and stereotypes of Aboriginal women; Aboriginal women's cultural autonomy; gender issues in land rights; and Aboriginal women's present needs and future aspirations. It will also look at the lives of Indigenous women in a global perspective.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should have acquired an understanding of:

  1. the roles of Australian Aboriginal women historically and in their communities today;
  2. the ways in which academic knowledge of Aboriginal women has been constructed;
  3. developed an awareness of the value of interdisciplinary approaches to a study of Australian Aboriginal women;
  4. the importance of Aboriginal oral testimonies, as well as the uses of film and other media in the study of Australian Aboriginal women's lives.

Assessment

Oral presentation: 10%
Minor essay: 30% (1500 words)
Major research essay: 60% (3000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in a related Area of Study or permission of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions

ATS2367, ATS3367, ATS3357


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Liam Brady

Notes

Previously coded AAS2080

Synopsis

When Europeans arrived in Australia they brought with them a complex system of laws which were markedly different to those used and practiced by Indigenous Australians for thousands of years. The subsequent imposition of European law over Indigenous law created significant tensions especially in relation to Indigenous connections to land, sea and culture. This unit undertakes an interdisciplinary study related to Indigenous Law, land rights, Native Title, Indigenous knowledge and cultural heritage. The unit critically examines some of the emerging and recent debates involving: Native Title and mining; intangible heritage (art-song-story); and general public responses to Indigenous land rights.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this units students will be able to:

  1. Describe and critically compare both orally and in writing the major shifts in approaches to native title and land rights.
  2. Evaluate the prevailing attitudes which dominate current thinking about native title from a range of disciplinary perspectives, including law, history, anthropology and archaeology.
  3. Understand the importance of native title and land rights to social justice and reconciliation.
  4. Critically analyse legal, political and historical representations of native title and understand their relationship to debates concerning the cultural politics of representation and self-determination.
  5. Demonstrate both orally and in writing an understanding of native title debates in terms of historical and contemporary relations between Indigenous peoples and the law.

Assessment

Major research essay(2500 words): 60%+ Self-reflective essay(1500 words): 30%
Oral presentation(500 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

1st year sequence in a related Area of Study or with the permission of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions

ATS3358


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor John Bradley

Notes

Previously coded AAS2090

Synopsis

Australia is the site of a remarkable diversity of systems of knowledge. Indigenous knowledge systems and systems based on western scientific tradition have often been seen as the most distant poles on a continuum that ranges from myth to science. Continuing research in Australia shows that Indigenous ecological knowledge on this continent is detailed, localised and grounded in empirical observations. In addition, Indigenous knowledge is embedded within a system of ethics that is oriented toward long-term productivity. It is usual to contrast Indigenous knowledge with non-Indigenous systems of knowledge and care in order to show their divergence or even, in many instances, their oppositions.

Outcomes

  1. To explore in depth the way in which people describe their relationship with country.
  2. To explore the way in which environmental and biological knowledge is encoded.
  3. To study ecological and scientific systems within the context of a culture.
  4. To explore how language, history, tradition, material culture, spirituality, kinship, emotion and politics are all ways in which people negotiate a relationship with the environment.
  5. To study the anthropological discourse with landscape and how knowledge about landscapes are encoded. This will involve issues such as kinship and ceremony, language and understanding ethnobiological zoological/botanical taxonomy in comparison to western Linnaean zoological and botanical taxonomy. The course will use actual case studies and will involve manipulating original material collected by the lecturer and other researchers.
  6. Address the academic debates in relation to ethnoecology from the school of thought which places cognition at the forefront of this discipline to those that believe other issues such as culture, time and concepts such as tradition and religion also influence people and their relationship to the environment.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (3500 words)
Portfolio and journal 50% (2250 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 two hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1254 or permission of the unit coordinator


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Robyn Heckenberg

Notes

Previously coded AIS2025

Synopsis

This Unit analyses two broad, interrelated themes: firstly, the political struggles and activism of Indigenous peoples; and secondly, the numerous Government policies that have affected Indigenous peoples. The first section of the Unit examines these themes from a historical perspective, exploring issues such as protectionism, the 1938 Day of Mourning, assimilation, the 1967 Referendum, self-determination and the Aboriginal Tent Embassy. The second section of the Unit discusses several contemporary Indigenous issues that relate to the two themes. These issues include: land rights, native title, deaths in custody, the stolen generation, reconciliation, treaty, welfare reform and sovereignty.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Understand the politics of Indigenous and non-Indigenous relations from the Invasion to the present day, particularly the connections between Indigenous political activism and Government policies on Indigenous issues.
  2. Have developed an awareness of the need to analyse and understand contemporary Indigenous issues in a critical historical context.
  3. Be able to analyse a range of complicated, contemporary Indigenous issues and to argue their own viewpoint on these issues.

Assessment

Essay 1 (700 words): 15%
Essay 2 (1800 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points at first year level any any discipline

Prohibitions

AIS2025, AIS3025, ATS3364


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Robyn Heckenberg

Notes

Previously coded AIS2035

Synopsis

Australian Indigenous Literature takes the scholar on a journey of listening to and reflecting upon Indigenous voices in a variety of texts, including poetry, theatre, autobiography, early writings and film. The course is intended to expose students to an Indigenous way of seeing history, social issues and life in general. The diversity of Indigenous perspectives and life styles will become apparent, as will the creativity of Indigenous voices in Australia today. Students will gain abilities in critical thinking and analysis of material covered.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  • Have gained a broader appreciation of Indigenous Australian Literature through a variety of formats.
  • Appreciate the diversity of cultural and historical backgrounds of Indigenous people by being exposed to a diverse range of Indigenous creativity
  • Have gained understanding of the main social and cultural issues that Indigenous people see as relevant
  • Have gained abilities in being able to critically examine and analyse a variety of texts
  • Have developed greater writing skills.

Assessment

Essay (1500) : 30%
Journal (1000 words) : 25%
2 hour exam: 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A sequence of first year subjects

Prohibitions

AIS1040, AIS2035, AIS3035, ATS3365


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Robyn Heckenberg

Notes

Previously coded AIS2045

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an historical and contemporary overview of Australian Indigenous Art.The unit contextualises the place of Art in Indigenous culture posing interesting questions and points of view in relation to links to Country, diversity of Indigenous society and art used as a voice piece. The unit will also examine the growth in the participation of Indigenous artists in the marketplace and issues of copyright and intellectual property.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have gained an insight into the importance and relevance of art practice to the core cultural practices of Australian Indigenous societies, including links to the land and the Dreaming
  2. Have been introduced and be able to articulate the complexity and diversity of Australian Indigenous culture as reflected in art and craft (material culture).
  3. Have an understanding of the major issues of concern to Indigenous artists, including copyright and intellectual property issues.
  4. Have discussed and understood how contemporary Indigenous art practice reflects social and political concerns of Indigenous Australians.

At level 3, students will have an understanding of how to critique and analyse the work of Indigenous urban art work.

Assessment

Poster or alternate presentation (500 words): 10%
short written work (1000 words): 25%
Essay/Report(2500 words): 55%
Journal daily: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AIS2045, AIS3045, ATS3366


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Robyn Heckenberg

Notes

Previously coded AIS2808

Synopsis

This unit will assist students to acquire analytical and research skills which will enable them to examine and discuss objectively the application of human rights in Australia, in both a general sense and specifically in relation to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people. This unit also aims to assist students to examine their knowledge and understanding of human rights, and which human rights Australian citizens can expect to have applied on their behalf by Australian Governments.

Assessment

Essay (2250 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points at first year in any discipline

Prohibitions

AIS2808, AIS3808, ATS3369, GSC3804


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julian Millie

Notes

Previously coded ANY2110

Synopsis

The unit examines some of the contributions that anthropologists and sociologists have made to our understanding of religion. The unit concentrates in particular on the relevance of the concepts of 'magic', 'science' and 'religion' for a comparative understanding of rituals and associated cosmologies in a variety of sociocultural settings.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should have:

  1. An understanding of the development of Western thought in relation to science and religion and the influence of this on anthropological approaches to the study of non-Western religious traditions.
  2. An appreciation of the nature of rationalities underlying behaviour in other cultures.
  3. Knowledge of some non-Western magico-religious beliefs and practices through the examination of specific ethnographic case studies.
  4. Critical and reflexive skills that will enable them to provide thoughtful, clearly written and logically argued responses to topics and questions provided or chosen.

Assessment

Essay (3500 words): 50%
Seminar presentation and participation: 10%
Examination (3 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Anthropology or permission

Prohibitions

ATS3371


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded ANY2170

Synopsis

This unit explores the relation between film and ethnography by examining how cultures are 'visualised' - documented and represented on celluloid, usually in productions that are aimed at an educational audience rather than one that seeks pure entertainment. The ethical responsibilities of the filmmaker, the political dimension of filmic representation and the practical problems of recording another culture without 'exoticising' it will be studied. The unit also explores the issue of when visual representation can be more (or less) effective than textual discussions.

Outcomes

Students in this subject can expect to:

  1. Become familiar with a range of ethnographic films.
  2. Further their understanding of issues involved in the politics of representation.
  3. Situate ethnographic film in relation to both a written tradition of ethnography and other filmed products.
  4. Develop their capacity to apply theories 'visually' as well as 'textually'.
  5. Improve written and oral skills in presenting, discussing and evaluating ideas and issues in anthropology by studying particular films in some detail.

Assessment

Written work and film reviews: 70%
Exam: 20%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

4 hours (1 x 2 hour film screening, 1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Appropriate first-year ANY sequence or by permission

Prohibitions

COS2170 and ATS3373


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded ANY2180

Synopsis

This unit presents witchcraft as a topic integral to the anthropology of religion, relevant both to earlier generations of scholars attempting to study religion objectively and to present-day scholars exploring witchcraft as a cultural phenomenon in the industrialised West. In this unit, students approach the study of witchcraft from both angles, asking: Why have narratives of witchcraft circulated so successfully in different cultural contexts for long historical periods? In what ways do pagan groups borrow from mainstream ideologies and practices, and in what ways subvert them? How can anthropologists investigate the interplay between religious practices and their representations?

Outcomes

After successfully completing this unit, students in ATS2374 will be able to:

a. discuss the development of anthropological theories of religion through the lens of ethnographic work on witchcraft

b. identify key definitions of witchcraft in the anthropological canon, and discuss their relevance to studies of modern neopagan religious movements

c. discuss the emerging ethnography of modern neopagan religious movements

d. use specific case studies to evaluate the validity of generalisations about witchcraft.

Aims: Students are expected to develop their abilities to:

  1. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with ethnographic accounts
  2. read written sources and view visual material critically
  3. assess their own preconceived ideas about what witchcraft is
  4. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

Assessment

Participation : 10%
In-class exam (1000) : 20%
Research essay 1 (1500) : 30%
Research essay 2 (2000) : 40%
Students taking the unit at Level 3 as part of a major in Anthropology will be required in their essays to show how the literature on witchcraft has contributed to broader developments in anthropological theory.

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

Either ATS2374 or ATS3374 but not both


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr James Scambary

Notes

Previously coded ANY2350

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to an anthropological approach to politics. For this unit, politics does not simply include 'elements of culture'; politics is also deeply cultural from the start. Combining classical and current materials from the field of anthropology, this unit will focus on everyday life and how ordinary subjects (also "people in power") construe politics. In particular, this unit will examine how power works at different levels such as bodily practices, interpersonal interaction, community life, public and private spaces, the order of the state, and in realms directly beyond the precincts of the state. Based on ethnographic examples from Australia, Asia, Africa, Europe, Middle East and Latin America, this unit will introduce students to key concepts and debates in anthropology of politics and empower students with skills and insights to have a fresh, rich understanding of what politics is and how politics is (un)done.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit should be able to:

  1. Have a sophisticated introductory comprehension of key concepts and debates in the anthropology of politics;
  2. Equip themselves with a fresh and nuanced understanding of the importance, scope and distinctiveness of anthropology's contribution to the analysis of politics and power in Western, non-Western, postcolonial countries;
  3. Engage in a critical appraisal of different theoretical approaches and methodological issues to the study of politics as conceived in this unit;
  4. Appreciate and get familiar with the ongoing reinvention of the "anthropology of the political" inspired by post-structuralism and postcolonial theory;
  5. Grasp, critique, and develop an argument, and demonstrate its effective application. This unit aims to further sharpen students' argumentative skills through oral presentations and question-answer form of interaction with the lecturer as well as peer students.
  6. Understand better the working of the principles and practices of current, modern politics in the "West" and in the "East" alike.

Assessment

ThinkPiece Presentation and Class Participation: 10%
Short Essay: 10%
Mid Term Exam: 30 %
Major Essay: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in International Relations or Politics or Anthropology or History or Sociology or a cognate discipline or by permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3376


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Sara Niner

Synopsis

This unit takes an anthropological approach to critiquing international development and understanding the notion of the 'third world'. It explores how ethnography can improve our understanding of the development process, relationships between the 'north' and 'south' and the place of the 'third world' in contemporary globalisation. The unit examines the ways anthropologists theorise social and economic patterns of change; how development policy is imagined, produced, and received (or resisted) across multiple cultural contexts; and how development (and therefore the third world) is imagined and defined through specific case studies of approaches, institutions and practitioners in the field.

Outcomes

Students can expect to develop:

  1. An understanding of global inequalities and how these impact on different groups of people;
  2. A thorough grounding in theories and models explaining the historical context of global inequalities;
  3. A comprehension of dominant discourses and trends in development;
  4. An awareness of the culture of organisations, institutions and practitioners of development;
  5. An understanding of how development has affected particular cultures and places;
  6. The analytical skills to evaluate approaches to development from an anthropological perspective;
  7. An awareness of problems and issues in utilising development strategies and theories;
  8. An appreciation of the history, philosophy and practice of qualitative social research;
  9. An understanding of a range of methods used in qualitative social research;
  10. An awareness of some of the key issues, debates and controversies associated with conducting qualitative research, and an appreciation of the complexity of conducting such research;
  11. An appreciation of the meaning and role of both ethics and reflexivity in qualitative social research; and
  12. The ability to practically undertake some kinds of qualitative social research.

Assessment

Written work (3500 Words): 80%
Seminar participation/presentations: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Anthropology or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS3378, AZA2378, AZA3378


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedPrato Term 3 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rebecca-Anne Do Rozario

Synopsis

The unit explores the history and diversity of fairy tale in Italy, from the proposition that literary fairy tale originated in Venice and Naples to more contemporary recordings of tales. Students will learn theoretical approaches through which to examine the nature of Italian fairy tales and take into consideration issues of cultural production, consumption and political influence. There will be an opportunity for students to consider the genre in their own creative writing.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will have attained

  1. A knowledge of the historical background of fairy tales;
  2. A critical understanding of the development of oral and literary storytelling traditions;
  3. A critical understanding of the major thematic paradigms of fairy tale in Italy;
  4. An informed grasp of the relation between fairy tale and other literary and dramatic genres;
  5. The ability to analyse fairy through cultural, ideological and historical frameworks;
  6. An enhanced capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the School.

For 3rd level:

  1. A more sophisticated knowledge of theoretical concepts and more fully developed analytical and interpretative skills (than students completing level 2 of the unit).

Assessment

Class test (900 words): 20%
Essay (900 words): 20%
Essay (2700 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Week One: 3 x 1 hour lectures, 4 x 2 hour seminars plus fieldwork
Week Two: 3 x 1 hour lectures, 4 x 2 hour seminars plus fieldwork

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two first year gateway units in Literary studies or by permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Beatrice Trefalt

Notes

Previously coded ASN2020

Synopsis

This unit examines the legacies of World War II in the Asia Pacific region, especially Japan,Korea, China, Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia and the Philippines. It considers such well-known events as the Nanking Massacre of 1937 and the sexual slavery of so-called 'comfort women , as well as lesser known issues such as the use of Asian forced labour on the Burma-Thailand Railway or the experiences of colonial soldiers (Korean, Taiwanese, Filipino, Indian) in the conflict. Importantly, the unit examines critically how debates about the past affect international and domestic relations in the region, and why the wartime past continues to haunt Japan and its neighbours to this day.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the unit, the students should have acquired

  1. a solid foundation of knowledge about the Second World War in Asia and the Pacific
  2. familiarity with specific issues related to war legacies and war memory
  3. critical insights into the contested and fluid nature of representations of the past
  4. research and interpretation skills through tutorial preparation and participation, and through the submission of written assignments
  5. practice in presenting and debating ideas and interpretations effectively and in an informed manner, both orally and in writing.

Assessment

Written work (3000 words): 70%
1 hour Exam: 20%
Tutorial contribution: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week for 12 weeks
One 1-hour tutorial per week for 11 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in International Studies, Japanese Studies or permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3382


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Rebecca Wheatley

Notes

Previously coded AUS2000

Synopsis

Why is war central to the shaping of Australian identity? How has it defined our place in the region and the world? This unit explores the experience of Australians at war, from the colonial period to the Landing at Gallipoli and through the major conflicts of the twentieth century. It focuses on the 'face of battle' and how human conflict affected men and women on the front line. 'Anzac Legends' will examine the role of war in both consolidating and challenging definitions of gender, national and racial identity. It will explore the changing representation of war memory in film and literature and includes excursions to the Australian War Memorial in Canberra and/or Melbourne's Shrine.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of the history of Australia's involvement in war and the significance of that involvement, and have interrogated the mythologies that have grown up around Anzac;
  2. exhibit an in-depth understanding of the lived experience of war and an ability to interrogate personal testimonies.
  3. show an awareness of the historical and social context of Australia's involvement in particular campaigns and how these have redefined Australia's relationship with the region and the world;
  4. have built the capacity to research and critically evaluate topical and historiographical debates regarding the impact of war on Australian identity and society.
  5. have developed skills in constructing evidence-based arguments using a variety of primary and secondary sources, and demonstrated their ability to reflect critically on what they have learnt.
  6. have developed skills in written and oral presentation and communication.

Assessment

Short essay (based on excursion) (1000 words): 20%
Major essay (2000 words): 40%
Seminar contribution: 20% Test (one hour): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 hour lecture + 1 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS3385


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Professor Bruce Scates

Notes

Previously coded AUS2001

Synopsis

How has the landscape shaped the definition of what it means to be Australian? How has Australia responded to the global challenge of creating a sustainable society? Have non-indigenous Australians learned from Aboriginal relationships with the natural environment, and what challenges do we now face in living with the land? This unit considers the climatic, cultural and economic forces which have shaped the landscape, exploring the dynamic interaction between Australians and their environment. It draws on a range of disciplines, including history, tourism, literature, geography, politics, journalism and cultural studies. It includes intensive field trips/excursions to the historic Rocks area of Sydney, indigenous sites and wilderness areas.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Demonstrate a familiarity with the major themes in the field of Australian environmental history with a particular focus on the challenges and opportunities of sustainability.
  2. Exhibit a critical understanding of changing perceptions of the Australian environment.
  3. Demonstrate an understanding of the climatic, cultural and economic forces that help to determine natural resource usage.
  4. Have engaged with global debates about the challenges of sustainable development.
  5. Have built the capacity to research and critically evaluate topical and historiographical debates regarding the impact of war on Australian identity and society.
  6. Have developed skills in constructing evidence-based arguments using a variety of primary and secondary sources, and demonstrated their ability to reflect critically on what they have learnt.
  7. Have developed skills in written and oral presentation and communication.
  8. Have developed a capacity to undertake location-based fieldwork, enhancing personal resilience and the capacity to work cooperatively in teams, and conduct independent research.
  9. Students taking this unit at Level 3 will demonstrate a higher level of skills in independent research and critical analysis.

Assessment

Seminar contribution, includes presentation and journal(2000 words equivalent): 20%
Minor essay,based on excursion(2000 words): 20%
Major essay(4000 words): 40%
Test(1000 words equivalent): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Intensive mode including on campus seminars and a study tour of 5-10 days.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3386, APG4712, APG5728


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedPrato Term 3 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Bruce Scates

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded AUS2002

Synopsis

This Unit begins with a study tour of Istanbul and the Gallipoli Peninsula, walking the gullies and the ridges and reconstructing the Anzac campaign of 1915. We then move to Prato (near Florence) for a week of seminars/workshops and excursions to commemorative sites in Florence and Bologna. After Prato, we will fly to Brussels for the Western Front component, exploring the major Australian battles and museums in Flanders and on the Somme. The program concludes in Paris. A series of onsite lectures and workshops will introduce students to the nature and experience of war on the Gallipoli peninsula and the Western Front. Topics will include the making of the Anzac Legend, war and the experience of overseas travel, the Homeric tradition and the changing nature of battle, pilgrimage, cultural tourism, the making of commemorative landscapes, the demise of the Ottoman Empire and the making of a new Europe. While based on the Gallipoli Peninsula, students will research a battle in depth and present their findings on the battlefield or related site of memory.

Outcomes

Students who engage with the unit content will develop:

  1. A critical understanding of the history of Australia's involvement in the Great War and the way that conflict has been remembered and commemorated.
  2. An in depth understanding of the lived experience of war and an ability to locate and interrogate personal testimonies and other primary sources to assist in this understanding.
  3. Knowledge of the historical and social context of Australia's involvement in the Great War the impact of this involvement on Australia's relationship with the region and the world.
  4. A familiarity with the major historiographical issues surrounding the impact of World War I on Australian identity and society.
  5. An understanding of the impact of the First World War on civil society and how the war shaped Europe and the Middle East in the twentieth century.
  6. An ability to conduct independent research and to work collaboratively in groups.
  7. An ability to communicate expressively and critically in both oral and written forms on the complex questions of involvement in human conflict.
  8. An understanding of different theoretical approaches to the writing of history and the history of warfare in particular (third year students would be expected to acquire a greater degree of sophistication in applying critical and theoretical approaches).
  9. Personal skills in the course of their travel and engagement with people from other cultures.

Assessment

Assignment based on excursion (2000 words): 20%
One major essay (4000 words): 40%
Class presentation: 20%
Test (1 hour): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

36 contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units inArts or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS3387, ATS2388, ATS3388, ATS2389, ATS3389, ATS2390, ATS3390


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Summer semester A 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Agnieszka Sobocinska

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Study Overseas page for further information.
Previously coded AUS2060

Synopsis

This unit examines Australia's past and present relations with Asia, culminating in a study tour of an Asian country. It traverses a broad terrain, investigating cross-cultural contact at political and diplomatic, economic and trade, as well as cultural and personal levels. The unit places contemporary events within their broader historical contexts, to identify enduring themes that influence Australian-Asian relations. It also looks ahead to future developments as Australia negotiates the 'Asian Century'. The unit begins in Australia, before students embark on a study tour of an Asian nation to gain an in-depth awareness of the complex social, cultural and political context of Asia, and how Australia fits into a regional frame.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the breadth and complexity of Australia's contacts with Asia, at diplomatic, economic, social and cultural levels.
  2. Exhibit an understanding of the ways in which past encounters, discourses and policies affect contemporary cross-cultural and international relations.
  3. Have attained an understanding of the impacts of representation and discourse in shaping international relations.
  4. Have developed the capacity to reflect on the implications between personal attitudes and views and broader patterns of culture and discourse.
  5. Have developed skills in constructing evidence-based arguments using a variety of primary and secondary sources, and demonstrated their ability to reflect critically on what they have learnt.
  6. Have developed skills in written and oral presentation and communication.
  7. Have developed a capacity to undertake location-based fieldwork, enhancing personal resilience and the capacity to work cooperatively in teams, and conduct independent research.
  8. Students taking this unit at Level 3 will demonstrate a higher level of skills in independent research and critical analysis.

Assessment

Reflective diary: 20%
Major essay: 40%
Test: 20%
Class presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Intensive mode including on campus seminars and a study tour of 5-10 days.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Agnieszka Sobocinska

Notes

Previously coded AUS2070

Synopsis

This unit examines Australia's international contacts from the nineteenth century to the present day, focussing particularly on shifting relations with Britain, the United States and Asia across political, military, strategic, economic, cultural and personal levels. The unit examines how representations of foreigners and 'Others' have changed over time, and how these shaped Australian relations with the world. This will allow students to gain an understanding of how past issues continue to shape Australia's global relations, and how foreign, public and trade policy is developed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the history of Australia's international contacts from the nineteenth century to the present day;
  2. have engaged with theoretical debates about the process and effects of Australia's experience of globalisation across political, military, strategic, economic and cultural levels;
  3. exhibit an understanding of how scientific and popular assumptions about foreigners and Others change over time, and how they relate to foreign affairs;
  4. have developed an understanding of how the history of Australia's international connections impact on contemporary situations;
  5. demonstrate an understanding of how governments construct policy to manage foreign relations;
  6. have built the capacity to research and critically evaluate topical debates regarding Australia's political, economic and cultural relations with the world;
  7. have developed skills in constructing evidence-based arguments using a variety of primary and secondary sources, and demonstrated their ability to reflect critically on what they have learnt;
  8. have developed skills in written and oral presentation and communication.

Assessment

Tutorial participation/presentation: 10%
Major essay: 40%
Policy creation exercise: 30%
Test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hrs (1 x 2 hr lecture, 1 x1 hr tutorial)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3395


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitBehavioural Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Francesca Collins

Notes

Previously coded BHS2711

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the development of personality theory from the late 19th century to the present time. A range of theories and theorists will be examined reflecting the dominant analytic, phenomenological, humanistic and cognitive paradigms. Each theory will be explored in relation to the historical, cultural and social context from which it emerged and the personal history of the originating theorist. No theory will be viewed in isolation, rather each will be evaluated and compared in relation to the others.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. familiarity with the major theoretical approaches to personality and individual differences
  2. an understanding of the historical and social contexts in which these theoretical approaches emerged
  3. an in-depth knowledge of one of the major theoretical approaches to personality and individual differences.

Assessment

Written work 60%
Class tests 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3400, GSC2711, GSC3711, PSS2711, ATS2819


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Eva Anagnostou-Laoutides

Notes

Previously coded CLA2040

Synopsis

This unit explores the theatre of Classical Greece through a study of the surviving plays of the fifth century dramatists. Students will be introduced to the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides, and the comedies of Aristophanes. We will examine the social and religious function of theatre in Classical Athens, and study the nature and development of theatrical performance. We will also examine the architecture of the theatre through a study of archaeological remains and the internal evidence of the plays. Students will be introduced to a range of critical approaches to Greek drama. Texts will be studies in translation.

Outcomes

By the completion of this subject students will have read all of the prescribed selection of authentic texts in translation and selected secondary texts/readings provided. Students will have gained and be able to demonstrate:

  1. A knowledge of the historical and cultural background to the prescribed selection of authentic texts, and a context-based understanding of them.
  2. A general knowledge and understanding of the themes and issues that are generated in the plays studied.
  3. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the reception of Greek drama in 5th century Athens, both in a cultural, philosophical and pedagogical context.
  4. Knowledge of the literary qualities/character of the received (written) text and the way in which they shed light on the tradition of their performance.
  5. The ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in secondary sources.
  6. The ability to develop their own interpretations and understanding of the primary texts.

Assessment

Written work: (4000 words): 85%
Class test: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AGS2040, ATS3402


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Mark Kelly

Notes

Previously coded CLS2000

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce students to some of those key contemporary philosophical ideas which are used in cinematic, literary and cultural criticism and generally brought together under the heading 'critical theory'. It aims to present an overview of leading figures within twentieth-century and contemporary critical theory including Theodor Adorno, Walter Benjamin, Jacques Derrida, Gilles Deleuze, Jacques Ranciere, Alain Badiou, Michel Foucault and Hannah Arendt. The unit will also encourage students to discuss the issues that these thinkers raise. Each class will focus in detail on a specific essay by one of the authors mentioned.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this subject students should be able to:

  1. read and criticise some of the major texts of critical theory
  2. use the terminology of contemporary criticism with confidence
  3. make their own writing responsive to the issues considered in critical theory
  4. apply aspects of theoretical learning to their study of texts
  5. have a communicative competence in the discourse of theory as such

Assessment

Exam (2 hrs): 40%
Written work (2500 words): 50%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Literary studies or Philosophy

Prohibitions

ATS3405


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrizia Sambuco

Notes

Previously coded CLS2045

Synopsis

The unit consists of three interrelated modules. The first focuses on the construction of the self, covering key theoretical debates on autobiography and self-invention. In the second module, we focus on biography and its relationship with evidence, documents and truth. In the third module we explore the relationship between women's life writing fictional recreation and historical interpretation and reflect on the process and implications involved in writing women's history.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. have an understanding of the theoretical debate regarding autobiography and biography
  2. develop a deeper understanding of specific examples of world literature
  3. analyse women's writing lives with particular reference to historical interpretations and autobiography

Assessment

Essay (1500 words) or auto/biographical project agreed upon with subject coordinator (1500 words or equivalent): 30%
Research essay (2500 words): 40%
Tutorial paper in the form of an initial presentation of the research essay: 20%
Class participation: 10%
In the essay students will be expected to develop a deeper theoretical understanding of a text of their choice not studied in class.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week or 22 hours per semester
One additional 1-hour tutorial per week (specific to the language - for language students only)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stewart King

Notes

Previously coded CLS2075

Synopsis

This unit will investigate crime fiction across a number of different international contexts, including anglophone. What is the relationship between crime, culture and community? What function does crime fiction serve? In what ways do gender and ideology intersect with crime narratives? How are national myths produced and circulated in such narratives? What are the interactions between written fictional narratives and narratives in other media?

Outcomes

At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

  1. To discuss and analyse crime fiction critically, using contemporary methodologies.
  2. To explain the relations between culture and the crime fictions which circulate in it.
  3. To understand, feel comfortable with and be able to articulate the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses studied.
  4. To demonstrate a sense of their own personal and cultural reflexivity as they observe and interpret the theories, concepts and texts analysed in the unit.
  5. To write clear, grammatically and syntactically appropriate, independent essays on topics provided or chosen for assessment.

Assessment

One essay (2250 words): 50%
One class project (2250 words equivalent): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies or permission.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded CLS2080

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to contemporary discussion and debate about science fiction. It will examine:

  1. Various theoretical approaches to the analysis of science fiction.
  2. The historical development of the genre from the gothic through to cyberpunk.
  3. The debates over the genre's social role, whether as a source for the stabilisation or for the subversion of social norms.
  4. A number of key science fiction texts, drawn from the novel, film and television.

The approach will be from a cultural studies perspective, which will seek to problematise the conventional binary oppositions between high and low culture, literature and fiction.

Outcomes

At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

  1. To demonstrate a knowledge both of various theoretical approaches to the analysis of science fiction and of the historical development of the genre from the Gothic through to Cyberpunk.
  2. To demonstrate a critical understanding both of the debates over the genre's social role, whether as a source for the stabilisation or for the subversion of social norms, and of a number of science fiction texts, drawn from the novel, film and television.
  3. To understand, feel comfortable with and be able to articulate the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses studied.
  4. To demonstrate a sense of their own personal and cultural reflexivity as they observe and interpret the theories, concepts and texts analysed in the unit.
  5. To write clear, grammatically and syntactically appropriate, independent essays on the various topics provided or chosen for assessment.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week or 22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies or permission of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions

ATS3413


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kate Rigby

Notes

Previously coded CLS2550

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the new forms of representation and ways of thinking that emerged in Europe in association with the Romantic movement. It will focus in particular on Romantic reconceptualisations of literature, history and nationhood, God and nature, art and the self. Romanticism will be considered both as a revolutionary period in European history and as a continuing strand of Western culture. Writers discussed will come from various European traditions.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will have:

  1. Developed a general understanding of the new ways of thinking and writing about history and nationhood, God and nature, art and the self that were articulated by European philosophers and writers associated with the Romantic movement;
  2. Gained a more in-depth knowledge of the work of at least two Romantic philosophers and/or writers from different parts of Europe;
  3. Become more aware of the ongoing legacy of European Romanticism in contemporary Western culture;
  4. Continued the development of their skills in the areas of research, textual analysis and interpretation, and communication, both oral and written.

Assessment

Written work (3600 words): 80%
Test (1-hour): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week or 22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies or by permission


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Professor Kate Rigby

Notes

Previously coded CLS2820

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the new field of ecologically oriented literary and cultural studies, or 'ecocriticism'. It will critically examine various cultural constructions of 'nature' and 'the body' in a range of texts exemplifying different discourses of nature (e.g. mythological, philosophical, scientific) and literary genres (e.g. drama, narrative, poetry) from a range of different geographical and historical contexts. In addition, consideration will be given to the development of a number of distinct approaches within the field of current environmental literary and cultural studies.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will have:

  1. Developed an understanding of some of the implications of ecological thinking with regard to literary and cultural studies;
  2. Enhanced their ability to recognise and discuss critically the cultural assumptions about 'nature' and 'the body' informing a variety of significant (religious, philosophical and creative) texts in different genres from a range of geographical and historical contexts;
  3. Familiarised themselves with a number of distinct theoretical approaches within ecocritical literary and cultural studies and learnt to apply at least one of these;
  4. Continued the development of their skills in the areas of research, textual analysis and interpretation in the field of environmental literary and cultural studies;
  5. Demonstrated their ability to apply ecocritical perspectives to the analysis and interpretation of one or more texts in the form of a logically ordered written argument.

Assessment

Written work) (2700 words): 60%
Exam (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week or 22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Leah Garrett

Notes

Previously coded CLS2840

Synopsis

Over the last one hundred years, Jewish writers throughout the world have composed a remarkable array of works that deal with the modern experience. Students will analyze an array of modern Jewish creative writing and consider the following questions: How did the writers understand modernism and their own identities as modern writers? How did they deal with issues of Jewishness and the intersection of the Jewish and the modern? What were the influences in their writings from European and American literature? How did they place their work in the larger framework of Jewish literature? What language did they choose to write in and what was the significance of that choice?

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit, students will:

  1. be familiar with an array of modern Jewish writers;
  2. have developed their tools of comparative analysis when researching authors who work in a broad range of languages;
  3. have honed their evaluative tools when approaching writers composing at the same time but in different countries.

Assessment

Written work (3500 words): 60%
Class Presentation and Participation (500 words): 20%
Test (1 hour): 20%

Workload requirements

One 2- hour seminar per week or 22 hours per semester.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year gateway unit in Literary Studies or Jewish studiesor permission of the unit coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded COM2050

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the technological, social, economic and political forces driving the development, and adoption of new media and communications technologies. It examines case studies of when 'old technologies were new' such as the telegraph and radio as well as the social shaping of very recent examples of new media, such as Facebook, Sina Weibo, Qzone, Renren and Twitter. Instrumentalist, substantivist and technologically determinist perspectives on new media will be compared as a means of understanding the dynamic convergence of telecommunications, IT and media industries.

Outcomes

At the completion of this subject students are expected to:

  1. Have gained knowledge of the historical development of new media technologies, and their influence on everyday perceptions of time and space.
  2. Have developed an understanding of contemporary developments in communications internationally;
  3. Understand the processes and effects of media convergence, with particular reference to Internet and other emergent technologies;
  4. Have developed an understanding about the forces driving the information revolution;
  5. Have developed an understanding of the issues arising from mass adoption of new media technologies;
  6. Have developed the ability to critically assess the social, cultural, political impacts of communications developments.

Assessment

Short essay (1575 words): 35%
Moodle posts (1125 words): 25%
2 Hour exam (1800 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture/seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Both Gateway units ATS1279, ATS1280 in Communications

Prohibitions

ATS3436, AZA2436, AZA3436


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andy Ruddock

Notes

Previously coded COM2080

Synopsis

This unit analyses what research on young media users reveals about the media's social influence. The unit covers topics such as media violence, the political effects of social media, international reality television, the relationship between mobile phones and gendered identities and advertising practices. It considers a wide array of genres, including music, film, news, reality media, advertising, gaming and comedy. The unit draws on international case studies from Australia, China, Columbia, Finland, the Middle East, Nigeria, Sierra Leone, the UK and the USA. The overall point is that media matter to young people because it is increasingly difficult to live a social life without having access to media resources. For this reason, it is important to appreciate how the experiences of young media users inform new agendas in the fields of critical media studies and media education.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain how media affect how young people experience the world.
  2. Understand the major conceptual and methodological challenges in researching media influence.
  3. Appreciate the strengths and limitations of various qualitative and quantitative approaches to media research.
  4. Appreciate the relationship between studies of cultural industries, media texts and media audiences.
  5. Be able to define media research questions through the appropriate selection of concepts and case studies, developed through a process of drafting and redrafting written work.

Assessment

Written assignment 1 (1350 words): 30%
Written assignment 2 (1350 words): 30%
2 Hours exam(1800 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Tebbutt

Notes

Previously coded COM2100

Synopsis

This unit introduces a key theoretical concept in the field of media and communications studies, the public sphere. It tracks the emergence of the theory of the public sphere, analyses the multiple uses and related applications of the concept, and explains how the public sphere relates to traditional and new communications and media environments. Attention is given to the changing character of the public sphere over time, and the advent of a so-called 'postmodern public sphere' during the past twenty years.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

  1. Outline the emergence and historical development of the public sphere.
  2. Analyse and understand the role of the media industries in public life and communication, especially how these industries mediate politics in both formal and informal contexts.
  3. Nominate and explain contemporary media developments and issues that structure, inform and reflect the condition of the public sphere.
  4. Display written and verbal evidence of knowledge and critical thinking skills based around the theory of the public sphere, as well as related concepts and issues.

Assessment

Essay (1800 words): 40%
2 Hour exam (2250 words): 50%
Group presentation (450 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture/seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Both Gateway units ATS1279 and ATS1280 in Communications

Prohibitions

ATS3440


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simone Murray

Notes

Previously coded COM2130

Synopsis

The book is the oldest communications medium. It continues to thrive, constantly adapting to changes in the broader media environment. Print Cultures considers the characteristics of print as a medium and the role of the book as an information architecture. It comprises 3 modules:

  1. Theories and Methodologies introduces medium theory, history of the book, cultural policy studies and political economy approaches
  2. Socio-Cultural Dimensions of Books analyses the contemporary international book world, including the roles of publishers, editors, literary agents, booksellers, reading groups and libraries
  3. Book Futures focuses on the book's increasing convergence with digital media.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will demonstrate:

  1. Appreciation of the psychological, social and cultural characteristics of print communication and its differences from oral and electronic mediums
  2. Ability to discern longitudinal developments in the history of media and communications and to contextualise contemporary developments accurately
  3. Ability to assess the book's continuing place in the contemporary global media environment, and to account for national and regional variations in creative industries and cultural policy
  4. Knowledge of the industrial phases through which books progress between their creation and consumption, and skill in evaluating the impact of various intervening book industry stakeholders
  5. Skill in critically analysing the many interfaces of the book with digital media technologies and accounting for the symbiotic relationship between the two platforms
  6. Solid advanced undergraduate-level competence in locating, analysing and comparing diverse research resources in both print and digital forms
  7. Self-conscious awareness of how the medium used to communicate affects the message communicated, and factoring of this awareness into future learning.

Assessment

Briefing paper (750 words): 20%
Research essay (1350 words): 30%
End of semester exam (1800 words): 40%
Seminar leadership and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First-year gateway units in Communications, or Literary Studies, or Film and Screen Studies, or any other first-year sequence approved by unit Co-ordinator

Prohibitions

ATS3442


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedPrato Term 3 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robin Gerster

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded COM2150

Synopsis

The unit maps the roots and routes of English-language travel in Italy, from the aristocratic travel of the English Renaissance, to the Grand Tourists of the twentieth century, to the rise of middle-class tourism and the travel genre in the nineteenth century, to the mass tourism and cyber travel of today. In an eclectic range of sources, including travel books, essays and fiction, a central focus will be on contemporary or near-contemporary cultural responses to Italy (including those articulated in guidebooks), and also how the country is 'packaged' for the consumption of foreign travelers in the discourses of the tourism industry.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students will have:

  1. a clear understanding of the place of Italy in the imagination of English-language travelers
  2. a critical sense of the historical development of cultural responses to Italy articulated in a range of texts
  3. knowledge of the relationship between travel and ideology, especially in specific cultural (including gendered) contexts
  4. an informed grasp of contemporary critical and theoretical approaches to the diverse discourses of travel and representation
  5. a grasp of the changing practices of travel and tourism
  6. critical perspectives on the processes of the production and reception of travel texts.

Assessment

Research exercise (1800 words): 40%
Essay (1800 words): 40%
Test (900 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two week intensive:
Week 1
Four 1-hour lectures
Four 2-hour seminars

Week 2
Two 1-hour lectures
Four 2-hour seminars plus field work

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two first-year gateway units in Literary studies or Communications or by permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Shane Homan

Notes

Previously coded COM2240

Synopsis

In this unit students consider the key social, political and technological contexts in the development of the Australian media, and its significance within Australian life. It investigates the growth of the print, radio, television, popular music and cinema industries and accompanying national contexts including media ownership patterns, media policy settings and audience formations/desires. The subject examines both the building of forums for national debate, but also how the media industries assisted in the construction of nationhood. Through the study of different histories of media and approaches to media history, students gain an understanding of contemporary local media landscapes.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the key communication technologies through Australian history and identify the political and social contexts associated with their introduction
  2. an assessment of the complex relationships between governments, audiences and industries in different eras through the use of specific case studies
  3. an ability to critically and independently engage with key debates and issues arising from historical media and successive media/cultural studies interpretations
  4. an ability to apply broader media studies concepts to distinct local contexts
  5. an ability to explain and analyse course concepts and debates in written and oral forms
  6. Third year students will be required to demonstrate a greater depth of analysis and engagement with conceptual frameworks arising from a higher level of independent research.

Assessment

Media history research essay (900 words): 20%
Case study essay (2700 words): 60%
Take home exam (900 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture/seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Both Gateway units ATS1279 and ATS1280 in Communications

Prohibitions

ATS3446


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Cooper

Notes

Previously coded COM2408

Synopsis

An introduction to the study of film and television/video as mediums of fictional and documentary narrative. Major developments in the history of cinema. Films will be analysed formally in terms of narrative, editing, mise en scene, shots, lighting and sound, and stylistically in terms of genre and authorship. Different theoretical approaches to screen studies including aestheticism, discourse analysis and semiotics.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will have demonstrated ability to;

  1. Analyse and evaluate screen representations, on film and television, in terms of: stylistic elements (mise-en-scene, shots, editing, lighting and sound); narrative form
  2. Aspects of screen theory: genre, authorship
  3. Gender, psychoanalysis; historical and social contexts of production and reception
  4. They will also have an understanding of a range of critical and theoretical approaches to screen studies and their place in the wider field of cultural studies.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1277 and ATS1278 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS3448, COM2408, COM3408, GSC2408, GSC3408


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Graham Jones

Notes

Previously coded COM2409

Synopsis

Media Texts introduces a range of ways of conceiving, composing and reading representation in general, and uses these techniques to analyse particular media texts. The unit considers how traditional depictions of media texts as narrative and as ideology underpin many common-sense readings of media representations, before broaching the analysis of such texts in terms of discourse and textuality. The unit also examines a range of compositional technqiues with regard to their potentia social, conceptual and corporeal effects, before speculating on how these techniques can connect with established textual histories and reading protocols to enable a range of interpretive possibilities.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. an understanding of a range of theories informing the analysis of media representations
  2. an ability to use these theories to conduct the analysis of media texts in both academic and journalistic contexts
  3. a capacity to analyse a range of compositional techniques in terms of how they may be deployed to produce specific social, conceptual and corporeal effects
  4. an awareness of the force of reading protocols and textual histories in directing both everyday and scholarly responses to media texts
  5. an appreciation of the importance of cultural and communications theory for opening new possibilities in the everyday interpretation of media texts.

Assessment

Written work (2500 words): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1277 or ATS1279 and ATS1278 or ATS1280 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS3449, COM2409, COM3409, GSC2409, GSC3409


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fleur Gabriel (Berwick, Gippsland); Dr Yeoh Seng Guan (Malaysia)

Notes

Previously coded COM2411

Synopsis

The unit examines developments in media theory in response to new and changing media forms. Students are introduced to a range of theoretical approaches that have developed alongside the technologies they have sought to analyse and describe. These approaches form the foundation for the analysis of media and mass communication in all its components, including textual form and content, media industries, and associated issues of politics, power, discourse, culture and identity.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. recognise, identify and describe the assumptions and arguments making up the theoretical approaches introduced in the unit;
  2. demonstrate a capacity to evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of different approaches to media and communication theory;
  3. demonstrate a capacity to analyse different media and media industries by applying different theoretical approaches.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (1000 words): 25%
Assignment 2 (2000 words): 40%
Exam (1500 words, 2 hours): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Fleur Gabriel (Semester 1); Dr Yeoh Seng Guan (Semester 2)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1277 or ATS1279 and ATS1278 or ATS1280 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS3450, COM2411, COM3411, GSC2411


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Larissa Walker

Notes

Previously coded COM2423

Synopsis

This unit addresses the key issues of: media audiences and audience activity;the relations between media, citizenship and community; and the impact of new communication technologies. Most importantly, it makes available to you the techniques and theoretical frameworks for researching and analyzing audience activity and interactivity. It also helps you learn how these frameworks can be deployed in research design. The unit is organized in three blocks: ways of being an audience, ways of theorizing audiences, and ways of researching audiences.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate a basic grasp of the social conditions, material practices, products and outcomes of various media
  2. demonstrate an awareness of the connections between communications technologies and the formation of audiences, citizens and communities
  3. utilise the understandings in Objectives 1 and 2 to describe and analyse historical, current and likely future trends in audience formations
  4. identify and evaluate a range of theoretical approaches to understanding audiences
  5. demonstrate basic knowledge of some audience research techniques, issues and choices
  6. utilize the understandings in Objectives 4 and 5 to design a basic research project.

Assessment

Participation in online discussion group (500 words): 10%
Research design proposal (2000 words): 50%
Exam (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1277 or ATS1279 and ATS1278 or ATS1280 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS3454, COM2423, COM3423, GSC3402, GSC3423


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Danielle Tyson

Notes

Previously coded CRI2008

Synopsis

Crime, Media and Culture examines the representation of crime in the media and its relationship to wider understandings of, and reactions to, crime and criminal justice. This subject uses key critical criminological, sociological and media theories to interpret the representation of crime in the media. Key areas covered include representations of class, gender and race in relation to crime, the symbiotic relationship between journalists and key actors within the criminal justice system, the relationship between the media and policy formulation and the importance of fictional representations in reflecting, reinforcing and shaping popular understandings of criminal justice and criminality.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject students will be able to: demonstrate knowledge of key theories of media representation; demonstrate a critical understanding of the interrelationship of media and criminal justice policy; demonstrate a critical understanding of criminological interpretations of media; understand the process of criminological research and be competent in the use of the internet for the purposes of criminological and media research; present and argue positions based on an understanding of criminological methods of media analysis and demonstrate a well-developed intellectual framework for interpreting and critically assessing the social and political implications of media representations of criminal justice.

Assessment

Exam (2hours): 40%
Written work: 40% (2,500 words)
Class presentation/participation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1281/ATS1282 (These units are prerequisites ONLY if the student wishes to undertake a CRI major or minor. All other students can take this unit having completed any first year Arts sequence or by permission).

Prohibitions

ATS3457


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Asher Flynn

Notes

Previously coded CRI2015

Synopsis

This unit critically analyses contemporary developments in policing both by and beyond the state. Australian and international examples are utilized to explore major issues related to the history, development and implementation of policing and security. Topics are explored through the prism of human rights, civil liberties, social control, crime control, crime prevention, accountability and the role of the state. Issues covered include the significance of police training and recruitment, police culture, brutality and corruption, private policing, paramilitary policing, undercover policing, policing diverse communities, policing post-conflict societies and transnational policing.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the subject, students will have developed:

  1. a critical awareness of the origins of policing
  2. a critical awareness of contemporary trends in policing and the governance of security
  3. an understanding of the various theories and models of policing and the police role in society
  4. the skills to critically analyse historical and contemporary debates regarding the role and function of policing
  5. an ability to present a fluid and logical argument about the role of police and policing in society
  6. the ability to formulate ideas about the role and nature of policing in different societies, countries and over time, based on evidence and theory
  7. an understanding of the factors influencing the different models and forms of policing

Assessment

Examination (2000 words): 40%; Group Project (250 words): 10%; Research Essay (2000 words): 40%; Tutorial Participation (250 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 one hour lecture and a one hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1281 Understanding Crime ATS1282 Criminal Justice in Action: Police, Courts and Corrections These subjects are prerequisites only if students wish to undertake a Criminal Justice and Criminology major. The subject can be taken as an elective without prerequisites.

Prohibitions

CJC3015/ATS3458


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded CRI2070

Synopsis

This intensively delivered unit is part of our Criminology in Prato programme.

This unit introduces students to the comparative study of criminology. Comparative criminology involves the study of crime and social control across different cultural contexts. This unit studies the production of criminological knowledge across cultures as well as its meaning and measurement. It examines a range of cross national data sets and measures of crime and social control. The focus will include comparison of European approaches to crime and social control with other regions of the world.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of:
The key elements of comparative criminology;
Advantages and limitations of measuring crime and social control across cultures;
The impact of culture on the production of criminological knowledge;
The need for comparative approaches to crime and justice across major regions of the world.

Assessment

Research Assignment (4500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

Four half-day (4 hour) seminars

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Criminology

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedPrato Term 3 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr James Roffee

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

This intensively delivered unit is part of our Criminology in Prato programme.

This unit introduces students to the study of human rights in the sphere of criminal justice and criminology. The unit will trace the impact of human rights across the differing phases of the achievement of justice in criminal justice systems. Focusing on a specific rights as case studies it will contrast national and international definitions of human rights in understanding responses to crime: including policing, court processes, prosecution and punishment.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of:
the key human rights relevant to investigatory stages in criminal justice systems;
the key human rights relevant to trail stages of criminal proceedings;
the impact of human rights on national and international efforts to combat crime.

In addition third-year students will be required to demonstrate:
a greater degree of critical analysis;
wider reading and greater comprehension of European criminal justice issues.

The unit seeks to enhance the ability of students to undertake independent research under the guidance of supervision.

Assessment

Research Assignment (4000 words): 80%
Presentation (500 word equivalent): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Four half-day (4 hour) seminars

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Criminology

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marie Segrave

Notes

Previously coded CRI2140

Synopsis

This unit examines the intersection of sex and crime and the role gender stereotypes play in the operations of the criminal justice system. The subject uses key critical criminological and feminist theories to explore how social norms of femininity and masculinity produce particular sexed understandings of crime and criminality. It provides practical interpretative skills to enable students to apply these theoretical insights to the criminal justice system, to popular and media representations of crime and to the development of public policy. Topics include: sex and the nature of crime; gender and policing; femininity, masculinity and violence; family violence; constructions of rape.

Outcomes

By the successful completion of Sex and Crime, students will have acquired the following skills:

  1. A grounded working knowledge of the major theoretical and methodological approaches that constitute the field of feminist approaches to crime and justice;
  2. An informed theoretical critique of how gender is constituted in society, the media and the criminal justice system;
  3. Library based research skills;
  4. The ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression.
  5. The production of thoroughly researched, well documented and presented formal essays.
  6. The ability to work independently as scholars.

Assessment

Written: 60%
End of semester exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Arts

Prohibitions

ATS3466, AZA2466, AZA3466


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Baker

Notes

Previously coded CRJ2001

Synopsis

Students study the aims and methods of comparative criminal justice. Policing structures, functions and practices are examined. The unit explores how the courts of selected countries conduct criminal trials. The fairness and effectiveness of sentencing and punishment will be analysed. Penal policy and prisoner rights will be considered as well as recent innovative non-custodial sanctions. The dismantling of geographical boundaries has hastened the spread of transnational organised crime networks. This unit offers a comparative perspective of the nature of transnational crime and the national and international efforts to identify and control such activities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. a deeper understanding and appreciation of contemporary international criminal justice issues
  2. an understanding of the role, functions and essential features of criminal justice systems in a range of countries
  3. the ability to analyse and evaluate the fairness of criminal justice systems within particular political systems
  4. the skill to conduct comparative analysis of criminal justice systems and to identify implications for the future of an international criminal justice system
  5. an appreciation of the issues that distinguish criminal justice systems in selected countries
  6. an understanding of the evolving globalisation of crime and the cooperative efforts needed to combat it.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and presentation or on-line forum participation (OCL): 10%
Written work(2500 words): 50%
2 Hour Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

24 points at level 1 in Arts.

Prohibitions

ATS3471, CRJ2001, CRJ3001


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ruth McFarlane

Notes

Previously coded CRJ2003

Synopsis

This unit demystifies the process of offender profiling by examining the theoretical bases underlying approaches to profiling, listing the functions of profiling outlining and contrasting methods used, and evaluating the validity of these. The long history of profiling will be explored, and the sensationalism of popular media depictions of profilers and profiling methods will be investigated.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. describe the history of offender profiling
  2. use theoretical perspectives as an explanatory structure to outline approaches to profiling
  3. describe methods of profiling
  4. understand the requirement that approaches to profiling be scientifically evaluated
  5. examine the different functions of profiling
  6. prepare a profile according to specific criteria based on information provided
  7. appreciate the limits of profiling.

Assessment

Minor assignment (500 words): 10%
Profiling assignment (2000 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1283 and ATS1284 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS3473, CRJ2003, CRJ3003


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stuart Grant

Notes

Previously coded DTS2070

Synopsis

This unit deals with the history and analysis of 'the Musical'. It will provide a theoretical framework for the study of Music Theatre, which defines the formal characteristics of 'the Musical' in its Broadway and other manifestations, and explores the implications of particular choices in structure and score.

Outcomes

Students taking ATS2477/ATS3477 will develop:

  1. An understanding of the conventions and traditions of twentieth-century musical theatre.
  2. A knowledge of the major developments in the field, and of patterns of similarity between the works in which they are expressed.
  3. A familiarity with the distinctive methodological issues involved in the study of the form, and of the languages appropriate to their articulation and analysis.
  4. Skills in the performance and technical areas related to the genre.
  5. The capacity to articulate critical analyses in systematic written argument, and in clear and confident oral presentations.

Assessment

Reflective essay (1000 words): 20%
Project: 40%
Seminar presentation and participation: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stuart Grant

Notes

Previously coded DTS2170

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with a sustained opportunity to work on the performance of a musical theatre piece, from exploratory workshops to full public production. It will build on the theoretical and practical frameworks established in ATS2477 in applying those analytical and performance skills to the generation of a new work in the genre.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing ATS2478 will develop:

  1. An understanding of aspects of creative processes in the field, and of the procedures appropriate to the collaborative development of new work;
  2. An increased familiarity with the distinctive methodological issues involved in the study of the form, and of the languages appropriate to their articulation and analysis;
  3. A greater awareness of the implications of structural choices in the evolution of a musical theatre text;
  4. Skills in the performance and technical areas related to the genre;
  5. The capacity to articulate critical analyses in systematic written argument, and in clear and confident oral presentations.

Assessment

Workshop participation and commitment: 50%
Written personal reflection (minimum 1800 words): 40%
Performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 4 hour rehearsal and One 8 hr rehearsal per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS3478
Students cannot be enrolled in ATS2810 Production investigation II or ATS3834 Production investigation III in the same semester


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrick Spedding

Notes

Previously coded ENH2055

Synopsis

The unit explores how and why we read literature from the past. It addresses the challenges that face readers in attempting to explore early modern literature and of becoming an engaged and interested reader of that literature. How do we -- scholars, students, readers -- find texts that illuminate, complicate, question the topics that concern us? What challenges do such texts present us in terms of both discovery and interpretation?

The unit raises fundamental questions such as: What are we looking for in the texts we read? Can we, or should we, use literature to understand what authors and their contemporary readers thought about an issue: using literary texts as sociological and historical artefacts? Or should we, or do we, read an ever-widening circle of texts as an exercise in pleasure-seeking, or as a way of looking for a universal truth about the human condition, or the nature of truth or beauty?

Students will be encouraged to consider these question via a series of self-guided explorations of literature from the past, relating texts they have chosen to a corpus of contemporary literature.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

  1. Identify problems of interpretation that face readers of literature from the past, especially when they encounter unmediated text;
  2. Locate primary works within a particular genre or relevant to a research objective, primary works related to each other, and primary works identified by scholars as being closely related to a given text;
  3. Identify critical debates concerning the use of literary texts as sociological and historical artefacts;
  4. Argue their interpretations clearly and persuasively in oral and essay form;
  5. Communicate ideas and position effectively in discussion.

Assessment

Written work: 65%
Class test: 25%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary studies.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Johnson; Dr Matthew Piscioneri

Notes

Previously coded ENH2185

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop students' professional communication capabilities, to assist students to apply knowledge and skills from an academic context to workplaces, and for students who have underataken ATS1298, to refine the language and communication abilities learned in the first year unit.

The unit will focus on the production of extended documents in genres used in workplaces, particularly tenders, submissions, proposals, grant applications, instruction manuals, position papers, project reports and accompanying documentation. It is aimed at developing students' workplace communication, professional English and research abilities within and beyond the academic world.

Outcomes

On successful completion, the student will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a detailed understanding of grammar and professional style;
  2. Show an understanding of the principles of document design and graphic communication of information;
  3. Write a tender/proposal/ submission/ grant document for a competitive bidding/ funding application;
  4. Write sound documentation for instructions/ manuals, based on usability criteria;
  5. Write a position paper which coherently presents an organizational standpoint on an issue or policy;
  6. Reinforce the message of a written document with a spoken presentation.

Assessment

Test (1-hour): 15%
Written assignments (5000 words): 70%
Class presentation: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andrew Johnson; Dr Matthew Piscioneri

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3490


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Groves

Notes

Previously coded ENH2230

Synopsis

This unit explores a range of Shakespeare's plays, focussing on various interpretations which have been applied to or imposed upon them by critics and directors over the years, and how these reflect changing times and fashions as well as political and cultural biases. In addition, consideration will be given to the ways in which Shakespeare's texts have been adapted to the spirit of the times - re-writings of scenes and endings for eighteenth-century productions, for example - and assimilated into other cultural forms, such as film.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing the unit, should have developed:

  1. Familiarity with a broad range of Shakespeare's plays;
  2. Competence in the interpretation of Early Modern poetic language;
  3. A broad acquaintance with the historical reception and adaptation of Shakespeare's plays;
  4. An awareness of the ways in which the rhythms of Shakespeare's verse create and re-inforce meaning for his audiences (and readers) and suggest stage-directions for his actors.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Test (1-hour): 30%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies or by permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3492


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Belinda Morrissey

Notes

Previously coded ENH2404

Synopsis

This unit approaches the study of popular narrative afresh by uncovering some ideas about popular culture - genre, mass culture, escapism, representation - that continue to limit and predetermine the analysis of popular texts. By considering how these ideas have come to inform our everyday responses to popular texts, the unit explores strategies for reading such texts in ways that challenge the critical imperative driving many analyses of popular fiction and film. Thus, the unit develops new protocols for thinking and writing about popular texts in academic, journalistic and everyday contexts. Access to on-line facilities is essential for students studying in off-campus mode.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. an understanding how popular texts mediate cultural understanding and activity
  2. a capacity to recognise how contemporary reviews of popular fiction and film are often limited by a particular history of ideas about popular culture
  3. an ability to appreciate different uses and interpretations of popular texts
  4. an ability to explore innovative ways of engaging with popular culture
  5. skills in deploy such alternative reading protocols within popular sites of cultural criticism, particularly through the popular practices of art criticism and review writing.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (4500 words)
Tutorial participation or online forum for OCL students: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of 36 points in any discipline

Prohibitions

ATS3497, ENH2404, ENH3404, WRT2404, WRT3404,


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Ng Hock Soon

Notes

Previously coded ENH2405

Synopsis

The unit analyses of range of contemporary texts that address issues of postmodernism, discourse, memorialisation and trauma. In particular, the unit explores the relationship between memory and narrative and how the present is connected to the past in inscription. The texts are drawn from a range of traditions (US, French, British, for example) and a range of media (novel, graphic novel and film).

Outcomes

Students successfully completing the subject will have:

  1. demonstrated an ability to analyse textual representations in terms of, including narrative form, aspects of literary theory (authorship, postmodernism, psychoanalysis)
  2. understand literature's relation to historical and social contexts
  3. develop an understanding of a range of critical and theoretical approaches to literary studies and their place in the wider field of cultural studies.

Assessment

Written work(3000 words): 70%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of 36 points in any discipline

Prohibitions

ATS3498, ENH2405, ENH3405, GSC2405, GSC3405, WRT2405, WRT3405


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Leah Garrett

Notes

Previously coded ENH2410

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to some of the major writers in American literature during the twentieth century, and an exploration of the concept of a national literary identity. The course will consider the historical background of the time period when the novels were set as well as the biographies of the authors in order to discover how writers from a broad range of regions and ethnic backgrounds described the particular traits of being American.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit, students will have:

  1. Familiarity with an array of contemporary American writers.
  2. Understanding of the impact of historical events on American literature.
  3. Developed tools of comparative analysis when researching authors writing from different ethnicities and classes.
  4. Honed evaluative tools for approaching writers composing at the same time but from very different backgrounds.
  5. Understanding of the historical similarities and differences between literary production in America and in Australia.
  6. Understanding the manner in which American literature transformed during the 20th century.
  7. Developed oral and written communication skills.

Assessment

Response papers (1000 words) and participation: 30%
Essay (1500 words): 30%
Class test (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2 hour seminar per week or 22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies or permission

Prohibitions

ATS3500


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Poletti

Notes

Previously coded ENH2570

Synopsis

The unit provides a general survey of women's fiction, ranging across two centuries. It will consistently question and explore the concept of 'the difference of view' and will examine the importance of common historical contexts and of intertextuality for women writers.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. the ability to assess and interpret the relationship between literary texts and their social and political context
  2. an informed understanding of some key approaches to the study of women's writing
  3. developed an informed critical perspective on the question of gender and literary production
  4. developed an informed critical perspective on the question of gender and literary value
  5. solid advanced undergraduate-level skills in the reading and interpretation of literary texts.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Examination: 40%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Literary Studies or permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3503


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Hawke

Notes

Previously coded ENH2680

Synopsis

The subject examines the tradition of modern poetry and poetics and its applicability to contemporary writing practice from a comparative approach. The subject concentrates on a number of key texts from the Symbolist and Modernist periods and examines various works which may be seen to exemplify, modify, or challenge these poetics. Students will be required to reflect both creatively and analytically on their own writing practice in the light of these texts. In the collaborative environment of workshops, students will be encouraged to experiment with a range of Modernist techniques including: free verse, parataxis, the ideogramic method, automatic writing, visual and sound poetry.

Outcomes

The proposed subject aims to introduce students to a range of primary texts within the field of modern poetry and poetics, providing the opportunity to develop critical and creative skills. At the successful completion of this subject the student will be able to:

  1. Articulate the key features of major developments in modern poetics
  2. Reflect critically on his/her writing practice in the light of these developments
  3. Demonstrate how a given text exemplifies or challenges contemporaneous theories of poetics
  4. Devise writing strategies which utilise in direct or modified ways (oppositional or ironic) aspects of a given poetics within their writing practice
  5. Demonstrate critical skills through the editorial commentary on works in progress presented in workshops
  6. Develop creative and professional skills through the drafting process.

Assessment

Workshop Participation (500 words - 5 poems) 25%
Mid-semester Assignment (1500 words - 10 poems and 1000 word exegesis) 30%
Final portfolio and essay (2500 words - 20pp poetry and 1500 word essay) 40%
Tutorial Participation 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial/workshop per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies or permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3508


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ali Alizadeh

Notes

Previously coded ENH2690

Synopsis

What is the relationship between writing and belonging? Do poems, short stories, novels and works of creative non-fiction produced in Australia affirm or challenge what we see as a uniquely Australian identity? This unit is concerned with the contriubtion of literature to forming and interrogating the notions of identity, ideology, gender, ethnicity and sexuality in an Australian context. There will be an emphasis on contemporary writing, and the texts studies will include a range of literary genres.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. A practical understanding of the major themes and styles of writing in modern and contemporary Australian literatures;
  2. A critical understanding of the role of literature in the formation and maintenance of identity;
  3. An informed understanding of some key critical and theoretical approaches to the study and analysis of literature;
  4. Solid advanced undergraduate-level competence in the reading and interpretation of literary texts.

Assessment

Written work : 70%
In class test : 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies or permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3510, WMN2690, WMN3690


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Hawke

Notes

Previously coded ENH2770

Synopsis

The unit provides a historical and theoretical introduction to the short story, using a wide range of examples from Britain, the United States and Australia as well as a few from Russia, France, Japan, South Africa, South America and Ireland. Stories are selected in order to illustrate key elements and modes of fiction and narratological issues, which may be studied with particular advantage in such a concentrated literary form. Approximately four stories will be studied each week.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

  1. a sense of how literary texts relate to the periods in which they are written
  2. a recognition of the key elements and devices of literary fiction
  3. a familiarity with the appropriate theoretical and critical concepts employed in the discussion of literary texts
  4. an ability to write coherently and in a scholarly manner about texts and ideas, through
    1. the development of close reading skills, and
    2. the production of critical research essays
  5. greater confidence in the spoken skills of discussion and debate within a tutorial context

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 50%
Class presentation (1500 words): 30%
Examination (1 hour): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies or permission.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Sue Kossew

Notes

Previously coded ENH2800

Synopsis

Literature is often seen as an aspect of a specific culture, but some of the world's most memorable and significant literary works are about journeys between cultures and the crossing of boundaries beyond one's own cultural horizons. This unit is an investigation of a number of key literary and cultural texts that explore concepts of cultural difference and offer insights into diverse cultural environments. These texts produce new and provocative ways of looking at how humans have negotiated and continue to negotiate cultural identities in , transnational and global contexts. This unit offers students the opportunity to study a range of texts that bring to light connections between and among cultures.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete the unit should be able to:

  1. Critically evaluate literary and cultural texts from a variety of different cultures;
  2. Understand these texts in terms of their geographical, historical and socio-political contexts;
  3. Discuss and analyse these texts from literary, theoretical and critical perspectives;
  4. Form an appreciation of the notion of cross-cultural literary communication.

Assessment

In-class test (1-hour): 30%
Written Work (2700 words): 60%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week or 22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS3515


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr. Lynda Chapple

Notes

Previously coded ENH2810

Synopsis

This unit will consider the ideological and structural effects of translation from literary to visual text. This will be achieved through a close reading of a number of paired texts (ie. novel and film). Students will develop analytical skills for reading with both specific genres, and extend these skills through seminar debate and written work.

Assessment

Written work (2700 words): 60%
Test/Exam (equivalent to 1800 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One two-hour film screening followed by one two-hour lecture/class per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two first year gateway units in Literary studies or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS3516


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Chandani Lokuge

Notes

Previously coded ENH2980

Synopsis

In the collaborative atmosphere of workshops, students will use a range of set readings to experiment with the elements of fiction: narrative technique and point of view, characterization, story, plotting and action, setting, figurative language etc., editing skills and preparing a manuscript for publication. The workshops will integrate reading, writing and editing skills through three activities: the study of a wide range of texts which will be used as models for students' creative explorations; writing exercises designed to develop students' skills in aspects of short story writing; editing of students' own writing and that of their colleagues and offering constructive criticism.

Outcomes

By the conclusion of this subject students should have:

  1. Been introduced to the elements of short fiction and gained hands-on experience in writing short stories.
  2. Responded critically and imaginatively to a diverse range of short stories from Australia and beyond.
  3. Related current critical debate about creative writing to their own work.
  4. Developed editing and revision skills.
  5. Extended their awareness of the requirements of the publishing industry.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Exam: 40%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two hours (One 1 hour lecture and one 1 hour workshop) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies, Film and Screen Studies, Communications, Theatre, or a first year sequence in Performance or permission of the unit coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr. Deb Waterhouse-Watson

Notes

Previously coded ENH2991

Synopsis

A study of contemporary literature for children by major Australian, American and British writers. The unit explores a range of modes, including humour, fantasy, picture story books, realistic and historical novels. Specific issues examined include the construction of national identity, cultural variations in thematic and formal emphasis, changing notions of childhood and the child figure, and the notion of the implied child/adolescent reader. Students will be encouraged to consider the ideological implications of the adult interests vested in the production of texts for children.

Outcomes

It is intended that students undertaking this course should develop:

  1. Knowledge and an understanding of the historic context of the development of the main genres of children's literature, and of contemporary trends and issues.
  2. Knowledge and an understanding of the ways in which different cultures construct different ideas of childhood, and of implied child readers.
  3. A critical understanding of the ways in which adult and child readers learn to construct cultural paradigms, particularly of national identity, through their reading.
  4. Critical skills pertaining to narratology, deconstruction and discourse analysis.
  5. An understanding of the crucial significance of childhood reading, and a desire to explore beyond the text's parameters.

Assessment

Written work (3600 words): 80%
Test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies or permission of unit coordinator.

Prohibitions

ATS3519


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded EUR2080

Synopsis

This unit investigates the way Europe came to overcome its divisions in the second half of the twentieth century and the ways it prevented conflict at both the national and international levels. It inquires into the values and ideas that allowed it to unite and explores the notion of integration at both the national and international levels. The core areas of focus include: the division between East and West, social protest, dissent, the welfare state, party systems and social movements, determining the validity of a single European experience, issues of identity and nationalism, the birth of European institutions, and the demise of the revolutionary ideology.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students should:

  1. Have a familiarity with, and an understanding of, the values and ideas that inform European integration and the shaping of a contemporary European identity.
  2. Have a knowledge of significant institutions of the European Union, as well as governmental structures, party systems and social movements in several European countries.
  3. Have an understanding of, and an ability to apply, key terms and concepts relevant to contemporary European debates.
  4. Be familiar with, and able to discuss, relevant documents, including expository and theoretical texts.
  5. Be able to demonstrate competence in the following skills:
    1. obtaining access to source materials and secondary writings through the library and other resources
    2. writing (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting)
    3. analysis and interpretation of texts, including the application of appropriate terms and concepts for the discussion of content and form
    4. oral presentation of information and argument based on guided and independent reading
    5. discussion of texts and oral presentations
    6. assimilation of information and opinion from various sources for purposes of forming independent judgments
    7. team work.

In addition, students taking the subject at third-year level should:

  1. Have some knowledge of different schools of thought concerning the ideas and processes treated in the subject.

Assessment

Class paper (equivalent to 1000 words): 20%
Research Essay (2000 words): 40%
Final Assignment (1500 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3520


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded EUR2090

Synopsis

This subject reflects on both European cultural and everyday life from the 1880s to the start of the Second World War and its relationship to European experiences of violence. It starts by examining the crisis of liberalism (1880-1914), and the lived social experience as viewed "from below". It discusses the advent of nationalism, imperialism, and total war, as well as the intellectual roots and cultural manifestations of left and right totalitarian ideologies (Fascism, Nazism, Stalinism) by exploring the genesis of novel conceptions of revolutionary sociopolitical change. It also excavates what these ideas meant for ordinary people: peasant, workers, rank-and-file soldiers. Primary sources, such as letters, diaries, and oral histories, document enormous changes to European societyboth east and westbased on class, gender, and race/ethnicity. Cultural or political texts from the era demonstrate how new social divisions fostered extremist political ideologies but also inspired socio-cultural innovation.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students should:

  1. Have a familiarity with, and an understanding of, significant features of Europe's cultural and intellectual development in the twentieth century
  2. Have an understanding of, and an ability to apply, key terms and concepts relevant to the culture and intellectual life of the period
  3. Be familiar with, and able to discuss, representative texts of the period, both expository and aesthetic
  4. Be able to demonstrate competence in the following skills:
    1. obtaining access to source materials and secondary writings through the library and other resources
    2. writing (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting)
    3. analysis and interpretation of cultural texts, including the application of appropriate terms and concepts for the discussion of content, form, and cultural and historical context
    4. oral presentation of information and argument based on guided and independent reading
    5. discussion of texts and oral presentations
    6. assimilation of information and opinion from various sources for purposes of forming independent judgments
    7. team work.

In addition, students taking the subject at third-year level should have some knowledge of different schools of thought concerning the ideas and cultural phenomena treated in the subject.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3521


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded EUR2910

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement allowing students to enrol in a unit that can be credited towards the major in European studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European studies through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies 100%; In accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1302 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Enlightenment EUR1200 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Romanticism


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded EUR2920

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement allowing students to enrol in a unit that can be credited towards the major in European studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European studies through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies 100%; In accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1302 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Enlightenment EUR1200 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Romanticism


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Oliva Khoo

Notes

Previously coded FTV2040

Synopsis

This unit enables students to critically evaluate notions of nationalism in Australian Film and Television. Initially, the course will explore traditional theoretical constructions of nationalism before considering the contemporary reconfiguring of nationalism. This reconfiguring will be performed in relation to discourses such as policy arrangements in relation to political machinations, auteur constructions, traditions of landscape cinema, race relations, multiculturalism, beach culture, the social, globalism, marketing, distribution, gender and criticism. The unit will employ feature, documentary and short film and television examples as well as contemporary and archival audio-visual texts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. Critically examined a range of film and television texts as representations of Australian national experience;
  2. Developed an understanding of the Australian film and television industries in relation to theories of globalization;
  3. Analysed the impact of government policy and further economic and political constraints on the national film and television industries;
  4. Skills in the textual analysis of texts in relation to contemporary reformulations of nationalism;
  5. An ability to critically engage with written and visual texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

Assessment

Written assignments: 75%
In-class visual test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2 hour seminar and one 2 hour screening per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

One gateway unit in Film and Screen Studies, or Indigenous, Cultures and Histories, or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS3529


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Constantine Verevis

Notes

Previously coded FTV2050

Synopsis

From their beginnings, films and television series have endlessly repeated the same stories. This unit explores the concept of genre, remaking and adaptation in relation to a selection of contemporary and historical film and television texts. This unit describes genre as a complex situation that is enabled and limited by the related roles and practices of industry, critics and audiences. This understanding of genre is developed through three broad approaches to genre as: industrial category-deals with issues of production, including commerce and authorship; textual category, considers plots and structures; critical category, investigates issues of reception, audiences and institutions.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recognise that meaning is not simply an intra-textual property of a particular text but an effect of historically specific inter- and extra-textual material technologies or institutions;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the concept of intertextuality in film and television studies and its relation to genre through the categories of quotation, allusion, translation and adaptation;
  3. Translate the in-principle concept of intertextuality into an understanding of the particular institutional structures that maintain the categories of film and television series, serials, remakes and sequels;
  4. Display an ability to critically engage with written and visual texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

Assessment

Written assignments: 75%
In-class visual test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour screening per week
One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Film and Screen Studies or a related discipline approved by the unit coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julia Vassilieva

Notes

Previously coded FTV2190

Synopsis

This unit analyses texts that are representative of the stylistic diversity found in film and television. The aim is to develop in students an awareness of film and televisual form and style, and of how communication is organised within certain structured ways. The areas of film and television used to exemplify topics will be major innovatory phases including the development of film form in the continuity editing system 1895-1920, Russian formal experiments in the 1920s, alternative formal systems in Asian film, and post-war developments, including Italian neo-realism, European art cinema, avant-garde film, Third World filmmaking, and contemporary Hollywood and World film and television.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of issues of spatial construction in film;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of a range of editing styles, in particular the continuity editing system and alternatives to it;
  3. To comment on a number of other parameters of filmic and televisual communication, for example use of body language, sound mixing, and different kinds of narrative organisation and culturally specific iconography.

Assessment

Written assignments: 75%
In-class visual test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week
One 2-hour screening per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

One gateway unit in Film and Screen Studies or approved discipline

Prohibitions

ATS3535, FTV2190, FTV3190


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Claire Perkins

Notes

Previously coded FTV2240

Synopsis

Film and television institutions considers a number of institutionalised and unofficial public and industrial discourses that support contemporary film and television texts and industries. These include industry publicity and marketing; advertising and commercial tie-ins; media coverage of stars and directors; film and television censorship and studio self-regulation; motion picture palaces and suburban multiplexes; film and television reviewing and academic criticism; the impact of television and wide-screen technologies in the fifties; the impact of home video and cable television in the seventies and eighties; and new media technologies in the nineties and beyond.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recognise that meaning is not simply an intra-textual property of a particular text but an effect of historically specific extra-textual, material technologies or institutions;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of historically specific material technologies of production, distribution, exhibition and reception, in relation to a range of contemporary and historical film and television examples;
  3. Develop a methodology for investigating the material - social, historical and political - difference of specific national film and television texts and industries.

Assessment

Written assignments: 75%
In-class visual test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week or 24 hours per semester
One 2-hour screening per week or 24 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

One gateway unit in Film and Screen Studies or approved discipline

Prohibitions

FTV2240, FTV3240


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Dunkerley

Notes

Previously coded GES2210

Synopsis

Movement of water in environment, and roles played by water in environmental processes, discussing behaviour of water from condensation in lower atmosphere through to groundwater and river flow. The role of vegetation in intercepting and redirecting water at surface. The processes of infiltration, percolation, groundwater flow, stormflow and baseflow production. Instances of major hydrological change, case studies of large-scale deforestation or desertification, habitat or biodiversity decline, including human use of water and landscape. Observation and measuring techniques employed in hydrologic research are introduced in Practical Class.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will:

  1. understand the controls on global freshwater availability
  2. be aware of risks to the security of global water supplies arising from human activity
  3. understand hydrologic processes including precipitation, infiltration, overland flow, and groundwater flow
  4. understand some of the hydrologic processes arising in a range of geographical environments, including drylands, urban areas, and tropical forests
  5. develop experimental skills needed for laboratory measurements of hydrologic properties such as porosity and saturated hydraulic conductivity
  6. understand the place of hydrologic considerations in debates about the management of logging, bushfire, and other forms of landsurface change

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 30%
Written (1500 words): 50%
Practical class reports: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (3 lectures and one 2 hour practical class per fortnight)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Geographical Science or a gateway unit in Geography, Climate and Physical Environments or permission of the unit coordinator.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Libby Porter

Notes

Previously coded GES2340

Synopsis

Cities are dynamic and complex environments that now comprise the majority of the world we live in but they face an array of major challenges. These include: How do we make our cities more habitable and sustainable? How do we ensure social, economic, cultural, political and environmental equality? How does the geography of cities and urban systems affect their sustainability? Have cities ever been sustainable and can they be in the future? How do we manage urban growth or decline? In this unit students will examine how contemporary cities operate by focussing on urban processes and functions, as well as relevant issues such as population, the economy, governance, resource use, housing and transport.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will have developed the following key competencies and capacities. You will be able to:

  1. Describe and apply the concept of sustainability to urban form and function;
  2. Explain urban sustainability in relation to the environment, economy, society and politics;
  3. Identify unsustainable urban policies and practices and suggest effective methods of improving sustainability;
  4. Utilise selected geographic research skills and concepts relevant to sustainability in an urban context.

Assessment

Tutorial Presentations and participation: 25%
Essay (1,500): 30%
Field-trip report (1,000): 15%
2-hr Written Examination: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 hour tutorial and 2 hours lecture) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3547, AZA2547, AZA3547


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bruce Missingham

Notes

Previously coded GES2460

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to different perspectives and issues that influence environmental policy and management. It examines the rise of environmentalism as a broad based movement and how it has led to the framing of environmental problems by policy makers and managers in terms of state regulation, market-based, and citizen participation approaches. Themes include western ideas of property rights, neoliberalism and environmental governance, scientization of environmental knowledge, Indigenous environmental management, internationalisation of environmental policy and corporate environmentalism.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Understand how environmental policy-making and management is positioned within governance structures and broader social and political contexts.
  2. Understand the main approaches to policy and management
  3. Understand the geographical relationship between environmental issues, policy and management across local, national, international, and global levels
  4. Understand the strengths and limitations of scientific knowledge in environmental policy and management

Assessment

Essay: 40%
Tutorials presentation: 25%
Tutorial paper: 25%
Participation in tutorials: 10%
Total assessment: = 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week and
One 2-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in gateway unit in Geographical Science or a gateway unit in Geography, climate and physical environments or Society, cities and sustainability or permission of unit coordinator.

Prohibitions

ATS3548, AZA2548, AZA3548


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor JaneMaree Maher

Notes

Previously coded GND2010

Synopsis

This unit introduces a range of exciting contemporary feminist theories. Broadly interdisciplinary in its concerns, the unit examines how feminist thinkers theorise around complex and challenging issues such as bodies, sexual desire and sexual difference; pleasure and danger in the realm of sexualities; bodies and body modification; fluidity in gender identity; and the cultural and social regulation of shifting forms of femininity and masculinity; Theorists examined include: Elizabeth Grosz, Luce Irigaray, and Iris Marion Young.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will have gained:

  1. a basic knowledge of a range of contemporary feminist theories of bodies and sexualities;
  2. developed skills in reading and analysing theoretical texts;
  3. enhanced ability to develop and sustain theoretical arguments;
  4. enhanced skills in verbal and written communication.Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to answer questions of a more conceptually challenging nature.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class Participation/presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two Gateway units in a related discipline

Prohibitions

ATS3560


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Amy Dobson

Notes

Previously coded GND2030

Synopsis

Sex and the media will examine contemporary media and the implications these have for gender, identity, relationships, communities and social policy. Critical interdisciplinary approaches are used to address the following key questions:
How is sex, gender and sexuality created and produced by popular culture?
How are cultural meanings around sex and gender made, circulated and reinforced?
What roles do consumers have in determining and defining the product?

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should have:

  1. A grounded working knowledge of the major theoretical and methodological approaches on sex and the media;
  2. An informed theoretical critique of how gender and sexuality is constituted in popular culture;
  3. An interdisciplinary approach to media analysis;
  4. Library-based research skills and a working knowledge of the major data-bases used in the field;
  5. The ability to think critically and analytically about gender representation in the world around them, and to articulate those thoughts in writing

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation/presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two Gateway units in a related discipline

Prohibitions

ATS3561, WMN2030, WMN3030


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded GND2070

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will have gained

  1. a foundational understanding of feminist debates in the area of postcolonialism, cross-cultural consumption and sexed and raced identities;
  2. an understanding of the historical links between imperialism and globalization;
  3. skills in the critical analysis of popular discourses, such as advertising, news production and other media and popular cultural forms;
  4. enhanced skills in verbal and written communication;
  5. enhanced skills in the formulating, conducting and presenting of individual research projects.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class Participation/presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3563


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Fenley

Notes

Previously coded HPL2506

Synopsis

This unit focuses on local and community history, and investigates concepts of community, the relationship between people and place and the connection between past and present. Students will study methods of historical research including oral history, photographic interpretation and material culture. Through the assignments that include designing an exhibition panel and undertaking a community history research project, students will acquire the skills of writing for a community audience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the history of the landscape, people and institutions around them;
  2. reflect on different scholarly approaches to researching and presenting community history;
  3. demonstrate a critical understanding of the reasons why communities write their histories;
  4. demonstrate insights into the roles of historians;
  5. formulate a viable research question on community history, and identify a central focus for research;
  6. develop a structured project with a logical introduction and conclusion, and provide correct scholarly references.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (1000 words): 30%
Assignment 2 includes
a) invigilated proposal (1000 words): 30%
b) essay (2500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

One of ATS1312, ATS1898, ATS1251, HPL1504 or permission

Prohibitions

ATS3566, GSC2506, GSC3513, HPL2506, HPL3506


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Erik Eklund

Notes

Previously coded HPL2512

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to Australian history. It offers selected coverage of major events and developments in Australian history and also considers how the discipline of history operates across different domains - academic, public and popular. By focusing on major themes such as war, depression, memory, political and social conflict the unit takes an in-depth look at specific issues in Australian history that have provoked debate and controversy. By focusing on points of difference or conflict we begin to understand the deeper themes and characteristics of Australian history and its scholars. We will also consider how history and historians have made an impact on the public sphere.

Outcomes

This unit is designed to provide students with knowledge of Australian history and to develop their historical skills. The topics will be rotated from semester to semester according to available expertise but may include issues concerning the relationship between indigenous and non-indigenous histories, the use of oral history, politics and Australian history, the public sphere and the history profession, and history in the schools.

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an awareness of the major issues in the study and practice of Australian history;
  2. evaluate critically competing historical interpretations, and primary sources;
  3. understand and analyse academic as well as popular history;
  4. demonstrate research and reflective skills relevant to the study of the humanities;
  5. demonstrate written and oral communications skills appropriate for a scholarly environment.

Assessment

Essay (1500 words): 40%
Tutorial paper (800 words): 20%
Exam (2 hours): 40%
(on campus students only) Five minute tutorial presentation. This will be assessed as 'pass' or 'fail'. In order to secure a pass grade student will: - demonstrate evidence of research and comprehension skills relevant to the tutorial paper - demonstrate ability to plan a successful argument and utilise evidence effectively

(off campus students only)
100 Word tutorial summary submitted through Moodle. This will be assessed as 'pass' or 'fail'. In order to secure a pass grade student will: - demonstrate evidence of research and comprehension skills relevant to the tutorial paper - demonstrate evidence of ability to plan a successful argument and utilise evidence effectively

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 credit points at first-year level Arts

Prohibitions

ATS3569, GSC2501, HPL2501, HPL2512, HPL3512


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Hau

Notes

Previously coded HSY2050

Synopsis

This unit will explore changing conceptions of deviance, criminality and disorder since 1500. Beginning with European and American witchcraft, it examines key shifts in ideas about the origins of criminality and 'criminal defects'; changing regimes of punishment and incarceration; the history of disease, disability, 'lunacy' and 'freaks'; panics over juvenile delinquency; and the history of monstrosity from Frankenstein to space aliens and serial killers. It will explore the role of fears and fantasies in the development of structures of power and authority, deviance as a focus for political mobilisation, and the connections and differences between deviance, transgression and resistance.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will be able to show familiarity with the key theoretical and conceptual issues in the comparative analysis of deviance, crime and authority, and an awareness of the contested and historical nature of legal, medical and governmental definitions of 'abnormality' and the threats supposed to emanate from human diversity. They will also be able to analyse themes of domination and resistance in a range of texts, including records of interrogation, medical and psychological literature and legal proceedings; demonstrate their skills in collaborative group work, especially the design and presentation of that which illustrate contemporary aspects of deviance; and demonstrate particular skills in analysing a broad range of documentary evidence.

Assessment

Written work: 70% (3500 words)
Class test: 20%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 90-minute lecture per week and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3574


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Reto Hofmann

Notes

Previously coded HSY2075

Synopsis

Since the beginning of the nineteenth century, the business of war has been monopolized by nation states. Over the past decade, mercenaries and private military companies have re-emerged as an important force in world politics. The new trend to contract the task of war has changed warfare and the nature of state control over violence. This unit examines the historical development of the mercenary from the medieval period to the present day in Asia and Europe. The focus is on the shifting relationship between the state and private violence.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate;

  1. A thorough understanding of the different forms of the mercenary and mercenary organizations across periods and societies;
  2. A critical understanding of the development of the state and the ways in which notions of state sovereignty and authority have changed;
  3. A critical understanding of the role that war and violence has played in state formation;
  4. A thorough understanding of the ways in which modern mercenary companies represent a return to an older form of authorized, private violence and also a sharp departure from past practices;
  5. An enhanced ability to work with and analyse a wide variety of primary and secondary sources; and improved skills in using sources to construct a logical and forceful historical argument;
  6. The capacity to prepare web presentations and contribute to a database;
  7. The capacity to work with others to produce a collaborative research project and presentation.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Web-based and oral presentation: 20%
In-class test: 20%
Tutorial participation: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1.5-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS3578


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Carolyn James

Notes

Previously coded HSY2085

Synopsis

This unit will consider the cultural history of Western Europe from late antiquity through to the beginnings of modernity. We will focus particularly on the persecution of witches, accused sometimes of fornication with the devil or of infanticide and cannibalism, but will look also at other individuals and groups that have been considered sinful, unnatural, freakish or depraved. In so doing, we will explore the long story of the European outsider, and ask what these harsh designations and cruel treatments of people who were marginal or different might tell us about the history of European society as a whole.

Outcomes

Students who have completed the subject will:

  1. be familiar with different approaches in the cultural history of the body and deviance
  2. know how to critically assess these approaches
  3. discuss their merit
  4. formulate their own positions on key issues based on a critical engagement with the historiography and relevant primary sources
  5. situate their own work within larger historiographical debates
  6. In addition, at Level 3, students will develop an independent research project.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One lecture and one tutorial per week for 12 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in History or permission

Prohibitions

ATS3579


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rani Kerin

Notes

Previously coded HSY2260

Synopsis

This unit will consider relations between indigenous and non-Aboriginal people in Australia since 1770. The main topics will include the legal basis of British sovereignty; the nature of frontier contact; violence and the dispossession of Aborigines; Aboriginal depopulation; Aborigines' responses to colonialism; government policy and practice, from segregation to assimilation; and Aboriginal political movements. The unit will simultaneously examine the political and theoretical dimensions associated with representing the Australian Aboriginal past and, in particular, the relationship between power and knowledge in historical discourses.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding relations between indigenes and Europeans in Australia.
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the epistemological issues and problems evident in the study of Australian Aboriginal History.
  3. Think critically and communicate effectively. Specifically to:
    1. develop a topic for investigation
    2. show an awareness of both the diversity of interpretations of the past, and the nature of such forms of knowledge
    3. familiarise oneself with a range of sources
    4. display precision in argument and documentation
    5. recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.

Assessment

Document exercise (1500 words): 25%
Essay (2000 words): 40%
Examination (1000 words): 25%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial over 9 weeks and 2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial for 3 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Salih Yucel

Notes

Previously coded HSY2275

Synopsis

This unit examines the evolution and influence of Islam as a religion and civilization, with particular emphasis on the principles underpinning Islamic law and theology and Islamic civilisation in its classic phase. It examines core themes in the Qur'an, and in early works of Islamic history, literature and jurisprudence, as well as the different ways in which these principles were interpreted in practice in the early centuries of Islam. It considers how Islamic civilization responded to non-Islamic communities and cultural traditions within and outside the Arab world, notably in Andalusia and in the Middle East, with reference to the writings of great thinkers, mystics, and historians.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing ATS2586:

  1. will have acquired a broad knowledge of the core principles articulated in the Qur'an and in other early Islamic writings
  2. will be familiar with the evolution of Islamic civilization, from the early period to the great age of the caliphates of Cordoba and Baghdad, and subsequent crisis provoked by the Mongol invasions, up to the beginnings of the Ottoman Empire
  3. will be familiar with the major debates in the field of Islamic studies about the reasons for Islam's expansion during the first seven centuries of its existence, and the way it interacted with non-Islamic communities and culture
  4. will have developed a capacity to work effectively with others and a capacity to express ideas verbally in group situations
  5. will have developed considerable facility in bibliographic research, analysis, and written expression.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words) : 50%
Exam (1000 words) : 30%
Tutorial participation : 10%
Presentation tutorial: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1x90 minute lecture and 1x 1 hour tutorial

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3586


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Morgan

Notes

Previously coded HSY2300

Synopsis

Twentieth century Australians has witnessed dramatic change, from: white Australia to multicultural Australia; 'Australia unlimited' to environmental crisis; British colonies to Asian-Pacific nation; assimilation to Apology. Women's roles have transformed and war is now central to our history and identity. None of these changes have been easy; all have been contested and offer continuing challenges. In this unit you will explore key themes in twentieth century Australian history, and develop historical skills and understandings by using online primary sources including: oral histories, letters and diaries, photographs, newspapers, government records and official enquiries.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. distinguish the key moments of demographic, economic, environmental, social and political change in twentieth-century Australia.
  2. understand the changing character of Australian society and state.
  3. identify the incidence of conflict and consensus in Australian social and political life.
  4. apply analytical frameworks such as race, gender, class, ethnicity and power to twentieth-century Australian history.
  5. recognize how such key concepts are used by historians of twentieth-century Australia.
  6. apply a range of primary sources to support historical arguments about themes in twentieth century Australian history.

Assessment

Class participation: 10%
Internet source analysis (1500 words): 25%
Research essay (2500 words): 40%
Examination (1-hour): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or permission

Prohibitions

ATS3587


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Morgan

Notes

Previously coded HSY2325

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical examination of Australian people and culture from the earliest days of European settlement until the federation of the colonies in 1901 and the introduction of the White Australia policy. It explores the economic, social and cultural impact of colonisation and emigration on both newcomers and indigenous people; looking also at conflict over access to land, mineral wealth, political power and the control of working conditions; contests over the definitions, benefits and limitations of citizenship and at the fate of the family. It will also examine how artists, novelists, film-makers, politicians and historians have pictured Australia's colonial past.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will:

  1. Be able to identify the major economic, social and political developments in Australian colonial society between 1788 and 1901.
  2. Be able to distinguish between different historical interpretations of key aspects of colonial Australian history.
  3. Have developed skills in the critical analysis of various kinds of sources, especially primary sources for the study of Australian history.
  4. Have acquired solid writing and oral presentation skills.
  5. Have developed research and bibliographic skills.
  6. Students doing this unit at level 3 will also have developed skills in independent research.

Assessment

2nd Year:
Assignment 1 (1000 words): 20%
Assignment 2 (2000 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours): 30%
Class Participation: 10%

3rd Year:
Assignment 1 (4000 words): 60%
Class Participation: 10%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in History or permission

Prohibitions

ATS3588


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HSY2335

Synopsis

Over the course of the twentieth century, Britain underwent massive political, social and economic transformation. In 1900 the country controlled the largest empire in the history of the world, but two world wars, a depression, decolonization, rapid deindustrialization, as well as major civil and industrial unrest meant that by the 1970s Britain was in serious decline, in some ways the 'sick man of Europe'. Recent years have seen a major revival in its fortunes and influence on the world stage. Drawing on a range of sources, including art, literature and popular culture, this unit traces the story of the rise, decline and re-emergence of the country across a century of rapid change.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit student will:

  1. Have a good understanding of the history of twentieth century Britain.
  2. Have an understanding of the importance of social movements to processes of political change
  3. Have an understanding of the importance of economic issues to processes of political, social and cultural change
  4. Have an understanding of the importance of culture - including popular culture - to historical research
  5. Be familiar with the research skills and methods of social, cultural and economic historians
  6. Have experience in working with a range of textual, visual and material historical resources
  7. Have further developed their oral and written communication skills, including skills in writing for non-specialist audiences
  8. In addition to the above, students undertaking the unit at level three will have demonstrated the ability to conceive and complete an independent historical research project.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

12 X one hour lecture plus 12 X one hour tutorial

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History, or International Studies, or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS3590


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Drakard

Notes

Previously coded HSY2460

Synopsis

This unit traces the origins of the war in resistance to French colonialism after 1945 and examines deepening US involvement, analysing the motivations of the main participants. The unit will focus not just on the military phases of the war, but also on its cultural and ideological ramifications in Vietnam, the USA and Australia. Lectures will provide a general framework with tutorials focussing on more specific issues such as contrasting styles of warfare, cold war ideology, the role of the media, anti-war protest, POW and veterans issues and approaches to commemoration and remembrance. The wider ramifications of the war in Southeast Asia, especially in Cambodia, will also be studied.

Outcomes

In addition to fulfilling the general objectives established for history units at second-year level, students successfully completing this subject will be expected to:

  1. Develop a knowledge of the historical development of the Vietnam War and an understanding of the broader ideological, political and cultural context in which the war took place.
  2. Reflect on the impact of the war in Vietnam and the USA, as well as other parts of the world such as Cambodia and Laos and Australia.
  3. Think critically and about the different cultural values involved in the various American, Vietnamese and other perceptions of this highly complex event.
  4. Continue the acquisition of critical and analytical skills, and the ability to communicate these verbally and in writing.

Assessment

Written work (essay): 35%
Class participation (including written and oral tasks): 25%
Test (two in-class tests of 1 hour): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS3596


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michelle Duffy

Notes

Previously coded SCY2816

Synopsis

Ethnographic research is the art and science of describing a group or culture. It involves the studying groups and/or individuals as they go about their daily lives. A central premise of this unit is that the ethnographer enters the field with an open mind, but not an empty head. Before engaging with their subjects, the ethnographer begins with a problem, a theory or model, a research design, specific data collection techniques, tools of analysis, and often specific writing style. The unit examines in detail each of these activities and traces their implications for research and the researcher.

Outcomes

By the time students complete this unit, they will be able to:

  1. ascertain what research methods are appropriate for particular theoretical issues that they wish to explore;
  2. understand the uses and limitations of qualitative research;
  3. gain expertise on how to establish a qualitative research framework;
  4. understand the strengths and limitations of using the computer to analyse qualitative data.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One two-hour workshop per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1367 and ATS1898 or SCY1802 or equivalents

Prohibitions

SCY2816, ATS3597


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniella Doron

Notes

Previously coded HSY2580

Synopsis

This unit examines the Holocaust and its place in the broader phenomenon of genocide and mass killing in history. Major topics covered include antisemitism, the Nazi state, ghettos and death camps, responses of victims, and the role of perpetrators and bystanders. The course will reflect on the Holocaust as a symbol of the modern condition, its uniqueness and relationship to other forms of violence and genocide. Other themes studied are the reconstruction of Jewish communities in Europe, the memory of the Holocaust and its meaning in the immediate postwar world, and trauma and testimony.

Outcomes

Upon completion, students will be expected to possess:

  1. a knowledge of events leading to the Holocaust, its course and aftermath
  2. an understanding of Jewish responses to the Holocaust across Europe
  3. an understanding of the responses of perpetrators and bystanders across Europe
  4. an understanding of the issues involved in representations of the Holocaust, including testimony, museums, and memorials.

Assessment

Participation in class: 20%
Short essay (1000 words): 20%
Long essay (2500 words): 40%
Exam (1000 words equivalent): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3600


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Howard

Notes

Previously coded HSY2630

Synopsis

A study of the political, social and cultural history of the Italian city from the late thirteenth to the early sixteenth centuries, with particular reference to the Renaissance period. Case studies will be selected from Rome, Florence, Milan, Venice, Naples or one of the northern courts, such as Mantua or Ferrara.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject/unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. An acquaintance with the considerable body of knowledge that has been built up about the late medieval and Renaissance Italian city (in the context of Italian history in general).
  2. A critical understanding of the case study's urban society and its historiography.
  3. An understanding of the Italian city in this period as a space of cultural encounter.
  4. Enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, religious and polemical literature, historical scholarship and visual representations.
  5. The development of the skills to contribute to knowledge about the Renaissance - city through the development of a research project and essay.

Assessment

Essay-related work: 50%
Class-related written and oral work: 30%
One in-class test (50 minutes): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or permission

Prohibitions

ATS3602


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Megan Cassidy-Welch

Notes

Previously coded HSY2640

Synopsis

This unit examines the impact of the Crusades on European culture and society during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, with particular reference to changing relationships between Christians, Jews and Muslims. It explores the relationship between ecclesiastical politics, religious reform and Crusading ideology, as well as the socio-economic pressures that underpinned Christian expansion in both the Near East and other parts of Europe, such as Spain. It considers episodes of cultural interaction and appropriation, as well as of conflict between Christian, Jewish and Muslim communities by considering the perspectives of commentators and thinkers from each of these religious groups.

Outcomes

  1. This course has as its principal objective to make students familiar with the impact of the Crusades on culture and society in Europe during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries
  2. Students should acquire an understanding of the different ways in which historians have approached the Crusades and issues of cultural interaction between Jews, Christians and Muslims
  3. The unit aims to introduce students to the writings of selected individuals from the period (e.g. Abelard, Heloise, John of Salisbury, Maimonides, Averroes). Students will be expected to be able relate their writing to a wider historical context
  4. Students will be expected to acquire training in library skills, empirical methods and in intelligent summary of secondary literature. Third year students will be expected to acquire research skills through identifying a research topic of their own choice.

Assessment

Oral presentation: 15%
Written work: 60%
In class test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2.5 hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or permission

Prohibitions

ATS3603


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Drakard

Notes

Previously coded HSY2710

Synopsis

The island world of Southeast Asia encompasses the region now defined by the modern states of Malaysia and Indonesia. The unit will explore cultural, political and economic change in this region from the early kingdoms to the beginning of the nineteenth century. A major theme will be the development of two local cultural and political patterns, those of the Javanese and Malay worlds.

Outcomes

Students taking the course will:

  1. Become familiar with some major developments in island Southeast Asia before the end of the nineteenth century, including the nature and ramifications of religious change, the role of state power and political loyalty, economic change, western intrusion, the development of colonial power, and the character of local responses.
  2. Identify and understand major issues and debates discussed in the historical literature dealing with Southeast Asia.
  3. Develop a critical approach to these debates and an appreciation of the nature of the available evidence.
  4. Consider the relative values embodied in the western language and indigenous documents studied in the course.
  5. Develop their own perspectives on issues considered in the course and learn to present and support them with evidence in their written work and in tutorials.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Class participation (including written and oral tasks): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in history or permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Jane Drakard

Notes

Previously coded HSY2725

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with a thorough knowledge of the development of nationalism in at least two Southeast Asian colonies (drawn from Indonesia, Burma, Vietnam, The Philippines and Malaysia) during the early twentieth century and a comparative understanding of the way in which these movements developed into revolutionary struggle and led to eventual independence from colonial rule. The unit aims to develop an awareness of the rich complexity of cultural and political change in this period of anti-colonial struggle and to consider theoretical work on nationalism and cultural change in the context of these specific historical examples.

Outcomes

The unit aims to provide students with a thorough knowledge of the development of nationalism in at least two Southeast Asian colonies during the early twentieth century and a comparative understanding of the way in which these movements developed into revolutionary struggle and led to eventual independence from colonial rule. The unit aims to develop an awareness of the rich complexity of cultural and political change in this period of anti-colonial struggle and to consider theoretical work on nationalism and cultural change in the context of these specific historical examples. The unit also aims to develop skills in both independent research and writing and collaborative research and oral presentation. Specifically, students successfully completing this will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. Familiarity with major historical developments in the selected Southeast Asian historical contexts during the first half of the twentieth century;
  2. An understanding of the role and impact of western imperialism in Southeast Asia and the nature of local reactions to foreign intrusion;
  3. An appreciation of the nature and impact of colonial constructions of Southeast Asian peoples and the long term political, economic and cultural consequences of these attitudes;
  4. An understanding of the manner in which local cultural identity was defined and redefined in the face of colonial intrusion;
  5. A knowledge of the character and impact of nationalist and revolutionary thought in twentieth century Southeast Asia;
  6. A critical understanding of the role and impact of western ideas in Southeast Asia in the early twentieth century and an appreciation of the nature of local restatements of these ideas;
  7. A critical understanding of the major issues and debates found in the existing historiography;
  8. An advanced understanding of the values and cultural perspectives embodied in the western language and indigenous documents studied in the unit, including skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, historical scholarship and visual representations;
  9. The development of skills in source criticism, critical reading, oral presentation and research and writing.

Assessment

Seminar work (verified class participation): 20%
Written work: 70%
Class Test: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture and 2 hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tamara Prosic

Notes

Previously coded HSY2755

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to key themes for understanding the nature, the forms and the organizational structure of religion in ancient Mediterranean cultures, with particular reference to the ancient near east. It explores topics such as public and personal worship, religious personnel, organizations and bodies, types and functions of ritual practices (festivals, sacrifices, prayers, curses, divination, prophecy, etc.) sacred narratives, deities and demons. It also introduces students to theories on the development of ancient religions, exploring their wider social and cultural context through topics such as religion and law codes, women and religion, and religion and politics.

Outcomes

Upon the completion of the unit students will:

  1. be familiar with a range of ancient Mediterranean religions
  2. have an understanding of the complexity of ancient religions forms and basic principles of their organization and interactions with other social and cultural phenomena
  3. be familiar with major theoretical issues regarding development of religions
  4. be able to use ancient visual and written material as sources for the study
  5. be able to critically evaluate and analyse the similarities and the differences between different ancient religions
  6. have acquired the skills to analyze the ways in which religious symbols, institutions, practices, and beliefs both influence and are influenced by their wider social and cultural context.

In addition, students at 3rd-year level will have enhanced skills in the formulation of an independent research project and development of analytical skills in writing research essays in greater depth with thorough documentation derived from extensive use of primary sources and thorough examination of the research literature, including journal articles.

Assessment

Analytical exercise (500 words): 10%
Essay (2000 words): 50%
Tutorial presentation: 10%
Exam (1.5 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3610, SHS2010


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nathan Wolski

Notes

Previously coded HSY2765

Synopsis

This unit explores the ways God is imagined in a variety of religious and mystical traditions, focusing on Kabbalah (Judaism), Sufism (Islam) and Christian mysticism. It will consider how mystical literature and teaching relates to any religious practice, its social function within any religion, and the extent to which it may challenge religious authority, while also drawing its discourse from a religious tradition. There will be opportunity to consider mysticism outside as well as within monotheist tradition. It thus raises questions about the nature of mysticism in its various forms, and its relationship to both rational and poetic thought.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. Demonstrate awareness of the major theoretical issues relating to mystical literature within a variety of religious traditions.
  2. Demonstrate awareness of the developments of mystical teaching in Judaism, Christianity and Islam, with particular attention to mysticism in medieval Christianity, Sufism, and Kabbalah in Judaism.
  3. Show understanding of the relationship between mystical literature and the religious tradition from which it emanates.
  4. Consider the historical context in which mystical teaching has emerged, and what social and political function it may play within a religious tradition.
  5. Demonstrate awareness of the major theoretical debates raised by the phenomenon of mysticism, and the question of whether or not it involves experiences common to different religious traditions.

In addition, third level students will have engaged in substantial research into the teachings and implications of at least two major mystical theorists within one or more religious traditions.

Assessment

Exercise (1000 words): 10%
Class Presentation: 10%
Assignment (2000 words): 50%
In-class (1500 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 90-minute lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3611


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Howard

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded HSY2860

Synopsis

This intensive course of 4-week's duration departs from Melbourne in mid-November. It involves interdisciplinary study, conducted in the city itself, of the political, social and cultural history of Florence, from the late thirteenth to the early sixteenth centuries, with particular reference to the Renaissance period. Students who have not passed ATS1316 and ATS1317 should do the preliminary reading with great care.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A knowledge of the city of Florence itself - including its churches, palaces, museums, piazzas, monuments and streets - as an artefact of its complex history
  2. The development of the requisite skills to interpret the Renaissance aspects of that artefact within an historical framework
  3. Enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, religious and polemical literature, historical scholarship, physical monuments and visual representations
  4. An acquaintance with the considerable body of knowledge that has been built up about late medieval and Renaissance Florence (in the context of Italian history in general)
  5. A critical understanding of this fascinating society and its historiography
  6. The ability to use this knowledge (1, 3, 4, 5) and these skills (2) as a capital source for contributing to an understanding of the Renaissance city, its society and culture.

Assessment

Site visit / tutorial preparation and participation: 10%
essay related work: 65%
class test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Intensive lectures, tutorials and field trips for 35 hours per week, over 1 month (November/December)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or permission.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Professor David Garrioch

Notes

Previously coded HSY2950

Synopsis

The debate over the slave trade was one of the key issues of the Enlightenment and was closely linked to debates about freedom and despotism in Europe itself. This unit follows changing ideas about slavery and freedom from the mid eighteenth century into the French Revolution and through to the rule of Napoleon. It will use case studies to explore the intellectual and social conflicts of the period and the way European society, culture, and politics were changing. Students will choose their group presentations from a range of topics linked to religious, political, scientific and literary debates and conflicts of the period.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should have gained knowledge of the political and social systems and ideologies of eighteenth and early nineteenth century Europe and a familiarity with some of the principal historiographical debates relevant to Europe during this period, in particular debates about slavery, despotism, and freedom, class formation, the state, secularisation, gender relations and the French Revolution and Empire. Students should have also gained understanding of some of the major philosophical and scientific debates of the period, in addition to comprehending the social and economic impact of further exploration of the globe, particularly of the Pacific and America. Through this unit students should have attained an understanding of the origins of many institutions, structures and thought in existence today; witnessing the transformation of the medieval era into the foundations of modern Europe.

In addition to acquiring the subject specific knowledge, students who successfully complete this unit will also attain the skills specific to second and third year study in the School of Historical Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 45% (3000 words)
Group presentation: 30%
Class test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2.5 hours (1 lecture and one 1.5 hour workshop) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway unitsin History or permission

Prohibitions

ATS3614


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Taylor Spence

Notes

Previously coded HSY2990

Synopsis

This unit will relate the history of the American Civil War, with a particular focus on the political, social and ideological origins of the conflict between North and South; contemporary and historical understandings of the causes and outcomes of the war; the international significance of the Civil War as a political, military and social conflict; the experience and perspectives of 'ordinary Americans' before, during and after the war, with particular attention to soldiers and on slaves before and after emancipation; and the representation of the conflict in photography, fiction, film, popular memory and historical scholarship during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will be able to demonstrate a thorough knowledge of the history of the American Civil War, of the ways in which the war was understood by its various participants (including direct combatants, Northern and Southern black Americans, civilians, photographers and artists) and of its subsequent interpretation and representation by historians, film-makers and other cultural producers. They will also show skills in independent research and writing, collaborative research and presentation, and in the use of information technologies such as the WWW to locate, access and critically analyse various forms of historical data, documents and sources.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (3500 words)
Class test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures and tutorials per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in history

Prohibitions

ATS3617


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitIndonesian Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INS2020

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the centrality of religion to everyday life in the Malay World. It explores religious influences on contemporary cultural and political institutions and the diversity of interactions between the major faiths of the region. The unit will discuss topics such as the historical origins of religions in the archipelago; the translation of religious ideas and literature; religious themes in popular culture including film, theatre, and music; and the religious elements of traditional cultural practice.

Outcomes

After successfully completing the unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify key features of religious practice in the Malay World;
  2. describe the manner in which religious ideas have entered and spread through the region;
  3. discuss the relationship between contemporary culture and religion;
  4. describe and assess the various ways in which people have sought to understand religion in the Malay World;
  5. use specific case studies to evaluate the influence of specific religious bodies or organisations on contemporary cultural life.

Assessment

Participation:10%
Written work: 70% (3,500 words)
Test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3621


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anne McNevin

Notes

Previously coded INT2040

Synopsis

This unit examines economic and political governance at global and regional levels. Students will be introduced to key international institutions (such as the United Nations, the European Union and the World Trade Organization) and critically examine their historical development and their legal and policy frameworks. Students will also examine how institutions interact with states, NGOs and civil society movements and engage with major debates surrounding the politics of contemporary global governance.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A sound knowledge of the major global institutions, their historical development and their legal and policy frameworks;
  2. An understanding of the relationships between states, key international institutions and global civil society in processes of political and economic governance;
  3. An understanding of key conceptual and empirical debates on global governance;
  4. The capacity for balanced and reasoned analysis (in spoken and written form) of key issues and controversies in global governance;
  5. The ability to collaborate effectively with peers in group learning tasks.

Assessment

Written work (4500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Politics or International Relations

Prohibitions

ATS3624


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sara Niner

Notes

Previously coded INT2050

Synopsis

Why do politicians and citizens seem so threatened by refugees, asylum seekers and labour immigrants? Is it because such people-out-of-place challenge the system of nation-states? Mobile Worlds explores socially and culturally diverse forms of migrant experience, from among those know as gypsies, nomads, refugees, asylum seekers, illegal immigrants, illegal aliens, guest workers, labour migrants, circular migrants, astronauts, settlers, diasporas and transnational communities around the globe. The aim is to understand the implications of human movement for emerging trends that will characterise life in the 21st century.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this subject, students should be able to appreciate the diverse forms of migrant experience in the contemporary world; identify ways in which refugees, asylum seekers, labour migrants and transnational communities pose a variety of challenges to the international order of nation-states; and critically analyse selected social categories through which 'people who move' are perceived and represented.

Assessment

Tutorial oral presentation (500 words): 10%
Web site or film documentary analysis (1000 words): 25%
Essay (2000 words): 40%
Class test (1000 words): 25%
Third year students will be required to provide a critical evaluation of website or documentary material, while second year students need only analyse the argument made by a particular site or film.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1325 and ATS1326 or ATS1365 and ATS1366 or ATS1254 and ATS1255 or permission if the unit coordinator

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Craig Thorburn

Notes

Previously coded INT2065

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the interrelated nature of power, poverty and development in the contemporary world. It provides students with the ability to critically examine geographical polarities of power and wealth generated by global processes of development for different groups of people in the world. Students engage with the main concepts, and definitions of international development.

The following questions are explored:

  1. What are key disparities that pose serious concerns for global wellbeing?
  2. How are international differences generated or reinforced by uneven global development?
  3. How might we approach alternative strategies for tackling current patterns of global inequality?

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

  1. Understand and explain how international development differences have come about;
  2. Interpret critically the competing explanations exist for global disparities;
  3. Assess critically the institutional and other structures that exacerbate and reinforce uneven international development;
  4. Develop normative understandings about how patterns of global inequality can be transformed toward socially just and sustainable outcomes;
  5. Demonstrate sound written and verbal expression, involving the critical analysis of text, graphs, tables, maps, film and other data. Students will meet the objectives of the unit by:

a. Actively participating in tutorials;

b. Demonstrating knowledge of key concepts of international development in discussions and written work;

c. Preparing and submitting an essay that adheres to essay guidelines, is clearly structured, and which shows a well argued and balanced treatment of the material;

d. Demonstrating the complexities of uneven international development issues and theory in the exam.

Assessment

Midterm quiz: 10%
Class participation: 10%
Weekly reading commentaries: 10%
Essay (3000 words): 40%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Geographical Science or a gateway unit in International Studies, International Relations, Sociology, Anthropology, Geography, Climate and Physical Environments, Human rights, Society, Cities and Sustainabilityor permission of unit coordinator.

Prohibitions

ATS3628, AZA2549, AZA3549


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julian Millie

Notes

Previously coded INT2075

Synopsis

Is secularism on the wane, as we witness a significant resurgence of interest in religion? This unit explores new forms of religiosity that are shaping the way many people respond to today's globalising world. Major trends include the rise of fundamentalist streams in the world religions, the proliferation of revitalization movements supporting local religious traditions, and the emergence of post-modern forms of religion such as New Age and eco-spirituality. These value-focused belief systems reinterpret the meaning of contemporary life experience, but they are also concerned about global crises and injustices and propose utopian alternatives to the prevalent ethos of materialism and greed.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit, students will be able to:

  1. analyse contemporary and emerging forms of religiosity in historical terms - namely, through an understanding of:
    1. the co-evolution of modern religion, science and capitalist economies in Europe from the Enlightenment period to the mid-20th century
    2. subsequent departures from the project of modernity since WW2
  2. compare and analyse the different, alternative forms of modernity and post-modernity that are currently being created in non-Western countries through new interpretations of Islam, Hinduism and other world religions
  3. define the political circumstances and socio-economic conditions that are leading to a renewed prominence of religion in contemporary political life in general and in relation to particular cases, such as Islamic, Christian and Hindu fundamentalism
  4. characterize the global trend toward a revitalization of local religious traditions and the ways this process can generate not only religious ethno-nationalism and conflicts with immigrant populations, but also avenues for local resistance to disenfranchisement through globalization
  5. articulate the context and identify the causes that have precipitated a globalization of Pentecostal and Charismatic Christianity and the relative decline of public support for mainstream Christian churches
  6. compare, contrast and identify commonalities among a range of emerging New-Age spiritualities that are advocating a post-modern utopic religious pluralism, based on freedom of individual expression, personal religious experience and a monistic universalism
  7. evaluate contemporary forms of Shamanism, Witchcraft and Paganism as attempts to rediscover and rework pre-modern forms of religiosity for a post-modern world
  8. identify and compare the core values of alternative religious and spiritual movements
  9. critically consider what contribution religion and alternative spiritualities can make to solving some of the most pressing psychological, social, environmental, economic and political problems of a globalising world.

Assessment

Tutorial Participation in Discussion (500 words): 10%; Class Test (short answer) 1000 words: 25%; Book, Website or Documentary Film Analysis (1000 words): 25%; Essay (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial per week for 11 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1325 and ATS1326 or ATS1254 and ATS1255 or ATS1365 and ATS1366 or RLT1010 and RLT1020 unit, or permission of the unit coordinator.

Prohibitions

ATS3629, AZA2629, AZA3629


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Helen E.S. Nesadurai

Notes

Previously coded INT2085

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the global economy and its governance. It enables students to critically examine conflicts among states, firms, international organizations, NGOs and other groups over how the global economy is governed. Key questions to be explored are:

  1. How do different political and economic ideas influence global economic governance, including in trade and finance, and whose interests are privileged as a result?
  2. How have groups such as women and labour and issues such as the environment fared under neoliberal approaches to governance?
  3. Should we govern the global economy to achieve stability and efficiency, or should we also attempt to achieve justice?

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify and interpret the changes that have occurred in how the world economy has been governed since the end of the Second World War
  2. Understand how different political and economic ideas that underpin distinct approaches to global economic governance privilege some actors and normative values at the expense of others
  3. Explain why conflicts occur among states, firms, international organizations, NGOs and other groups over how the global economy is governed
  4. Engage with and evaluate key normative debates on how the global economy should be governed.

Students will meet the objectives of the unit by:

  • Participating actively in tutorial discussions
  • Reading critically about the topics covered in lectures.+ Writing and submitting an essay that presents a well-researched and carefully argued analysis of the material covered in the unit
  • Demonstrating in the examination knowledge and understanding of key concepts and theoretical debates on global economic governance and their application to different case studies.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Class participation: 10%
Exam: 50% (2 hours)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in INT or permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Thaatchaayini Kananatu

Notes

Previously coded INT2130

Synopsis

How have cities contributed to the progress of globalisation over the past two millennia? This unit analyses a series of major world cities, examining their histories, contemporary situation, and emerging or possible future development scenarios. The overarching theme will be the historical and contemporary role of cities as drivers of economic and social change, with a sub-theme around the idea of cities as centres of cultural interaction.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit student will:

  1. have an understanding of the past, present and possible futures of a number of important world cities
  2. have an understanding of the historical and contemporary role of cities as drivers of economic, social and cultural change
  3. have an understanding of the contemporary and historical role of cities as places of cultural interaction
  4. be familiar with the research skills and methods of urban scholars, including urban historians
  5. have experience in working with a range of textual, visual and material urban research sources
  6. have further developed their oral and written communication skills, including skills in writing for non-specialist audiences
  7. In addition to the above, students undertaking the unit at level three will have demonstrated the ability to conceive and complete an independent research project around an urban theme.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in International Studies, History or permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ryan Tonkens

Notes

Previously coded INT2180

Synopsis

The human body and its parts are increasingly being bought and sold internationally by pharmaceutical companies, researchers, kidney and surrogate brokers and by individuals directly. In this unit we discuss the ethical issues that arise with the international commercialisation of the human body, focusing on the concepts of coercion and exploitation. Should such markets be prohibited altogether, or simply reformed and regulated to reduce exploitation and harm? Specifically, we discuss gene patents and access to medicines in the developing world, research conducted on poor people in developing countries, international markets in organs; surrogacy and embryo trading.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit, students will have:

  1. Familiarity with the range and nature of international markets in the human body
  2. Familiarity with the major ethical concepts and arguments used in discussing markets in, and commercialisation of, the human body
  3. Skills enabling them to critically analyse key ethical and policy issues related to these practices
  4. The ability to make informed judgements about these ethical and policy issues.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week + One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in International Studies, or Philosophy, or Human Rights. Or first-year sequence in Bioethics

Prohibitions

ATS3637


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert Simpson

Notes

Previously coded INT2920

Synopsis

When, if ever, is warfare justified? What about humanitarian intervention? What about violent revolution and terrorism? Why should civilians be protected in conflict? This unit will introduce students to theoretical approaches to the ethics of conflict that will allow them to answer these difficult questions. It will also serve to introduce students to basic ideas in moral and political philosophy. No background in philosophy is required: merely an interest in rational argument applied to global conflict.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will:

  1. have a high level of understanding of the central ideas of just war theory
  2. appreciate a wide variety of criticisms of just war theory
  3. understand the connections between human rights and war
  4. have developed the ability to apply theories of justice in conflict to actual cas es from recent history
  5. be able to develop and critically assess arguments about the justification of violence in the pursuit of political ends
  6. have improved their ability to effectively communicate about complex issues in international affairs
  7. have developed their ability to conduct independent research on topics of international justice.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (3500 words)
Test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Philosophy, International Studies, Human Rights, Politics or International Relations.

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Fay Anderson

Notes

Previously coded JCS2613

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a critical engagement with contemporary scholarship on the reporting of war and civil and international conflict. The subject explores the reporting of wars and civil conflicts including the World Wars, Vietnam, conflicts in the Middle East and Africa, Rwanda and Somalia, East Timor, Bosnia, post 9/11 wars in Afghanistan and Iraq and the Arab Spring, Within these contexts, the subject considers the rich history of war journalism (print, photography, broadcasting and more recently online), the evolution of the industry, censorship, the extent of media influence, how the media shape public perceptions, the prevailing representations, photography and the new media. It canvasses key theoretical concepts related to war coverage including 'othering', compassion fatigue, peace journalism, global journalism, liberation journalism, the Vietnam syndrome and the CNN effect. This subject requires a strong interest in news and current affairs along with a thoughtful and flexible approach to some of the key issues raised by media coverage of war and conflict.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to

  1. demonstrate a satisfactory knowledge and capacity to make effective usage of the academic literature in the field of journalism about war and violent conflict.
  2. demonstrate an ability to research, discuss and analyse scholarly issues in a clear, concise and rigorous way
  3. collaborate constructively with fellow students in learning and discussion processes, including online forums
  4. produce their written work to deadline making effective use of the conventions of scholarly presentation (references, bibliography, etc)
  5. work independently and in groups to achieve their learning outcomes
  6. demonstrate a critical awareness of the strengths, limitations and socio-professional implications of scholarly practice in journalism studies

Assessment

Minor project (1000 words): 20%
In-class presentation and essay (1000 words): 25%
Major Project (2500 words): 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS3647


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeremy Breaden

Notes

Previously coded JPS2110

Synopsis

This unit explores the dynamics of continuity and change in the society, culture and politics of Japan today. After surveying important aspects of contemporary Japan such as employment, education, domestic life and consumer culture in historical perspective, the unit examines selected issues which are currently being debated in the Japanese media and political arena. Students will be introduced to the key theoretical approaches and analytical tools employed in the study of contemporary Japan. No knowledge of the Japanese language is required, but students also studying Japanese will be given opportunities to use and extend their language skills in optional assessment tasks and class activities.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

  1. Identify the key institutions and issues in contemporary Japan, and the historical context for their development;
  2. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the concepts and terms used to describe and discuss contemporary Japanese society and culture beyond Japan;
  3. Apply a range of disciplinary approaches to analyse major issues and debates in contemporary Japan;
  4. Reflect on the relevance of Japanese experiences of social change to other national and individual circumstances;
  5. Explore how contemporary Japanese social and cultural phenomena are reflected in, and shaped by, Japanese language use;
  6. Read critically and engage with existing research on Japan;
  7. (For students of the Japanese language only:) Utilize Japanese language skills in academic research and discussion of contemporary issues in Japan, as appropriate to proficiency level.

Assessment

Written work (2500 words): 50%
Exam (2-hours): 40%
Participation: 10%

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3648


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah Pasfield-Neofitou

Notes

Previously coded JPS2530

Synopsis

The first part of the unit focuses on basic aspects of the Japanese language and system of communication, particularly as they relate to intercultural communication. Topics covered will include the Japanese script, use of Japanese online, code switching and borrowing, variation, and intercultural communication. The unit will also examine the nature of communicative competence in Japanese and introduce some theories about how a second language is learned and how teaching and learning can be optimised.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to demonstrate an understanding of applied linguistics and be able to employ some of the terminology used within the discipline;
  2. Be able to explain the processes of language learning;
  3. Be able to display a basic, critical understanding of some issues related to the acquisition and use of Japanese language.4. Be able to relate these processes and issues to their own experiences in learning languages and using Japanese;
  4. Be able to employ general research skills (in library and online research, critical thinking and reading, organisation and synthesis of information, and communication);
  5. Have a foundation for undertaking further studies in Japanese linguistics and sociolinguistics.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (3000 words)
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (one 1-hour lecture-seminar and one 1-hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of ATS1142 Japanese Introductory 2 or above

Prohibitions

ATS3653


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Elizabeth Hart

Notes

Previously coded JRN2903

Synopsis

This unit will help students transfer their journalistic skills to digital media - such as material generation and web authoring - and the convergence of print, audio and video formats, and the integration to produce and distribute content. Students will be introduced to a set of research and reporting approaches that will enable them to locate people and story details using online tools. They will build on the skills they acquire in the unit to report, write news and produce multimedia packages news for online audiences. Part of the teaching will be in block mode in the lab. Off-campus students should be aware that access to certain technology and equipment will be required to complete this unit successfully.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. knowledge of how online tools and technologies are changing journalism;
  2. ability to assess ethical and legal issues surrounding online news reporting and presentation;
  3. ability to identify differences between analogue and digital/ online journalism;
  4. competence in the use of multimedia tools and technologies to develop and disseminate multimedia journalistic stories and packages suitable for an online audience;
  5. working collaboratively in a team to develop online stories and packages; and
  6. ability to assess the value, authenticity and authority of sources.

Assessment

Online news site analysis (equiv 450 words): 10%
Produce multimedia packages (equiv 1800 words): 40%
In class multimedia presentation (Off-campus students to submit online) (equiv 450 words): 10%
Major project, website development (equiv 1800 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1330 and ATS1331 or equivalents

Prohibitions

GSC2903, GSC3913, ATS3656, ATS2787, JRN2201, JRN2903, JRN3903


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Elizabeth Hart

Notes

Previously coded JRN2910

Synopsis

This unit covers the areas of professional ethics that govern journalism in Australia. Students learn how the principles and codes of journalism ethics influence and impact on journalism practice. Students explore debates about privacy, chequebook journalism, sensationalism, news images and ethics, conflicts of interest, plagiarism, self-regulation, gender and media stereotypes, and reporting of race and minorities. Students learn the extent of ethical constraints and freedoms and the tensions that arise among media owners, media regulators, journalists, and the public in reporting of news. The challenges of rapid technological change provide a framework within which to consider trends and dilemmas in journalism ethics in the 21st century.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Understand the ethical issues which journalists encounter in their daily work;
  2. Be able to critically analyse the challenges of ethical practice in the production of news;
  3. Understand the importance and relevance of unethical practice within the Fourth Estate model of the production of news;
  4. Be able to debate and analyse the ethical conflicts that arise between the media, the public, and public relations;
  5. Understand the implication of technological advances on ethical journalism;
  6. Have knowledge of and practise in applying the MEAA's Code of Ethics and the Australian Press Council Statement of Principles;
  7. Have the ability to critically analyse self-regulation of the media in Australia

Assessment

Assignment: online academic postings (1500 words): 35%
Class presentation: tutorial presentation supported by written report (online for DE) (1000 words): 25%
Examination (2 hours): 40%.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1330 and ATS1331 or permission

Prohibitions

GSC3903, GSC3910, GSC2910, ATS3658, JRN2910, JRN3910


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Michael Fagenblat and Nathan Wolski

Notes

Previously coded JWC2280

Synopsis

From the 11th to the 13th centuries Jewish expression underwent a remarkable renaissance that saw the birth of its greatest philosophical and mystical exponents. We will study Maimonides' Guide for the Perplexed as a universalistic philosophy of religion, as well as an exponent of the particulars of Jewish law. The second half of the course will examine the extraordinary rise of Kabbalah, the Jewish mystical tradition that flourished in Spain from the end of the 13th century. Besides considering the relations between Maimonides and the mystics we will also examine the different but equally daring reading techniques of philosophers and mystics alike.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Understand and explain the central ideas and the intellectual context of the medieval renaissance in Jewish philosophy and mysticism.
  2. Analyse, describe, differentiate and trace the influences between the basic ideas of Maimonidean rationalism and the mysticism of the early Kabbalah.
  3. Read and analyse selected texts from Maimonides' The Guide of the Perplexed and his Code of Jewish Law and selected texts from The Zohar and the Gates of Light.
  4. Be familiar with contemporary scholarly debates concerning The Guide and The Zohar.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Test 30%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour tutorial) per week

Prohibitions

ATS3661


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded LIN2030

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the key issues in language endangerment. It examines historical and contemporary assessments of linguistic diversity and language endangerment within the broader framework of the loss of biological and cultural diversity. It reflects on a wide range of issues, including factors in assessing speaker fluency and the degree of endangerment, symptoms and causes of language shift, and changes in domains of language use and patterns of language transmission. General principles and issues are embedded within case studies from a range of regions and language families. The seminar combines lectures with group discussion of key concepts guided by focus questions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should have:

  1. gained familiarity with the significant aspects of the rapidly growing field of language endangerment research and practice;
  2. have an understanding of, and an ability to apply, key terms, concepts and theoretical models relevant to a wide range of language endangerment settings, and
  3. developed the ability to critically evaluate assessments of language endangerment.

Students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the historical development of language endangerment research;
  2. analyse the key factors in assessing language endangerment and speaker fluency;
  3. evaluate alternative explanations for language variation;
  4. interpret theoretical frameworks developed and utilised by researchers in the field, and
  5. apply key concepts to new sets of data.

They should also be able to:

  1. formulate research questions;
  2. utilise appropriate methodologies to conduct independent research;
  3. present their results in discussion forums in small groups (on campus)/online discussion (off campus), and in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), and
  4. engage in team work and critical academic discussion of information and argument.

Assessment

Research essay proposal 500 words 15%
Research essay 3000 words 45%
Take home test 1 hour 30%
Group/Online participation 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Olav Kuhn

Notes

Previously coded LIN2080

Synopsis

All languages are constantly changing - just as other aspects of human society are also constantly changing. How and why do these changes begin? How and why do they take hold and spread? How can we explain them? This subject is an introduction to the study of language over time. It examines changes at all linguistics levels - vocabulary, meaning, sounds and grammar. Examples are drawn from the history of a wide range of languages - Germanic, Romance, Pacific and Asian. Part of the subject also gives students practice in reconstructing lost stages of languages, using the internal and comparative methods of reconstruction.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this subject students should be able to:

  1. Describe language as a dynamic system of communication.
  2. Analyse language data with respect to the evolution of sounds, vocabulary and grammar.
  3. Identify the types of change that occur.
  4. Discuss the factors responsible for these changes and how they interact.
  5. Explain the major processes of language change.
  6. Use the methods of comparative reconstruction to build past linguistic systems.
  7. Integrate language observation and analysis with corresponding literature in the field (3rd year students only).

Assessment

Written work: 70% (3000 words)
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (lectures/seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Margetts

Notes

Previously coded LIN2090

Synopsis

This unit will cover the basic tools necessary for the study of syntax and will specifically focus on the linguistic analysis of the sentence in different languages. This study will be approached through the comparison of different systems of case marking, agreement, use of clitic pronouns, word order, topic-comment structure and other mechanisms that reveal the structure of the clause. Attention will be given to understanding basic concepts such as verb, transitive verb, passive subject and direct object and tense/aspect.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to demonstrate familiarity with the basic units of analysis as exemplified in a variety of different languages.
  2. Be familiar with different theoretical approaches to the analysis of sentence structure and the relevant terminology.
  3. Be able to read and understand grammatical descriptions of languages and discussions of grammatical phenomena in the linguistic literature.
  4. Be able to analyse data from languages which they know, and from those with which they are unfamiliar.

Assessment

Class participation and presentation: 20%
Written work: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Linguistics


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded LIN2110

Synopsis

Introduction to the principles of articulatory phonetics and the International Phonetic Alphabet. Introduction to the acoustic analysis of speech sounds and their measurement. Introduction to the principles of phonological analysis and issues in phonological theory.

Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of this subject students are expected to understand the ways in speech sounds are produced in different languages, and the processes by which sounds are modified in connected speech, be familiar with the use of computerised speech analysis and understand the principles of phonological analysis and issues in phonological theory. More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

  1. Read critically.
  2. Use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data.
  3. Assess evidence supporting various theories and thereby evaluate these theories.
  4. Present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Howard Manns

Notes

Previously coded LIN2160

Synopsis

This unit examines basic concepts of intercultural communication: face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and examines their interaction in intercultural communication in the global context. Case studies drawn from a wide variety of cultures will provide opportunities to examine language use in light of broader cultural, political and social issues such as stereotyping and discriminatory language, cultural expectation and attitudes, cultural awareness training, language reform and policies.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit it is expected that students will:

  1. be sensitive to inter-cultural differences in communication patterns and cultural expectations
  2. know what kinds of questions to ask about communication patterns in a culture with which they are not (very) familiar
  3. be able to analyze what goes wrong in communication breakdown
  4. have encountered examples of inter-cultural communication

More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

  1. read and think critically
  2. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data
  3. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

Assessment

Written assignments (3250 words): 75%
Exam (1000 words equivalent): 20%
Class/On-line participation (250 words equivalent): 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

LIN2470, LIN3470, ATS3671, LLC2160, LLC3160


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded LIN2180

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the field of computational linguistics, an increasingly important area within linguistics. The course will include an overview of the development of the field and its relation to other developments in linguistics and outside of it. The main approaches used, both rule-based and probabilistic will be discussed and the basic techniques in each approach will be studied and practised. The major applications of computational techniques in linguistics, including machine translation, data mining and corpus linguistics will also be examined along with current achievements in these areas.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have gained an understanding of:

  1. the history of the use of computers in linguistics
  2. the intellectual context of such work
  3. the computational implementation of rules in phonology, morphology and syntax
  4. the principles of probabilistic analysis of language
  5. and the application of computational techniques to various real-world problems.

Students will also have gained experience in:

  1. using simple software for linguistic analysis including parsing
  2. using software for quantitative analysis of large bodies of language data
  3. and designing and implementing a small research project using computational techniques.

Students will also develop their skills in:

  1. rigorous analysis of language data
  2. critical thinking
  3. and developing research projects.

In addition, students at level 3 will develop their skills in presenting the results of their work.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (500 words) 10%
Assignment 2 (500 words) 15%
Assignment 3 (2000 words) 40%
Class test (2 hours, equivalent to 1000 words) 25%
Participation - includes oral presentation of results (500 words equivalent) 10%
The class test will include additional questions for level 3 students.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Prof Kate Burridge

Notes

Previously coded LIN2190

Synopsis

This unit will survey the history of English (origins, development, diversification, recent convergence, etc; including the origins and development of the key features which distinguish the main varieties of the language), and the relevant basic aspects of theoretical historical linguistics and philology. It will also deal with the main sociolinguistic facts and issues associated with the statuses and functions of the English language as it exists today and of the key varieties of English in the various societies in which they are used.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the major structural changes in the history of English.
  2. Identify the sociohistorical context for these changes.
  3. Discuss the effects of language contact on English.
  4. Analyse language data with respect to the evolution of sounds, vocabulary and grammar.
  5. Explain the major processes of language standardization, focusing on the development of Standard English.
  6. Illustrate the effects of globalization and e-communication on current-day English.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Alice Gaby

Notes

Previously coded LIN2310

Synopsis

Semantics is concerned with the meaning of every kind of linguistic constituent and expression in language(from the smallest morphemes and words to complex sentences and texts), as well as the relationships that hold between them. Pragmatics is concerned with how speakers use linguistic forms in particular contexts to communicate more than the semantic content of those forms, as well as how their addressees draw inferences in order to arrive at a shared understanding (or not!). This unit considers the nature of linguistic meaning and how it can be best represented, drawing on natural language data from around the world.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should:

  1. able to explain the fundamental concepts for of linguistic semantics and pragmatics;
  2. be equipped with the basic tools and skills needed to progress to original research in semantics and pragmatics;
  3. be able to interpret the semantic and/or pragmatic content of natural language exchanges.

Assessment

Written work(total 4500 words): 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week
One 1-hour tutorial per 3 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics or Communications.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Melanie Burns

Notes

Previously coded LIN2350

Synopsis

This unit will explore the relationship between language and society, describing regional and social, and ethnic varieties of a language, and the values, attitudes and ideologies associated with these varieties. Societal and individual bilingualism, multilingualism, genre and code choice will be examined in the context of speech communities and communities of practice. A particular focus will be the ways in which individuals exploit a range of linguistic resources to take stances in interaction.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify and assess the significance of key theoretical perspectives in the study of language and society;
  2. Apply sociolinguistic insights to everyday experience;
  3. Describe the main data gathering methods used in sociolinguistics, and select appropriate methods for a range of research questions;
  4. Design and carry out a small sociolinguistic fieldwork project;
  5. Engage in informed debate on matters of theoretical and practical significance in the areas of language and society, language education, language purism and language planning.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week, also by flexible delivery

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics

Prohibitions

ATS3676


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded LIN2390

Synopsis

This unit examines the role of language in the construction of identity or identities, with a particular focus on gender identity. In addition the linguistic contribution to presentation and construction of ethnic and other identities will be examined. The examination of differences in the language use and communication patterns of the sexes focuses on:

  1. a variety of languages
  2. written and spoken texts
  3. public and private contexts including patient/doctor interaction, computer mediated interaction, interpersonal communication and educational settings.

The unit will also examine the cultural and social framing of identity, style shifting and acts of identity, and identity formation in language contact and second language learning.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:

  1. Summarize key theoretical debates in relation to identity and language
  2. Compare the approaches of theorists from different discipline backgrounds
  3. Reflect on gender differences across languages in the light of theoretical and empirical studies
  4. Evaluate major methodological approaches to the study of identity and language
  5. Work in teams to apply at least one methodology to a selected context
  6. Use data thus collected to support an argument in relation to theoretical debates
  7. Present a coherent oral and written account of research thus conducted.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics, or a language, or English as an International Language, or Communication

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Margetts

Notes

Previously coded LIN2430

Synopsis

This unit traces the development of child language from pre-speech to later stages of acquisition, including the development of communicative competence. It examines the development of the child's phonological, syntactic, morphological and semantic system and attempts to account for this development by considering various linguistic models and theories. The unit also investigates the comprehension and production of speech. Experimental evidence is examined in order to determine the psychological validity of the various models and theories which have been proposed to describe the process involved in comprehending and producing speech.

Outcomes

By the completion of this subject, students are expected to have developed

  1. a critical understanding of the process of language acquisition and the various theories which have developed to account for this acquisition
  2. a critical understanding of the mental processes of sentence comprehension and production and the various theories which have been developed to explain these processes.

More generally students are expected to develop

  1. critical reading skills
  2. analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with raw language data
  3. the ability to assess evidence supporting various theories and thereby evaluate these theories
  4. the ability to present logical, coherent arguments, both orally and in writing

Assessment

Assignments (3500 words): 75%
Examination (1 hour): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded LIN2490

Synopsis

This unit will provide an introduction to issues in language in education including, reading, writing, early childhood literacy, tertiary literacy and classroom practices. Literacies in media and computer communication contexts will be investigated including the language of hypertext, 'reading' in CMC, television and video discourse, and the ethical issues of access, participation and democratisation will also be explored. These topics help frame understandings about the measurement, acquisition, absence and change for literacies in communication contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Engage in informed debate on the relationship between literacy and cognition.
  2. Identify the attributes of major writing systems of the world.
  3. Describe the spoken-written language continuum and the features of computer-mediated communication.
  4. Outline the stages of literacy development in young children.
  5. Assess the effects of schooled literacy, second language literacy, and biliteracy.
  6. Use ethnographic methods to study of literacy events.
  7. Assess the cultural impact of electronic literacy.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics, Literary studies or Communications

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kate Burridge

Notes

Previously coded LIN2510

Synopsis

The unit provides a step-by-step account of English grammar from the perspective of the theoretical insights of modern linguistics. It examines the most important English constructions and categories, compares the leading standard and near-standard varieties in these respects, discusses key differences of interpretation, and (briefly) relates language-specific facts and issues to language typology and universals.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to understand the key notions used in the analysis of contemporary English syntax.
  2. Be able to understand the more important aspects of the relationship between syntax and meaning in English.
  3. Be able to apply the notions covered in 1-2 (and to use the relevant terms accurately) in the analysis of 'real' texts, especially with the view to how information is structured in discourse.
  4. Know the key syntactic (and syntactic-semantic) features that distinguish the main standard varieties of English from each other and from other important varieties.
  5. Know the key syntactic (etc.) features that distinguish formal and informal usage.
  6. Know the key syntactic (etc.) features that distinguish different occupational varieties (like Journalese, Legalese, Sports-Announcer Talk etc.).
  7. Be aware of the place of English in respect of the main parameters of syntactic typology.
  8. Have the basis for further study which would enable them to teach English grammar themselves.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week; also by flexible delivery
One 1-hour tutorial per three weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics.

Prohibitions

ATS3681


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Howard Manns

Notes

Previously coded LIN2550

Synopsis

The unit explores social factors in second language acquisition, the nature of first, second and bilingual acquisition, early and late language learning, the nature of interlanguage, cognitive, interactionist and sociocultural models of language and general learning, language attrition, individual differences in language learning, and the role of formal instruction in the language classroom.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the major applied linguistic theories that have influenced the field of second language acquisition.
  2. Understand the role of the individual learner differences in second language learning.
  3. Evaluate the role of internal and external factors in language learning.
  4. Analyse a learner's langauge.
  5. Apply all these understandings to the practice of enabling learners to learn and acquire a second language in both formal and informal contexts.
  6. Relate the research literature to their own and others' second language acquisition experience.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week, also by flexible delivery

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics

Prohibitions

ATS3682, ATS2101, ATS3101, GRN2130, GRN3130, ATS2041, ATS3041, ITA2550, ITA3550, MGR3550 or SPN3550


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Louisa Willoughby

Notes

Previously coded LIN2570

Synopsis

Every day, we engage with a wide range of different text types and speaking situations, from casual conversations with friends to news reports, medical appointments to advertising. In this unit, we explore the typical features of these and other genres. We look in detail at text and conversation structure to uncover their hidden rules and understand what causes common misunderstandings. Students are introduced to different approaches to discourse analysis, including Conversation Analysis, Critical Discourse Analysis and Interactional Sociolinguistics, and reflect on the appropriateness of each approach for analysing different types of data and answering different types of research questions.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:

  1. Understand and be able to apply key terms and concepts used in discourse analysis
  2. Have a developed understanding of the linguistic features that define different types of texts
  3. Be able to articulate key differences between two or more approaches to discourse analysis
  4. Describe in detail the ways in which English speakers use paralanguage cues (such as pitch, stress, pauses, laughter) to convey meaning in conversation
  5. Outline common rhetorical strategies used to develop coherence and cohesion within a text
  6. Be able to apply their knowledge in an extended analysis of a text of their own choosing

Assessment

Written work: 95%
Class/on-line participation: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS3683


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Ang Hean Leng

Notes

Previously coded MAL2000

Synopsis

This unit provides a broad overview of Malaysian history, socio-economy, politics and culture for second and third year students in the School of Arts and Social Sciences. It is informed by the approaches of various disciplines in that School. It both analyses the peculiarities of Malaysia's multi-cultural society and emphasises factors promoting national integration. It notes key areas of development and challenge in the economy, the education system, in health and technology and in Malaysia's role in the global community.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed

  1. understanding of Malaysia's national and people's history as well as community development in terms of their socio-cultural, political and economic aspects
  2. ability to analyse a question and produce a clear verbal or written response
  3. a basis for participation in efforts relating to the sovereignty, development and progress of Malaysia with skills of enhanced awareness
  4. understanding of the process of nation-building
  5. understanding of key issues in Malaysia's national identity and
  6. understanding of Malaysia's role and contribution internationally.

Assessment

Assignment (2,000 words): 30%
Class presentation (group - 500 words each): 30%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

Prohibitions

MAL1000, ATS3685


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Adrian McNeil

Notes

Previously coded MUS2910

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a sample of music genres from Africa which demonstrate underlying social and musical principles of African music. A series of performance sessions in African drum ensembles will present principles of polyrhythmic structures in selected genres.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have:

  1. A practical knowledge of a variety of performance issues in the musical traditions of sub-Saharan Africa
  2. A knowledge of the history, musical styles and socio-cultural function of different African genres
  3. A knowledge of the formation of modern African popular music genres and their musical, social and political foundation.

Assessment

Written (2500 words): 70%
Exam (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Muldoon

Notes

Previously coded PLT2120

Synopsis

There is a growing imperative for societies, particularly democratic societies, to deal with the violence of the past so that discordant groups can be reconciled and historical injustices repaired. This unit looks at the role of memory in politics and asks whether current attempts to 'deal with the past' are creating more compassionate democracies (i.e. democracies more attuned to the suffering of others) or making impossible demands upon the activity of politics itself.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students are expected to be able to:

  1. Understand the political importance of 'coming to terms with the past';
  2. Give an account of the conceptual tensions and ambiguities surrounding the theory and practice of dealing with past injustices;
  3. Understand the relative strengths and weaknesses of conventional institutional responses to injustice based in law and the more innovative institutional responses based in theories of political reconciliation;
  4. Think critically about the implications our struggles to come to terms with the past carry in terms of the relationship between politics and time;
  5. Undertake structured research tasks and demonstrate high level written communication skills.

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%
Written work: 60%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year politics sequence

Prohibitions

ATS3691


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded PLT2140

Synopsis

This unit explores some crucial currents of thought on the nature of modernity, community, and liberty from the French Enlightenment until the present. The principal 'isms' of modern politics - liberalism, socialism, conservatism - are studied as both ideologies of progress and expressions of despair in the face of the massive changes in political, economic, intellectual and moral life of the last two centuries. Thinkers discussed will include Rousseau, Marx, Nietzsche, Habermas and Foucault. Our key focus will be how these thinkers have characterised and imagined modernity in forms of utopian ideal and dystopian counter-ideal.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation (500 words): 10%
Tutorial participation: 10%
Essay (2500 words): 50%
Examination (1.5 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two Gateway units in Politics or permission.

Prohibitions

COS2140, COS3140, ATS3692


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Zareh Ghazarian

Notes

Previously coded PLT2170

Synopsis

In this unit, the politics of the media is studied from three broad perspectives. First, the politics of the media is investigated from the perspective of liberal democratic theory in order to understand the role of newspapers, electronic news media, entertainment and, popular culture and so on in that which we might consider 'the political'. Second, the political economy of the media is investigated with particular emphasis on the structure of media ownership in Australia. Third, the unit undertakes a study of the relationship between the Australian media and Australian politics.

Outcomes

  • The ability to identify the relationship between the liberal democratic tradition and the mass media, and the assumptions (and tensions) that underpin this relationship;
  • Understanding of the legal and regulatory framework of the Australian media industry, including its ownership structures;
  • The ability to identify the key literatures on media power and effects;
  • Identify the impact that new technologies have on the media and the opportunities and constraints this presents for democracy in Australia;
  • Locate the key Australian and international literatures on the media using library sources;
  • Develop an argument, or to provide an opinion, and to do so clearly, accurately and concisely both in written and oral form;
  • Develop skills of collaboration and team work through participation in tutorials.

Assessment

Written work - 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x 2 hour seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Politics or permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3693


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded PLT2230

Synopsis

The unit provides an introduction to the main concepts and theories within International Political Economy (IPE). Topics include the operation of the IMF, the World Bank, and the GATT/WTO; the political economy of global investment; and the operation of the international monetary system. This unit is divided into three sections. The first outlines contending approaches to international political economy and explains the scope of the sub-discipline. The second section examines the various major developments in 20th-century political economy. The final part of the unit enables students to debate the political and social consequences of economic globalisation in the 21st Century.

Outcomes

The aim of the unit is to:

  • Explain different approaches to International Political Economy (IPE)
  • Explain the concept and importance of 'international regimes'
  • Employ IPE and regime approaches to understand global trade, investment and monetary arrangements
  • Present an overview of the structure and operation of important global institutions including the WTO, IMF and the World Bank
  • Analyse relevant case studies
  • Encourage critical analysis of the political economy of globalization.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 40%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Politics or International Studies

Prohibitions

ATS3694, ATS2630, ATS3630


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben MacQueen

Notes

Previously coded PLT2460

Synopsis

This subject will examine the interplay of external and internal factors in shaping the modern political environment of the Middle East. Starting with an overview of the establishment of the state system during and after the colonial period, this unit examines, in depth, the emergence of the modern state system, the Arab-Israeli conflict, the Middle East during the Cold War, the repeated conflicts in Afghanistan, the Islamic Revolution in Iran, external intervention such as the 1990-91 Gulf War and the 2003 invasion and occupation of Iraq, and the unrest that has swept the region since early 2011. In addition, this unit will unpack key thematic issues such as political Islam, democratisation, and human rights.

Outcomes

By the end of their study of this subject, students will have:

  1. Deepened their understanding of the relationship between the great powers and Middle Eastern societies.
  2. Understood the significance of major events for relations between the Muslim Middle East and the West, primarily the United States.
  3. Identified, analysed and evaluated the dynamics of relations between the internal politics of the Middle East and external factors.
  4. Gained sufficient information and research skills to formulate their own essay questions.
  5. Developed their own views on the prospects of relations between the Muslim Middle East and the United States.
  6. Gained a holistic appreciation of international relations and will be in a position to apply that analytical tool to the study of other international relations units.
  7. Improved their written skills by producing two well-reasoned and well-documented essays.

Assessment

Research Essay (3000 words): 50%
Examination 2 hour (1500 words): 40%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3698


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded PLT2650

Synopsis

This subject provides an overview of contemporary political violence, including terrorism, guerrilla warfare, and related forms of violence. It examines the different ways in which political violence manifests itself and addresses the questions of motivations for engaging in political violence and ways of understanding political violence. In so doing it covers cultural, economic and political explanations as well as conceptual debates in the fieldand different strategies for dealing with the threat of global terrorism. This unit analyses case studies of violent actors that espouse different ideological and theological orientations from different parts of the world, including Australia.

Outcomes

After successfully completing this subject students should be able to demonstrate the following:

  1. A detailed understanding of the cultural, economic, social and religious circumstances that lie behind the spread of politically motivated violence;
  2. A detailed understanding of how politically motivated violence challenges established domestic and international political norms; especially in the areas of citizenship, state surveillance, and international cooperation between states;
  3. A thorough understanding of violent secessionist groups, insurgencies, and international terrorist networks and how these networks might impact on national and international security;
  4. An enhanced ability to contribute in a constructive way to public debates in areas such pre-emptive military action, peacekeeping, intelligence and surveillance, and other pertinent contemporary issues relating to government policies designed to both minimize and control the threat posed by politically motivated violence;
  5. A solid grounding in a range of case-based examples of terrorist and other forms of political violenceas perpetrated by various ideological and theological actors from different parts of the world, including Australia.

Assessment

Written and Tutorial work: 60%
2 hours exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

2 hours (One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial ) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in politics.

Prohibitions

ATS3701


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kumuda Simpson

Notes

Previously coded PLT2960

Synopsis

This unit explores the foreign policy of the United States of America. The issues looked at include: factors shaping decision making in Washington; policies towards selected countries; and US perspectives on international order. An important theme is the playing out of the relationship between the 'politics of principle' and the 'politics of power'. The unit is presented as a subset of the broader study of International Relations.

Outcomes

This subject has the following objectives:

  1. to introduce students to contemporary US foreign policy - including its context, formulation, substance and consequences
  2. to enhance the ability of students to engage in critical reflection and produce reasoned, soundly structured and well presented debate on the role of Washington in the contemporary international system.

Assessment

Essay plan (250 words):5%
Essay (2500 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in International Relations or Politics or permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3706


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Cathy Trembath

Notes

Previously coded SCW2306

Synopsis

Students are placed in a welfare or community setting for a 60 day block placement designed to integrate experiential learning with the professional theory, knowledge and skills that they have learned throughout the course. Students completing this unit are ready to enter the field as beginning professionals. The community welfare and counselling teaching staff visit at least twice during placement to facilitate the learning process. Each student is supervised by a qualified field educator and is assigned a liaison person. Full-time students must undertake this unit in semester two.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of welfare practice through participation in the ongoing work of an agency;
  2. integrate and apply relevant knowledge and skills in a practice setting;
  3. critically evaluate their values, attitudes and beliefs and the ways in which these can influence their practice;
  4. analyse and critique their role as an agent of change in social and community welfare practice.

Assessment

Pre-placement assignment (750 words)
Learning plan (2000 words)
Mid-placement report (750 words)
Field education assignment (4000 words)

Note: to obtain a pass in the unit students will be required to pass each piece of work (the unit will be assessed as pass grade only).

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

ATS3713, GSC2306, GSC3306, SCW2306, SCW3306


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Helen Forbes-Mewett

Notes

Previously coded SCY2041

Synopsis

The main concepts and theoretical approaches in the study of cultural diversity, ethnicity and migration will be introduced. Australia will be placed in the context of globalisation and global migration to take a comparative view on the issues of ethnicity, identity, nation and transnationalism. The unit considers the concepts of assimilation, multiculturalism and cosmopolitanism, comparing settler societies such as Australia with the old nations of Europe and Asia. Australia's cultural diversity will be viewed from a historical perspective to develop a critical understanding of Australian ethnic relations since the beginning of European settlement.

Outcomes

After completing this unit students will have:

  • An understanding of the application of sociological concepts to cultural diversity, citizenship and identity
  • Knowledge of theoretical and methodological approaches to studying these issues
  • A critical understanding of contemporary Australian society in a historical perspective
  • A deeper critical understanding of their own and other people's social identities
  • Understanding of how dominant ideas and assumptions are created
  • Further developed written, research and analytical skills.

Assessment

Short essay (1000 words): 30%
Research essay (2500 words): 50%
Attendance and participation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2- hour lecture/workshop per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two Gateway units in Sociology or permission

Prohibitions

ATS3716


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jo Lindsay

Notes

Previously coded SCY2070

Synopsis

This unit focuses on intimate relationships and the complexities of contemporary family life. We examine theoretical perspectives on personal life and put contemporary relationships and families in historical and cultural context. We analyse the social dynamics of romance, partnering and parenting, the division of labour, relationship diversity and relationship dissolution. Throughout the unit we analyse everyday experiences, popular culture and social policy to understand the ways in which personal life is shaped by wider social forces.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. articulate a good understanding of the sociological imagination or perspective;
  2. analyse personal life, family life and examples from popular culture using a Sociological perspective;
  3. describe the ways in which wider social forces shape personal life;
  4. work with peers to discuss and refine analysis;
  5. develop and present arguments about social change and relationships.

Assessment

Online quiz: 10%
Assignment (2250 words): 50%
Examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Sociology

Prohibitions

ATS3718


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Ure

Notes

Previously coded SCY2100

Synopsis

This unit aims to introduce students to some of the key thinkers and themes in classical and contemporary political and social theory. The contrasting perspectives of the classical thinkers Marx, Nietzsche,Weber, Durkheim and Freud are discussed, along with the new perspectives of theorists such as Foucault, Habermas, Giddens, Bauman and Agamben. The unit will examine central theoretical issues such as action, structure, power, culture and modernity.

Outcomes

Students who study this unit:

  1. Will acquire knowledge about a broad range of political and social theories, both classical and contemporary, as alternative and differing approaches to analysing social relations, and hence will gain an understanding of how political and sociological knowledge has developed over time;
  2. Will learn to critique certain accepted political and social theories and learn how to question dominant ideas and assumptions;
  3. Will develop their oral and written skills in order to analyse theoretical material.

Assessment

Written work 45%
Exam 45%
Participation 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Politics, Sociology, Anthropology, Criminology, Behaviourial Studies or permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3719, AZA2719, AZA3719


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Catherine Strong

Notes

Previously coded SCY2121

Synopsis

This unit explores the social dynamics of youth experience in contemporary society. Topics covered include: youth cultures and styles, globalisation and consumption, changing transitions to adulthood, media and internet engagement, citizenship and social change, work and leisure.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Articulate a good understanding of the sociological imagination or perspective on youth issues;
  2. Analyse and evaluate competing interpretations of youth issues;
  3. Describe historical and contemporary trends in the field of youth sociology;
  4. Develop and present arguments about young people and social change.

Assessment

Written work: (3000 words): 60%
Class test: 30%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Sociology or Behavioural studies

Prohibitions

AZA3720, AZA2720, ATS3720


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Dharma Arunachalam (Semester 1); Dr RoseAnne Misajon (Semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded SCY2261

Synopsis

Doing social science research requires us to think conceptually, to systematically plan how we might obtain valid information relevant to the research questions we are asking, and to analyse information. Because social science research draws on people's experiences, its conduct inevitably raises ethical and political questions. In this unit, we will discuss these issues. We will also consider various qualitative and quantitative research strategies and data gathering techniques available to us when we seek to document the social world.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will have:

  1. An understanding of the strengths, limitations and appropriate applications of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research;
  2. Knowledge of methods commonly used in both quantitative and qualitative research;
  3. Understanding of the theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research;
  4. Knowledge of issues related to the design and implementation of social science research.

Assessment

Written work 60%
Tests 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Dharma Arunachalam (Semester 1); Dr RoseAnne Misajon (Semester 2)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in a related discipline

Prohibitions

AZA2490, AZA3723, ATS2723, ATS3723


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Greg Gow

Notes

Previously coded SCY2290

Synopsis

Are Australians spiritual, religious or what? Is Australia Christian, Monotheist, Secular or Polytheist? Why are Islam, Buddhism and Witchcraft growing? Is there a future for the churches? Does it make any difference? How do we compare with other places around the world? This unit examines the current state of religion and spirituality in Australia, compares this with the rest of the world, and offers a sociological interpretation of these developments.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will:

  1. Develop a critical awareness of contemporary religion and spirituality;
  2. Be introduced to different sociological approaches to the study of religion and religious change;
  3. Develop their analytical skills to critically understand and interpret recent religious developments.

Assessment

Short assignment (1125 words): 25%
Major essay (2250 words): 50%
Open book examination (1 hour): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in a related discipline

Prohibitions

AZA3724, AZA2724, ATS3724


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Andrea Waling

Notes

Previously coded SCY2460

Synopsis

This unit explores recent sociological analyses of men and masculinity, which start from the realisation that men's lives are just as much gendered as are those of women. Topics covered include: the social construction of masculinity; men and popular culture; the contemporary crisis in masculinity; self-help literature for men; men's magazines; the men's movement; male bodies; men and sport; men and domesticity; aggression and violence.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will:

  1. Develop a critical awareness of the status of men in society
  2. Be introduced to different sociological approaches to the study of men and masculinity
  3. Possess an insight into the various cultural constructions of masculinity
  4. Develop their analytical skills to critically understand and interpret the status of men in society.

Assessment

Mass Media Assignment (1000 words): 25%
Research Essay (2500): 50%
Examination (1 hour): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two Gateway units in a related discipline

Prohibitions

ATS3727


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Felicity Picken

Notes

Previously coded SCY2804

Synopsis

This unit is a basic introduction to the concepts, theories and research developed in sociological studies of work and technology. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the fundamental influences work and technology have on societies. The influence of working life and technological development on the social careers of individuals will also be emphasised.

Outcomes

The objectives of the unit are to enable students to:

  • Identify the central issues in the sociology of work and technology
  • Understand the input of technology and changing nature of work in contemporary society
  • Develop a conceptual and theoretical framework for understanding work
  • Critically review their own experiences of work
  • Present a well constructed argument which shows evidence of wide reading and an ability to explore alternative interpretations when forming conclusions.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (2500 words)
2 hour Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1367 and ATS1898 or SCY1802, or permission

Prohibitions

ATS3733 , GSC2204, GSC3204, SCY2804, SCY3804


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nick Osbaldiston

Notes

Previously coded SCY2805

Synopsis

The unit focuses on a sociological analysis of deviant behaviour by examining a wide range of empirical case studies. This unit introduces a number of classical and contemporary theoretical perspectives on deviance to explore competing understandings of deviant behaviours. The unit considers why and how some behaviours are regarded as deviant and others are not across various historical and social contexts.. Topics to be studied focus on marginality, identity, deviance, crime and social control.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Understand how deviant behaviours are socially constructed and contested;
  2. Distinguish between sociological and non-sociological explanations of deviant behaviour;
  3. Develop an awareness of different kinds of social control;
  4. Analyse sociological issues concerning marginality, deviance and crime.

Assessment

Written work (2500 words): 70%
2 hour Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1367 and ATS1898 or SCY1802, or ATS1283 and ATS1284

Prohibitions

ATS3734, GSC2205, GSC3205, SCY2805, SCY3805


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michelle Duffy

Notes

Previously coded SCY2811

Synopsis

This unit introduces to students a sociological understanding of social justice related issues including gender equity, minority rights, democratic government, economic opportunity, environmental protection and human rights. It provides students a comparative view of social justice over a number of political and legal states and chronological periods. A variety of legal issues including those of consitutionalism, social control, and equity are examined to illustrate the disparate definitions of social justice.

Outcomes

  1. Identify issues of power and privilege;
  2. Exhibit an awareness and understanding of self in relation to diverse and vulnerable populations;
  3. Understand the various definitions and theoretical debates surrounding social justice;
  4. Learn about national and international social justice movements;
  5. Develop a sociological position regarding the analysis of contemporary social justice related issues.

Assessment

Written work (2500 words): 70%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1367 and ATS1898 or SCY1802, or ATS1283 and ATS1284, or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Johnson

Notes

Previously coded WLI2000

Synopsis

This unit equips students with the capacity to manage their careers lifelong. It contextualises this understanding in the history, sociology, economics and future of work. Work legislation and the role of unions also provide a setting for exploration of career concepts and theories and their application to the individual. Students will develop a career plan based on an awareness of their skills and aspirations and an understanding of approaches to job search , career decision making and managing change.
The unit will be delivered through a mix of lectures and tutorials, and will draw upon students recent or concurrent experience of work.

Outcomes

This subject provides students with:

  1. The opportunity to contextualise work in terms of its history, politics, economics and sociology;
  2. An understanding of career concepts and theories and their application to individuals, focussing on self-assessment, exploring opportunities, decision making and managing transitions;
  3. The opportunity to develop a career strategic plan concentrating on employability skills and strategies for implementing career development plans; and to develop practical job search strategies.

Assessment

Written assignments: 75%
Online quizzes and activities: 15%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour seminar and a 1.5 hour practical

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in approved discipline, as per the area of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedMalaysia Summer semester B 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sharon A Bong

Notes

Previously coded WLI2005

Synopsis

The internship provides students with the opportunity to integrate theory with practice, and to gain first-hand experience in working in the area of specialty in which they want to pursue after graduation. The work placement is aimed at consolidating and extending what they have learnt from core units and other Degree units, through experiential learning. The unit develops their understanding of the application of academically obtained knowledge and skills in a workplace environment, and facilitates their acquisition of work-based networks for potential employment opportunities. Separate internship programs are drawn up for each student.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to analyse and undertake a workplace task
  2. enhanced communication skills
  3. the development of skills applicable for working within an organisation
  4. gained experience in professional ethics (integrating value issues in practice and assessing critically the use of professional knowledge, skills and communication).

Assessment

Assessment tasks equivalent to 4500 words, including at least 3000 words of written work (2500 words in languages other than English), will be specified in the unit guide. Written work can include research reports, reflective pieces evaluating the internship experience, and other written pieces focused on skills or experience. Where appropriate, assessment of other workplace tasks may be included, drawing on the report provided by the workplace supervisor.

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in approved discipline, as per the area of study

Prohibitions

Any other Workplace Learning Internship unit


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Eva Anagnostou-Laoutides

Notes

Previously coded CLA2111

Synopsis

The unit is designed to bring students with no previous knowledge of Ancient Greek to a level at which they begin to read and enjoy Ancient Greek texts.

Assessment

2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
Class tests: 30%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Eva Anagnostou-Laoutides

Notes

Previously coded CLA2121

Synopsis

The unit is designed to enhance students' reading skills by building upon the foundations laid in ATS2748.

Assessment

2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
Class tests: 30%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1268 or ATS2748 or ATS3751 or VCE


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Eva Anagnostou-Laoutides

Notes

Previously coded CLA2210

Synopsis

In this unit students advance their grammatical and syntactical knowledge of Latin, while reading and discussing a variety of historical and poetic Latin texts. This unit is designed not only to increase students' experience in reading Latin but also to equip students with the interpretive skills to approach Latin literature critically. Students explore relevant aspects of Roman mythology and poetic technique, and emphasis is given to the historical, political and cultural contexts of the texts studied in class.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. An extensive knowledge of Classical Latin grammar;
  2. An extensive vocabulary in Classical Latin;
  3. Reading experience in variety of Latin styles;
  4. Interpretive skills in relation to Latin literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

Assessment

Written assignments: 40%
Two 1-hour Written tests: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Four 1-hour seminars per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1271


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Eva Anagnostou-Laoutides

Notes

Previously coded CLA2220

Synopsis

In this unit students continue to advance their grammatical and syntactical knowledge of Latin, while reading and discussing a variety of historical and poetic Latin texts. This unit is designed not only to increase students' experience in reading Latin but also to equip students with the interpretive skills to approach Latin literature critically. Students explore relevant aspects of Roman mythology and poetic technique, and emphasis is given to the historical, political and cultural contexts of the texts studied in class.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. An extensive knowledge of Classical Latin grammar.
  2. An extensive vocabulary in Classical Latin.
  3. Wide reading experience in a variety of Latin styles.
  4. Interpretive skills in relation to Latin literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

Assessment

Written assignments: 40%; Two 1-hour written tests: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Four 1-hour seminars per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1269 or ATS3752 or LAT1120 or VCE Latin

Prohibitions

LAT2220, LAT2230, LAT3220, CLA3230


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Zhichang Xu

Notes

Previously coded EIL2110

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a basic understanding of what language research is, and allows students to experience doing a small-scale research on topics of their interest in the area of English as an International Language. The main topics covered in this unit include: the nature of language research, research methods in language studies (qualitative, quantitative, and mixed-methods), research tools for data collection, and research ethics from cross-cultural perspectives. Students will also have the opportunity to learn and critique current issues and research in English as an International Language. This unit provides students with basic knowledge and skills in doing research-related activities in their further studies.

Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the nature of language research.
  2. Develop an interest in researching in the area of English as an International Language.
  3. Demonstrate familiarity with current issues and research in English as an International Language.
  4. Develop the ability to conduct a small-scale research project competently.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Oral presentation: 30%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Zhichang Xu

Notes

Previously coded EIL2120

Synopsis

This unit invites students to explore the role language, particularly English, plays in globalisation. It examines some social, economic, cultural, and linguistic implications of English language as it crosses cultural and geographic boundaries and settles down in countries where it is not spoken as the national language. Issues that may be discussed the impact of globalisation on language(s), English in the globalisation era, bilingualism and multilingualism, new and creative use of English in cyberspace and popular culture, cultural identity crisis or renewal, and languages in contact.

Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a high level of understanding and awareness of the social, cultural, economic, and linguistic implications of globalisation.
  2. Appreciate the diverse forms and meanings that English language can have as a result of globalisation.
  3. Show in-depth understanding of the purpose of the localisation and usage of English language in popular culture in multilingual and multicultural contexts.
  4. Critically demonstrate the relationship between globalisation, language, and the construction of identity.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Test: 20%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

two hours/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sue Yell

Notes

Previously coded ENH2401

Synopsis

This unit will enable students to recognise the many ways in which language use and social structure are necessarily interrelated. Students will be introduced to analytical techniques drawn from grammar and stylistics, critical linguistics and literary criticism, and will apply them to the study of a range of literary and linguistic texts, focussing on the social and ideational implications of various syntactic, propositional and rhetorical forms. The unit will thus develop students' appreciation of language as a socio-textual institution, while strengthening their English literacy.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. a developed appreciation of language as a socio-textual institution and of the basic principles and techniques of theorising and reflecting upon English language use and writing practice
  2. proficiency in English comprehension and in the use of English for a variety of purposes
  3. the ability to identify and apply a range of analytical techniques for the purpose of critically analysing the social, political and rhetorical effects of a variety of specific linguistic and textual forms
  4. the capacity to recognise and apply a limited set of language-use strategies for producing coherently and effectively written texts.

Assessment

Analytical/Writing Exercises 1 (750 words) : 20%
Analytical/Writing Exercises 2 (750 words) : 20%
Essay (1,500 words) : 30%
Supervised assessment (Equivalent to 1500 words) : 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 one-hour lecture + 1 one-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of 36 points in any discipline

Prohibitions

ENH2401


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Belinda Morrisey

Notes

Previously coded ENH2402

Synopsis

This unit examines the ideas and views of life presented in a range of literary texts and relates these ideas to the historical contexts from which they emerged. In doing so, the unit focuses on developing effective reading strategies as well as an understanding of how literary texts may be seen both as products of history and as a means for exploring human experience in all its diversity. Students will be required to analyse a number of major works in literary history, from the late Renaissance to the twenty-first century.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. a range of effective reading strategies, including strategies of evaluation, and advanced skills in close and critical reading
  2. an appreciation of the complex relations within and between cultural and material history
  3. detailed knowledge of the aesthetic form and social context of production of a selection of key works in literary history, from Renaissance drama to contemporary narrativ
  4. an ability to debate the significance of literature and the various ways of engaging in literary interpretation.

Assessment

Minor Essay (1000 words): 30%;
Major Essay (2000 words): 40%;
Examination 2 hours (1500 words): 30%.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 one-hour lecture + 1 one-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of 36 points in any discipline

Prohibitions

ENH2402


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vanessa Wong (Clayton); Dr Simon Connor

Notes

Previously coded GES2130

Synopsis

Soils and vegetation are intimately related components of the natural environment which are critical to the development, maintenance and functioning of ecosystems. The soils and vegetation of Australia are quite different from those in other parts of the world as a result of their evolution in isolation and the distinct climatic and geological history of the continent. Lectures in this unit focus on the description, classification and historical development of Australian soils and vegetation as a basis for their conservation and management. The practical side of the unit is designed to develop students' familiarity with key vegetation and soil types in south-eastern Australia and their analysis.

Outcomes

At the end of the course, students should have acquired:

  1. a familiarity with methods related to field and laboratory description and analysis of vegetation and soils;
  2. a basic understanding of soil-forming materials and processes;
  3. a basic understanding of the role of plants and vegetation in ecosystem functioning;
  4. an appreciation of the distinct nature of Australian soils and vegetation and how this knowledge can be used to contribute to the future conservation and management of these resources.

Assessment

Written (1500 words): 30%
Examination (2 hours): 40%
Practical work/fieldwork (1000 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours per week (composed of lectures and practicals, plus two days fieldwork)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

GES2170


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ailie Gallant

Notes

Previously coded GES2190

Synopsis

The earth's surface directly influences our climate and weather. This unit explores climates found at the land surface in terms of the exchanges of radiation, heat, water, and carbon dioxide. We examine how atmospheric processes interact with the physical properties of different surfaces to produce distinctive climates, including natural and human-modified environments. Natural environments of increasing complexity are considered,from simple desert and water bodies, to vegetated surfaces and non-uniform terrain. Relevant examples are drawn from field-based research campaigns. Emphasis is placed on gaining practical skills through laboratory exercises and a weekend field trip.

Outcomes

In successfully participating in this subject students will show that they:

  1. understand the nature of cycling of energy, water and carbon dioxide in the earth-atmosphere system and the place of the near-surface atmospheric boundary layer in that larger system;
  2. have an understanding of the development of distinctive boundary layer climates based on knowledge of atmospheric processes and their interaction with the physical properties of different surfaces;
  3. have an appreciation of time and space scales as they relate to atmospheric phenomena, along with the complexity of environmental processes;
  4. have a grounding in some of the contemporary climate debates, obtained through course work, reading and understanding the relevant scientific literature;
  5. have developed an understanding of the use of instrumentation and methods employed in boundary layer climate research, along with an appreciation of, the complexity of, and difficulties associated with, field-based research.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 35%
mid semester test (take home): 5%
Essay (2000 words): 25%
Practical reports (Six 2-hour pracs): 25%
Field trip report (weekend): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours per week on average (two lectures per week and one 2-hour practical per fortnight) plus one 2-day field excursion

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Geographical Science, or two gateway units in Geography, climate and physical environments or permission of the unit coordinator.

Prohibitions

ATM2211


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elissa Sutherland

Notes

Previously coded GES2760

Synopsis

Public spaces lie at heart of city life. They are the sites where communal values such as good citizenship, civic responsibilities, and social cohesion are enacted and challenged. The unit examines the changing role of urban public space and its role in the political and social life of democratic societies. In recent decades, traditional public spaces such as streets, parks and civic squares have been under threat in various ways, from being usurped by restricted private forms of communal space - in shopping malls, corporate plazas, arcades, and gallerias - that exclude some social groups and restrict democratic practice, to various forms of surveillance that control collective action. The unit will provide students with new understandings of how contemporary urban design and development seek to redefine the meaning of citizenship, civic rights, and the scope of the urban public realm.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete the unit will have developed the following key competencies and capacities. You will be able to:

  1. Understand the historical and contemporary roles of urban public space;
  2. Explain the sociopolitical and economic changes that have shaped contemporary urban public space;
  3. Identify the ways in which individuals and groups are differentially included in or excluded from public space;
  4. Utilise selected geographic research skills and concepts relevant to urban geography.

Assessment

Field Report (2,500) : 35%
Essay (1,500) : 25%
Participation : 20%
Examination : 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week plus compulsory field-trip of 3 hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Geographical Science, or two gateway units in Society, Cities and Sustainability or permission of the unit coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ailie Gallant

Notes

Previously coded GES2860

Synopsis

Examines the differences between the nature and causes of climate change and climate variability in the context of the contemporary climate "debate". Emphasis is placed on the conceptual understanding of processes such as the greenhouse effect, the El Nino-Southern Oscillation, monsoon activity, climate feedbacks and rapid climate change. Recent analyses of paleo, historical, climate model and environmental data are presented and critically assessed. Likely future climate changes are addressed and their social, economic, political and broad environmental implications are evaluated for biotic communities and human society. Several guest lecturers present the latest findings in their fields of climate change research.

Outcomes

The course aims to provide a background in how climate has changed in the past and how it is likely to change in the future. After completing the unit students will be expected to:

  1. Understand the concept of human-induced climate change and how this differs from natural climate variability
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of how climate changes across different timescales (geological, centennial, decadal to annual).
  3. Illustrate the mechanisms and feedbacks that influence climate change.
  4. Show an awareness of the social,political and economic context to climate change and the impacts, adaptation and mitigation of such change.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 35%
Practical reports (6 hours): 30%
Essay (2000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures per week
One 2-hour practical per fortnight

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Geographical Science, or two gateway units in Geography, climate and physical environments or permission of the unit coordinator.

Prohibitions

ATM2250, ATM3250, GES3860


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Xuan Zhu and Mr Matt Coller

Notes

Previously coded GES2910

Synopsis

The unit provides an introduction to basic concepts and methods of geographical analysis, covering the concepts and methods of spatial thinking and geographical representation, with reference to real-world examples; the basic principles of cartography, including concepts of scale and map projection, as well as designing and making maps for visualizing spatial distributions and relations; and an introduction to geographical information systems (GIS) which provide computer-based tools for geographical analysis and representation. The unit is relevant to students in many fields of study that entail an understanding of the geographical dimensions of physical and social processes.

Outcomes

  1. To introduce basic concepts of geography and geographical analysis and representation;
  2. To introduce methods and techniques of geographical analysis, including spatial representations, cartography, spatial data manipulation and analysis in GIS;
  3. To develop skills and competency in basic methods of spatial reasoning and geographical analysis through hands-on practicals and projects using real-world data;

Assessment

Poster (on a chosen spatial debate): 20%
Practical work: 20%
Tutorial essays: 20%
Written exam (2 hour): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week, and one 3-hour practical per fortnight

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Fenley

Notes

Previously coded HPL2511

Synopsis

This unit examines the establishment of alternative communities and their relationship to traditional communities and the state. It gives students a critical understanding of the historical development and contemporary experience of community building, innovation, maintenance and failure. Topics include traditional communities, utopian and socialist communities, theories of social organisations, cooperatives, religious and nomadic communities, and the challenges facing Australian regional and outer suburban communities.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the range of social formations that exist both as parts of communities and as communities in themselves;
  2. comprehend a range of perspectives on community organisation;
  3. critically understand the factors involved in community building, community innovation, community maintenance and community failure;
  4. comprehend the ways in which alternative communities engage with mainstream society;
  5. employ a range of analytical skills and conceptual frameworks;
  6. write well argued and competently written essays for assessment.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Exam (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

1st year-level Arts sequence (12 credit points) or permission

Prohibitions

GSC2701, HPL2511


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrea Baker

Notes

Previously coded JCS2601

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity for a critical engagement with contemporary scholarship on the sociology and political economy of news production; news organisations and practices in the public, private and not-for-profit sectors; industrial and post-industrial news media; journalism and social diversity; journalism and the public sphere; technologies, time and space in news media; the public relations industry. The unit takes a comparative approach to historical and geographical contexts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to

  1. demonstrate a satisfactory knowledge and capacity to make effective usage of the academic literature in the sociology and political economy of journalism.
  2. demonstrate an ability to research, discuss and analyse issues in a clear, concise and rigorous way
  3. collaborate constructively with fellow students in learning and discussion processes, including online forums
  4. produce their written work to deadline making effective use of the conventions of scholarly presentation (references, bibliography, etc)
  5. work independently and in groups to achieve their learning outcomes
  6. demonstrate a critical awareness of the strengths, limitations and socio-professional implications of scholarly practice in journalism studies

Assessment

Minimum requirement: attendance and participation as specified in the Unit Guide for the mode of delivery.
Minor project (1500 words): 30%
In-class Invigilation (500 words): 20%
Major Project (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week + One 2-hours tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Johan Lidberg

Notes

Previously coded JCS2602

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity for a critical engagement with contemporary scholarship on the legal context of news production in the Australian and Anglo-American contexts. Topics covered include the historical and geographical development of doctrines of freedom of the press, the law of defamation and contempt, professional confidentiality, freedom of information, copyright, censorship and freedom of expression and racial vilification.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a satisfactory knowledge and capacity to make effective usage of the academic literature in the jurisprudence and law of journalism;
  2. Demonstrate an ability to research, discuss and analyse relevant scholarly issues in a clear, concise and rigorous way;
  3. Collaborate constructively with fellow students in learning and discussion processes, including online forums;
  4. Produce their written work to deadline making effective use of the conventions of scholarly presentation (references, bibliography, etc);
  5. Work independently and in groups to achieve their learning outcomes;
  6. Demonstrate a critical awareness of the strengths, limitations and socio-professional implications of scholarly practice in the law of journalism.

Assessment

Minimum requirement: attendance and participation as specified in the Unit Guide for the mode of delivery
Minor project (1500 words): 30%
In-class Invigilation (500 words): 20%
Major Project (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week + One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

48 points at first year level

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Julie- Ann Tullberg

Notes

Previously coded JRN2201

Synopsis

This unit provides a detailed exploration of the production practices, resources, technologies and genres of reporting digital news, including video, audio, graphic and interactive formats. It explores the research capacities and information sources available through the internet. It critically considers the implications for journalists of different modes of audience engagement and editorial positioning, including social networking media, blogs and wikis. It covers both news and longer form feature and documentary genres. Please be aware that access to certain technology/equipment will be required for this unit. Contact the unit coordinator for details.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an ability to identify and research a news story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidence
  2. demonstrate an ability to report in a clear, concise, factual way using news conventions in at least two media
  3. identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with news reporting, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard
  4. work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including digital forums, to produce news reports
  5. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure
  6. demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues
  7. demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of journalistic practices in different media

Assessment

Minor project - Digital news report employing text and multimedia elements: 30%
Major Project - Digital feature report employing text and multimedia elements: 50%
Digital critical reflection and in-class invigilation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRN2202

Synopsis

The unit focuses on the production of radio journalism. Through the production of a series of radio stories, students develop the key performance practices of interviewing, recording, voice presentation and editing. It critically considers the implications for radio journalists of different modes of audience engagement in broadcasting and online, and undertakes critical analyses of ethical and editorial issues in radio broadcasting.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an ability to identify and research a story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate research and actuality material in the sound medium;
  2. Demonstrate an ability to report in a clear, concise, accurate and engaging way using a variety of audio elements and narrative conventions in an audio environment;
  3. Identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with radio journalism, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard;
  4. Work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce radio journalism;
  5. Demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure;
  6. Demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues;
  7. Demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of journalistic practices in audio media.

Assessment

Radio current affairs report 1 (2-3 mins): 15%
Radio current affairs report 2 (3-4 mins): 25%
Online critical reflection (1000 words): 20%
Major radio journalism project (in agreed format): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS2928, JRN2907


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Nicholas Parkin

Notes

Previously coded JRN2203

Synopsis

This unit provides a detailed exploration of the production practices, resources, technologies and genres of Video Journalism, including broadcast and online modes. It develops the key performance practices of voice presentation and interviews, image and sound recording, editing and post-production. It critically considers the implications for journalists of different modes of audience engagement and editorial positioning, including news, current affairs and feature/documentary genres. Please be aware that access to certain technology/equipment will be required for this unit. Contact the unit coordinator for details.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an ability to identify and research a story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate research and actuality material in the audiovisual media;
  2. demonstrate an ability to report in a clear, concise, accurate and engaging way using a variety of audiovisual elements and narrative conventions in a video environment;
  3. identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with video journalism, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard;
  4. work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce video journalism;
  5. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure;
  6. demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues;
  7. demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of journalistic practices in audiovisual media,

Assessment

Minor project (News/current affairs video reports totalling 3-minutes): 25%
Major Project (Current affairs/feature video reports totalling 6-minutes): 50%
Online critical reflection and in-class invigilation: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr William Birnbauer

Notes

Previously coded JRN2204

Synopsis

This unit provides a detailed exploration of the research and writing practices, resources and genres of Print Features, including print and online modes. It explores the wide range of research practices, authorial positioning, modes of address and narrative forms in contemporary usage, including the use of aural and visual inserts. It critically considers the implications for journalists of different modes of audience engagement and authorial positioning. Contact the unit coordinator for details.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an ability to identify and research a story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate research and audio-visual ancillary material in the print feature genre
  2. demonstrate an ability to report in a clear, concise, accurate and engaging way using a variety of narrative conventions with audio-visual support in a coherent package
  3. identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with feature journalism, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard
  4. work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce feature reports
  5. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure
  6. demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues
  7. demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of journalistic practices in the textual medium.

Assessment

Minor project 1 (500 word report plus 300 word reflection): 15%
Minor project 2 (1000 word report and 400 word reflection): 30%
Major project (1400 words plus 500 word reflection): 45%
Online critical reflection and in-class invigilation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week + 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Robert Carey

Notes

Previously coded JRN2205

Synopsis

This unit provides a detailed exploration of the main sub-editing, editing and design practices for print and online media. It explores a range of genres, styles and modes of address in contemporary usage for newspapers, magazines, blogs and websites. It includes the usage of sound, still and moving images. It critically considers the implications for journalists of different modes of audience and demographic engagement. Please be aware that access to certain technology/equipment will be required for this unit. Contact the unit coordinator for details.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an ability to commission written reports, edit and lay-out print, audio and visual material for publication in print and online media
  2. demonstrate an ability to sub-edit in a clear, concise, accurate way in a variety of narrative genres
  3. identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with feature journalism, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard
  4. work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce edited reports
  5. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and edit under pressure
  6. demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues
  7. demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of editorial practices in the print medium

Assessment

Minor project (sub-editing and layout totalling 2000 words): 30%
Major Project (editing, sub-editing and layout totalling 4000 words): 50%
Online critical reflection and in-class invigilation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS2657, ATS3657


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ena Burstin

Notes

Previously coded JWC2110

Synopsis

Yiddish 2A is a continuation of first year level Yiddish. The central feature of both Yiddish 2A and 2B will be the more advanced teaching of Yiddish as a living language, as a tool for both written and spoken communication. The course is designed for students who wish to improve their knowledge of the subject both in its literary and conversational form. The course will include use of non-literary texts and exercises to develop grammatical, syntactic and idiomatic mastery of the language. An additional component will utilise Yiddish literary texts of Australia as well as of other countries. Completion of parts A and B will prepare students to continue to an eventual major in the subject.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of Yiddish 2 students will:

  • be able to demonstrate a fluency in reading and writing Yiddish script
  • have a working understanding of spoken Standard Modern Yiddish
  • acquire the ability to write original short essays in Yiddish; acquire advanced skills required for Yiddish conversation
  • have an appreciation of the richness of Yiddish as a rich literary and cultural tradition
  • begin to demonstrate a critical appraisal of selected Yiddish authors and poets and their writings

Assessment

Short weekly assignments including: written work, oral presentations, dictation, comprehension and short essays - equivalent to 2500 words: 50% of the total assessment. Two hour examination of two hours duration: 50% of the total assessment

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures and 1 x 1 hour language laboratory per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1337 - Yiddish 1B or an approved equivalent standard


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Ena Burstin

Notes

Previously coded JWC2120

Synopsis

Yiddish 2B is an extension of Yiddish 2A. The central feature of both Yiddish 2A and 2B will be the further teaching of Yiddish as a living language, as a tool for both written and spoken communication. The course is designed for students who wish to improve their knowledge of the subject both in its literary and conversational form. The course will include use of non-literary texts and exercises to develop grammatical, syntactic and idiomatic mastery of the language. An additional component will utilise Yiddish literary texts of Australia as well as of other countries. Completion of parts A and B will prepare students to continue to an eventual major in the subject.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of Yiddish 2 students will:

  • be able to demonstrate a fluency in reading and writing Yiddish script
  • have a working understanding of spoken Standard Modern Yiddish
  • acquire the ability to write original short essays in Yiddish; acquire advanced skills required for Yiddish conversation
  • have an appreciation of the richness of Yiddish as a rich literary and cultural tradition
  • demonstrate a critical appraisal of selected Yiddish authors and poets and their writings

Assessment

Short weekly assignments involving written work, oral presentations, dictation, comprehension and short essays - equivalent to 2500 words: 50% of the total assessment. Two hour examination of two hours duration: 50% of the total assessment

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures and 1 x 1 hour language laboratory per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2795 - Yiddish 2A or an approved equivalent standard


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitComposition
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Thomas Reiner

Notes

Previously coded MUS2040

Synopsis

The unit will introduce students you to a range of concepts in the field of contemporary audio-based art. It will concentrate on important innovations that developed outside the mainstream of contemporary Western art music, especially those that occurred throughout the 20th century, and which continue to exert influence today. The unit will examine how such concepts and innovations have influenced not only composers of art music, but music practitioners across all genres, including popular music, sound art and jazz.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. acquired a deep understanding of contemporary music and audio-based art
  2. become thoroughly familiar with a variety of key works in the repertoire
  3. acquired the knowledge of major compositional approaches, philosophies and aesthetics associated with contemporary sound-based work
  4. acquired an understanding of the complex interplay of new technologies and aesthetic forms.

Assessment

Sound awareness assignment: 20%
Sound representation assignment: 20%
Class listening test: 20%
Class test: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 1 hour library study) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Tamara Smolyar

Notes

Previously coded MUS2070

Synopsis

  1. Ensemble rehearsals and performance of selected repertoire and
  2. extended practical training and analysis in the materials and structure of music with an emphasis on their relationship to ensemble performance.

Included will be related melodic, rhythmic and harmonic structures and studies in the history and style of the selected repertoire.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate required practical and discriminatory skills.
  2. Demonstrate developed interactive and cooperative performance skills.
  3. Implement competent practice routines and a disciplined, self-critical approach to performance.
  4. Demonstrate an in depth theoretical understanding of repertoire studied.

Assessment

Concert performance/practical assessment: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2.5 hour rehearsal and 1 x 0.5 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1347 and ATS1348 or by approval from the unit coordinator

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Tamara Smolyar

Notes

Previously coded MUS2080

Synopsis

  1. Ensemble rehearsals and performance of selected repertoire and
  2. extended practical training and analysis in the materials and structure of music with an emphasis on their relationship to ensemble performance.

Included will be related melodic, rhythmic and harmonic structures and studies in the history and style of the selected repertoire.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will able to:

  1. Demonstrate required practical and discriminatory skills.
  2. Demonstrate developed interactive and cooperative performance skills.
  3. Implement competent practice routines and a disciplined, self-critical approach to performance.
  4. Demonstrate an in depth theoretical understanding of repertoire studied.

Assessment

Concert performance/practical assesment: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2.5 hour rehearsal and 1 x 0.5 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1347 and ATS1348 or by approval from the unit coordinator

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Watt

Notes

Previously coded MUS2140

Synopsis

From coffee houses to opera houses, people from all classes of society in the nineteenth century participated in a wide range of musical activities. This unit studies the private, public and commercial institutions that supported the composition and performance of music in the nineteenth century and the changes to social structures and advances in technology that made such music-making possible. Equal attention is paid to the creation and reception of art music and popular music. The unit examines key musical styles across a range of genres including vocal and keyboard music, dance and band music, and music for the theatre and entertainments industries.

Outcomes

At the successful completion of this unit, students will have gained a general understanding of the historiographies of nineteenth-century music and the roles played by various forces - musical, social, economic and technological - in the provision of both art music and popular music to a wide variety of audiences.

Assessment

Library assignment: 25%
Essay: 50%
End of semester test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Jonathan McIntosh

Synopsis

Neo-traditional musical genres combine features of established local musical traditions with modern and western genres. Musics such as Bulgarian Wedding Music, many localised Country Musics, Thai Phleng Luk Thung, Hungarian Tanz-haus, Argentinian tango, Zulu Isicathimiya, Yoruba Ju-Ju, share many characteristics. Some are entertainment genres for particular groups, others may be culturally emblematic. In many cases their social and political status is complex and contentious. This unit will study these and similar musics and students will critically evaluate theories of musical fusion, cultural appropriation and globalisation, cultural revival, musical subcultures and micromusics, nationalism and localism which are relevant to understanding their formation and development.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, the students:

  1. Will have studied in detail of a number of neo-traditional music styles of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries and investigated their relationship to political and social movements
  2. They will have advanced their skill in critically evaluating interpretations of musical forms, and have learnt to listen for and to identify significant features in unfamiliar musics
  3. They will have enhanced their ability to locate and evaluate information on cultural activities
  4. They will understand relevant socio-cultural theoretical approaches to popular culture and critically comment and argue for their relevance to interpreting the social significance and meaning of neo-traditional musics.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Class tests: 10%
Examination with listening component: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 two-hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitComposition
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Thomas Reiner

Notes

Previously coded MUS2660

Synopsis

The unit will cover three topics related to compositional technique. The first topic will explore basic concepts behind musical structures from both the listener's and composer's perspective and methods for analysis of musical structures in notated works. The second topic covers the formation and organisation of pitch in terms of tuning, scales and. The third topic, called post-production techniques, explores compositional technique specific to the recording studio and computer technology. Included will be an investigation of a number of techniques for organising sounds in virtual spaces (such as the stereo space) and related aesthetic issues.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will be able to: incorporate a range of structural strategies into their compositions or improvisations; perform structural analysis of notated works to a basic level; have developed listening skills in relation to pitch organisation; compose musical ideas using a range of approaches to scale and mode; and be able to analyse and criticise music created in recording studios from the perspective of post-production technique.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (3500 words)
Post-production exercise: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kenji Fujimura (Classical); Associate Professor Robert Burke (Jazz)

Notes

Previously coded MUS2980

Synopsis

Students prepare for a technical examination on their chief instrument, or a folio of either compositions or written work. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons, small group consultations and workshops. Students are required to take part in an ensemble as a hurdle requirement.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will demonstrate a greater understanding of research-based performance, composition or (ethno)musicology and will have mastered the required body of practical work as set out in the unit syllabus.

Assessment

In-class assessment: 10%
Performance exam or folio of compositions/written work: 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour to 2-hour tutorial per week
One individual lesson per week
(please note that each specialisation has different lesson plans)

Students who are repeating this unit will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1350
Students who fail this unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kenji Fujimura (Classical); Associate Professor Robert Burke (Jazz)

Notes

Previously coded MUS2990

Synopsis

Students prepare for a repertoire examination on their chief instrument, or a folio of either compositions or written work. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons, small group consultations and workshops. Students are required to take part in an ensemble as a hurdle requirement.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will demonstrate a greater understanding of research-based performance, composition or (ethno)musicology.

Assessment

In-class assessment: 10%
Performance exam or folio of compositions/written work: 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour to 2-hour tutorial per week
One individual lesson per week
(please note that each specialisation has different lesson plans)

Students who are repeating this unit will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2808
Students who fail this unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Yana Taylor

Notes

Previously coded PER2000

Synopsis

This unit works with selected texts to examine the aesthetic issues involved in the creation of a performance. The emphasis in the workshops will be on the way we understand texts and contexts, how we recognise style, and creative parameters of work or performance. We will examine issues such as the rationale for attempting to recreate authentic performance styles for historical works, issues of audience involvement, communication of meanings in the design and presentation of extracts or short pieces from longer works. There is a practical component to this work.

Assessment

Essay (2250 words): 50%
Class project (2250 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

9 hours rehearsal per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in the Bachelor of Performing Arts.

Prohibitions

Students enrolled in this unit cannot also be enrolled in ATS2478/ATS3478 in the same semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Yana Taylor

Notes

Previously coded PER2040

Synopsis

This is a performance based unit which continues from ATS1351 and ATS1352. It investigates the processes of making and theorising performance. Each week students will complete short performance exercises exploring a particular element of performance, such as space, tempo, bodies etc. They will then proceed to make a self-devised work drawing on the ideas and practices of the weekly sessions. In addition there will be several guided performance projects throughout the semester. There will also be readings and discussions on the performance-making strategies and theoretical positions of well-known practitioners. Students will write up and critique the projects in which they have participated.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should:

  1. Understand some of the relationships between practice and theory in the construction of contemporary performance work.
  2. Be able to investigate and manipulate particular elements of performance, such as tempo, space, bodies and action, with a view to production possibilities.
  3. Have the capacity to make a short, imaginative, theoretically informed performance work.
  4. Be able to utilize their skills to participate in a range of performance projects.
  5. Be able to critique some of the processes of the performance projects according to contemporary theoretical perspectives.

Assessment

Written work (inc.performance projects): 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

6 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour seminar and a minimum of 4 hours of performance workshops and rehearsals) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1351, ATS1352 and normally a first-year sequence in DTS.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Angela Mak (Berwick); Lorraine Reynolds (Gippsland)

Notes

Previously coded PRJ2251

Synopsis

Theory and practice of engagement of organisations with key publics, stakeholders and their communities to build relationships and collaborate in responsible community programs . Publicity and promotion as facets of community public relations and important to corporate sponsorship of these programs. Through a critical analysis of case studies, and successful community public relations programs students will develop a strategic plan for a community program for an organisation, client or community group that includes the promotion and publicity for a corporate sponsor of that program.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will demonstrate their ability to:

  1. Understand community engagement, the rationale for this engagement, the tactics and strategies for community program development and evaluation,
  2. Identify and critically appraise the strategic difference between engagement , publicity and promotion
  3. Develop suitable and measurable objectives for a community program, that includes the publicity and promotion design for a corporate sponsor of the program

Assessment

Written work: 55%
Presentation: 15%
2 hour Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week + one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1356 and ATS1897 or equivalents

Prohibitions

PRJ2251


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Angela Mak

Notes

Previously coded PRJ2252

Synopsis

The theory and practice of issues identification and management, risk communication and crisis management in internal and external environments. Research tools and methods to assess stakeholder views and values, identify issues through research, and strategically plan to manage an issue. How communication technologies and diverse traditional and online media can support or impede issues and crisis communication management. Through case studies and scholarly review, understand local and international perspectives of issues and crisis that affect public relations globally.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the theory and rationale for issues and crisis management,
  2. Identify and analyse risk and crisis issues in international and local environments.
  3. Comprehend, interpret and reflect on the role and purposes of issues and risk identification in modern organisations
  4. Prevention of a crisis, critically analyse information relating to issues or crises, develop risk and crisis management plans and carry out research relevant to issues an crisis planning and management,.
  5. Compose clear, concise actionable reports, and work reflexively and effectively as a member of a broad based team, and understand the immediacy of crisis team management

Assessment

Written work: 55%
Presentation: 15%
2 hour Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week + one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1356 and ATS1897 or ATS1330 and ATS1331 or equivalents

Prohibitions

PRJ2252


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Berwick Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Francesca Collins

Notes

Previously coded PSS2711

Synopsis

Our personality makes us who we are. It affects how we interact with people, how we behave, and the things we like and dislike. Despite its involvement in everything we do, there is no single universally accepted explanation of how and when personality develops, or how changeable it is. This unit explores a range of approaches to understanding personality and allows new insight into the student's own personality and that of others.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Appreciate the variety that exists within and between the dominant explanations for the origin and function of personality;
  2. Compare and critically evaluate personality theories;
  3. Engage in self-exploration and reflect on their own personality and attitudes;
  4. Understand and the complex interplay between biology and environment in personality development and function;
  5. Apply personality theories in order to explain and predict an individual's behaviour.
  6. Appreciate the complexity and uncertainty around personality disorders

Assessment

Written work(2700 words): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2400, ATS3400,PSY3051


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Berwick First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Mark Symmons (Berwick); Ms Ruth McFarlane (Gippsland)

Notes

Previously coded PSS2712

Synopsis

Around 25% of the population will suffer from mental illness at some stage, and many others are likely to know someone who is afflicted. Many shun help because of the attendant stigma, and suffering is then often prolonged. This unit seeks to decrease stigma through knowledge. A wide range of disorders are examined, along with their causes and treatment options according to various paradigms. The complexities of defining the concept of "abnormal" will be discussed, along with the DSM and alternative methods of describing and classifying and diagnosing mental illness.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a greater understanding of the complexities of mental disorder and better appreciate the experience of those personally or otherwise directly affected;
  2. Better appreciate the nuances to the concept of "normality" and the power of labeling
  3. Analyse and adapt their own attitudes towards those afflicted and thus combat prejudice and stigma;
  4. Describe the categories of disorder and understand the construction of the DSM and others methods of classifying mental illness, how they are used, and their advantages and shortcomings;
  5. Develop a deeper knowledge of individual disorders, what might cause them, and how they can be treated.

Assessment

Written work (2700 words): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week + One 1-hour laboratory per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ruth McFarlane

Notes

Previously coded PSS2713

Synopsis

Humans are social animals, though their interaction is not always harmonious. This unit explores social interaction and behaviour - both positive and negative. Developing such an understanding of the self and others enables individuals to gain and exert more control over and get more from relationships, and understand the mechanisms of persuasion and behaviour change. Topics include attitudes, obedience, conformity, group processes, prejudice, aggression, and attraction.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand how social behaviour can be studied through a variety of perspectives involving different levels of analysis and varying research methods;
  2. Describe the application of a range of key concepts such as schemata, stereotypes, categorisation, causal attribution, obedience, conformity and minority influence;
  3. Appreciate how views of some concepts of social behaviour change over time;
  4. Understand the powerful role group membership can exert on social behaviour and how outcomes such as aggression, racism, and sexism can be represented as interactions between groups

Assessment

Written work(2700 words): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 1-hour lecture per week and 1 x 1-hour laboratory per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1840 or ATS1359 or equivalent

Prohibitions

BHS2713, GSC2713, PSY2042


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Chris Laming

Notes

Previously coded SCW2303

Synopsis

This unit explores theoretical frameworks for advanced counselling and case management in casework practice. The casework process is the focus of theory and skill development to explore the strengths and limitations of theories including eco-systems, crisis intervention, problem solving and feminist theories.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. emonstrated understanding of their implicit theories on their approach to counselling;
  2. An ability to apply more than one theoretical framework to counselling and case management practice;
  3. Demonstrated understanding of the case management process.

Assessment

Attendance and participation: 10%
Assignment (2000 words): 40%
Examination (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1362 and ATS1363 or permission.

Prohibitions

GSC2303, SCW2303


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Cathy Trembath

Notes

Previously coded SCW2304

Synopsis

This unit focuses attention on 'big picture' or macro welfare/community work by integrating actual practice with theories, combining both classroom and field experiences. The ultimate purpose is to impart skills and knowledge that will enable graduates to work with communities and eliminate disadvantage.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. understand community development as a method of social welfare practice; become familiar with the application of community development models, values, skills, strategies and tactics;
  2. participate in the identification, execution and/or evaluation of a community development response to a situation, problem or issue through a supervised 20-day field education placement in a community organisation;
  3. demonstrate a capacity for reflective analysis of own practice.

Assessment

Pre-placement plan (500 words): 10%
Workbook (4000 words): 70%
Seminar participation (on-campus students) or Orientation and online discussions (off-campus students): 20%
All students are required to pass field placement to complete this unit

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 full day seminars and 20 day placement

Off-campus attendance requirements

3 hour online seminar prior to beginning of placement andonline discussions for all off-campus students and 20 day placement for all students

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1362 and ATS1363 or equivalent

Prohibitions

GSC2304, SCW2304


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded SCW2311

Synopsis

This unit explores current social issues in Australian society, the interconnections and relationships between them and how the array of cultural, social, political, economic, legal and media influences shape our considerations of social problems. Students are encouraged to reflect on, and challenge, their own values and beliefs through utilising concepts offered by contemporary social theory.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students will:

  1. have developed an understanding and knowledge of current social issues through an awareness of various discourses about social problems and the links between these and how social issues are defined and addressed;
  2. have acquired an understanding of the concepts of objectivity and subjectivity through critical examination of their personal values and beliefs and the social ideologies which underpin them;
  3. have developed their ability to research a social issue;
  4. be able to distinguish between opinion and fact when processing information, conversing and writing about social issues.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (750 words): 15%
Assignment 2 (1750 words): 30%
Exam (2 hours): 45%
Class participation (on-campus students) or online participation (off-campus students): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in an Arts discipline or permission.

Prohibitions

GSC1301, GSC2311, SCW2311


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Berwick First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Mark Symmons (Berwick); Ms Jacqui Howell (Gippsland)

Notes

Previously coded SCY2817

Synopsis

We live in an information-rich world, with details about any topic readily available. On a daily basis we are fed the latest research findings from a variety of so-called experts. The ability to analyse information critically and carefully evaluate it for ourselves has never been more important, and yet such skills are less likely to be taught. This unit provides an introduction to the basic concepts necessary for understanding and undertaking research, particularly in the social and psychological sciences. A range of research methods and the situations in which those methods can be appropriately applied are explored, along with general research design, research ethics, data collection techniques, and research reporting. The unit also explores a number of approaches to critical thinking that will stand students in good stead as life-long learners, regardless of their course and major.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Understand the components, stages and content research properly conducted
  2. Know the appropriate use of a range of quantitative and qualitative research methods along with their strengths and weaknesses;
  3. Have improved their proficiency in research reporting skills;
  4. Extended their ability to critically evaluate published research;
  5. Honed their critical thinking skills.

Assessment

Written work (2700 words): 60%
Examination (2-hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

24 points in any discipline

Prohibitions

ATS2723, ATS3723


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dirk Baltzly

Notes

Previously coded PHL2130

Synopsis

In the first part of this century the British philosopher A. N. Whitehead remarked that 'all philosophy is but a series of footnotes to Plato.' This unit introduces students to some of the central themes in Plato's work. These will include: the relation between knowledge, moral virtue and happiness; the immortality of the soul and reincarnation; the existence and nature of Plato's forms - abstractions such as beauty itself, alleged to be the source of all beautiful things here. Finally we will look at some of the developments of Plato's philosophy in neoplatonism.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will:

  1. Be able to explain central themes from the work of Plato in the

light of scholarship on the subject

  1. Be able to identify important harmonies and divergences between the

works of Plato and subsequent platonist philosophers

  1. Be able to identify analytic connections between the works of Plato

and contemporary work in metaphysics and epistemology

  1. Develop an ability to read, interpret, and analyse historical

philosophical texts from the Ancient Greek and Roman traditions

  1. Learn how to make use of major reference works in Plato scholarship

Assessment

Written work: 60% (2500 words)
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Six points of first year philosophy or with permission.

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Silva (Day); Dr Monima Chadha (Off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded PHL2150

Synopsis

This unit covers some central debates in ethical theory. A major focus is on opponents and proponents of consequentialist theories, such as utilitarianism, which judge the morality of an act solely in terms of its consequences. Alternative theories include other elements, such as the nature of the act itself, human rights, rationality, and the character of the actor. Another key theme of the unit is metaethics, which includes questions such as: Are there moral facts? If so, are they in some sense objective? Is moral judgement grounded primarily in reasoning or in emotion? What motivates us to do what we believe is right?

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will

  1. Be familiar with central debates in ethical theory.
  2. Have acquired more sophisticated bibliographical skills, including independent use of digital and online material such as the Routledge Encyclopaedia of Philosophy, the Stanford Encyclopedia as well as more advanced reference works like the Cambridge Companions series.
  3. Have a firm grasp of referencing and citation requirements
  4. Have developed critical reading habits which allow the student to identify points of agreement and disagreement among a variety of authors.
  5. Be able to identify and charitably reconstruct arguments in more complex and demanding philosophical texts than those used in first-year, especially in the field of ethics.
  6. Have developed much more sophisticated skills in assessment of arguments.
  7. Demonstrate a greater capacity for independent thought and reflection in their essay writing.
  8. Have a more nuanced understanding of the methods used in philosophical ethics.
  9. Have a more nuanced understanding of the norms of philosophical writing. This additional understanding includes: anticipating and pre-empting potential objections to your thesis and showing that the difficulties faced by your preferred view are less problematic than those faced by competitors to your view.
  10. Have a more nuanced understanding of the norms of philosophical discussion. These include: seeking presuppositions, finding common ground and isolating specific sources of disagreement.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (2500 words)
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus: 2 hours (one 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus: no timetabled contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

6 points of first-year or with permission.

Prohibitions

ATS1839, AZA2939, AZA3939


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Sam Butchart

Notes

Previously coded PHL2650

Synopsis

This unit is concerned with some philosophical questions about the nature of consciousness, in particular with the question whether consciousness is irreducibly non-physical. We shall look at all of the major theories of the mind/body relationship, and we shall also examine the prospects for the creation of artificial intelligence and conscious computers.

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing this unit, students will have a good understanding of the main competing solutions to the mind/body problem, i.e. to the problem of determining exactly how mind and body are related. Students will also have a good understanding of the ways in which solutions to the mind/body problem relate to other disputed questions in philosophy of mind, e.g. whether animals have thoughts, whether machines are capable of thought, whether the world can be exhaustively described in the language of physics, and so forth.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (2500 words)
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1-hour lecture and 1 x 1-hour tutorial) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus: no timetabled contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Students with first-year level units to the value of 24 points in any faculty or by permission.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded SCW2307

Synopsis

This unit recognises the organisational context of all social and community welfare practice and explores how this shapes practice interventions. Students are prepared for the increasing number and range of leadership and management positions embodied in contemporary human services practice, with an emphasis on planning, monitoring and evaluation processes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. critically analyse a Human Service Organisation in terms of goals, structure, culture and environment;
  2. view a Human Service Organisation from the client perspective;
  3. identify the different roles played by practitioners across various levels within a Human Service Organisation;
  4. identify and describe a range of appropriate management and leadership styles;
  5. identify the purpose, key components and functions of supervision in Human Service Organisations;
  6. develop an appropriate program plan and evaluation strategy for a Human Services program.

Assessment

Assignment (2500 words): 50%
Exam (2 hours): 40%
Online participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

ATS3850, GSC2307, GSC3307, SCW2307, SCW3307


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

Political passions play a central role in contemporary democracies. Yet political theory neglects the passions or conceives them as dangers to democracy. This unit asks: What are democracy's emotional foundations? It considers the way the passions might support citizens' commitment to equality, respect and social inclusion. It investigates how 'positive' emotions such as compassion sustain or build democratic civil solidarity; the possibilities of recuperating 'negative' emotions such as shame and resentment so that they do not engender extremism or political violence; and the role of democratic political leaders, institutions and movements in mobilising and responding to the passions.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit subject students should:

  1. Have a basic knowledge of classical and modern theories of the passions and emotions;
  2. Understand modern political theory debates and controversies about the political role of the passions;
  3. Understand recent debates about democracy's emotional foundations;
  4. Apply political theories of the passions to contemporary case studies;
  5. Develop skills in oral and written communication by addressing theoretical debates about the political role of the emotions and applying these to case studies.
  6. Undertake a greater degree of independent research and reading in completing their assignments.

Assessment

Short essay (500 words): 10%
Essay (2500 words): 50%
2 Hour examination (approx 1500): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture/seminar per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alexei Procyshyn

Notes

Previously coded PHL2010

Synopsis

This unit deals with the way in which 'continental' philosophers have sought to deal with the question of the divine in modernity, in the face of the growth of scientific modes of explanation and the decline of religious institutions and belief. In doing so, it furthermore introduces the continental approach to philosophy. Taking our lead from Nietzsche's provocative claim that 'God is dead', we will look primarily at French and German philosophers of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Examples of figures who may be studied include Soren Kierkegaard, Martin Heidegger, Immanuel Levinas, and Jacques Derrida.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Understand the major developments in Continental philosophy of religion
  2. Appreciate the distinct contribution of major Continental thinkers to the critique of philosophical theology and to its renewal
  3. Be able to analyse seminal texts from Nietzsche, Kierkegaard, Heidegger and others
  4. Have gained an introduction to the methods of continental philosophy and appreciate their usefulness for the philosophy of religion and philosophy generally
  5. Demonstrate the capacity to interpret and evaluate important concepts, arguments and texts, as well as to put forward ideas and arguments of their own in a clear and cogent way.

Assessment

Written work(4000 words): 80%
Oral presentation and participation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Graham Oppy

Notes

Previously coded PHL2020

Synopsis

Is belief in God rationally defensible? We begin by examining some arguments in favour of the existence of God. We then move to consider a difficulty for anyone who believes that God is all-powerful and wholly good: the problem posed by existence of evil. One traditional solution to this problem is to say that God is not responsible for the moral evil in this world. God gave us freedom, the capacity to choose between good and evil; moral evils are due entirely to the bad choices made by human beings. This raises the central questions concerning human freedom: what exactly does free action involve? Are we ever genuinely free, or is our sense of freedom no more than an illusion?

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit, students will have:

  1. been introduced to philosophical thinking in the Analytical Tradition, particularly as it applies to topics in the Philosophy of Religion;
  2. familiarize students with the key arguments for and against the main positions in the debate about the existence of God;
  3. be able to think clearly about the existence of evil and human freedom in the presence of a wholly good, all powerful and all knowing God.

Students will also obtain familiarity with central ideas in the history of philosophy, and begin to develop an understanding of important philosophical theories.

Assessment

Written work (2500 words): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus: no timetabled contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Benjamin

Notes

Previously coded PHL2110

Synopsis

'I think therefore I am'. In the Meditations Descartes gave central place to the idea that to be human is to be a thinking thing (or res cogitans). His discussion of what this involves set the agenda for modern philosophical debates in epistemology, metaphysics and cognitive theory. This unit will examine the entire Cartesian system, but with special emphasis on Descartes' views about the possibility of knowledge and what it is to be a thinking thing. We will follow these themes into contemporary philosophical discussions.

Outcomes

On completion of the subject students will have read the Meditations of Descartes and in reading them will have gained an understanding of the complete Cartesian system and its influences on the development of philosophical theories in epistemology and metaphysics. They will have an enhanced capacity for critical and rigorous reading of a philosophical text, and skills in the evaluation of philosophical positions in the context of an integrated system. They will have reflected on some contemporary work with roots in the Cartesian tradition. Students completing the subject will develop skills in writing and argument.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Test: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week. OCL: workshops optional

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year unit in Philosophy

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alexei Procyshyn

Notes

Previously coded PHL2120

Synopsis

The unit will concentrate on two major approaches to the study of language. The structuralist approach which can be traced back to Saussure, and the referential realist approach which can be traced back to Aristotle. It will begin with an introduction to structuralism and the idea that language structures reality. It will move on to the referential semantics introduced by Aristotle and further developed by Frege. Various views concerning truth will be discussed including the view that truth is correspondence with reality and the contrasting position that truth is related to power. www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/lateryear.html

Assessment

Written work: 60% (2500 words)
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in philosophy.

Prohibitions

CLS2120


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Lloyd Humberstone

Notes

Previously coded PHL2170

Synopsis

The unit is intended to provide a survey of modern symbolic logic, concentrating on the propositional and predicate logic. Besides building on a basic competence in these systems, the subject provides an introduction to the meta-theory of formal systems and involves some discussion of philosophical problems associated with the application of such systems to informal discourse.

Outcomes

  1. To provide students with a comprehensive grasp of contemporary symbolic logic.
  2. To give students a firm basis from which to proceed to advanced logical theory.

Assessment

Assignments (including at least one in-class test): 90%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

None.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Monima Chadha

Notes

Previously coded PHL2210

Synopsis

Unit looks at the growth of scientific theories from the standpoint of three humanities disciplines - history, philosophy and sociology - using a case study method. On completion, students will have an acquaintance with several important developments in the history of science, and have thought about issues in the philosophy of science and sociology of knowledge. They will also have read Thomas Kuhn's The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, and so have encountered one of the most important books on science written in the 20th C. Three case studies will be presented and students will undertake an individual case study under supervision.

Outcomes

  1. Have an understanding of major theoretical approaches to the nature of science;
  2. Have familiarity with a variety of case studies in the history of science;
  3. Have improved their skills in analysing and interpreting philosophical texts;
  4. Have developed some skills in reading and analysing historical scientific texts;
  5. Have developed skills in criticising philosophical accounts of scientific progress.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (3000 words)
Exam: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus: 2 hours per week.
Off-campus: no timetabled contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year unit in Philosophy or 12-points of study in a science discipline.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. Karen Green

Notes

Previously coded PHL2330

Synopsis

The unit will discuss theories of liberty, equality and justice, and the role of the state in promoting these values. When are inequalities of income and wealth just? Are liberty and equality compatible? Can a secure foundation be provided for individual rights and liberties? Must liberty take priority over other values? These issues will be discussed mainly in the light of the work of contemporary political philosophers, but some reference will also be made to classical thinkers.

Outcomes

Students completing the subject will have an understanding of the various suggested foundations of property rights, and the nature of disagreements about the role of the state in redistribution of income and wealth, and in protecting property rights.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (2500 words)
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 hour lecture & 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Philosophy, or Politics, or Human Rights

Prohibitions

ATS3868


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Thrasher

Notes

Previously coded PHL2510

Synopsis

This unit aims to give students with a background in philosophy or politics a strong foundation in political philosophy. The central question of the unit is: what makes a society just or unjust? The first part of the course examines this question from the perspective of mainstream economics and of liberal political thought. The second part of the course looks at some important critiques of liberalism, focusing especially on underlying beliefs about the concepts of freedom and desert. In the final part of the course we use the ideas introduced earlier in semester to analyse the topic of justice in crime and punishment.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will have an understanding of current debates over political concepts such as justice, freedom and equality. Students will be able to apply their understanding of these debates to practical issues, such as inter-cultural tolerance in a pluralistic society, taxation for redistributive purposes, law and order debates, and more.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateways in philosophy, or politics, or first-year sequence in bioethics, or ATS1314

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Andy Lamey (Clayton)

Notes

Previously coded PHL2810

Synopsis

Ethical issues which are raised by the environmental crisis stretch the traditional philosophical concepts, to breaking point. This has led to calls for a completely new ethic based on environmental values and a non-anthropocentric world view. The subject examines a number of such proposals and the moral concepts they introduce: in particular, animal rights, the intrinsic value of nature and eco-centric notions of value. Various ethical dilemmas which arise in relation to our treatment of animals and the environment, the value of wilderness, population growth and the ethical responsibilities that come with globalization will be discussed.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should have a good understanding of the ethical issues raised by environmentalism and by the ethical limits placed on human behaviour by our environment.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1x 1 hour lecture and 1x1 hour tutorial per week)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

One of the following units: ATS1263 or ATS1264 or ATS1309 or ATS1310 or ATS1834 or ATS1839 or ENE1621 or ENV1011 or ENV1022

Prohibitions

ATS3871, AZA2871, AZA3871


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Monima Chadha

Notes

Previously coded PHL2850

Synopsis

The unit considers a range of topics in metaphysics and ethics from an Indian perspective. The aim is to contrast the views of the conservative Hindu philosophers with those of the Indian heretics. Among the metaphysical topics special emphasis is placed on the theories of the self and their relation to interesting Hindu doctrines of Karma and Rebirth. The course also explores the relations between karma and other enigmatic traditional Indian concepts.

Outcomes

Students who complete this unit will:

  • understand the central philosophical tenets of traditional Indian systems;
  • deepen their understanding of central issues in philosophy by considering them from a novel perspective;
  • appreciate how traditional Indian philosophers envisage a deep connection between their metaphysical and ethical positions;
  • be motivated and well equipped to exploit traditional Indian ideas through an understanding of a variety of problems in contemporary metaphysics and moral philosophy and attempts at resolving them.

Assessment

Written work: 70% (3500 words)
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus: 2 hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus: no timetabled contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year 6 point unit in Philosophy.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Justin Oakley

Synopsis

This unit investigates the nature of evil, in light of psychological and other factors that enable people to commit acts of great evil. Questions discussed include: If an evildoer suffered serious childhood abuse, should this influence our moral judgements of them? Are we all capable of great evil, if placed in certain circumstances? Could there be 'bad seeds'? Can moral judgements be justifiably made of those with evil thoughts and desires that they never act on? How should we determine the appropriateness of medical treatment of evildoers? How do different accounts of evil bear on contemporary ethical theories? Current empirical research will also be used in addressing these questions.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit, students will have:

  1. an understanding of leading contemporary philosophical theories of evil;
  2. familiarity with key psychological explanations of evildoing;
  3. skills enabling them to critically analyse these theories and explanations
  4. the ability to make informed judgements about what sorts of responses to evildoing are morally appropriate.

Assessment

Essay 1000 words (20%)
Essay 2000 words (40%)+ Examination 2 hours (40%)

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Philosophy or Bioethics

Prohibitions

ATS3875


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Felix Nobis

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to skills and concepts in writing for performance independently and in a collaborative workshop environment, culminating in performance work based on the completed script. The program will introduce students to the key stages of developing a script for the stage and will also engage with key industry concerns in the field of script writing.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this Unit will develop:

  1. Basic skills in writing for performance.
  2. An understanding of aspects of creative processes in the field, and of the (procedures appropriate to the development of new work.
  3. A knowledge of the structural choices in the development of a performance text.
  4. Skills in editing and adaptation.
  5. The capacity to articulate critical analyses in systematic written argument, and in clear and confident oral presentations.

Assessment

Short completed script (2700 words): 60%
In class presentations (1800 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Theatre or a first year sequence in Performance or by permission


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stuart Grant

Synopsis

This Unit focuses on developments in dramaturgy in an expanded and widening field of contemporary theatre and performance. Investigation of theories and practices in 'new' dramaturgies may include: contextual/historical studies, technical and scenographic considerations, and/or analyses of contemporary performance makers engaged in diverse 'dramaturgies'.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this Unit will develop:

  1. practical experience of dramaturgical concerns, questions and practices in contemporary performance
  2. understanding of some of the relationships between material, conceptual and aesthetic approaches to contemporary dramaturgies
  3. skills and experience in research and dramaturgical analyses
  4. a greater understanding of 'new' dramaturgies

Assessment

Written work (1800 words): 40%
Project (2700 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Performance or by permission


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Fenley

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a critical understanding of how minority groups are included or excluded from the dominant Australian society. It begins with a historical examination of the ways in which groups have been discriminated against on the basis of race, ethnicity, age, religion, gender, social status or sexual preference. It then explores attempts to create a more just and tolerant society and questions whether mainstream society is willing to accommodate the needs of minority groups.

Outcomes

This unit provides students with an understanding of different attitudes towards minority groups and is designed to increase knowledge of and skills in historical and political research methods.

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an awareness of the patterns of inclusion and exclusion of minority groups since white settlement of Australia;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of different theories relating to the fear, hatred, and mistrust of the other;
  3. Interrogate different policies relating to minority groups;
  4. Critically engage with key historical and political theories in oral presentations and written exercises; and
  5. Locate and retrieve primary source materials using archival, rare book, microfiche and microfilm collections; and
  6. Present a structured response to an essay question

Assessment

Assignment 1 (1,000 words): 20%
Assignment 2 (2,000 words): 40%
Examination 2 hours (1,500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 1 hour tutorial)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Required to contribute to on-line discussions

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

24 credit points at first year level

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Belinda Morrissey

Synopsis

This unit examines media content and production processes through a gendered (and raced) lens, as both are key equity issues in journalism. Has the influx of women into media industries changed the 'news'? How is gender implicated in newsroom culture? Why do men continue to dominate positions of power in most media organisations? Students also explore the coverage of indigenous and ethnic issues in mainstream media, and the rise of indigenous and ethnic media in Australia. Students are introduced to key issues in feminist media scholarship, and Journalism Studies, while also critically engaging with contemporary journalism practice and the news media's relationship with, and responsibility to, indigenous and ethnic issues. Its overarching focus, however, is to explore gendered newsroom culture in this rapidly changing, intensified global industry.

Outcomes

On completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a satisfactory knowledge and capacity to understand and analyse the academic literature in the fields under examination
  2. demonstrate an ability to research, discuss and critically reflect on the issues of gender and race and how they relate to journalism practice and media content in a clear, concise and rigorous scholarly manner
  3. collaborate constructively with fellow students in learning and discussion processes, including online forums
  4. think critically and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression
  5. work independently and in groups to achieve the learning outcomes
  6. demonstrate a critical awareness of the strengths and limitations of journalism practice in relation to gender and indigenous issues
  7. produce thoroughly researched, well documented and presented formal essays

Assessment

Minor project (900 words): 20%
Major essay (1800 words): 40%
Class presentation/online report (500 words): 10%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 1hr lecture/week
One x 1hr lecture/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Julie Bowyer

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the skills required to be an effective photojournalist: to identify and research a story, and capture it in vibrant and technically clean photographic form. The unit covers the aesthetic, technical, narrative, ethical and historical aspects of photojournalism. Students learn to produce compelling images that best represent human events and are encouraged to develop their interests in producing folio work and picture essays.The unit begins with the principles of photographic techniques, an introduction to different forms of photography, and the requirements of different publications.Students learn the skills of issues-based research and writing to drive their visual storytelling and understand the value of timeliness, objectivety and narrative. Students also learn how to use photo-editing software.

Outcomes

On completion of the course students should be able to:

  1. Produce aesthetically vibrant and technically clean photographs.
  2. Demonstrate an ability to identify, research and write a story, conduct interviews, and produce appropriate photographs to reflect the story
  3. Demonstrate the relationship between text and image in journalism and produce work that combines the two forms across a range of publications
  4. Demonstrate and ability to report in a clear, concise and factual manner using both written and photographic elements
  5. Collaborate constructively with fellow students in learning and production processes, including online forums
  6. Identify and observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with photojournalism, and reflect critically on their own and others performance in this regard
  7. Work independently to produce a photographic portfolio
  8. Meet deadlines, and take images under pressure
  9. Demonstrate an awareness of news and current issues, and develop contacts in the community and regions in which the student lives
  10. Demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of photojournalism
  11. Demonstrate a basic knowledge of editing software

Assessment

Minor project: 30%
Major project: 50%
Online critical assessment and in-class presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 2 hr seminar/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1330 and ATS1331 or permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedPrato Term 1 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrizia Sambuco

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

The Italian city, a microcosm of Italian society, reveals the rich layers of Italian culture and history. This unit explores Italian cityscapes through their monuments and art works and their representation in literature and film. It offers a journey through the social spaces of the modern city to the virtual zones of the postmodern city. By visiting the city through literature and film students will be exposed to a diversity of texts, written and visual, that grapple with the complexity of urban spaces and with challenges posed to Italian cities by increased migration. In addition to considering textual representations of urban spaces, a particular focus of the unit will be the urban biography of Prato, from the Middle Ages to the present day. This will include examining how Prato's remarkable economic history has contributed to its distinctive civic identity, and how the culture of the city is reflected in contemporary writings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. Have a greater understanding of Italy, the Italian city (Prato) and Italian culture;
  2. Have consolidated both oral and written language through linguistic and cultural immersion;
  3. Have gained knowledge of the city's long history and its contemporary cultural and urban landscape;
  4. Have acquired an understanding of how Italian Archives work and be able to further develop research skills;
  5. Have acquired an understanding theoretical issues surrounding the conception of city.

Assessment

Written assignment: 50%
Project presentation: 25%
Class test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

The unit will be taught in intensive mode at Prato, Italy.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Italian studies or equivalent knowledge of the language


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Watt

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the key ideas, figures and debates in the development of music aesthetics and criticism since Ancient Greek times to the present. In particular the unit will examine the links between aesthetic theories and their application and appropriation in musicology and journalistic criticism. Topics to be addressed in detail include theories of beauty, form and structure; authenticity, text-music relationships; semiotics; and the idea of musical meaning in both western and non-western contexts. The influence of aesthetics on theories of musical criticism and approaches to composition and performance will be studied.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will have developed:

  1. An understanding of how music has been defined and judged throughout history;
  2. Skills to articulate their own aesthetic standpoints in relation to musical composition, performance and current research in music aesthetics.

Assessment

Essay (3500 words): 80%
Examination (1 hour, 1000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

  • One 1-hour lecture per week
  • One 1-hour workshop/tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitComposition
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Thomas Reiner

Synopsis

This unit is the third of a sequence of four units that integrates the development of aural skills with the theoretical understanding of music through listening, analysis, performance, notation and composition. It further expands on the skills and knowledge developed in MTET 2 through the study and practical application of theoretical concepts in the Western Classical and Jazz traditions. Students are introduced to advanced analytical and compositional procedures of tonal music through critical listening, study and analysis of representative works. Analysis, harmony and aural exercises are used to consolidate the understanding of functional harmony.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have broadened their practical aural skills and their knowledge of music theory, analysis and composition. Students will be able to recognise and understand advanced tonal procedures and chromatic harmony, conduct harmonic and voice-leading analyses of Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Jazz and popular musics.

Assessment

In class aural test: 900 words (20%)
Theory assignment: 900 words (20%)
Aural exam: 1350 equivalent words (30%)
Theory exam: 1350 equivalent words (30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week and one 1-hour workshop or tutorial

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Paul Williamson

Synopsis

This unit is the fourth and final of a sequence of four units that integrates the development of aural skills with the theoretical understanding of music through listening, analysis, performance, notation and composition. It consolidates the skills and knowledge developed in MTET 3 through the study and practical application of theoretical concepts in the Western Classical and Jazz traditions. Further study of advanced analytical and compositional procedures in representative works will incorporate the analysis and recognition of chromatic harmony, voice leading techniques, and different structural levels.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have consolidate practical aural skills and their knowledge of music theory, analysis and composition. Students will be able to understand and recognize advanced compositional procedures and aspects of musical structure. They will be able to undertake analyses of Western art music, jazz and popular musics.

Assessment

In class test: 900 words (20%)
Theory assignment: 900 words (20%)
Aural exam: 1350 equivalent words (30%)
Theory exam: 1350 equivalent words (30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week and one 1-hour workshop or tutorial

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. Paul Strangio

Synopsis

Leadership is indispensable to politics. Yet it is also a problematic concept within liberal democracies that have traditionally set out to constrain leadership authority. In recent times in Australia and other comparable parliamentary democracies debate has surfaced about the growth of leadership power (particularly that of prime ministers) as a result of institutional changes in the political system and other developments in the practice of politics. This unit examines changes in the nature and role of leadership in Australian politics. It also theorises political leadership, introducing students to political psychology that explores the complex relationship between leaders and followers.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students at levels two and three will be able to:

  1. understand how liberal-democratic systems have traditionally addressed the issue of leadership;
  2. understand debates about the augmentation of prime ministerial power in Australia and comparable parliamentary democracies;
  3. understand some of the theoretical debates about leadership and political psychology and the relationship between leaders and followers;
  4. apply theoretical understandings to a case study of Australian political leadership;
  5. display developing skills in spoken and written communication in addressing questions of the changing relationship between leadership and politics;

Assessment

Class participation: 20%
research essay (2500 words): 40%
2-hour examination (2000 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two Gateway units in politics

Prohibitions

ATS3903


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sharon A Bong

Synopsis

This unit explores the intersections of genders, sexualities and religions within the cultural context of Southeast Asia. Within an inter-disciplinary framework, feminist and gender theories are critically applied to topics covered that include: fluidity of genders and sexualities in religion, narratives of becoming in the family, faith community and cyberspace, sexual citizenship in the national imaginary, construction of masculinities and femininities of those who inhabit border zones of being socially excluded/included, such as youth, migrants, sex workers and ascetics; and agency in revisiting the impasse of the universality versus cultural relativism of rights.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the pluralities of genders and sexualities and how they are shaped by cultures and religions practised in Southeast Asia;
  2. Analyse lived experiences of the socially excluded through the critical lens of feminist and gender theories;
  3. Develop independent research skills in under-researched areas of study and the ability to present a cogent argument in both oral and written formats.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Test (1500 words): 30%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Salih Yucel

Synopsis

This unit will examine leadership in Islam in the 20th century and analyze examples from multiple perspectives. The unit will give students a good working knowledge of different Muslim leadership styles, principles, models, procedures, and practical applications. It will explore major spiritual, political, and cultural leaders through individual biographies and look at the relationship and tensions between spiritual and political leaders. Students will develop their understanding of leadership from the both Sunni and Shiite perspectives. The student will learn about the important link between leadership and group functioning and touch upon various methods of conflict resolution.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit should:

  1. Understand Islamic models of effective leadership in a modern context;
  2. Have the capacity to evaluate critically theories relating to conditions surrounding influential Muslim leadership and the factors that made them effective in the 20th century;
  3. Have explored different approaches to leadership from early Islam to the contemporary period;
  4. Have gained insight into the relationship and tensions between the different fields of leadership, such as political, cultural and spiritual leadership, and religious and secular leadership;
  5. Have understood the leadership style, contexts, impact and consequences of different leaders, particularly moderate leaders;
  6. Have developed the ability to assess a leader's actions objectively from a variety of perspectives and from the point of view of relevant theories;
  7. Will have acquired research skills appropriate to second and third level study and necessary for analyzing different leadership styles, approaches, and goals, and for evaluating the achievements and failures of selected Muslim leaders;
  8. Third year students, in addition, will have developed a more sophisticated understanding of both ancient and modern leadership traditions and displayed a more thorough knowledge of contexts and theoretical approaches.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 50%
Presentation (1000 words): 10%
Tutorial participation: 10%
Examination (1 hour, 1000 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

  • One 2-hour lecture per week
  • One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3907


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Annabelle Baldwin

Synopsis

For much of the 20th century, the exploits of gangsters have been constantly re-imagined in books, music, film, radio, and television. In popular culture and the news media, gangsters are often either portrayed as rogues resisting the intrusive state, or as villains who commit heinous crimes. But beneath the veneer of sensationalism, gangsters have had a much more complex relationship with states and societies. Just what makes a gangster, and what do gangsters tell us about the societies that cast them as such? This unit will explore the very idea of the gangster in modern history. Using case studies from the United States, Britain, China, and Japan, we will track the emergence of the idea of the gangster as a contemporary character in world history.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Have a deep understanding of the history of twentieth century organised crime and gangsterism
  2. Understand the complex nature of gangsters' relationships with states and societies
  3. Recognise the historical and contemporary contexts in which gangsterism emerges and flourishes
  4. Understand the relationship between the romanticisation of gangsters and the state of society
  5. Develop the capacity to analyse the meaning of popular sources such as film
  6. Become familiar with the research skills and methods of social and cultural historians
  7. Have further developed their oral and written communication skills
  8. Have experience working with a range of textual, visual, and material historical sources

Assessment

Primary source analysis(1000 words): 15%
Essay(2000 words): 40%
Take home exam (1,500 words): 35%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 90 minute lecture per week + One x 1 hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Criminology, or History, or International studies, or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS3909


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stuart Grant

Synopsis

This unit introduces the key thinkers and concepts in the discipline of Performance Studies from its origin in the anthropology of theatre and performance to the emergence of the main threads, debates and schools of thought which characterize the field today. The ideas of theorists such as Schechner, Turner, Conquergood, Austin, Butler and others will be covered, detailing concepts of ritual, everyday social performance and performativity. Examples from political performance, protest, institutional and environmental performance will be analysed.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this course students will:

  1. understand the meanings and applications of the concept of performativity and be able to make considered arguments concerning its worth and scope;
  2. be able to analyse everyday activities and broader social events in their performative dimensions;
  3. apply and argue the key concepts and debates in contemporary performance studies;
  4. be able to employ a variety of theoretical approaches to the analysis of everyday and ritual social and cultural performances;
  5. apply concepts of the self, gender, subjectivity and identity viewed as performances;
  6. develop a sense of the cultural relativity of their own and others' everyday practices, becoming more open-minded and understanding of the diversity of cultural practice;
  7. be able to demonstrate an understanding and employ techniques of ethnographic writing.

Assessment

Group class presentation (15 minutes equiv.900 words): 20%
Individual ethnographic description (minimum 1350 words): 30%
Exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Theatre


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Stuart Grant

Synopsis

Students work through minimum of three key playtexts from within a given genre, tradition, period or national theatre. The unit entails a variety of approaches, encompassing historical, textual, comparative and social methodologies of analysing texts. Distinguishing features of the particular genre or tradition are studied in the context of the period and place from which the texts emerged. Consideration is given to how the texts were originally performed and how they have since been interpreted.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this course students will:

  1. possess an in-depth knowledge of the conventions of a given genre, period or tradition of theatre or performance and the conditions under which it arose;
  2. have received an introduction to the ideas of key contemporary thinkers whose work bears on the interpretation and understanding of theatre and performance;
  3. have an understanding of the relationships between theatres and their social and cultural contexts;
  4. be able to employ a variety of approaches to textual analysis;
  5. be able to take a critical historiographical approach to the contemporary reception of texts from different times and places;
  6. be able to recognize and activate issues in the textual and performative interpretation of playtexts;
  7. have applied understanding of the relationships between art and society - ethical, political, and expressive.

Assessment

Group class presentation (15 minutes equiv. 750 words): 20%
Individual write-up of presentation (1000 words): 20%
Essay (2000 words): 40%
Participation (equiv. 750 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Theatre


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrick Spedding

Synopsis

The unit is designed to introduce students to the development of the dark or satanic hero and the femme fatal in a range of major English texts selected to illustrate the tremendous impact and popularity of these powerful figures. Writers since the Renaissance have created powerful and seductive heroes, anti-heroes and appealing villains who advocate and personify radical individualism, self-sufficiency and ambition, but who are often isolated, gloomy and dissatisfied by their revolt against God, tmorality and society. Special attention will be given to the gendered representation of the dark hero, particularly the persistent tendency to represent or view female characters who challenge moral codes in relation to prevailing social roles of virgin/whore, good/bad mother etc. The unit encourages students to examine the relationship between the satanic heroes, vamps and villains who appear in the unit texts and the many dark heroes of contemporary culture.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will be able to:

  1. identify key characteristics of the Dark or Satanic Hero and the Femme Fatal;
  2. identify the historical development, and with a range of different historical manifestations, of these figures;
  3. identify the psychological, social and cultural roots of these figures and the impact they have had;
  4. identify the key critical debates concerning the Dark Hero and Femme Fatal;
  5. evaluate the relevance of these debates to the course-texts as well as to modern manifestations of these figures
  6. argue their interpretations clearly and persuasively in oral and essay form;
  7. communicate ideas and position effectively in discussion.

Assessment

Written work: 65% Test (1 hour): 25%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies or permission.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrick Spedding

Synopsis

The unit is designed to introduce students to the origins of modern high fantasy via a range of major English texts from the early-Modern to the late-Modern period. The unit includes a selection of verse and prose narratives which use fairy and folk tale, myth and legend, the supernatural, weird, uncanny and marvellous to represent an idealised past, criticise the present and to explore the unconscious.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will be able to identify:

  1. key characteristics of fantasy;
  2. the historical development, and the range of historical manifestations, of fantasy;
  3. the literary, social and cultural roots, and the impact, of fantasy;
  4. key critical debates concerning a range of fantasy genres;
  5. the relevance of these debates to the course-texts as well as to modern works of high fantasy.

Students successfully completing this subject will also be able to:

  1. argue their interpretations clearly and persuasively in oral and essay form;
  2. communicate fruitfully in discussion;
  3. demonstrate skill in identifying and using a range of original texts, scholarly editions and digital archives.

Assessment

Written work: 65%
Test (1 hour): 25%
Tutorial participation : 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Literary Studies or permission.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Will Peterson

Synopsis

This unit will examine key theories of theatre and performance practice in the western world from Aristotle, to the artistic movements of Symbolism and German Expressionism, to the anti-naturalism of Meyerhold and Brecht, to Grotowski and the recent contemporary development of Postdramatic theatre. The course connects these theories to theatrical practice in specific historical periods, to gain insights into the artistic, philosophical and political foundations of the various forms in their own times and how they might have influenced practioners in later days, including the present.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students will:

  1. possess a broader knowledge of a range of theatre traditions, past and present;
  2. have some acquaintance with the ideas of key thinkers whose work bears on the interpretation and understanding of theatre and performance;
  3. demonstrate an understanding of the relationships between theatre movements and their socio-historical and cultural contexts;
  4. be able to employ a critical approach to historical and contemporary debates in the study and practice of theatre;
  5. debate the ethical and social dimensions of theatre;
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the key issues in the interpretation and reception of theatre and performance;
  7. have developed their ability to discuss major theorists and practitoners of twentieth century western theatre and their legacy

Assessment

Research report (900 words): 25%
Contribution to Moodle seminar forums (500 words): 20%
Essay (1600 words): 35%
Participation and Attendance: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Theatre


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Karen Sutherland(Berwick);Jessica Humphreys(Gippsland)

Synopsis

The unit is designed to provide students with the theory and knowledge, understanding, skills and experience in applying new and emerging media technologies to public relations. Students are introduced to the developments of new media and emerging technologies, and shown how these are applied towards enhancing public relations efforts. Students will learn how new and emerging media technologies are used by PR professionals to develop online strategies, such as building personal or company profiles, expanding existing networks including international networks, communicating more effectively with key publics, gaining media attention, managing online reputations, dealing with online backlash and organisational challenges through social media and attracting sponsorships.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Acquire sound knowledge and theoretical understanding of the way new and emerging media technologies are shaping and changing PR practices;
  2. Understand how social media and new media technologies are applied to PR activities such as managing campaigns, managing online reputations, and crisis communications, use online tools for PR activities;
  3. Evaluate the relevance of various social media and new media technologies for PR applications;
  4. Understand the wider international and global applications of social media and new media for practice.

Assessment

Written Work: 70%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 1-hour lecture per week
One x 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1356 and ATS1897 or equivalents


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Julian C. H. Lee

Synopsis

This subject examines the various contexts and methods by which social and political change has been brought about through various forms of activism. Themes explored include the efficacy of violence and non-violence, the internet and technology, religion, consumer choices, and the United Nations. Issues addressed include gender and sexuality rights, refugees, health and AIDS, and civil liberties. All are examined in specific contexts from around the world including South Africa, Malaysia, Australia, Nicaragua, Britain, and India. This subject will provide an overview of the various factors that influence and enable the bringing about of social change.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have an understanding of the variety of ways in which social and political change has been brought about in various parts of the world and at different times in history.
  2. gain insight into the factors that influence the form of social and political change including information communication technology, religion and capitalism.
  3. become aware of the historical and cultural circumstances that shape the issues of pertinence in a given society and the methods by which change is advanced, including legal, electoral, and international mechanisms.
  4. develop a familiarity with debates regarding methods of political change including the use of violence and the role of religion.
  5. have improved their oral skills and team-work skills by participating in class discussions and activities.
  6. have developed their critical and written skills through a research-based essay on political and social change.

Assessment

Major essay (2500 words): 45%
Exam: 45%
Tutorial participation and oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Colin Hope

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the basics of ancient Egyptian language in its classic phase, Middle Egyptian, written in the hieroglyphic script. Middle Egyptian developed during the late third millennium BCE and was used for literary and historical inscriptions for approximately one millennium. Through the study of its basic structure students will be introduced to both its grammar and also the unique way in which the ancient Egyptians expressed themselves.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. acquire a basic understanding of the structure of the language;
  2. acquire an understanding of the grammar of Middle Egyptian;
  3. be able to translate basic inscriptions;
  4. be able to write in the hieroglyphic script.
  5. be able to relate translations to the broader cultural framework of Egyptian society - the actual meaning of the text.

Assessment

Translations (3500 words): 80%
2 Tests (1000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1 1/2 hour classes per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3924


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Colin Hope

Synopsis

This unit builds upon the skills acquired in Ancient Egyptian language: the basics, and aims to provide students with a firmer grasp of the language and aspects of ancient Egyptian culture transmitted through historical and literary texts. Advanced grammar will be studied and used in the translations of key texts to study how the ancient Egyptians expressed their cultural ideology.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. acquire a comprehensive understanding of the structure and grammar of the language;
  2. be able to translate full texts;
  3. be able to write confidently in hieroglyphic script;
  4. be able to relate translations to the broader cultural framework of Egyptian society - the actual meaning of the text.

Assessment

Translations: (3500 words): 80%
2 Tests (1000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1 1/2 hour classes per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2924 or ATS3924

Prohibitions

ATS3925


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jonathan McIntosh

Notes

Previously coded MUS2480

Synopsis

Introduction to the theory and practice of Javanese gamelan and its relationship to Javanese and Balinese society, culture and performing arts, including dance and theatre. Ensembles, tuning and modal systems, musical structure and form, transmission and sociology of performance, and performance theory. Development of aurally-based performance skills.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit should have a basic knowledge of the main principles, concepts and performance techniques of Javanese or Balinese gamelan music, dance and theatre terminology, the historical, cultural and social contexts of the gamelan performing arts, and performance ability on all the core instruments of the gamelan. They should also have knowledge of Javanese or Balinese, as opposed to Western, approaches to playing and understanding the music.

Assessment

Essay and other written work: 40% (2000 words)
Listening assignment: 10%
Exam (1 hour): 20%
Performance assessments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour practical performance class) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michelle Duffy

Notes

Previously coded SCY2802

Synopsis

This unit will emphasise the study of social relations between racial and ethnic groups in selected societies. The unit will pay special attention to the place of ethnic and Aboriginal groups in Australia. The concepts of race, racism, ethnicity, prejudice, discrimination and multiculturalism will be analysed and discussed in detail.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify and describe the different theories and concepts through which sociologists and other social scientists seek to explain issues of race and ethnicity;
  2. Demonstrate a critical evaluation of the relationship between national identity and ethnic identity;
  3. Identify contemporary issues associated with multiculturalism including multicultural citizenship, community languages and maintenance of cultural diversity;
  4. Understand the complexities of the relationships between dominant culture and minority culture including Aboriginal-European contact.

Assessment

Assignment one (1000 words): 30%
Assignment two (1500 words): 40%
Examination (2 hour): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1367 and ATS1898 or SCY1802 or equivalents

Prohibitions

GSC2202, SCY2802, ATS3929


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kat Ellinghaus

Synopsis

From the medieval period onwards, expansion brought Europeans increasingly into contact with diverse cultures and civilizations. This unit explores how encounters between Europe and the world were transformed from the tentative and uncertain contacts that characterised earlier periods to the self-confident imperialism of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Rather than analysing the broad sweep of political history, we are interested in the leading edge of cross-cultural encounters: in travellers, diplomats, and slaves who 'crossed-over' to engage with new cultural worlds, in the tools that made these encounters possible and in the commodities that underpinned global exchange.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. gain a broad understanding of the historical timeline of European expansion
  2. gain a clear understanding of key historical debates about the rise of the West
  3. gain a thorough understanding of how cross-cultural encounters changed over time
  4. gain a clear understanding of different theoretical approaches that historians have used to conceptualise Europe's encounters with the world
  5. explore the evolution of historical debates over Orientalism
  6. be able to recognize and analyse key historical themes in the history of cross-cultural encounters
  7. learn how to work with archival sources
  8. learn how to use visual sources (such as paintingss) effectively in research
  9. have further developed their oral and written communication skills

Assessment

Class participation: 20%
Written work: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History, International Studies or Ancient cultures or permission from the coordinator.

Prohibitions

ATS3930


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Alistair Thomson

Synopsis

How do we make the past into history? In this unit you will learn to think and work like a professional historian. You'll research a topic from your own family history, from resources provided by Museum Victoria (MV), or from a previous unit. You'll do oral history interviews and research photos, objects, documents and other sources. You'll storyboard and script your own history video. In the final month we will work together in computer labs as each student produces their digital video, which will be placed on the MV Making History website and then showcased at a Museum event for students, family and friends. See previous student work at http://profiles.arts.monash.edu.au/alistair-thomson/

Outcomes

At level 2, students successfully completing this subject are expected to develop a conceptual and practical understanding of historical sources, methods and production. In addition, they will also be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an ability to formulate research projects and acquire independent research skills.
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of a variety of primary historical sources and of approaches and issues in their use in the production of a historical argument.
  3. Place secondary sources in their cultural, ideological and intellectual context by showing where they fit into the current state of historical knowledge.
  4. Demonstrate an acquaintance with some of the ongoing debates about the philosophy and practice of history.
  5. Demonstrate the skills and understandings involved in production of a digital history video.
  6. Demonstrate an ability to use online digital history resources

Assessment

Class participation: (10%)
Primary source analysis (submitted by end of week 4)(500 words): 10%
Project proposal (2000 words): 30%
Digital history project (3 minute video history production): 30%
Class test (1000 words): 20%

Note that this unit involves close collaboration with Museum Victoria. Students will use the Museum Victoria online educational resource 'Making History'. Student video histories will be uploaded to a secure Museum Victoria website for assessment by members of the teaching team. Subject to permissions, the student video histories will then be showcased on the Museum Victoria Making History website.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week and one 1-hour tutorial per week. In the final 4 weeks the tutorials will take place in computer labs. In weeks 10 and 11 the lecture will be replaced by additional optional time in the computer labs.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History, International Studies orAncient cultures or permission from the coordinator.

Prohibitions

ATS3931


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedPrato Term 3 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr James Roffee

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

This intensively delivered unit is part of our Criminology in Prato programme.
The unit introduces students to the 'European' criminal justice system. It does so through the explanation and evidencing of the existence and construction of a 'European Criminal Law' despite the official discourse to the contrary. The unit provides an overview of the driving forces of Europeanization particularly in criminal law and criminal justice. It examines the impact of traditional European Union (Community) Law in the criminal sphere and assesses cooperation between countries. In particular the unit addresses contemporary issues of extradition and mutual assistance in the EU. Finally the unit explores the relationship between supra-national institutions of the European Court of Human Rights, the Council of Europe and their intersection with different member states criminal laws and procedures.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of:

  1. the key elements of the European criminal justice systems;
  2. the driving forces behind the harmonisation of different countries criminal laws and justice systems;
  3. the ways in which European countires are cooperating in matters of criminal justice;

The unit seeks to enhance the ability of students to undertake independent research under the guidance of supervision.

Assessment

Research Assignment (4500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Four half-day (4-hour) seminars

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Beatrice Trefalt

Synopsis

The unit explores the 'underside' of Asian societies, enabling a more complete understanding of the political and social tensions in the countries of northeast and Southeast Asia. It addresses such topics as corruption, environmental damage, gendered and ethnic violence, political resistance, religious extremist groups and organised crime. By focussing on a range of themes and topics in countries such as China, Indonesia, Japan and Korea, this unit allows students to explore in depth topics relevant to their broad area of study, and encourages them to reflect on the nature of authority, the definition of justice, the interpretation of what is 'permitted' in Asian societies and the way in which these topics can and should be discussed in an academic context.

Outcomes

  1. Asia literacy and communicative competence: upon completion of this unit, students will be able to identify and comprehend key discourses relating to crime, violence and protest in the Asian region, and reflect critically on the ways in which complex issues are represented through different forms of media.
  2. Knowledge about the Asian region: upon completion of this unit, students will have been able to build on their existing knowledge of the region to gain more insight into social and institutional issues in a variety of national settings.
  3. Cross cultural and intercultural competence: upon completion of this unit, students will had the opportunity to reflect on how the issues studied are pertinent to their own society and culture, and have constructed their own critical frameworks for comparison.
  4. English communication skills: upon completion of this unit, students will have developed further their skills in verbal and written communication to allow them to express ideas lucidly and with an appropriate level of nuance and sophistication.
  5. World view and ethical values: through the exploration of social, environmental and political issues in lectures, tutorials and assignments, students will reflect on their own ethical values and their own role as national and global citizens.
  6. Research skills: students will develop and demonstrate independent research skills and critical thinking through their preparation for class and their written assignments, and will develop a personal voice in their understanding of the research literature.

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%
During semester written assessment: 60%
Exam period exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus: 2 hours of contact tuition per week (one 1 hour lecture and one 1 hour tutorial).

Self directed learning: 1 hour per week on the discussion board; private study 9 hours per week. This includes reading assigned materials as well as preparing assignments as listed above.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Successfully completed any first year International studies(Asian studies stream) major unit or International studies major unit or with the permission of the unit coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Lentini

Synopsis

This subject examines the political phenomenon of violence conducted in the name of culture, race, religion, nation, the state and the like. It begins by examining how different forms of cultural expression can either reinforce or subvert established political regimes as well as how regimes generate, indirectly or otherwise, certain practices and consciousness to legitimize themselves through violence. The unit discusses such phenomena across religious (Abrahamic and non-Abrahamic) and secular traditions. Drawing on case studies of secular and religiously motivated violence, both by non-state and state actors, it moves on to investigate the conditions that may nurture the growth of political violence. The subject concludes with a study of the implications that different forms of violence have for both domestic and global politics and various countries' experiences utilising religion and inter-cultural dialogue to combat violent extremism. The unit concludes with how interreligious dialogues can foster peace, multiculturalism and plural coexistence.
Grasping the contents of lectures, active participation in tutorials where students summarise and discuss authors' viewpoints as well as articulate their own reasoned positions, individually as also in groups, mid-term exam and writing cogent essays demonstrating analytical skills and comprehension of key concepts are vital to this unit.

Outcomes

On having completed this unit, students will:

  1. Possess a sophisticated introductory understanding of politics, culture, religion, race, nation, identity, secularism, moral panic etcetera as contested important concepts; how cultural and religious politics have become important for new forms of political activism; the political and social-historical conditions that may lead to violence by multiple actors -non-state as well as state; and the impact of such forms of violence on various freedoms, rights and human security.
  2. Develop a vital, preliminary understanding of how political struggles centring on culture, race, religion, nation and the state are manifest in the public sphere - especially in mass and popular media - and the role these institutions play in making and unmaking of multiple forms of violence.
  3. Equip themselves with a sophisticated introductory understanding of the challenge posed to traditional forms of political organization by culturally and religiously motivated groups and institutions that use violence to achieve political ends.
  4. Acquire robust capabilities to constructively contribute to public debates on issues such as ethnic and cultural rights, violence, terrorism, counter-terrorism and human security.
  5. To develop enhanced skills in writing cogent and analytically sharp essays as well as grasp kits and tool for effective, persuasive presentations.

Assessment

Short essay: 10%
Mid term exam: 40%
Major esay: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

12 Hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1355


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This unit explores the government and politics of the Australian liberal democratic state. It undertakes study of Australia's approach to Westminster governance, the development of the national constitution, the institutions of national government, federal-state relations, the role of the High Court of Australia, and the political struggle that occurs between labour and capital to exert influence over the process of government.

Outcomes

  1. To develop a deep understanding of how government is arranged in a liberal democratic state, using the Australian state as the case study;
  2. To foster knowledge about Australia's constitutional arrangements including a thorough understanding of the impact and legacy of the Westminster system of Responsible Government;
  3. To develop knowledge of the Australian federal system and its impact upon national, sub-national and local governance;
  4. To understand the political dynamics of the mobilisation of sections of the community in pursuit of executive power, or to influence those in executive power;
  5. To foster knowledge about Australia's democratic institutions and their inter-realtionshuip with the community and with the processes of government
  6. To foster the ability of graduates to critically evaluate politics and government, and to communicate these ideas in tutorial engagement and provide rigorous analysis in research essays.

Assessment

Class test: 10%
Research essay: 40%
Tutorial participation: 10%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

Two hours of lectures per week.
One hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1353, ATS1355


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sam Butchart (on-campus); Dr Monima Chadha (off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit is intended to improve students' critical thinking skills. In particular, we focus on the skills involved in argument analysis. We will address the essential features of good arguments and how they can be articulated and represented. We will also examine the many ways in which reasoning can go wrong and how to avoid them. While we will focus on some of the theory of successful thinking, our main focus will be the practical techniques necessary for you to reason more effectively. Students completing the unit successfully will be better at evaluating evidence, critiquing arguments, and will be able to use these abilities in a wide variety of future studies.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should:

  1. have a theoretical understanding of what an argument is
  2. have developed the skills to extract the arguments from a variety of texts
  3. be able to identify and represent the structure of an argument
  4. understand the criteria of argument success and have the skills to apply those criteria to evaluate a variety of arguments
  5. have developed the skills to evaluate some common types of argument.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours of contact per week, plus 10 hours of private study per week.
Off-campus: Recommended Workshops, plus 10 hours of private study per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1833


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Janover; Dr Paul Muldoon

Synopsis

This unit surveys a broad spectrum of political thinkers and explores their ideas and the historical contexts in which these ideas emerge. It aims to give students an understanding of key concepts and arguments in political philosophy concerning order and disorder, power and authority, tradition and change. The thinkers studied, Socrates, Plato, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, Burke, and Marx, are discussed with reference to both the contexts in which they lived and the significance of their ideas both within and beyond those contexts. Learning activities will include lectures, large and small group discussions, short (500 word) and longer (2000 word) written exercises.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Describe and compare ideas from different strands of political thought.
  2. Recognise and evaluate the role of cultural and social contexts in the formulation of political ideas.
  3. Critically discuss political theories concerning nature and reason, power and morality, tradition and revolution.
  4. Effectively research the signification and significance of terms, ideas and arguments in political theory.
  5. Communicate perceptively the key ideas, arguments and contexts of political theories.
  6. Explain explicit or implicit ethical values and assumption/s in various political theories.

Assessment

Tutorial work: 10%
Researching a theme - short written assignment. Students research and interpret meaning/s of a text, figure or event from a distributed list: 10%
Essay (2,000 words): 40%
Examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours contact per week (one 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial) + 10 hours independent study weekly, comprising text reading, internet searches, liaison with tutorial group members, review of lecture and tutorial notes.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Must have completed 12 credit points of Politics units.

Prohibitions

ATS1354


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Adrian Martin; Dr Claire Perkins

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to new approaches in the production, consumption and study of film and screen texts. With a focus on a range of bold and current material from world film and screen contexts, students will study new forms of narrativisation, exhibition, aesthetics, authorship, spectatorship, genre and performance, attending to how these practices extend, revise and subvert classical traditions. Particular attention will be paid to how these new practices demonstrate the ideological capacity of film and screen texts to shape identity politics around issues of gender, race and sexuality. Students will also be introduced to new theories and concepts in film and screen scholarship, such as those from the areas of intermediality, film-philosophy and neurocinematics. Across the study of both texts and theories, consideration will be given to how contemporary issues of hybridity, convergence and digital culture have shaped these new directions.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Critically analyse a range of contemporary narrative and non-narrative film and screen material from different national contexts
  2. Understand and apply a range of contemporary theories and arguments in film and screen scholarship
  3. Interpret and analyse how contemporary film and screen representations contribute to specific forms of identity politics
  4. Demonstrate an ability to conduct research and develop and present a critical argument in a manner appropriate to second year study
  5. Demonstrate skills in providing audio-visual commentary and criticism on film and screen texts
  6. Engage confidently in discussion of texts, theories and arguments in seminar environments both in the classroom and online

Assessment

Audio-visual commentary: 25%
Research essay: 40%
Multiple choice test: 25%
Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 contact hours per week: 1 x 2 hour screening + 1 x 2 hour seminar. Remaining 8 hours of private study per week to be spent reading and watching assigned material and preparing for assessment tasks.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Film & screen studies, Communications or Literary studies


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Tom Heenan & Dr Tony Moore

Synopsis

This unit critically evaluates the history, sociology and politics of popular and vernacular culture in Australia and its projection internationally, investigating sites that could include sport, literature, screen culture, music, humour, games, gambling and amusements as produced and/or consumed by Australians. It investigates tensions between local and global industries and interests, professionals and amateurs, and between producers and audiences, in the past and today. It will also examine how ethnic, indigenous, gender, class, cosmopolitan and other forms of identity have found expression and meaning through recreational and creative practices that shape contemporary Australian society and its politics. This unit includes a field trip component.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have engaged with critical theoretical debates about cultural production and reception;
  2. demonstrate an understanding of the political, social, cultural and economic dimensions of major entertainment industries and of the contribution of audiences to these industries;
  3. have developed a closer understanding of the history and sociology of a particular cultural practice, such as sport, music or literature;
  4. have researched and critically evaluated topical and historiographical debates regarding entertainment and popular culture in Australian identity and society;
  5. have developed skills in constructing evidence-based arguments using a variety of primary and secondary sources (including audio/visual and media), and demonstrated their ability to reflect critically on what they have learnt;
  6. have developed skills in written and oral presentation and communication.

Assessment

Assignment(2000 words): 40%
Class presentation(1000 words): 20%
Short report working in groups(500 words): 10%
Tutorial and field trip participation: 10%
Class test(1000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three hours per week plus 1 field trip

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Synopsis

This unit examines federalist, functionalist, neofunctionalist and international political economy explanations for regional economic integration by investigating the evolution of the European Union from a common market to an integrated economic market; and by exploring the processes of regional economic integration in East, Southeast and South Asia, including APEC, AFTA, AANZFTA and SAFTA. The unit includes study of inter-regionalism (ASEM), subregionalism (SEZs and growth triangles) and intra- and inter-regional plurilateral agreements, free trade agreements (FTAs) and bilateral investment agreements (BITs)

Outcomes

Students who complete this unit successfully will gain:

  1. an understanding of the common markets, customs unions and free trade areas in Europe and the Asia-Pacific.
  2. students will develop their understanding of regional, subregional and plurilateral agreements in Europe and the Asia-Pacific
  3. students will become acquainted with the structures and processes of EU, ASEAN and SATFA commercial, legal and political agreements.
  4. students will comprehend the differentiated impact of economic integration and trade agreements upon specific industry sectors in Europe and the Asia-Pacific.
  5. students will gain exposure to the financial, legal and political aspects of international public policy implementation.
  6. students will gain an understanding of the economic, social and cultural challenges associated with the development of regional and subregional trading blocs in the Asia-Pacific.
  7. students will acquire research skills by undertaking a research analysis of a major policy area, utilizing primary and secondary-source materials.
  8. students will develop skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments.

Assessment

Class participation: 5%
Class debate presentation: 10%
Policy analysis(2,000 words): 45%
Examination(2 hours):40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Contact hours: 1 x 2-hour seminar per week.
Workload requirements: 10 hours of private study hours per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points of Politics/International relations at Level 1, or permission of unit coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Therese Davis

Synopsis

This practice-based unit provides students with an opportunity to test and explore theoretical and critical concepts introduced in gateway units through practical application of the following key areas in screen media: editing, point of view, sound and image relationships, graphics and text. Students will acquire the skills to develop and produce a short video project. Time is devoted to looking at a range of videos/short films in order to think through a production's rationale and theoretical relevance. Students are expected to work in small groups and to attain a competence in most but not all of the following aspects of video production: scriptwriting, production planning, filming using digital video cameras and lights, and editing and sound-mixing using computer-based digital video-editing software.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit, the student will:

  1. Have attained a basic competence in operating equipment related to the major stages of video production: video cameras, sound equipment (microphones), and lights; and developed proficiency in using computer based digital video editing and sound mixing systems.
  2. Have a knowledge and practical experience of research processes relevant to particular kinds of production, together with script development methods, story boarding techniques, and pre-production planning.
  3. Have begun to explore ways of expressing her/his own ideas and viewpoints in an effective form using video, both through individual writing and in a context of co-operative group production work.
  4. Be able to relate the production work they are doing to some of the theoretical and critical questions about film and representation discussed in other courses.
  5. Have knowledge of a wide range of options for this kind of work.

Assessment

Production project: 60%
Written work: 30%
Class presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

36 contact hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Film and Screen Studies or permission of the unit coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Mia Lindgren

Synopsis

This unit explores long-form journalism in radio and video formats in broadcast and online environments. Students will develop a story idea through to full production for broadcast and/or webcast using in-depth journalistic and creative practices in radio or video. Students work independently and collaboratively during the production. They produce a critical evaluation of their own and others productions and supply constructive feedback to their peers. This unit presumes students have competency with a range of audio and video recording equipment and editing software.

Outcomes

Upon satisfactory completion of this unit students will:

  1. have developed advanced research, story planning and production skills in production of an audio/visual online documentary of professional broadcast standards
  2. have demonstrable expertise in using audiovisual technologies for production of documentary and features
  3. have demonstrable expertise in sustained research, interviewing and composition skills
  4. understand and observe ethical and legal obligations associated with the production of long-form journalism
  5. be able to critically reflect on their and others performance during the production process
  6. be able to critically reflect on and analyse the genre of long-form journalism
  7. work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes

Assessment

First draft/pilot production (5 minutes): 20%
Final project: 60%
Critical reflection: 20%

Hurdle requirement: all assignments must be submitted to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

The unit is organised around 24 hours of class contact across semester. In addition students are expected to spend 10 hours per week reading/researching; doing online class activities; and journalism production.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Distance Education students are expected to spend 12 hours per week across semester for this unit. All materials made available to on-campus students will be circulated electronically to DE students using moodle and on and off-campus students will be integrated in online discussion groups for presentation of all assessment tasks.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitBehavioural Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ana-Maria Bliuc; Dr Roseanne Misajon

Synopsis

The aims of the unit are to provide students with an overview of current relevant topics of research in behavioural and social sciences as well as of various approaches to research in the field. The unit will equip students with valuable analytical and critical skills which will facilitate transition to either postgraduate research-based degrees or workforce (in positions where social research methods are used).

Content:
The focus of the unit will be on current research conducted in Behavioural Studies (BHS) and Sociology (SCY), which are pertinent to current social and political climate locally and globally. The unit will address these issues in a systematic way and students will have the opportunity to apply learning outcomes from other units (e.g., Social Research methods unit). Students will build on their existing quantitative research skills, apply these skills to a group project, and enhance their ability to critically engage with research issues.

Learning and teaching activities:
The teaching approach will be student-centred with a focus on (further) developing research skills and analytical abilities. Current topics in BHS and SCY will be introduced lectures which will be followed by sessions designed as highly interactive, inquiry-based workshops where students will have the opportunity to discuss concepts from the lectures, and then apply them by undertaking group research projects. Under the guidance of the instructors, students will conduct projects of their choice (from the topics introduced) which will familiarise them with all stages of research from framing a research question to disseminating findings. Feedback and reflective exercises will be also part of the learning experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have a deeper understanding of current research in behavioural and social research
  2. be able to critically analyse their social world and identify issues that can be effectively addressed through a systematic, scientific approach.
  3. demonstrate quantitative research skills and to apply these methods to address a research question by analysing, interpreting and extracting meaning from social and behavioural data.
  4. reflect on own work and critically evaluate others' work
  5. develop research writing and presentation skills

Assessment

Group research project: 30%
Participation: 10%
Individual research report: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 contact hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2723 or ATS3723


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit provides a theoretical background to the challenges facing contemporary criminology nationally and internationally, identifying and interrogating the narratives that make up the diverse perceptions of crime, the evolution of 'risk society', local and global (in)security and the impact this has on rights and liberties. It employs an advanced critical analysis of the nature of 'risk society' and, importantly, the responses by various agencies and organisations to 'threats' within and beyond the state. These include theories on violence, legitimacy, governance, securitization and resistance articulated within a sociological, political, human rights as well as criminological frameworks. The unit builds and extends on knowledge gained throughout your degree and applies seminal theoretical scholarship in conjunction with cutting edge research to address some of the most pressing criminological issues facing our contemporary world.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a critical understanding of relevant theories on crime, risk and security
  2. an ability to critically analyse theoretical perspectives that relate to the content of the course
  3. an ability to apply these theories to a range of contemporary issues of crime, risk and security.
  4. an ability to critically analyse practical and policy responses to contemporary challenges of social control nationally and internationally.
  5. an ability to develop a research question and apply relevant theoretical frameworks to a case study
  6. the capacity to formulate and develop their own ideas on the nature and impact of the narratives on responses to crime, risk and security

Assessment

Research Essay Abstract: 10%
Essay (3500-4000 words): 60%
Exam: 30%

Workload requirements

1 x 1-hour lecture and 1 x 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lijun Bi

Notes

Previously coded CHI3050

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

Outcomes

This unit is available to students who have a Chinese language ability equivalent to Chinese 4. Upon successful completion of this subject students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.
  6. Language proficiency equivalent to Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B1-

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2004 or ATS2024 or equivalent or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS2025, ATS2005, ATS3025


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lijun Bi

Notes

Previously coded CHI3060

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

Outcomes

This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese intermediate 2, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.
  6. Language proficiency equivalent to Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B1

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2005 or ATS3005 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS2026, ATS2006, ATS3026


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hui Huang

Notes

Previously coded CHI3070

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of texts of different genres in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills of speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through reading, translation practice, essay-writing and other activities.

Outcomes

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
  2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired in Chinese proficient.
  3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%
Continuous reading, writing exercises and associated oral presentation (2700 words equivalent): 60%
Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 3-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2006, ATS2026, ATS3006, ATS3026 or equivalent or permission

Prohibitions

ATS3027 , ATS4027, APG5027


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hui Huang

Notes

Previously coded CHI3080

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of texts of different genres in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills of speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through reading, translation practice, essay-writing and other activities.

Outcomes

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
  2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired in ATS3007/ATS4007.
  3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%
Continuous reading, writing Exercises and associated oral presentation (2700 words equivalent): 60%
Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 3-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3007 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS3028, APG4008, ATS4008, ATS4028, APG5028


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI3090

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

Outcomes

  1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%+ Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (3 x 1-hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3008, ATS3028, ATS3010, ATS3030 or by permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3029, ATS4009, ATS4029


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI3100

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s to 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

Outcomes

  1. To further develop students linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoke and written forms
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3009, ATS3029 or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS3030, ATS4010, ATS4030


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI3110

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s);
  2. An in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism);
  3. The ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Any one of the following units: ATS3010, ATS3030, ATS3012, ATS3032, ATS3013, ATS3033, ATS3014, ATS3034, ATS3041, ATS3042, ATS2015, ATS2035, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3015, ATS3035, ATS3016, ATS3036 or by permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3031, ATS4011, ATS4031, APG5031


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI3120

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
  2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism)
  3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (3 x 1-hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Any one of the following units: ATS3011, ATS3031, ATS3013, ATS3033, ATS3014, ATS3034, ATS3041, ATS3042, ATS2015, ATS2035, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3015, ATS3035, ATS3016, ATS3036 or by permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3032, ATS4012, ATS4032, APG5032


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Candy Wang

Notes

Previously coded CHI3450

Synopsis

This unit provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. By exposing students to a specialised business text style, students who wish to further improve their Chinese language proficiency can have an opportunity to grasp the language features of business texts and practice writing and translating related texts, thus developing their current bilingual language proficiency as well as broadening their career opportunities.

Outcomes

Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

  1. to acquire familiarity with the basic linguistic features of Chinese business text through discourse analysis
  2. to acquire basic Chinese business writing skills
  3. to foster basic translation skills in translating business texts
  4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Exam: 30%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Any one of the following units: ATS3010, ATS3030, ATS3011, ATS3031, ATS3012, ATS3032, ATS3014, ATS3034, ATS3041, ATS3042, ATS2015, ATS2035, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3015, ATS3035, ATS3016, ATS3036 or by permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3033, ATS4013, ATS4033


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Candy Wang

Notes

Previously coded CHI3460

Synopsis

This unit provides students with further Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. Having been exposed to texts in a specialised business style, students will further improve their Chinese language proficiency, and will be introduced to an increased range of language features common to Chinese business texts. Students will continue to practise writing and translating related texts and will be required to display a greater level of sophistication and understanding in both their translation and original writing than in Chinese for Business Communication part 1. This will further promote students' bilingual language proficiency and broaden their career opportunities.

Outcomes

Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

  1. to familiarise with an expanded range of features of business text through discourse analysis
  2. to extend basic Chinese business writing skills acquired in Chinese for Business Communication Part 1
  3. to extend translation skills in translating business text
  4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Class participation and performance: 10%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Any one of the following units: ATS3010, ATS3030, ATS3011, ATS3031, ATS3012, ATS3032, ATS3013, ATS3033, ATS3041, ATS3042, ATS2015, ATS2035, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3015, ATS3035, ATS3016, ATS3036 or by permission.

Prohibitions

ATS1014, ATS1034, ATS2014, ATS2034, ATS3034, ATS4014, ATS4034


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Therese Davis (ECPS); Dr Tony Moore (JAIS)

Synopsis

The unit looks at international dimensions of Australian cultural production and its audiences. Students will study a range of historical and contemporary Australian cultural texts such as film, television and literature, analysing the ways in which images of Australian experience and forms of national identity have been received and understood in international contexts. They will also reflect on the European traditions that have helped to develop and shape the Australian cultural imaginary. Students will be introduced to relevant theories and concepts in this area such as cosmopolitanism, transnationalism and globalisation. Students will have the opportunity to explore and apply these theories and concepts in both written and audio-visual forms of assessment.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Critically examine a range of film and literary texts as representations of Australian national experience and identity as they contribute to the Australian imaginary;
  2. Articulate an understanding of Australian film and literature in relation to theories of globalization, transnationalism and the diasporic;
  3. Analyse the international reception of Australian cultural texts;
  4. Demonstrate skills in the textual analysis of texts in relation to contemporary reformulations of nationalism and globalism;
  5. Critically engage with visual and written texts, demonstrating skills in constructing evidence-based arguments using a variety of primary and secondary sources (including audio/visual and graphic sources), an understanding of the above-mentioned theories and the ability to reflect critically on what they have learnt.
  6. Perform skills in written and oral presentation and communication.
  7. Apply basic skills in digital audio-visual production (non-professional level) in a practice-based research project.
  8. Demonstrate a capacity to undertake location-based fieldwork, enhancing personal resilience and the capacity to work cooperatively in teams, and conduct independent research.
  9. Students taking this unit at Level 3 will demonstrate a higher level of skills in independent research and critical analysis.

Assessment

A-V Production Research Project/presentation (equivalent to 3600 words): 40%
Essay (3600 words): 40%
Test (1800 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two week intensive mode 40 hours total
Week 1: field trip (10 hours); two 2-hour screenings; two 2-hour seminars; two 2-hour AV workshops
Week 2: two 2-hour screenings; four 2-hour seminars, two 2-hour AV workshops; group presentations.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

One gateway unit in Film and screen studies, Literary studies or Communications.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)A/Prof Franz-Josef Deiters.

Synopsis

This unit will examine the concepts of the nation, national identity, national literature(s) and literature as a medium of national identity in the European thought including French, German, Italian and Spanish literary and philosophical traditions (in English translation and/or the original) by French, German, Italian and Spanish authors. It will focus on the concepts of the nation, national identity, national literature(s) and literature as a medium of national identity in the context of European cultural history. In examining these concepts students will be acquainted with a broad range of texts from the European traditions.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject students should have:

  1. Acquired detailed knowledge of the main features of the European tradition regarding the concept of national literatures and literature as a medium for national identity;
  2. A good grasp of key texts reflecting the intellectual debates on this topic;
  3. Developed an acute awareness of the formative historical forces in the age of nation building;
  4. Improved their ability to analyse and interpret key concepts of national identity in light of the literary, philosophical and historical developments since early modern times;
  5. Gained experience in relating isolated historical and literary phenomena to a broader historical and theoretical framework;

They should be capable:

  1. Of informed discussion of the different conceptualizations of nation, national identity and national literature(s) in their specific historical context;
  2. To present the results of their own research in form of a tutorial paper and in a more detailed written essay.

Assessment

Essay: 2500 words: (55%)
Class paper: 1000 words (20%)
Examination: 1 hour (25%).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar/week + three 2-hour language-specific tutorials/week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Advanced French, German, Italian, or Spanish Studies 1, Part 2 or above; or equivalent; 2nd year Comparative Literary Studies, or equivalent.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeremy Ash

Synopsis

The unit will examine the lives of indigenous people in the Pacific region and their experiences of colonisation. Students will gain an appreciation of the diversity of indigenous cultures in the Pacific region and the different forms of colonisation that were pursued in a various Pacific places, and by different types of imperial or colonial agents. It will examine the different responses of indigenous peoples to imperial and colonial encounters, and strategies of engagement and resistance pursued by indigenous populations in light of their own cultural, social and political structures. In addition, students will consider the role of the Pacific in the construction of academic knowledge in variety of disciplines, including history, anthropology, and racial thought.

Outcomes

The aim of the unit is to explore the diverse indigenous cultures of the Pacific, and the varied forms of colonisation which have been pursued in different Pacific sites. Subject matter to be discussed will be drawn from a variety of Pacific sites, including Australia, New Zealand, Fiji, Samoa, Vanuatu, Hawaii, and Tonga. On successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. understand the diversity of Pacific peoples' lives;
  2. acknowledge and critically examine the different forms of imperial and colonial intervention in the Pacific region;
  3. describe and critically compare the nature of engagement and resistance as pursued by different indigenous peoples in the Pacific region;
  4. critically examine the representation of Pacific encounters in the development of academic knowledge regarding human difference;
  5. demonstrate the various study skills and techniques necessary to successfully complete this unit and other Indigenous Studies units.

Assessment

Oral presentation: 10%
Minor essay: 30% (1500words)
Major research essay: 60% (3000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar and 10-hours of independent study per week
Attendance is required at 80% of seminars (lack of attendance will lead to penalties)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

1st year sequence in a related Area of Study or with the permission of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr David Griffiths

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide chamber music students in the Sir Zelman Cowen School of Music the opportunity to be mentored by experienced and world-class chamber-music performers. The unit will consist of master-classes and workshops by tenured and visiting musicians. Students can expect to learn advanced rehearsal strategies and techniques in context of chamber music and they will participate in high-profile commercial public performance opportunities.

Outcomes

  1. Work as individuals and groups in planning and implementing chamber music performances
  2. Understand the group psychology of music performance in a chamber music setting
  3. Have the skills to rehearse efficiently in a chamber-music setting
  4. Gain the confidence and experience of performing in commercial environments.

Assessment

Public recitals: 90%
Attendance and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus:
2 hours contact per week in workshops and master-classes
6 hours of individual and group practice each week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

By audition


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kenji Fujimura

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide chamber music students in the Sir Zelman Cowen School of Music the opportunity to be mentored by experienced and world-class chamber-music performers. The unit will consist of master-classes and workshops by tenured and visiting musicians. Students can expect to learn advanced rehearsal strategies and techniques in context of chamber music and they will participate in high-profile commercial public performance opportunities.

Outcomes

  1. Work as individuals and groups in planning and implementing chamber music performances
  2. Understand the group psychology of music performance in a chamber music setting
  3. Have the skills to rehearse efficiently in a chamber-music setting
  4. Gain the confidence and experience of performing in commercial environments.

Assessment

Public recitals: 90%
Attendance and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus:
2 hours contact per week in workshops and master-classes
6 hours of individual and group practice each week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

By audition


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Scott Grant

Notes

Previously coded CHI3335

Synopsis

Through the study of graded Chinese news articles, this unit will introduce students to the language and issues of Chinese and international current affairs. Topics covered include culture, politics, economics, the environment, international relations, international events and social issues. Students will also develop research and language skills tailored to the Chinese language Internet.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will: develop a basic understanding of the structures of media Chinese media; be able to read, comprehend, and translate a basic range of text-based Chinese news articles; develop a basic understanding of major domestic and international issues that are of intimate concern to ordinary people in China and other Chinese speaking communities; and be able to access, search and read Chinese media resources on the Internet with a high degree of independence.

Assessment

Exam: 45%
Written work: 25%
Class tests: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar + 1 hour computer lab

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2004 or ATS2005 or ATS3005 or ATS2006 or ATS3006 or ATS3007 or ATS3008 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2037


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Scott Grant

Notes

Previously coded CHI3345

Synopsis

Through the study of graded Chinese news articles and audio-visual broadcasts, this unit will introduce students to the language and issues of Chinese and international current affairs from a Chinese perspective. Topics covered include society, culture, politics, economics, the environment, international relations, current international events and current social issues. Students will also develop research and language skills tailored to the Chinese language Internet.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. develop an understanding of the structures of the Chinese media (written and spoken);
  2. be able to read and translate or interpret a range of Chinese news articles;
  3. develop listening skills appropriate to understanding Chinese audio-visual news broadcasts;
  4. develop an understanding of the political, economic, and social background to major issues that are of intimate concern to ordinary people in China and other Chinese speaking communities;
  5. and be able to access, search, read and watch Chinese text-based and audio-visual resources on the Internet with a high degree of independence.

Assessment

Exam: 45%
Written work: 25%
Class tests: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar + 1 hour computer lab

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2004 or ATS2005 or ATS3005 or ATS2006 or ATS3006 or ATS3007 or ATS3008 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2038


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Synopsis

This unit will examine literary texts as well as theoretical and historical writings (in English translation and/or in French, German, Italian, Spanish original) of the European tradition. It will focus on the processes of constructing history and memory, with a particular emphasis on the memorialisation of defining events of the 20th century, ie. the two World Wars, the Holocaust, and/or the Spanish Civil War. The unit will also explore the theoretical debates on memory(by authors such as Walter Benjamin, Maurice Halbwachs, Pierre Nora, Aleida and Jan Assmann, Marianne Hirsch, and/or Giorgio Agamben), and the role of literature in constructing collective memory. In examining the literary, historiographical and philosophical concepts students will become acquainted with a broad range of texts on this topic

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject students shuold have aquired:

  1. detailed knowledge of the main features of European tradition regarding the concepts of history, memory and the memorialisation of the past, and literature as a medium for constructing collective memory
  2. students should have aquired a good grasp of key texts refelcting the intellectual debates on this topic
  3. Students should have developed an awareness of the processes which will result in particular forms of memorialisation
  4. students should have improved their ability to analyse and interpret key concepts of memory in light of the literary, philisophical and historical developments since the beginning of the 20th century
  5. students should have gained experience in relating isolated historical and literary phenomena to a broader historical and theoretical framework
  6. students should be capable of informed discussion of the different conceptualizations of history, memory and memorialisation
  7. students should be capable of presenting the results of their own research in form of a tutorial paper and, in more detail, in an essay

Assessment

Essay(2500 words): 50%
Class paper(1000 words): 20%
Exam(1 hour, 1000 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2-hour seminar per week for the whole cohort

Plus 3 x 2-hour seminars in all four discipline languages (French, Spanish, Italian and German) during the course of the semester, ie students of French would attend 3 x 2 hour seminars (focussing on French texts in French) during the course of the semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in French, German, Italian or Spanish and Latin American studies


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Notes

Previously coded CHI3550

Synopsis

This unit is designed for students with relatively high Chinese language level to conduct a project-based language program for professional purposes. On a weekly basis, it will organize students into groups and search news reports from major English newspapers of western countries, online or offline, translate them into Chinese, where necessary, and re-write news reports with students' own comments.

Outcomes

  1. Through daily searching news reports from major English online and offline media, students are expected to keep in touch with the latest developments in world affairs and to improve their understanding of the social, political, cultural and economic contexts against which media terms and expressions are used in their weekly news briefing writings.
  2. By weekly based extensive reading, translating, writing and editing news briefings, students are expected to greatly enhance their Chinese language writing skills for professional purposes.
  3. Through extensive daily search and analysis of useful news reports from the Internet and major newspapers for the purpose of providing up-to-date news briefing for local Chinese language media publication, students are expected to improve their basic research skills and techniques of searching for useful information for professional purposes.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Presentations: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Any one of the following units: ATS3011, ATS3031, ATS3012, ATS3032, ATS3013, ATS3033, ATS3014, ATS3034, ATS3042, ATS2015, ATS2035, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3015, ATS3035, ATS3016, ATS3036 or by permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3047, ATS4041


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Notes

Previously coded CHI3560

Synopsis

This unit is designed for students with relatively high Chinese language level to conduct a project-based language program for professional purposes. On weekly basis, it will organise students into groups and search news reports from major English newspapers of western countries, online or offline, translate them into Chinese, where necessary, and re-write news reports with student's own comments.

Outcomes

  1. Through daily searching news reports from major English online and offline media, students are expected to keep in touch with the latest developments in world affairs and to improve their understanding of the social, political, cultural and economic contexts against which media terms and expressions are used in their weekly news briefing writings.
  2. By weekly based extensive reading, translating, writing and editing news briefings, students are expected to greatly enhance their Chinese language writing skills for professional purposes.
  3. Through extensive daily search and analysis of useful news reports from the Internet and major newspapers for the purpose of providing up-to-date news briefing for local Chinese language media publication, students are expected to improve their basic research skills and techniques of searching for useful information for professional purposes.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Presentations: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (3 x 1-hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Any one of the following units: ATS3011, ATS3031, ATS3012, ATS3032, ATS3013, ATS3033, ATS3014, ATS3034, ATS3041, ATS2015, ATS2035, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3015, ATS3035, ATS3016, ATS3036 or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS3048, ATS4042


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hailan Paulsen

Notes

Previously coded CHI3750

Synopsis

Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to various basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation; It will help students to identify different types of source texts, build up their skills in text analysis and help students to choose correct strategies when translating different texts for professional purposes; Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their analytical skills and understanding and of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language; The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects encourages students to apply the theories and skills they have learnt in class to translation practices.

Outcomes

  1. Weekly lecture/seminar on prescribed texts will provide basic concepts of issues in translation studies in general and text analysis in particular. The unit will focus on basic principles of text analysis and some popular theories relating to the translation of source texts into target language. Students are expected to improve their understanding of theories relating to the classification and identification of source texts and translation strategies;
  2. By applying some basic concepts relating to text analysis and translation strategy to weekly project-based translation practice and class discussion, students are also expected to improve their ability to determine correct translation strategies for specific professional purposes;
  3. Three supervised translation projects and one examination in a time controlled situation will be conducted during the semesters in order to test the progress of students.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Class participation and performance: 10%
Final exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 (2-hours lecture/seminar and 1-hour class discussion)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1016 or ATS2036 or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS2049, ATS3049


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hailan Paulsen

Notes

Previously coded CHI3760

Synopsis

This unit is an extension of Chinese Translation for Professional Purposes 1. Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will further introduce students to conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation; It will help students to identify different types of source texts, to build up their skills in text analysis and to choose correct strategies when translating different texts for professional purposes; Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their analytical skills and understanding of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language; The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects encourages students to apply the theories and skills they have learnt in class to translation practice.

Outcomes

Building on the skills acquired in Chinese translation for professional purposes 1:

  1. Weekly lecture/seminar on prescribed texts will further provide concepts of issues in translation studies in general and text analysis in particular. The unit will further introduce principles of text analysis and theories relating to the translation of source texts into target language. Students will frther develop their understanding of theories relating to the classification and identification of source texts and translation strategies;
  2. By applying basic concepts relating to text analysis and translation strategy to weekly project-based translation practice and class discussion, students will further improve their ability to determine correct translation strategies specific for professional purposes;
  3. Three supervised translation projects and one examination in a time controlled situation will be conducted during the semesters in order to test the progress of students.

Assessment

Written work : 60%
Class participation and performance: 10%
Final exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 (2 hours lecture/seminar, one hour class discussion)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3043 or ATS3049

Prohibitions

ATS2044 and ATS3050


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hailan Paulsen

Notes

Previously coded CHI3850

Synopsis

The unit consists of a series of lectures, seminars, workshops, and practical sessions commencing with an introduction to the concepts, techniques and background knowledge of interpreting skills. After the introductory module introducing the history and procedures of interpreting, topics covered will include Culture and Education, Public Health, Social Issues, and Tourism.

Outcomes

This unit aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of inter-cultural verbal communication. On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting and a recognition of the specific requirements of different types of interpreting
  2. improved linguistic competence as well as verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English; fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting; techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills; the ability to undertake various kinds of real-life communicative activities situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting
  3. enhanced multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and the ability to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language

Assessment

Tutorial participation and homework: 10%
Written work: 50%
Final oral exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour seminar per week, and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3044 or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS2045, ATS2051, ATS3051, ATS4043


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hailan Paulsen

Notes

Previously coded CHI3860

Synopsis

This unit builds on and develops the bilingual communication skills acquired in ATS3045 Chinese interpreting skills 1, and on the ability to apply these skills in a wider range of contexts, including: finance and trade, banking and insurance, information and technology, legal matters, conference interpreting, and interview techniques.

Outcomes

This unit aims to further the training of bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of interpreting. On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. more fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and the concepts underlying the principles and practice of interpreting and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting in a wider range of contexts.
  2. demonstrate improved verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English; acquire more developed interpreting skills and strategies; undertake a wider range of real-life communicative activities and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting
  3. demonstrate enhanced multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting, and the ability to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language
  4. continue into advanced translation/interpreting studies, with confidence to participate in studies such as NAATI accredited courses.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and homework: 10%
Written test: 10%
Oral presentation and oral exam: 60%
Simulation performance: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour seminar, and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3045 or permission

Prohibitions

ATS2046, ATS2052, ATS3052, ATS4044, APG4544, APG4952, APG5946, APG5952


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Prof Rita Wilson

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

The strong worldwide impact of globalization of the last few decades has introduced new economic and cultural challenges in Italy. The aim of this unit is to analyse and understand how the late-twentieth century process of transformation in Italian society has been reflected in the literary production. Students will read and study a number of texts, both fiction and non-fiction, dealing with aspects of contemporary Italian life and society. Students will have the opportunity to learn more about Italy today, and about the way in which Italian writers use their craft to respond to important social issues. In particular, this subject intends to highlight the main traits of a 'new' literature that is gradually enriching the Italian cultural horizon: texts produced in Italian by writers who originally belong to other cultures and who have chosen Italy as destination of their migration, as well as texts exploring Italy's place in the world and its interaction with other cultures. The unit will be taught in intensive mode over three weeks by academics from both La Trobe University and Monash University, and will be offered to students from the two institutions. The language of instruction will be Italian and all assessment tasks will be in Italian.

Outcomes

  1. Ability to communicate in written Italian at the threshold of language professionalism; ability to report and summarize arguments.
  2. Ability to participate in class discussions using the appropriate register of Italian; ability to express themselves fluently and convey finer shades of meaning.
  3. Ability to synthesize and perform critical analysis of literary texts and to develop and evaluate arguments.
  4. Ability to work in pairs or small groups for class discussions and activities, with commitment to shared goals appropriate interpersonal skills.
  5. Familiarity and critical engagement with Italian contemporary culture, including the role of literature and intellectual engagement in Italian society.

Assessment

Short preparatory task: 20%
Reviews of assigned reading: 35%
Participation and discussion of readings: 15%
Final essay: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Seminars: 3 hours a day, Monday-Thurs for 3 weeks = total of 36 hours (equivalent to a 12-week semester).

Off-campus attendance requirements

Interactive 2-hour seminar plus 1-hour workshop (4 days per week for 3 weeks = total of 36 hours equivalent to 12 week semester)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Students must have achieved a level equivalent to Italian B2 + Italian Studies (Independent User). See http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/language-framework/italian-b2/


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Elizabeth Hart

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for students across a range of disciplines to participate in a workplace placement appropriate to their major. It offers a critical understanding of discipline-specific industry environments through the provision of practical work integrated learning. Students will participate in and contribute to a workplace setting and organisation relevant to their chosen discipline; have the opportunity to integrate theoretical knowledge gained throughout the duration of their course with the practical skills necessary to successfully function in a relevant workplace setting; and begin to assemble a practical work portfolio that will assist them to find work and secure career advancement.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Quickly adapt to working in a discipline-specific professional environment.
  2. Consolidate an understanding of discipline-specific professional standards, methods, and practices.
  3. Apply and critically reflect upon knowledge gained across other study units.
  4. Assemble the beginnings of a discipline-specific practical folio for use in seeking employment and career advancement.
  5. Expand links and networks in their chosen industry.

Assessment

Learning contract(500 words): 10%
Portfolio(2000 words equivalent): 45%
Employer evaluation (Hurdle) pass/fail
Reflection piece(2000 words): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1-2 hours of generic internship seminar/discussion plus 2 hours of discipline-specific seminar/discussion at the start and end of the semester to deal with expectations (of and from students), assessment, procedures, policies, etc.
The remainder of the time (approximately 12 hours per week across 10 weeks) will be spent on assessment tasks, participation in online discussion, assembling a portfolio, and engaging in internship activity.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Successful completion of 24 points in the relevant disciplinary stream and with permission of the Discipline Head.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Synopsis

This unit provides first-hand experience of US Congressional structures and processes via a full-time 9-week internship in Washington, D.C. It directly assists students focusing upon US public policy and the US's international relations to develop their understanding and skills. Entry is highly competitive; places are strictly limited; and selection will be based primarily upon academic merit. Students will work under the overall supervision of a responsible senior Congressional official within the office of a U.S. Member of the House of Representatives or the Senate.

Outcomes

  1. Students who complete this internship successfully will gain first-hand experience of US Congressional structures and processes via a full-time 9-week internship in Washington, D.C.
  2. students will develop their understanding of US public policy.
  3. students will become acquainted with the structures and processes of contemporary US government.
  4. students will comprehend the nature of American public policy research and reporting.
  5. students will gain direct exposure to the legal, financial and political reporting requirements associated with public policy implementation.
  6. students will gain an understanding of the social, cultural and ethical objectives and implications associated with public policy implementation.

Assessment

US public policy research report(3000 words): 65%
Reflective essay on the internship experience, based upon obligatory weekly journal note-keeping (1500 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students are based in Washington D.C. full-time for 9 weeks (January - March). Students are expected to undertake an additional 5 hours of private study per week in addition to the internship.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

96 credit points within the Faculty of Arts. Unit available to third-year level students only.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Synopsis

Topics include the critical study of Australian music history writing, selected composers and their works, and how music is placed within multiculturalism.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should have acquired a general knowledge of the place of music in Australian culture, past and present and an understanding of historical and cultural theories with which critically to evaluate music within various contexts.

Assessment

Written work(4,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x two-hour lecture-seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Julie Tullberg

Synopsis

This unit explores production and design practices in digital journalism, including content management systems used in newsrooms, basic coding for web pages, and photo management and design through the latest software programs. The unit examines the effective use of interactive features for multimedia news production, including polls, maps, soundslides and infographics.

Students will learn how to produce visually appealing data through a range of software programs, including Adobe products. They will create web pages that feature rich multimedia content. The successful web pages will be showcased on Monash's journalism website, Mojo, or published on other news websites.

Students will develop a special project through individual consultation with the lecturer to produce a high standard of multimedia journalism. They will apply production skills to breaking news scenarios, including natural disasters, police news, political developments or sporting events.

Please be aware that access to certain technology/equipment will be required for this unit. Contact the unit coordinator for details.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Acquire a conceptual overview of digital journalism production and its functionality in the newsroom.
  2. Employ digital techniques to produce assets that enhance story-telling appeal via web pages.
  3. Understand the mechanisms of content management systems and the use of basic HTML code to embed assets within story pages.
  4. Employ data journalism software to create relevant data sets for news investigations.
  5. Gain a high level of proficiency in producing and design web pages that are aesthetically appealing for the digital audience.
  6. Develop digital production and design skills that will enhance job opportunities in digital journalism.

Assessment

Digital assets on story page: 25%
Creation of two jpeg banners or web page with embedded pictures and gallery: 20%
Data journalism web page: 20%
Special project: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus students will be required to attend a two-hour seminar each week. All students spend a further 10 hours study each week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus students will be required to engage in online discussion and view all Camtasia videos, highlighting the steps needed to build web pages. The time commitment is two hours a week. All students spend a further 10 hours study each week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points of Cornerstone units at the 2nd year level in a related Area of Study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ali Alizadeh and Dr Melinda Harvey

Synopsis

This unit offers students the opportunity to learn about the practice of one of the key forms of contemporary storytelling - creative nonfiction. In the atmosphere of workshops, guided by discussion and a selection of set readings, students will develop the main skills necessary for nonfiction writing: choosing a topic, research and drafting. Students will experiment with a range of creative nonfiction genres such as: memoir; biography; travel writing; the essay; narrative nonfiction; and nonfiction poetry. We will discuss the ethical, theoretical and aesthetic issues associated with a range of creative nonfiction genres and their sites of publication. The unit explores the relationship between fact and fiction, the role of personal experience in creativity, and the use of the techniques of fiction and poetry in the treatment of real life. The unit will also pay attention to revising, editing and presenting writing for publication.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a familiarity with and understanding of a variety of creative nonfiction genres;
  2. Demonstrate a familiarity with and willingness to address the ethical, theoretical and aesthetic issues raised by creative nonfiction; and
  3. Demonstrate an ability to plan, organise and create a piece of creative nonfiction work from inception to entry level publication standard.

Assessment

Written work (3500 words): 70%
Presentation (1000 words): 20%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On ave 12 hours per week including seminars, workshops and private study.
Fortnightly schedule:
Weeks 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11: One 2-hour seminar per week
Weeks 2, 4, 6, 8, 10: One 1-hour writing workshop
End of semester: 4 hour conference (attendance compulsory).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A cornerstone unit in Literary studies


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Patrick Durel

Notes

Previously coded FRN3050

Synopsis

This unit involves students in teaching and learning activities equally developing language skills and cultural competence. It is designed to help students secure knowledge of French syntax through the study of grammar. It aims to develop their comprehension skills and capacity to express ideas in both oral and written French, through a range of class activities in which student production is modeled on authentic contemporary documents, both spoken and written. Students practise and develop their language skills in an area of French studies, developing competence in the theory, research methodology and practices, and discourses involved in critical enquiry, understanding and analysis in the discipline area.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject, students should be able to meet the following objectives:

  1. Express themselves, both orally and in writing, correctly, fluently and appropriately, on a wide range of topics and in different contexts including situations in which instructions are given or requested, events are retold and chronological information provided, or refused, discourse is reported, described or commented upon, proposals are made and accepted or rejected, discourse has to be structured logically and hypotheses formulated, logical arguments are conveyed, accepted or refuted, information is processed, ideas presented or reported orally, and ideas are presented or reported in writing;
  2. Understand and demonstrate understanding of written, audio and video documents;
  3. Demonstrate explicit competence in French grammar in the areas reviewed;
  4. Demonstrate competence in the use of language reference material;
  5. Demonstrate autonomous learning strategies;
  6. Acquire and demonstrate a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern and contemporary France and its culture;
  7. Develop and demonstrate an explicit understanding of and competence in the theory, research methodology, practices and written and oral discourses of an area of French Studies;
  8. Develop and demonstrate individual and cooperative research skills.

Assessment

Written assignments (2500 words): 60%
Oral presentations: 20%
Written examination: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour language tutorial
one 2-hour language workshop
one 2-hour culture seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Patrick Durel

Notes

Previously coded FRN3060

Synopsis

This unit develops language skills and cultural competence. The Language and Culture component of this unit aims to develop students' comprehension skills and capacity to express ideas in both oral and written French, through a range of class activities, both spoken and written. Students practise and develop their language skills in an area of French studies, developing competence in the theory, research methodology and practices, and discourses involved in critical enquiry, understanding and analysis in the discipline area.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject, students should be able to:

  1. Express themselves, both orally and in writing, correctly, fluently and appropriately, on a wide range of topics and in different contexts including situations in which instructions are given or requested, events are retold and chronological information provided, or refused, discourse is reported, described or commented upon, proposals are made and accepted or rejected, discourse has to be structured logically and hypotheses formulated, logical arguments are conveyed, accepted or refuted, information is processed, ideas presented or reported orally, and ideas are presented or reported in writing;
  2. Understand and demonstrate understanding of written, audio and video documents;
  3. Demonstrate explicit competence in French grammar in the areas reviewed;
  4. Demonstrate competence in the use of language reference material;
  5. Demonstrate autonomous learning strategies;
  6. Demonstrate a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern France and its culture;

Demonstrate competence in the theory, basic research methodology and practices, and discourses involved in critical enquiry, understanding and analysis in an area of French studies;

  1. Demonstrate individual and cooperative research skills.

Assessment

Written assignments (2500 words): 60%
Oral presentations: 20%
Written examination: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour language tutorial
one 2-hour language workshop
one 2-hour culture seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded FRN3070

Synopsis

This unit involves students in teaching and learning activities equally developing language skills and cultural competence. Students will develop analytical reading skills and advanced writing skills focussing on textual coherence and cohesion as well as morpho-syntactic accuracy. Oral work will develop expository techniques needed to present the contents of articles taken from the French press. Students develop advanced language skills and competence in the theory, research methodology and practices, and discourses involved in sophisticated critical enquiry, understanding and analysis in an area of French studies, working under guidance to define and write a research essay.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should have:

  1. reinforced their ability to communicate and interact efficiently in French both in oral and written form by using appropriate techniques of exposition;
  2. developed their reading comprehension and oral production skills so as to be able to communicate the main points contained in a newspaper article, reformulating, structuring and explaining its content;
  3. developed their writing skills to a level where they can plan and compose an expository text using appropriate vocabulary, expressions and syntax and .demonstrate an awareness of issues of textual grammar (coherence and cohesion);
  4. enhanced their command of morpho-syntax and stylistics, demonstrating extended knowledge of French grammar and awareness of differences between French and English syntax;
  5. become familiar with the use of software programs and electronic tools such as a grammar assistant, a bilingual electronic dictionary, an online French dictionary and grammar revision software;
  6. developed advanced knowledge and understanding of aspects of modern and contemporary France and its culture, and a developed understanding of and competence in the theory, research methodology, practices and discourses of an area of French Studies;
  7. acquired the advanced language skills involved in developing critical enquiry and analysis and expressing outcomes and understandings in the framework of a research essay;
  8. developed individual and cooperative research skills including transferable research skills in accordance with the Research Skill Development Framework.

Assessment

Essay: 20%
Written work: 65%
End of semester oral assessment: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour culture (SCC5) seminar
One 2-hour language workshop
One 1-hour language tutorial

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Watkin

Notes

Previously coded FRN3080

Synopsis

This unit involves students in teaching and learning activities equally developing language skills and cultural competence. Activities equip students with advanced comprehension and production skills. Oral work focuses on expository techniques. Written tasks involve essay writing. Listening and writing production activities develop advanced skills required to produce accounts of radio or TV news and current affairs programmes. Students develop advanced language skills and competence in the theory, research methodology and practices, and discourses involved in sophisticated critical enquiry, understanding and analysis in an area of French studies, working under guidance to define and write a research essay.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should have:

  1. Reinforced their ability to communicate and interact efficiently in French both in oral and written form by using appropriate techniques of exposition;
  2. Developed reading comprehension and oral skills enabling them to communicate the main points contained in a newspaper, reformulating, structuring and explaining its content;
  3. Acquired listening comprehension and writing skills to produce a report presenting the information contained in radio or TV current affairs programmes of up to 12mn duration;
  4. Furthered their morpho-syntactic and stylistic competence, expanding their knowledge of French grammar and their awareness of differences between French and English syntax through systematic use of a French reference grammar;
  5. Become familiar with the use of software programs and electronic tools such as a grammar assistant, a bilingual electronic dictionary, an online French dictionary;
  6. developed advanced knowledge and understanding of aspects of modern and contemporary France and its culture, and a developed understanding of and competence in the theory, research methodology, practices and discourses of an area of French Studies;
  7. acquired the advanced language skills involved in developing critical enquiry and analysis and expressing outcomes and understandings in the framework of a research essay;
  8. developed individual and cooperative research skills including transferable research skills in accordance with the Research Skill Development Framework.

Assessment

Essay: 20%
Written work: 65%
End of semester oral assessment: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour Culture (SCC5) seminar
One 2-hour language workshop
One 1-hour language tutorial

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Watkin

Notes

Previously coded FRN3090

Synopsis

This unit involves students in teaching and learning activities equally developing language skills and cultural competence. Students refine their written and oral proficiency in the areas of exposition and argument, working from documents on prominent socio-cultural issues. They develop advanced language skills and competence in the theory, research methodology and practices, and discourses involved in sophisticated critical enquiry, understanding and analysis in an area of French studies, working under guidance to define and carry out a project.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should have:

  1. developed advanced analytical, expository and argumentation skills in the context of of written summary and synthesis activities, and essay writing and oral presentations;
  2. developed advanced knowledge and understanding of modern and contemporary France and its culture, and a more powerful explicit understanding of and competence in the theory, research methodology, practices and discourses of an area of French Studies;
  3. acquired the advanced language skills involved in developing critical enquiry and analysis and expressing outcomes and understandings in the framework of a research essay; developed individual and cooperative research skills, including;
  4. One transferable research skills in accordance with the Research Skill Development Framework.

Assessment

Written assignments (2500 words): 60%
Oral presentations: 20%
Examination: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour language workshop
One 2-hour culture seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nadine Normand-Marconnet

Notes

Previously coded FRN3100

Synopsis

This unit involves students in teaching and learning activities equally developing language skills and cultural competence. It extends skills developed in in the areas of exposition and argument, with a focus on specific expository techniques: document synthesis and oral presentation of a sustained argument involving critical awareness of issues in contemporary France. Students develop advanced language skills and competence in the theory, research methodology and practices, and discourses involved in sophisticated critical enquiry, understanding and analysis in an area of French studies, working under guidance to define and carry out a project.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should have developed:

  1. advanced analytical, expository and argumentative skills in the context of writing a synthesis of several documents and making a presentation on a given general topic;
  2. advanced knowledge and understanding of modern and contemporary France and its culture;
  3. more powerful explicit understanding of and competence in the theory, research methodology, practices and discourses of an area of French Studies;
  4. the advanced language skills involved in developing critical enquiry and analysis and expressing outcomes and understandings in the framework of a research essay; individual and cooperative research skills, including;
  5. individual transferable research skills in accordance with the Research Skill Development Framework.

Assessment

Written assignments (2500 words): 60%
Oral presentations: 20%
Examination: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour language workshop
One 2-hour culture seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Philip Anderson

Notes

Previously coded FRN3290

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a variety of French films, with particular emphasis on leading directors from the New Wave to the present. It aims to develop awareness of specific contemporary cinematic genres and styles, the interaction between films and their social and cultural contexts and different critical approaches to film. The unit covers social issues such as the malaise of youth, consumerism, urban problems, national identity, immigration and womens position in society. It is open to students from other disciplines without prior background in French, while enabling French Studies students to use their skills in reading and interpreting the films and secondary sources.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, discuss and analyse different cinematic genres and styles of contemporary French cinema
  2. Develop and express an understanding of the socio-cultural context of contemporary France
  3. Understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which selected French films reflect on and interpret social and cultural issues in contemporary France
  4. Develop an ability to engage with written and visual texts and to understand a body of critical writing in the field Additional objective for students in French
  5. Develop a knowledge of specialist critical language in relation to film studies Additional objective for third year students:
  6. Develop a deeper understanding of theoretical debates in the field of contemporary French cinema and culture.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x 1-hour lecture, 1 x 1-hour tutorial, 1 x 3 hour screening

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

FRN2280


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Philip Anderson

Notes

Previously coded FRN3707

Synopsis

As for ATS2076.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course, students can expect to have

  1. read a number of works of short fiction, novels, extracts of novels, extracts of texts of critical theory representative of French production in these areas over the last fifty years;
  2. improved their reading skills in terms of recognising and understanding different discourses of contemporary fiction, criticism and critical theory in French;
  3. developed their understanding of
    1. the social, political and intellectual contexts in which the production of fiction has taken place since the Liberation,
    2. the relationships that can be developed between text and context, and
    3. parallel shifts in text and context;
  4. gained an understanding of the basic notions current in narratology and an ability to deploy them to analyse their reading of narrative texts and understand shifts in narrative forms and discourses;
  5. gained an understanding of various figures and movements of contemporary French fiction and the specificity of their discourses;
  6. analysed and come to an understanding of the ways in which fiction constructs, subverts and reconstructs understandings of subjectivity, community and the world, questioning and working towards an explicit understanding of the relationship between the discourses of fiction and the reading subject and community.
  7. developed their understanding of text analysis and their ability to analyse texts and present their analysis in the form of a,'commentaire compose'(in French for students who have completed French Studies 6) demonstrating the analyses and understandings above (3-6);
  8. analysed the genre of the academic essay, developed skills in argument and presentation of the essay (in French for students who have completed French Studies 6) so as to present the analyses and understandings above (3-6).

Students taking the third-year version of this unit will be expected to demonstrate in their text analysis and their essay a more explicit and sophisticated understanding of the concepts of narratology and of the social, political and intellectual contexts of production of the texts studied.

Assessment

Written work: 55%
2 Hours Test: 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 two-hour seminar and 1 one-hour reading-writing workshop per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

at least ATS2064


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Watkin

Notes

Previously coded FRN3708

Synopsis

Many people today say there is no one 'truth' that holds for all people in all places at all times, or that none of us can really be sure of life's 'meaning' in an absolute sense. But just a century ago the story would have been very different. So what happened between our great grandparents' generation and ours to revolutionise the way we think about truth and meaning? This is the question that sparks our journey through French culture in this unit. With concrete examples and clear case-studies we will walk in the shoes of film-makers, writers, artists and thinkers as they wrestle with questions of truth and meaning in the rapidly changing twentieth century world, questions that have all-too immediate implications: How should I live my life in a world without certainties? What, if anything, gives my life meaning? And what is left worth fighting for, living for, dying for?

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students can expect to have

  1. Gained an informed knowledge of key aspects of French literature, thought and visual culture in the twentieth century as they relate to themes of truth and meaning;
  2. Improved their reading and analytical skills, and acquired skills in analysing works of visual culture in terms of recognising and understanding features specific to the themes of the unit;
  3. Gained a clearer understanding of the importance and nature of questions of truth and meaning today through having studied the evolution of those questions in France over the past century;
  4. Built skills of self-reflexive questioning in relation to the material studied;
  5. Developed an ability to relate ideas to their literary or visual expression;
  6. Developed skills in written and oral argument and presentation so as to present the analyses and understandings above.

Students taking the third-year version of this unit (ATS3077) will be expected to demonstrate in their text analysis and their essay a more explicit and sophisticated understanding of theoretical concepts germane to the analysis of the texts studied

Assessment

In-class test: 30%; Written work: 70%.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour seminar per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2064, if taken as part of a French Studies major or minor.

No prerequiste for students not taking the unit as part of a French Studies major or minor

Students who have not previously taken French at Monash must contact the unit coordinator to discuss the course before enrolling.

Prohibitions

ATS2077


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded FRN3805

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with the opportunity to develop their skills and theoretical knowledge in translating from English into other languages and from other languages into English. Students will work individually and collectively from a variety of text types and will engage with issues involved in the translation process.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students will have:

  1. developed linguistic skills in translating from other languages into English and English into other languages
  2. gained a basic knowledge of theoretical issues related to translation
  3. gained a knowledge of issues involved in the translation process
  4. enhanced their ability to analyse various types of texts, and
  5. acquired an understanding of issues of comparative stylistics and a more developed sense of the richness of both languages.

Assessment

Tutorial attendance: 5%
Translation assessments (1125 words): 25%
Long translation and critical component (1125 words): 25%
Group translation presented in class (675 words): 15%
Examination (equivalent 1350 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x 1.5 hour seminar and 1 x 2-hour tutorial per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Proficiency equivalent to CEFR level B+. Students who wish to take the unit should consult with their language lecturers.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeremy Breaden

Synopsis

This unit examines social institutions as sites for the exercise of power among individuals, organisations and states in Asia. Institutions such as education, law, family, mass media, religion and business are examined from a variety of disciplinary perspectives, using contemporary case studies drawn from across the Asian region. The unit explores how policy, discourse and practice surrounding social institutions shape and are shaped by individual action, and how the study of social institutions can enrich understanding of the cultures.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing the unit will be able to:

  1. Identify the key contemporary social institutions in a variety of local, national and transnational contexts in Asia;
  2. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the key changes in social organisation and lifestyles in Asia today, and the regional and global dimensions of these changes;
  3. Apply a range of disciplinary approaches to analyse major contemporary issues in Asian societies;
  4. Employ appropriate strategies for communicating the findings of analysis to a range of audiences and stakeholders;
  5. Reflect on the relevance of Asian experiences of social change to other national and individual circumstances;
  6. Understand how cultural context affects the dynamics of individual and group empowerment in Asian societies, and communicate that understanding to others;
  7. Read critically and engage with existing research, with the potential to facilitate life-long learning;
  8. Demonstrate independent research skills including enquiry techniques, critical thinking, and advanced skills of oral and written communication.

Assessment

Written work (3000 words): 70%
Exam: 20%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2089


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Natalie Doyle

Synopsis

The internship provides students with the opportunity to integrate theory with practice, and to gain first-hand experience of working environments dealing with European and European Union institutions or organizations. The work placement consolidates and extends knowledge acquired from core units through experiential learning. The unit develops understanding of the application of academically obtained knowledge and research skills in a workplace environment, and facilitates acquisition of work-based networks for potential employment opportunities. Separate internship programs are drawn up for each student.

Outcomes

  1. Make decisions about potential careers in organisations dealing with European and European Union institutions
  2. Develop and extend skills in research in a relevant business or policy environment
  3. Make valuable career contacts and networks amongst professionals working closely with European organizations
  4. Demonstrate applied research skills to prospective employers
  5. Reflect on the connection between theory and practise
  6. Gain knowledge of ways Australian and European organizations interact

Assessment

Pre-internship appraisal(1000 words): 10%
Reflective journal(1000 words): 20%
Applied research report(5000 words): 50%
Seminar presentation(2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

120 hours over three months

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in International Studies

Prohibitions

ATS2090


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simone Murray

Synopsis

This unit considers literary texts created specifically for digital platforms, spanning the 1980s to the present day. Students examine the theoretical underpinnings of digital literature in poststructuralist, cyberculture and contemporary media theories, as well as performing textual analysis of examples from major genres (hypertext fiction; networked writing; analogue-print hybrids; interactive fiction; and social-media narrative). The unit emphasises the constantly-evolving relationship between digital technologies and literary creators' uses of them. We will also consider issues of longevity and canonicity for digital literatures given the rapid rate of obsolescence in digital platforms.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will demonstrate:

  1. knowledge of poststructuralist, cyberculture and contemporary media theories influencing development of digital literatures;
  2. familiarity with some of the major subgenres, texts and authors in the digital literature domain;
  3. appreciation of the inter-relationship between evolving media technologies and digital literary genres from 1980s to the present;
  4. ability to engage in debates between various 'generations' of digital literature practitioners and critics;
  5. understanding of the challenges digital literature presents to traditional print-culture notions of textual fixity, longevity and canonicity, and implications of these for the future of literary studies broadly;
  6. ability to situate digital literatures within changes in the broader contemporary book world, especially around digital technologies and eBooks;
  7. Skill in navigating digital literary texts on various media platforms

Assessment

MUSO postings(1,000 words): 20%
Research essay (1500 words): 30%
Exam (2 hours /1800 words): 40%
Seminar attendance and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two first-year gateway units in Communications, or Literary studies, or Film and screen studies or by permission.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jordan Murray

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the fundamental concepts of business practices related to the music industry. The course focuses on skills necessary for beginning and maintaining a professional career in the music industry. It examines the role of music management including an introduction to self-management, copyright, record companies and the recording process.
Attention is paid to the music industry in the select overseas countries to provide a comparison to the Australian context.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will :

  1. be familiar with the main music business strategies in Australia including the record industry, live performance and copyright
  2. understand the main methodologies of music management in Australia
  3. critically evaluate the similarities and differences in music industry practices nationally and internationally.
  4. be able to articulate a personal method of music self management.

Assessment

Written assignment(1000 words): 20%
Major written assignment(2200 words): 50%
Written exam(1300 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded GRN3050

Synopsis

A communicative course designed to further speaking and reading skills in German. The emphasis is on learning to use German correctly in discussing a variety of topics. Component 2 will focus on the highly productive artistic and intellectual developments in modern German and Austrian culture.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate fairly complicated English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have gained:

  1. an overview of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
  2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
  3. reading skills necessary to understand advanced German;
  4. essay-writing skills, an ability to engage in informed discussions of literature and culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

55 contact hours over the semester, including 22 (culture) and 33 (language).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2094 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded GRN3060

Synopsis

A communicative course designed to further speaking and reading skills in German. The emphasis is on learning to use German correctly in discussing a variety of topics. Component 2 will focus on the highly productive artistic and intellectual developments in modern German and Austrian culture.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject students should have further extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate fairly complicated English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have further gained:

  1. an overview of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
  2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
  3. reading skills necessary to understand advanced German;
  4. essay-writing skills, an ability to engage in informed discussions of literature and culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

55 contact hours over the semester, including 22 (culture) and 33 (language).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3095 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heinz Kreutz

Notes

Previously coded GRN3070

Synopsis

Component 1: A communicative course designed to further speaking and reading skills in German. The emphasis is on learning to use German correctly in discussing a variety of topics. Component 2 will focus on the highly productive artistic and intellectual developments in modern German and Austrian culture.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate fairly complicated English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have gained:

  1. an overview of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
  2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
  3. reading skills necessary to understand advanced German;
  4. essay-writing skills, an ability to engage in informed discussions of literature and culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

44 contact hours over the semester, including 22 (culture) and 22 (language).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3096 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Axel Fliethmann

Notes

Previously coded GRN3080

Synopsis

Component 1: A communicative course designed to further speaking and reading skills in German. The emphasis is on learning to use German correctly in discussing a variety of topics. Component 2 will focus on the highly productive artistic and intellectual developments in modern German and Austrian culture.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject students should have further extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate fairly complicated English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have further gained:

  1. an overview of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
  2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
  3. reading skills necessary to understand advanced German;
  4. essay-writing skills, an ability to engage in informed discussions of literature and culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

44 contact hours over the semester, including 22 (culture) and 22 (language).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3097 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded GRN3090

Synopsis

Component 1: A communicative language unit designed to further advanced writing, speaking and reading skills in German. The emphasis is on correct and appropriate use of structure, styles and registers across a variety of topics.
Component 2: Will focus on the literary, artistic and intellectual developments in modern German and Austrian culture.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German-language culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar and style; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate advanced English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have gained:

  1. an overview of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
  2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
  3. reading skills necessary to understand advanced German;
  4. essay-writing skills, an ability to engage in informed discussions of literature and culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

Assessment

Written work and exercises: 50%
Exam: 25%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

44 contact hours over the semester, including 22 (culture) and 22 (language).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS 3098 (or equivalent)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Franz-Josef Deiters

Notes

Previously coded GRN3100

Synopsis

Component 1: A communicative language unit designed to further advanced writing, speaking and reading skills in German. The emphasis is on correct and appropriate use of structure, styles and registers across a variety of topics.
Component 2: Will focus on the literary, artistic and intellectual developments in modern German and Austrian culture.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German-language culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar and style; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate advanced English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have gained:

  1. an overview of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
  2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
  3. reading skills necessary to understand advanced German;
  4. essay-writing skills, an ability to engage in informed discussions of literature and culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component-1.

Assessment

Written work and exercises: 25%
Test and Oral assessment: 35%
Exams: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 2-hour tutorial (language) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3099 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Heinz Kreutz

Notes

Previously coded GRN3125

Synopsis

This unit introduces German dialects and dialectology. The course will explore traditional methods (speech atlases, dialect maps) and structural dialectology, and provide students with a background in regional and historical dialectology. The students will also be introduced to contemporary dialectology: social dialects, dialect as a group identity marker (youth, age and gender), sociology of dialects with particular reference to dialect and central processes of societal change, dialect and standard language, and dialect and the education system.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject students should be able to read and interpret traditional dialect maps and to use traditional dialect atlases effectively; have an working knowledge of the geographical distribution of German dialects; have a basic understanding of the role the German language plays in modern German society; relate this understanding of variation in German to their language acquisition experince. They will acquire have a better understanding of the diversity of the German language as a result of having contrasted dialects with standard German, and be equipped with a base for further studies in the area of German linguistics.

Assessment

Written work: (1800-2000 words, in German or English): 50%
Exam: 30%
Homework exercises: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

33 contact hours over the semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3096 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Franz-Josef Deiters

Notes

Previously coded GRN3235

Synopsis

This unit will explore German literature in the Age of Goethe, focussing on key issues such as national identity and the construction of the self within the framework of political and social change. It will encourage a close critical reading of texts produced mainly between 1770 and 1830, examining modes of narratives in the light of contemporary theory.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject students should have developed an in-depth understanding of key examples of German literature in the Age of Goethe and completed detailed analyses of each of the novels in their socio-historical context. Students will be able to engage in informed discussions about the literature of the period in its context and to employ relevant theoretical concepts. They will be able to present the results of their own research in form of a class paper and a written essay.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words, in English or German): 60%
Class paper (500-1000 words): 20%
Exam (1 hour): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

33 contact hours over the semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3096 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded GRN3245

Synopsis

This unit will examine Austrian and German literature at the turn of the century and will focus on the intellectual life of the urban centres, cultural criticism, the nascent youth movement and new conceptualizations of corporality and the workings of the psyche.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject students should have aquired detailed knowledge of the main features of Austrian and German literary and cultural life in the period and a good grasp of key texts reflecting the social, political, intellectual and historical developments of the time. Students should be capable of informed discussion of the literature in its context making use of relevant theoretical concepts. They will be able to present the results of their own research in form of a class paper and a written essay.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words, in English or German): 60%
Class Paper (500-1000 words): 20%
Exam (1 hour): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

33 contact hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

German proficient 2 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Axel Fliethmann

Notes

Previously coded GRN3295

Synopsis

Since the invention of the printing press in the 15th century, the reproduction of knowledge and social practice has become increasingly reliant and dependent on mass media. The general relation between culture, media and society on one hand and how it shows up in the design of media products will be the topic of this introductory unit. The unit will provide insights into advanced media theory and put historical media phenomena into perspective.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words, in English or German): 60%
Class paper (500-1000 words): 20%
Exam (1 hour): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

33 contact hours over the semester.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitIndonesian Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM3050

Synopsis

Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on selected topics are viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture
  2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues
  3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language
  4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing
  5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

Assessment

Spoken word project: 25%
Written project: 20%
Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
Written exam: 25%
Spoken exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2114 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2115


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitIndonesian Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Notes

Previously coded INM3060

Synopsis

Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on such topics is viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture
  2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues
  3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language
  4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing
  5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

Assessment

Spoken word project: 25%
Written project: 20%
Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
Written exam: 25%
Spoken exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3115 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2116


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitIndonesian Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM3070

Synopsis

This unit provides opportunities for language learning through immersion in a content based unit dealing with practical aspects of journalism in the Indonesian context. Two workshops are conducted each week which integrate language skills with four main themes: history and background of the media in Indonesia, translation and the media, the print media; and radio broadcasting.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. comprehend and create text across a broad range of registers commonly used in the Indonesian language news media;
  2. demonstrate an understanding of the underlying issues related to the practice and occupation of journalism in Indonesia;
  3. exploit a range of questioning skills in an interview situation;
  4. recognise and apply specific journalistic styles both in the print and broadcast media;
  5. critique the underlying motives and quality of journalistic texts.

Assessment

Spoken word project: 30%
Feature article (1500 words): 30%
Written Exam: 30%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour workshop per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2116 or ATS3116 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1117, ATS2117


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitIndonesian Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM3080

Synopsis

This unit is presented in a series of practical workshops and seminar discussions conducted in the Indonesian language exploring modern Indonesian theatre and film. The unit provides options for either performance or written proposals related to film or theatre. Aspects of language are highlighted through the creation of scripts and through reading, translating, and interpreting of works by Indonesian playwrights and film directors.

Outcomes

At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. to present arguments and proposals for creative cooperation across cultures
  2. to demonstrate a knowledge of developments in both the theatre and film over recent decades
  3. to present a critical appraisal of a creative work for a general audience
  4. to have an understanding of the basic principles of sub-titling as they relate to film.

Assessment

Performance : 35%
Presentation: 30%
Theatre/film review (800 words): 15%
Translation project (1,300 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (One 2-hour workshop per week and one 1-hour tutorial per week)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2116 or ATS3116 or Placement Test


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitIndonesian Studies
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Notes

Previously coded INM3991

Synopsis

Students participate in an approved program of study which includes formal language classes and an agreed number of workshops and excursions relevant to Indonesian culture.

Assessment

Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr. Karen Auerbach

Synopsis

This unit will examine how Communism transformed everyday life for East European populations by reshaping social structures and communal ties. Through literature, films, photography, and other primary sources, students will study and analyse the impact of politics on popular culture, religion, rituals of work, family life, the environment, education, humour, architecture, and living spaces. Readings, lectures, and tutorial discussions will explore the degree to which individuals carved out private spaces at home, at work, and in social circles to limit the impact of politics on private life. The unit will look at individual countries as case studies for broader themes that are relevant to the entire region. The unit will begin with a background on East European politics and culture before the establishment of Communist governments and will end with an examination of the post-Communist period. Discussions of primary sources in tutorials will provide students with the skills to analyze similar primary sources in their written work.

Outcomes

  1. This unit contributes to the making of responsible and effective global citizens who engage in an internationalised world and exhibit cross-cultural competence. Understanding the history of other cultures and countries as well as the political systems that have shaped those cultures is central to engaging in an internationalised world.
  2. Engage in international issues through the study of the political and social history of Eastern Europe as well as the relevance of this history for broader political debates over national identity from the mid-nineteenth century to the contemporary period.
  3. Be familiar with theoretical works about the history of everyday life, the varied methodologies that historians have used to research this history, and the intersections between political and social history.
  4. Be familiar with memory studies by focusing on the politics of memory of the Second World War and the Holocaust in Eastern Europe during and after the Communist period.
  5. Develop research skills and analyse primary sources.
  6. Develop skills of critical reading and understand differences in historians' interpretations of the past.
  7. Strengthen effective communication skills through group discussions during tutorials.

Assessment

Participation (500 words): 10%
Primary-source analysis (500 words): 20%
Research essay (2,500 words): 50%
In-class exam (1,000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 contact hours on-campus

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS2124


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jonathan Driskell

Synopsis

Since the early 20th century film stars have been a central feature of cinema and have attained a prominent place within broader culture and society. They appear in magazines, on billboards, on television programmes, and now have a strong presence on the internet. The importance of stars stems from their economic function within cinema, their contributions to the meanings and affects of films, and their ideological role in defining and shaping popular conceptions of identity in societies at particular points in time. This course will offer a thorough interrogation of the star phenomenon, combining theoretical work derived from the field of 'star studies' with empirical analyses of specific films and stars. A host of extra-filmic materials, such as magazine articles, interviews, film reviews and promotional materials will also be analysed as students seek to identity the defining features of a number of star personas. Topics covered will include the history of stardom from the silent 'gods and goddesses' to modern day television stars and celebrity culture; the ideological role of stars in circulating and revealing dominant attitudes to class, gender, sexuality and race/ethnicity; and the cultural and national specificities of stardom through case studies of American, French, Indian and Southeast Asian stars. In doing so, there will be emphasis on the contribution stars make to the pleasures of cinema, while remaining attentive to the political implications of these hugely popular and highly influential representations of selfhood.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Analyse the 'star persona' of stars from different periods and national contexts;
  2. Explain the significance of specific stars to the films they appear in as well as to the broader social contexts from which they emerge;
  3. Identify the main developments in the history of stardom, from the silent cinema to present day celebrity culture and explain the key cultural, political and technological reasons for such changes;
  4. Apply to specific case studies theories developed in star studies, such as Richard Dyer's notion of the 'star persona', James Naremore's ideas relating to 'star performance', and a range of concepts focusing on the ideological role of stars and stardom;
  5. Evaluate the political and ideological significance of stardom in general and of specific stars in particular;
  6. Plan and conduct research into an area of film stardom.

Assessment

Participation and tutorial presentation: 20%
Research proposal: 20%
Individual research project: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture,
One 2-hour screening,
One 1-hour tutorial,
Private study - 8 hours (further reading/viewing and carrying out assessment activities), per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Fay Anderson

Synopsis

This unit explores how Australian Indigenous people are represented by the media, the reporting of Indigenous and European race relations, the complex meanings of place, culture and power and the urgent political and social debates involving the Indigenous communities in Central Australia. The subject will include content-based discussions, readings, media and visual texts and a mandatory fieldtrip to Central Australia where the students will engage with local media organisations, journalists, political leaders and museum and art curators and develop independent and collaborative learning strategies. Topics include the ethics of journalism and fieldwork, national myth, land, power and race relations and the politics of the media and tourism. The students will be required to produce research and writing that investigates journalism and representation and draws upon their fieldwork observations and interactions.

Outcomes

  1. demonstrate a satisfactory knowledge of the interaction of journalism, race and place, and a critical capacity to make effective usage of a range of social science research methodologies;
  2. demonstrate an ability to use, discuss and analyse research and methodological techniques and approaches in a clear, concise and rigorous way;
  3. collaborate constructively with fellow students in learning and discussion processes, including online forums, group projects and fieldtrip work;
  4. produce written work to deadline making effective use of the conventions of scholarly presentation (references, bibliography, etc);
  5. work independently and in groups to achieve learning outcomes;
  6. communicate knowledge intelligibly and economically through essay preparation and writing and by public speaking through seminar discussion, on the fieldtrip and class presentations.

Assessment

Minor exercise: 1000 words (worth 20%)
Minor exercise: 1500 words (worth 30%)
Major exercise: 2000 words (worth 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Six two-hour seminars during the semester and go on the fieldtrip. Four of the seminars will be run before the fieldtrip and the remaining two after our return.

A compulsory fieldwork of six days/five nights to Central Australia (at additional cost) for all students. The fieldtrip will be held over the mid-semester break.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be required to listen in full to the recorded two hour seminar, engage in online discussion groups, participate in some online interactive seminars and go on the fieldtrip.

A compulsory fieldwork of six days/five nights to Central Australia (at additional cost) for all students. The fieldtrip will be held over the mid-semester break.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Summer semester B 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Term 3 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Winter semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Notes

This unit may be counted towards any major as an elective where approved by the faculty.

Synopsis

Students are placed as interns with a partner organisation and complete either a unique research project or work experience-based project jointly defined by the partner organisation and the unit convenor. The partner organisations are from a diverse range of industries and sectors, including government departments, private industry and not-for-profit organisations. Students communicate the research or work-experience-based project in the format specified by the partner organisation, such as a research project, consultation paper, manual, or submission . The partner organisation provides field supervision, and the faculty provides academic supervision.

The main component of the unit involves students undertaking a minimum of 144 hours equivalent of placement in order to complete a project agreed upon between the partner organisation and the faculty. The partner organisation will appoint a field supervisor for the project although the Chief Examiner remains the principal assessor for the unit.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit students will be able to:

  1. apply broad discipline knowledge to find solutions to complex problems
  2. exercise critical thinking and professional judgement in developing new understandings
  3. show technical skill in designing, conducting and reporting on a research project
  4. plan and execute a professional project with a degree of independence and accountability
  5. communicate in a clear and coherent way that is effective for the purpose and the intended audience
  6. collaborate with others on a project in a workplace setting

Fieldwork

The fieldwork component requires a minimum of 144 hours equivalent of placement with a partner organisation.

Assessment

Research based internship:
Research report 80%
Reflective essay 10%
Presentation 10%

Work-experience based internship:
Work-based report 65%
Reflective essay 25%
Presentation 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

This unit requires a minimum of 144 hours equivalent of placement with a partner organisation. Students are also required on-campus to attend two 3-hour seminars prior to departure, a 3-hour seminar over moodle and a 3-hour seminar on completion. It is anticipated that the remaining hours to complete a total of 288 hours will be spent on relevant readings, reflection and maintenance of a detailed journal.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

This unit counts toward an extended major in the following areas of study otherwise, it is available to all Arts students as an elective
Anthropology
Holocaust and genocide studies
Indigenous cultures and histories
International studies
Sociology

Prerequisites

Students who have attained a distinction average and who have completed 96 points of study with a minimum of 48 points in Arts

Prohibitions

Any other internship unit.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Summer semester B 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Term 3 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Winter semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Notes

This unit may be counted towards any major as an elective where approved by the faculty.
This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled and may incur additional cost.

Synopsis

Students are placed as interns with a partner organisation and complete either a unique research project or work-experience-based project jointly defined by the partner organisation and the unit convenor. The partner organisations are from a diverse range of industries and sectors, including government departments, private industry and not-for-profit organisations. Students communicate the research or work-experience-based project in the format specified by the partner organisation, such as a research report, consultation paper, manual or submission. The partner organisation provides field supervision, and the faculty provides academic supervision.

The main academic component of the unit involves students undertaking a minimum of 144 hours equivalent placement in order to complete a project agreed upon between the partner organisation and the faculty. The agency will appoint a field supervisor for the project although the Chief Examiner remains the principal assessor for the unit.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit students will be able to:

  1. apply broad discipline knowledge to find solutions to complex problems
  2. exercise critical thinking and professional judgement in developing new understandings
  3. show technical skill in designing, conducting and reporting on a research project
  4. plan and execute a professional project with a degree of independence and accountability
  5. communicate in a clear and coherent way that is effective for the purpose and the intended audience
  6. collaborate with others on a project in a workplace setting

Assessment

Research based internship:
Research report 80%
Reflective essay 10%
Presentation 10%

Work-experience based internship:
Work-based report 65%
Reflective essay 25%
Presentation 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

This unit requires a minimum of 144 hours equivalent of placement with a partner organisation. Students are also required on-campus to attend two 3-hour seminars prior to departure, a 3-hour seminar over moodle and a 3-hour seminar on completion. It is anticipated that the remaining hours to complete a total of 288 hours will be spent on relevant readings, reflection and maintenance of a detailed journal.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

This unit counts toward an extended major in the following areas of study otherwise, it is available to all Arts students as an elective
International studies
Anthropology
Sociology
Holocaust and genocide studies

Prerequisites

Students who have attained a distinction average and who have completed 96 points of study with a minimum of 48 points in Arts

Prohibitions

Any other internship unit.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Synopsis

This unit will allow students to undertake an approved semester-length unit at a foreign institution.

Outcomes

To improve and consolidate foreign language skills and gain a deeper understanding of the cultural context of the language.

Assessment

Students are required to enrol in a semester-length unit, fulfil attendance and assessment requirements as specified by the host institution for the study of a unit equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit point unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Determined by host institution, equivalent to Monash University 6 credit points.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Attendance requirements determined by host institution

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval by section


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Synopsis

This unit will allow students to undertake an approved semester-length unit at a foreign institution.

Outcomes

To improve and consolidate foreign language skills and gain a deeper understanding of the cultural context of the language.

Assessment

Students are required to enrol in a semester-length unit, fulfil attendance and assessment requirements as specified by the host institution for the study of a unit equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit point unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Determined by host institution, equivalent to Monash University 6 credit points.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval by section


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Synopsis

This unit will allow students to undertake an approved semester-length unit at a foreign institution.

Outcomes

To improve and consolidate foreign language skills and gain a deeper understanding of the cultural context of the language.

Assessment

Students are required to enrol in a semester-length unit, fulfil attendance and assessment requirements as specified by the host institution for the study of a unit equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit point unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Determined by host institution, equivalent to Monash University 6 credit points.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval by section


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Synopsis

This unit will allow students to undertake an approved semester-length unit at a foreign institution.

Outcomes

To improve and consolidate foreign language skills and gain a deeper understanding of the cultural context of the language.

Assessment

Students are required to enrol in a semester-length unit, fulfil attendance and assessment requirements as specified by the host institution for the study of a unit equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit point unit

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Determined by host institution, equivalent to Monash University 6 credit points.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval by section


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Synopsis

This unit allows students with special interests to study in depth a particular topic in linguistics, literature or culture and society. Special permission to undertake this unit must be obtained from the Section Convenor.

Outcomes

After successfully completing this unit students should be able to:

  1. Develop a research proposal
  2. Develop a research strategy
  3. Identify the key resources relevant to the topic
  4. Demonstrate understanding of the research topic through a research essay that present a coherent argument.

Assessment

Written Work (4500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x one hour meeting with supervisor per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Synopsis

This unit allows students to build on the critical and analytical skills developed through the major by having the opportunity to develop a research project tailored to their disciplinary interests. Special permission to undertake this unit must be obtained from the co-ordinator of the major.

Outcomes

After successfully completing this unit students should be able to:

  1. Develop a research proposal
  2. Develop a research strategy
  3. Identify the key resources relevant to the topic
  4. Demonstrate understanding of the research topic, critical enagagement with relevant theoretical material, analysis of sources and or data through the completion of an extended research essay.

Assessment

Written Work (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x 1 hour meeting with supervisor per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval by co-ordinator of major


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JPL3050

Synopsis

This is the first part of a sequence in upper intermediate Japanese. This unit covers both spoken language and contemporary written language and aims to enhance student's knowledge about Japan and the different varieties of the language. The unit also aims to develop student's study skills and intercultural competence.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand simple conversations or monologues on topics covered in class;
  2. Demonstrate their ability to keep listening even when they encounter unfamiliar vocabulary and grammar;
  3. Read texts (approx. 1500 characters) written for upper intermediate level of students with the assistance of dictionaries;
  4. Use online language resources effectively;
  5. Become more aware of different varieties of Japanese language and use appropriate speech styles according to context;
  6. Use communication strategies and communicate more naturally;
  7. Discuss various topics related to Japan if they prepare beforehand;
  8. Write a short essay (800-1000 characters) under exam conditions on a topic which they have researched;
  9. Reinforce their knowledge of kanji acquired so far (approx 300 kanji) and develop their knowledge of additional 150 new kanji (including appox 70 for recognition only).

Assessment

Within semester assignments and quizzes: 35%
Within semester tests: 35%
Exam period exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (One1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial, and one 2-hour seminar per week)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Japanese Intermediate 2 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JPL3060

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence in upper intermediate Japanese. This unit covers both spoken language and contemporary written language and aims to enhance students' knowledge about Japanese modern and traditional culture. The unit also aims to develop students' research skills and intercultural competence.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand conversations or monologues on topics covered in class;
  2. Develop their ability to understand different genres by activities such as watching videos on Japanese culture;
  3. Read texts (approx. 2000 characters) on various topics about Japan with the assistance of dictionaries;
  4. Communicate in complex situations (e.g. explaining troubles);
  5. Talk about broader topics about Japan with Japanese native speakers to enhance their knowledge about Japanese culture;
  6. Do a presentation on one of the topics studied in class, based on their own research;
  7. Write an essay (1600 characters) on a topic related to Japan with the assistance of dictionaries and other language and content resources;
  8. Reinforce their knowledge of kanji acquired so far (approx 450 kanji) and develop their knowledge of additional 150 new kanji (including appox 90 for recognition only).

Assessment

Within semester assignments and quizzes: 35%
Within semester tests: 35%
Exam period exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (One 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial, and one 2-hour seminar per week)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Japanese Proficient 1 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1146, ATS2146


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Shimako Iwasaki

Notes

Previously coded JPL3070

Synopsis

This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese communication strategies, social issues, , their values, and to cultural interaction. This course will provide students with an poorutunity to critically analyze information from Japanese-language media regarding current and/or historical issues, write effective narrative/biographical and explanatory reports by using formal and academic Japanese.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the gist of short excerpts of Japanese media such as TV programs and movies with assistance and to continue to expand their ability to understand conversations between native speakers in various speech styles;
  2. Understand texts (2000 characters or longer) on topics related to Japan with the assistance of dictionaries;
  3. Refine their ability to communicate using appropriate speech styles in various contexts, to develop their ability to state their opinions and to extract information from others, and to maintain a casual conversation with native speakers without preparation at visitor sessions;
  4. Continue to develop their ability to do research presentations on Japan-related topics in which they are interested, including the ability to describe aspects of Japanese culture and society in detail;
  5. Develop the skills to write a research essay (2000-3000 characters) on Japan-related topics with the assistance of various resources and develop the ability to write summaries of texts and oral discussions;
  6. Reinforce their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far and develope their knowledge of an additional 150 new kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.

Assessment

Within semester assignments and quizzes 35%
Within semester tests 40%
Exam period exam 25% (Hurdle requirement: a mark of 40% or above in the final exam is required in order to pass the unit)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (one 1- hour lecture, one 1- hour tutorial, one 2-hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Japanese Proficient 2 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS4147


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Shimako Iwasaki

Notes

Previously coded JPL3080

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. Activities are built around topics relating to contemporary and historical topics of Japan . This unit will provide students with further opprtunities to use formal and academic Japanese with confidence while communicating with Japanese-speaking people in interviews and in-class oral presentations. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students wil be able to:

  1. Continue to develop their ability to understand Japanese TV programs and movies and to understand the main points of short excerpts with assistance;
  2. Understand explanatory texts (approx. 2000 characters or more) on various topics related to Japan with the assistance of dictionaries;
  3. Interview native speakers on various topics about Japan, analyse their opinions and discuss pros and cons. They will also continue to develop their skill to communicate using an appropriate speech style in formal situations;
  4. Research and discuss the topics studied in class, and refine their ability to do short presentations on focused topics, including group presentations;
  5. Demonstrate the ability to compose various texts including haiku and tanka, give opinions on social issues in short essays (400-600 characters), and produce a resume in Japanese;
  6. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (900) and developed knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media (approx. 900 kanji, including 150 new kanji this semester).

Assessment

Within semester assignments and quizzes 35%
Within semester tests 40%
Exam period exam 25% (Hurdle requirement: a mark of 40% or above in the final exam is required in order to pass the unit)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (One 1- hour lecture, One 1- hour tutorial, One 2-hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Japanese studies advanced 1 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS4148


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded JPL3110

Synopsis

This is an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese. It is designed to bring the student close to semi-native competence in the language, as well as enhancing their awareness of current issues in Japan and their ability to demonstrate oral and written presentation skills in discussing these issues in Japanese.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. increase their knowledge of the nature, structure and issues of media reports
  2. increase their knowledge of current social issues surrounding the young people in Japan
  3. developed their ability to formulate ideas and opinions and debate current issues in Japanese with precision
  4. enhance their ability to read and comprehend authentic materials, both print and on-line texts, using on-line glossaries and dictionaries
  5. enhance their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in direct format exposition and audio-visual media
  6. have gained research skills in Japanese including: search of information through various sources; critical thinking; and oral and written presentation skills.

Assessment

Within semester oral and written assessment and quizzes: 45%
Within semester written test: 15%
Exam period exam: 40% (Hurdle requirement: a mark of 40% or above in the final exam is required in the exam in order to pass the unit)

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3148 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS4151


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Fusako Ota

Notes

Previously coded JPL3120

Synopsis

This unit is designed to develop students' Japanese language skills to an advanced level, while introducing them to Japanese literature and approaches to literary translation. Students will develop reading skills, research skills using Japanese resources, discussion skills, and will use a variety of Japanese media, including the Internet. Writing skills to be developed include translation, summary, synthesis and argument in essay writing. Teaching materials will relate to Japanese literature, focussing on modern and contemporary writers, related critiques and translation approaches.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. understand most of the contents of spoken Japanese in direct formal exposition and audio-visual media, such as Japanese TV programs, movies and documentaries;
  2. read and understand Japanese literary works and critical reviews of literary works with the assistance of dictionaries;.
  3. state their opinion logically, accurately and fluently in class discussions about the contents of the visual and reading materials studied in class;.
  4. give a presentation on one of the topics studied in class, explaining information from references, conveying their views and employing an appropriate speech style;.
  5. translate literary texts between Japanese and English taking into account stylistic and cultural factors;
  6. write an essay in Japanese on a topic related to Japanese literature;
  7. demonstrate a basic knowledge of modern and contemporary Japanese literature, literary translation issues and techniques;
  8. use a range of online tools for research and communication in Japanese;
  9. develop independent research skills focussed on analysis of literary texts or translation issues.

Assessment

Within semester assignments: 70%
Exam period exam: 30% (Hurdle requirement: a mark of 40% or above in the final exam is required in the exam in order to pass the unit)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week, one 2-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3148 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS4152


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Melinda Harvey

Synopsis

The unit will explore a selection of fiction and non-fiction texts that treat Italy as a site for transformations of the self. These self-discoveries are usually cast as positive but are on occasion of a more unsettling or disturbing kind. The unit will investigate these transformations. It will also consider why Italy has been a place of renewal and 'undoing' in literature over the years and try to account for the popularity of such narratives with readers past and present. In this unit there will be an emphasis on 'geolocated' reading experiences and writing exercises. For this reason there will be a particular focus on 'Tuscan transformations'; we will visit the actual sites and scenes of our texts and there will also be regular in situ writing excursions in Prato and surrounds.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the representation of Italy generally (and Tuscany in particular) as a site of personal transformation in range of texts.
  2. Critically describe the diverse history of cultural investments in Italy as an agent of personal transformation for non-Italian writers.
  3. Produce a piece of Creative Writing, either fiction or non-fiction, that explores the transformational potential of Italy.
  4. Appreciate and articulate the relationships between environment, literary criticism and creative practice.

Assessment

Reading and Writing exercises: 60%
Essay: 40%

Workload requirements

Two week intensive.
Weeks 1 and 2:
2 x 1-hour lectures
2 x 2-hour seminars
1 x 2-hour writing workshop
2 x 2-hour in situ reading/writing field trips

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Literary studies.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitKorean Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Young A Cho and Dr In Jung Cho

Notes

Previously coded KOR3050

Synopsis

Building on the language skills, communication strategies and knowledge of Korean history, culture and society that students have acquired so far, this unit is designed to help students develop an ability to engage in moderately sophisticated conversations and to comprehend diverse reading materials. Students will also develop a deeper understanding of the relationship between language and culture, thereby appreciating the validity of different ways of perceiving experiences.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students shouldl be able to:

  1. Engage in moderately sophisticated conversation in everyday social situations
  2. Read diverse and increasingly complex texts
  3. Produce moderately sophisticated written Korean
  4. Demonstrate the ability to relate to other cultures, leading to a better understanding of their own culture, identity and values

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (one 2-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2174 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2175


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitKorean Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr In Jung Cho and Dr Young A Cho

Notes

Previously coded KOR3060

Synopsis

This unit is designed to help students further develop their language skills and knowledge of Korean history, culture and society, with special emphasis on connecting with other disciplines and advanced self-learning skills, which will support their Korean study after finishing the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Speak and comprehend Korean with structural accuracy and vocabulary sufficient to manage most social situations
  2. Obtain information from spoken and written sources in Korean, using dictionaries, as required
  3. Read about and discuss issues regarding contemporary features of Korean society
  4. Demonstrate the ability to acquire information using Korean for other disciplines they are studying
  5. Develop advanced self-learning skills

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (one 2-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2175 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2176


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitKorean Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr In Jung Cho

Notes

Previously coded KOR3450

Synopsis

This unit is designed to provide an introduction to Korean-English and English-Korean translation. Students will be introduced to translation theories and techniques, with special emphasis on cross-cultural and cross-linguistics issues specific to translating between the two languages. The unit will look at a variety of textual genres, including subtitling and scanlation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify and define possible translation problems from cross-linguistic and cross-cultural perspectives;
  2. Analyse and critically evaluate the translation problems and find suitable solutions;
  3. Demonstrate a basic knowledge of ethical issues in the field of professional translation;
  4. Develop necessary knowledge and skills to pursue further studies in Translation Studies or Linguistics.

Assessment

Continuous assessment (translation assignments and class exercises, equivalent to 3150 words) : 70%
Examination (equivalent to 1350 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3175 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Bowker

Notes

Previously coded SPN3050

Synopsis

This unit further develops students' spoken and written communication skills in Spanish. Emphasis is placed on developing fluency and understanding. The unit furthermore explores particular aspects of Spanish and Latin American cultures and societies. This unit also consolidates students' critical thought and further develops their research skills. The language of instruction is Spanish.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. converse in Spanish for 20-25 minutes about past, current and hypothetical issues as well as engage in complex conversations and discussions about historical, political and social matters;
  2. be able to listen and comprehend a variety of texts from different Hispanic Spanish- speaking regionscontexts;
  3. write compositions of up to 1000 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar;
  4. read and comprehend articles that use a range of registers and styles of up to 3500 words in Spanish;
  5. demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Spanish and Latin American cultures and societies;
  6. consolidate critical and research skills in Spanish.

Assessment

Culture tasks: 50%
Written, oral and aural tasks: 25%
Examination: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (one 1-hour lecture and three 1-hour language tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2194 or by permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Carlos Uxo

Notes

Previously coded SPN3060

Synopsis

Upon completion of this unit, students should have developed an advanced level in their reading, writing, oral and aural skills in Spanish. Particular emphasis is placed on advanced reading and writing, as well as a sound knowledge of contemporary Spanish and Latin American societies and cultures. Students are expected to consolidate their knowledge of essay writing by using a wide range of genre styles that reflect an advanced level of the language and interact effectively in Spanish taking into consideration the social setting where the discourse takes place as well as the sociological factors of participants.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Converse and interact effectively in Spanish taking into consideration the social setting where the discourse takes place as well as the sociological factors of participants;
  2. Use advanced grammatical structures that show an advanced level of the language;
  3. Written work of up to 3500 words in Spanish, with the help of a monolingual Spanish dictionary;
  4. Engage in conversations and discussions in Spanish on topics about current affairs, historical and cultural aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies;
  5. Read and comprehend academic texts of up to 3500 words in Spanish;
  6. Demonstrate sophisticated knowledge in research reasoning and critical thought.

Assessment

Culture tasks: 50%
Written, oral and aural tasks: 25%
Examination: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour cultural tutorial and three 1-hour language tutorials.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3195 or special permission from the unit coordinator.

Prohibitions

ATS1196, ATS2196


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Carlos Uxo

Notes

Previously coded SPN3070

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an introduction to conducting research in Spanish and Latin American Studies. This unit will enable students to read critically and record responses to readings; to synthesise and evaluate diverse material on a single topic; to search databases for articles and books relevant to their research area; to present and distinguish the ideas of others according to academic conventions.

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. interpret and discuss a range of Spanish and Latin American cultural products and political discourses;
  2. have an understanding of contemporary critical theories and their application to Spanish and Latin American contexts;
  3. have a greater understanding of Spanish and Latin American cultures and societies;
  4. develop sophisticated oral and written expression in Spanish.

Assessment

Written work (2,000 words) 45%
Final research project (2,500 words) 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 3-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1196 or ATS2196

Prohibitions

ATS2197


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Notes

Previously coded SPN3080

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the study of myths and stereotypes of the Spanish and Latin American worlds, focusing particularly on perceptions and understandings of reality. The unit, conducted in Spanish, explores how cultural producers (writers, filmmakers, artists, etc.) have interrogated and re-configured the world around them. Students will develop and apply analytical and critical skills to the study of different cultural texts and compare and contrast trans-national representations of self, home, nation and the world.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the major cultural currents that explore perceptions of reality within Spain and Latin America;
  2. demonstrate a familiarity with critical materials related to the texts studied;
  3. analyse and discuss a range of cultural texts in Spanish;
  4. develop and carry out an independent research project that responds to the key theoretical concepts explored in the unit;
  5. develop sophisticated academic skills in Spanish.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 2 x 1 hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2197 or ATS3197 or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS2198


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Stewart King

Notes

Previously coded SPN3770

Synopsis

Through a range of texts -poetry, fiction, film and historical documents- this unit will examine the ways in which landscape, history, literature, language and people have been represented for differing political and cultural purposes in Spain from the nineteenth century until the present day. Emphasis will be placed on the construction of a dominant Spanish national culture and identity as well as on the formation of regional identities and cultures in the Basque Country, Catalonia and Galicia. It will also examine the way in which these representations help to construct, reinforce or challenge cultural identities at both a national and regional level.

Outcomes

  1. Have a thorough understanding of debates surrounding the construction of national and regional cultures and identities in Spain from the nineteenth century until the present.
  2. Be able to compare and contrast different nationalist movements in Spain and discuss the cultural and political implications of such movements.
  3. Be able to explain and apply theoretical approaches to identity formation.
  4. Have developed a thorough understanding of the sociopolitical and cultural context of modern Spain.
  5. Have developed the ability to analyse a variety of cultural representations in literary and non-literary Spanish texts as well as the ideological positions which underpin them.
  6. Be able to produce critical written and oral work of a high standard in Spanish.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Tests: (20%)
Class presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

SPN2130 or permission


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Notes

Previously coded SPN3280

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a variety of Spanish and Latin American films, with particular emphasis on recent material by contemporary directors. This unit will further deepen the student's knowledge and understanding of Spanish and Latin American cultures via the medium of film. The unit aims to develop an awareness of different critical approaches to film analysis, including genre, style and the interaction between films and their socio-cultural contexts. The unit covers issues such as identity, sexuality, history, colonialism and nationalism.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to understand, discuss and analyse different cinematic genres and styles;
  2. Have developed and be able to express an understanding of the socio-cultural context of contemporary Spain and Latin America;
  3. Be able to understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which selected films reflect on and interpret social and cultural issues;
  4. Have developed an ability to engage with written and visual texts and be able to understand a body of critical writing in the field.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 3-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2194 and ATS2195 or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS2207


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Susanna Scarparo

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to post-war Italian cinema and its cultural contexts and gives an opportunity to view and discuss films by Scola, Rossellini, Visconti, Benigni, and others. The unit familiarises students with a variety of critical approaches and allows them to analyse the films as representatives of specific cinematographic genres and styles, and as reflections on and interpretations of post-war Italian culture. The unit covers issues such as wartime resistance; fascism; migration within, from and to Italy amongst others.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Understand, discuss and analyse different cinematographic genres and styles of post-war Italian Cinema
  2. Develop and express a relative understanding of the cultural context of post-war Italy
  3. Understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which select post-war Italian films reflect on and interpret the social and political issues of their time
  4. Develop an ability to engage with written and visual texts and to understand a body of critical writing in the field

Additional objectives for third year students will be

  1. To develop a deeper understanding of theoretical debates in the field of post-war Italian cinema and Italian culture.
  2. The ability to apply that understanding to one or more other films of their choice not studied in class

Assessment

Research essay (2500 words): 50%
Student-led seminar: 20%
One x 1-1/2 hours in class test: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

10 x 2-hour seminars in Prato over 2 weeks and 1 x 2-hours seminar pre departure.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Marko Pavlyshyn

Notes

Previously coded UKR3070

Synopsis

Advanced conversation and composition, as well as systematic study of the selected aspects of Ukrainian literature, history, and culture.

Outcomes

  1. Students on completing this unit should be able to demonstrate a knowledge of Ukrainian grammar based on D.S. Struk, Ukrainian for Undergraduates;
  2. Students should have acquired vocabulary relating to selected subjects from everyday life;
  3. They should be able to read, write, speak and understand standard Ukrainian correctly at the level of non-technical communication;
  4. Students should also have gained a thorough understanding of the selected topics in Ukrainian literature, history and culture, a detailed knowledge of the selected texts in their context, and intermediate skills in literary and historical analysis and criticism.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2000 words)
Tests: 30%
Homework: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Marko Pavlyshyn

Notes

Previously coded UKR3080

Synopsis

Advanced conversation and composition, as well as systematic study of the selected aspects of Ukrainian literature, history, and culture.

Outcomes

  1. Students on completing this unit should be able to demonstrate a knowledge of Ukrainian grammar based on D.S. Struk, Ukrainian for Undergraduates
  2. Students should have acquired vocabulary relating to selected subjects from everyday life
  3. They should be able to read, write, speak and understand standard Ukrainian correctly at the level of non-technical communication
  4. Students should also have gained a thorough understanding of the selected topics in Ukrainian literature, history and culture, a detailed knowledge of the selected texts in their context, and intermediate skills in literary and historical analysis and criticism.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2000 words)
Tests: 30%
Homework: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Marko Pavlyshyn

Notes

Previously coded UKR3090

Synopsis

In-depth study of the Ukrainian literature in its historical context with special reference to the visual arts and against the background of social and political change.

Outcomes

  1. Upon completion of this unit students should have acquired a knowledge of representative texts of the major genres of the Ukrainian literature, an in-depth knowledge of the major developments of the Ukrainian history
  2. Students should have developed an understanding of the texts in the context of contemporary East-Slavic and Ukrainian culture, and should be able to place them into the context of social and political change as well as the context of other arts
  3. Students should have developed skills in critical interpretation, as well as coherent, independent written argument that makes properly documented use of secondary literature
  4. Students taking the unit at fourth-year level should be familiar with various critical and theoretical approaches to the subject matter of the unit.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2000 words)
Tests: 30%
Homework: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A minor in Ukrainian studies

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Marko Pavlyshyn

Notes

Previously coded UKR3100

Synopsis

Studies in the culture of the sixteenth to eighteenth centuries in Ukraine. Literary texts (polemical literature; lyrical, laudatory and emblematic verse; school drama, including comic interlude; historical writing; the philosophical and poetic works of Skovoroda) are examined in the original, in relation to contemporary Ukrainian art, architecture, music and folklore, and with reference to social and political developments.

Outcomes

  1. Upon completion of this unit students should have acquired a knowledge of representative texts of the major genres of the Ukrainian literature, an in-depth knowledge of the major developments of the Ukrainian history
  2. Students should have developed an understanding of the texts in the context of contemporary East-Slavic and Ukrainian culture, and should be able to place them into the context of social and political change as well as the context of other arts
  3. Students should have developed skills in critical interpretation, as well as coherent, independent written argument that makes properly documented use of secondary literature
  4. Students taking the unit at fourth-year level should be familiar with various critical and theoretical approaches to the subject matter of the unit.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2000 words)
Tests: 30%
Homework: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A minor in Ukrainian Studies

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrizia Sambuco

Notes

Previously coded ITA3050

Synopsis

The unit will consist of two sections: Language and Culture. Language: practical language acquisition through oral practice and the use of contemporary written, aural and audiovisual materials representing selected situations and registers, consolidation of grammatical structures. Culture: an introduction to contemporary Italy through the analysis of films and literary texts of the 20th and 21st century.

Outcomes

Upon completion of these units students should further develop the four macro skills, and develop an informed knowledge of contemporary Italian society in its constant change. In the language component, students are expected to consolidate and expand their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and vocabulary. They are also expected to reach communicative competence appropriate to their level. In the cultural component, students should gain an understanding of the interrelationship between literary production and the period covered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative contructs.

Assessment

Language work: 30%
Culture work: 30%
Examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 contact hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2224 or equivalent language competence

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrizia Sambuco

Notes

Previously coded ITA3060

Synopsis

Consolidation and extension of work begun in ATS3225.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the unit students should further develop the four macro skills with specific emphasis on reading and writing, and an informed knowledge of contemporary Italian society in its constant change. In the language component, students are expected to consolidate and expand their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and vocabulary. They are also expected to reach communicative competence on most topics relating to oneself, one's family, home, school, work and social environment. From the first cultural component, students should have acquired an overview to key aspects of contemporary Italian culture and society.

Assessment

Written work: 30%
Class work/tests/exercises: 30%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4-hours workshops per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3225 or equivalent language competence

Prohibitions

ATS1226, ATS2226


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Annamaria Pagliaro

Notes

Previously coded ITA3070

Synopsis

The unit will consist of two seminars per week. The seminar on culture will provide an introduction to the Nineteenth Century through a broad overview of Italian Unification and the literary production of that period. The language seminar will focus on practical language acquisition through oral practice and the use of written, aural and audiovisual materials representing selected situations and registers. The thematic areas covered in the culture seminars will form the basis for some reading comprehension, writing and discussion covered in the language component and students will be invited to reflect on the expressions of such themes in contemporary society.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students will have further developed the four macro skills with specific emphasis on reading and writing, and gained a broad overview Italian socio-political history leading to Italian Unification and the literary production of that period. In the cultural component, students should gain an understanding of the interrelationship between literary production and ideology of the period covered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative constructs. In the language component, students are expected to consolidate and expand their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and vocabulary. They are also expected to reach communicative competence on topics relating to socio-political issues, national identity, personal aspirations, gender construction from past to present.

Assessment

Mid-semester Specialized Culture Assignment 1 (1000 words) in English or Italian: 15%
End-of-semester Specialized Culture Assignment 2 (1000 words) in English or Italian: 15%
Continuous assessment (class work, vocab and grammar tests and homework exercises): equivalent of 1500 words in English: 40%
Examination equivalent of 1000 words in English: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS4248


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Annamaria Pagliaro

Notes

Previously coded ITA3080

Synopsis

The unit integrates two components: Language 50% and Culture 50%. The unit consolidates and extends the language work done in ATS3227. The workshop on culture will provide an introduction to the second half of the Nineteenth Century. The language seminar will focus on practical language acquisition through oral practice and the use of written, aural and audiovisual materials representing selected situations and registers. The thematic areas covered in the culture seminars will form the basis for some reading comprehension, writing and discussion covered in the language component and students will be invited to reflect on the expressions of such themes in contemporary society.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students will have further developed the four macro skills with specific emphasis on reading and writing, and gained a broad overview of socio-political history relating to post-unification Italy and the literary production of that period. In the culture component, students should gain an understanding of the interrelationship between literary production and ideology of the period covered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative constructs. In the language component, students are expected to comprehend a range of authentic texts and produce descriptive and argumentative compositions in Italian. They are also expected to reach communicative competence on topics relating the culture component and be able to discuss the literary texts studied.

Assessment

Continuous assessment assignments: 40%
Class tests (written, aural and oral work): 30%
Examination: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (One 2-hour culture workshop and one 2-hour language workshop) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3227 or equivalent language competence

Prohibitions

ATS2228, ATS4249


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrizia Sambuco

Notes

Previously coded ITA3260

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to post-war Italian cinema and its cultural contexts and gives an opportunity to view and discuss films by Scola, Rossellini, Visconti, Benigni, and others. The unit familiarises students with a variety of critical approaches and allows them to analyse the films as representatives of specific cinematographic genres and styles, and as reflections on and interpretations of post-war Italian culture. The unit covers issues such as wartime resistance; fascism; migration within, from and to Italy amongst others.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Understand, discuss and analyse different cinematographic genres and styles of post-war Italian Cinema
  2. Develop and express a relative understanding of the cultural context of post-war Italy
  3. Understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which select post-war Italian films reflect on and interpret the social and political issues of their time
  4. Develop an ability to engage with written and visual texts and to understand a body of critical writing in the field

Additional objective for students in Italian:

  1. To develop a knowledge of specialist language in relation to film studies

Additional objectives for third year students will be

  1. To develop a deeper understanding of theoretical debates in the field of post-war Italian cinema and Italian culture.
  2. The ability to apply that understanding to one or more other films of their choice not studied in class

Assessment

Written: 60% (3000 words)
Visual test: 30%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Film Screening (3 hours)
1 lecture (1 hour)
1 tutorial (1 hour); extra tutorial in Italian (1 hour) for students wishing to include this unit in their Italian Studies major

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2237, VSA2260, VSA3260


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Raffaele Lampugnani

Notes

Previously coded ITA3350

Synopsis

The unit analyses the socio-historical context of modern and contemporary Italy through a reading of novels significant to the undertsanding of Italian culture and society. Attention will also be paid to the theory behind narrative techniques.

Outcomes

The unit seeks to equip students with analytical skills transferable to broader contexts and should enable them to discern how methods of interpretation and preference for certain topics can influence the text. Students will be able to acquire those skills which will enable them to analyse critically a literary text: distinguish between author and narrator, be aware of narrative structures and of the relationship between the reader and the text.

Assessment

Class test: 20%
Written assignments: 60%
Presentation/seminar work: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Annamaria Pagliaro

Notes

Previously coded ITA3360

Synopsis

This unit looks at the development of the Italian theatre from the Commedia dell'Arte to modern theatre. It analyses works by playwriters such as Carlo Goldoni, Federico De Roberto, Eduardo De Filippo and Dario Fo. The unit considers critical approaches to the prescribed texts and, using as a starting point Dario Fo's Manuale minimo dell'attore, it will examine aspects of the Commedia dell'Arte which have filtered through to modern theatre such as the use of the mask and philosophical issues relating to it and the function of comicality, satire and humour. Attention will be given to the response of individual playwrights to issues relating to social reality, identity and representation of reality.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate an analytical approach to theatre texts and processes. As they progressively work through the texts they should acquire an understanding of theatrical signifiers apart from dialogue which contribute to the production of meaning and be able to demonstrate a critical method specific to the genre. Students will gain an understanding of the development of Italian theatre and the socio-historical context in which it evolved and the innovative contribution and adaptation of individual playwrights.

Assessment

Written: 60%
Exam: 30%
Seminar participation tasks: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture and 2 hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Raffaele Lampugnani

Notes

Previously coded ITA3470

Synopsis

The aim of the subject is to introduce students to the works of Dante Alighieri, the most important poet of the Middle Ages, through a reading of the 'Divina Commedia'.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students should have acquired an understanding of:

  1. The history and culture of Italian medieval society.
  2. The novelty of the Italian language at the time Dante wrote.
  3. Basic notions of Italian metrics, including canzone, sonnet; the basics of Italian rhyme, terza rima.
  4. Uses of simile, metaphor, imagery, allegory, myth, in Dante's work.
  5. What love meant to poets at the time.
  6. Dante's vision of monsters, retaliation/punishment, Hell, the Heavens.
  7. Dante's vision of Italy and Europe, Church and Empire.

They should be able to demonstrate the ability to analyse critically selected Cantos from the 'Divine Comedy'.

In addition, students taking the subject at fourth-year level should be familiar with different theoretical perspectives on the ideas and processes treated in the subject.

Assessment

Written work: 40%
Two class tests: 50%
Seminar participation tasks: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 contact hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of second year-level Italian language or equivalent knowledge


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Xuan Zhu

Notes

Previously coded GES3810, GES3820

Synopsis

This unit introduces GIS (Geographical Information Systems) for environmental science, and discusses basic principles, techniques and applications of GIS in the field of environmental management and research. Subjects covered include basics of GIS, spatial data sources, spatial data quality, spatial data analysis, terrain modelling, hydrological modelling, habitat potential mapping, land suitability modelling, spatial analysis of landscape values and decision support systems. Case studies and hands-on practice allow students to gain experience in the use of GIS in environmental management.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the utility of digital spatial data handling for mapping and analysis from digital data, referring to themes in environmental science;
  2. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the key concepts concerning the application of GIS to environmental problems;
  3. Explain how value can be added to the data in any information management system with geocodes, by implementing digital spatial data analysis;
  4. Assess the nature of digital spatial data;
  5. Demonstrate a high level of skills in the use of GIS software (ArcGIS) to solve environmental problems;
  6. Develop their own environmental applications of GIS.

Assessment

Written work: 25% (2500 words)
Practicals: 50%
2 Hour Exam: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2hr lecture and one 3hr practical per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Geographical science; or two gateway units in Geography, climate and physical environments or Society, cities and sustainability; or persmission of the unit coordinator.

Prohibitions

ATS2259, AZA2259, AZA3259


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Salih Yucel

Synopsis

This unit examines the origins and development of Islamic philosophy within the broader context of the Islamic intellectual tradition. It defines Islamic philosophy, discusses its relation to Western and particularly Greek philosophy. Focus will be on al-Kindi, al-Razi, al-Farabi, al-Ghazzali, Ibn Rushd (Averroes), Ibn Sina (Avicenna), Ibn Arabi, Ibn Khaldun and Qunawi. This unit explores different philosophical schools that emerged within the Islamic world, including contemporary philosophers like Said Nursi, Syed Hussein Nasr, Fethullah Gulen and Muhammad Iqbal, and their philosophies regarding the West. This unit will explore the influence of Greek philosophy on Muslim philosophy in the medieval era, and the influence of Islamic philosophers on 12th century and later philosophers who relied on Latin translations. A basic knowledge of Greek philosophy, Islam and the history of Muslims would be useful for this unit. Each student will present a topic related to the tutorial that week, and each week, two students will cover the discussion relevant to that week.

Outcomes

  1. To learn the fundamental principles of Islamic philosophy;
  2. To identify major schools of Islamic philosophy, their most important figures and learn the most important issues in the field;
  3. To learn how to make use of the major reference works on Islamic philosophy;
  4. To develop an ability to read, analyse and interpret Islamic philosophical texts;
  5. To understand the influence of Greek philosophy on Muslim philosophers in medieval times;
  6. To examine the influence of Islamic philosophy on post-12th century Western philosophers who relied in Latin translation of texts;
  7. To understand and analyse the views of prominent contemporary Muslim philosophers.

Assessment

Major essay(2500 words): 50%
Exam: 30%
Presentation : 10%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hours lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2270


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Professor Nigel Tapper and Colleague

Notes

Previously coded GES3260

Synopsis

This field-based unit is taught on location in the National Park/World Heritage Area of Cinque Terre on the Italian Riviera. Identified by UNESCO as an environment and cultural landscape worth preserving, the region is under immense pressure due to rural depopulation, abandonment of agricultural lands, landscape instability, and burgeoning tourism. Problems of integrating tourism and agricultural objectives, while minimising negative environmental and cultural impacts, will be explored and possible solutions for regional sustainability proposed. The unit provides unique opportunities for interaction with staff of the National Park and various local and national authorities.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand the range of complex environmental, social and economic interrelationships that shape a particular region and to be able to differentiate a cultural landscape from a natural landscape.
  2. Understand the criteria and processes that lead to the designation of a World Heritage Area and to be able to identify, describe and interpret problems of sustainability in the context of a region of truly global significance.
  3. Have gained practical experience in problem formulation and solution using field-based techniques of survey and analysis, along with appropriate presentation skills.
  4. (In the case of Level 4 students) have developed specialised skills in research/project formulation, appraisal, budgeting and implementation strategies.

Assessment

Field-study journal 1,500 words 35%
Group oral presentation 20 min 20%
Essay (Level 3) or Project Report (Level 4) 2,500 words 45%

Workload requirements

8 day intensive, involving lectures/seminars, tutorials and field work

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

18 points of, Geography, climate and physical environments; Society, cities and sustainability; or permission of the Head of SGES. Other interested undergraduate and level 4 students will need to obtain permission from the Head of SGES.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris McDonald

Notes

Previously coded GES3750

Synopsis

Central to our approach in this unit is a focus on social equity and economic development within the limits of a finite planet. Work, markets, trade, food production and distribution, patterns of consumption,the role of transnational corporations, and urban and regional policy, are covered to enable a better understanding of social, economic and environmental disparity. Sharing prosperity is a unit for students wanting to understand how social inequality is produced and distributed, and who want to investigate alternative paradigms that could more effectively enable better distributive and non-distributive forms of social, environmental and economic justice.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will demonstrate the following skills and capacities:

  1. Knowledge of key measures of prosperity operating at a variety of scales including GDP, comparative advantage, profit and turnover, as well as more qualitative measures such as social well-being, social capital, sustainability, innovation and creativity indexes;
  2. Understanding of the disparate patterns of: work, food production and distribution, consumption, trade and aid, and the key role played by institutions;
  3. Knowledge of a variety of mechanisms to achieve distributive and non-distributive forms of social and environmental justice;
  4. A critical understanding of the social nature and finite limits of 'economy';
  5. Sound written expression, demonstrating an ability to critically analyse a variety of texts and other media;
  6. Sound interpretation of graphs and maps.

Assessment

Written assignments including journal of readings (3000 words): 35%
Class participation and presentation: 30%
Field trip report: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours per week (seminar) + a one day fieldtrip

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedPrato Term 3 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded HSY3165

Synopsis

This two-week intensive study abroad unit explores the modern history of European Jews before the destruction. Students will travel to the major centres of interwar Jewish life in Italy, Germany, Poland and Lithuania, and encounter the diverse heritage of Jewish life in each country. The unit will explore issues central to this period and the individuals who shaped their times. Students will visit museums, synagogues, cemeteries, destroyed ghettos, and sites of mass murder such as Auschwitz-Birkenau. We will ask what remains of the past, by looking at the ways in which the lost world of European Jews is being memorialised and renewed through tourism and return.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. the capacity to locate the development of modern Jewish life in the context of modern Europe
  2. a demonstrated ability to evaluate the social, political , economic and intellectual concerns of the inter-war community
  3. an understanding of the institutions and individuals that shaped the interwar European Jewish communities
  4. the capacity to describe and analyse the diversity of Jewish communal life and cultural expression in interwar Europe
  5. an understanding of gender and class issues within the framework of the interwar European Jewish communities
  6. an understanding of the significance of Yiddish as a literary and cultural phenomenon
  7. a broader appreciation of the social history and cultural differences in Europe gained through study abroad
  8. In addition, students at fourth-year level will have a familiarity with the primary sources and an appreciation of the historiographical problems involved in reconstructing a history of these destroyed communities.

Assessment

Major essay (5000 words): 50%
Analytical travel diary: 30%
Exam (2-hours): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two-week intensive study abroad unit in Prato and other European sites

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker and Dr Noah Shenker

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded HSY3195

Synopsis

This two week intensive unit begins with a workshop on conflict resolution at the Monash Prato campus in Italy,. Students will travel for tthe remaining period to areas that have experienced conflict to observe first hand the complexities of peace-building and reconciliation. The course focuses on the Arab-Israel conflict and investigates current attempts to mediate peace between Jews and Palestinians, the impact of the conflict on the lives of people, poverty, settlements and security issues, terrorism and counter-terrorism, Jerusalem and its holy sites. In some years, the course will also travel to alternate sites of conflict, such as Northern Ireland or the former Yugoslavia.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the ability to:

  1. Understand the geography of Israel and the Palestinian territories;
  2. Understand debates about security issues and the impact security measures have on the day-to-day life of people;
  3. Appreciate the social and political divisions that lead to violence and internecine conflict;
  4. Have an in-depth understanding of peace movements and the obstacles they confront;
  5. In addition, students studying at a fourth-year level will be expected to have the capacity to understand the changing historiographical debates about conflicting narratives and conflict resolution.

Assessment

Written work (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

20-hours per week for two weeks of intensive study

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Howard

Notes

Previously coded HSY3690

Synopsis

The papacy has been central to the development of the modern world. A mysterious and powerful institution, it lies at the heart of European culture and the broader Catholic world. This unit explores the nature and role of the papacy in relation to changing political, social, intellectual and cultural circumstances of the medieval and early modern periods. Topics include: understandings of papal polity, religious reform and revolt, the impact of humanism, cultural encounters and exchanges, Catholicism and modernity, the papacy on the world stage, as well as expressions of power in papal Rome.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have acquainted themselves with the considerable body of knowledge on the changing nature of the papacy and religious reform and be able to evaluate it critically.
  2. Have some knowledge of the ways in which religion interacts with social, cultural and political experience in specific contexts.
  3. Be able to evaluate the various methodologies and the theoretical issues surrounding recent approaches to the study of religion and religious reform.
  4. Be able to engage in critical discussion of the issues raised by the subject.
  5. Have acquired critical and analytical skills, and the ability to communicate their views verbally and in writing (coherently, economically and rigorously), in a way which is appropriate to the advanced study of religious discourse within an historical framework.
  6. Be able to display an independent approach to research on the issues involved.
  7. Be able to demonstrate a more sophisticated understanding of the theoretical issues involved.
  8. Be acquainted with the framework of conference-style presentation and engagement.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Critical journal: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week in weeks 1-6 and one 2-hour seminar per week throughout the semester.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or Religion and Theology.

Prohibitions

ATS4288, APG4288


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Mark Baker, Dr Noah Shenker, Dr Daniella Doron

Notes

Previously coded INT3140

Synopsis

This unit will bring together students from Monash campuses in Australia and South Africa to study the contemporary histories of post-genocide and post-conflict societies, through two specific cases: the South African approach after apartheid and local and global responses to the Rwandan genocide. Held in the winter semester as a two-week intensive, students will spend a week in Johannesburg and a week in Rwanda exploring public debates on memory and justice through visits to memorial sites and museums. Places to be explored include Soweto, the Apartheid Museum, Constitution Hill, the Murambi genocide memorial, and a Gacaca village trial.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. an understanding of the human impact of genocide and conflict on the communities that survive it
  2. an understanding of the modern historical contexts in which these conflicts emerged
  3. an appreciation of the issues and the agencies involved in rebuilding states and societies after genocide and conflict
  4. the capacity to describe and analyse questions of memory and justice using historical examples
  5. In addition, students undertaking this unit at fourth-year level will be expected to have the ability to analytically differentiate between the different forms genocide and conflict manifest themselves in.

Assessment

Major essay (6000 words): 50%
Short writing exercise or text analysis (1000 words): 20%
Exam (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Mark Baker and Dr Noah Shenker

Workload requirements

One 4-hour lecture per day, five days a week, for three weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4314, APG4314


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedOverseas Term 3 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Robert Burke

Synopsis

This unit allows students to undertake a course of music study overseas, in collaboration with an approved overseas institution. Courses are offered subject to availability and may be stream-specific. Streams available are Performance (Classical or Jazz/Popular Studies), Composition and Musicology/Ethnomusicology.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have developed a practical and theoretical understanding of course-specific musical elements including:

  1. The practice of music in diverse historical/social/cultural contexts
  2. Unique practical and theoretical approaches to music performance, composition and research
  3. Means of applying this knowledge to their own music practice

Assessment

Assignments (1500 words):30%
Folio of compositions/written work or performances (2250 equiv. words): 50%
Class participation (900 equiv. words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three-week course of:
Five 2-hour lectures/seminars per week
Five 2-hour rehearsals/workshops per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Bachelor of Music students must have prior approval from the unit coordinator before enrolling.
Non-Bachelor of Music students will be required to audition, submit a folio of compositions or written work according to course requirements prior to enrolment.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedPrato Summer semester A 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kenji Fujimura

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the study of music in different cultural contexts. Culturally-specific approaches to performance, research and composition will be investigated in their environments. The focus of the unit will be a reflective approach to the integration of diverse traditions of music into individual creative and research activity.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, the students:

  1. Will understand key elements of the relevant music culture including unique approaches to performance, research and composition;
  2. Will have the ability to reflect upon their own musical practices and develop these in the context of newly acquired music cultural knowledge;
  3. Will apply concepts they have learned within a performance / composition / musicological context.

Assessment

Assignment (2000 words): 40%
Folio of Compositions/Performances/Written Work (2000 equiv. words): 40%
Class participation (900 equiv. words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three week course of Four 3-hour sessions per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Non-Bachelor of Music students will be required to audition, submit a folio of compositions or sample of written work according to course requirements prior to enrolment.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Salih Yucel

Notes

Previously coded RLT3145

Synopsis

This unit will explore the textual sources of Islam, the Qur'an and hadith from Sunni, Shiite and Western points of views, as well as the notion of independent inquiry (itjihad) within Islam involved in exploring these texts. It will consider the different ways in which the Qur'an and hadith or Prophetic sayings have been interpreted as a source of understanding and implementation of Islamic jurisprudence. It will explore both traditional and contemporary interpretations of the Qur'an and hadith in the Islamic world and the West. In the process, the students will develop their ability of research and analysis of sacred text and Islamic law.

Outcomes

By the end of this unit, students will:

  1. gain a foundational knowledge of the science of the Qur'an and hadith
  2. understand the compilation and structure of the Qur'an and the collection and ranking system of hadith
  3. be familiar with the relationship between Qur'anic exegesis, hadith interpretation and Islamic law from Sunni and Shiite point of views
  4. have analyzed contemporary discussions of the Qur'an and hadith sfrom a critical point of view
  5. have developed the ability to undertake academic research and analysis of Islam's sacred texts and law

Assessment

Major essay (4000 words): 60%
Eight weekly response papers (3,200 words total): 20%
Essay Outline with bibliography (1000 words): 10%
Seminar participation (equivalent 800 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedPrato Term 3 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Colin Hope and Dr Andrea Di Castro

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded AAH3240

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the archaeology of Italy through participation in the excavations of an Etruscan and Roman site in Tuscany in collaboration with the University of Florence. It will enable students to gain experience in current fieldwork techniques, object recording, analysis and preservation, and introduce the main features of Etruscan culture and its impact upon Rome. While focusing upon one site it will also include visits to other relevant archaeological sites and important museum collections.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit the students will have:

  1. gained a basic understanding of current excavation techniques
  2. gained the ability to document and analyse artifacts
  3. been introduced to contemporary archaeological theory especially as it relates to material culture
  4. gained ability to document excavations within a contemporary framework
  5. obtained specific understanding of the site under excavation and its contribution to the wider study of Etruscan and Roman culture.
  6. Third level students will be expected to demonstrate more advanced analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

Assessment

Seminar Presentation: (1800 words): 20%
Fieldwork diary: (2700 words): 30%
Research Essay: (4500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Three weeks of intensive instruction and fieldwork, based in Prato

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Ancient cultures or by permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Gillian E. Bowen

Notes

Previously coded AAH3260

Synopsis

The unit examines aspects of Roman political, social and cultural history from the crucial period when she made the transition from Republic to Empire (30 BCE - 138 CE). It focuses upon the reigns of four emperors: Augustus, Claudius, Nero and Hadrian. Themes include the nature of Roman politics, the role of the emperor within the political system, the manner in which the emperor acquired, consolidated and held his position; the role of the Praetorian Guard; the rise to power of the freedmen, the plight of the aristocrats, and the way in which the populace was treated under, and affected by, the style of rule adopted by each of the four emperors.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of the Roman political ideals of government and the manner in which these ideals were manipulated by each of the emperors.
  2. A sound knowledge of the political, social and cultural history of Rome during the period covered.
  3. The ability to examine critically the evidence relating to the power invested in the emperor and how the form of rule and the fate of the people was determined by the personality of the incumbent, and the manner in which the aristocracy adapted their lifestyle in response.
  4. Critical and analytical skills in dealing with a variety of primary, secondary and tertiary sources, in particular the development of skills in source criticism.
  5. Communication and collaborative skills through group tutorial presentations.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Tests: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

12 x 90 minute lectures and 12 x 1 hour tutorials

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Ancient cultures or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS2346


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Gillian Bowen

Notes

Previously coded AAH3570

Synopsis

This unit entails a study of the two major cultures of the pre-classical Aegean based primarily upon the archaeological record. The major Aegean sites will be examined, and the evidence for religious beliefs, economy and society in general will be reviewed. The interaction of the two groups will be examined and their contribution to later Greek culture assessed. As no contemporary historical documents are known from either culture the accounts in later literary tradition such as Homer will be examined in an effort to determine the reliability of their portrayal of each. A range of complementary data from ancient Egypt will be explored to examine the extent of Minoan and Mycenaean interaction with the Eastern Mediterranean.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will have:

  1. Acquired knowledge of two Bronze Age Aegean societies that had no written records other than basic inventories
  2. Acquired an understanding of the methods of archaeological interpretation used to reconstruct the nature of these societies and the difficulties inherent in such an endeavour
  3. Developed the ability to appraise critically archaeological reports and interpretations
  4. Developed the ability to understand how interpretation can be affected by the conditioning of the excavator/historian
  5. Developed an understanding of the major features of Minoan and Mycenaean societies and their interaction with each other
  6. Appraised the validity of using myth to aid the reconstruction on Minoan and Mycenaean societies and to recognise the ways in which later literary tradition was influenced by perceptions of these cultures and the achievements attributed to them
  7. Displayed enhanced skills in the formulation and development of an independent research project that includes the application of diverse methodologies.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Tests: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

12 x 1.5 hr lectures for 12 weeks and 12 x 1 hr tutorials

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Ancient Cultures or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS2347


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gillian Bowen

Notes

Previously coded AAH3800

Synopsis

The unit focuses upon Athens during the 5th century BCE, the period when, in a burst of creativity, her citizens attained their greatest achievements. The unit offers an historical framework within which to explore aspects of Greek culture: literature, drama, art and architecture, religion and philosophy, and the Athenians system of government. The subject incorporates a wide selection of primary source material. Students will be encouraged to identify ways in which Athenian culture has impacted upon the western world.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students will have acquired:

  1. a knowledge of the historical context within which 5th century Athens flourished
  2. An understanding of the process by which Athens established an empire which, in turn, facilitated her innovative artistic and cultural achievements
  3. An understanding of the principles of Greek art, architecture, and rhetoric, the underlying concepts of philosophy and religion, the nature of Greek historiography, the Athenian concept of radical democracy and its variance in western ideals
  4. Critical and analytical skills, which enable the application of textual, epigraphic, archaeological, and numismatic methodologies
  5. Communication skills through debates and a mock ekklesia meeting.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Tutorial presentation and participation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

12 x 90 minute lectures and 12 x 1 hour tutorials

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Ancient cultures or by permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gillian Bowen

Notes

Previously coded AAH3950

Synopsis

Kleopatra the Great was the last ruler of the most significant of the Hellenistic kingdoms: Egypt; she tried valiantly to save Egypt from Roman annexation. Following her suicide Egypt became a province of Rome. The unit focuses on the world into which Kleopatra was born. Themes include: the nature of Ptolemaic rule; the multicultural nature of the population under the Ptolemies; problems faced by Kleopatra and her forebears with the growing threat of Roman annexation; the heterogeneous culture that developed as a result of Roman occupation, and the way the indigenous culture flourished in spite of the profound changes it experienced. It draws upon and analyses a wide range of sources.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. A detailed knowledge of the nature of late Ptolemaic and early Roman rule in Egypt. 2. An understanding of the political situation in the Eastern Mediterranean region in the second and first centuries BCE.
  2. Detailed understanding of the problems facing Kleopatra VII in her fight to save her kingdom from Roman annexation.
  3. An understanding of the complexity and changing nature of Egyptian culture as a result of the introduction of Hellenism and then the Roman occupation upon the traditional culture.
  4. The ability to appraise critically ancient and secondary source material, and combine a variety of types of evidence in the analysis of ancient culture.
  5. Independent research skills and the ability to undertake individual research projects, which are presented in a clearly expressed and cogent manner.

Assessment

Written assessment (2,700 words): 60%
Tutorial presentation and participation: 20%
Within semester test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures per week
One 90 minute tutorial at 3rd level for 8 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Ancient Cultures

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Colin Hope

Notes

Previously coded AAH3970

Synopsis

This unit focuses upon a study of how the ancient Egyptians engaged with death throughout the period when pyramids were the dominant architectural manifestation of beliefs in the afterlife of the king. While these are but one form of monument used to preserve the dead and present their expectations for the next life, they epitomise the importance of preparing for that transition. The unit explores the beliefs that prompted such complex burial arrangements and those for all classes of society, and uses these to chart the development in Egyptian culture from 3050 BCE to 1750 BCE. It explores a wide range of material evidence to track these changes and explores the range of modern theories available to understand the processes involved.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have gained an understanding of the evolution and main features of Egyptian culture from the emergence of a unified state until the end of the Middle Kingdom.
  2. Have acquired an awareness of the limitations/extent of our knowledge of this culture; i.e., of the types of material that have survived and the variety of ways in which they are interpreted.
  3. Be able to display a basic understanding of the Egyptian perception of their world.
  4. Be able to display knowledge of the main sources of our textual and archaeological reconstruction of the culture.
  5. Have acquired the ability to access the full range of sources and to assess critically the current theories encountered.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Colin Hope

Notes

Previously coded AAH3990

Synopsis

The study of ancient Egypt throughout the New Kingdom, Dynasties 18-20, when Egypt was one of the dominant powers throughout the Mediterranean. It will include an introduction to the international character of Egyptian culture during the New Kingdom and focus upon four main phases within the period: the reigns of Hatshepsut and Thutmose III; Amenhotep III to Tutankhamin; Seti I and Ramesses III; and Ramesses III.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have gained an understanding of the characteristics and development of Egyptian culture throughout the New Kingdom.
  2. Have acquired an awareness of the limitations/extent of our knowledge of this culture; i.e., of the types of material that have survived and the variety of ways in which they are interpreted.
  3. Be able to display a basic understanding of the Egyptian perception of their world.
  4. Be able to display knowledge of the main sources of our textual and archaeological reconstruction of the culture.
  5. Have acquired the ability to access the tertiary sources and to assess critically the current theories encountered.
  6. Have developed an understanding of the nature and impact of international trade during the height of the Late Bronze Age and of the concepts of imperialism which developed during that time.

Assessment

Written work/test: 75% (3500 words)
tutorial presentation/participation: 25% (1000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Ancient Cultures or by permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr. Rachel Standfield

Notes

Previously coded AAS3020

Synopsis

The unit focuses on theories of race and issues of ethnicity, prejudice and racism, with particular emphasis on the continuities and discontinuities of discourses on 'race' in Australia; language use in a multicultural context; the uses of opinion polls; the representation of Indigenous people in the media and other forms of popular culture; multiculturalism and Indigenous people. The value of an interdisciplinary approach to these topics is highlighted.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will have gained an understanding of:

  1. the relationship between Indigenous Australians and social institutions;
  2. how theories of race and experiences of racism continue to impact upon Indigenous people;
  3. issues of research and research methodologies in relation to racism and prejudice in contemporary Australia.

Assessment

Written work: 65% (3000 words)
Class project: 25% (1500 words)
Oral presentation 10% (500 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First-year sequence in a related Area of Study or permission of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Standfield

Notes

Previously coded AAS3070

Synopsis

This unit focuses on theoretical and cultural issues involved in 'studying' Australian Aboriginal Women; 'traditional' roles of Aboriginal women and their place in colonial and contemporary Australian society. It will also focus on European constructions of Aboriginal women's identity, the place of Aboriginal women in the state and the nation; Aboriginal women and feminism; media constructions and stereotypes of Aboriginal women; Aboriginal women's cultural autonomy; gender issues in land rights; and Aboriginal women's present needs and future aspirations. It will also look at the lives of Indigenous women in a global perspective.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should have acquired an understanding of:

  1. the roles of Australian Aboriginal women historically and in their communities today;
  2. the ways in which academic knowledge of Aboriginal women has been constructed;
  3. developed an awareness of the value of interdisciplinary approaches to a study of Australian aboriginal women;
  4. the importance of Aboriginal oral testimonies, as well as the uses of film and other media in the study of Australian Aboriginal women's lives.

Assessment

Oral presentation: 10%
Minor essay: 30% (1500 words)
Major research essay: 60% (3000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence or with permission of the coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS2070, ATS2367, ATS3367


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor John Bradley

Notes

Previously coded AAS3090

Synopsis

Australia is the site of a remarkable diversity of systems of knowledge. Indigenous knowledge systems and systems based on western scientific tradition have often been seen as the most distant poles on a continuum that ranges from myth to science. Continuing research in Australia shows that Indigenous ecological knowledge on this continent is detailed, localised and grounded in empirical observations. In addition, Indigenous knowledge is embedded within a system of ethics that is oriented toward long-term productivity. It is usual to contrast Indigenous knowledge with non-Indigenous systems of knowledge and care in order to show their divergence or even, in many instances, their oppositions.

Outcomes

  1. To explore in depth the way in which people describe their relationship with country
  2. To explore the way in which environmental and biological knowledge is encoded.
  3. To study ecological and scientific systems within the context of a culture.
  4. To explore how language, history, tradition, material culture, spirituality, kinship, emotion and politics are all ways in which people negotiate a relationship with the environment.
  5. To study the anthropological discourse with landscape and how knowledge about landscapes are encoded. This will involve issues such as kinship and ceremony, language and understanding ethnobiological zoological/botanical taxonomy in comparison to western Linnaean zoological and botanical taxonomy. The course will use actual case studies and will involve manipulating original material collected by the lecturer and other researchers.
  6. Address the academic debates in relation to ethnoecology from the school of thought which places cognition at the forefront of this discipline to those that believe other issues such as culture, time and concepts such as tradition and religion also influence people and their relationship to the environment.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (3500 words)
Portfolio and journal 50% (2250 words)
3rd year students are required to demonstrate a tight engagement with the literature covered within the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 two hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1254 or permission of the unit coordinator


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor John Bradley

Notes

Previously coded AAS3120

Synopsis

This unit considers the construction and representation of Indigenous culture and identity by reference to museum and art exhibitions and supporting literature. Museums and art galleries tend to give meaning to Indigenous 'cultural objects' by situating them within contextualizing narratives or by reference to additional information about their producers and production. This process may have broader implications relating to notions of Indigenous culture and their relationship to non-Indigenous history, identity and cultural production and property. These issues will be investigated through case studies drawn from current museum and gallery exhibitions in Melbourne's CBD.

Outcomes

This unit aims to provide students with an understanding of historical and contemporary representations and constructions of Indigenous culture and identity through a critical examination of museum and art exhibits. The unit will introduce students to current discussions focusing on the construction of identity and culture, as well as their relevance to museum and art contexts. On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate, both orally and in writing an appreciation of the broad social, cultural and historical issues relating to the representation of Indigenous identities and cultures.
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the key theoretical frameworks through which non-Indigenous Australia claims 'knowledge' about Indigenous peoples and cultures operate.
  3. Describe and critically assess the central themes and issues that have shaped non-Indigenous 'knowledge' about Australian Indigenous peoples and cultures.
  4. Acknowledge and critically examine the difference between non-Indigenous representations of Indigenous Australia and the historic and contemporary realities claimed by Indigenous people themselves.
  5. Critically examine how Indigenous culture and identity tend to be represented in museum and art exhibitions.
  6. Demonstrate the various study skills and techniques necessary to successfully complete this unit and later year Indigenous Studies.

Assessment

Minor research paper(1000 word): 30%
Research essay(3000 word): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

1st year sequence in a related Area of Study or with the permission of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions

ATS2361


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Robyn Heckenberg

Notes

Previously coded AIS3025

Synopsis

This Unit analyses two broad, interrelated themes: firstly, the political struggles and activism of Indigenous peoples; and secondly, the numerous Government policies that have affected Indigenous peoples. The first section of the Unit examines these themes from a historical perspective, exploring issues such as protectionism, the 1938 Day of Mourning, assimilation, the 1967 Referendum, self-determination and the Aboriginal Tent Embassy. The second section of the Unit discusses several contemporary Indigenous issues that relate to the two themes. These issues include: land rights, native title, deaths in custody, the stolen generation, reconciliation, treaty, welfare reform and sovereignty.

Outcomes

Same as ATS2364.

Plus level 3 students enrolled in ATS3364 will be expected to show that they have a greater depth of knowledge and have read more widely than the Level 2 students enrolled in ATS2364.

Assessment

Essay 1 (700 words): 15%
Essay 2 (1800 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours): 45%
Students will be expected to demonstrate a greater depth of knowledge and to have read more widely than the ATS2364 students

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points at first year in any discipline

Prohibitions

AIS2025, AIS3025, ATS2364


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Robyn Heckenberg

Notes

Previously coded AIS3035

Synopsis

Australian Indigenous Literature takes the scholar on a journey of listening to and reflecting upon Indigenous voices in a variety of texts, including poetry, theatre, autobiography, early writings and film. The course is intended to expose students to an Indigenous way of seeing history, social issues and life in general. The diversity of Indigenous perspectives and life styles will become apparent, as will the creativity of Indigenous voices in Australia today. Students will gain abilities in critical thinking and analysis of material covered.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  • Have gained a broader appreciation of Indigenous Australian Literature through a variety of formats
  • Appreciate the diversity of cultural and historical backgrounds of Indigenous people by being exposed to a diverse range of Indigenous creativity
  • Have gained an understanding of the main social and cultural issues that Indigenous people see as relevant
  • Have gained abilities in being able to critically examine and analyse a variety of texts
  • Have developed greater writing skills
  • At third year level, students will have fulfilled all the above as well as being able to show a broader background in research and resourcing support articles

At third year level students will have demonstrated a greater ability to analyse and formulate a critical evaluation of the texts in the unit, inclusive of Indigenous points of view.

Assessment

Essay (1500) : 30%
Journal (1000 words) : 25%
2 hour exam: 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A sequence of first year subjects

Prohibitions

AIS1040, AIS2035, AIS3035, ATS2365


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Robyn Heckenberg

Notes

Previously coded AIS3045

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an historical and contemporary overview of Australian Indigenous Art.The unit contextualises the place of Art in Indigenous culture posing interesting questions and points of view in relation to links to Country, diversity of Indigenous society and art used as a voice piece. The unit will also examine the growth in the participation of Indigenous artists in the marketplace and issues of copyright and intellectual property.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have gained an insight into the importance and relevance of art practice to the core cultural practices of Australian Indigenous societies, including links to the land and the Dreaming
  2. Have been introduced and be able to articulate the complexity and diversity of Australian Indigenous culture as reflected in art and craft (material culture).
  3. Have an understanding of the major issues of concern to Indigenous artists, including copyright and intellectual property issues.
  4. Have discussed and understood how contemporary Indigenous art practice reflects social and political concerns of Indigenous Australians.

At level 3, students will have an understanding of how to critique and analyse the work of Indigenous urban art work.

Assessment

Poster or Alternate presentation (500 words): 10%
Short written work (1000 words): 25%
Essay/Report (2500 words): 55%
Journal daily: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AIS2045, AIS3045, ATS2366


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Sadie Heckenberg

Notes

Previously coded AIS3808

Synopsis

This unit will assist students to acquire analytical and research skills which will enable them to examine and discuss objectively the application of human rights in Australia, in both a general sense and specifically in relation to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people. This unit also aims to assist students to examine their knowledge and understanding of human rights, and which human rights Australian citizens can expect to have applied on their behalf by Australian Governments.

Assessment

Essay (2250 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work which demonstrates that they have read more extensively.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points at first year in any discipline

Prohibitions

AIS2808, AIS3808, ATS2369, GSC3804


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julian Millie

Notes

Previously coded ANY3140

Synopsis

Anthropologists working with Polynesian cultures have generated some of the discipline's most provocative and productive debates. Major topics such as identity, agency, and performance have been investigated, argued about, and continually rethought. In this class, students will read and participate in some of these debates including: arguments over Captain Cook's divine status for Hawaiians; interpretations of sexuality, power, and violence in Samoa; long-distance voyaging and settlement; ritual cannibalism; and ethnographic representation. All of these topics will be discussed with reference to their contributions to anthropological understandings beyond Polynesia itself.

Outcomes

  1. display significant knowledge about the cultures of the Pacific Islands
  2. identify key debates in the history of anthropology
  3. discuss the ways that scholarly arguments about culture are best evaluated, criticised, engaged with, and used productively
  4. develop the ability to write a focused research paper
  5. develop the ability to write a proposal for scholarly research

For students taking the unit at Level 3 as part of a major in Anthropology there is the additional objective of:

  1. Ability to present an oral summary of their research proposals and answer questions on it

Assessment

Midterm essay (1000 words): 20%; Final essay (2000 words): 40%; Research proposal (1500 words):30%; Participation 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Anthropology or History or Politics or Sociology or a cognate discipline or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS2372


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded ANY3170

Synopsis

This unit explores the relation between film and ethnography by examining how cultures are 'visualised' - documented and represented on celluloid, usually in productions that are aimed at an educational audience rather than one that seeks pure entertainment. The ethical responsibilities of the filmmaker, the political dimension of filmic representation and the practical problems of recording another culture without 'exoticising' it will be studied. The unit also explores the issue of when visual representation can be more (or less) effective than textual discussions.

Outcomes

Students in this subject can expect to become familiar with a range of ethnographic films; further their understanding of issues involved in the politics of representation; situate ethnographic film in relation to both a written tradition of ethnography and other filmed products; develop their capacity to apply theories 'visually' as well as 'textually'; improve written and oral skills in presenting, discussing and evaluating ideas and issues in anthropology by studying particular films in some detail. Students taking the unit at Third Year level will be expected in the essay to research and critically assess the work of a film-maker not covered in the set program.

Assessment

Written work and film reviews: 70%
Exam: 20%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x film screening

  • l hour lecture
  • 1 tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Appropriate first-year ANY sequence or by permission

Prohibitions

COS2170 and ATS2373


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedPrato Term 3 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rebecca-Anne Do Rozario

Synopsis

The unit explores the history and diversity of fairy tale in Italy, from the proposition that literary fairy tale originated in Venice and Naples to more contemporary recordings of tales. Students will learn theoretical approaches through which to examine the nature of Italian fairy tales and take into consideration issues of cultural production, consumption and political influence. There will be an opportunity for students to consider the genre in their own creative writing.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will have attained

  1. A knowledge of the historical background of fairy tales;
  2. A critical understanding of the development of oral and literary storytelling traditions;
  3. A critical understanding of the major thematic paradigms of fairy tale in Italy;
  4. An informed grasp of the relation between fairy tale and other literary and dramatic genres;
  5. The ability to analyse fairy through cultural, ideological and historical frameworks;
  6. An enhanced capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the School.

For 3rd level:

  1. A more sophisticated knowledge of theoretical concepts and more fully developed analytical and interpretative skills (than students completing level 2 of the unit).

Assessment

Class test (900 words): 20%
Essay (900 words): 20%
Essay (2700 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Week One: 3 x 1 hour lectures, 4 x 2 hour seminars plus fieldwork
Week Two: 3 x 1 hour lectures, 4 x 2 hour seminars plus fieldwork

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two first year gateway units in Literary studies or by permission

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Professor Bruce Scates

Notes

Previously coded AUS3001

Synopsis

How has the landscape shaped the definition of what it means to be Australian? How has Australia responded to the global challenge of creating a sustainable society? Have non-indigenous Australians learned from Aboriginal relationships with the natural environment, and what challenges do we now face in living with the land? This unit considers the climatic, cultural and economic forces which have shaped the landscape, exploring the dynamic interaction between Australians and their environment. It draws on a range of disciplines, including history, tourism, literature, geography, politics, journalism and cultural studies. It includes intensive field trips/excursions to the historic Rocks area of Sydney, indigenous sites and wilderness areas.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Demonstrate a familiarity with the major themes in the field of Australian environmental history with a particular focus on the challenges and opportunities of sustainability.
  2. Exhibit a critical understanding of changing perceptions of the Australian environment.
  3. Demonstrate an understanding of the climatic, cultural and economic forces that help to determine natural resource usage.
  4. Have engaged with global debates about the challenges of sustainable development.
  5. Have built the capacity to research and critically evaluate topical and historiographical debates regarding the impact of war on Australian identity and society.
  6. Have developed skills in constructing evidence-based arguments using a variety of primary and secondary sources, and demonstrated their ability to reflect critically on what they have learnt.
  7. Have developed skills in written and oral presentation and communication.
  8. Have developed a capacity to undertake location-based fieldwork, enhancing personal resilience and the capacity to work cooperatively in teams, and conduct independent research.
  9. Students taking this unit at Level 3 will demonstrate a higher level of skills in independent research and critical analysis.

Assessment

Seminar contribution, includes presentation and journal(2000 words equivalent): 20%
Minor essay,based on excursion(2000 words): 20%
Major essay(4000 words): 40%
Test(1000 words equivalent): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Intensive mode including on campus seminars and a study tour of 5-10 days.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2386, APG4712, APG5728


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedPrato Term 3 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Bruce Scates

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded AUS3002

Synopsis

This Unit begins with a study tour of Istanbul and the Gallipoli Peninsula, walking the gullies and the ridges and reconstructing the Anzac campaign of 1915. We then move to Prato (near Florence) for a week of seminars/workshops and excursions to commemorative sites in Florence and Bologna. After Prato, we will fly to Brussels for the Western Front component, exploring the major Australian battles and museums in Flanders and on the Somme. The program concludes in Paris. A series of onsite lectures and workshops will introduce students to the nature and experience of war on the Gallipoli peninsula and the Western Front. Topics will include the making of the Anzac Legend, war and the experience of overseas travel, the Homeric tradition and the changing nature of battle, pilgrimage, cultural tourism, the making of commemorative landscapes, the demise of the Ottoman Empire and the making of a new Europe. While based on the Gallipoli Peninsula, students will research a battle in depth and present their findings on the battlefield or related site of memory.

Outcomes

Students who engage with the unit content will develop:

  1. A critical understanding of the history of Australia's involvement in the Great War and the way that conflict has been remembered and commemorated.
  2. An in depth understanding of the lived experience of war and an ability to locate and interrogate personal testimonies and other primary sources to assist in this understanding.
  3. Knowledge of the historical and social context of Australia's involvement in the Great War the impact of this involvement on Australia's relationship with the region and the world.
  4. A familiarity with the major historiographical issues surrounding the impact of World War I on Australian identity and society.
  5. An understanding of the impact of the First World War on civil society and how the war shaped Europe and the Middle East in the twentieth century.
  6. An ability to conduct independent research and to work collaboratively in groups.
  7. An ability to communicate expressively and critically in both oral and written forms on the complex questions of involvement in human conflict.
  8. An understanding of different theoretical approaches to the writing of history and the history of warfare in particular (third year students would be expected to acquire a greater degree of sophistication in applying critical and theoretical approaches).
  9. Personal skills in the course of their travel and engagement with people from other cultures.

Assessment

Assignment based on excursion (2000 words): 20%
One major essay (4000 words): 40%
Class presentation
journal: 20%
Test (1 hour): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

36 contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units inArts or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2387, ATS2388, ATS3388, ATS2389, ATS3389, ATS2390, ATS3390


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tom Heenan

Notes

Previously coded AUS3015

Synopsis

This unit examines Australian sport within a global context. It investigates Australian engagement with international sporting organisations and markets, as well as the role of sport in Australian and international society. It interrogates the power of business, industry and the media in Australian and international sport, and how their roles are refashioning the sporting landscape. It also examines the significance of international sport, positing sports as a major economic driver in the age of spectacle

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of sport as a cultural, economic and political phenomenon in a global context;
  2. exhibit a critical understanding of key issues in the study of international sport, including the complex interplay between social ideals and aspirations and commercial, political, development and individual concerns;
  3. have engaged with theoretical debates about the process of globalisation on Australian sporting economies and cultures;
  4. exhibit a critical understanding of the role of the media in the development, representation and ownership of sport;
  5. have built the capacity to research and critically evaluate topical and historiographical debates regarding sport;
  6. have developed skills in constructing evidence-based arguments using a variety of primary and secondary sources and demonstrated their ability to reflect critically on what they have learnt;
  7. have developed skills in written and oral presentation and communication

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%
Minor assignment: 30%
Major essay: 40%
Test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2391


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Agnieszka Sobocinska

Notes

Previously coded AUS3040

Synopsis

This unit explores the complex phenomenon of travel and tourism from a socio-cultural perspective. It traces the history of travel and tourism, ranging from early pilgrimages to contemporary backpacking and post-tourism. It places travel within broader social, cultural, political and economic contexts, exploring key issues facing travellers and the tourism industry in Australia and globally. It investigates how travel and tourism impact on international relations, business, trade, economics and migration, and probes the potential for tourism to contribute to global development and sustainability challenges.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Demonstrate and understanding of the history of travel and the development of tourism in Australia, Asia and the Pacific.
  2. Exhibit an understanding of the complex relations between travel, tourism, politics and power, including colonialism, international relations and business.
  3. Have examined a range of socio-cultural issues surrounding contemporary tourism, including its impacts on both hosts and guests.
  4. Have explored the concept of authenticity in travel, coming to a personal view about the value, or otherwise, of travel and tourist experiences.
  5. Exhibit a deeper understanding of the tourism industry, including its place within the international economy.
  6. Have built the capacity to research and critically evaluate topical and historiographical debates regarding travel in Australian identity and society.
  7. Have developed skills in constructing evidence-based arguments using a variety of primary and secondary sources, and demonstrated their ability to reflect critically on what they have learnt.
  8. Developed skills in written and oral presentation and communication.

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%
Minor Assignment: 30%
Research Essay: 40%
Test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2- hour lecture and one1- hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two Gateway units in a related Area of Study or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2392


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Summer semester A 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Agnieszka Sobocinska

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Study Overseas page for further information.
Previously coded AUS3060

Synopsis

This unit examines Australia's past and present relations with Asia, culminating in a study tour of an Asian country. It traverses a broad terrain, investigating cross-cultural contact at political and diplomatic, economic and trade, as well as cultural and personal levels. The unit places contemporary events within their broader historical contexts, to identify enduring themes that influence Australian-Asian relations. It also looks ahead to future developments as Australia negotiates the 'Asian Century'. The unit begins in Australia, before students embark on a study tour of an Asian nation to gain an in-depth awareness of the complex social, cultural and political context of Asia, and how Australia fits into a regional frame.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the breadth and complexity of Australia's contacts with Asia, at diplomatic, economic, social and cultural levels.
  2. Exhibit an understanding of the ways in which past encounters, discourses and policies affect contemporary cross-cultural and international relations.
  3. Have attained an understanding of the impacts of representation and discourse in shaping international relations.
  4. Have developed the capacity to reflect on the implications between personal attitudes and views and broader patterns of culture and discourse.
  5. Have developed skills in constructing evidence-based arguments using a variety of primary and secondary sources, and demonstrated their ability to reflect critically on what they have learnt.
  6. Have developed skills in written and oral presentation and communication.
  7. Have developed a capacity to undertake location-based fieldwork, enhancing personal resilience and the capacity to work cooperatively in teams, and conduct independent research.
  8. Students taking this unit at Level 3 will demonstrate a higher level of skills in independent research and critical analysis.

Assessment

Reflective diary: 20%
Major essay: 40%
Test: 20%
Class presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Intensive mode including on campus seminars and a study tour of 5-10 days.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitBehavioural Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Francesca Collins

Notes

Previously coded BHS3340

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to biological, psychological and social models of criminal behaviour and explores the application of these approaches to understanding the diversity of criminal behaviours. The critical evaluation and application of these theories to various categories of crime and behaviour will provide students with the opportunity to explore and analyse individual and social influences on criminal behaviours.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a broad understanding of the biological, psychological and social models of criminal behaviour
  2. the ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in evaluating these theories and concepts
  3. an ability to communicate, orally and in a written form, their understanding of these theories and concepts.

Assessment

Written work 60%
Class tests 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2398


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitBehavioural Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Luke Howie

Notes

Previously coded BHS3490

Synopsis

In the 21st century our sense of Self, and our relationships to others, are constructed out of a multitude of interactions - some face-to-face, some more abstract. Our experience of difference can be destructive and/or empowering - at the levels of personal relationships, public relationships in spaces such as schools and workplaces, through to the so-called clash of civilisations. This Unit will explore socio-cultural approaches to understanding: the character of human relationships at the start of the 21st century: the consequences that these relationships have for a sense of Self and Others and: how we can understand the variety of behaviours that are shaped by these relationships.

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit students will:

  1. have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of a variety of socio-cultural perspectives on the nature of human relationships at the start of the 21st century
  2. have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of the socio-cultural concept of Identity
  3. have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of the ways in which the experience of difference influences the relationships between the Self and Others, and to demonstrate a capacity to work with these understandings of difference in a group work assessment context
  4. have developed an ability to identify, explore and make judgements on the research literature related to these concepts
  5. have developed an ability to critically use this literature to communicate, orally and in a written form, in a logical, coherent and analytical manner about these concepts

Assessment

Written work 60%
Class tests 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2399


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Eva Anagnostou-Laoutides

Notes

Previously coded CLA3040

Synopsis

This unit explores the theatre of Classical Greece through a study of the surviving plays of the fifth century dramatists. Students will be introduced to the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides, and the comedies of Aristophanes. We will examine the social and religious function of theatre in Classical Athens, and study the nature and development of theatrical performance. We will also examine the architecture of the theatre through a study of archaeological remains and the internal evidence of the plays. Students will be introduced to a range of critical approaches to Greek drama. Texts will be studies in translation.

Outcomes

By the completion of this subject students will have read all of the prescribed selection of authentic texts in translation and selected secondary texts/readings provided. Students will have gained and be able to demonstrate:

  1. A knowledge of the historical and cultural background to the prescribed selection of authentic texts, and a context-based understanding of them.
  2. A general knowledge and understanding of the themes and issues that are generated in the plays studied.
  3. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the reception of Greek drama in 5th century Athens, both in a cultural, philosophical and pedagogical context.
  4. Knowledge of the literary qualities/character of the received (written) text and the way in which they shed light on the tradition of their performance.
  5. The ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in secondary sources.
  6. The ability to develop their own interpretations and understanding of the primary texts.
  7. The ability to engage with the critical discourse. This will be assessed in the longer essay, in which students will be required to demonstrate a detailed understanding of critical approaches in the secondary sources.

Assessment

Written work (4000 words): 85%
Class test: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

Notes

Previously coded CLA3060

Synopsis

This subject will provide students with an introduction to the literary and cultural representation of gender and sexuality in Greece and Rome. Through an examination of prescribed texts and visual material, the unit will analyse the body and erotic desire in the Classical world. It will look at erotic poetry, the cultural context of medical literature, the eroticisation of the Hellenistic novel, the rhetorical and political use of gender politics, and the culture of corporeal abnegation fostered by the early Christian church. Specific focus will also be given to literary and iconographic representation of the suffering body as a site/sight of entertainment and deterrent.

Outcomes

  1. A knowledge of the historical and cultural background to the erotic literature and iconography of ancient Greece and Rome
  2. An in-depth knowledge of the prescribed selection of authentic texts, and a context-based understanding of them
  3. A general knowledge and understanding of the themes and issues that are generated in the texts studied
  4. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the reception of body image and sexuality in a cultural, political and didactic context within the societies of Ancient Greece and Rome
  5. Knowledge of the literary qualities/character of the received (written) text and awareness of issues of translation and textual authority
  6. The ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in secondary sources

Assessment

Oral presentation-tutorial paper: 20%
Essay: 35%
Online workshops-participation: 15%
Take home examination: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per fortnight
One 1-hour online workshop per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2404


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded CLS3030

Synopsis

Introduction to the theories of Sigmund Freud and Carl Gustav Jung, based on a close reading of seminal texts. Key concepts of Freud's psychoanalysis in their historical intellectual context: the unconscious and its role in mental life, sexual theory and the structure of personality, the interpretation of dreams, the critique of civilization and religion. Examination of Jung's understanding of the personal and collective unconscious, dreams, archetypes and symbols, the structure of the psyche, psychological types, modern man and religion. Exploration of the application of psychoanalysis in literature, the arts and social psychology, the logic and limits of psychoanalytic interpretation.

Assessment

One class paper (1000 words): 20%
Essay (2500 words): 60%
Textual commentary under exam conditions (1 hour/1000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Worth

Notes

Previously coded CLS3050

Synopsis

The unit will investigate story-telling, narrative literature and the role of narrative in our lives. What constitutes narrative? What are its basic features? How does story-telling communicate meaning? How do we construct effective narrative texts? What do we do with narrative? What is the future of narrative? The texts studied are drawn from a variety of genres and countries. They will include short stories, a novel, and some visual texts. There will be some opportunity for the creation of narrative texts as part of the assessed work.

Assessment

Written work (2,700 words): 60%
Exam (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week or 22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A cornerstone unit in Literary Studies or permission

Prohibitions

ATS2410, AZA2410, AZA3410


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Adam Bartlett

Notes

Previously coded CLS3280

Synopsis

The word 'Aesthetic' comes from a Greek verb which means 'to sense'. This unit will explore the ways sensation relates to meaningful experiences of general significance. We will investigate questions such as the essence of the art work, the structure of perception, the notion of beauty, and the historical-cultural constitution of experiences. We will do this via studies of the aesthetic thought of major continental European philosophers of the last two centuries. Major figures covered may include Kant, Fichte, Hegel, Nietzsche, Heidegger, Merleau-Ponty, Deleuze, Foucault, Lyotard, Kristeva, Rancire and Badiou.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit should have developed:

  1. A critical understanding of the place and function of sensible form in art theory;
  2. An ability to use the terminology of aesthetic philosophy with confidence;
  3. An ability to situate the intersections between art and philosophy within their historical context;
  4. An ability to be able to articulate independent views on the topics covered in the unit.

Assessment

Written work (2500 words) 50%
Seminar presentation: 10%
Exam (40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 1-hour lecture per week
One x 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Philosophy, Communications, Literary Studies, Performance, Theatre or Film and Screen Studies.
Or any first year sequence in the disciplines of Art, History and Theory in the Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture.

Prohibitions

ATS2419


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Watkin

Notes

Previously coded CLS3530

Synopsis

Does language create our world, or does it merely describe it? If it is the former, then what are the stakes for literature? Working with a range of novelists, poets, and theorists, this course will explore literature that engages with these questions of representation in the most innovative and exciting ways. Modernism describes not so much a definite time-span in literary and artistic history, as it does an aesthetic response to various social, moral, technological, and political transformations. We will reflect on some of the most influential concepts in the early part of the twentieth century in relation to cultural and material upheavals, including urbanization, scientific and technological advances, conflicts about sexuality, and the women's movement. We will draw on theoretical texts which highlight the ambiguity or dialectics of modernity, but our primary focus will be on the literary works from Asia, Europe and Latin America that stand at the heart of definitions and debates about modernism. The texts will be studied in English translation, though they may be read in their original languages.

Assessment

Written work (3500 words): 70%
Class presentation and write-up (equiv. 1000 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Leah Garrett

Notes

Previously coded CLS3840

Synopsis

Over the last one hundred years, Jewish writers throughout the world have composed a remarkable array of works that deal with the modern experience. Students will analyze an array of modern Jewish creative writing and consider the following questions: How did the writers understand modernism and their own identities as modern writers? How did they deal with issues of Jewishness and the intersection of the Jewish and the modern? What were the influences in their writings from European and American literature? How did they place their work in the larger framework of Jewish literature? What language did they choose to write in and what was the significance of that choice?

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit, students will;

  1. be familiar with an array of modern Jewish writers,
  2. have developed their tools of comparative analysis when researching authors who work in a broad range of languages,
  3. have honed their evaluative tools when approaching writers composing at the same time but in different countries.

Third-year students will be expected to have developed a deeper understanding of the relationship between modernity and Jewish literature

Assessment

Written work (3500 words): 60%
Class Presentation and Participation (500 words): 20%
Test (1 hour): 20%

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week or 22 hours per semester.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year gateway unit in Literary Studies or Jewish studiesor permission


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Paton

Notes

Previously coded COM3055

Synopsis

In this unit students consider individual, cultural and social processes driving creative communication. They will examine and analyse competing theoretical frameworks associated with creativity and cultural production including: historical, biological and psychological perspectives of the creative individual; and environmental influences such as geography, culture, society and economics. The aim is for students to understand the multiple factors affecting creative communication in relation to a variety of media and arts practice including film, television, music, art, radio and photography.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Understanding of the debates about the definition of creative action
  2. Understanding of the role of communication in facilitating, constraining and mediating creative action
  3. Understanding of creative communication both as a form of individual and social action
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research; increased competency in the use of online research databases and other materials; enhanced capacity to formulate and write about communication issues, and to analyse and evaluate arguments.

Assessment

Assignments: 60%
Exam: 30%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Communications

Prohibitions

ATS2437


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Julian Hopkins

Notes

Previously coded COM3080

Synopsis

This unit analyses what research on young media users reveals about the media's social influence. The unit covers topics such as media violence, the political effects of social media, international reality television, the relationship between mobile phones and gendered identities and advertising practices. It considers a wide array of genres, including music, film, news, reality media, advertising, gaming and comedy. The unit draws on international case studies from Australia, China, Columbia, Finland, the Middle East, Nigeria, Sierra Leone, the UK and the USA. The overall point is that media matter to young people because it is increasingly difficult to live a social life without having access to media resources. For this reason, it is important to appreciate how the experiences of young media users inform new agendas in the fields of critical media studies and media education.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain how media affect how young people experience the world.
  2. Understand the major conceptual and methodological challenges in researching media influence.
  3. Appreciate the strengths and limitations of various qualitative and quantitative approaches to media research.
  4. Appreciate the relationship between studies of cultural industries, media texts and media audiences.
  5. Be able to define media research questions through the appropriate selection of concepts and case studies, developed through a process of drafting and redrafting written work.

Assessment

Written assignment 1 (1350 words): 30%
Written assignment 2 (1350 words): 30%
2 Hour exam(1800 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Kevin Foster

Notes

Previously coded COM3120

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the relations between regional and national cultures and identities. Through the examination of a range of texts, history, political documents, as well as fiction, poetry and film, this course will examine how the landscape and environment of the north of England, its countryside and cities, its people, their histories, cultures and identities have been represented for differing political or cultural purposes. In particular the course will focus on the representation of childhood, work and unemployment, gender, ethnic and class identity and how each of these feeds into and helps shape, reinforce or contest a sense of regional or cultural identity.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be able to:

  1. Reflect a developed understand of the historical construction of the North of England as both a geographical and a cultural space;
  2. Demonstrate a firm grasp of the varying origins and definitions of the concept of culture and an ability to critically apply the term;
  3. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the nature and role of social class in the definition of regional identity in the North of England from the late eighteenth to the late twentieth century;
  4. Identify the roles of work, unemployment and leisure in the definition of individual, collective, class and regional identities;
  5. Demonstrate an understanding of the place of ethnicity in changing constructions of the North;
  6. Reflect a comprehensive knowledge of the role of the natural and the built environments the shaping of individual, local and regional identity;
  7. Demonstrate a developed understanding of how a sense of regional identity both informs and is informed by an understanding of gender.

Assessment

Short essay (1000 words): 20%
Long essay (2000 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours): 30%
Seminar presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2- hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2441


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robin Gerster

Notes

Previously coded COM3140

Synopsis

Cultural practices of travel and the ways these are represented in travel writing and related modes of communication form one of the most compelling fields of contemporary critical inquiry. This unit is designed to place this contemporary engagement within an historical, theoretical and practical perspective. It examines travel practices, attitudes and ideologies in a range of texts, including the popular travel book and the tourist guidebook, fiction, film and journalism. Its scope ranges from ancient pilgrimages through imaginary voyages, utopian fantasies, New World traveller's tales and the imperial quest, to the diverse branches of tourism today, including sex tourism and cyber travel.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. a critical sense of the development of the broad field of travel and representation, with knowledge of the diversity of modes and discourses it encompasses
  2. knowledge of the relationship between travel and ideology, especially in specific historical, political and gendered contexts
  3. an informed understanding of contemporary critical and theoretical approaches to travel
  4. critical perspectives on the production and consumption of travel writing and film
  5. a clear historical sense of the changing practices of travel and tourism.

Students enrolled at a third-year level will be expected to demonstrate a greater mastery of all of the above than those enrolled at a second-year level.

Assessment

Research essay (2250 words): 50%
2 Hour exam(1800 words): 40%
Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two first-year gateway units in Communications or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS2433, ATS2507/ATS3507


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedPrato Term 3 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robin Gerster

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded COM3150

Synopsis

The unit maps the roots and routes of English-language travel in Italy, from the aristocratic travel of the English Renaissance, to the Grand Tourists of the twentieth century, to the rise of middle-class tourism and the travel genre in the nineteenth century, to the mass tourism and cyber travel of today. In an eclectic range of sources, including travel books, essays and fiction, a central focus will be on contemporary or near-contemporary cultural responses to Italy (including those articulated in guidebooks), and also how the country is 'packaged' for the consumption of foreign travelers in the discourses of the tourism industry.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students will have:

  1. a clear understanding of the place of Italy in the imagination of English-language travelers
  2. a critical sense of the historical development of cultural responses to Italy articulated in a range of texts
  3. knowledge of the relationship between travel and ideology, especially in specific cultural (including gendered) contexts
  4. an informed grasp of contemporary critical and theoretical approaches to the diverse discourses of travel and representation
  5. a grasp of the changing practices of travel and tourism
  6. critical perspectives on the processes of the production and reception of travel texts.

Assessment

Research Exercise (1800 words): 40%
Essay (1800 words): 40%
Test (900 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two week intensive:
Week 1
Four 1-hour lectures
Four 2-hour seminars

Week 2
Two 1-hour lectures
Four 2-hour seminars plus field work

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two first-year gateway units in Literary studies or Communications or by permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Burns Coleman

Notes

Previously coded COM3160

Synopsis

Privacy laws, internet filtering, classification codes and whistleblowing are major issues in contemporary media and policy debates. This unit will explore the ideal of freedom of expression, and the principles governments use to limit this freedom. The first part of the unit covers the reasons why we think freedom of expression is important, and the strength of the arguments used to justify it. The second part of the unit applies these ideas to contemporary moral and political debates, such as whistleblowing and leaking, privacy and defamation, hate speech, pornography, computer games, classification laws, sedition, and internet filtering.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the main ideas informing policy and media debates about communication
  2. critically assess the arguments that justify freedom of expression, and the reasons this freedom may be limited
  3. understand basic moral frameworks and identify moral issues
  4. articulate a coherent position about a current issue relating to freedom of expression
  5. explain their ideas and justify their conclusions in oral and written contexts.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Tutorial preparation and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Communications or approval of unit coordinator

Prohibitions

ATS2445


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Cooper

Notes

Previously coded COM3408

Synopsis

An introduction to the study of film and television/video as mediums of fictional and documentary narrative. Major developments in the history of cinema. Films will be analysed formally in terms of narrative, editing, mise en scene, shots, lighting and sound, and stylistically in terms of genre and authorship. Different theoretical approaches to screen studies including aestheticism, discourse analysis and semiotics.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will have demonstrated an ability to analyse and evaluate screen representations, on film and television, in terms of: stylistic elements (mise-en-scene, shots, editing, lighting and sound); narrative form; aspects of screen theory: genre, authorship. gender, psychoanalysis; historical and social contexts of production and reception. They will also have an extended understanding of a range of critical and theoretical approaches to screen studies and their place in the wider field of cultural studies.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1277 and ATS1278 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2448, COM2408, COM3408, GSC2408, GSC3408


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Graham Jones

Notes

Previously coded COM3409

Synopsis

As for ATS2449.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. a strong understanding of a range of theories informing the analysis of media representations
  2. an ability to use these theories to conduct the analysis of media texts in both academic and journalistic contexts
  3. a developed capacity to analyse a range of compositional techniques in terms of how they may be deployed to produce specific social, conceptual and corporeal effects
  4. an awareness of the force of reading protocols and textual histories in directing both everyday and scholarly responses to media texts
  5. an applied understanding of the importance of cultural and communications theory for opening new possibilities in the everyday interpretation of media texts.

Assessment

Written work (2500 words): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1277 or ATS1279 and ATS1278 or ATS1280 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2449, COM2409, COM3409, GSC2409, GSC2413, GSC3409


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fleur Gabriel (Berwick, Gippsland); Dr Yeoh Seng Guan (Malaysia)

Notes

Previously coded COM3411

Synopsis

The unit examines developments in media theory in response to new and changing media forms. Students are introduced to a range of theoretical approaches that have developed alongside the technologies they have sought to analyse and describe. These approaches form the foundation for the analysis of media and mass communication in all its components, including textual form and content, media industries, and associated issues of politics, power, discourse, culture and identity.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students should to be able to:

  1. recognise, identify and describe the assumptions and arguments making up the theoretical approaches introduced in the unit;
  2. demonstrate a capacity to discuss the strengths and weaknesses of approaches to media and communication theory;
  3. demonstrate a capacity to analyse different media and media industries by applying different theoretical approaches.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (1000 words): 25%
Assignment 2 (2000 words): 40%
Exam (1500 words, 2 hours): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Fleur Gabriel (Semester 1); Dr Yeoh Seng Guan (Semester 2)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1277 or ATS1279 and ATS1278 or ATS1280 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2450, COM2411, COM3411, GSC2411


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Fleur Gabriel (Berwick and Gippsland); Julian Hopkins (Semester1 Malaysia)

Notes

Previously coded COM3413

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to key issues and debates about media regulation, freedom and control. Topics address issues of media ownership, convergence, censorship and classification, globalisation and resistance. Students will explore the policy frameworks that respond to these issues, and their implications and effects. The unit examines histories of different regulatory procedures, their present forms, and their particular application in an Australian context.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify the key rhetorics informing media regulation and the ways in which they function within and through particular policy debates;
  2. demonstrate knowledge of the historical development and contemporary application of regulatory procedures;
  3. understand the policy issues of ownership, globalisation, convergence, censorship and resistance;
  4. analyse media industries and their policy frameworks;
  5. conduct independent research.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (1500 words): 40%
Assignment 2 (2500 words): 50%
Online participation (500 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Fleur Gabriel (Berwick and Gippsland) ; Julian Hopkins ( Semester1 Malaysia)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecturer and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS2451, COM2413, COM3413, GSC3413


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Yeoh Seng Guan

Notes

Previously coded COM3420

Synopsis

The unit introduces critical and practical approaches to research in the media and communications industries, presenting first a critical overview of the rationale for research practice in industry and academia, and then an outline of various traditions of inquiry. This material is followed by a series of lectures on specific quantitative and qualitative research methodologies. The material is framed within an ongoing review of key ethical and critical concepts.

Assessment

Critical theory component - take home exam (1500 words); 30%
Ethics precis (1000 words); 20%
Student research projects (2000 words); 40%
Presentation Panel (oral); 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One two-hour seminar per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First-year sequence in Communications

Prohibitions

ATS2453, AZA2453, AZA3453


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Larissa Walker

Notes

Previously coded COM3423

Synopsis

This unit addresses the key issues of: media audiences and audience activity;the relations between media, citizenship and community; and the impact of new communication technologies. Most importantly, it makes available to you the techniques and theoretical frameworks for researching and analyzing audience activity and interactivity. It also helps you learn how these frameworks can be deployed in research design. The unit is organized in three blocks: ways of being an audience, ways of theorizing audiences, and ways of researching audiences.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate a developed grasp of the social conditions, material practices, products and outcomes of various media;
  2. demonstrate an awareness of the connections between communications technologies and the formation of audiences, citizens and communities;
  3. utilise the understandings in Objectives 1 and 2 to describe and analyse historical, current and likely future trends in audience formations;
  4. identify and evaluate a range of theoretical approaches to understanding audiences;
  5. demonstrate sound knowledge of some audience research techniques, issues and choices; and
  6. utilize the understandings in Objectives 4 and 5 to design a research project.

Assessment

Participation in online discussion group (500 words): 10%
Research design proposal (2000 words): 50%
Exam (2 hours): 40%
Students taking this unit at Level 3 will be expected to demonstrate a more sophisticated understanding of research paradigms for the research design assignment. They will be expected to demonstrate (in their online postings and in the exam) a more sophisticated understanding of Objectives 1, 2 and 3.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1277 or ATS1279 and ATS1278 or ATS1280 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2454, COM2423, COM3423, GSC3402, GSC3423


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bree Carlton

Notes

Previously coded CRI3020

Synopsis

Students read, analyse and discuss the nature and history of punishment and the institution of the prison. The relationship between punishment, social control and the differential impact of punishment on diverse communities are explored. Contemporary and comparative issues examined include the impact of new technologies, neo-liberalism, globalisation on the prison as a prevailing institution of punishment. In exploring the origins and development of the prison in historical and contemporary contexts different modes of punishment are explored such as the 'spectacular' punishments of the gallows, corporal and capital punishment, home and administrative detention and community corrections.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. A critical awareness of the history of punishment in Australia, and international and contemporary trends in punishment;
  2. An understanding of the various theories and types of punishment, the role of punishment and specifically the prison in society;
  3. The skills to critically analyse debates about the role and nature of punishment throughout history in contemporary times;
  4. An ability to present a fluid and logical argument about the role of punishment in society;
  5. The ability to formulate ideas, based on evidence and theory, about the role and nature of punishment in different societies, countries and over time;
  6. An understanding of the factors influencing the historical and contemporary development of the prison as a principal institution of punishment;
  7. An ability to explain and critique the evolution and impacts of the prison as a tool of social control;
  8. An ability to critique the prison's effectiveness as a response to crime.

In addition to the above, students taking this unit at level 3 will have:

  1. A demonstrated advanced theoretical appreciation and understanding of the changing role and nature of institutional forms of punishment in historical and contemporary contexts;
  2. Demonstrated advanced skills to critically analyse theories and debates about the role and nature of punishment in society.

Assessment

Written work: (50%)
Exam: (40%)
Tutorial participation and presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1281, ATS1282

These subjects are prerequisites only if students wish to undertake a Criminology major. The subject can be taken as an elective without prerequisites.

Prohibitions

ATS2459


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paddy Rawlinson

Notes

Previously coded CRI3050

Synopsis

This unit is focused on international crime and justice. This unit draws on scholarship in criminology, and international relations to engage students in current critical debates concerning the increasing integration of national and international systems of law enforcement and criminal justice. A range of critical and analytic approaches to contemporary global crime and justice issues will be introduced and students will undertake problem based learning focused on key unit objectives.

Outcomes

By the successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills:

  1. A grounded working knowledge of the major criminological and political approaches to international issues in crime and justice
  2. An informed theoretical critique of issues related to international crime and criminal justice operate and impacts in Australia and beyond its borders
  3. An interdisciplinary approach to the analysis of international crime and justice including the size and nature of the crime global crime problem and international enforcement measures
  4. Library based research skills and a working knowledge of the major data-bases used in criminology
  5. The ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression
  6. A focus upon the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate
  7. The ability to work both independently as scholars, give and receive critical feedback and to participate actively in group research activities.

Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to answer a class test of a more conceptually challenging nature.

Assessment

Research Project: 2,500 words (50%)
Tutorial Participation (10%)
2 Hour Exam (40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2 hour seminar each week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1281/ATS1282 (These units are prerequisites ONLY if the student wishes to undertake a Criminology major or minor. All other students can take this unit having completed any first year Arts sequence or by permission.)

Prohibitions

ATS2462


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded CRI3070

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the comparative study of criminology. Comparative criminology involves the study of crime and social control across different cultural contexts. This unit studies the production of criminological knowledge across cultures as well as its meaning and measurement. It examines a range of cross national data sets and measures of crime and social control. The focus will include comparison of European approaches to crime and social control with other regions of the world including Australia, Asia and the Americas.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of:

  1. The key elements of comparative criminology;
  2. Key advantages and limitations of measuring crime and social control across cultures;
  3. The impact of culture on the production of criminological knowledge;
  4. The need for comparative approaches to crime and justice across major regions of the world;
  5. How to identify the impact of European and North American criminology on the application of criminological knowledge globally;
  6. Critical analysis of globalisation issues;
  7. Wider reading and comprehension of cross cultural analysis of crime and social control.

Assessment

Project: 30%
Class Participation: 20%
Examination (2 hrs): 40%
Third year students will be required to respond to broader questions in the examination.

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

Two week intensive study 9 x 2.5 hour seminars

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Criminology

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedPrato Term 3 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr James Roffee

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

This intensively delivered unit is part of our Criminology in Prato programme.

This unit introduces students to the study of human rights in the sphere of criminal justice and criminology. The unit will trace the impact of human rights across the differing phases of the achievement of justice in criminal justice systems. Focusing on a specific rights as case studies it will contrast national and international definitions of human rights in understanding responses to crime: including policing, court processes, prosecution and punishment.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of:
the key human rights relevant to investigatory stages in criminal justice systems;
the key human rights relevant to trail stages of criminal proceedings;
the impact of human rights on national and international efforts to combat crime.

In addition third-year students will be required to demonstrate
a greater degree of critical analysis;
wider reading and greater comprehension of European criminal justice issues.

The unit seeks to enhance the ability of students to undertake independent research under the guidance of supervision.

Assessment

Research Assignment (4000 words): 80%
Presentation (500 word equivalent): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Four half-day (4 hour) seminars

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Criminology

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr James Roffee

Notes

Previously coded CRI3270

Synopsis

This unit analyses the concept of the victim. The historical and current conceptions of the victim in the criminal justice system and in society is surveyed by academic materials and experts working in the area. Victim-offender mediation and crime prevention are discussed. Community-based agencies are identified and analysed in the context of theoretical perspectives of blame, shame and reintegration.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate the ability to:

  1. Determine the need for a critical understanding of the victim in historical and current social perspectives.
  2. Find and generate information and data that can be used to facilitate a critical understanding of victim, offender, community or system blaming and its relationship to other social and political systems.
  3. Critically evaluate contrasting perspectives and practitioner approaches to victims.
  4. Organize understandings of victims in both domestic and international settings and within international human rights discourse and mechanisms.
  5. Synthesize, analyze and apply critical understandings of victims to developing practices of national and international efforts to achieve justice.
  6. Communicate critical understanding of representations of victims.

Assessment

Assignment (2000 words): 40%
Class presentation (500 words equivalent): 10%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Third-year level will be required to write an essay of a more theoretical nature.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1281/ATS1282 (These units are prerequisites ONLY if the student wishes to undertake a Criminology major or minor. All other students can take this unit having completed any first year Arts sequence or by permission.)

Prohibitions

ATS2469


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Baker

Notes

Previously coded CRJ3001

Synopsis

Students study the aims and methods of comparative criminal justice. Policing structures, functions and practices are examined. The unit explores how the courts of selected countries conduct criminal trials. The fairness and effectiveness of sentencing and punishment will be analysed. Penal policy and prisoner rights will be considered as well as recent innovative non-custodial sanctions. The dismantling of geographical boundaries has hastened the spread of transnational organised crime networks. This unit offers a comparative perspective of the nature of transnational crime and the national and international efforts to identify and control such activities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. a deeper understanding and appreciation of contemporary international criminal justice issues
  2. an understanding of the role, functions and essential features of criminal justice systems in a range of countries
  3. the ability to analyse and evaluate the fairness of criminal justice systems within particular political systems
  4. the skill to conduct comparative analysis of criminal justice systems and to identify implications for the future of an international criminal justice system
  5. an appreciation of the issues that distinguish criminal justice systems in selected countries
  6. an understanding of the evolving globalisation of crime and the cooperative efforts needed to combat it
  7. a critical perspective on the role of law enforcement and international tribunals and courts in confronting transnational crime.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and presentation or on-line forum participation (OCL): 10%
Written work(2500 words): 50%
2 Hour Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

24 points at level 1 in Arts.

Prohibitions

ATS2471, CRJ2001, CRJ3001


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alistair Harkness

Notes

Previously coded CRJ3002

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the complex relationship between crime and violence. The unit challenges students to analyse the stereotypes and understandings of crime in Australia, especially as they relate to regional and rural environments. Students will test the assumption that crime in the modern world is primarily an urban phenomenon. The impact of crime on local communities, especially violent crime, will be examined. The unit will explore the complexity of contemporary crime and the responses that it generates from local communities and the formal criminal justice system. The role of law and order campaigns to manage changes in crime and violence patterns will be examined. Regional and rural crime prevention programs will be assessed. The unit will consider the role of remoteness (geographical, social and political) in cycles of violence and the responses of the criminal justice institutions.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students are expected to have developed the ability to:

  1. appreciate the complexity of crime and analyse the responses it generates in regional and rural contexts
  2. appreciate the importance of geographic, economic, social and political dimensions in relation to the committing of crime and violence and in preventing such outcomes
  3. analyse diverse theories of crime and violence and draw on such analytical skills in discussions
  4. apply different theoretical models of criminology to specific issues relating to crime and violence in diverse contexts
  5. critically evaluate the validity of approaches to violence taken by various criminal justice institutions
  6. apply analytical frameworks to real-world examples of crime and violence in order to understand the social impact of such behaviour in communities
  7. write an academic essay based on evidence and balanced argument.

Assessment

Class presentation and participation: 10%
Essay (2500 words): 50%
Exam (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1283 and ATS1284 or permission

Prohibitions

ATS2472, CRJ2002, CRJ3002


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ruth McFarlane

Notes

Previously coded CRJ3003

Synopsis

This unit demystifies the process of offender profiling by examining the theoretical bases underlying approaches to profiling, listing the functions of profiling outlining and contrasting methods used, and evaluating the validity of these. The long history of profiling will be explored, and the sensationalism of popular media depictions of profilers and profiling methods will be investigated.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. describe in depth the history of offender profiling
  2. use theoretical perspectives as an explanatory structure to outline approaches to profiling
  3. describe and evaluate critically methods of profiling
  4. appreciate the requirement that approaches to profiling be scientifically evaluated
  5. critique the different functions of profiling
  6. prepare a profile according to specific criteria based on information provided
  7. evaluate the limits of profiling.

Assessment

Minor assignment (500 words): 10%
Profiling assignment (2000 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1283 and ATS1284 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2473, CRJ2003, CRJ3003


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Stuart Grant

Notes

Previously coded DTS3070

Synopsis

This unit deals with the history and analysis of 'the Musical'. It will provide a theoretical framework for the study of Music Theatre, which defines the formal characteristics of 'the Musical' in its Broadway and other manifestations, and explores the implications of particular choices in structure and score.

Outcomes

Students taking ATS2477/ATS3477 will develop:

  1. An understanding of the conventions and traditions of twentieth-century musical theatre.
  2. A knowledge of the major developments in the field, and of patterns of similarity between the works in which they are expressed.
  3. A familiarity with the distinctive methodological issues involved in the study of the form, and of the languages appropriate to their articulation and analysis.
  4. Skills in the performance and technical areas related to the genre.
  5. The capacity to articulate critical analyses in systematic written argument, and in clear and confident oral presentations.

Assessment

Reflective essay (1000 words): 20%
Project: 40%
Seminar presentation and participation: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Stuart Grant

Notes

Previously coded DTS3170

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with a sustained opportunity to work on the performance of a musical theatre piece, from exploratory workshops to full public production. It will build on the theoretical and practical frameworks established in ATS2/3477 in applying those analytical and performance skills to the generation of a new work in the genre.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing ATS3478 will develop:

  1. An understanding of aspects of creative processes in the field, and of the procedures appropriate to the collaborative development of new work.
  2. An increased familiarity with the distinctive methodological issues involved in the study of the form, and of the languages appropriate to their articulation and analysis.
  3. A greater awareness of the implications of structural choices in the evolution of a musical theatre text.
  4. Skills in the performance and technical areas related to the genre.
  5. The capacity to articulate critical analyses in systematic written argument, and in clear and confident oral presentations.

At third-year level, the capacity to apply more sophisticated theoretical models to the prescribed work.

Assessment

Workshop participation and commitment: 50%
Written personal reflection (minimum 1800 words): 40%
Performance: 10%
Third-year level students should develop a wider and more sophisticated knowledge of theoretical writing in the area.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 4 hour rehearsal and one 8 hour rehearsal per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS2478
Students cannot be enrolled in ATS2810 Production investigation II or ATS3834 Production investigation III in the same semester


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Groves

Notes

Previously coded ENH3110

Synopsis

A study of the literature of the English renaissance (roughly 1560-1660) through an examination of works illustrating a variety of treatments of the themes of power and desire in political, social and religious contexts.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this course students will be expected to have developed:

  1. A knowledge of the outlook - philosophical, religious, political and social - of the Renaissance and of the changes in it which characterize its sensibilities and inform its literature.
  2. An understanding of the ways in which a variety of poetic and dramatic texts explore the concepts of power (political, social and sexual) and of love (divine, courtly, neo-Platonic and sexual) in the Renaissance period.
  3. The ability to respond imaginatively and critically to texts of a period of English literature whose traditions and conventions are very different from those of the present yet which have a significant influence on it.
  4. An understanding of the differing attitudes to women in the Renaissance as they are expressed in its literature.
  5. The ability to apply different critical approaches to Renaissance texts and to the preoccupations and themes which they embody.
  6. The ability to argue, interpret and analyse coherently both in written work and orally in seminar discussion.
  7. The capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class paper: 10%
Participation: 10%
An optional examination may replace the long essay
Third-year students will be expected to show a greater awareness both of the cultural background and of present-day theoretical approaches to the literature.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

24 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A cornerstone unit in Literary Studies or permission.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrick Spedding

Notes

Previously coded ENH3130

Synopsis

The unit is designed to introduce students to a range of eighteenth-century English texts that use satire and sensibility to explore issues such as moral, social and political corruption, crime, prostitution and the rights of women. The unit considers why and how an era that championed Enlightenment values (such as skepticism, rationality and restraint) also gave rise to elite- and pop-cultural literatures with absurd, irrational and revolutionary themes, and which employ emotionalism and sentimentality, sex and sensual excess to appeal to their readers.

Special attention will be given to aspects of the emerging print culture that made the rise of the irrational possible in the Age of Reason and which enabled the cultural conflicts of the Enlightenment to be articulated via a flood of prose and verse pamphlets to an increasingly-engaged public.

Outcomes

It is intended that students successfully completing the unit will be able to:

  1. Read and interpret eighteenth-century English verse and prose with ease and pleasure.
  2. Locate and recognise, contextualise and analyse, critique and formulate hypotheses about, a range of eighteenth-century texts.
  3. Locate, reflect on and synthesize information relevant to the interpretation of eighteenth-century English texts and engage in creative and original thinking regarding those texts.
  4. Articulate their interpretations clearly and persuasively in oral and essay form, organising and synthesising their ideas into clear, coherent, logical and persuasive arguments.

Assessment

Written work(3150 words): 70%
Test (900 words): 20%
Tutorial participation(450 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A Cornerstone unit in Literary Studies or permission.

Prohibitions

ATS2487


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Melinda Harvey

Notes

Previously coded ENH3330

Synopsis

The unit examines some of the major works to emerge from the time of Queen Victoria's inauguration to the end of World War II. In particular, we will explore what has been dubbed 'the turn' from representational realism to formal experimentation in literature. Reference will be made to social changes and to the trends of thought accompanying these changes wherever this helps to suggest the chief characteristics of Victorian and Modern sensibilities.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students will have:

  1. An advanced understanding of the key writers and works of this period.
  2. An advanced critical understanding of the aesthetic, philosophical and social issues at stake in the literature of this period.
  3. Advanced undergraduate-level competence in the reading,interpretation, researching and discussion of literary texts.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class participation and activities: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week or 22 contact hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A cornerstone unit in Literary Studies or permission of unit coordinator.

Prohibitions

ATS2495


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Rebecca-Anne Do Rozario

Notes

Previously coded ENH3360

Synopsis

The unit focuses upon the historical development of fairy and nursery tales for both adults and children. Students will learn theoretical approaches through which to examine the development of fairy tales, nursery rhymes and other supernatural and fantasy narratives, from oral origins to the Romantics to the postmodern. Key issues studied will be cultural production, gender and historicism. There will be an opportunity for students to consider the genre in their own creative writing.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will have attained

  1. An understanding of the historical background of fairy and nursery tales;
  2. A critical understanding of the implications of oral and literary storytelling traditions;
  3. A critical understanding of the major thematic paradigms of fairy and nursery tales;
  4. An understanding of how the romantic tradition is constructed and defined and of its relationship to more contemporary fairy and nursery tales;
  5. The ability to analyse fairy and nursery tales through cultural, ideological and historical frameworks.

Assessment

Essays/creative exercises (3600 words): 80%
Test (900 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A cornerstone unit in Literary studies or permission of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions

ATS2496


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Belinda Morrissey

Notes

Previously coded ENH3404

Synopsis

This unit approaches the study of popular narrative afresh by uncovering some ideas about popular culture - genre, mass culture, escapism, representation - that continue to limit and predetermine the analysis of popular texts. By considering how these ideas have come to inform our everyday responses to popular texts, the unit explores strategies for reading such texts in ways that challenge the critical imperative driving many analyses of popular fiction and film. Thus, the unit develops new protocols for thinking and writing about popular texts in academic, journalistic and everyday contexts. Access to on-line facilities is essential for students studying in off-campus mode.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. an understanding how popular texts mediate cultural understanding and activity
  2. a capacity to recognise how contemporary reviews of popular fiction and film are often limited by a particular history of ideas about popular culture
  3. an ability to appreciate different uses and interpretations of popular texts
  4. an ability to explore innovative ways of engaging with popular culture
  5. skills in deploy such alternative reading protocols within popular sites of cultural criticism, particularly through the popular practices of art criticism and review writing.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (4500 words)
Tutorial participation or Online Forum for OCL students: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of 36 points in any discipline

Prohibitions

ATS2497, ENH2404, ENH3404, WRT2404, WRT3404


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Atkinson (Berwick and Gippsland); Dr Ng Hock Soon (Malaysia)

Notes

Previously coded ENH3407

Synopsis

This unit combines the study of ideas of authorship with the critical study of a number of texts. The notion of authorship will be interrogated in relation to a variety of writing practices. The Romantic idea of the author (and that of the film auteur) will be examined in the light of recent critical theories.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should:

  1. Be able to critically evaluate the range of practices employed in authorial criticism
  2. Understand how theories of authorship have changed in the movement from Romanticism to structuralism
  3. Comprehend the difference between the subject writing and the empirical author
  4. Have a working knowledge of the relationship between film style and authorial expression
  5. Be able to identify the key features of auteur theory and understand how it is used as a means of classification in film theory.

Third level students enrolled in ATS3499 are required to have a greater understanding of the historical foundations of the theory of authorship and how this is characterised in Foucault's theory of discourse.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 50%Exam (2000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of 36 points in any discipline

Prohibitions

ATS3499, COM2407, ENH2407, ENH3407, GSC2407, GSC3407


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Melinda Harvey

Notes

Previously coded ENH3530

Synopsis

The unit will examine representative examples of postmodern and contemporary literature from the English-writing world. Topics and themes might include: irony and sincerity, metafiction, maximalism and minimalism, 9/11 literature, the rise of creative nonfiction, book ends and book futures.

Outcomes

  1. To develop a working knowledge of some of the most influential writers from the second-half of the twentieth century to now.
  2. To recognise what makes postmodern and contemporary literature distinctive.
  3. To understand the set texts within the social, political and cultural landscape of their times.
  4. To gain advanced-level undergraduate competence in the reading and interpretation of literary texts.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class participation and activities: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week or 22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A Cornerstone unit in Literary studies or permission


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Groves

Notes

Previously coded ENH3650

Synopsis

The aim of the unit will be to demystify poetry and its workings for the students who take it, and in this way to increase their understanding and enjoyment of the medium. The unit will explore some of the traditional concepts and problems of poetics, specifically in the area of the functioning of poetic language and the relation between poetic text and performance. It will include study of the following areas of interest: stylistic analysis of poetry; sound-patterning and its affective and iconic potential; metre and other kinds of rhythmic form; poetic diction; the functioning of metaphor, metonymy and other forms of figurative language; the performance of poetry.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

  1. Some understanding of the traditional concepts and problems of poetics, specifically in the area of the functioning of poetic language and the relation between poetic text and performance.
  2. Competence in a variety of interpretive strategies.
  3. A broad acquaintance with a wide range of poetic genres and styles.
  4. A general understanding of the historical development of English poetry.
  5. The capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Online quizzes: 30%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A Cornerstone unit in Literary studies or permission.

Prohibitions

ATS2506


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Hawke

Notes

Previously coded ENH3681

Synopsis

The subject examines contemporary poetry and poetics and its applicability to writing practice through a comparative approach. The subject concentrates on a number of key texts by major contemporary poets and examines various works which may be seen to exemplify, modify, or challenge these poetics. Students will be required to reflect both creatively and analytically on their ongoing writing practice in the light of these texts. In the collaborative environment of workshops, students will be encouraged to experiment with a range of techniques and styles

Outcomes

The subject aims to introduce students to a range of primary texts within the field of contemporary poetry and poetics, providing the opportunity to develop critical and creative skills. At the successful completion of this subject the student will be able to:

  1. Articulate the key features of major developments in contemporary poetics
  2. Reflect critically on his/her writing practice in the light of these developments
  3. Demonstrate how a given text exemplifies or challenges contemporaneous theories of poetics
  4. Devise writing strategies which utilise in direct or modified ways (oppositional or ironic) aspects of a given poetics within their writing practice
  5. Demonstrate critical skills through the editorial commentary on works in progress presented in workshops
  6. Develop creative and professional skills through the drafting process
  7. Demonstrate an awareness of the relations between modern critical theory and creative practice

Assessment

+ Workshop participation (500 words) 25%
Mid-semester assignment (1500 words) 30%
Final portfolio and essay (2500 words) 40%
Tutorial participation 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial/workshop per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2508 or ATS3508

Prohibitions

ATS2509


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Chandani Lokuge

Notes

Previously coded ENH3981

Synopsis

Building on the skills developed in ATS2517, to develop skills in genre writing. In the atmosphere of workshops, guided by debate and a selection of short stories, students will experiment in a range of genres: Realism; New Writing; Historical Fiction; Cultural interactions; Gothic, Fantasy and the Supernatural; Crime; Re-visioning the Classic; Ficto-criticism; Writing for Children. It will pay attention to revising, editing and presenting a manuscript for publication. Delivered through the semester, 'The Writers and their World' series comprising talks by major authors, publishers and editors will give a colourful glimpse into the world of creative writers and the publishing industry.

Outcomes

At the conclusion of this subject students will have:

  • Been introduced to writing and reading in a variety of fictional sub-genres
  • Become better acquainted with the publishing industry
  • Developed their editing and revising skills
  • Written short stories in the genres of their choice for possible publication
  • Shared and responded to the writing of their colleagues
  • Developed their critical reading skills
  • Taken both inspiration and direction from prominent local writers
  • Related current critical debates about writing to their own work

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Exam: 40%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour workshop per week or 22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS2518


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr. Ben Wellings

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded EUR3110

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the European Union and its relevance to Australia and the Asia-Pacific. Now enlarged to 27 countries, the EU is a significant presence in the world. Students will study its origins, institutions and decision-making process. They will explore the interplay between its institutions, member states, agencies, regions and civil society. They will gain an understanding of some of its key policies in various fields including trade, agriculture, the environment, development and security. They will discuss recent developments and debates and consider EU successes and failings. The unit includes short videos about recent and past events in the evolution of the EU.

Outcomes

Students will gain:

  1. an understanding of the origins and evolution of the European Union
  2. an informed appreciation of the EU's functions and powers, and the composition of its institutions and agencies, including the European Council, the Council of Ministers, the European Commission, the European Parliament, the European Court of Justice, the European Central Bank, the Committee of the Regions, the European Environment Agency
  3. an understanding of EU policies including Competition Policy, the Common Commercial Policy, the Common Agricultural Policy, Economic and Monetary Union, Environmental Policy, Social Policy, Common Foreign and Security Policy/European Security and Defence Policy, Development Policy, Justice and Home Affairs
  4. an understanding of key internal and external challenges to the European Union, including enlargement, social policy, debates on the constitutional treaty and relations between European citizens, EU institutions and EU member states
  5. an appreciation of the functioning of EU institutions in EU external relations
  6. an understanding of the relations of the EU with key countries and regions, including the United States, Asia and Australia
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Written work (inc. Oral presentation to be writen up): 56% (2500 words)
2 hour Exam: 44%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

At Prato:
3 x 2.5 hour seminars per week over 3 weeks (22 hours total)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2522


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Natalie Doyle and Dr. Annamaria Pagliaro

Notes

Previously coded EUR3620

Synopsis

The unit investigates the idea of European unity expressed by writers, philosophers and intellectuals in key countries of Western Europe from the 18th to 20th centuries. It pays attention to the cultural traditions that shaped the forms taken by this idea and the national context within which it arose. It introduces students to the way literary and philosophical representations of European unity were invoked at key moments in the history of the European Union to promote the notion of European citizenship.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students should:

  1. Have a familiarity with, and an understanding of the modern notion of Europe as it was first formulated in literary, philosophical and intellectual discourse.
  2. Have a knowledge of the historical and geographical context within which this idea was formulated and of how it differed across countries.
  3. Have an understanding of the role played by literary, philosophical and intellectual references in the promotion of European citizenship.

  1. Be able to demonstrate competence in the following skills:
    1. obtaining access to source materials and secondary writings through the library and other resources;
    2. writing (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting);
    3. analysis and interpretation of texts, including the application of appropriate terms and concepts for the discussion of content and form;
    4. oral presentation of information and argument based on guided and independent reading;
    5. discussion of texts and oral presentations;
    6. assimilation of information and opinion from various sources for purposes of forming independent judgments;
    7. team work

Assessment

Written and oral work (2300 words): 55%
Exam(2000 words): 40%
Class participation (200 words): 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Lectures and tutorials equivalent to 2 weekly contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EUR2620, EUR3620, ATS4766


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded EUR3910

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement allowing students to enrol in a unit that can be credited towards the major in European studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European studies through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies 100%; In accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1302 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Enlightenment EUR1200 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Romanticism


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded EUR3920

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement allowing students to enrol in a unit that can be credited towards the major in European studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European studies through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies 100%; In accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1302 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Enlightenment EUR1200 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Romanticism


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Janice Loreck

Notes

Previously coded FTV3070

Synopsis

Watching Film and Television: Gender, Sexuality and Spectatorship surveys different ways in which scholars have understood the relationship between film and television and the viewer. Consideration will be given to contemporary and historical theorisations of film and television viewing such as those pertaining to spectatorship, the public sphere, audience studies and/or the senses. These examples and methods will be analysed in relation to the specific concerns of subjectivity that may include a focus on gender and/or race and/or sexuality. A range of different contemporary and historical screen examples will be discussed and viewed throughout the semester, encompassing film and television from Australian, the USA and other national contexts.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to demonstrate an understanding the historical development of key theoretical approaches to spectatorship and subjectivity;
  2. Given examples of film and television, be able to identify how the formal and narrative codes of the two mediums correlate with different modes of spectatorship;
  3. Be able to compare and analyse different theoretical approaches to subjectivity and spectatorship with regard to select examples of film and television;
  4. Be able to critically analyse written and filmic texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

Assessment

Written assignments: 75%
In-class visual test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week
One 2-hour screening per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

One gateway unit in Film and Screen Studies or approved discipline.
As this is a third-year level unit, it is recommended that students only take this unit after they have completed at least one second-year level Film and Screen Studies unit.

Prohibitions

FTV2070, FTV3070


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Olivia Khoo

Notes

Previously coded FTV3220

Synopsis

Alternatives in film and television raises questions of aesthetics and politics to consider a varied body of work, one considered 'alternative' in relation to 'dominant' cultural practice and value. The unit takes a range of case studies to understand how film and television texts set themselves apart dominant forms and practices at certain historical moments and in diverse national contexts. For example the unit might examine the new American cinema of the sixties and European counter-cinema of the seventies, or post-punk and American indie films of the 1980s and beyond. In the same way, the unit may take as its case study the work of women or Indigenous, or political filmmakers worldwide.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit students will be expected to: recognise that alternative film and television must be understood in relation to mainstream or dominant practice; identify a material, social and political difference between historically specific moments of alternative (avant-garde, experimental or independent) film and television theory and practice; identify 'political modernism' of the sixties and seventies as a discursive field produced by specific practices of film criticism and associated institutions; translate this formulation of political modernism into a more contemporary engagement of film and television practice with theory and the aesthetic characteristics of (post)modernism.

Assessment

Written assignments (3500 words): 60%
Class participation: 10%
Examination (1-hour): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week or 24 hours per semester
One 2-hour screening per week or 24 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

One gateway unit in Film and screen studies or approved discipline
As this is a third-year level unit, it is recommended that students only take this unit after they have completed at least one second-year level Film and screen studies unit

Prohibitions

FTV2220, FTV3220


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Olivia Khoo

Notes

Previously coded FTV3670

Synopsis

From kung fu and martial arts cinema to internationally-award winning art films, Asian cinema has attracted popular and critical attention from audiences around the world. This unit will provide methods and frameworks for exploring the unique films and television being produced from Asia, beginning with an outline of national industries and contexts and moving to a discussion of regional and international audiences for Asian film and television. Specific attention will be paid to transnational Chinese cinemas (from China, Taiwan and Hong Kong) - both in their popular and art forms - and to the cinemas of South East Asia. The unit will also consider more recent pan-Asian productions and diasporic cinemas including Asian Australian cinema. An analysis of television dramas and reality TV formats in Asia will allow us to consider changing audience tastes and consumption practices.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the subject students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An ability to discuss particular examples of Asian Cinema and Television texts in ways that show some understanding of generic considerations, cultural differences and historical specificity;
  2. A general theoretical awareness of the problematic of cross cultural readings;
  3. Some understanding of how cinema has developed across national and transnational film industries in different parts of the world.

Assessment

Written assignments: 75%
In-class visual test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2- hour seminar per week or 24 hours per semester and
One 2- hour screening per week or 24 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Film and screen studies or approved discipline.
As this is a third-year level unit, it is recommended that students only take this unit after they have completed at least one second-year level Film and Screen Studies unit

Prohibitions

ATS2539


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Deane Williams

Notes

Previously coded FTV3710

Synopsis

Documentary and Realism in Film and Television examines approaches to documentary film and television through addressing questions of realism, reality, truth, indexicality and the boundary between fiction and non-fiction. The theoretical and practical issues discussed in relation to film and television will provide a framework for the examination of a number of important phases in the historical development of documentary and realist codes. The unit will address different styles of documentary, such as direct cinema, autobiography, reality formats and digital documentary and their historical evolution, in addition to the contemporary landscape of documentary production.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit students will be able to

  1. Identify and classify a range historical and contemporary documentary or realist codes in relation to different media such as cinema, television and digital media.
  2. Evaluate film and television studies methodologies as they pertain to examples of non-fiction.
  3. Apply film and television studies methodologies in order to compare and analyze different documentary or realist forms
  4. Apply library resources and communicate an understanding of research methods in written and oral form.

Assessment

Written assignments: 75%
In-class visual test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week
One 2-hour screening per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two units at first-year in Film and Television, Film and Screen Studies or approved discipline.
As this is a third-year level unit, it is recommended that students only take this unit after they have completed at least one second-year level Film and Screen Studies unit.

Prohibitions

FTV2710, FTV3710


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian McNiven; Dr Jeremy Ash

Notes

Previously coded GES3060

Synopsis

The subject critically examines the range of techniques and theoretical frameworks used by archaeologists to understand Australia's 50,000-year plus Indigenous history. The focus will be archaeological sites and debates associated with the interpretation of excavated cultural materials. Issues covered include the origins of the first Australians, processes of continental colonisation, responses to environmental change and sea level change, human environmental impacts, broad-scale social changes; and responses to Europeans on the colonial frontier. Students will also examine long-term changes in the development of trading networks, art, social organisation and burial practices.

Outcomes

The overarching aims are to provide students with a broad understanding of how archaeologists have constructed a long-term picture of Australia's Indigenous past. On successful completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the broad range of techniques used by archaeologists to infer behaviour from Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander cultural sites and material culture.

  1. Develop advanced skills in critically evaluating major debates and contentious theoretical issues in Australian Indigenous archaeology.

  1. Understand key cultural changes over the past 50,000 years of Australian's Indigenous past.

  1. Appreciate the diversity of Indigenous Australians who in different parts of the continent developed different cultures and lifeways.

  1. Appreciate debates concerning the origins of Aboriginal peoples and Torres Strait Islanders from an archaeological perspective.

Assessment

Oral presentation (500 words):10%
Short paper related to seminar presentation (1000 words): 20%
Essay (3000 words):60%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian McNiven; Dr Jeremy Ash

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Ancient Cultures, Indigenous Cultures and Histories, Geography, climate and physical environments or permission of the unit coordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedClayton Summer semester B 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian McNiven

Notes

Previously coded GES3080

Quota applies

This unit has a strict quota of 10 students for safety reasons associated with supervising students whilst undertaking fieldwork. Selection of students will be based on academic merit, with preference given to students who have already completed units in archaelogy and Indigenous studies at Monash.Students should lodge an enrolment amendment form at the Faculty of Arts Student Service counter on the Clayton campus by 5pm 1 December. Enrolment decisions will be notified and processed on 10 December.

Synopsis

The subject provides students with a through grounding in archaeological field and laboratory techniques. Field techniques include critical analysis of different approaches by archaeologists to find, record and excavate sites. Practical experience and tuition in each of these three areas will be gained through 15 days of fieldwork in Victoria. To understand how archaeologists interpret excavated materials, students will gain practical experience in the identification and analysis of bone, shell and stone artefacts through laboratory classes. On completion of the subject students will have firsthand appreciation of what it takes to excavate and analyse archaeological sites.

Outcomes

The overarching aims are to provide students with a through grounding in archaeological field and laboratory techniques. On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the broad range of conceptual and practical skills required to find, record and excavate archaeological sites;
  2. Develop skills in the proper identification and appropriate analysis of a range of classes of archaeological materials;
  3. Develop skills to critically evaluate site survey and excavation reports.

Assessment

Lab exam (1hr): 30%
Fieldwork reflective diary (3000 words): 30%
Essay (4000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Wk1: 4hrs lectures and practicals/day (Total 20 contact hrs)
Wk2: 4hrs lectures and practicals/day (Total 20 contact hrs)
Wk3: 7hrs fieldwork/day (Total 35 contact hrs)
Wk4: 7hrs fieldwork/day (Total 35 contact hrs)
Wk5: 7hrs fieldwork/day (Total 35 contact hrs)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Ancient Cultures, Geography, climate and physical environments,Indigenous Cultures and Histories or permission of the course coordinator.

Prohibitions

AIA2200, AIA3300, ATS2544


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Dunkerley

Notes

Previously coded GES3210

Synopsis

Movement of water in environment, and roles played by water in environmental processes, discussing behaviour of water from condensation in lower atmosphere through to groundwater and river flow. The role of vegetation in intercepting and redirecting water at surface. The processes of infiltration, percolation, groundwater flow, stormflow and baseflow production. Instances of major hydrological change, case studies of large-scale deforestation or desertification, habitat or biodiversity decline, including human use of water and landscape. Observation and measuring techniques employed in hydrologic research are introduced in Practical Class.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will:

  1. understand the controls on global freshwater availability
  2. be aware of risks to the security of global water supplies arising from human activity
  3. understand hydrologic processes including precipitation, infiltration, overland flow, and groundwater flow
  4. understand some of the hydrologic processes arising in a range of geographical environments, including drylands, urban areas, and tropical forests
  5. develop experimental skills needed for laboratory measurements of hydrologic properties such as porosity and saturated hydraulic conductivity
  6. understand the place of hydrologic considerations in debates about the management of logging, bushfire, and other forms of landsurface change

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 30%
Written (1500 words): 50%
Practical class reports: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Geographical Science or a gateway unit in Geography, Climate and Physical Environments or permission of the unit coordinator.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bruce Missingham

Notes

Previously coded GES3250

Synopsis

This unit deals with the processes for assessing the potential environmental consequences of a range of human activities with a focus on development proposals and land use changes. These can be highly contentious because of the conflicting interests, types of knowledge and values of different stakeholders. The unit will examine the nature of the widely-adopted procedure of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), exploring relevant legislative frameworks and understandings of best practice. It will also examine other assessment tools such as social impact assessment, strategic environmental assessments, cost-benefit analysis, and product life cycle assessment.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit should:

  1. Understand the different types of environmental assessments and the decision-making contexts in which they are applied.
  2. Understand the roles of scientific information, socio-political, economic, legal and participatory processes in different types of environmental assessments.
  3. Understand the range of tools and methods, and their strengths and weaknesses, in conducting environmental assessments.
  4. Be familiar with Commonwealth and state procedures for environmental impact assessment for projects and plans in Australia.
  5. Understand the different stages of environmental impact assessment and identify best principles and practices for preparing environmental impact statements.

Assessment

Participation: 5%
Research essay (2500 words): 35%
Group oral presentation (15 minutes) and written submission(500 words/person): 20%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Four 4-hour block mode presentations per semester

  • Twelve 1-hour tutorial per semester
  • Ten hours independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Geographical science, or two gateway units in Society, cities and sustainability or permission of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions

ENV3011, ATS2546, AZA2546, AZA3546


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Ashley Gunter

Notes

Previously coded GES3050

Synopsis

Field Studies in Urban Sustainability is a field studies unit that looks at the challenges facing African cities. The unit will explore the complex dynamics found in African cities, and the role of sustainable development in poverty alleviation. This unit analyses African urban development through participation in community development and sustainable practice. It will examine how development practitioners and planners apply their theoretical discourse and international best practice in real world applications, by embarking on daily field excursions in the fastest growing metropolis in Africa: Johannesburg - Pretoria City Region.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. Knowledge of the varied social and resource dimensions of problems associated with urban sustainability
  2. Ability to, describe, and interpret the concept of urban sustainability in the context of a developing country
  3. Acquisition of practical skills and field-based experience for research and policy formulation for sustainable regional development
  4. Demonstration of an awareness and understanding of the major theoretical approaches in urban geography within academic debate in Africa and internationally
  5. Ability to employ those and evaluate such theoretical approaches in an interpretation of the various urban scenarios in this unit
  6. Intellectual familiarity with the different critical concepts relevant to the unit: displacement, urbanism, apartheid planning, post-modern urban planning, cosmopolitanism, globalization, urban cultures, migration, poverty elevation, authenticity, ethnicity, hybridity, new urbanism and so on
  7. Gain an understanding of practical implications of theoretical discourse in urban planning Develop an understanding of Africa and how it relates to the world or how the world relates to it.

Assessment

Field studies journal (2000 words): 35%
Long essay (3000 words): 45%
Oral presentation : 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

80 Hours over 2 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points in GES (Only students who have a minimum of a C (credit) average across all GES units they have taken will be permitted to enroll.)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Xuan Zhu

Notes

Previously coded GES3070

Synopsis

Remote sensing has become one of the important and widely applied methods for environmental and earth resource monitoring and evaluation. The information extracted from remotely sensed images may be used in many ways, e.g. as a basis for mapping land use/cover, for understanding environmental processes and for estimating biophysical variables. This unit will introduce the basic concepts and principles of remote sensing, and prepare students with image interpretation and digital image processing skills with an emphasis on the use of remote sensing imagery for vegetation, atmosphere, geology, soils and landform analysis.

Outcomes

  1. To understand the major concepts and principles of remote sensing and digital image processing for environmental studies.
  2. To identify the types of information that can be extracted from remotely sensed data on the environment.
  3. To understand, explain and apply the fundamental image interpretation elements (e.g., tone, texture, size, shape, pattern, site and association)
  4. To visually interpret aerial photos and satellite images.
  5. To conduct digital image processing and analysis using a digital image processing system to extract information.
  6. To understand how remotely sensed data are applied in environmental applications.

Assessment

Practicals: 50%
Written examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and One 3-hour practical

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Haripriya Rangan

Notes

  • Previously coded GES3330.
  • This unit runs in alternate years. Last offered 2011, next offered in 2013.

Synopsis

This unit explores the concepts of regional development and sustainability, and draws attention to the practical constraints and issues associated with translating such concepts into regional policy and practice. Field-study takes place in South Africa and includes focus on topics such as: effects of commercial agriculture on soil and water quality; transnational water-sharing and flood management; ecotourism and conservation in nature parks; urbanisation, transportation and migration in environment-industry corridors; environmental education, health, and local ecological management.

Outcomes

By the end of this unit, students are expected to have:

  1. Knowledge on varied social and resource dimensions of problems associated

with regional sustainability;

  1. Ability to identify, describe, and interpret the concept of regional sustainability

in the context of a developing country;

  1. Practical skills and field-based experience for research and policy formulation

for sustainable regional development.

Assessment

Field-study journal (2000 words): 35%
Oral presentation: 20%
Final written report (2500 words): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Intensive field-based unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points of Society, cities and sustainability or permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Christian Kull

Notes

Previously coded GES3350

Synopsis

National and international conflicts over the use of natural resources, eg. rainforest destruction, land degradation, pressure on water supplies and common property resources. Analysis of resource disputes, including socio-political aspects and debate over causes and trajectories. Different management approaches used to solve environmental problems, e.g. role of the state, communities, protected areas, and indigenous people.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to:

  1. Analyze the theoretical and empirical bases of resource management issues
  2. Appreciate the complex, intertwined nature of ecological, social, and political factors underlying resource management issues
  3. Recognize, apply, and distinguish between the main explanatory theories
  4. Be able to construct analytical arguments relevant to resource management issues in good quality writing.

Assessment

Written work: 55% (2500 words)
Tutorial participation: 25%
Test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2780 or permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Haripriya Rangan

Notes

Previously coded GES3470

Synopsis

This unit focuses on city-regions on the Indian and Pacific Ocean Rims of Australia. This large region surrounding Australia encompasses nearly 2/3rds of the world's current population and is the main driving force for the economic and social dynamism of cities and national and global economies in the 21st Century. The unit will develop the ability of students to link theoretical and policy frameworks of regional economic development, industrial location, rural-urban linkages, urban governance and environmental management with planning initiatives and strategies to promote sustainable development of city-regions in the Indian-Pacific Ocean rims.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will:

  1. Show a sound understanding of theoretical concepts and frameworks of state-led economic development, urbanisation, industrial growth, and regional development;
  2. Develop a comparative analytical perspective for examining the spatial structure of urban and regional economic development of city regions over time;
  3. Gain bibliographic, mapping, and data collection skills for developing a deeper understanding of urban planning and development issues occurring in one city-region in the Indo-Pacific rims;
  4. Develop the ability to work in groups to analyse and present a project or proposal for urban or regional development pertaining to a selected city-region;
  5. Be able to effectively present (in written, graphics, and oral forms) clear, concise, and rigorously researched analysis of urbanisation and sustainable regional development issues.

Assessment

Written assignment (1500 words): 20%
Group presentation and participation: 40%
Examination (Take home 3000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (one 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Ailie Gallant

Notes

Previously coded GES3890

Synopsis

This unit will deal with human global change and the impacts,interactions and feedbacks within the Earth's different subsystems - the atmosphere, soils, water, and biota.The unit will examine the dynamics of the earth by identifying the major driving processes and responses of the biosphere to energy, water, carbon, nitrogen and other biogeochemical cycles. We will view the earth system across local to global spatial scales. Processes and cycles will be viewed across geological and historical time scales. Humans as agents of change will be addressed.

Outcomes

The unit aims to provide specific knowledge and understanding of climate, biology and geology and their role in current global process and the feedbacks and interactions that exist between them. This will engage students by providing them with relevant information that can be applied to global environmental problems. The unit aims to provide contemporary and innovative ideas and research in the context of global change. The unit aims to develop synthetic capabilities in students through enquiry and integrative research as well as engaging teaching methods. The unit also aims to promote oral and other communications skills. Finally, students should develop teamwork skills through group based research projects.

Assessment

Oral seminar or debate presentation: 25%
Examination (2 hours): 40%
Research study report (2500 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three hours per week (2 one-hour lectures per week (weeks 1-10), 3 hours seminars per week (weeks 11-12), 5 fortnightly research based activities (2 hours each)).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Second year unit in geography, climate and physical environments or by permission

Prohibitions

APG4558, ATM3261


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Fenley

Notes

Previously coded HPL3506

Synopsis

This unit focuses on local and community history, and investigates concepts of community, the relationship between people and place and the connection between past and present. Students will study methods of historical research including oral history, photographic interpretation and material culture. Through the assignments that include designing an exhibition panel and undertaking a community history research project, students will acquire the skills of writing for a community audience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the history of the landscape, people and institutions around them;
  2. reflect on different scholarly approaches to researching and presenting community history;
  3. demonstrate a critical understanding of the reasons why communities write their histories;
  4. demonstrate insights into the roles of historians;
  5. formulate a viable research question on community history, and identify a central focus for research;
  6. develop a structured project with a logical introduction and conclusion, and provide correct scholarly references;
  7. demonstrate the ability to formulate a research project that is based largely on documentary materials;
  8. critically engage with primary and secondary sources, to recognise scholarly debates and position their argument in relation to these approaches.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (1000 words): 30%
Assignment 2 includes
a) invigilated proposal (1000 words): 30%
b) essay (2500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

One of ATS1312, ATS1898, ATS1251, HPL1504 or permission

Prohibitions

ATS2566, GSC2506, GSC3513, HPL2506, HPL3506


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Erik Eklund

Notes

Previously coded HPL3512

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to Australian history. It offers selected coverage of major events and developments in Australian history and also considers how the discipline of history operates across different domains - academic, public and popular. By focusing on major themes such as war, depression, memory, political and social conflict the unit takes an in-depth look at specific issues in Australian history that have provoked debate and controversy. By focusing on points of difference or conflict we begin to understand the deeper themes and characteristics of Australian history and its scholars. We will also consider how history and historians have made an impact on the public sphere.

Outcomes

This unit is designed to provide students with knowledge of Australian history and to develop their historical skills. The topics will be rotated from semester to semester according to available expertise but may include issues concerning the relationship between indigenous and non-indigenous histories, the use of oral history, politics and Australian history, the public sphere and the history profession, and history in the schools.

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an awareness of the major issues in the study and practice of Australian history;
  2. evaluate critically competing historical interpretations, and primary sources;
  3. understand and analyse academic as well as popular history;
  4. demonstrate research and reflective skills relevant to the study of the humanities;
  5. demonstrate written and oral communications skills appropriate for a scholarly environment;
  6. use primary sources critically.

Assessment

Essay (1500 words - At third year level the assignment must include a particular emphasis on the critical use of primary sources): 40% + Tutorial paper (800 words - At third year level the assignment must include a particular emphasis on the critical use of primary sources): 20% + Exam (2 hours): 40% +
(on campus students only)
Five minute tutorial presentation. This will be assessed as 'pass' or 'fail'. In order to secure a pass grade student will:
demonstrate evidence of research and comprehension skills relevant to the tutorial paper
demonstrate ability to plan a successful argument and utilise evidence effectively

(off campus students only)
100 Word tutorial summary submitted through Moodle. This will be assessed as 'pass' or 'fail'. In order to secure a pass grade student will:
demonstrate evidence of research and comprehension skills relevant to the tutorial paper
demonstrate evidence of ability to plan a successful argument and utilise evidence effectively

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS2569, HPL2501, HPL2512, HPL3512


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Rebecca Strating

Notes

Previously coded HPL3503

Synopsis

This unit provides an historical approach to the study of international relations, incorporating an array of theoretical perspectives and conceptual tools. The focus of the unit will be upon the evolution of the international political system, engaging directly with the question of inevitability of war, the nature of a balance of power and prospects for peace. Students will examine issues such as the significance of states, the meaning and scope of sovereignty, and effectiveness of international law.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify the main actors and structural developments in international relations and describe their roles in contemporary international relations;
  2. engage with key debates and identify factors in the evolution of models and practice in international relations;
  3. demonstrate an understanding of conceptual and analytical models of international relations;
  4. analyse relations between states;
  5. identify key international institutions; and,
  6. analyse state-institution relations, drawing upon relevant conceptual models.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
2 hour exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 1 hour tutorial)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1312 or HPL1503 and ATS1898 or HPL1504, or equivalent

Prohibitions

GSC3503, GSC4503, HPL3503, HPL4503, ATS2570


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Anne Holloway

Notes

Previously coded HSY3045

Synopsis

This unit examines the history and ideas underpinning popular representations of Christianity in modern texts such as The Da Vinci Code, and Angels and Demons. It aims to investigate the construction of religious cultures in their broader context, with particular emphasis on the fifteenth-century revival of late antique Christianity and esoteric philosophies. Topics will include representations of the life of Jesus; the function of saints' lives (e.g. Mary Magdalene); relics and legends; the role of 'secret' societies; the impact of new thinking on artists (da Vinci, Botticelli) and the implications of heresy, magic and sorcery.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will have:

  1. Developed a critical understanding of the historical construction of religious cultures;
  2. Acquired an understanding ofRenaissance Christianity in the context of the revival of classical antiquity;
  3. Explored the complex history of the traditions surrounding saints' lives and the function of these traditions in different historical contexts;
  4. Reflected on the role of relics and legends in Renaissance Christianity;
  5. Explored the role of societies and confraternities in Renaissance Christianity;
  6. Examined the impact of new thinking in relation to the textual, architectural and artistic representations;
  7. Examined the role of women, and theologies of womanhood, inRenaissance Christianity;
  8. Developed an understanding of the role of myth and symbol in religion;Reflected on reasons underpinning the attractions of popularized (and often fictional) myths and legends of Christianity;
  9. Acquired the capacity toanalyse contemporary representations of historical material;
  10. Had opportunities to work effectively with others and to express ideas verbally in group situations;
  11. Developed skills in bibliographic research, analysis, and written expression;
  12. Become capable of independently devising and executing an advanced research project in the above areas of study, based predominantly on primary sources;

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Class related written work: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2573


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Randall Geller

Notes

Previously coded HSY3095

Synopsis

As for ATS2580

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the historical, ethnic and religious diversity of the Middle East upon which contemporary political complexity is based.
  2. Show an awareness of the major political cultures, structures, actors and issues in the contemporary Middle East.
  3. Understand the causes of regional conflicts and the preconditions for their resolution, as well as the reasons for persistent authoritarianism and the prospects for political reform and democratisation.
  4. Appreciate the major theories explaining Middle Eastern political realities.
  5. Display an ability for political scrutiny, awareness of the broad range of sources and interpretations of Middle Eastern politics and a careful use of evidence and logical argumentation in discussing Middle Eastern issues.
  6. Demonstrate a greater level of sophistication and independence in their engagement with sources and the questions which they pose.
  7. Demonstrate a deeper understanding of the theoretical issues that underpin the course and an ability to formulate and develop an independent research question which is grounded in a reading and analysis of primary sources.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 40%
Tutorial work (500 words): 15%
Take home exam (1400 words): 30%
Class test (600 words, 40 minutes): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2580


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Randall Geller

Notes

Previously coded HSY3145

Synopsis

This unit will provide an historical analysis of the changing dimensions of the Arab-Israeli conflict from its origins to the present day. Themes to be studied include Jewish-Arab relations under the Ottoman Empire and British Mandate, the emergence of Jewish and Palestinian nationalism, Zionist ideology, the impact of the Holocaust, the birth of Israel in 1948 and the Palestinian refugee crisis, war, the status of the West Bank, Gaza and Jerusalem, the rise of the PLO, the Intifadas, terrorism and counterterrorism. In tutorials, students will simulate the politics of negotiation by engaging with documents that have attempted to forge a peaceful end to the conflict.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the course, students will also be expected to:

  1. Understand the competing narratives and claims of all parties to the conflict and how the past informs current perceptions of the conflict
  2. Be able to describe the historiographical debates about the history of the conflict
  3. Have a knowledge of the broader regional and global implications of the Arab-Israeli conflict
  4. Be able to analyse how key documents framing the conflict have been contested by different parties and political streams
  5. Have the ability to interpret the role of the media in shaping perceptions of the Arab-Israeli conflict.
  6. To distinguish between different schools of thought in current historiographical debates about the conflict.

Assessment

Class participation: 10%
Short essay (1000 words): 20%
Long essay (2000 words): 40%
2-hour exam 30%.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 two-hour lecture plus 1 one-hour tutorial

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Jewish Studies or History

Prohibitions

ATS2582


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Noah Shenker

Notes

Previously coded HSY3225

Synopsis

This unit examines film as a source of historical evidence and inquiry, specifically exploring the historical, cultural, and ethical debates surrounding depictions of the Holocaust in film and other media. It considers the prospects of documenting and representing the Holocaust in a period marked by a decline in the numbers of living historical witnesses and survivors, but a proliferation of film and media portraying their experiences. Central to this unit are issues pertaining to the limits and possibilities of representing the Holocaust and to the larger challenges and opportunities of utilizing works of film and media as sources of history.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will be able to understand:

  1. The nature of historical film and media in their various forms.
  2. The criteria for assessing the merits of historical film and media, and the ways film and other media differ from other forms of historical representation.
  3. The influence of film and media in the past and upon later historical understanding.
  4. Ethical and historical considerations of the limits and possibilties of representing the Holocaust in particular and genocide and trauma more generally in film and media.
  5. The ways in which film and media can extend and challenge our understanding of history as a discourse.

Assessment

Film commentary (1000 words): 25%
Long essay (2500 words): 40%
Test (1000 words): 25%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours a week, comprising of films, lectures and tutorials

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or permission.

Prohibitions

ATS2583


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rani Kerin

Notes

Previously coded HSY3260

Synopsis

As for ATS2584

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding relations between indigenes and Europeans in Australia.
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the epistemological issues and problems evident in the study of Australian Aboriginal History.
  3. Think critically and communicate effectively. Specifically to:
    1. develop a topic for investigation
    2. show an awareness of both the diversity of interpretations of the past, and the nature of such forms of knowledge
    3. familiarise oneself with a range of sources
    4. display precision in argument and documentation
    5. recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.

Assessment

Reflective essay (1500 words): 25%
Research essay (2000 words): 40%
Examinations (1000 words): 25%
Tutorial participation: 10%
Third year students will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent research and reading.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial over 9 weeks and 2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial over 3 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Nathan Wolski

Notes

Previously coded HSY3265

Synopsis

This unit provides a survey of the Hebrew Scriptures as viewed in their ancient Near Eastern historical and cultural setting and as interpreted by modern biblical scholarship. Particular attention will be devoted to the Bible as an expression of the religious life and thought of ancient Israel. Topics examined include an exploration of the core beliefs of the Bible regarding creation, revelation and redemption and the problem of evil and suffering as well as conceptions of divinity, prophecy, law and cult. The art of biblical narrative and poetry will also be explored.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, students will be able to:

  1. understand the foundational beliefs of the Bible.
  2. understand the Bible in its ancient Near Eastern context.
  3. appreciate the diversity of Biblical literature and demonstrate familiarity with the different genres of Biblical literature.
  4. appreciate the literary sophistication of Biblical texts.
  5. read and interpret select Biblical texts.
  6. demonstrate familiarity with the key institutions of Ancient Israelite religious life.
  7. demonstrate a familiarity with the key debates in modern scholarship concerning the compositional history of the Bible.
  8. demonstrate a familiarity with contemporary approaches to reading the Bible (eg, literary, feminist etc.).

Assessment

Written work: 40%
Test: 40%
Participation: 20%

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture followed by a 90 minute seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Jewish Studies, Religion and Theology , Ancient Cultures, Philosophy or by special permission.

Prohibitions

ATS2585


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Notes

Previously coded HSY3330

Synopsis

From 1485 the English crown consolidated its authority within its own realm and sought to further its domination over other parts of the British Isles. The reign of Elizabeth I saw England become a major naval power with imperial pretensions in the Americas and elsewhere. The dramatic transformations that the country experienced, including a religious revolution and the creation of a short-lived republic, will be studied with close attention to documentary sources and the art and literature of the time, including the plays of Shakespeare. The unit will conclude with the restoration of the monarchy in 1660 which set the scene for the creation of an English-dominated Great Britain in 1707.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have an understanding of the history of early modern England.
  2. Have an understanding of the complex relationships between social, political and cultural change.
  3. Be familiar with the methodology of social and cultural historians and develop appropriate research skills in these areas.
  4. Have improved oral and written communication skills.
  5. Have experience of working with a range of textual and visual historical resources
  6. In addition to the above, students undertaking the unit at level three will have demonstrated the ability to conceive and complete an independent research project

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Workload requirements

12 X one hour lecture plus 12 X one hour tutorials

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or International Studies or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS2589


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Professor Bain Attwood

Notes

Previously coded HSY3410

Synopsis

This unit will examine the changing nature of sexuality in Australia, Britain and North America during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The main topics will be the construction of masculinity and femininity, courtship and marriage, family and kinship, birth control, regulation in the private and public spheres, heterosexuality and homosexuality, the theorisation of sex, sexual reformers and sexual liberation movements.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have:

  1. Understood the key theoretical concepts used by scholars in the field of the history of sexuality.
  2. Understood the major historiographical debates in the field.
  3. Grasped the nature of the key changes in sexuality in the period covered by the unit.
  4. Conducted research into a particular area of the history of sexuality.

Assessment

Document exercise (1000 words): 20%
Research essay (2500 words): 40%
Test (1000 words): 30%
Tutorial partcipation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2-3 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or permission

Prohibitions

ATS2593


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Hau

Notes

Previously coded HSY3440

Synopsis

As for ATS2595

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to identify the major causes for the failure of the Weimar Republic.
  2. Recognise the complexity of social developments that characterised the Weimar and Nazi periods.
  3. Develop their own views on the relationship between modernity and Nazism.
  4. Know how to critically assess the works of other historians.
  5. Have developed strategies for the interpretation of primary source materials.
  6. Have an ability to formulate, investigate and write up an independent research project.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway unitsin History or permission

Prohibitions

ATS2595


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michelle Duffy

Synopsis

Ethnographic research is the art and science of describing a group or culture. It involves the studying groups and/or individuals as they go about their daily lives. A central premise of this unit is that the ethnographer enters the field with an open mind, but not an empty head. Before engaging with their subjects, the ethnographer begins with a problem, a theory or model, a research design, specific data collection techniques, tools of analysis, and often specific writing style. The unit examines in detail each of these activities and traces their implications for research and the researcher.

Outcomes

By the time students complete this unit, they will be able to:

  1. ascertain what research methods are appropriate for particular theoretical issues that they wish to explore;
  2. understand the uses and limitations of qualitative research;
  3. gain expertise on how to establish a qualitative research framework;
  4. understand the strengths and limitations of using the computer to analyse qualitative data.

In addition for third level: students will become proficient in the use of one computer program to analyse qualitative data.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 2 hr workshop/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1367 and ATS1898 or SCY1802 or equivalents

Prohibitions

SCY2816, ATS2597


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ran Porat

Notes

Previously coded HSY3570

Synopsis

The unit examines the history, politics and society of modern Israel from the early days of the Zionist movement to the beginning of the 21st century. Main topics include the varieties of Zionist ideology and practice, pre-independence Jewish society, the history of Jewish-Arab conflicts, constitutional and legal history of the State of Israel, and the growth of modern Israeli society. We will look at issues of identity, cultural coherence and variety, social divisions along national, ethnic, political and religious lines, Israel's international standing, and the common denominators of Israeli polity and society.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. understand major topics in the political and social history of modern Israel
  2. be able to demonstrate skills in analysis of conceptual issues involved in the study of identity, social division and coherence
  3. understand Israel's international standing and related issues in Middle East and international politics
  4. understand the major ideologies and institutions at work in the development of modern Israeli society
  5. be able to discuss and analyse the major social and political facing the State of Israel
  6. demonstrate an appreciation of the complexity of Israeli society through analysis of historical, religious, ethnic, national and political determinants.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 50%; Tutorial paper (1000 words): 20%; Take home exam (1000 words): 20%; Class participation 10%.
The teaching program for this course involves a period of intensive teaching in weeks 4, 5 and 6.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Classes are held over ten weeks of the semester. There will be three contact hours per week for seven weeks (weeks 1-2, 8-12; one 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial), in part utilizing video conference from Israel, and intensive teaching involving six contact hours for three weeks (weeks 4-6).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2599


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Drakard

Notes

Previously coded HSY3710

Synopsis

The island world of Southeast Asia encompasses the region now defined by the modern states of Malaysia and Indonesia. The unit will explore cultural, political and economic change in this region from the early kingdoms to the beginning of the nineteenth century. A major theme will be the development of two local cultural and political patterns, those of the Javanese and Malay worlds.

Outcomes

Students taking the course will:

  1. Become familiar with some major developments in island Southeast Asia before the end of the nineteenth century, including the nature and ramifications of religious change, the role of state power and political loyalty, economic change, western intrusion, the development of colonial power, and the character of local responses.
  2. Identify and understand major issues and debates discussed in the historical literature dealing with Southeast Asia.
  3. Develop a critical approach to these debates and an appreciation of the nature of the available evidence.
  4. Consider the relative values embodied in the western language and indigenous documents studied in the course.
  5. Develop their own perspectives on issues considered in the course and learn to present and support them with evidence in their written work and in tutorials.
  6. Demonstrate enhanced skills in the formulation and development of an independent research project including the location and critical analysis of relevant documentary sources.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Class participation (including written and oral tasks): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in history or permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Jane Drakard

Notes

Previously coded HSY3725

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with a thorough knowledge of the development of nationalism in at least two Southeast Asian colonies (drawn from Indonesia, Burma, Vietnam, The Philippines and Malaysia) during the early twentieth century and a comparative understanding of the way in which these movements developed into revolutionary struggle and led to eventual independence from colonial rule. The unit aims to develop an awareness of the rich complexity of cultural and political change in this period of anti-colonial struggle and to consider theoretical work on nationalism and cultural change in the context of these specific historical examples.

Outcomes

The unit aims to provide students with a thorough knowledge of the development of nationalism in at least two Southeast Asian colonies during the early twentieth century and a comparative understanding of the way in which these movements developed into revolutionary struggle and led to eventual independence from colonial rule. The unit aims to develop an awareness of the rich complexity of cultural and political change in this period of anti-colonial struggle and to consider theoretical work on nationalism and cultural change in the context of these specific historical examples. The unit also aims to develop skills in both independent research and writing and collaborative research and oral presentation. Specifically, students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. Familiarity with major historical developments in the selected Southeast Asian historical contexts during the first half of the twentieth century;
  2. An understanding of the role and impact of western imperialism in Southeast Asia and the nature of local reactions to foreign intrusion;
  3. An appreciation of the nature and impact of colonial constructions of Southeast Asian peoples and the long term political, economic and cultural consequences of these attitudes;
  4. An understanding of the manner in which local cultural identity was defined and redefined in the face of colonial intrusion;
  5. A thorough knowledge of the character and impact of nationalist and revolutionary thought in twentieth century Southeast Asia;
  6. A critical understanding of the role and impact of western ideas in Southeast Asia in the early twentieth century and an appreciation of the nature of local restatements of these ideas;
  7. A critical understanding of the major issues and debates found in the existing historiography;
  8. An advanced understanding of the values and cultural perspectives embodied in the western language and indigenous documents studied in the unit, including enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, historical scholarship and visual representations;
  9. The development of advanced skills in source criticism, critical reading, oral presentation and research and writing;
  10. Enhanced skills in the formulation and development of an independent research project including the location and critical analysis of relevant documentary sources.

Assessment

Seminar work (verified class participation): 30%
Written work: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture and 2 hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tamara Prosic

Notes

Previously coded HSY3735

Synopsis

Mythic narrative provides a crucial vision of reality and discusses ideas about life, death, sexuality, culture, transcendence, etc. Students will learn about myth and symbol, types and functions of myths, myth and ritual, and different approaches to myth interpretation through reading mythic narratives from ancient sources and classical texts from ancient Greece and Near East focusing in detail on two mythic traditions of their choice. The unit also looks at interpretation of ancient myths within the Hebrew Bible and early Christian writings and their relevance in the modern age. The unit will be of relevance to students majoring in any branch of historical, literary and religion studies.

Outcomes

  1. Students will become familiar with key mythological traditions, deities, their function and sexuality from in the mythologies of ancient Greece and Near East and learn to situate them in the social and religious context in which they evolved
  2. Students will acquire critical skills in the interpretation of a range of classic literary texts dealing with mythic traditions
  3. Acquired and demonstrated an understanding of the nature and significance of myth and the variety of ways in which myths can function
  4. Be acquainted with the major types of myths
  5. Students will acquire the skill to analyse the way mythological themes from a variety of ancient cultures are reinterpreted in a contemporary context
  6. Considered critically various definitions of myth and mythology and the validity and the scope of the major methodological approaches used in interpretation of myths
  7. Learned about the relationship between the sacred narrative (myth) and the sacred behaviour (ritual) through the angle of mystery religions, and the sacred doctrine (religion) and symbol
  8. Formed the ability to understand and interpret the symbolism of myths. 9. Research and write an original essay on a topic chosen by the student.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (2500 words)
Exam: 35%
Tutorial presentation: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1.5-hour lecture and a one-hour tutorial per week for 11 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2608, RLT2190, RLT3190


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Howard

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded HSY3860

Synopsis

This intensive course of 4-week's duration departs from Melbourne in mid-November. It involves interdisciplinary study, conducted in the city itself, of the political, social and cultural history of Florence, from the late thirteenth to the early sixteenth centuries, with particular reference to the Renaissance period. Students who have not passed ATS1316 and ATS1317 should do the preliminary reading with great care.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A knowledge of the city of Florence itself - including its churches, palaces, museums, piazzas, monuments and streets - as an artefact of its complex history
  2. The development of the requisite skills to interpret the Renaissance aspects of that artefact within an historical framework
  3. Enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, religious and polemical literature, historical scholarship, physical monuments and visual representations
  4. An acquaintance with the considerable body of knowledge that has been built up about late medieval and Renaissance Florence (in the context of Italian history in general)
  5. A critical understanding of this fascinating society and its historiography
  6. The ability to use this knowledge (1, 3, 4, 5) and these skills (2) as a capital source for contributing to an understanding of the Renaissance city, its society and culture.

Students successfully completing ATS3612 will, in addition:

  1. Be capable of independently devising and executing an advanced research project in the above areas of study, based predominantly on primary sources.

Assessment

Site visit/tutorial preparation and participation: 10%
Essay related work: 65%
Class test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Intensive lectures, tutorials and field trips for 35 hours per weeks, over one month (November/December)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History or permission.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Verhoeven

Notes

Previously coded HSY3985

Synopsis

After providing a general overview of the history of the United States in the twentieth century, this unit examines two key themes. 'Race' traces struggles over the meaning of racial difference in America, with a particular emphasis on the civil rights and black protest movements. 'Rights' examines the contest over civil, social and human rights in the United States between 1900 and 2000 and the meaning of 'freedom' for women, cultural minorities and the poor.

Outcomes

Students will be expected to demonstrate a comprehensive historical understanding of key themes in the history of the United States after 1900, such as the expression of and challenges to racial oppression and the ongoing debate about the nature and extent of the rights of American citizens. In addition, they will be expected to demonstrate a good critical understanding of the contested interpretations that inform the history of the twentieth-century United States, skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of written and visual texts, and skills in the critical use of historical data and documentary evidence available on the web. Students will be expected to demonstrate an enhanced critical understanding of a wide range of interpretations informing the history of the twentieth-century United States.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (4500 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2-3 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2616


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Kalman

Notes

Previously coded INT3030

Synopsis

The unit explores ideas of 'nation', 'nationality' and 'ethnicity' through a variety of theoretical frameworks and with the specific focus on three case studies; Yugoslavia, South Africa and Malaysia, from the sixteenth century to the present. Students will be expected to explore the histories of the three case studies over the period in order to gain a deeper understanding of some of the complex issues tied up in nationalism, nation building, ethnicity and conflict throughout the modern era.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Recognise the importance of debates and ideas about race, nationalism, ethnicity and conflict.
  2. Understand the importance of debate and discussion in the development of these ideas.
  3. Have sound oral and written communication skills and be able to utilise these in such debates.
  4. Understand the importance of critical analysis and be comfortable in challenging ideas and arguments.

Assessment

Tutorial participation (500 words equiv): 10%; Film/book review (1000 words): 20%; Research essay (2000 words): 40%; Exam (1500 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1325 and ATS1326 or as approved

Prohibitions

ATS2623, AZA2623, AZA3623


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sara Niner

Notes

Previously coded INT3050

Synopsis

Why do politicians and citizens seem so threatened by refugees, asylum seekers and labour immigrants? Is it because such people-out-of-place challenge the system of nation-states? Mobile Worlds explores socially and culturally diverse forms of migrant experience, from among those know as gypsies, nomads, refugees, asylum seekers, illegal immigrants, illegal aliens, guest workers, labour migrants, circular migrants, astronauts, settlers, diasporas and transnational communities around the globe. The aim is to understand the implications of human movement for emerging trends that will characterise life in the 21st century.

Outcomes

As for ATS2625

Assessment

Tutorial oral presentation (500 words): 10%
Web site or film documentary analysis (1000 words): 25%
Essay (2000 words): 40%
Class test (1000 words): 25%
Third year students will be required to provide a critical evaluation of website or documentary material, while second year students need only analyse the argument made by a particular site or film.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1325 and ATS1326 or ATS1254 and ATS1255 or ATS1365 and ATS1366 or permission of the unit coordinator.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Susie Protschky

Notes

Previously coded INT3055

Synopsis

This unit examines the social history and impact of disasters from the late nineteenth century to recent times. Case studies include environmental and industrial disasters, pandemics, famines, and climate change events. We examine the processes that make disasters 'global', like travel and communications technologies and environmental systems. Using films, photographs, media reports and autobiographical sources, we examine the representation and experience of disasters to learn how they have been understood, experienced and responded to in contested ways. In doing so, we analyse the social causes of 'natural' and 'unnatural' disasters; how catastrophes have been catalysts for social change; and how disasters stimulate utopian and dystopian ideas about the globe's future.

Outcomes

The unit aims to provide students with a critical understanding of the role of disasters in shaping ideas about vulnerability, social change, responsibility and mitigation in the modern world, with a particular focus on the social experience of disaster, ethical issues and contested representations. It aims to further develop themes explored in the first-year sequence in International Studies, and to introduce themes and concepts that feature in the core Level 4 unit in that discipline. In addition, the unit also aims to develop students' skills in both independent research and writing and collaborative research and presentation. Specifically, students successfully completing ATS2626 will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a critical understanding of the role specific disasters and disasters in general have played in the development of global society
  2. a thorough knowledge of how contested representations and understandings of disaster have explored issues of responsibility, mitigation, vulnerability and social change
  3. a critical understanding of the various interpretations that inform the historical and contemporary analysis of these phenomena
  4. a stronger understanding of the ethical challenges of disaster response
  5. enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature, historical scholarship visual representations and web-based evidence, and specifically the development of skills in source criticism, critical reading, the development of research and writing skills, especially the use of evidence and primary sources, analysing different intepretations of an event or issue, organising and defending an argument, and writing with precision and imagination
  6. the capacity to independently develop an original research project.

Assessment

Written Tasks: 90%
Tutorial Tasks: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x90-minute lecture and 1 x1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2626


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Carolyn Stevens

Notes

Previously coded INT3060

Synopsis

Consumption (and re-creation) of rap in Japan, animated film in Kuala Lumpur curry laksa in Melbourne are just a few of the examples of transnational cultural flows which are visible the world over. The mass electronic media of cinema, television, and the Internet have speeded up the transnational flow of images of modernity and created local desires to consume cultures originating in distant places. Unit looks at the implications of globalisation for a variety of cultural phenomena, tracing transitions from local to global cultural practices. It looks at specific cases of local consumption of global cultures, including television, video games, popular music, fiction and comics, and the Internet.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit should have:

  1. A deeper knowledge of the concepts of modernity and tradition, and the problems of cultural ownership and authenticity, and an understanding of contemporary issues regarding copyright law;
  2. Acquired knowledge about the challenges to cultural nationalism by transnational cultural flows, and the role of electronic media, especially the Internet in this;
  3. Studied in depth some cases of cultural production and its local consumption, and critically analysed web-based and mass media material relating to these case studies;
  4. Improved their oral skills by participating in tutorial debate, both face-to-face and on-line cross-campus, on specific instances of cultural flows and local identities created through their consumption;
  5. Improved their written skills by producing a well-reasoned and well-documented essay on an aspect of the globalisation debate;
  6. Developed independent research skills;
  7. Developed the ability to critically assess the ideological implications of global cultural flows.

Assessment

Written work (2 tasks - totalling 2500 words): 55%
Class tests/quizzes (1000 words): 20%
Group online discussion project (1500 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

one 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in International Studies or permission

Prohibitions

ATS2627, AZA2627, AZA3627


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Helen E.S. Nesadurai

Notes

Previously coded INT3085

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the global economy and its governance. It enables students to critically examine conflicts among states, firms, international organizations, NGOs and other groups over how the global economy is governed. Key questions to be explored are:

  1. How do different political and economic ideas influence global economic governance, including in trade and finance, and whose interests are privileged as a result?
  2. How have groups such as women and labour and issues such as the environment fared under neoliberal approaches to governance?
  3. Should we govern the global economy to achieve stability and efficiency, or should we also attempt to achieve justice?

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify and interpret the changes that have occurred in how the world economy has been governed since the end of the Second World War
  2. Understand how different political and economic ideas that underpin distinct approaches to global economic governance privilege some actors and normative values at the expense of others
  3. Explain why conflicts occur among states, firms, international organizations, NGOs and other groups over how the global economy is governed
  4. Engage with and evaluate key normative debates on how the global economy should be governed.

Students will meet the objectives of the unit by:

  • Participating actively in tutorial discussions
  • Reading critically about the topics covered in lectures
  • Writing and submitting an essay that presents a well-researched and carefully argued analysis of the material covered in the unit
  • Demonstrating in the examination knowledge and understanding of key concepts and theoretical debates on global economic governance and their application to different case studies.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Class participation: 10%
Exam: 50% (2 hours)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Drakard

Notes

Previously coded INT3095

Synopsis

Travel is essential in modern life, yet we rarely pause to think about the role of travel over time and the way in which travel and travellers have shaped our world. This unit examines the history and impact of global travel from earliest times until the present, concluding with questions about the future of travel. Lectures will develop a number of key themes which will be explored in detail in tutorials through the examination of specific examples and case studies. These themes will have an international focus and will include exploration, cultural encounter, pilgrimage, migration, technology, tourism and mass travel, travel imagery and writing and the environmental impact of travel.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing ATS3631 will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of several key themes relating to the role and impact of travel;
  2. an appreciation of the complex ways in which travel and cultural encounter have shaped and continue to shape modern society;
  3. a critical understanding of the various interpretations that inform the historical and contemporary analysis of these phenomena;
  4. an enhanced understanding of the relationship between fictional and non-fictional representations of travel and encounter and of arguments about cultural change and representation;
  5. enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature, historical scholarship visual representations and web-based evidence, and specifically the development of skills in source criticism, critical reading, the development of research and writing skills, especially the use of evidence and primary sources, analysing different interpretations of an event or issue, organising and defending an argument, and writing with precision and imagination; and
  6. the capacity to work with others and present conclusions in oral form; and
  7. enhanced skills in the formulation of an independent research project and in the development of a comparative examination, including the location and critical analysis of relevant documentary sources.

Assessment

Class related written and oral work: 30%
Class Test: 20%
Essay related work: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2631


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded INT3120

Synopsis

This unit examines the emergent histories of post-genocide and post-conflict societies. It explores the negotiation of perpetrator, victim and bystander identities after genocide through histories of return and diaspora; and considers the local initiatives that rebuild post-conflict societies, including strategies of genocide prevention. It recognizes the different experiences of women, children and men in conflict and their different paths to reconciliation. Bosnia, Rwanda, Cambodia, South Africa, post-Holocaust German-Jewish relations, Germany's reunification, and Australia will be discussed, along with processes such as reparations, international criminal tribunals and truth commissions.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. an understanding of the human impact of genocide and conflict on the communities that survive it
  2. an understanding of the modern historical contexts in which these conflicts emerged
  3. an appreciation of the issues and the agencies involved in rebuilding states and societies after genocide and conflict
  4. In addition, third-year students will develop the capacity to describe and analyse questions of memory and justice using historical examples.

Assessment

Major essay (2500 words): 50%
Short writing exercise or text analysis (1000 words): 20%
Exam (1000 words equivalent): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2632, ATS3314, ATS4314, APG4314


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Thaatchaayini Kananatu

Notes

Previously coded INT3130

Synopsis

How have cities contributed to the progress of globalisation over the past two millennia? This unit analyses a series of major world cities, examining their histories, contemporary situation, and emerging or possible future development scenarios. The overarching theme will be the historical and contemporary role of cities as drivers of economic and social change, with a sub-theme around the idea of cities as centres of cultural interaction.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit student will:

  1. have an understanding of the past, present and possible futures of a number of important world cities
  2. have an understanding of the historical and contemporary role of cities as drivers of economic, social and cultural change
  3. have an understanding of the contemporary and historical role of cities as places of cultural interaction
  4. be familiar with the research skills and methods of urban scholars, including urban historians
  5. have experience in working with a range of textual, visual and material urban research sources
  6. have further developed their oral and written communication skills, including skills in writing for non-specialist audiences
  7. In addition to the above, students undertaking the unit at level three will have demonstrated the ability to conceive and complete an independent research project around an urban theme.

Assessment

Written work: 90%:
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in International Studies or History or permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded INT3150

Synopsis

Many scholars understand indigeneity in terms of:

  1. original relationships to particular lands
  2. historical engagements with colonial or settler populations
  3. distinct present-day cultural practices, ideologies and self-representations
  4. embeddedness and appropriation of intangible heritage.

This unit explores indigeneity by focusing on its global emergence and future trajectories. Key topics may include land and treaties; law and translation; education; art and the appropriation and consumption of intellectual property; and religion and ritual. The unit contains modules on specific regions which may include Australia and NZ; the Pacific Islands; Asia; the Americas; and Africa.

Outcomes

After successfully completing this unit at second-year level, students should be able to:

  1. display knowledge of various definitions of indigeneity;
  2. identify key debates in studies of indigeneity;
  3. articulate broad connections between cultural identity and expression, history, land, and political power;
  4. display an understanding of indigenous issues pertinent to thee specific cultural-geographical regions;

For students taking the unit at third-year level, there should be:

  1. display knowledge of various definitions of indigeneity;
  2. identify key debates in studies of indigeneity;
  3. articulate broad connections between cultural identity and expression, history, land, and political power;
  4. display an understanding of indigenous issues pertinent to thee specific cultural-geographical regions;

With the additional objective of:

5. write a brief (1500 words) but focused research paper on the global connections between disparate indigenous movements.

Students are expected to develop their abilities to:

  1. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with social science accounts of diverse peoples;
  2. read written sources and view visual materials critically;
  3. assess preconceived ideas about what indigenous cultures are like;
  4. present logical, coherent arguments in writing.

Assessment

Written work (4500 words): 90% +
Tutorial participation: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Anthropology, Australian Indigenous Studies, Indigenous Cultures and Histories, International Studies, Spanish and Latin American Studies or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS2634


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tamara Prosic

Notes

Previously coded INT3170

Synopsis

The unit explores ways in which religious and secular ideas and interests interact and influence each other. It discusses models of secularization (freedom of religion, freedom from religion), its historical contexts, socio-cultural tensions and governments' responses to them. It examines different models implied by the intersection between the religious and the secular and between politics and the state (religious state/religious politics, secular state/secular politics, religious state/secular politics, secular state/religious politics). Finally, the unit also looks at religio-political discourses of in- and ex-clusion underlying domestic and foreign policies of nation-states.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit should have developed:

  1. background knowledge about secular traditions and mainstream theories of secularization and desecularization;
  2. an understanding of the historical reasons behind different models of formal religion and state separation (USA and France);
  3. acquired the necessary analytical tools to gain deeper insight into the principled issues at stake in contemporary tensions between religion and the state, religion and politics;
  4. the ability to compare and analyse different forms of interaction between the religious and the secular/political in the modern world via four empirical case studies a.Israel/Iran b.China c. Sweden/Indonesia d.USA;
  5. an appreciation of the complex national and international influence of religions on the dynamics of contemporary public life;
  6. an understanding of religion's role in the formation of personal and collective identity and alterity;
  7. an understanding of religious undercurrents in systems of political and economic alliances;
  8. the capacity to analyse, contextualise and discuss contemporary religio-political discourse via empirical case studies.

In addition, third-year level students;

  1. will be able to demonstrate a deeper understanding of the issues discussed in the unit and a greater level of sophistication and independence in formulating their essay question.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 90 minute lecture per week + One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in International Studies or ATS1324 or ATS1873 or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS2636


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kerry Wardlaw

Notes

Previously coded INT3190

Synopsis

The unit introduces key concepts related to children and childhood from fields including sociology, anthropology, critical legal studies, postcolonial and development studies, and rights literature. Students are invited to apply these concepts to problems and issues related to children and childhood in global contexts. Topics include: appraisal of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child; limitations of universalised conceptions of childhood and rights with respect to the lives of children globally; child poverty in a global context; child labour and the economic value of children in comparative contexts; children as objects, subjects and agents; and the 'future' of childhood.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

  1. A developed understanding of key issues, debates and approaches in the interdisciplinary study of children and childhood in a contemporary, global context
  2. Working familiarity with key literature in the contemporary study of children and childhood in a global context
  3. High level library-based research skills and a working knowledge of the major data-bases relevant to the study of children's rights, welfare and mobility
  4. The ability to think critically and analytically, and to be able to articulate ideas and arguments to a high standard of written and oral expression
  5. A focus upon the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, reflection, discussion, drafting and debate
  6. The ability to work independently as scholars, to give and receive critical feedback and to participate actively in group research activities.

Assessment

Short exercise: (1000 words): 30%
Assignment (2000 words): 50%
Tutorial attendance and participation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture/workshop per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two Gateway units in a related discipline

Prohibitions

ATS2638


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Linda Barclay

Notes

Previously coded INT3910

Synopsis

What does justice demand of rich individuals and/or nations in response to poverty, climate change and natural disasters? What difference does it make if these misfortunes occur inside or outside of our national border? What is the proper role of international organizations in addressing these problems? This unit examines conflicting answers to these questions offered by leading theorists in environmental ethics and international justice. The unit will serve as an introduction to central moral and political dilemmas of the 21st century. No background in philosophy is required, merely an interest in rational debate about world affairs and a passion for the question: what ought we to do?

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

  1. critically assess the ethical aspects of proposed measures to alleviate environmental problems, global poverty and inequality
  2. apply theories of justice to problems of practical concern
  3. comprehend and critically assess complex moral and political arguments
  4. effectively communicate theoretical ideas in written assignments
  5. contribute to the developing debate on the justice of current international relations and solutions to international problems.

Assessment

Written work and exercises: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units Human rights, Philosophy, International studies, Society, cities and sustainability and a cornerstone unit in Philosophy, Human rights, or International studies

Prohibitions

ATS2639


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert Simpson

Notes

Previously coded INT3920

Synopsis

When, if ever, is warfare justified? What about humanitarian intervention? What about violent revolution and terrorism? Why should civilians be protected in conflict? This unit will introduce students to theoretical approaches to the ethics of conflict that will allow them to answer these difficult questions. It will also serve to introduce students to basic ideas in moral and political philosophy. No background in philosophy is required: merely an interest in rational argument applied to global conflict.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will:

  1. have a high level of understanding of the central ideas of just war theory
  2. appreciate a wide variety of criticisms of just war theory
  3. understand the connections between human rights and war
  4. have developed the ability to apply theories of justice in conflict to actual cas es from recent history
  5. be able to develop and critically assess arguments about the justification of violence in the pursuit of political ends
  6. have improved their ability to effectively communicate about complex issues in international affairs
  7. have developed their ability to conduct independent research on topics of international justice.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (3500 words)
Test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Philosophy, International Studies, Human Rights, Politics or International Relations.

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Deb Anderson

Notes

Previously coded JCS3603

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a thorough, critical introduction to the quantitative and qualitative methodologies of research in the social sciences for journalistic purposes, with an emphasis on computer-assisted research. Topics covered include introductory statistics, accessing and using databases in Australia, Europe and North America, archival and documentary research, memory and oral history, analysis of financial statements and company records, epidemiology, focus groups and interviewing.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to

  1. demonstrate a superior knowledge and critical capacity to make effective usage of a range of social science research methodologies
  2. demonstrate an advanced ability to use, discuss and analyse research and methodological techniques and approaches in a clear, concise and rigorous way
  3. collaborate constructively with fellow students in learning and discussion processes, including online forums
  4. produce their written work to deadline making effective use of the conventions of scholarly presentation (references, bibliography, etc)
  5. work independently and in groups to achieve their learning outcomes
  6. demonstrate a critical awareness of the strengths, limitations and socio-professional implications of scientific research practices for journalism

Assessment

Minimum requirement: attendance and participation as specified in the Unit Guide for the mode of delivery.
Minor project (1500 words): 30%
Class presentation and report (500 words): 20%
Major project (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1-hour lecture per week + 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS2645


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrea Baker

Notes

Previously coded JCS3612

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity for a critical engagement with contemporary scholarship on the geography of journalism, with particular reference to urban, regional and rural contexts. Journalism will be placed in a larger context of film and literary production about urban and rural society and culture. It will take a comparative historical approach, canvassing the Chicago School and North American approaches to urban studies and journalistic methodologies; Australian and North American rural media; European urban culture, the global city hypothesis, multiculturalism and the new mega-cities; and the impact of rural depopulation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a satisfactory knowledge and capacity to make effective usage of the academic literature in the field of journalism about urban/regional/rural society.
  2. Demonstrate an ability to research, discuss and analyse scholarly issues in a clear, concise and rigorous way
  3. Collaborate constructively with fellow students in learning and discussion processes, including online forums
  4. Produce their written work to deadline making effective use of the conventions of scholarly presentation (references, bibliography, etc)
  5. Work independently and in groups to achieve their learning outcomes
  6. Demonstrate a critical awareness of the strengths, limitations and socio-professional implications of scholarly practice in journalism studies

Assessment

Minimum requirement: attendance and participation as specified in the Unit Guide for the mode of delivery.
Minor project (1500 words): 30%
In-class Invigilation (500 words): 20%
Major Project (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1-hour lecture per week + 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS2646


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah Pasfield-Neofitou

Notes

Previously coded JPS3130

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the study of the basic aspects of the Japanese language and system of communication, as well as intercultural communication. Topics include communication problems, speech acts, politeness, discourse structure.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to demonstrate an understanding of sociolinguistics and to be able to employ some of the terminology used within the discipline.
  2. Be able to explain the processes of communication found in native Japanese communication situations as well as in intercultural contact situations.
  3. Be able to display a critical understanding of some issues related to communicating in Japanese or English with native speakers of Japanese.
  4. Be able to relate these processes and issues to their own experiences and observations of Japanese use.
  5. Be able to employ advanced research skills (research questions, methodologies, data management and analysis)
  6. Be able to employ a range of enquiry techniques.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture-seminar and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of ATS2144 Japanese Intermediate 2 or above AND one of ATS2653 Japanese language acquisition and use, ATS2648 Contemporary Japan, ATS2382 War and memory in the Asia Pacific: Legacies of World War II, ATS3652 Japan as empire: From Meiji to 1945, ATS3089 Social institutions and power in East Asia

Prohibitions

ATS2649


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Beatrice Trefalt

Notes

Previously coded JPS3180

Synopsis

This unit introduces broad themes and debates in modern Japanese history, from the late Tokugawa period through the Meiji restoration, the growth of Empire with the annexation of Taiwan and Korea, Taisho democracy, the militarization of the early Showa period, the disastrous expansion of WWII and its immediate consequences for the emerging Japanese post-war state. Students completing this unit will have a solid background in the most important themes of the history of Modern Japan, and will be able to use this to deepen their understanding of contemporary Japanese culture and politics. The unit will also focus on refining critical reading skills, research skills and essay writing skills.

Outcomes

  1. A solid base of knowledge in crucial events and trends of modern Japan's early history, and an sophisticated understanding of the major historical debates around these events and trends
  2. Refined skills in critical reflection on the methods of knowing and evaluating the past
  3. Extensive research skills, excellent critical reading skills and academic essay writing skills
  4. An ability to produce coherent and logical argumentation, both in writing and orally

Assessment

Tutorial attendance and multiple choice quizzes: 10%
Written assignments (3500 words in total): 50%
Exam (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week + One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1318 or ATS1319 or ATS1149, or ATS1325 or ATS1326 or two gateway units in an Asian language

Prohibitions

ATS2652


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Elizabeth Hart

Notes

Previously coded JRN3903

Synopsis

This unit will help students transfer their journalistic skills to digital media - such as material generation and web authoring - and the convergence of print, audio and video formats, and the integration to produce and distribute content. Students will be introduced to a set of research and reporting approaches that will enable them to locate people and story details using online tools. They will build on the skills they acquire in the unit to report, write news and produce multimedia packages news for online audiences. Part of the teaching will be in block mode in the lab.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Knowledge of how online tools and technologies are changing journalism;
  2. Ability to assess ethical and legal issues surrounding online news reporting and presentation;
  3. Ability to identify differences between analogue and digital/ online journalism;
  4. Competence in the use of multimedia tools and technologies to develop and disseminate multimedia journalistic stories and packages suitable for an online audience;
  5. Working collaboratively in a team to develop online stories and packages;
  6. Ability to assess the value, authenticity and authority of sources;

Note: Level 3 students are required to demonstrate a higher level of technical skill and critical argument and scholarship.

Assessment

Online news site analysis: 10% (equiv 450 words)
Produce multimedia packages: 40% (equiv 1800 words)
In class multimedia presentation (DE students to submit online): 10% (equiv 450 words)
Major project - website development: 40% (equiv 1800 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour laboratory) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two second-year journalism units

Prohibitions

GSC2903, GSC3913, ATS2787, ATS2656, JRN2201, JRN2903, JRN3903


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Elizabeth Hart

Notes

Previously coded JRN3910

Synopsis

This unit covers the areas of professional ethics that govern journalism in Australia. Students learn how the principles and codes of journalism ethics influence and impact on journalism practice. Students explore debates about privacy, chequebook journalism, sensationalism, news images and ethics, conflicts of interest, plagiarism, self-regulation, gender and media stereotypes, and reporting of race and minorities. Students learn the extent of ethical constraints and freedoms and the tensions that arise among media owners, media regulators, journalists, and the public in reporting of news. The challenges of rapid technological change provide a framework within which to consider trends and dilemmas in journalism ethics in the 21st century.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Understand the ethical issues which journalists encounter in their daily work;
  2. Be able to critically analyse the challenges of ethical practice in the production of news;
  3. Understand the importance and relevance of unethical practice within the Fourth Estate model of the production of news;
  4. Be able to debate and analyse the ethical conflicts that arise between the media, the public, and public relations;
  5. Understand the implication of technological advances on ethical journalism;
  6. Have knowledge of and practise in applying the MEAA's Code of Ethics and the Australian Press Council Statement of Principles;
  7. Have the ability to critically analyse self-regulation of the media in Australia.

Note: Level 3 students are required to demonstrate a higher level of production skills, and critical argument and scholarship, including a stronger grasp of key concepts.

Assessment

Assignment: online academic postings (1500 words): 35%
Class presentation: tutorial presentation supported by written report (online for DE) (1000 words): 25%
Examination (2 hours): 40%.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two second-year journalism units or permission

Prohibitions

GSC2910, GSC3903, GSC3910, ATS2658, JRN2910, JRN3910


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded LIN3030

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the key issues in language endangerment. It examines historical and contemporary assessments of linguistic diversity and language endangerment within the broader framework of the loss of biological and cultural diversity. It reflects on a wide range of issues, including factors in assessing speaker fluency and the degree of endangerment, symptoms and causes of language shift, and changes in domains of language use and patterns of language transmission. General principles and issues are embedded within case studies from a range of regions and language families. The seminar combines lectures with group discussion of key concepts guided by focus questions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should have:

  1. gained familiarity with the significant aspects of the rapidly growing field of language endangerment research and practice
  2. have an understanding of, and an ability to apply, key terms, concepts and theoretical models relevant to a wide range of language endangerment settings
  3. developed the ability to critically evaluate assessments of language endangerment.

Students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the historical development of language endangerment research
  2. analyse the key factors in assessing language endangerment and speaker fluency;
  3. evaluate alternative explanations for language variation
  4. interpret theoretical frameworks developed and utilised by researchers in the field
  5. apply key concepts to new sets of data.

They should also be able to:

  1. formulate research questions
  2. utilise appropriate methodologies to conduct independent research
  3. present their results in discussion forums in small groups (on campus)/on line discussion (off campus), and in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), and
  4. engage in team work and critical academic discussion of information and argument.

Assessment

For Level 3:
Research essay proposal (500 words): 10%
Research essay (3000 words): 45%
Take home test 1.5 hour: 35%
Group/Online participation: 10%
The Take-home test will include additional questions for level 3 students only.



Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2- hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

LIN4030


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Margetts, Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded LIN3070

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to Eastern Austronesian languages and cultures of Indonesia, East Timor and Oceania, covering issues in linguistic structure (morphology, syntax), sociolinguistic, and anthropological linguistics. Students will learn about the linguistic structure of Eastern Austronesian languages as well as the history of the Austronesian language family and the dispersal of the Austronesian people through linguistic, archaeological, anthropological, and genetic evidence. The unit will discuss issues such as language contact (including with neighbouring languages groups of Indonesia and New Guinea), special registers, language endangerment and language socialization.

Outcomes

After successfully completing this unit, students should be able to:

  1. describe and analyse data from Austronesian languages of the Molucas and Oceania,
  2. identify key features of the morphology, syntax and semantics of these languages,
  3. discuss the relationship between languages in this geographical area and identify contact phenomena between them,
  4. use linguistic, archaeological, anthropological, and genetic evidence to evaluate theories of the history of Austronesian languages and of the dispersal of the Austronesian people.

More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

  1. use analytic and interpretative skills in dealing with language data
  2. read critically
  3. assess evidence supporting various theories and thereby evaluate these theories
  4. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

Assessment

Participation and class presentation: 30%
Written work: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 two-hour seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1338 and ATS1339 OR ATS1254 and ATS1255 OR ATS1111 and ATS1112 OR ATS1113 and ATS1114

Prohibitions

ATS2666


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Olav Kuhn

Notes

Previously coded LIN3080

Synopsis

All languages are constantly changing - just as other aspects of human society are also constantly changing. How and why do these changes begin? How and why do they take hold and spread? How can we explain them? This subject is an introduction to the study of language over time. It examines changes at all linguistics levels - vocabulary, meaning, sounds and grammar. Examples are drawn from the history of a wide range of languages - Germanic, Romance, Pacific and Asian. Part of the subject also gives students practice in reconstructing lost stages of languages, using the internal and comparative methods of reconstruction.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this subject students should be able to:

  1. Describe language as a dynamic system of communication.
  2. Analyse language data with respect to the evolution of sounds, vocabulary and grammar.
  3. Identify the types of change that occur.
  4. Discuss the factors responsible for these changes and how they interact.
  5. Explain the major processes of language change.
  6. Use the methods of comparative reconstruction to build past linguistic systems.
  7. Integrate language observation and analysis with corresponding literature in the field.

Assessment

Three written practical assignments (approximately 3,000 words): 70%
One examination (1.5 hour): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (lectures/seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Margetts

Notes

Previously coded LIN3090

Synopsis

This unit will cover the basic tools necessary for the study of syntax and will specifically focus on the linguistic analysis of the sentence in different languages. This study will be approached through the comparison of different systems of case marking, agreement, use of clitic pronouns, word order, topic-comment structure and other mechanisms that reveal the structure of the clause. Attention will be given to understanding basic concepts such as verb, transitive verb, passive subject and direct object and tense/aspect.

Outcomes

As of ATS2668 and in addition a deeper understanding of theoretical issues relating to the study of syntax.

Assessment

Class participation and presentation: 20%
Written work: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A second-year sequence in Linguistics


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded LIN3110

Synopsis

Introduction to the principles of articulatory phonetics and the International Phonetic Alphabet. Introduction to the acoustic analysis of speech sounds and their measurement. Introduction to the principles of phonological analysis and issues in phonological theory.

Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of this subject students are expected to understand the ways in speech sounds are produced in different languages, and the processes by which sounds are modified in connected speech, be familiar with the use of computerised speech analysis and understand the principles of phonological analysis and issues in phonological theory. More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

  1. Read critically.
  2. Use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data.
  3. Assess evidence supporting various theories and thereby evaluate these theories.
  4. Present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A cornerstone unit in Linguistics

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Howard Manns

Notes

Previously coded LIN3160

Synopsis

This unit examines basic concepts of intercultural communication: face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and examines their interaction in intercultural communication in the global context. Case studies drawn from a wide variety of cultures will provide opportunities to examine language use in light of broader cultural, political and social issues such as stereotyping and discriminatory language, cultural expectation and attitudes, cultural awareness training, language reform and policies.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit it is expected that students will:

  1. be sensitive to inter-cultural differences in communication patterns and cultural expectations
  2. know what kinds of questions to ask about communication patterns in a culture with which they are not (very) familiar
  3. be able to analyze what goes wrong in communication breakdown
  4. have encountered examples of inter-cultural communication
  5. assess evidence supporting different theories and thereby evaluate those theories.

More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

  1. read and think critically
  2. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data
  3. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

Assessment

Written assignments (3250 words): 75%
Exam (1000 words equivalent): 20% +
Class/on-line participation (250 words equivalent): 5%

Third-year students will be invited to show a greater degree of theoretical sophistication in their assignments.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week or
One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

LIN2470, LIN3470, ATS2671, LLC2160, LLC3160


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded LIN3180

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the field of computational linguistics, an increasingly important area within linguistics. The course will include an overview of the development of the field and its relation to other developments in linguistics and outside of it. The main approaches used, both rule-based and probabilistic will be discussed and the basic techniques in each approach will be studied and practised. The major applications of computational techniques in linguistics, including machine translation, data mining and corpus linguistics will also be examined along with current achievements in these areas.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have gained an understanding of:

  1. the history of the use of computers in linguistics
  2. the intellectual context of such work
  3. the computational implementation of rules in phonology, morphology and syntax
  4. the principles of probabilistic analysis of language
  5. and the application of computational techniques to various real-world problems.

Students will also have gained experience in:

  1. using simple software for linguistic analysis including parsing
  2. using software for quantitative analysis of large bodies of language data
  3. and designing and implementing a small research project using computational techniques.

Students will also develop their skills in:

  1. rigorous analysis of language data
  2. critical thinking
  3. and developing research projects.

In addition, students at level 3 will develop their skills in presenting the results of their work.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (500 words) 10%
Assignment 2 (500 words) 15%
Assignment 3 (2000 words) 40%
Class test (2 hours, equivalent to 1000 words) 25%
Participation - includes oral presentation of results (500 words equivalent) 10%
The class test will include additional questions for level 3 students.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Prof Kate Burridge

Notes

Previously coded LIN3190

Synopsis

This unit will survey the history of English (origins, development, diversification, recent convergence, etc; including the origins and development of the key features which distinguish the main varieties of the language), and the relevant basic aspects of theoretical historical linguistics and philology. It will also deal with the main sociolinguistic facts and issues associated with the statuses and functions of the English language as it exists today and of the key varieties of English in the various societies in which they are used.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the major structural changes in the history of English.
  2. Identify the sociohistorical context for these changes.
  3. Discuss the effects of language contact on English.
  4. Analyse language data with respect to the evolution of sounds, vocabulary and grammar.
  5. Explain the major processes of language standardization, focusing on the development of Standard English.
  6. Illustrate the effects of globalization and e-communication on current-day English.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Exam: 30% (1.5 hours)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics and 12 credit points at 2nd year level Linguistics

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Alice Gaby

Notes

Previously coded LIN3310

Synopsis

Semantics is concerned with the meaning of every kind of linguistic constituent and expression in language(from the smallest morphemes and words to complex sentences and texts), as well as the relationships that hold between them. Pragmatics is concerned with how speakers use linguistic forms in particular contexts to communicate more than the semantic content of those forms, as well as how their addressees draw inferences in order to arrive at a shared understanding (or not!). This unit considers the nature of linguistic meaning and how it can be best represented, drawing on natural language data from around the world.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should:

  1. able to explain the fundamental concepts for of linguistic semantics and pragmatics;
  2. be equipped with the basic tools and skills needed to progress to original research in semantics and pragmatics;
  3. be able to interpret the semantic and/or pragmatic content of natural language exchanges.

Assessment

Written work(total 4500 words): 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week
One 1-hour tutorial per 3 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics or Communications.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alice Gaby

Notes

Previously coded LIN3370

Synopsis

The size of Australia and its long history of human inhabitation have produced considerable linguistic diversity, although its languages generally share similar phonologies, cognate words, and recurrent patterns of meaning. In its overview of phonology, morphology, syntax and semantics, this unit will examine what structural features can be considered typical of Australian languages, and how/whether these can be related to typical features of Australian cultures. It will also examine the present sociolinguistic status of Australian aboriginal languages, bilingualism and the role of linguistics in language maintenance and revitalization.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Understand key features of the phonology, morphology, syntax, and semantics of Australian Aboriginal languages and be able to identify such features in a number of different Aboriginal languages.
  2. Be aware of some of the key theoretical issues regarding the structure of Aboriginal languages.
  3. Understand relevant sociolinguistic issues including language status, bilingualism and the role of linguistics in language maintenance and revival and the implication of these for language education and planning.

More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

  1. Read critically.
  2. Use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data.
  3. Assess evidence supporting various theories and thereby evaluate these theories.
  4. Present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

Assessment

Written work (3600 words): 80%
Class exercises and participation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics

Prohibitions

ATS2677


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded LIN3390

Synopsis

This unit examines the role of language in the construction of identity or identities, with a particular focus on gender identity. In addition the linguistic contribution to presentation and construction of ethnic and other identities will be examined. The examination of differences in the language use and communication patterns of the sexes focuses on:

  1. a variety of languages
  2. written and spoken texts
  3. public and private contexts including patient/doctor interaction, computer mediated interaction, interpersonal communication and educational settings.

The unit will also examine the cultural and social framing of identity, style shifting and acts of identity, and identity formation in language contact and second language learning.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:

  1. Summarize key theoretical debates in relation to identity and language
  2. Compare the approaches of theorists from different discipline backgrounds
  3. Reflect on gender differences across languages in the light of theoretical and empirical studies
  4. Evaluate major methodological approaches to the study of identity and language
  5. Work in teams to apply at least one methodology to a selected context
  6. Use data thus collected to support an argument in relation to theoretical debates
  7. Present a coherent oral and written account of research thus conducted.

Assessment

Written work: 90% and Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics, or a language, or English as an International Language, or Communication

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Margetts

Notes

Previously coded LIN3430

Synopsis

The first part of the unit traces the development of child language from pre-speech to the later stages of acquisition, including the development of communicative competence. It examines the development of the child's phonological, syntactic, morphological and semantic system and attempts to account for this development by considering various linguistic models and theories. The second part of the unit focuses on the comprehension and production of speech. Experimental evidence are examined in order to determine the psychological validity of the various models and theories which have been proposed to describe the process involved in comprehending and producing speech.

Outcomes

As for ATS2679 and in addition a deeper understanding of the theoretical issues involved in the study of psycholinguistics and child language acquisition.

Assessment

Assignments (3000 words): 55%
Class Presentation: 20%
Examination (1 hour): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A cornerstone unit in Linguistics

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded LIN3490

Synopsis

This unit will provide an introduction to issues in language in education including, reading, writing, early childhood literacy, tertiary literacy and classroom practices. Literacies in media and computer communication contexts will be investigated including the language of hypertext, 'reading' in CMC, television and video discourse, and the ethical issues of access, participation and democratisation will also be explored. These topics help frame understandings about the measurement, acquisition, absence and change for literacies in communication contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Engage in informed debate on the relationship between literacy and cognition.
  2. Identify the attributes of major writing systems of the world.
  3. Describe the spoken-written language continuum and the features of computer-mediated communication.
  4. Outline the stages of literacy development in young children.
  5. Assess the effects of schooled literacy, second language literacy, and biliteracy.
  6. Use ethnographic methods to study of literacy events.
  7. Assess the cultural impact of electronic literacy.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Linguistics, Literay studies or Communication and 12 credit points at second-year level in Linguistics, Literary studies or Communication

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Howard Manns

Notes

Previously coded LIN3550

Synopsis

The unit explores social factors in second language acquisition, the nature of first, second and bilingual acquisition, early and late language learning, the nature of interlanguage, cognitive, interactionist and sociocultural models of language and general learning, language attrition, individual differences in language learning, and the role of formal instruction in the language classroom.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the major applied linguistic theories that have influenced the field of second language acquisition;
  2. Understand the role of the individual learner differences in second language learning;
  3. Evaluate the role of internal and external factors in language learning;
  4. Analyse a learner's language;
  5. Apply all these understandings to the practice of enabling learners to learn and acquire a second language in both formal and informal contexts;
  6. Relate the research literature to their own and others' second language acquisition experience.

In addition a more in-depth critical appreciation of the theoretical underpinnings of second language acquisition and the research literature at third year level.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week, also by flexible delivery

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A cornerstone unit in Linguistics

Prohibitions

ATS2682, ATS2101, ATS3101, GRN2130 or GRN3130, ATS2041, ATS3041, ITA2550, ITA3550, MGR3550 or SPN3550


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heinz Kreutz

Notes

Previously coded LLC3030

Synopsis

The unit connects language students with bilingual residents in the community who are native speaker of the respective target language. Students will be individually paired with elderly bilingual and engage in the target language during fortnightly conversation sessions.

Outcomes

The unit aims to:

  1. Development of linguistic and socio-cultural competence: Language learners benefit from naturalistic interactions with native speakers in genuine acquisition settings. This is particularly pertinent in situations where students have limited exposure to native speakers, as is the case in Australia, as opposed to Europe.
  2. Intergenerational empathy: The younger generation is generally disconnected from older member of the community. At the same time, many elderly ageing residents feel isolated and disengaged. More engagement with local communities, becoming involved in mentoring schemes and opportunities to use their native language contribute to healthy and positive ageing. Existing language potential in our community constitutes a significant cultural and linguistic resource which remains under-utilised. The proposed initiative aims to take advantage of untapped potential by re-connecting the two demographics using a shared interest in language and culture.
  3. Contextualisation of Language Learning: The proposed unit will add a practical dimension to existing linguistics units in LCL which focus primarily on theory, i.e. Second Language Acquisition and Attrition, Sociolinguistics, Language and Identity etc., and also the language classroom. The new unit will add an important practical dimension to existing, more artificial, classroom settings. It will enhance the School's curriculum by embedding participatory approaches to language education and participatory action research.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Oral exams: 20%
Seminar presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 3-hour conversation meeting per fortnight (6x per semester)
One 2-hour seminar with unit coordinator per fortnight (6x per semester)

Off-campus attendance requirements

The unit will not be available to off-campus students

Prerequisites

Level 6 language or above, with permission of participating LCL language program

Prohibitions

ATS2684


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Ang Hean Leng

Notes

Previously coded MAL3000

Synopsis

This unit provides a broad overview of Malaysian history, socio-economy, politics and culture for second and third year students in the School of Arts and Social Sciences. It is informed by the approaches of various disciplines in that School. It both analyses the peculiarities of Malaysia's multi-cultural society and emphasises factors promoting national integration. It notes key areas of development and challenge in the economy, the education system, in health and technology and in Malaysia's role in the global community.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed

  1. understanding of Malaysia's national and people's history as well as community development in terms of their socio-cultural, political and economic aspects
  2. ability to analyse a question and produce a clear verbal or written response
  3. a basis for participation in efforts relating to the sovereignty, development and progress of Malaysia with skills of enhanced awareness
  4. understanding of the process of nation-building
  5. understanding of key issues in Malaysia's national identity and
  6. understanding of Malaysia's role and contribution internationally.

Assessment

Assignment (2,000 words): 30%
Class presentation (group - 500 words each): 30%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

Prohibitions

MAL1000, ATS2685


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Aline Scott-Maxwell

Notes

Previously coded MUS3910

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a sample of music genres from Africa which demonstrate underlying social and musical principles of African music. A series of performance sessions in African drum ensembles will present principles of polyrhythmic structures in selected genres.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have:

  1. A practical knowledge of a variety of performance issues in the musical traditions of sub-Saharan Africa
  2. A knowledge of the history, musical styles and socio-cultural function of different African genres
  3. A knowledge of the formation of modern African popular music genres and their musical, social and political foundation.

Assessment

Written (2500 words): 70%
Exam (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded PLT3015

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the practice of foreign policy and the foreign relations of the great and emerging powers. The unit is divided into two modules:

  1. an overview of the foundational international relations approaches and theoretical approaches to foreign policy analysis
  2. historical and contemporary case studies of the foreign policies of major global and regional powers from the Americas, Asia, Europe and the Middle-East, including the P5, Japan, India, Iran, Israel and the EU.

The unit examines issues integral to the case studies, such as balances of power; threat perceptions and foreign policy; grand strategies; and status quo and revisionist powers.

Outcomes

  1. Explain different theoretical approaches to national preference formation.
  2. Explain the various states' approaches to foreign policy making.
  3. Utilize approaches from international relations to explain why and how major and emerging powers bandwagon or balance.
  4. Determine how major and emerging powers develop security strategies.
  5. Analyse historical and contemporary influences upon foreign policy making, as well as domestic and international constraints upon foreign policy implementation.
  6. Critically apply theoretical approaches to individual states' foreign policy behaviour.

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have attained the following learning outcomes and skills:

  1. An understanding of the major theoretical approaches to the study of foreign policy.
  2. A comprehension of the major foreign policy objectives of the P5.
  3. An awareness of the continuities and disjunctures in foreign policy behaviour.
  4. A familiarity with the major strategic concepts espoused by great and emerging powers.
  5. An ability to dissect, contextualise and distinguish between declaratory and operational foreign policy, via documentary analysis and empirical case-studies.
  6. An appreciation of the complexities of, and multiple inputs into, the foreign policy process.

Assessment

Written work (3500 words): 60%
2 hour exam: 40%.

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points of either Politics or International Relations gateway units, or permission of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions

ATS2688, AZA2688, AZA3688


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Muldoon; Dr Michael Janover

Notes

Previously coded PLT3090

Synopsis

This unit seeks to illuminate the current crisis of humanity by looking at the work of three key figures in recent political theory - Hannah Arendt, Michel Foucault and Jacques Derrida. Each of these theorists has interrogated the relationship between politics and barbarism at the most profound level and attempted to salvage a concept of humanity from the catastrophes of the twentieth century. Pivoting around themes of truth, freedom and power, their work draws us back to fundamental questions about the purposes and possibilities of politics as a human endeavour. Engaging with them will help to shed light on what might be hoped for human beings, individually and collectively, in the future.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. understand debates about humanism and anti-humanism in politics and political theory
  2. compare and contrast key political ideas of the three theorists studied in the unit: Arendt, Foucault, Derrida
  3. display developing skills of spoken and written communication in addressing questions of politics and humanism
  4. summarise and analyse passages of text that raise issues and ideas in political theory
  5. understand and analyse the relationship between politics and ethics in the writings of political theorists
  6. critically reflect on political theory as an attempt to explain the meaning and advance the possibility of human freedom

Assessment

Seminar Participation: 10%
Written work: 60% (3000 words)
2 Hours exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of two Gateway units in Politics

Prohibitions

ATS2690


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded PLT3270

Synopsis

This unit examines the factors that shape public policy outcomes and the consequences (both deliberate and unintended) that sometime result from particular policy choices. The unit focuses principally on the Australian context, although includes comparison with similar polities. The unit is divided into three sections. Section one traces the theoretical and normative debates associated with the state in the policy making process, including an examination of the evolution of the state. Section two explores the institutions and actors that are central go policy making process. The course concludes with an investigation of a number of key policy areas.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject students should:

  1. Demonstrate an improved understanding of the complexities involved in the formulation and implementation of public policy;
  2. Have gained an understanding of the role and influence of key players and institutions in the policy process;
  3. Be able to link theory and practice;
  4. Have developed the ability to present arguments (in oral and written form) relevant to the topic being analyzed and debated.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

One x 2 hour seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit in Politics or ATS2945

Prohibitions

ATS2695


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Swati Parashar

Notes

Previously coded PLT3380

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to key debates and feminist perspectives on around gender and international relations. Students will gain an understanding of the relationship between gender and security, with a particular focus on violence during armed conflict and war. The unit will examine gender relations in the global political economy and how they relate to current global economic and development policymaking. The unit also looks closely at how gender identities underpins the construction of national identity, culture and religion, and the role of the (global) media and transnational feminism in shaping and contesting these identities.

Outcomes

The course has five principal objectives. By the end of this course, students will be able to:

  1. Distinguish between and evaluate types of feminism, and feminist and masculinities theories and concepts
  2. Exhibit a greater awareness of - and interest in - how gender shapes global politics and economics, and in turn, how global politics and economics shape gender relations.
  3. Understand what it means to adopt a gender perspective on any given topic in (global) politics, policy or political economy.
  4. Use gender perspectives to analyse global policy problems and/or political issues.
  5. Demonstrate five key 21st century competencies: critical thinking, teamwork, creativity, self-learning and analytical writing/oral expression skills.

Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to answer a class test of a more conceptually challenging nature.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class participation/presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Politics or permission

Prohibitions

ATS2697


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nick Economou

Notes

Previously coded PLT3521

Synopsis

This is an advanced unit in Australian Politics which concentrates on the political party system. It involves an examination of:

  1. the emergence of the Australian party system
  2. the organisation and ideologies of the parties
  3. the role of parties within parties
  4. the nature of competition among the parties
  5. the relationship between political parties and social movements
  6. the relationship between the party system and the electoral system.

A theme of the subject will be the way the parties exercise political power in Australia.

Outcomes

  1. To foster an understanding of the importance of political parties as organizational forms by which citizens in a liberal democracy seek to influence governance;
  2. To foster a comparative understanding of how parties and party systems are organized in liberal democratic states
  3. To develop a knowledge of the contribution political science has made to the theorizing about parties and party systems;
  4. To foster an understanding of the applicability of theories about organisation and power to an analysis of political parties
  5. To develop a clear understanding of the forms and dynamics of inter-party and intra-party politics, and the impact this has on debates about public policy and governance;
  6. To develop advanced analytical skills so that graduates can analyse organisational power and communicate these skills by way of coherent argument in tutorial situations, and to present rigorously analytical research essays.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 40%
Tutorial participation: 10%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

Prohibitions

ATS2699


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kumuda Simpson

Notes

Previously coded PLT3850

Synopsis

This unit examines some of the ideas and policies which have been developed to facilitate the emergence of a less militarised form of world politics. Three themes are addressed. First, general issues involved in efforts to manage and stop the arms race are introduced. Second, attempts to restrain the proliferation of nuclear, chemical, biological and conventional weapons are outlined. Third, the prospects for various degrees of demilitarisation are discussed in the light of developments in world politics.

Outcomes

This subject has the following objectives:

  1. to provide a sense of the conceptual and historical context required for understanding developments in international arms control
  2. to introduce students to key arms control agreements
  3. to enhance the ability of students to engage in critical reflection and produce reasoned, soundly structured and well presented debate on the place of arms control in the international system.

Assessment

Essay plan (250 words): 5%
Essay (2500 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Politics

Prohibitions

ATS2703, AZA2703, AZA3703


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anne McNevin

Notes

Previously coded PLT3940

Synopsis

How does power operate in world politics? What is the relationship between power and injustice? Is it possible to create a just global order? This unit explores contending approaches to power and justice in IR. Students will examine how different theoretical traditions lead to different possibilities for action on key issues of global justice such as poverty and inequality, governance and representation, peace and security. Beyond Realist accounts of power, students will be introduced to critical theories of structural power, hegemonic power and knowledge-power and explore the role of cosmopolitanism, emancipation, critique, care and post-colonial thought in alternative visions of justice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. sound knowledge of mainstream and critical theoretical perspectives on power and justice in International Relations.
  2. the ability to apply and compare diverse theoretical perspectives in order to define and analyse problems of global justice.
  3. an understanding of the different possibilities for action that are enabled by contending theoretical perspectives in International Relations.
  4. the ability to communicate complex ideas in a manner (written and spoken) appropriate to an academic and general audience.
  5. independent research skills appropriate for the capstone level.

Assessment

Written exercise (1500 words): 20%
Research essay (2500 words): 50%
Group presentation: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two first-year gateway units and two second-year cornerstone units from the International Relations major.

Prohibitions

ATS2705


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded PLT3980

Synopsis

The unit offers a broad survey of key developments and problems in world politics. These encompass governmental, environmental, security, ethical and cultural matters. The concept of globalisation is used to frame the investigation of these issues.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate a deeper knowledge of the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

4 days (9.30am-3.30pm) of teaching in December.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Politics

Prohibitions

ATS2708


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Cathy Trembath

Notes

Previously coded SCW3306

Synopsis

Students are placed in a welfare or community setting for a 60 day block placement designed to integrate experiential learning with the professional theory, knowledge and skills that they have learned throughout the course. Students completing this unit are ready to enter the field as beginning professionals. The community welfare and counselling teaching staff visit at least twice during placement to facilitate the learning process. Each student is supervised by a qualified field educator and is assigned a liaison person. Full-time students must undertake this unit in semester two.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of welfare practice through participation in the ongoing work of an agency;
  2. integrate and apply relevant knowledge and skills in a practice setting;
  3. critically evaluate their values, attitudes and beliefs and the ways in which these can influence their practice;
  4. analyse and critique their role as an agent of change in social and community welfare practice.

Assessment

Pre-placement assignment (750 words);
Learning plan (2000 words);
Field educator report (1500 words);
Mid-placement report (750 words);
Field education assignment (4000 words) equivalent assessment.

Note: to obtain a pass in the unit, students will be required to pass each piece of work (the unit will be assessed as pass grade only).

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

ATS2713, GSC2306, GSC3306, SCW2306, SCW3306


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kirsten McLean

Notes

Previously coded SCY3031

Synopsis

This unit will investigate the meaning and construction of sexualities in Western culture, using a range of theoretical approaches; explore the relationship between gender and sexuality; investigate the regulation of sexuality through a variety of social institutions; explore a range of areas such as sex education, sexual relationships and intimacy, sexual identities, gender identities, prostitution, pornography and sexual health; and examine the cultural representation of various sexualities and the impacts of these representations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Become familiar with a range of theoretical understandings of sexuality in Western society.
  2. The ability to use these approaches to analyse a variety of areas in which sexuality is experienced in social life.
  3. An understanding of the diversity of sexual desires, practices and identities.
  4. Increased awareness of the gender differences in perceptions and experiences of sexualities.
  5. An understanding of the range of social institutions that reinforce and challenge notions of sexuality.

Assessment

Written work (2700 words): 60%
Examination (2-hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two Gateway units in a related discipline

Prohibitions

ATS2715


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Narelle Warren

Notes

Previously coded SCY3050

Synopsis

Sociology of Health and Medicine will examine social aspects of health and medicine and implications for research and practice. The unit features: health inequalities; illness narratives; professional knowledge and power; risk assessment and management; public health and health promotion; the media and the internet. The unit will be of interest to any student wanting to engage with social perspectives on health and medicine.

Outcomes

All students completing this unit will be able to:

  1. Identify and describe key perspectives in social inquiry applied to health and medicine in contemporary society
  2. Discuss the social aspects of health and medicine and implications for individuals and communities
  3. Apply critical arguments to current problems, debates and controversies in health and medical care
  4. Identify implications for public health policy and interventions.
  5. Evaluate the contribution of theoretical and research perspectives regarding the social aspects of health and medicine
  6. Identify implications for social inquiry regarding health and medicine.

Assessment

Essay(2500 words): 50% + Research articles review (1000 words): 25%
Class test: 25% (1 hour)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2717, HSC2022, AZA2717, AZA3717


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Dharma Arunachalam

Notes

Previously coded SCY3310

Synopsis

The unit examines Australian population issues and their social dimensions. The components of demographic change will be examined, as will the dramatic social consequences of population change. Substantive issues covered will include population ageing, the determinants of fertility and partnering in Australia and the factors shaping Australian immigration policy. Students will also learn how to address a population question in-depth using relevant information extracted from the Australian unit record census data files.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. understand key concepts and tools used in the study of population
  2. identify the components of change in the size, structure and composition of the population
  3. identify and articulate some of the many social origins of demographic trends
  4. identify and articulate social consequences of demographic trends
  5. engage critically with public debate over population issues
  6. use ABS Tablebuilder (for Australian census data) and extract relevant data to address a research question
  7. describe and interpret tables extracted from Australian census data files

Assessment

Class test: 20%
Minor essay(1000 words): 20%
Research report/essay(2000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2725


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Davina Lohm

Notes

Previously coded SCY3400

Synopsis

This unit addresses the social aspects of individual experience. It examines the contribution of social psychologists, sociologists and others working in the psycho-social domain to theory and research on the interface of mental experience and social action. The unit covers the assumptions of mind and society that inform the major theories of the individual, including those of the Freudians, person-centred psychology and behavioural utopianism. It also considers psychological theory and practice in light of Rose's 'psy-complex' and the discursive and narrative turns in social theory. Students will examine themes such as: identity and social relations; social influences on individual action; social construction of belief and emotion; and the implications of psycho-social perspectives for social care and human services.

Outcomes

All students completing this unit will be able to:

  1. Identify and describe key perspectives in social psychological and psycho-social theory and research;
  2. Discuss the social aspects of individual experience and social action;
  3. Apply psycho-social critiques to knowledge and assumptions about individual experience which circulate in popular discourse;
  4. Identify implications for social care and human services;
  5. Evaluate the contribution of theoretical and research perspectives regarding the interface of mind and society;
  6. Identify implications for social inquiry regarding individual experience.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Class test: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One two hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2726


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jo Lindsay

Notes

Previously coded SCY3580

Synopsis

The proposed unit aims to introduce students to a range of ideas and approaches to sustainability - environmental, economic, and social; and, to provide them with a critical sociological frame through which to understand and analyse these approaches. The unit is structured around a series of critical questions such as, what alternative perspectives can be offered on the question of sustainability? What might it mean to create a sustainable society? What kinds of economic, political and social changes would be needed to create such a society? Who wins and who loses from economic and social changes oriented to creating more sustainable societies?

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should be able to:

  1. Identify a range of ideas and approaches to sustainability - environmental, economic, and social
  2. Develop a critical sociological frame through which to understand and analyse these ideas and approaches
  3. Apply sociological perspectives to analysing documents pertaining to sustainability issues.

In addition, third year students will be expected to:

  1. Demonstrate strong analytical skills in analysing the sociological aspects of sustainability issues; and
  2. Demonstrate wide reading and comprehension of the literature pertaining to the sociological aspects of sustainability.

Assessment

Written work (3,500 words, in total): 80%
In-class test (1 hour): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two Gateway units in Sociology or permission

Prohibitions

ATS2730


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Shane Homan

Synopsis

This unit provides a unique experience for students to begin the pathway to Honours study. It is designed to prepare students who have majored in -Communications to engage more deeply in research and further develop the research and conceptual skills required for study at Honours level. Unit assessment provides students with the opportunity to undertake in-depth research in a topic or debate of their choice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Increase knowledge of contemporary arguments and debates in their discipline.
  2. Demonstrate a greater depth of analysis and engagement with conceptual frameworks arising from a higher level of independent research.
  3. Extend their communication skills in writing and presentation.
  4. Understand and possess the skills necessary for research at Honours level.
  5. Be able to develop a research proposal appropriate for 4th year study.

Assessment

Seminar presentation: 20%
Contemporary theory essay (2000 words): 40%
Bibliography/thesis proposal (2000 words): 35%
Participation: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units and one cornerstone or other second-year unit in Communications

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Felicity Picken

Notes

Previously coded SCY3804

Synopsis

This unit is a basic introduction to the concepts, theories and research developed in sociological studies of work and technology. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the fundamental influences work and technology have on societies. The influence of working life and technological development on the social careers of individuals will also be emphasised.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (2500 words)
2 hour Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two second-year sociology units

Prohibitions

GSC2204, GSC3204, SCY2204, SCY2804, SCY3804


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nick Osbaldiston

Notes

Previously coded SCY3805

Synopsis

The unit focuses on a sociological analysis of deviant behaviour by examining a wide range of empirical case studies. This unit introduces a number of classical and contemporary theoretical perspectives on deviance to explore competing understandings of deviant behaviours. The unit considers why and how some behaviours are regarded as deviant and others are not across various historical and social contexts. Topics to be studied focus on marginality, identity, deviance, crime and social control.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Understand how deviant behaviours are socially constructed and contested;
  2. Distinguish between sociological and non-sociological explanations of deviant behaviour;
  3. Develop an awareness of different kinds of social control;
  4. Critically evaluate sociological theories of deviance;
  5. Analyse empirical case studies of marginality, deviance and crime.

Assessment

Written work (4500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1367 and ATS1898 or SCY1802 or ATS1283 and ATS1284

Prohibitions

ATS2734, GSC2205, GSC3205, SCY2805, SCY3805


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michelle Duffy

Notes

Previously coded SCY3811

Synopsis

This unit introduces to students a sociological understanding of social justice related issues including gender equity, minority rights, democratic government, economic opportunity, environmental protection and human rights. It provides students a comparative view of social justice over a number of political and legal states and chronological periods. A variety of legal issues including those of consitutionalism, social control, and equity are examined to illustrate the disparate definitions of social justice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. identify issues of power and privilege
  2. exhibit an awareness and understanding of self in relation to diverse and vulnerable populations
  3. understand the various definitions and theoretical debates surrounding social justice
  4. learn about national and international social justice movements
  5. develop a sociological position regarding the analysis of contemporary social justice related issues
  6. draw upon social justice perspectives to analyse contemporary social justice concerns.

Assessment

Written work (4500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1367 and ATS1898 or SCY1802, or ATS1283 and ATS1284 or equivalent and two second-level sociology or criminal justice units

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Johnson

Notes

Previously coded WLI3000

Synopsis

This unit equips students with the capacity to manage their careers lifelong. It contextualises this understanding in the history, sociology, economics and future of work. Work legislation and the role of unions also provide a setting for exploration of career concepts and theories and their application to the individual. Students will develop a career plan based on an awareness of their skills and aspirations and an understanding of approaches to job search , career decision making and managing change.
The unit will be delivered through a mix of lectures and tutorials, and will draw upon students recent or concurrent experience of work.

Outcomes

This subject provides students with:

  1. The opportunity to contextualise work in terms of its history, politics, economics and sociology;
  2. An understanding of career concepts and theories and their application to individuals, focussing on self-assessment, exploring opportunities, decision making and managing transitions;
  3. The opportunity to develop a career strategic plan concentrating on employability skills and strategies for implementing career development plans; and to develop practical job search strategies.

Assessment

Written assignments: 75%
Online quizzes and activities: 15%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour seminar and a 1.5 hour practical

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in approved discipline, as per the area of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Robyn Heckenberg

Notes

Previously coded AIS3011

Synopsis

The intention of this unit is to address the following issues: how do (nation) states define indigenous peoples? How do people get classified as indigenous or aboriginal? How has globalisation enhanced awareness of minority and human rights everywhere? The course will show how being indigenous is often a product of state politics, negotiation of identities between local, state and transnational pressure, and even of individual self-selection. We will re-examine debates over universal values versus cultural relativism, flexible citizenship and identity, and group versus individual identities.

Outcomes

As for ATS2745

Students undertaking the unit will be expected to have read more broadly and to show a greater depth of understanding in their written work and seminar contributions than students undertaking ATS2745.

Assessment

Short Essay (800 words): 20%
Long Essay (1700 words): 35%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

AIS1010 or AIS1011 or ATS1251 and AIS1011 or AIS1040 or ATS1252

Prohibitions

AIS2011, AIS3011, ATS2745


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Eva Anagnostou-Laoutides

Notes

Previously coded CLA3211

Synopsis

Students read Ancient Greek literary texts and continue their study of the language.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. An extensive knowledge of Ancient Greek grammar.
  2. An extensive vocabulary in Ancient Greek.
  3. Reading experience in a variety of Ancient Greek styles.
  4. Interpretative skills in relation to Ancient Greek literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

Assessment

Written assignments: 40%
2 x 1 hour written tests: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1270 or ATS2750 or ATS3753 or VCE Ancient Greek

Prohibitions

ATS1272, ATS2752


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Eva Anagnostou-Laoutides

Notes

Previously coded CLA3221

Synopsis

Students read further Ancient Greek literary texts and continue their study of the language.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. An extensive knowledge of Ancient Greek grammar.
  2. An extensive vocabulary in Ancient Greek.
  3. Wide reading experience in a variety of Ancient Greek styles.
  4. Interpretive skills in relation to Ancient Greek literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

Assessment

Written assignments: 40%
2 x 1 hour Written tests: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1270 or ATS2750 or ATS3753 or VCE Ancient Greek

Prohibitions

ATS1274, ATS2754


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Eva Anagnostou-Laoutides

Notes

Previously coded CLA3310

Synopsis

Students read further Latin texts and continue their study in the language.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. Extensive knowledge and understanding of Classical Latin grammar and vocabulary.
  2. Extensive experience in reading and interpreting Classical Latin literature.
  3. Specialised knowledge of style and genre in Classical Latin literature.
  4. Critical technique in analysis and interpretation of Classical Latin literature.

Assessment

Written work (weekly assignments equivalent to 1000 words and one 2500 word essay): 50%
Examinations(2 x 1 hour): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (3 x 1-hour seminars)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

2 units Intermediate Latin


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Eva Anagnostou-Laoutides

Notes

Previously coded CLA3320

Synopsis

Students read further Latin texts and continue their study in the language.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. Extensive knowledge and understanding of Classical Latin grammar and vocabulary.
  2. Extensive experience in reading and interpreting Classical Latin literature.
  3. Specialised knowledge of style and genre in Classical Latin literature.
  4. Critical technique in analysis and interpretation of Classical Latin literature.

Assessment

Written work (weekly assignments equivalent to 1000 words and one 2500 word essay):50%
examinations (two 1-hour):50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour seminars

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

2 units Intermediate Latin


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr David Holmes

Notes

Previously coded COM3020

Synopsis

What is the 'second media age'? Does it offer new insights into what was the 'first media age? The different kinds of social, political and communication dynamics which can be found in cyberspace demands a reassessment of the methodologies used to explore media, as well as new understandings of interaction as they relate to old and new media. The difference between information and communication, interaction versus 'integration', analogue versus digital culture, cyberspace and virtual reality is also explored. Numerous theoretical perspectives will be introduced including the work of Adorno, Ang, Baym, Bennett, Baudrillard, Calhoun, Carey, Hall, Innis, McLuhan, Mellencamp, Meyrowitz, etc.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the formal difference between Communications Studies and Media Studies which define the program that this subject is a part of
  2. An appreciation of the difference between first media age and second media age
  3. A knowledge of the social, economic and political impact of television and the internet
  4. An understanding of how new communication technologies have changed the nature of modern audiences
  5. An understanding that traditional media also provide for the formation of 'virtual communities' just as new media do
  6. A sociological understanding of 'advertising' and why it does not work on the internet and how this led to the dot.com crash of the late 1990s
  7. An understanding of the different ways in which media, old and new condition influence cultural globalisation
  8. An appreciation of the difference between being an audience member of broadcast media and a 'user' of new media technology.

Assessment

Short essay (1575 words): 35%
Moodle posts (1125 words): 25%
2 Hour exam (1800 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture/seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Gil-Soo Han

Notes

Previously coded COM3170

Synopsis

The central objective of the unit is to expose the students to a variety of research tools and related knowledge for researching the issues in relation to communications and media studies. Topics include setting research questions, handling literature, preparing research proposal, research ethics, content analysis, interview method, participant observation, research on audiences, texts, and institutions.

Outcomes

In this unit, teaching staff aim to provide you with a range of research tools and related knowledge for researching the issues in relation to communications and media studies. On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate their understanding and usage of a variety of research methods for communications and media studies.
  2. Demonstrate their acquired knowledge on basic tools and techniques employed in researching communications, media and cultural studies.
  3. Demonstrate their ability to be able to build on their acquired skills and be able to apply them to researching communications, media studies and cultural studies.

Assessment

Essay 1 (1125 words): 25%
Essay 2 (1575 words): 35%
Essay 3 (1800 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture/seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Minor sequence in COM


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniel Black

Notes

Previously coded COM3200

Synopsis

This unit examines animated media from a critical and historical perspective. Students will investigate animation as industry, transnational cultural commodity, fan text and technology, becoming familiar with a variety of critical and theoretical perspectives on the form

Outcomes

By the conclusion of the units students will be able to:

  1. discuss animation as a complex and broad ranging phenomenon that is not restricted to traditional animation forms such as the cartoon, but is also a feature of, for example, advertising, virtual reality, and live action cinema
  2. demonstrate an understanding of the historical development of animation and be able to account for the development of the form by reference to social, cultural, political, technological, economic and industrial factors
  3. demonstrate an understanding of the cultural specificities that inform the production, distribution and consumption of different forms of animation
  4. identify the key issues that impact upon animation's creative and technological processes
  5. analyse and explain transnational flows of animated media texts
  6. demonstrate advanced skills in research, writing and critical analysis.

Assessment

Essay(1800 words): 40%
Seminar presentation and summary(450 words): 10%
Examination(2 hour): 40
Learning journal(450 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Communications or Film and screen studies or approved equivalent.

Prohibitions

ATS2759


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Montgomery Griffiths

Notes

Previously coded DTS3040

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to investigate directing practice in some detail. Students will choose a directing project, carry out dramaturgical research on the text and appropriate contexts, prepare the text for rehearsal, cast the work, carry out rehearsals, and stage their project. They will also write up the mise-en-scene of their production. Students will receive regular guidance and feedback on their projects.

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing the unit, students should be able to carry out a directing project from preparation through to performance, and thus be able to:

  1. Engage in dramaturgical research;
  2. Prepare a text for rehearsal with actors;
  3. Carry out detailed and careful rehearsal;
  4. Collaborate with other theatre practitioners in order to present a performance;
  5. Understand the relations between performance work and the contexts in which it will be presented;
  6. Keep a detailed and clear record of work such that other practitioners would be able to follow the production strategies.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Workshop participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 3 hour workshop) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2912 or ATS2916 or permission of unit coordinator


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Felix Nobis

Notes

Previously coded DTS3260

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to develop skills and knowledge by taking a responsible role within a company or organisation and observing - and reflecting upon - what happens there. The unit provides a structure by which students identify host organisations, compile appropriate applications, work an equivalence of 80-100 hrs within an organisation, and submit a set of reflections. Students meet regularly with coordinator but are ultimately responsible for their own learning and must take a leading role in identifying, securing and participating in internships.
Involvement within the host institution might take the form of administrative, practical and/or creative activity. CTP has developed working relationships with a number of potential host institutions however new proposals will be considered. Host institutions are approved on the basis of professionalism and industry standing.
This unit can run at any time during the year and might fall outside semester periods. Final submission of reflection and assessment, however, can only take place during semester. All applications must be approved by the coordinator in advance.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. organise a professional job application, including curriculum vitae, to appropriate industry standard;
  2. identify meaningful aspects of professional practice and evaluate how these dimensions exist within a theatrical organisation;
  3. better understand the span and scope of professional practice and industry;
  4. compile and present a comprehensive report on a theatrical institution;
  5. reflect on the processes of experiential learning and articulate meaningful questions relating to the value and challenges of work-integrated learning.

Assessment

CV and expression of interest (approx 1000 words): 20%
Attendance at contact sessions: 10%
Written outcomes (minimum 1800 words): 40%
Submission of final portfolio and presentation (equiv. 1500 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour contact session per fortnight

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Theatre


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Griffiths

Notes

Previously coded DTS3400

Synopsis

This unit builds upon skills developed in Script Development 1. It explores specific applications of script development such as writing for the stage, writing a monologue, writing for television, writing for radio etc. Students gain experience in the finalisation of a script and its presentation for publication, performance and recording. By the end of the unit students will have produced a script at a professional level able to be considered for production, broadcast or assessed for grant support.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing ATS3776 will develop:

  1. Enhanced skills in the practice of their own writing in more than one performance genre;
  2. An advanced practical understanding of aspects of creative processes in the field, and of the procedures appropriate to the collaborative development of new work;
  3. An increased familiarity with the distinctive methodological issues involved in the study of the form, and of the languages appropriate to their articulation and analysis;
  4. A greater knowledge of the implications of structural choices in the evolution of a performance text;
  5. Skills in editing and adaptation to professional level;
  6. The capacity to articulate critical analyses in systematic written argument, and in clear and confident oral presentations.

Assessment

Short completed script (3000 words): 60%
In class exercises (1500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Script Development 1 (ATS2890) or two gateway units in Theatre


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Zhichang Xu

Notes

Previously coded EIL3102

Synopsis

The world-wide spread of English and the process of globalization have led to the development of new varieties of English, which are collectively called World Englishes. Communication in the 21st century takes place between speakers of these new varieties of English. This unit familiarises students with the diversity of the English language spoken in the world such as American English, British English, Australian English, Singaporean English, Indian English, Hong Kong English etc. It also encourages students to examine the implications of understanding World Englishes for international/intercultural communication.

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit it is expected that students, as multilingual speakers, will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a high level familiarity with and understanding of different Englishes in the world (World Englishes);
  2. Apply their understanding of World Englishes to international and/or intercultural communication contexts;
  3. Show cultural and linguistic empathy and sensitivity towards speakers from different cultural backgrounds;
  4. Communicate effectively across different cultures and Englishes.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Test: 20%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Roby Marlina

Notes

Previously coded EIL3110

Synopsis

This unit examines the complex relationship between English language, culture, and identity. It encourages students to examine how English, as a result of its global spread, reflects diverse cultural values, cultural thought-patterns, and cultural identities. As this relationship has even become more complicated especially in today's globalised world, this unit examines its impact within in multilingual and multicultural nations in detail.

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit it is expected that students, as multilingual speakers, will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a high level of understanding of the relationship between language, culture, and identity..
  2. Appreciate the diversity of cultural values and worldviews reflected in different Englishes.
  3. Reflect critically on their own experiences of communication with people from diverse backgrounds.
  4. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the complexity of the language-culture-identity relationship in today's globalised world.
  5. Communicate across different cultures and Englishes.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Test: 20%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

two hours/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Roby Marlina

Notes

Previously coded EIL3130

Synopsis

In the light of the global widespread of English and the status of English as an international language, this unit encourages students to examine in detail issues related to English language education in the contemporary world. These questions include: how should English be taught and learned? Which model of English should be taught and learned? Who are the most appropriate English language teachers? Should the English language teaching materials be revised? Should English language testing systems such as IELTS or TOEFL or TOEIC be problematised? What needs to be done in terms of language policy?

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit it is expected that students, as multilingual speakers, will be able to:

  1. Present critical views on the ideology behind the learning and teaching of English;
  2. Appreciate different models of teaching and learning English;
  3. Re-appropriate English language pedagogy in order to help contemporary English language learners develop the ability to communicate in English in intra/international and intra/intercultural contexts;
  4. Demonstrate a high level of awareness and understanding of the impact of ethnocentric teaching and learning materials or activities on learners and teachers of English.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Test: 20%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

two hours/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Zhichang Xu

Notes

Previously coded EIL3210

Synopsis

With English being an international language, using only one pattern of writing in English as the 'best' model because English speaking countries are the 'exclusive sole owners' of the language may no longer be relevant. What is considered to be "good or bad writing" in English, therefore, deserves thorough and critical investigation. This unit encourages students to investigate a variety of English writing practices in different societies. This should enable them to challenge the 'secret' behind some pedagogical feedback, as well as to discuss some key aspects/features of writing in English in international communication settings..

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit it is expected that students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of how a person brings his/her own cultural practice and cultural identity into writing;
  2. Demonstrate awareness of features of writing in World Englishes and in different societies in the world;
  3. Have a critical perspective on 'good writing' in today's globalised world.
  4. Critically challenge the assumptions behind one hegemonic model of writing in English in international communication;
  5. Develop cross-cultural and international writing competence in an international professional context.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Test: 20%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

two hours/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ali Alizadeh

Notes

Previously coded ENH3180

Synopsis

This subject explores key questions and debates animating contemporary literary research. Students will be introduced to the concerns, methodologies, controversies and debates in selected aspects of the discipline. They will they consider the implications of these scholarly arguments for the study of literature and the communication of research in literary studies. Students will be introduced to the fundamental aspects of research design in literary studies and creative writing such as topic selection, methodology, the development of research questions, creative practice as research, and the selection of case studies. Issues to consider will include those of authorship, identity/subjectivity, theoretical interventions, representation and literary nationalisms..

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Produce high level critical and or creative written practice, in / or about literary genres

such as fiction, poetry and creative nonfiction;

  1. Generate and articulate productive questions and convincing arguments in

both written and oral form;

  1. Evaluate critically a range of approaches to literary and critical analysis;
  2. Demonstrate skills in independent research in literary studies, using print and

electronic sources;

  1. Engage in self-directed collaborative group work.

Assessment

Written work(4000 words): 80%
Class presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week or 22 hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A cornerstone unit in Literary Studies or permission of the unit coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Haripriya Rangan; Dr Vanessa Wong

Notes

Previously coded GES3270

Synopsis

This unit trains students in basic research design skills in geography and environmental science. The unit is of relevance to both applied and academic careers, in both the human and physical sub-disciplines of geography. Students will gain an understanding of good research design, the philosophies of knowledge that underpin research approaches, as well as engage with the detailed techniques of selected research methods. Students have the opportunity to prepare a research design proposal on a topic of their choice, presenting an ideal opportunity for students to progress their thinking about Honours or other postgraduate research projects.

Outcomes

By the end of the unit, students will:

  1. have a knowledge of, and develop a critical appreciation for, the research philosophies and traditions in geographical research
  2. be competent in designing research including the appropriate selection of methodologies and research techniques;
  3. have a critical appreciation of the ethical issues involved in research;
  4. demonstrate capacity to work independently to generate new and interesting questions for geographical research based on sound and valid research approaches.

Assessment

Initial proposal: 10%
Full research proposal: 60%
Project presentation: 10%
Open book exam(1 hour): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Haripriya Rangan; Dr Vanessa Wong

Workload requirements

3 hour block consisting of a variety of lectures, workshops and practical sessions.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vanessa Wong

Notes

Previously coded GES3360

Synopsis

Sustainable land management is a critical challenge facing society. Soils are the drive train of terrestrial ecosystems, supporting both natural and agricultural systems. This unit explores relationships of soil development to landscape processes, and Australian soil management in the context of past, present and future environmental change. Topics such as salinity, coastal and wetland soils, soil carbon and soil fertility are discussed. Students are presented with a number of soil problems and land management issues, and explore alternative land uses and sustainable land management techniques for Australian environments.

Outcomes

By the end of this unit, students are expected to:

  1. Exhibit a high level of skills in field description and identification of soils;
  2. Assess the current explanations for various soil and landscape management problems through both critical evaluation of the literature and field and laboratory data;
  3. Place soil and land management issues in their broader social, economic and institutional settings;
  4. Place soil and land management issues in the context of both longer term environmental change and current environmental change;
  5. Be familiar with a number of specific examples of Australian soil formation and management issues.

Assessment

Written (2000 words): 40%
Examinations (2 hours): 30%
Practical work/fieldwork: 20%
Oral class presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours per week on average (two lectures and one 3-hour practical in alternate weeks, and one 2 day field trip)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2774 or ENV2747 or permission of unit coordinator


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Dunkerley

Notes

Previously coded GES3530

Synopsis

Considers hydrologic and erosional processes affecting landscapes generally, including splash, surface runoff, interrill, rill, tunnel and gully erosion. The 'landscape ecology' approach is stressed, emphasising the need to develop an integrated view of landscape function that recognises links between hydrologic and erosional processes and the nature and spatial distribution of biota, including vascular and non-vascular plants, and soil fauna. Field interpretation and analysis skills form the focus for afternoons of fieldwork (e.g. estimating flood sizes, patterns of hillslope erosion). Mapping, sampling, and analytical methods are introduced.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify and describe the processes involved in different types of erosion
  2. exhibit a high level of skill in the range of field techniques required for understanding geomorphic processes
  3. place hydrologic and erosional processes in the broader context of landscape function
  4. display practical experience in field-based analytical techiques in a semi-arid environment

Assessment

Written fieldtrip report (5000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

9 day intensive field-based unit, approximately 3 hours lectures and 3.5 hour fieldwork per day at a desert location.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A cornerstone unit in Geography, climate and physical environments or a 2nd-year unit in Geographical Science


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Connor

Notes

Previously coded GES3555

Synopsis

This unit introduces a range of methods used to reconstruct past environments at different temporal scales over the past several hundred to thousands of years. These reconstructions provide baseline data to understand and infer the human contribution to several key environmental concerns, including climate change, biomass burning, biodiversity and vegetation dynamics, water availability and quality, and the management and restoration of natural, Indigenous and historical landscapes. Emphasis is placed on hands-on, technical experience to provide fundamental understanding of environmental issues of current relevance to Australia. The unit involves a required 2-3 day field excursion that may be held in O-week or early in the semester (the unit coordinator will advise students of specific dates in January or February).

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject, you should be able to demonstrate

  1. familiarity with a range of palaeo-environmetal techniques employed to understand environmental change and current environmental issues, together with an ability to assess their relative merits and limitations;
  2. practical expertise in palaeoecological methods and their application to palaeo-environmental reconstruction, geo-archaeology, and environmental change;
  3. an awareness of patterns and uncertainties in environmental change that both facilitate and constrain future environmental prediction and land and water management options;
  4. familiarity with the dynamics of Australian physical and human landscapes;
  5. an ability to produce a scientific report based on a range of generated data and their analysis;
  6. an ability to make informed and rational appraisals of key environmental problems, especially in Australia.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 50%
Field and laboratory report (1500 words): 30% +
Class participation/reading log: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week; One 3 hour practical per fortnight; one 2-3 day field excursion

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2780 or 24 points in Geography, climate and physical environments or permission of unit co-ordinator


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jamie Agland

Notes

Previously coded GLO3001

Synopsis

This unit develops students' critical thinking, writing and research skills while allowing them to reflect on both their experience of Study Abroad and the themes met in their International Studies core units. Through peer-to-peer discussion and reflection students will choose a theme from one of their core INT units and devise a research project around an aspect of their Study Abroad experience. The extended project will allow students to investigate a topic in greater depth, interrogate its epistemological assumptions, substantially pursue related theoretical issues, and gain the methodological skills appropriate to the International Studies major and the aims of the BA (Global).

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be able to:

  1. formulate and complete a substantial research project in International Studies
  2. demonstrate independent research skills
  3. place the relevant literature in its cultural, ideological and epistemological contexts by showing where it fits into the current state of knowledge
  4. display their acquaintance with some of the ongoing debates in the relevant disciplinary area (International Studies)
  5. demonstrate their enhanced skills in critical reading, writing, research and oral presentation.

Assessment

Class participation (500 words eq): 10%; Research proposal (500 words): 10%; Research essay (4000 words): 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

A minimum of 22 hours per semester consisting of 2 hour seminar

Prerequisites

Two International studies gateway units and at least 12 points of 2nd or 3rd year level International studies units


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Baker

Notes

Previously coded GSC3001

Synopsis

The unit will emphasise reflective learning, active self-monitoring and the transfer of skills between academic study and the requirements of the job and the workplace. Students will set learning goals in consultation with their academic supervisor and regular contact and consultation will be undertaken to ensure that the connection between academic and workplace learning is maintained.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit they will demonstrate:

  1. a sound understanding of the requirements of working with others in a position of responsibility
  2. well developed skills of job planning, time management and the organisation of work in a cooperative fashion
  3. application of the knowledge and skills acquired during their academic studies to the requirements of the workplace
  4. an ability to set personal goals and to find and use the resources to pursue these goals in a way appropriate to the workplace.

Assessment

Learning contract (1000 words) : 10%
Annotated Bibliography (2000 Words) : 20%
Journal (500 words/month, total 3000 words) : 35%
Final Report (3000 words) : 35%
Students are encouraged to participate in an on-line discussion group about their placement expereinces

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

No contact hours

Prerequisites

Registration in the Co-operative Education Program and satisfactory progress

Prohibitions

GSC3001


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Beth Edmondson

Notes

Previously coded HPL3504

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a broad understanding of the nature and practice of history and politics. The subject aims to encourage students to critically examine different theoretical approaches and to reflect on how these influence their own work. Students will also learn about historical and political research methods and will be required to critically examine their own methods of interpreting sources and writing about historical and political issues and events.

Outcomes

This unit is designed to equip students with an understanding of important theories and to provide knowledge of and skills in historical and political research methods.

Students successfully completing this subject will be able to demonstrate skills in:

  1. Formulating a viable research question around which an argument can be constructed, and identifying a central focus with clear parameters for research.

  1. Locating primary and secondary sources, and carrying out independent research.

  1. Providing and critically analyzing evidence in support of an argument.

  1. Reflecting upon the difficulties of objectivity in history and politics and the importance of analyzing the contexts in which texts and data are produced.

  1. Reviewing historical/political texts, questioning conclusions and recognizing historical and political debates.

  1. Developing a structured project with a logical introduction and conclusion and presenting a sustained argument based largely on documentary sources.

  1. Utilizing conventions in academic writing by providing correct citation, footnoting and bibliographic details.

Assessment

Research Proposal (1000 words): 35%
Literature Review (1000 words): 25%
Research Essay (2500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 1 hour tutorial)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points of second year history-politics

Prohibitions

GSC3504, HPL3504


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JCS3611

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity for a critical engagement with contemporary scholarship on theories of practice, on the sociology of the professions with reference to journalism and on journalistic discourse. Areas covered field theory, the comparative history and geography of the professions with special reference to journalism, journalists and their sources, the social role of intellectuals and the information society, advocacy and public relations, theories of knowledge and power and critical discourse analysis. Please be aware that access to certain technology/equipment will be required for this unit. Contact the unit coordinator for details.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to

  1. demonstrate a superior knowledge and capacity to make effective usage of the academic literature in the fields of journalism studies, critical discourse analysis and the sociology of the professions.
  2. demonstrate an advanced ability to research, discuss and analyse scholarly issues in a clear, concise and rigorous way
  3. collaborate constructively with fellow students in learning and discussion processes, including online forums
  4. produce their written work to deadline making effective use of the conventions of scholarly presentation (references, bibliography, etc)
  5. work independently and in groups to achieve their learning outcomes
  6. demonstrate a critical awareness of the strengths, limitations and socio-professional implications of scholarly practice in journalism studies

Assessment

Minor project (1500 words): 30%
Class Presentation and report (500 words): 20%
Major Project (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week
One 2-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Bill Birnbauer

Notes

Previously coded JRN3301

Synopsis

This unit provides a detailed exploration of the research and reporting practices for business, industrial and economic reporting. It canvasses the main documentary sources, geographical locations, key personalities and institutions, and contemporary issues in this field. It places contemporary practices in their larger historical and geographical contexts, and critically considers the professional and social implications and accountabilities of reporting in this specialized field. Please be aware that access to certain technology/equipment will be required for this unit. Contact the unit coordinator for details.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an ability to identify and research a business/industrial/economic story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidentiary material in the appropriate medium
  2. demonstrate an ability to report on business, industrial, economic issues in a clear, concise, factual way using a variety of elements in a coherent package.
  3. identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with business /industrial/ economic journalism, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard
  4. work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce business/industrial/economic reports
  5. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure
  6. demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues
  7. demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of reporting practices in the business/industrial/economic field.

Assessment

Minor project (news/current affairs reports totalling 1500 words or 6-minutes): 30%
Major project (news/current affairs reports totalling 2000 words or 10-minutes): 50%
Online critical reflection and in-class invigilation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1329, plus 12 credit points of Journalism practice units at the 2nd year level

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Deb Anderson

Notes

Previously coded JRN3302

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches that enable in-depth investigation of environmental issues in their local and global context. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, drawing on a broad range of scientific and social sources; to explore the relationship of media reporting and social change; and for students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. recognise the local and global dimensions of high quality environmental reporting
  2. contribute to a national or international database of investigative resources and sources on environmental issues.
  3. utilize a range of research skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources.
  4. produce quality environmental reporting relevant to both local and global audiences
  5. understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism.
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the roles of environmental reporting in a context of marked environmental and social change.

Assessment

News Report: 25%
Feature Report: 50%
Online contribution: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1329 plus 12 credit points of Journalism practice units at second year level


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr William Birnbauer

Notes

Previously coded JRN3303

Synopsis

This unit provides a detailed exploration of the research and reporting practices for in depth investigative reporting. It canvasses the major documentary and database sources, contemporary case studies, key institutions, and legal framework in this field. It places contemporary practices in their larger historical and geographical contexts, and critically considers the professional and social implications and accountabilities of reporting in this specialized field. Contact the unit coordinator for details.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an ability to identify and research an investigative story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidentiary material in the appropriate medium
  2. demonstrate an ability to report on an investigation in a clear, concise, factual and meaningful way using a variety of elements in a coherent package.
  3. identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with investigative journalism, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard
  4. work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce investigative reports
  5. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure
  6. demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues
  7. demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of reporting practices in investigative journalism.

Assessment

Minor project 1(800 words plus 300 word reflection): 15%
Minor Project 2(1000 words plus 400 word reflection): 30%
Major Project(2000 words plus 500 word reflection): 45%
Online contribution: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1329 and 12 credit points of Journalism practice units at the 2nd year-level

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Johan Lidberg

Notes

Previously coded JRN3304

Synopsis

This unit provides a detailed exploration of the research and reporting practices for parliamentary and political reporting. It canvasses the major documentary and database sources, contemporary case studies, key federal and state personalities and institutions, and legal framework in this field. It places contemporary practices in their larger historical and geographical contexts, and critically considers the professional and social implications and accountabilities of reporting in this specialized field. Contact the unit coordinator for details.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an ability to identify and research a political story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidentiary material in the appropriate medium
  2. demonstrate an ability to report on political events in a clear, concise, factual and meaningful way using a variety of elements in a coherent package.
  3. identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with political journalism, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard
  4. work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce political reports
  5. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure
  6. demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues
  7. demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of reporting practices in political journalism.

Assessment

Minor project (news/current affairs reports totalling 1500 words or 6-minutes): 30%
Major Project (news/current affairs reports totalling 2000 words or 10-minutes): 45%
Online critical reflection and in-class invigilation: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1329 plus 12 credit points of Journalism practice units at the 2nd year level


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Julie-Ann Tullberg

Notes

Previously coded JRN3305

Synopsis

This unit provides a detailed exploration of the research and reporting practices in sports reporting. It canvasses the major documentary and database sources, match reporting, contemporary issues and case studies, and key personalities and institutions in a range of major sports. It explores the usage of various technologies in contemporary reporting practices, and critically considers the professional and social implications and accountabilities of sports reporting. Please be aware that access to certain technology/equipment will be required for this unit. Contact the unit coordinator for details.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an ability to identify and research a sport/arts/cultural story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidentiary material in the appropriate medium
  2. demonstrate an ability to report on sport/arts/cultural events in a clear, concise, factual and meaningful way using a variety of elements in a coherent package.
  3. identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with sport/arts/cultural journalism, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard
  4. work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce sport/arts/cultural reports
  5. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure
  6. demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues
  7. demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of reporting practices in sport/arts/cultural journalism.

Assessment

Minor project (news/current affairs reports totalling 1500 words or 6-minutes): 30%
Major Project (news/current affairs reports totalling 2000 words or 10-minutes): 50%
Online critical reflection and in-class invigilation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1329 plus 12 credit points of Journalism practice units at the 2nd year-level

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Matt Loads (Berwick); Elizabeth Hart (Gippsland)

Notes

Previously coded JRN3902

Synopsis

This unit enables students to experience contemporary media in print, audio-visual, public relations, or online settings. In consultation with the unit coordinator, students are assigned to industry placements in the commercial, government, or community sectors. Students build on skills and knowledge they have acquired in earlier units. They learn the ways theories of journalism apply to methods and practices in journalism and related occupations. They also develop critical insights to the profession of journalism in a rapidly changing and culturally diverse mass media environment

Outcomes

This unit will:

  1. Equip students with skills required to work in a professional media environment;
  2. Provide experiential knowledge of the ways professional standards, methods, and practices apply in a particular media outlet;
  3. Gain an understanding of professional relationships among practitioners, owners, and consumers of media;
  4. Improve the ability to meet news writing and production deadlines;
  5. Apply journalism skills acquired in undergraduate study, including the techniques of journalistic writing, interviewing, and news gathering;
  6. Demonstrate the ability to analyse the relationship between journalism theory and practice in a contemporary workplace.

Assessment

Professional practice skills acquired during placement (minimum 70 hours) and awarded in consultation with placement provider, work portfolio or account: 50%
Critical analysis of professional practice experience, (1000 words) 20%
Class presentation: 10% (off campus students place presentations online)
Essay (1000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour seminar in weeks 1 and 12. Consultation with unit leader during placement.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1330 and ATS1331, plus three second level journalism units

Prohibitions

GSC3902, JRN3902


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ena Burstin

Notes

Previously coded JWC3110

Synopsis

Yiddish 3A is a continuation of second year level Yiddish. The central feature of Yiddish 3 will be the more advanced teaching of Yiddish as a living language, as a tool for both written and spoken communication. The course is designed for students who wish to improve their knowledge of the subject both in its literary and conversational form. The course will include use of non-literary texts and exercises to develop grammatical, syntactic and idiomatic mastery of the language. An additional component will utilise Yiddish literary texts of Australia as well as of other countries. Completion of parts A and B will prepare students to complete a major in the subject.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of Yiddish 3A students will:

  1. be able to demonstrate a fluency in reading and writing texts in Yiddish script
  2. have a working understanding of spoken Standard Modern Yiddish
  3. acquire the ability to write original short essays in Yiddish
  4. acquire advanced skills required for Yiddish conversation
  5. have an appreciation of the richness of Yiddish as a literary and cultural tradition
  6. begin to demonstrate a critical appraisal of selected Yiddish authors and poets

Assessment

Written work, oral presentations, dictation, comprehension and short essays (equivalent to approximately 2500 words: 55%
Examination (2000 words): 45% +
Participation in annual weekend retreat where they will be immersed in Yiddish language.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures and 1 x 1 hr language laboratory per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2796 or an approved equivalent standard.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Ms Ena Burstin

Notes

Previously coded JWC3120

Synopsis

Yiddish 3B is an extension of Yiddish 3A. The central feature of both Yiddish 3A and 3B will be the more advanced teaching of Yiddish as a living language, as a tool for both written and spoken communication. The course is designed for students who wish to improve their knowledge of the subject both in its literary and conversational form. The course will include use of non-literary texts and exercises to develop grammatical, syntactic and idiomatic mastery of the language. An additional component will utilise Yiddish literary texts of Australia as well as of other countries. Completion of parts A and B will prepare students to complete a major in the subject.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of Yiddish 3B students will:

  1. be able to demonstrate a fluency in reading and writing texts in Yiddish script
  2. have a working understanding of spoken Standard Modern Yiddish
  3. acquire the ability to write original short essays in Yiddish
  4. acquire advanced skills required for Yiddish conversation
  5. have an appreciation of the richness of Yiddish as a literary and cultural tradition
  6. demonstrate a critical appraisal of selected Yiddish authors and poets and their writings

Assessment

Written work, oral presentations, dictation, comprehension and short essays (equivalent to approximately 2500 words): 55%
Examination (two hours) equivalent to 2000 words): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures and 1 x 1 hr language laboratory per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3814 or an approved equivalent standard.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louisa Willoughby

Notes

Previously coded LLC3010

Synopsis

In this innovative unit students explore issues in the teaching and learning of languages, and reflect on their own language learning experience. Students design and carry out a research project in an area of language learning of interest to them, and engage in detailed discussion in weekly seminars. The unit brings together students from a range of language backgrounds and explores the motivations people bring to second language learning and the effect of different learning environments. A key focus is developing students' awareness of career options using languages and developing skills of interest to employers, such as project design and management, data analysis and report writing.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe different approaches to formal and informal language learning and the merits and pitfalls of each approach
  2. Understand the effect social factors, such as gender, friendship groups and societal attitudes can have on language learning
  3. Reflect on their own language learning motivation, style and achievements
  4. Explore how institutions such as schools and universities make decisions about how to structure their language programs
  5. Understand key language issues facing multilingual/ multicultural societies
  6. Be familiar with a range of theoretical and methodological approaches to studying language learning
  7. Conduct a small independent research project in an area of their own choosing

Assessment

Class participation: 15%
Group presentation: 15%
Research project (assessed in stages): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites

Enrolment in BA (Languages) or current enrolment in 3rd year level LOTE study AND an additional 12 points in linguistics, English as an international language or a second LOTE OR by permission.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Adrian McNeil

Notes

Previously coded MUS3200

Synopsis

Neo-traditional musical genres combine features of established local musical traditions with modern and western genres. Musics such as Bulgarian Wedding Music, many localised Country Musics, Thai Phleng Luk Thung, Hungarian Tanz-haus, Argentinian tango, Zulu Isicathimiya, Yoruba Ju-Ju, share many characteristics. Some are entertainment genres for particular groups, others may be culturally emblematic. In many cases their social and political status is complex and contentious. This unit will study these and similar musics and students will critically evaluate theories of musical fusion, cultural appropriation and globalisation, cultural revival, musical subcultures and micromusics, nationalism and localism which are relevant to understanding their formation and development.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, the students:

  1. Will have studied in detail of a number of neo-traditional music styles of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries and investigated their relationship to political and social movements
  2. They will have advanced their skill in critically evaluating interpretations of musical forms, and have learnt to listen for and to identify significant features in unfamiliar musics
  3. They will have enhanced their ability to locate and evaluate information on cultural activities
  4. They will understand relevant socio-cultural theoretical approaches to popular culture and critically comment and argue for their relevance to interpreting the social significance and meaning of neo-traditional musics.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Class tests: 10%
Examination with listening component: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 two-hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jordan Murray

Notes

Previously coded MUS3280

Synopsis

The unit is taught through interactive seminars and workshops addressing the relevant issues associated with the formation and management of an ensemble, repertoire and composition/arrangement/orchestration of scores for the ensemble and its musical direction.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have gained an introduction to ensemble direction and management through the development of composition/arranging skills, baton techniques, score preparation and rehearsal techniques for both standard and diverse ensemble orchestrations

Assessment

Written work: 30%
Practical performance and composition: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Richard Divall; (Dr Kenji Fujimura)

Notes

Previously coded MUS3290

Synopsis

Students are required to propose a program of works to be arranged and/or conducted for performance by an approved ensemble. Students meet with a supervisor to discuss the arrangements, develop approaches to interpretation, and refine baton techniques specific to their program choice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have developed the skills and knowledge required to successfully create musical materials for a potentially disparate group of musicians. In addition, they should be able to offer this group the musical and artistic direction necessary in realizing a successful musical performance. Therefore, students will gain intermediate skills in conducting, orchestration and ensemble management that will have been consolidated around one integrated project.

Assessment

Written work: 30%
Practical performance and composition: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitComposition
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr David Chisholm (Mr Jordan Murray)

Notes

Previously coded MUS3310

Synopsis

The unit will cover critical theory related to compositional technique. Topics and approaches covered include musical time and space, neo-structuralism, music of the environment, music semiotics, and hermeneutics of the subject.

Outcomes

Students who have worked successfully in their studies will be able to understand and engage the complex interplay between critical theory and music composition.

Assessment

Presentation 20%
Essay 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week
One hour library activities (listening and reading)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Tony Gould

Notes

Previously coded MUS3320

Synopsis

This unit explores research in the field of jazz history in the context of diverse approaches to improvisation and the complex relationship between jazz and world music. Relevant texts will be discussed in conjunction with analyses of representative audio and score material.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of the unit, students will:

  1. Gain an understanding of the major trends in approaches to improvisation through jazz history;
  2. Gain an understanding of the influence of diverse world musics on jazz;
  3. Develop a solid foundation for further academic inquiry into jazz via the analysis of improvised solos and cross-cultural musical influences in jazz;
  4. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the key artists and their approaches to improvisation and cross-cultural musical relationships introduced in lectures.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 40%
Written and listening exam: 40%
Class presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Adrian McNeil

Notes

Previously coded MUS3330

Synopsis

The unit deals with music, aesthetic, social and ritual concepts and practices as expressed in the musical life of North and South India with particular reference to selected performances of music and dance, the relationships between music and the related arts.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students undertaking this unit should have:

  1. A basic knowledge of the history and styles of the music cultures of North and South India.
  2. A knowledge of music theory, terminology, and performance techniques in North and South India and how they reflect local socio/cultural patterns and values.

Assessment

Written (2500 words): 70%
Exam (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jonathan McIntosh

Notes

Previously coded MUS3390

Synopsis

The unit introduces students some issues in music sociology, and the ways in which people study and analyse the relationship between music and society. This will be approached by looking at types of performances and their contexts, the way musicians and their roles are formed in our society, the influence of social difference on music in our society, and the interactions of music and the music industry, looking at music as commodity and intellectual property.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will have developed:
1. An understanding of the ways theories and approaches of the Sociology of Music have been applied to the analysis of performance situations, of the social roles of musicians, and of the economic and social structures within which music is produced; 2. An ability to apply these theories and approaches to musical situations and structures in our society and to evaluate their relevance and usefulness.

Assessment

Assignments1 (1000 words): 30%
Assignment 2 (500 words): 15%
In-class tests (400 words): 10%
Final examination (2 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUS3580

Synopsis

A survey of the primary musical styles and compositional trends of the twentieth century. Representative source works are analysed and the major musical figures of the period are discussed. Topics include the transition from nineteenth century Romanticism, impressionism, expressionism, the atonal revolution, neo-classicism, the twelve-tone system, serialism (including integral serialism), constructivism (electronic music and extended techniques), indeterminacy, neo-Romanticism, and minimalism. Contemporary Australian music is also considered within this context.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have:

  1. A general knowledge of the major trends of twentieth-century composition in particular, the ways in which these trends relate to one another in a broad sense.
  2. The opportunity to delve into specific areas of twentieth-century music in some depth, providing further insight into the styles, composers and works important to the specific area in question.
  3. An introduction to the principles of modern musical notation (i.e. graphic notation).

Assessment

Written: 40%
Mid-term and final listening exams: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitComposition
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jordan Murray

Notes

Previously coded MUS3660

Synopsis

The unit will cover three topics related to compositional technique. The first topic will explore the practical and theoretical aspects of film music composition with an emphasis on aesthetic considerations. The topics related to orchestration will cover a range or concepts related to the organization of musical texture and methods for the organisation of timbre in orchestral and ensemble situations

Outcomes

Students who have worked successfully in their studies will be able to; analyse and criticise examples of music composed for films, have a developed understanding of approaches to film composition, analyse musical textures from and orchestrational perspective, and be able to carry out orchestration tasks for standard ensembles up to a full orchestra.

Assessment

Film music assignment (2000 words) and orchestration exercise (1500 words): 75%
Style report (1000 word): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Adrian McNeil

Notes

Previously coded MUS3880

Synopsis

This unit deals with musical, aesthetic, social and ritual concepts and practices as expressed in the musical life of the Chinese, Japanese and Korean cultures, with particular reference to selected performances of music and dance and the relationships between music and the related arts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have:

  1. A basic knowledge of the history and styles of the music cultures of China, Korea, and Japan.
  2. A knowledge of music theory, terminology, and performance techniques in the three cultures and how they reflect local socio/cultural patterns and values.

Assessment

Written (2500 words): 70%
Exam (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kenji Fujimura (Classical); Associate Professor Robert Burke (Jazz)

Notes

Previously coded MUS3980

Synopsis

Students prepare for a technical examination on their chief instrument, or a folio of either compositions or written work. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons, small group consultations and workshops. Students are required to take part in an ensemble as a hurdle requirement.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will demonstrate a greater understanding of research-based performance, composition or (ethno)musicology and will have mastered the required body of practical work as set out in the unit syllabus.

Assessment

In-class assessment: 10%
Performance exam or folio of compositions/written work: 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour to 2-hour tutorial per week
One individual lesson per week
(please note that each specialisation has different lesson plans)

Students who are repeating this unit will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2809 (Students must achieve a Credit grade in the recital component of ATS2809 to be eligible to enrol in this unit)

Students who fail this unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kenji Fujimura (Classical); Associate Professor Robert Burke (Jazz)

Notes

Previously coded MUS3990

Synopsis

Students prepare for a repertoire examination on their chief instrument, or folio of either compositions or written work. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons, small group consultations and workshops. Students are required to take part in an ensemble as a hurdle requirement.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will demonstrate a greater understanding of research- based performance, composition or (ethno)musicology.

Assessment

In-class assessment: 10%
Performance exam or folio of compositions/written work: 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 1 to 2-hour tutorial per week and one individual lesson per week (please note that each specialisation has different lesson plans).

Students who are repeating this unit will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3830 (Students must achieve a Credit grade in the technical component of ATS3830 to be eligible to enrol in this unit)

Students who fail this unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit.

Prohibitions

Students who have achieved a pass grade in the technical component of ATS3830 are precluded from enrolling in ATS3831


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Will Peterson

Notes

Previously coded PER3040

Synopsis

This is a performance-based unit continuing and developing the work of ATS2811. It investigates the processes involved in writing and creating performance works and performance texts of those works. Various strategies of initiating new work, including the possibilities of various sites and modes of performance, will be explored. Students will work under guidance to take these projects to public presentation standard. Students will then write either a performance text of the work they have created or an analysis of the writing/ performance project. To contextualise the chosen investigations there will be a weekly programme of readings, discussions and class presentations.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this subject students should be able to:

  1. Write a clear and precise proposal for a possible future performance.
  2. Initiate, research and create a detailed and theoretically informed performance work based on a proposal.
  3. Develop a performance work from workshop stage through to public presentation.
  4. Produce a clear and comprehensive performance text of a performance work.
  5. Read, analyse and discuss the writing practices of selected performance practitioners.
  6. Explain a range of theoretical ideas currently informing performance practice, both in engaging, live presentation and in clear and cogent written work.

Assessment

Participation: 25%
Performance project development (3000 words): 25%
Performance project presentation (3000 words): 25%
Performance texts and critique (3000 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 3-hour workshops per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2811 or PER2040


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Yana Taylor

Notes

Previously coded PER3050

Synopsis

ATS3834 is a continuation and development of ATS3833. It offers students the opportunity to undertake rehearsal in a professional manner and to bring that project to fruition in the public performance of a major length theatrical work or a number of shorter works. This unit emphasises the quality of all elements of the processes of preparation and rehearsal, in addition to that of its public product.

Outcomes

Students completing PER 3050 should be able to:

  1. apply particular theoretical methods in the creation of a piece of theatre,
  2. utilize a range of physical skills in performance,
  3. demonstrate an understanding of the technical elements of theatre and how they contribute to the aesthetic of the performance,
  4. develop and refine strategies for the maintenance of the performance through a performance season.
  5. conceptualise and articulate, in written and oral form, the imaginative basis and developmental processes of an original piece of theatre work.

Assessment

Model/folio: 70%
Attendance/participation: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

9 hours rehearsal per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

DTS3800, ATS2478, ATS3478


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Paul Strangio

Notes

Previously coded PLT3440

Synopsis

This unit provides first-hand experience of parliamentary structures and processes otherwise unavailable. It directly assists students focusing on Australian politics to develop their understanding and skills. Entry is competitive, being limited to fifteen places per year. Students will work under the overall supervision of a member of the department and under the supervision of a Member of the Victorian Parliament.

Assessment

Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%
Research seminar presentation: 15%
Applied research report (6500 words): 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Matt Loads (Berwick); Lorraine Reynolds(Gippsland)

Notes

Previously coded PRJ3231

Synopsis

The theory and practice of communication management as it applies to external Public Relations consultancies, and diverse clients, and to internal or, in-house Public Relations within organisations (inc. government, non-government and for-profit organisations). Internal communication tools for employee engagement. Understanding the varied roles that public relations practitioners carry out, and the organisational context of public relations. Leadership, boundary spanning, decision making, counsel for management and working with management and external publics important to organisations, Managing an organisation's reputation, understanding integrated marketing communication and brand management, and planning an event to promote a brand, or service to the community.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate a sound understanding:

  1. Of the nature of internal and external communication,
  2. Have a working knowledge of boundary spanning and how to develop networks, skills in working with marketing and other disciplines as part of communication management;
  3. Ability to proactively manage organisations reputation,
  4. Skills in planning an event for the launch of a product or new service, either as a consultant for an organisation or as an in-house practitioner for their organisation.
  5. Students will also gain a sound insight into the process of appointing and managing external suppliers such as photographers and graphic designers as well as being able to produce, at an advanced level, a folio of specialised public relations creations that can be used when seeking employment opportunities in the industry.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Presentation: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week and one 1-hour tutorial per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

One of ATS2814, ATS2815, ATS2918 or by permission

Prohibitions

PRJ3231


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Matt Loads (Berwick); Dr Jonathan Driskell (Malaysia)

Notes

Previously coded PRJ3261

Synopsis

Know the types of campaigns, international, intercultural and local, that public relations practitioners typically perform, understand the theory and practice of successful public relations campaigns, the role of pressure groups and lobbyists that may create conflict or change of direction in campaign management. Set objectives in line with budgets, timelines and Gantt charts for strategic and measurable campaign management. Through case studies and critical analysis, develop a campaign for a not-for-profit or government organisation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. identify and apply appropriate theoretical concepts to the development of an effective public relations campaign,
  2. understand the international, intercultural campaign perspectives and the role of pressure groups and lobbyist within the campaign process
  3. develop Gantt charts and budgets for effective campaign management
  4. develop suitable and measurable objectives for public relations campaigns; critically evaluate techniques for campaign effectiveness,
  5. demonstrate a critical appreciation of research relevant to planning and evaluating public relations campaigns,
  6. creatively design and implement a public relations campaign for a not for profit or government organisation taking into account intercultural, pressure group lobbying and broader perspectives
  7. justify and defend their positions and final conclusions relations to the design of a public relations campaign,
  8. demonstrate effective group/team work by contributing to the planning, research, analysis, and reporting components of a group project, and supporting and encouraging other group members.

Assessment

Written work: 55%
Presentation: 15%
2-Hour exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

One of ATS2918, ATS2814, ATS2815 or by permission

Prohibitions

MKW3261, PRL2002, PRJ3261


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Berwick First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Berwick Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Karen Sutherland

Notes

Previously coded PRJ3631

Synopsis

The internship provides students with the opportunity to integrate theory with practice, and first-hand experience in working in public relations in the area of specialty in which they expect to be employed on graduation. Separate internship programs are drawn up for each student.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: the ability to critically reflect on, comprehensively analyse and undertake a public relations task; the ability to critically appraise the suitability and applicability of particular theoretical concepts and constructs in public relations task areas and, the development of advanced practice skills for working reflexively within the practical constraints of working within an organization.

Assessment

Presentation: 20%
Project report: 50%
Sponsor assessment: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2918 or ATS2814 or ATS2815 or by permission


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Evita March

Notes

Previously coded PSS3716

Synopsis

This unit examines the involvement of individuals in physically demanding activities; including organised individual and team sports, personal training, and individual adventurous pursuits. The unit is pitched at both the practitioner and the individual so that they might better understand the psychology of the athlete. A practitioner should find the content useful for coaching, teaching physical or outdoor education, or facilitating adventurous activity such as Outward Bound-type courses. The individual should find the content useful for augmenting their training regimes, pursuing higher levels of performance or tackling greater challenges.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should be able to:-

  1. demonstrate an understanding of a range of psychological theories as they apply to sport psychology and the pursuit of adventurous activities;
  2. outline various research techniques used in the fields of sports and adventure psychology;
  3. appreciate how psychology can be used to understand and alter the performance of athletes at all levels of competition and fitness;
  4. explain the biopsychosocial benefits of exercise and fitness and how they relate to individual performance in a range of circumstances.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (2500 words)
2 hour Exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour laboratory) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

48 points of study in any discipline

Prohibitions

BHS3716


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Jacqui Howell

Notes

Previously coded PSS3717

Synopsis

This unit is concerned with the behaviour of and interaction between employees, employers and workplaces. Each of these are in turn influenced by organisational structures, patterns of communication, group processes, and mechanisms of decision-making. And all these factors impact upon levels of job satisfaction, motivation, stress, and work-life balance.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the range of psychological concepts that impact upon the behaviours of individuals and groups in workplace situations;
  2. explain the difference between and relative merits of management versus leadership;
  3. determine the appropriate environments for optimum worker and organisational performance;
  4. recognise the difference between psychologically healthy and unhealthy work environments;
  5. critically evaluate the merits and disadvantages of various recruitment tools and processes;
  6. adapt the content to improve their own levels of motivation and performance and their interactions with workplace colleagues.

Assessment

Written work (2700 words): 60%
Exam (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour laboratory per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

24 points of study in any discipline

Prohibitions

BHS3717, PSS3717


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr George Van Doorn

Notes

Previously coded PSS3718

Synopsis

Forensic psychology deals with the application of psychological principles to problems of law enforcement and the courts, and attempts to understand criminal behaviour (e.g., tendencies towards violence). This unit includes areas such as eyewitness and expert testimony, jury selection and decision-making, screening and training of police, and handling of situations such as hostage taking and suicide threats.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the personality and psychological factors that affect criminal behaviour;
  2. evaluate and explain the main theories in the field of forensic psychology (eg theories of aggressive behaviour);
  3. demonstrate an understanding of how theories of memory and decision-making can be applied for forensic purposes;
  4. demonstrate an understanding of the law, how it relates to mental health issues, and the factors that influence the treatment of offenders;
  5. effectively conduct psycho-legal evaluations and communicate their own, and others, research ideas effectively in written reports.

Assessment

Written work (2500 words): 50%
Exam (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour laboratory per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

BHS3718, PSS3718


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Debra Manning

Notes

Previously coded SCW3303

Synopsis

This unit focuses on theory, research and practice issues pertaining to a major approach to social and community welfare practice. We study theories of oppression and privilege and critically examine approaches to anti-oppressive and transformative practice at individual, community, structural and international levels. Particular emphasis is on understanding the role of privilege in producing and maintaining discrimination and oppression, before exploring transformative counselling approaches and strategies to promote organisational and social change in fields including disability, child protection and violence against women.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students will have developed:

  1. an understanding of theories of oppression and privilege as well as anti-oppressive and transformative approaches critical to socially just practice at individual, community organisational and international levels;
  2. an awareness of the centrality of personal, societal and cultural values and beliefs in approaches to practice in counselling, community development, and social policy;
  3. skills in critical analysis and research methods in a specific theoretical and practice context.

Assessment

Critical analysis (2000 words): 40%
Integrative assignment (2500 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

GSC3303, SCW3303


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded SCW3307

Synopsis

This unit recognises the organisational context of all social and community welfare practice and explores how this shapes practice interventions. Students are prepared for the increasing number and range of leadership and management positions. embodied in contemporary human services practice, with an emphasis on planning, monitoring and evaluation processes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. critically analyse a Human Service Organisation in terms of goals, structure, culture and environment;
  2. view a Human Service Organisation from the client perspective;
  3. identify the different roles played by practitioners across various levels within a Human Service Organisation;
  4. identify and describe a range of appropriate management and leadership styles;
  5. identify the purpose, key components and functions of supervision in Human Service Organisations;
  6. develop an appropriate program plan and evaluation strategy for a Human Services program;
  7. critically analyse the roles, functions and skills required for effective management in a Human Service Organisation;
  8. demonstrate knowledge and skills in effective leadership.

Assessment

Assignment (2500 words): 50%
Exam (2 hours): 40%
Online participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2822 and either ATS2823 or ATS3851

Co-requisites

ATS3713 or SCW3306

Prohibitions

ATS2850. GSC2307, GSC3307, SCW2307, SCW3307


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Olga Bursian

Notes

Previously coded SCW3310

Synopsis

This unit interrogates the processes and politics of social policy-making within the Welfare State. It reviews procedures and instruments used to formulate, fund, implement, evaluate, and revise social policy, and critically examines the impact of major policy decisions on the welfare of citizens.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the relationship between social, economic and public policy;
  2. understand the processes and politics of social policy making;
  3. understand alternative theoretical frameworks for analyzing social policy;
  4. assess the costs and benefits of a policy decision;
  5. understand the methods used to challenge and influence policy agenda, choices and directions.

Assessment

Policy analysis (3000 words): 60%
Exam (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1361 or permission

Prohibitions

GSC2310, SCW2310, SCW3310


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Helen Forbes-Mewett

Notes

Previously coded SCY3150

Synopsis

In this unit, students will identify an issue of interest to them drawn from their undergraduate studies in Behavioural Studies, Sociology and/or Gender Studies. Using this topic, students will undertake an extensive review of the relevant academic literature and complete an independent research exercise exploring this topic. This research will be supervised by the Unit Coordinator with input from other staff as appropriate.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. Developed extensive knowledge of a significant issue in contemporary social sciences;
  2. Engaged with a variety of critical and theoretical debates about this issue;
  3. Developed the ability to critically evaluate the extant literature about this issue;
  4. Knowledge of a range of methodological approaches that have been used to examine this issue;
  5. Developed the ability to communicate in both oral and written formats about this issue;
  6. Independently developed and completed a significant piece of research.

Assessment

Written work (3500): 60%
Class presentation: 20%
Attendance and participation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

BHS3130, ATS3749, SCY2150, AZA3852


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

Political passions play a central role in contemporary democracies. Yet political theory neglects the passions or conceives them as dangers to democracy. This unit asks: What are democracy's emotional foundations? It considers the way the passions might support citizens' commitment to equality, respect and social inclusion. It investigates how 'positive' emotions such as compassion sustain or build democratic civil solidarity; the possibilities of recuperating 'negative' emotions such as shame and resentment so that they do not engender extremism or political violence; and the role of democratic political leaders, institutions and movements in mobilising and responding to the passions.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit subject students should:

  1. Have a basic knowledge of classical and modern theories of the passions and emotions;
  2. Understand modern political theory debates and controversies about the political role of the passions;
  3. Understand recent debates about democracy's emotional foundations;
  4. Apply political theories of the passions to contemporary case studies;
  5. Develop skills in oral and written communication by addressing theoretical debates about the political role of the emotions and applying these to case studies;
  6. Demonstrate a higher level of conceptual understanding than 2nd year students;
  7. Undertake a greater degree of independent research and reading in completing their assignments.

Assessment

Short essay (500 words): 10%
Essay (2500 words): 50%
2 Hour examination (approx 1500): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture/seminar per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Pete Lentini

Synopsis

Popular disillusion with conventional politics (political parties, expensive election campaigns, etc.) and new forms of conflict, including terrorism and religiously inspired violence, have become more prominent in Western democracies. The unit addresses new ways citizens are attempting to overcome this 'disenchantment' and participate in politics and society, and the (sometimes violent) consequences of such activities. It examines conflicts between marginal religious and political groups and society; states' conflict resolution techniques and their consequences; participation in self empowerment movements and alternative religions; and the significance of the politics of conspiracy.

Outcomes

Upon completing this subject students should:

  1. Develop new understandings of how individuals are attempting to 're-enchant' politics by constructing what they consider to be new, exciting and meaningful ways to engage in political and social life which they feel can be more empowering than voting and party, trade union, and other forms of civic and political membership;
  2. Develop new understandings of how individuals are attempting to re-create themselves as political beings and their political horizons;
  3. Develop an intermediate level of understanding of various forms of political, social and religious thought and activism;
  4. Develop an intermediate level of understanding of various forms of identity-based (especially religiously inspired) violence, the measures that selected states and social groups have employed to counteract or pre-empt the real or potential violence that these groups perpetrate, and how they attempt to regulate such groups' activities, and the consequences of these actions.
  5. Develop skills to read various forms of text critically (audio-visual materials, scholarly literature, official documents, internet sources) and incorporate them in their assessed work.
  6. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to develop a topic for investigation;
  7. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources;
  8. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.
  9. Develop a level of competency in understanding new and alternative trends in political participation and activity that will enable them to apply the theoretical and empirical studies examined in the unit to a contemporary or scenario-based exercise.
  10. To develop skills necessary to conduct research into an original topic and prepare them for eventual honours or postgraduate coursework research techniques. In particular to:

a. Propose and construct research questions;

b. Conduct and present literature reviews;

c. Identify gaps in established scholarly literature.

Assessment

Short essay (500 words): 10%
Essay (2500 words): 50%
2 Hour examination (approx 2,000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture/seminar per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2854


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nicholas Osbaldiston

Synopsis

This unit examines the different theories which sociologists use to make sense of the social world. We explore the classical works of the founding fathers (Durkheim, Marx and Weber) and the ongoing legacies of each. The unit also engages with contemporary perspectives and considers how sociologists grapple with important sociological issues such as power, meaning, inequality and social change.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. acquired a broad understanding of classical and contemporary sociological theories;
  2. The capacity to identify, and differentiate between, different sociological theories and concepts;
  3. the capacity to critically analyse the merits and limitations of different sociological approaches;
  4. gained skills in the written presentation of an argument, including the ways in which sociologists incorporate and acknowledge the ideas of other writers; and
  5. gained experience in applying sociological theory to current social issues.

Assessment

Short essay (1000 words): 25%
Long essay (1500 words): 35%
Research project (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2381 or ATS2597

Prohibitions

ATS2855, GSC3201, GSC3202, SCY3815, SCY3816


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Kirsten Davis

Notes

Previously coded WRT3421

Synopsis

The unit covers a range of compositional techniques used in such written forms as prose fiction, feature articles, reviewing and travel writing. The weekly topics are organised around exercises designed to develop skills in effective use of creative detail, in conscious crafting of formal elements, and in preparation and editing of copy for publication.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. An understanding of a range of practices and techniques in contemporary writing through reading, analysis and practice
  2. Refined and extended communication and writing skills across a number of literary and other forms and for a variety of audiences
  3. Skills in editing, proofing and preparation of copy for publication
  4. Advanced writing and reading skills as a member of an Internet writing group
  5. A dossier of research, ideas for writing and examples of drafts and finished work at the end of the unit.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (4500 words)
Participation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 two-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1277 and ATS1278, plus one of ATS2772, ATS2773, ATS2497/ATS3497, ATS2498/ATS3498, ATS2499/ATS3499, COM2407/COM3407, or equivalent

Prohibitions

GSC3421, GSC3425, WRT3421


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Graham Jones

Notes

Previously coded WRT3422

Synopsis

This unit explores creative writing in terms its status as a product of process of experimentation (as distinct from expression). Students will explore a range of strategies for experimenting with forms and with themes through weekly exercises, investigations into literary theory, and a focus on the processes of researching, drafting and editing creative texts. The unit emphasises the importance of research (in relation to questions both of style and of content) to the production of effective and experimental writing, and the importance of reflecting on creative work through the critical techniques of exegesis.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. An ability to experiment with a range of writing structures and techniques, and to assess these writing strategies in terms of their effectiveness and creativeness;
  2. Skills in researching and critically reflecting on writing projects, and an appreciation of the importance of the research and exegetical stages in the creative writing processes;
  3. Skills in editing, proofing and preparation of copy for publication; advanced writing and reading skills as a member of an Internet writing group; and
  4. A dossier of research, ideas for writing and examples of drafts and finished work at the end of the unit.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (4500 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

GSC3427, GSC3422, WRT3422


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alexei Procyshyn

Notes

Previously coded PHL3010

Synopsis

This unit deals with the way in which 'continental' philosophers have sought to deal with the question of the divine in modernity, in the face of the growth of scientific modes of explanation and the decline of religious institutions and belief. In doing so, it furthermore introduces the continental approach to philosophy. Taking our lead from Nietzsche's provocative claim that 'God is dead', we will look primarily at French and German philosophers of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Examples of figures who may be studied include Soren Kierkegaard, Martin Heidegger, Immanuel Levinas, and Jacques Derrida.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Understand the major developments in Continental philosophy of religion
  2. Appreciate the distinct contribution of major Continental thinkers to the critique of philosophical theology and to its renewal
  3. Be able to analyse seminal texts from Nietzsche, Kierkegaard, Heidegger and others
  4. Have gained an introduction to the methods of continental philosophy and appreciate their usefulness for the philosophy of religion and philosophy generally
  5. Demonstrate the capacity to interpret and evaluate important concepts, arguments and texts, as well as to put forward ideas and arguments of their own in a clear and cogent way.

Assessment

Written work(4000 words): 80%
Oral presentation and participation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr. Monima Chadha

Notes

Previously coded PHL3040

Synopsis

This unit considers different ways of thinking about religion and religious belief, both phenomenological (historical, social scientific, etc) and philosophical. It raises philosophical questions about the role of religious discourse and the relationship of evidence to religious belief, examining classic texts on questions such as omniscience, simplicity and eternity. It also examines religious pluralism, and the range of responses that can be made to diverse views about salvation or enlightenment.

Outcomes

The objectives of this unit are:

  1. to offer students the opportunity to improve their understanding of the history, beliefs, practices and sacred texts of various religious traditions
  2. to help students develop their hermeneutical and exegetical skills, so that they can interpret, contextualise and explain passages and texts from different religious traditions, as well as integrate their analysis of scriptural texts with contemporary scholarly and critical material
  3. to develop the capacities of students to engage in reflective and critical thinking, particularly the capacity to critically analyse and evaluate concepts, doctrines and arguments that have played a central role in the world's religions, as well as to put forward ideas and arguments of their own in a clear and cogent way.

Assessment

Written assignments (3500 words) 80%
Exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Thrasher

Notes

Previously coded PHL3510

Synopsis

This unit aims to give students with a background in philosophy or politics a strong foundation in political philosophy. The central question of the unit is: what makes a society just or unjust? The first part of the course examines this question from the perspective of mainstream economics and of liberal political thought. The second part of the course looks at some important critiques of liberalism, focusing especially on underlying beliefs about the concepts of freedom and desert. In the final part of the course we use the ideas introduced earlier in semester to analyse the topic of justice in crime and punishment.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will have an understanding of current debates over political concepts such as justice, freedom and equality. Students will be able to apply their understanding of these debates to practical issues, such as inter-cultural tolerance in a pluralistic society, taxation for redistributive purposes, law and order debates, and more.

Students at third year level will also have developed skills in independent research in political philosophy; a deeper and more thorough understanding of the issues covered in the unit; and a familiarity with a wider range of literature in political philosophy.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateways in philosophy, or politics, or first-year sequence in bioethics, or ATS1314

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Graham Oppy

Notes

Previously coded PHL3670

Synopsis

This unit treates three topics in philosophy of religion. First, it consider the epistemology of religious belief, focussing on different views concerning the proper relationship of evidence to religious belief (as in the views of Clifford, James, Plantinga, and others). Second, it looks at the divine attributes, and the philosophical accounts that can be given of, for example, omnipotence, omniscience, simplicity, and eternity. Third, it examines religious pluralism, and the range of responses that can be made to diverse views about the achievement of salvation.

Assessment

Written work (2500 words): 60%
Examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two hours (one 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus: no timetabled contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Monima Chadha

Notes

Previously coded PHL3850

Synopsis

The unit considers a range of topics in metaphysics and ethics from an Indian perspective. The aim is to contrast the views of the conservative Hindu philosophers with those of the Indian heretics. Among the metaphysical topics special emphasis is placed on the theories of the self and their relation to interesting Hindu doctrines of Karma and Rebirth. The course also explores the relations between karma and other enigmatic traditional Indian concepts.

Outcomes

Students who complete this unit will:

  • understand the central philosophical tenets of traditional Indian systems;
  • deepen their understanding of central issues in philosophy by considering them from a novel perspective;
  • appreciate how traditional Indian philosophers envisage a deep connection between their metaphysical and ethical positions;
  • be motivated and well equipped to exploit traditional Indian ideas through an understanding of a variety of problems in contemporary metaphysics and moral philosophy and attempts at resolving them.

In addition, students completing the unit at third-year level (ATS3872) will be required to demonstrate independent research ability. To meet this requirement students must be able to exploit relevant resources which have not been mentioned in subject handbook and lectures in completing their assignments, in particular the major essay.

Assessment

Written work: 70% (3500 words)
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus: 2 hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus: no timetabled contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year 6 point unit in Philosophy.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Assoc.Prof Justin Oakley

Notes

Previously coded PHL3100

Synopsis

This unit examines key philosophical issues and concepts in contemporary applied ethics, focusing on more advanced philosophical discussions in this area. The unit considers issues and concepts in ethical debates about the beginning and the end of life, such as the status of human life, persons, and potential persons, along with acts and omissions, the doctrine of double effect, and personal identity questions raised by advance directives. The unit also investigates conceptual and ethical issues raised by debates about genetic interventions and access to assisted reproduction, such as the nature and moral significance of eugenics, disability, and wrongful life, and notions of parenthood.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit, students will have:

  1. familiarity with key philosophical issues and concepts in contemporary applied ethics
  2. skills enabling them to critically analyse contemporary debates in applied ethics which depend on such issues and concepts
  3. the ability to make informed judgments about those ethical and conceptual issues.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Philosophy or first-year sequence in Bioethics, and one of the following: CHB2100, ATS2839, ATS2871, ATS2868, ATS2869, ATS2859.

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded PHL3240

Synopsis

We will examine those aspects of Aristotle's philosophy that have had the greatest impact on western thought. From his logical works we will consider his views on universals and particulars, his account of the nature of scientific knowledge and its origins in sense experience. From his Physics we will examine the distinction between matter and form, and the question of whether the world has a beginning. We will consider his account of the nature of humans and rational thought in On the soul. Finally, we will examine the consequences of Aristotle's metaphysical views in his ethics and politics. In each case we will advert to later developments in aristotelianism.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete the subject will be able to explain central themes from the works of Aristotle in the light of scholarship on the subject; have some acquaintance with the influence of these themes on western thought; and offer good reasons for or against the claim that Aristotle's views are right. Students will also develop a sharper awareness of the principles of interpretation and analysis used in doing history of philosophy.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (2500 words)
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points in second year philosophy units.

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Lloyd Humberstone

Notes

Previously coded PHL3410

Synopsis

The subject will take the form of student-initiated discussions on problems connected with knowledge and belief. It will be mainly based on recent articles, which will be made available.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

(a) Some familiarity with formal logic, and
(b) Two 6-point second year philosophy subjects, including at least one of: ATS2863 (Descartes), ATS2865 (Language, truth, and power), ATS2837 (Plato and Platonism), ATS2839 (Ethics), ATS2840 (Philosophy of mind), or ATS2861 (God, freedom, and evil).

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Amir Ahmadi

Notes

Previously coded PHL3430

Synopsis

The unit looks at the development of Jean-Paul Sartre and Simone de Beauvoir's existentialism from Being and Nothingness and She Came to Stay, to The Second Sex and Critique of Dialectical Reason. Students will be introduced to the origins of Sartre and de Beauvoir's thinking in Husserl and Heidegger's phenomenology, the influence of Hegel on their thought and the concept of human freedom that they developed on this basis. Students will also be introduced to their later, more politically engaged philosophy, its relationship to Marxism, and its influence on late twentieth century notions of liberation. www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/

Assessment

Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Philosophy and at least one second-year level philosophy unit

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Mr Lloyd Humberstone

Notes

Previously coded PHL3570

Synopsis

We shall examine some areas of recent formal logic whose development has been motivated by philosophical concerns (with modality, tense, morality, entailment, etc.) www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/lateryear.html

Assessment

Two assignments (2250 words equivalent): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Philosophy and ATS2866


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Assoc.Prof Karen Green

Notes

Previously coded PHL3590

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to some major themes in recent philosophy of language and mind. Among the topics to be covered are: theories of reference and truth; theories of meaning; and theories of performative utterances. These topics have come to be of central concern in contemporary analytical philosophy and are often crucial in modern debates in fields as diverse as ethics, philosophy of mind, and metaphysics. One aim of this unit is to provide essential background for students intending to go on in philosophy. For further information see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit should:

  1. be able to engage with contemporary debates in the philosophy of language,
  2. have acquired some facility with the use of logical techniques in the discussion of language,
  3. be familiar with the technical vocabulary and standard arguments developed by philosophers who have studied the functioning of language.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two second-year Philosophy units - ATS2866 and ATS2840 are strongly recommended.

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Sam Butchart

Notes

Previously coded PHL3650

Synopsis

This unit is concerned with some philosophical questions about the nature of consciousness, in particular with the question whether consciousness is irreducibly non-physical. We shall look at all of the major theories of the mind/body relationship, and we shall also examine the prospects for the creation of artificial intelligence and conscious computers.

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing this unit, students will have a good understanding of the main competing solutions to the mind/body problem, i.e. to the problem of determining exactly how mind and body are related. Students will also have a good understanding of the ways in which solutions to the mind/body problem relate to other disputed questions in philosophy of mind, e.g. whether animals have thoughts, whether machines are capable of thought, whether the world can be exhaustively described in the language of physics, and so forth.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (2500 words)
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 1-hour lecture and 1 x 1-hour tutorial) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus: no timetabled contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Students with first-year level units to the value of 24 points in any faculty or by permission.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Graham Oppy

Notes

Previously coded PHL3690

Synopsis

Metaphysics studies the fundamental nature of reality, and this unit is designed to introduce all philosophy students to the major debates and issues in this broad area of philosophy. From semester to semester, the particular topics of focus may change, but will be drawn from the following: 1. Ontological commitment; Abstract objects; Modality; Composition and identity; Persistence through time; Causation; Dispositions and dispositional theories of value; Supervenience, reduction and levels in nature; Fundamentality.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will:

  1. Have acquired sophisticated bibliographic skills which allow them to identify additional relevant contributions to philosophical problems in metaphysics.
  2. Be able to understand the use of logical notation commonly used in contemporary metaphysics (set theoretic symbols, modal operators)
  3. Be able to accurately summarise and succinctly evaluate articles written for professional philosophy journals in an in-class presentation.
  4. Within parameters that provide some initial guidance, be able to frame a more specific research question and address that question effectively in a longer essay.
  5. Have some acquaintance with the history of metaphysics and a deeper acquaintance with some particular debates of contemporary research focus.
  6. Have a highly developed understanding of the norms of philosophical writing.
  7. Have a highly developed understanding of the norms of philosophical discussion.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (4500 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2.5 hours (one x 90 minute lecture and one x 1 hour tutorial) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points of 2-level philosophy units.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Lloyd Humberstone

Notes

Previously coded PHL3790

Synopsis

We investigate various questions in logical theory by considering alternatives to, and subsystems of, orthodox ('classical') logic. www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/

Assessment

Two assignments (2250 words each): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Philosophy and ATS2866


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Monima Chadha

Notes

Previously coded PHL3880

Synopsis

The subject will examine some major themes in the debate between rationalist and empiricist outlooks, as exemplified in the works of Leibniz and Hume. Hume's Treatise of Human Nature was the culmination of the empiricist tradition in the 18th century. Among the topics Hume discussed were causation, induction, the existence of material objects and their relation to the mind, and the rationality of belief in God. Most of these topics had also been discussed by Leibniz, who approached them from a very different perspective. So it is instructive to look at the work of these two great thinkers in relation to one another.

Outcomes

On completion of the subject students will have gained an understanding of the debates between Rationalist and Empiricist schools in the 17th and 18th centuries, and its influences on the development of philosophical theories in epistemology, metaphysics and philosophy of religion since then. They will have an enhanced capacity for critical and rigorous reading of a philosophical text, and skills in the evaluation of philosophical positions in the context of an integrated system. They will have reflected on contemporary discussions of causation, induction and scepticism and belief in God arising out of the work of Leibniz and Hume. Students completing the subject will develop skills in writing and argument in ways that are responsive to a developing discussion in seminars.

Assessment

Written work: 70% (3500 words)
Test: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus: no timetabled contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Philosophy and one second year unit, preferably ATS2863 (Descartes).


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Monima Chadha

Notes

Previously coded PHL3890

Synopsis

This unit introduces the student to the philosophical systems of these rival Hellenistic schools and examines their interaction, evolution and relevance to contemporary philosophical problems. Among the issues that concern the stoics and epicureans are questions about happiness and fulfilment; coping with the inevitability of death; fatalism and moral responsibility; and the role and relevance of god in a purely material universe. A proper understanding of the truths revealed by the systems was thought to make the fully educated stoic or epicurean 'a mortal god'-blessed and happy, utterly immune to the vagaries of misfortune and fearless in the face of death.

Outcomes

Students who complete the subject successfully should:

  • understand the central perspectives and tenets of Stoic and Epicurean philosophy
  • appreciate how the stoic and epicurean systems were shaped by classical philosophy and the social conditions of the Hellenistic period
  • be aware of the ways in which subsequent historical and social conditions were shaped by adherents of the two schools
  • be in a position and motivated to explore Stoic and Epicurean ideas towards a resolution of a variety of contemporary philosophical problems.

Assessment

Written work: 70% (3500 words)
Test: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus: 2 hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus: no timetabled contact hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points of 2nd year philosophy units, or permission


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Ashley Broadbent

Notes

Previously coded GES3370

Synopsis

Urbanisation has profound influences on cities that causes local changes in climate including increased temperature (the Urban Heat Island). Additional impacts include reduced moisture, modified urban waterways, and reduced vegetation. Moreover, urbanisation is linked to hazards such as poor air quality and heat related illnesses. These matters are of particular concern in the context of climate change. This unit will provide an understanding of the relevant physical processes and impacts, along with the associated technological, and socio-political contexts and examine potential solutions by undertaking a sustainable cities approach including the concept of a water sensitive city as an approach to heat mitigation and climate change adaptation. Emphasis is placed on practical, theoretical, observational, analytical and modeling skills developed through lectures, practicals and project work.

Outcomes

On completion students will be able to:

  1. appreciate urban climate knowledge and the critical role of water in the urban environment;
  2. be able to apply climate knowledge to issues of urban sustainability and adaptation to climate change;
  3. have gained practical experience in problem formulation and solution, and in addition;
  4. level 4 students will have developed specialised skills in research/project formulation.

Assessment

Literature review (1000 words): 20%
Practicals (1000 words): 20%
Group or individual project report/presentation (1500 words): 30%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures per week, one 3-hour practical per fortnight, plus private study/research time.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2780 or 18 points of Geography, climate and physical environments or Atmospheric science or permission of the Head of SGES. Other interested undergraduate and level 4 students will need to obtain permission from the Head of SGES

Prohibitions

APG4887 and ATM3370


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Professor Leah Garrett

Synopsis

In the course students will read and evaluate novels, short stories, and poems that focus on the experience of being a member of an ethnic and class group in America. A number of different topics will be explored including: what does it mean to be an American; how does the American 'melting pot' model exclude or marginalize the experiences of Native and African Americans; how do writers use a variety of narrative styles to convey their experiences; how do different immigrant groups, such as Jews, Latinos, and Asians, describe the impact of racism and class discrimination in their writings; how does poverty influence the understanding of race and vice versa.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit, students will have:

  1. Familiarity with an array of contemporary American writers;
  2. Understanding of the impact of racial categories on class in America and vice versa;
  3. Developed tools of comparative analysis when researching authors writing from different ethnicities and classes;
  4. Honed evaluative tools for approaching writers composing at the same time but from very different backgrounds;
  5. Understanding of the historical similarities and differences between race and class in America and in Australia;
  6. Understanding of the importance of economic issues to the processes of literary production;
  7. Developed oral and written communication skills;

Third-year students will have a more developed understanding the theoretical issues underpinning the study of race and class

Assessment

Essay (2700 words): 50% + Class presentation and participation (450 words): 15%
Two response papers and four reading quizzes (1500 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2888


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fiona Gregory

Synopsis

This unit deals provides an opportunity for extended, in-depth investigation of the full background context of a performance. Students can explore the social, cultural background of a production, its performance history, its material culture. The relationships between technical aspects, scenography, history and the conceptual background to a production are explore in terms of their effects and reception.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Have practical experience of an indepth dramaturgical project
  2. Understand the relationships between materials and ideas in theatre.
  3. Have an advanced understanding and experience of the role of the dramaturg.

Assessment

Written work (1800 words): 40%
Project (2700 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2 hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2891 or ATS2767


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Fenley

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a critical understanding of how minority groups are included or excluded from the dominant Australian society. It begins with a historical examination of the ways in which groups have been discriminated against on the basis of race, ethnicity, age, religion, gender, social status or sexual preference. It then explores attempts to create a more just and tolerant society and questions whether mainstream society is willing to accommodate the needs of minority groups.

Outcomes

This unit provides students with an understanding of different attitudes towards minority groups and is designed to increase knowledge of and skills in historical and political research methods.

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an awareness of the patterns of inclusion and exclusion of minority groups since white settlement of Australia;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of different theories relating to the fear, hatred, and mistrust of the other;
  3. Interrogate different policies relating to minority groups;
  4. Critically engage with key historical and political theories in oral presentations and written exercises; and
  5. Locate and retrieve primary source materials using archival, rare book, microfiche and microfilm collections; and
  6. Present a structured response to an essay question
  7. Formulate an independent research question relating to the inclusion or exclusion of minority groups; and
  8. Develop a well-structured project based largely on documentary sources.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (1,000 words): 20%
Assignment 2 (2,000 words): 40%
Examination 2 hours (1,500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 1 hour tutorial)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Required to contribute to on-line discussions

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

24 credit points at first year level

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Belinda Morrissey

Synopsis

This unit examines media content and production processes through a gendered (and raced) lens, as both are key equity issues in journalism. Has the influx of women into media industries changed the 'news'? How is gender implicated in newsroom culture? Why do men continue to dominate positions of power in most media organisations? Students also explore the coverage of indigenous and ethnic issues in mainstream media, and the rise of indigenous and ethnic media in Australia. Students are introduced to key issues in feminist media scholarship, and Journalism Studies, while also critically engaging with contemporary journalism practice and the news media's relationship with, and responsibility to, indigenous and ethnic issues. Its overarching focus, however, is to explore gendered newsroom culture in this rapidly changing, intensified global industry.

Outcomes

On completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a satisfactory knowledge and capacity to understand and analyse the academic literature in the fields under examination
  2. demonstrate an ability to research, discuss and critically reflect on the issues of gender and race and how they relate to journalism practice and media content in a clear, concise and rigorous scholarly manner
  3. collaborate constructively with fellow students in learning and discussion processes, including online forums
  4. think critically and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression
  5. work independently and in groups to achieve the learning outcomes
  6. demonstrate a critical awareness of the strengths and limitations of journalism practice in relation to gender and indigenous issues
  7. produce thoroughly researched, well documented and presented formal essays

Note: Level 3 students are required to demonstrate a higher level of critical argument and scholarship, including a stronger grasp of key concepts and the use of a more demanding range or type of sources.

Assessment

Minor project (900 words): 20%
Major essay (1800 words): 40%
Class presentation/online report (500 words): 10%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 1hr lecture/week
One x 1hr lecture/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Julie Bowyer (Berwick); Elizabeth Hart (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the skills required to be an effective photojournalist: to identify and research a story, and capture it in vibrant and technically clean photographic form. The unit covers the aesthetic, technical, narrative, ethical and historical aspects of photojournalism. Students learn to produce compelling images that best represent human events and are encouraged to develop their interests in producing folio work and picture essays.The unit begins with the principles of photographic techniques, an introduction to different forms of photography, and the requirements of different publications.Students learn the skills of issues-based research and writing to drive their visual storytelling and understand the value of timeliness, objectivety and narrative. Students also learn how to use photo-editing software.

Outcomes

On completion of the course students should be able to:

  1. Produce aesthetically vibrant and technically clean photographs.
  2. Demonstrate an ability to identify, research and write a story, conduct interviews, and produce appropriate photographs to reflect the story
  3. Demonstrate the relationship between text and image in journalism and produce work that combines the two forms across a range of publications
  4. Demonstrate and ability to report in a clear, concise and factual manner using both written and photographic elements
  5. Collaborate constructively with fellow students in learning and production processes, including online forums
  6. Identify and observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with photojournalism, and reflect critically on their own and others performance in this regard
  7. Work independently to produce a photographic portfolio
  8. Meet deadlines, and take images under pressure
  9. Demonstrate an awareness of news and current issues, and develop contacts in the community and regions in which the student lives
  10. Demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of photojournalism
  11. Demonstrate a basic knowledge of editing software

Note: Level 3 students are required to demonstrate a greater sophistication of technical skill and critical argument and scholarship.

Assessment

Minor project: 30%
Major project: 50%
Online critical assessment and in-class presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 2 hr seminar/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1330 and ATS1331 or permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Gil-Soo Han and Professor Gloria Davies

Synopsis

The unit explores the characteristics of media production and consumption in the East Asian region. The rapid social change experienced in the region is closely related to the use of information and communication technologies, and these will steer the future direction of the region's development. Mediated cultural flows are evident in audiovisual material. Japan, Korea and increasingly China lead media production of new media and cultural products or content, such as reality television, dramas, computer games, and blogs. These will be the materials examined in this unit. How these media are related to local and international contexts will be an integral topic for exploration in the unit.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been exposed to, and have a competent understanding of, contemporary cultural developments in East Asia that reflect transnational cultural flows;
  2. have acquired an informed understanding of the role of media in the rapidly developing societies of East Asia;
  3. (for language students) have consolidated their skills in listening comprehension and translation as they access a variety of Asian media;
  4. (for media studies students) have obtained in-depth consolidation of intercultural understanding;
  5. have come to understand the way social reality is shaped by the New Media in Asian societies, especially in comparison with media production and consumption in Australia;
  6. students undertaking the unit at third year level will be expected to demonstrate a more sophisticated grasp of the key theoretical concepts, a wider breath of reading at secondary level. They will be expected to assume a leadership role in tutorial discussion, and will be required to append annotated bibliographies to all written work. They will also be expected to demonstrate a higher level of understanding of the material through their assessment.

Assessment

Essay 1 900 words (20%)
Essay 2 1800 words (40%)
Exam 1800 words: (40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours lecture/seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2897


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedPrato Term 1 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrizia Sambuco

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

The Italian city, a microcosm of Italian society, reveals the rich layers of Italian culture and history. This unit explores Italian cityscapes through their monuments and art works and their representation in literature and film. It offers a journey through the social spaces of the modern city to the virtual zones of the postmodern city. By visiting the city through literature and film students will be exposed to a diversity of texts, written and visual, that grapple with the complexity of urban spaces and with challenges posed to Italian cities by increased migration. In addition to considering textual representations of urban spaces, a particular focus of the unit will be the urban biography of Prato, from the Middle Ages to the present day. This will include examining how Prato's remarkable economic history has contributed to its distinctive civic identity, and how the culture of the city is reflected in contemporary writings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. Have a greater understanding of Italy, the Italian city (Prato) and Italian culture;
  2. Have consolidated both oral and written language through linguistic and cultural immersion;
  3. Have gained knowledge of the city's long history and its contemporary cultural and urban landscape;
  4. Have acquired an understanding of how Italian Archives work and be able to further develop research skills;
  5. Have acquired an understanding theoretical issues surrounding the conception of city.

Assessment

Written assignment: 50%
Project presentation: 25%
Class test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

The unit will be taught in intensive mode at Prato, Italy.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Italian studies or equivalent knowledge of the language


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jordan Murray

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to compositional and arranging methodologies for a variety of jazz ensembles and discrete styles. The composition component of the unit will include discussion of fundamental compositional elements such as form, structure, melody-writing, voice-leading and rhythm-section writing. Through listening tasks and score analysis of historical and contemporary pieces by seminal jazz artists, basic arranging concepts such as range, register and blend will be explored. Students will apply learnt skills to the development of their own musical works, which will be performed and subject to further analysis.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, the students:

  1. Will have fundamental understanding of jazz composition, arranging styles and methodologies as informed by historical and contemporary practices;
  2. Will have the ability to critically evaluate, analyse and discuss jazz compositions and arrangements from written score and audio media;
  3. Will apply these learnt arranging and compositional concepts to formulating and developing their own musical works;

Assessment

Written work (1500 words): 33%
Folio of Compositions/arrangements (equiv. 3000 words): 67%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jordan Murray

Synopsis

This unit follows from Jazz Composition/Arranging 1 - ATS3899 and further explores jazz compositional and arranging methodologies. The composition component will include discussion of advanced compositional elements characteristic of contemporary styles. Through listening tasks and score analysis, arranging concepts relevant to large and non-traditional ensembles will be explored. Students will apply learnt skills to the development of their own musical works, which will be performed and subject to further analysis. There will be greater emphasis on students developing their own original approaches to composition and arranging.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, the students:

  1. Will have a good understanding of contemporary jazz compositional elements and arranging styles for large and non-traditional ensembles;
  2. Will have the ability to critically evaluate, analyse and discuss contemporary jazz compositions and arrangements for a variety of ensembles from written score and audio media;
  3. Will apply these learnt arranging and compositional concepts to formulating and developing their own musical works.

Assessment

Written work: (1500 words) 33%
Folio of Compositions/arrangements: (3000 (equivalent) words) 67%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Mr Robert Burke

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the study of music in different cultural contexts. Culturally-specific approaches to performance, research and composition will be investigated in their environments. The focus of the unit will be a reflective approach to the integration of diverse traditions of music into individual creative and research activity.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, the students:

  1. Will understand key elements of the relevant music culture including unique approaches to performance, research and composition
  2. Will have the ability to reflect upon their own musical practices and develop these in the context of newly acquired music cultural knowledge
  3. Will apply learned concepts in a performance/composition/musicological context

Assessment

Assignment (2000 words): 40%
Folio of compositions/performances/written work(2000 words equivalent): 40%
Class participation (900 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three week course of:Four 2-hour lectures/seminars and Four 2-hour rehearsals/workshops per week

Prerequisites

Non-Bachelor of Music students will be required to audition, submit a folio of compositions or sample of written work according to course requirements prior to enrolment


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Neville Nicholls

Synopsis

Climate change is as much a geopolitical issue as a scientific issue, and geopolitical considerations will affect the way the world deals with climate change. The responsibility for, and impacts of, climate change vary geographically. These variations influence how countries deal with climate change, which leads to different approaches and coalitions in climate change negotiations. Climate change is likely to change geopolitical alliances and may cause global security concerns. The unit provides a fundamental understanding within a geographical framework of the geopolitical considerations that affect progress in this vital area, as well as the geopolitical consequences of climate change.

Outcomes

Upon satisfactory completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the meaning and history of geopolitics, and the historical linkages between geopolitics and climate.
  2. demonstrate a basic understanding of the science of climate change and its impacts, and the economic and ethical considerations that influence our experience of and responses to the issue;
  3. demonstrate the ability to argue creatively, effectively and responsibly on a problem of climate change decision-making ;
  4. demonstrate knowledge and comprehension of the geopolitical dimensions of climate change impacts, mitigation actions, and adaptation alternatives in a range of national and international contexts;
  5. demonstrate an understanding of the likely consequences of climate change on current geopolitical alliances and interests;
  6. demonstrate knowledge and comprehension of the international fora within which the geopolitical aspects of climate change (mitigation and adaptation) are negotiated, and the current status of the negotiations in these fora;
  7. demonstrate an ability to apply these understandings, theories and concepts in an appropriate problem-oriented context;
  8. show skills in communication, problem solving and critical thinking.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 50%
Tutorial paper/debate (500 words): 20%
Examination (2 hours, 2000 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

  • One 2-hour lecture per week
  • One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Mr Robert Arrell

Synopsis

The idea of democracy is ubiquitous in the contemporary world - diverse regime types and institutional systems claim democratic credentials and democracy is widely accepted as the most legitimate system of government. But the ideal of 'rule by the people' is not easy to achieve, and faces particular difficulties in large-scale modern societies characterised by institutional complexity, pluralism/multiculturalism, and globalization. This unit considers what the ideal of democracy can mean in contemporary political life, and how (or whether) it can be institutionally achieved.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students will have:

  1. Mastered basic and advanced concepts in democratic theory;
  2. Acquired familiarity with the concepts and methodology of social choice theory;
  3. Developed an understanding of the major theoretical difficulties involved in the ideal of democratic rule;
  4. Be able to identify relevant literature for the purposes of scholarly work on the nature and justification of democracy;
  5. Improved written and oral communication skills.
  6. Undertaken independent research and reading in completing the assignments.

Assessment

Written (3500 words): 80%
Class test (1 hour): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

  • One 1-hour lecture per week
  • One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points at 2nd year in either Philosophy, Politics, or Human Rights

Prohibitions

ATS2905


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Sharon A Bong

Synopsis

This unit explores the intersections of genders, sexualities and religions within the cultural context of Southeast Asia. Within an inter-disciplinary framework, feminist and gender theories are critically applied to topics covered that include: fluidity of genders and sexualities in religion, narratives of becoming in the family, faith community and cyberspace, sexual citizenship in the national imaginary, construction of masculinities and femininities of those who inhabit border zones of being socially excluded/included, such as youth, migrants, sex workers and ascetics; and agency in revisiting the impasse of the universality versus cultural relativism of rights.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the pluralities of genders and sexualities and how they are shaped by cultures and religions practised in Southeast Asia;
  2. Analyse lived experiences of the socially excluded through the critical lens of feminist and gender theories;
  3. Develop independent research skills in under-researched areas of study and the ability to present a cogent argument in both oral and written formats.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Test (1500 words): 30%
Participation: 10%

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Taylor Spence

Synopsis

This unit examines the history of the US in the world, asking how a federation of former colonies on the eastern seaboard became a continental and then international power. It examines the linkages between continental expansion in the nineteenth century and expansion abroad in the twentieth, and investigates the extent to which this expansion was justified in terms of race and gender. A major theme of this unit is empire. Does this term apply to the history of American expansion? Why have Americans been so resistant to the idea that they have forged an empire? We also examine concepts such as manifest destiny, national exceptionalism and Americanization.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit student will:

  1. Have a good understanding of the US foreign relations from the nineteenth century to mid twentieth century
  2. Have an understanding of the importance of race and gender in shaping American interactions with other peoples and nations.
  3. Have an understanding of the different factors which shape foreign policy and imperial projects.
  4. Have an understanding of the importance of culture - including popular culture - to historical research
  5. Be familiar with the research skills and methods of cultural, political and diplomatic historians.
  6. Have experience in working with a range of textual, visual and material historical resources
  7. Have further developed their oral and written communication skills
  8. Have improved their ability to conduct historical research independently.

Assessment

Written work: 4500 words (90%)
Tutorial Participation (10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1.5-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in history or international studies

Prohibitions

ATS2908


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Kartomi Thomas

Synopsis

This unit provides an opportunity for in-depth study of a specific non-Western performative culture or group of practices, or a tradition outside the scope of mainstream theatre. The practice(s) will be analysed in their social and cultural context, with consideration, where appropriate, of historical, spiritual, functional, aesthetic and performative roles and qualities. Methodologies and concepts of Performance Studies will be given practical application.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course students will:

  1. have performed an in-depth study of a specific performance tradition or group of practices from a non-Western culture or a tradition outside the theatre mainstream;
  2. display applied understandings of the main concepts of Performance Studies;
  3. demonstrate an understanding of the possible varieties of relationships between cultures and their performances;
  4. develop a sense of the cultural relativity of their own and others' everyday practices, becoming more open-minded and understanding of the diversity of cultural practice;
  5. have demonstrated an ability to understand and/or employ techniques of ethnographic writing.

Assessment

Class presentation (equiv. 900 words): 20%
Ethnographic/research writing task (900 words): 20%
Essay (2250 words): 50%
Participation (equiv. 450 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Theatre


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Montgomery Griffiths

Synopsis

Students work through three to five key playtexts from across a variety of theatre genres and traditions in the context of theoretical texts by practitioners and scholars, concentrating on how the works might be staged and performed. Histories of acting, directing and production theories are explored in detail, giving consideration to how the texts have been performed throughout their production histories. Students will apply the theories in practical exercises based on the texts and the writings of the practitioners. The unit emphasizes the comparative practical consequences of different approaches and understandings.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this course students will:

  1. possess a first-hand embodied knowledge of different approaches and techniques of a variety of practitioners and theorists from throughout the history of theatre;
  2. have received an introduction to key concepts in the history of theatre performance;
  3. have a practical understanding of the relationships between theory and practice in theatre performance;
  4. be able to employ a variety of practical approaches to the analysis of playtexts;
  5. understand and emply the concepts of a historiography based on performance;
  6. have experience of the relative importance of actor, director, writer and other participants in different approaches to theatre performance;
  7. have considered experience of the affective dimensions and assumptions of different understandings of theatre performance.

Assessment

Group class performance (15 minutes equiv. 675 words): 15%
Individual write-up of performance (900 words): 20%
Essay (2250 words): 50%
Participation (equiv. 675 words): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Theatre


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Kevin Foster

Synopsis

From semaphore to the silicon chip, advances in communication technology have re-shaped the public's access to and understanding of conflict. This unit will examine how the advent of new communications technology - the mass circulation newspaper, the telegraph, photography, the newsreel, radio, television, cable television, the internet and the mobile telephone - has re-framed the public's perceptions of and responses to war. Though an analysis of wars from the Crimea to Afghanistan it will analyse how, in an effort to monopolise its power or contain its effects, every war has, in part, been a battle for control over new communications technology.

Outcomes

Students who have successfully completed this unit will be able to:

  1. Identify the key communications innovations in the major wars from the Nineteenth to the early Twenty First century;
  2. Understand and be able to explain the principal effects of these technologies on public perceptions of each of these conflicts;
  3. Identify the most prevalent forms of censorship in these wars, how they were enforced, and explain their effects on the public's perception of war;
  4. Demonstrate a detailed knowledge of how new communications technologies shape media practice on the battlefield;
  5. Reflect a comprehensive knowledge of how the military employs new communications technology in its operations and yet seeks to prevent their effective use by the media;
  6. Demonstrate this knowledge in spoken and written form;
  7. Undertake unsupervised research in libraries, special collections and among peers;
  8. Students taking the unit at 3rd year level will be expected to demonstrate a more sophisticated grasp of the key theoretical concepts, a wider breath of reading at secondary level. They will be expected to assume a leadership role in tutorial group work, and will be required to append annotated bibliographies to all written work.

Assessment

Report (450 words): 10%
Research project (1800 words): 40%
Exam (1800 words): 40%
Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture/seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

An approved first year sequence

Prohibitions

ATS2917


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Mr Robert Carey; Matt Mitchell

Synopsis

This unit involves a program or project in collaboration with an international partner university or media organisation, carried out either in country overseas or from Australia. Students will need to have an approved project or program in place before applying, and will require the approval of the Head of the Monash Journalism program to enrol. Students may be eligible for financial support for overseas study via Monash Abroad.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit should be able to demonstrate:

  1. Advanced professional experience in international journalistic collaboration through either an approved program of study or a project;
  2. Ability to analyse and reflect on international journalism professional practice;
  3. Ability to apply the principles and practice of journalism that they have learnt in their undergraduate studies in an international context;
  4. Skills in cross-cultural communication and collaboration;
  5. Evidence of a portfolio of experiences and publications gained during placement;
  6. Competence in meeting the demands of an international professional program or project and being able to reflect critically on those demands.

Assessment

Project and evidence of production or publication (2500 words or equivalent): 60%
Project report (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

By supervision or as determined by partner university overseas

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1329 plus 12 credit points of Journalism practice units at the 2nd year level, and permission from the Unit Coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Mr Robert Carey

Synopsis

This is a final year unit. Students have the option of undertaking an industry placement in print, audio, visual or on-line media. Placement opportunities are negotiated with the Unit Coordinator, and require students to produce self-authored work for publication/broadcast and to produce a reflective report on the process and products of the placement.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit should be able to demonstrate:

  1. Practical experience in journalistic media in Australia or overseas;
  2. Ability to analyse and reflect on newsroom operations and about news criteria and journalism professional practice;
  3. Ability to apply the principles and practice of journalism that they have learnt in their undergraduate studies;
  4. Skills relevant to prospective employers;
  5. Evidence of a folio of experiences and publications gained during placement;
  6. Competence in meeting the demands of a professional workplace and being able to reflect critically on those demands.

Assessment

Project and evidence of production or publication (2500 words or equivalent): 60%
Online critical reflection and/or in-class presentation (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

By supervision

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1329 plus 12 credit points of Journalism practice units at second year level

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Julian C. H. Lee

Synopsis

This subject examines the various contexts and methods by which social and political change has been brought about through various forms of activism. Themes explored include the efficacy of violence and non-violence, the internet and technology, religion, consumer choices, and the United Nations. Issues addressed include gender and sexuality rights, refugees, health and AIDS, and civil liberties. All are examined in specific contexts from around the world including South Africa, Malaysia, Australia, Nicaragua, Britain, and India. This subject will provide an overview of the various factors that influence and enable the bringing about of social change.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have an understanding of the variety of ways in which social and political change has been brought about in various parts of the world and at different times in history.
  2. gain insight into the factors that influence the form of social and political change including information communication technology, religion and capitalism.
  3. become aware of the historical and cultural circumstances that shape the issues of pertinence in a given society and the methods by which change is advanced, including legal, electoral, and international mechanisms.
  4. develop a familiarity with debates regarding methods of political change including the use of violence and the role of religion.
  5. have improved their oral skills and team-work skills by participating in class discussions and activities.
  6. have developed their critical and written skills through a research-based essay on political and social change.

Assessment

Major essay (2500 words): 45%
Exam: 45%
Tutorial participation and oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrea Baker

Synopsis

This unit provides a detailed exploration of the research and reporting practices associated with contemporary arts and culture. The precise emphasis will vary each semester, and may include the visual and perfoming arts, cinema, comedy, music and literary reporting. It canvasses contemporary issues and case studies, and key personalities and institutions. It critically considers the professional and social implications and accountabilities of reporting in these specialized fields. Off-campus students should be aware that access to certain technology/equipment may be required for this unit. Contact the unit coordinator for details.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an ability to identify and research a arts/cultural story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidentiary material in the appropriate medium
  2. demonstrate an ability to report on arts/cultural events in a clear, concise, factual and meaningful way using a variety of elements in a coherent package.
  3. identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with arts/cultural journalism, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard
  4. work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce arts/cultural reports
  5. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure
  6. demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues
  7. demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of reporting practices in arts/cultural journalism.

Assessment

Minor project (news/current affairs reports): 1500 words or 6 mins (30%)+ Major Project (news/current affairs reports): 2000 words or 10 mins (50%)+ Online critical reflection and in-class invigilation: 1000 words (20%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1329 plus 12 credit points of Journalism practice units at second year level


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jonathan McIntosh

Synopsis

Introduction to the theory and practice of Javanese gamelan and its relationship to Javanese and Balinese society, culture and performing arts, including dance and theatre. Ensembles, tuning and modal systems, musical structure and form, transmission and sociology of performance, and performance theory. Development of aurally-based performance skills.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit should have a basic knowledge of the main principles, concepts and performance techniques of Javanese or Balinese gamelan music, dance and theatre terminology, the historical, cultural and social contexts of the gamelan performing arts, and performance ability on all the core instruments of the gamelan. They should also have knowledge of Javanese or Balinese, as opposed to Western, approaches to playing and understanding the music.

Assessment

Essay and other written work: 40% (2000 words)
Listening assignment: 10%
Exam (1 hour): 20%
Performance assessments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour practical performance class) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michelle Duffy

Synopsis

This unit will emphasise the study of social relations between racial and ethnic groups in selected societies. The unit will pay special attention to the place of ethnic and Aboriginal groups in Australia. The concepts of race, racism, ethnicity, prejudice, discrimination and multiculturalism will be analysed and discussed in detail.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify and describe the different theories and concepts through which sociologists and other social scientists seek to explain issues of race and ethnicity;
  2. Demonstrate a critical evaluation of the relationship between national identity and ethnic identity;
  3. Identify contemporary issues associated with multiculturalism including multicultural citizenship, community languages and maintenance of cultural diversity;
  4. Understand the complexities of the relationships between dominant culture and minority culture including Aboriginal-European contact.

In addition, students taking this unit at third year level will also be expected to:

  1. demonstrate a more sophisticated understanding of the key concepts explored in this unit,
  2. draw upon a much wider range of literature to analyse contemporary concerns with regards to race and ethnic relations.

Assessment

Assignment one (1000 words): 30%
Assignment two (1500 words): 40%
Examination (2 hour): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 1 hr lecture/week
One x 1 hr tutorial/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1367 and ATS1898 or SCY1802 or equivalents

Prohibitions

ATS2929, GSC2202, SCY2802


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Bain Attwood

Synopsis

Throughout the ages, human beings have struggled for justice by claiming rights of one kind or another. This unit examines this phenomenon from the late eighteenth century, when the concept of 'the rights of man' came to the fore, to the present day, when the ideal of 'human rights' seems to have triumphed. We will trace both changes and continuities across the modern age by paying special attention to the advocates of rights, their reasons for campaigning, the ways they defined and legitimated the rights they claimed, and the means they adopted to win hearts and minds.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have:

  1. gained broad knowledge of the historical timeline of the struggle for rights in the modern era;
  2. gained a clear understanding of the origins of both modern and contemporary concepts of rights;
  3. gained a thorough knowledge of changes and continuities in struggles for justice in the modern era, especially in terms of the ways rights have been conceived;
  4. gained a deep understanding of the manner in which rights are historical constructs;
  5. a clear understanding of the main historiographical debates in the field of study;
  6. an ability to to analyse carefully and critically key texts in the history of the struggle for rights, especially in regard to their use of rhetoric;
  7. an ability to consider the subject matter both empathetically and objectively;
  8. developed their oral communication skills;
  9. improved their written communication skills;
  10. acquired independent research skills through using a broad range of historical sources.

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%
Written work (4500 words): 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture per week and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in History

Prohibitions

ATS2932


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Kalman

Synopsis

Societies express themselves through art, literature, ritual, everyday objects and other cultural artefacts. One of the tasks of the historian is to understand this interplay of culture and society, and how it manifests in different historical periods or places. In this unit we explore the ways in which historians of many different periods (from late antiquity to the present) write about culture, from 'great' art to the stuff of daily life. Students will be introduced to a broad range of cultural products and their meanings, and be required to undertake in-depth research into a topic, area and period of interest of their choice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have:

  1. Critically engaged with different forms of cultural product, placing them in their historical and aesthetic contexts.
  2. Understood the meaning of the term "Cultural History", including its historiographical implications.
  3. Drawn on a number of theoretical frameworks in order to understand the history of culture.
  4. Conducted research into a particular area of cultural history.

Students successfully completing this unit at a Third Year level will have acquired, in addition:

  1. independent research skills across a range of historical source areas.

Assessment

Class participation: 10%
Historiographical review (submitted by end of week 4) (750 words): 15%
Research proposal (750 words): 15%
Research essay (2000 Words): 40%
Class test (1000 words): 20%

Note that at level 2 students will be directed to prepared topics and sources for their research essay. At level 3 students will be given more freedom to design their own topic and find appropriate sources, and will be expected to draw on a wider range of primary and secondary sources. In addition, at level 3 students will be expected to demonstrate a higher level of conceptual awareness.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-1/2 hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in history

Prohibitions

ATS2933


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedPrato Term 3 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr James Roffee

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

This intensively delivered unit is part of our Criminology in Prato programme.
The unit introduces students to the 'European' criminal justice system. It does so through the explanation and evidencing of the existence and construction of a 'European Criminal Law' despite the official discourse to the contrary. The unit provides an overview of the driving forces of Europeanization particularly in criminal law and criminal justice. It examines the impact of traditional European Union (Community) Law in the criminal sphere and assesses cooperation between countries. In particular the unit addresses contemporary issues of extradition and mutual assistance in the EU. Finally the unit explores the relationship between supra-national institutions of the European Court of Human Rights, the Council of Europe and their intersection with different member states criminal laws and procedures.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of:

  1. the key elements of the European criminal justice systems;
  2. the driving forces behind the harmonisation of different countries criminal laws and justice systems;
  3. the ways in which European countires are cooperating in matters of criminal justice.

In addition third-year students will be required to demonstrate:

  1. a greater degree of critical analysis;
  2. wider reading and greater comprehension of European criminal justice issues.

The unit seeks to enhance the ability of students to undertake independent research under the guidance of supervision.

Assessment

Research Assignment (4500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Four half-day (4 hour) seminars

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Prato First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Prato Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Flexible)
Prato Summer semester A 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Summer semester B 2014 (Flexible)
Prato Summer semester B 2014 (Flexible)
Prato Term 3 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Prato Term 3 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Winter semester 2014 (Flexible)
Prato Winter semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nadine Normand-Marconnet

Synopsis

The LCL internship (undergraduate) is aimed at helping students gain real world experiences in a range of professional industries. By working with professionals, students will be able to acquire skills that will help prepare them for the transition from university to the work place. In applying the knowledge acquired in the classroom, students will be able to broaden their understanding of the discipline. The coursework component of the unit will require students to engage in a critical reflective process and this will be evidenced by completion of at least one of the following:
critical portfolio, internship reports, critical research essays, or through alternative assessment as appropriate to the specific parameters of the internship.

Outcomes

The internship unit aims to help students to:

  1. Obtain practical experience in a professional sector.
  2. Reflect on the criteria and skills involved in a practical working environment.
  3. Reflect on the principles and practices being acquired in their course and how these might be applied to real world contexts
  4. Demonstrate their skill development in relation to a real world context
  5. Make decisions about further study and possible career paths

Assessment

Critical, reflective written work(equivalent 4500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

120 hours combinations of industry placement and individual study

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval by unit co-ordinator


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Carolyn Stevens

Synopsis

This capstone unit consolidates general knowledge about Japan and its popular culture by approaching popular cultures as a means by which personal and national identities are constructed. Popular culture, in this instance, is considered as a directive as well as a reflection of collective ideology. The genre of manga and anime, television and film, music, fashion and food cultures provide the contexts for students deepening their understanding of Japan's postwar cultural history; the role of new media and technology in society; personal identity as expressed through consumption and lifestyle; and important cultural expressions of socio-political resistance to hegemony.

Outcomes

  1. Japanese literacy and communicative competence: Building on the competence in Japanese acquired through earlier studies, students will be able to identify and comprehend genre-specific features of Japanese evident in the popular culture genres studied and demonstrate an understanding of the ways in which they reflect and construct the social meanings embedded in the texts.
  2. English literacy and communication skills: students will express ideas about Japanese culture and society verbally and in writing in sophisticated and nuanced ways through tutorial discussions and essay writing.
  3. Knowledge about Japanese language, society and culture: through the study and critique of Japanese popular cultural representations, students will problematicise social concepts already learned and develop their own critical frameworks for understanding these genres.
  4. Cross-cultural and inter-cultural competence: through the study of Japanese popular culture, students will have the opportunity to reflect on meanings associated with their own popular culture and national identity.
  5. World view and ethical values: Through exploring social issues (gender roles, personal identity, national identity, age hierarchy) in lectures, tutorials and written assignments students will reflect on their social values, respect for diversity and the ethical conduct and communication of research.
  6. Research skills: Students will develop and demonstrate independent research skills and critical thinking through their research projects, and further develop a personal voice in their understanding of the research literature.

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%
Discussion board writing exercises: 25%
Research proposal: 25%
Final research essay: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus: 2 hours of contact tuition per week (one 1 hour lecture and one 1 hour tutorial).

Self directed learning: 1 hour per week on the discussion board; private study 9 hours per week. This includes reading assigned materials (averaging two scholarly articles per week) and viewing tutorial materials as well as preparing assignments as listed above.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

The successful completion of any 2nd year elective for the Japanese studies major OR any 2nd year elective for International studies(Asian studies stream) major OR permission of the unit coordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Beatrice Trefalt

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

Textile production has been a major driver of the world economy since the industrial revolution, and continues to contribute to globalisation in complex and contested ways. This unit focuses on the history of textile production from the vantage point of the Prato campus, which is situated in the centre of textile production in Italy. The unit examines the role of textiles in the world through a number of themes and across centuries, from early silk trade caravans to the present day, focussing especially on industrialisation and imperialism, trade and cultural exchange, globalisation and localisation, and labour-related migration across the world. With its narrow focus on the material itself, and its location in one of the world centres of its production, the unit allows students to reflect on the historical and cultural ramifications of industrialisation and trade.

Outcomes

  • International studies: Upon completion of this unit, students will have developed further their understanding of the key themes studied in their major, including globalisation, industrialisation, labour mobility, and cultural change and exchange.
  • Knowledge about the world: Upon completion of this unit, students will have gained practical knowledge about the ways in which researchers can understand and interpret specific aspects of the human condition.
  • Cross cultural and intercultural competencies: Upon completion of this unit, students will have demonstrated cross-cultural and intercultural competencies by reflecting on the uses of language, and on cultural and historical differences.
  • Ethics and world views: students will reflect on the nature of ethics both in the material studied and in their own research approaches, and on their own world-views and those of others, and the evolution of such views, throughout the unit.
  • English literacy and communication skills: students will express ideas about the impact of textiles on history and culture verbally and in writing in sophisticated and nuanced ways through seminar participation, and written reports.
  • Research skills: Students will develop and demonstrate independent research skills and critical thinking through their research projects, and further develop a personal voice in their understanding of the research literature.

Assessment

Seminar participation: 10%
Mini-conference presentation: 20%
Research project: 40%
Blog/diary entries: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Intensive lectures, tutorials and field trips for 35 hours per weeks, over one month (November/December)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A gateway unit and a cornerstone unit in international studies


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andy Ruddock

Synopsis

In this unit students revisit and expand on the media industries focus developed in Level 1 and 2 units. It requires students to deepen and apply specific knowledge on particular media industries and related debates or problems. Students identify a significant media industries figure, context or debate for detailed analysis in consultation with the unit coordinator. Through a combination of directed reading and research, students complete a major essay that demonstrates a high level of competence in theoretical and industrial analysis.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

Increase their knowledge of contemporary debates and issues in the media industries;
Identify, plan and complete a major research project;
Apply media studies and media industry concepts and research to the analysis of one media industry context;
Demonstrate the ability to undertake a high level of independent research;
Demonstrate a high level of communication skills in argument and written presentation.

Assessment

Media industry project plan: 20%
Media industry project essay: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On-campus: 2 hours per week; 12 hours per week private study/research

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two units at first-year level and one cornerstone unit in Communications.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Leah Garrett

Synopsis

The unit will focus on war literature of the 20th and 21st centuries as a means to understand the varied ways in which the events of war are described in literary discourse. We will first consider the relevant historical context, and the biography of the authors and whether or not they experienced the events directly, before discussing how the topic of war becomes a means to present larger issues such as the nature of what an enemy is, how terror is understood, the role of heroism, and what it means to be a victor. We will also examine how war writing discusses aspects such as gender, and how the literature is in sync with larger socio-historical trends. We will also analyse if and how the literature of war and loss is artistic.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the various individual, historical, cultural, and political factors that contribute to the shaping of how war is written about and memorialized.
  2. The ability to insightfully articulate and analyse the scholarly debates regarding differences between individual and collective experiences of the experience of war.
  3. The skills to critically assess the limitations and possibilities of employing Western conceptions of war to understanding non-Western contexts.
  4. Analyse the historical context of war literature and how it varies in place and time.
  5. Consider the difference between historically specific and universal representations of war and destruction.
  6. Explore the manner in which issues such as gender, trauma, loss, and heroism are represented in war literature.
  7. The ability to critically analyse different kinds of fictional sources from around the world.
  8. The development of skills for collaborative learning and group work.
  9. The acquisition of solid writing and oral presentation skills.

Assessment

Short essay: 20%
Reading quizzes: 20%
Participation: 20%
Long essay: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours seminar and lecture, 9 hours reading and assignments per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Noah Shenker

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the histories, theories, and applications of conceptions of trauma in relation to events from the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. It explores trauma from international and interdisciplinary perspectives: as a concept that spans such areas as psychology, film and media studies, literature, history, philosophy, and anthropology, among others. In turn, that exploration will help illuminate a number of transnational and transhistorical case studies that may include: the rise and scope of modernity from a global perspective at the turn of the nineteenth century; war traumas associated with both past and current conflicts spanning Europe, Asia, and the Middle East; experiences of political and social struggles, human rights violations, and genocides taking place throughout the globe; issues of colonization and decolonization; the perpetration of sexual and gender-based violence worldwide; and to the study of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder and other classifications of individual and collective suffering that shape how traumatic histories are remembered and represented

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the various individual, historical, cultural, and political factors that contribute to the shaping of traumatic memory.
  2. The ability to insightfully articulate and analyse the scholarly debates regarding differences between individual and collective experiences of trauma.
  3. The skills to critically assess the limitations and possibilities of employing Western conceptions of trauma to understanding non-Western contexts.
  4. An understanding of how trauma operates as both an internal psychological experience and as an external, social, and global phenomenon.
  5. A clear understanding of how traumatic memory shapes the representation of violence and suffering from an international perspective, through fiction and non-fiction writing (including novels, memoirs and works of historiography); film and television; museums and memorials; and photography, painting, and other media.
  6. The ability to critically analyse different kinds of historical sources including audiovisual testimonies.
  7. The development of skills for collaborative learning and group work.
  8. The acquisition of solid writing and oral presentation skills.

Assessment

Final exam: 20%
Short essay: 20%
Oral presentation: 10%
Participation: 10%
Long essay: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2-hour lecture, 1-hour tutorial, 9 hours reading and assignments per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Liam Brady

Synopsis

This is a capstone unit that will give students the opportunity to explore the relationship between theory and practice in primary research in Indigenous studies. Indigenous studies is a site of multidisciplinary learning which aims to foreground the concerns of Indigenous peoples in regards to academic research and ways in which academics can develop and undertake collaborative research projects. Students will be exposed to traditions of research in three main discipline areas: anthropology, archaeology and history, after which they will then choose a specific discipline and undertake a major research project. By selecting a discipline area students will be supervised through a major research project which they will complete throughout the semester. In addition students will be exposed to a number of researchers from across the university who engage in the practice and praxis of working with Indigenous peoples.

Outcomes

  1. Upon successful completion of this unit, students will understand the relationship between practice and praxis
  2. Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be aware of the traditions, debates and current concerns of research in the three nominated discipline areas
  3. Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be aware of the complexities and concerns of Indigenous peoples in regards to academic research
  4. Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have undertaken a major research project aimed at developing their understanding of research in a specific discipline
  5. Upon successful completion of this unit, students will recognize the inter-relatedness of the three discipline areas in regards to research with Indigenous peoples.

Assessment

Research proposal(1500 words): 30%
Oral presentation: 10%
Major research paper: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 contact hours per week plus 10 private study hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS1254 and one of ATS2358, ATS2355


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Constantine Verevis

Synopsis

This unit will provide an opportunity for students to critically reflect on the key critical approaches and concepts in film and television studies with a focus on new technologies and digital cultures. It will look at the theoretical and critical issues arising from changes to the field in the digital era as they apply to a wide range of new screen medias. Its research project approach will provide students with advanced training in research skills and methodologies in preparation for Honours and employment in creative industries.

Outcomes

  1. Identify and evaluate film and television theory and scholarly debates in relation to contemporary and historical film and television examples and methods [literature review]
  2. Understand and apply advanced intermediate library and archival research skills [Literature review, Group research project proposal]
  3. Critically reflect on and synthesise film and television theoretical approaches and communicate this in written, oral and audio-visual form [Group research essay and presentations]
  4. Actively designing collaborative modes of problem solving in a group project task [Research project design and group work]
  5. Understand and apply a range of theoretical approaches to contemporary and historical narrative and non-narrative forms of film and television such as psychoanalysis, queer theory, transnationalism and intermediality to a wide range of digital and internet televisionmedias in both scholarly and practical assignments. [Research project]
  6. Interpret and analyse forms of film and television critical and theoretical practices in the context of digital cultures. [research project]
  7. Undertake academically rigorous research, demonstrating skills in research project planning, design and writing, and production. [Research proposal, reflective journal and group work]

Assessment

Literature review: 25%
Group research proposal: 25%
Group research project and presentation: 40%
Reflective journal and seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

24 contact hours in total. 8 hours of private study per week to be spent reading and watching assigned material and preparing for individual and group assessment tasks.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A cornerstone unit in Film & screen studies, Journalism studies, Journalism practice, Communications, or Literary studies


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Adrian Martin; Associate Professor Deane Williams

Synopsis

This unit will provide students an opportunity to apply disciplinary ways of performing film and television theory, criticism and history. These will include a major practical project in film reviewing, audio-visual criticism, video-production OR a relevant internship. It will also involve a scholarly reflective essay on practical project/work experience as it relates to contemporary theories on criticism and screen-based media.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Perform a range of critical practices of film and television
  2. Understand the complex relationship between film and television critical practice and theory
  3. Demonstrate an ability to conduct research and develop and present a critical work utilising web-based applications in manner appropriate to third-year study.
  4. Engage confidently in discussion of texts, theories and arguments in seminar environments both in the classroom and on-line.

Assessment

Writing exercise: 25%
Practical exercise: 40%
Multiple choice test: 25%
Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 contact hours per week: 1 x 2 hour screening + 1 x 2 hour seminar. Remaining 8 hours of private study per week to be spent reading and watching assigned material and preparing for assessment tasks.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

One cornerstone unit for Film and Screen Studies or approval of unit coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSpanish and Latin American Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Bowker

Synopsis

This unit examines the ways in which Spain and Latin America have represented each other, and the 'singular cultural space' of Ibero-America, at critical junctures during the twentieth century. Through a range of sources produced on both sides of the Atlantic, including works of fiction, critical essays, travel narratives, journalism and film, the unit reflects on the supranational contexts in which (trans)national identities are negotiated and defined. Students explore such critical issues as notions of nationhood and 'race,' cosmopolitanism, immigration and exile, gender and subjectivity, and the confrontation of modernity with tradition. As a point of departure, students are introduced to the idea of Hispanidad and the ideology of hispanoamericanismo as a means by which Spain sought its national regeneration by proclaiming the shared spirit, language and culture that allegedly unites Spain and its former colonies. One of the recurring themes explored are the various responses to this idea of Ibero-America as a homogenous cultural space. Students will reassess critically the nature of post-imperial Spain and post-colonial Latin America from the aftermath of Spain's loss of empire in 1898 to the rapid increase in Latin American immigration to Spain at the end of the twentieth century.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Analyse critically a variety of literary and visual texts and to evaluate and formulate coherent, sophisticated arguments, both written and oral.
  2. Communicate effectively their ideas during in-class discussions based on thoughtful reflection on the issues.
  3. Enhance their skills in the presentation of written and oral arguments in Spanish.
  4. Demonstrate a critical understanding of current theoretical approaches to literary analysis in Hispanic Studies, as well as comprehend the relationship between travel, either real or imagined, and ideologies of power and representation.
  5. Demonstrate a critical understanding of issues of national and transnational identity formation and negotiation during the twentieth century in Spain, Latin America, and the imagined space of Ibero-America.
  6. Deepen their knowledge of contemporary Spanish and Latin American society, history, politics and culture.
  7. Contextualise specific moments of transnational movements and migrations within the Spanish-speaking world at various points during the twentieth century and explain the motives for, and impact of, contact with the other.
  8. Improve their reading skills in Spanish in terms of their understanding of different discourses adopted in literary fiction, criticism, theory and film.

Assessment

Research essay 1: 20%
Research essay 2: 30%
Seminar presentation: 15%
Final written exam: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x 1-hour lecture per week
1 x 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2194 or higher


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the key institutions, policies and decision-making processes of the European Union. The unit incorporates interdisciplinary approaches to the political economy of European integration from political science, economics, political economy and international relations. The focus is upon the building and development of the European Union as a unique example of regional economic and political integration since 1950, The unit will also draw upon a wide range of case studies in order to illustrate the problems associated with international integration and international public policy making among unequal partners. The unit canvasses a broad range of case-study material, including the development of economic and monetary union (EMU) and the Eurozone; the Common Agricultural Policy; and the Single European Market.

Outcomes

  1. Students who complete this unit successfully will gain an understanding of the key tenets and debates in integration theory.
  2. Students will develop their understanding of European Union public policy making.

Students will become acquainted with the structures and processes of EU governance.

  1. Students will comprehend the impact of EU public policy upon member countries and particular industry sectors.
  2. Students will gain exposure to the financial, legal and political aspects of public policy implementation.
  3. Students will gain an understanding of the economic, social and cultural costs and benefits of integration among unequal partners.
  4. Students will acquire research skills by undertaking a research analysis of a major policy area, utilizing primary and secondary-source materials.
  5. Students will develop skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments.

Assessment

Class participation: 5%
Class debate presentation: 10%
Policy analysis(2,000 words): 45%
Examination(2 hours):40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x 2-hour seminar per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points of level 2 units from Politics or International relations

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Synopsis

This unit commences with a detailed examination of key elements in the the European Union's regional and global security architecture. The unit studies the origins of European security after 1945, including the establishment of NATO; the development of the Common Foreign and Security Policy (CFSP) under the Maastricht Treaty; the European Security and Defence Policy (ESDP); the European Security Strategy (ESS); and ESDP-NATO cooperation and collaboration. The unit includes case study materials, including the transatlantic security relationship; the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE); and 'Global NATO'.

Outcomes

  1. Students who complete this unit successfully will be able to distinguish between the concepts of traditional and non-traditional security and have a familiarity with the competing paradigms in the security studies literature.
  2. Students will comprehend the complexity of security policy decision-making within plurilateral defence agreement and alliance frameworks.
  3. Students will develop an understanding of the institutional and procedural aspects of European security policy.
  4. Students will gain exposure to the financial, legal and political aspects of security policy implementation.
  5. Students will gain an understanding of the concepts, parameters and architecture of European Security.
  6. Students will be able to recognize the challenges, limitations and utility of various security strategies.
  7. Students will acquire research skills by undertaking a research analysis of a major security policy area, utilizing primary and secondary-source materials.
  8. Students will develop skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments.

Assessment

Class participation: 5%
Class debate presentation: 10%
Policy analysis (2000 words): 45%
Examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 x 2-hour seminar per week and 10 hours of private study per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

12 points at Level 2 in Politics or International Relations, or permission of the unit coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFrench Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Benjamin Andreo

Synopsis

This capstone unit introduces students to a range of French comic writings, across genres (novel, short stories, theatre) and centuries (16th to 20th century), and how these texts interact with each other in their creation, redefinition and manipulation of humour. Students will be encouraged to develop their understanding of literary humour, its varied facets (satire, parody, humour noir, stage comedy, etc.) and, equally importantly, its functions: what is specifically French in the use of humour, and what is really at stake. The unit will provide the critical tools to understand these forms of humour in their respective historical and cultural contexts, and to elaborate on the concept of 'comic writing' as a whole. Students will not only deepen their linguistic and cultural knowledge through the study of seminal and influential French texts and authors (from Rabelais to Vian), but will also strengthen their analytical reading skills, as well as their presentation skills and their essay-writing techniques. Students taking the third-year version of this unit will be expected to demonstrate in their work a more explicit and sophisticated grasp of the concepts germane to the analysis of the texts studied, as well as the use of a more demanding range of sources.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. Gained a better grasp of French language and a broad range of registers.
  2. Well-developed literary analytical skills, as well as communication skills, especially in the area of exposition and argument.
  3. Familiarized themselves with a broad range of comic writings and genres seminal to French culture, and developed a non-stereotypical understanding of different forms of humour.
  4. Historically contextualised the studied texts, and their respective use of humour.
  5. Demonstrated an understanding of how humour is constructed in literary, political and aesthetic terms.
  6. Related and articulated comic writings to other genres, and also to other "national" humours.
  7. Demonstrated a cultural awareness of the relevance of humour to contemporary French issues.
  8. Applied knowledge and skills to demonstrate autonomy and independence in thought and research, well-developed judgment and responsibility.

Assessment

Written work: 40%
Oral presentation: 20%
1 Written examination(2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1x 1-hour lecture/week
1x 1-hour seminar/week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

At least French intermediate 2 (ATS2064)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Jeremy Breaden

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced students of the Japanese language with theoretical and practical knowledge of the socio-cultural and communicative challenges in workplaces where the Japanese language is used, and the strategies employed to tackle those challenges. The unit addresses a variety of real-life professional settings and roles, including working in a Japanese organisation, using Japanese with clients and collaborators, and functioning as a linguistic and cultural intermediary. Students will extend their existing language skills in various modes of face-to-face and electronic communication, and engage with key ideas regarding organisations and interpersonal relationships in and around Japan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Comprehend a variety of spoken and written texts used routinely in Japanese-language workplaces
  2. Use spoken and written Japanese appropriate to professional contact situations, and appreciate how non-native speaker identity is constructed and negotiated in such situations
  3. Employ strategies for mediating interactions involving the use of both Japanese and English languages, including interpreting and translation
  4. Apply a range of disciplinary approaches to understanding business institutions and organisations in a Japanese context
  5. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the concepts and terms used to describe and discuss Japanese approaches to work and professional interaction
  6. Read critically and engage with existing research, with the potential to facilitate life-long learning.
  7. Demonstrate independent research skills including enquiry techniques, critical thinking, and skills of oral and written communication.

Assessment

In-class tests: 30%
Research paper(within semester): 50%
Interactive task(within semester): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour tutorial per week; 8 hours private study, consisting of 4 hours assigned reading and class preparation time and 4 hours assignment/quiz preparation time and participation in online unit community

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3147, ATS4147


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stuart Grant

Synopsis

This unit will examine three primary traditions in Contemporary Performance - Experimental Theatre, Contemporary Dance and Performance Art. The work of key practitioners and movements will be studied with an aim to establish their importance to and influence on contemporary performance practices. Ideas of avant-gardism, theatre as laboratory, physical theatre, site-based performance, and conceptual performance art will be examined and discussed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Possess a broad knowledge of a range of the origins of contemporary theatre and performance traditions;
  2. Have received an introduction to the ideas of key concepts, developments and practitioners in the story of contemporary performance;
  3. Be able to demonstrate an understanding of the relevance of theories of the avant-garde to Twentieth and Twenty-First Century art practice;
  4. Be able to understand the importance of different meanings of embodiment in performance practice;
  5. Debate the key concepts in contemporary aesthetics;
  6. Be able to demonstrate a nuanced understanding of the importance of performance in the broader realm of contemporary art practice.

Assessment

Group Class Presentation (15 minutes, 900 words): 20%
Individual write-up of presentation (900 words): 20%
Essay (1800 words): 40%
Participation (900 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two gateway units in Theatre


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Petro Georgiou

Synopsis

The unit will examine the fall of 3 PMs, Gorton, Hawke and Rudd and the survival of Howard. A key question considered will be how does a PM get ousted not by the electorate, but by their own parliamentary party. Comparisons with leaders in other democratic systems will be considered, and an examination of the concept of power, the nature of PMs' resources and means by which PMs are deposed from within. The materials for the course will include memoirs, academic analyses and contemporary accounts and reporting. The course will include a seminar series during which key players from Australian political life will discuss their understandings and insights into the fall of a PM.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students should:

  1. Gain an insight into the dynamics of power at the centre of the Australian Political system;
  2. Be able to draw together material from academic, journalistic, biographic, autobiographic sources in understanding of the fall of Australian Prime Ministers;
  3. be able to apply research skills and critical methods to a field of inquiry;
  4. develop persuasive arguments on a given topic;
  5. communicate oral and written arguments and ideas effectively;
  6. develop cross-cultural understanding.

Assessment

Essay: (2000 words): 40%
Essay (3000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2903/ATS3903 or by permission


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Daniel Black

Synopsis

This unit provides a point of entry for students commencing their Honours year in the School of ECPS. It is designed to enable students who have majored in one of the key school disciplines (Theatre and Performance; Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies; Film and Television Studies; English Studies; Communication and Media Studies) to engage in research methods appropriate to their disciplinary interests, and further develop the research and conceptual skills required for study at Honours level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Have acquired an extended understanding of contemporary arguments and debates in their discipline;
  2. Demonstrate a depth of analysis and engagement with conceptual frameworks arising from a higher level of independent research;
  3. Possess the skills necessary to conduct well-structured critical reviews of existing literature and conduct independent research at Honours level;
  4. Understand the structure, argumentation, and communication skills in writing appropriate for an Honours thesis or creative project.

Assessment

Conference presentation (20 minute) and written proposal (500-word): (30%)
Critical literature review (2000 words): (30%)
Research essay (4000 words): (40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Admission to School of ECPS, Faculty of Arts, Honours (Bachelor of Arts)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Warren Sun

Notes

Previously coded CHI4089

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of texts of different genres in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills of speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through reading, translation practice, essay-writing and other activities.

Outcomes

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
  2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired in ATS3007/ATS4007.
  3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%
Continuous reading, writing exercises and associated oral presentation (2700 words equivalent): 60%
Written examination(1350 words equivalent): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 3-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

A credit in Chinese 7 or permission. Admission to Honours.

Prohibitions

ATS3008, ATS4028, APG5028


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI4099

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

Outcomes

  1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Any one of the following units: ATS3008, ATS3028, ATS3010, ATS3030 or by permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3009, ATS3029, ATS4029


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI4109

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s-1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

Outcomes

  1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoke and written forms
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (3 x 1-hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Any one of the following units: ATS3009, ATS3029 or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS3010, ATS3030, ATS4030


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI4119

Synopsis

Through investigation into literature writings in Chinese language, this unit will help students to understand Chinese language as it used to express complex ideas of contemporary Chinese writers about social, political and cultural changes in post-Mao China. Through various research projects, this unit will also help students to write critical essays in Chinese language for academic purposes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired an ability to write and speak effectively in standard Chinese on a range of intellectual issues in post-Mao China. More specifically, students are expected to improve:

  1. their understanding of key issues in contemporary Chinese literature and cultural issues
  2. their knowledge of recent developments in Chinese literature and Chinese cinema
  3. their understanding of Chinese language as it used to express complex social, cultural, political and economic change in contemporary China
  4. their basic analytical and language skills necessary for research in Chinese studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (3 x 1-hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Any one of the following units: ATS3010, ATS3030, ATS3012, ATS3032, ATS3013, ATS3033, ATS3014, ATS3034, ATS3041, ATS3042, ATS2015, ATS2035, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3015, ATS3035, ATS3016, ATS3036 or by permission.

Prohibitions

ATS3011, ATS3031, ATS4031, APG5031


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI4129

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
  2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism)
  3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Any one of the following units: ATS3011, ATS3031, ATS3013, ATS3033, ATS3014, ATS3034, ATS3041, ATS3042, ATS2015, ATS2035, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3015, ATS3035, ATS3016, ATS3036 or by permission if students haven't studied one of the aforesaid units.

Prohibitions

ATS3012, ATS3032, ATS4032, APG5032


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Candy Wang

Notes

Previously coded CHI4459

Synopsis

This unit provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. By exposing students to a specialised business text style, students who wish to further improve their Chinese language proficiency can have an opportunity to grasp the language features of business texts and practice writing and translating related texts, thus developing their current bilingual language proficiency as well as broadening their career opportunities.

Outcomes

Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

  1. to acquire familiarity with the basic linguistic features of Chinese business text through discourse analysis
  2. to acquire basic Chinese business writing skills
  3. to foster basic translation skills in translating business texts
  4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Exam: 30%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

Prerequisites

Any one of the following units: ATS3010, ATS3030, ATS3011, ATS3031, ATS3012, ATS3032, ATS3014, ATS3034, ATS3041, ATS3042, ATS2015, ATS2035, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3015, ATS3035, ATS3016, ATS3036 or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS3013, ATS3033, ATS4033


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Candy Wang

Notes

Previously coded CHI4469

Synopsis

This unit provides students with further Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. Having been exposed to texts in a specialised business style, students will further improve their Chinese language proficiency, and will be introduced to an increased range of language features common to Chinese business texts. Students will continue to practise writing and translating related texts and will be required to display a greater level of sophistication and understanding in both their translation and original writing than in Chinese for Business Communication part 1; This will further promote students' bilingual language proficiency and broaden their career opportunities.

Outcomes

Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

  1. to familiarise with an expanded range of features of business text through discourse analysis
  2. to extend basic Chinese business writing skills acquired in Chinese for Business Communication Part 1
  3. to extend translation skills in translating business text
  4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Class participation and performance: 10%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Any one of the following units: ATS3010, ATS3030, ATS3011, ATS3031, ATS3012, ATS3032, ATS3013, ATS3033, ATS3041, ATS3042, ATS2015, ATS2035, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3015, ATS3035, ATS3016, ATS3036 or by permission.

Prohibitions

ATS1014, ATS1034, ATS2014, ATS2034, ATS3014, ATS3034, ATS4034


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Hailan Paulsen

Notes

Previously coded CHI4860

Synopsis

This unit builds on the skills learnt in Chinese basic interpreting skills 1; It covers topics including: finance and trade, banking and insurance, information and technology, legal matters, formalities for conferences, and interviews. Semester 2 clearly follows a more professional line than semester 1 and is designed to give students more complete and polished skills as well as increasing the variety of their experiences.

Outcomes

This course aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of interpreting at intermediate level. This course helps students':

  1. Basic concepts of interpreting skills. To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting skills and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting
  2. Interpreting skills. To improve and develop students' linguistic competence as well as their verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese/English interpretation, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to help students in developing underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, etc. To get involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting
  3. Cultural context. To enable students to enhance their multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language
  4. Pathways. To provide a pathway/articulation into advanced translation/interpreting studies, giving them the confidence to participate in studies such as NAATI accredited courses.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and homework: 10%
Written work: 50%
Final oral exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour seminar, and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

+ ATS3043 and ATS3044 or ATS3049 and ATS3050 or with permission

Prohibitions

ATS2046, ATS2052, ATS3046, ATS3052, APG4544, APG4952, APG5946, APG5952


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heinz Kreutz

Notes

Previously coded GRN4070

Synopsis

As for ATS3097

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded GRN4080

Synopsis

As for ATS3097

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Watkin

Synopsis

An approved semester-length unit at a foreign institution. Placement arrangements will be made through the various programs in LLCL.

Outcomes

To improve and consolidate target language skills and gain understanding of target culture.

Assessment

To the requirements of the host institutions (equivalent to the assessment of a 24-point unit)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

To the requirements of the host institution

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Acceptance into the LLCL Honours program


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Watkin

Synopsis

An approved semester-length unit at a foreign institution. Placement arrangements will be made through the various programs in LLCL.

Outcomes

To improve and consolidate target language skills and gain understanding of target culture.

Assessment

To the requirements of the host institutions (equivalent to the assessment of a 12-point unit)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

To the requirements of the host institution

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Acceptance into the LLCL Honours program.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Watkin

Synopsis

The study in depth of a particular topic in literature, culture, society or linguistics, or, in exceptional circumstances, a subject taken in a cognate discipline. Students should consult with the honours coordinator.

Outcomes

After successfully completing this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an in-depth understanding of their chosen topic;
  2. identify the key sources relevant to the topic;
  3. develop a research proposal based on those sources;
  4. write a detailed research report;

More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

  1. devise and conceptualise a research project;
  2. develop a viable research strategy; and
  3. present logical, coherent arguments.

Assessment

Written (in the form of one or more essays - 9000 words): 100%

Details to be negotiated with the individual student

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Approximately 2 hours per week (classes and individual supervision)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Acceptance into the LLCL Honours program.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Watkin

Synopsis

The study in depth of a particular topic in literature, culture, society or linguistics, or, in exceptional circumstances, a subject taken in a cognate discipline. Students should consult with the honours coordinator.

Outcomes

After successfully completing this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an in-depth understanding of their chosen topic;
  2. identify the key sources relevant to the topic;
  3. develop a research proposal based on those sources;
  4. write a detailed research report;

More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

  1. devise and conceptualise a research project;
  2. develop a viable research strategy; and
  3. present logical, coherent arguments.

Assessment

Written (in the form of one or more essays - 9000 words): 100%

Details to be negotiated with the individual student

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Approximately 2 hours per week (classes and individual supervision)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Acceptance into the LLCL Honours program.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Notes

Previously coded JPL4852

Synopsis

Develops skills in speed reading and comprehending a variety of texts in Japanese, including longer works than are included in other language units at this level. Skills in summarising will be introduced and discussion sessions will focus on both textual and linguistic features and content.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and strategies appropriate for the purpose such as scanning, skimming and prediction.
  2. Be able to summarise a variety of Japanese texts effectively.
  3. Be able to read Japanese materials in a larger quantity than previously, from a variety of fields, while recognising features of the different genres covered.
  4. Have a basic capacity for independent reading in Japanese through on-line learning materials and web based resources.

Assessment

2 Exams: (15%
35%)
Class contribution and exercises: 20%
Written work: 30% (1500 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 6 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2155, ATS3155, APG4132, APG5132


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Marko Pavlyshyn

Notes

Previously coded UKR4090

Synopsis

In-depth study of the Ukrainian literature in its historical context with special reference to the visual arts and against the background of social and political change.

Outcomes

  1. Upon completion of this unit students should have acquired a knowledge of representative texts of the major genres of the Ukrainian literature, an in-depth knowledge of the major developments of the Ukrainian history
  2. Students should have developed an understanding of the texts in the context of contemporary East-Slavic and Ukrainian culture, and should be able to place them into the context of social and political change as well as the context of other arts
  3. Students should have developed skills in critical interpretation, as well as coherent, independent written argument that makes properly documented use of secondary literature
  4. Students taking the unit at fourth-year level should be familiar with various critical and theoretical approaches to the subject matter of the unit.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2000 words)
Tests: 30%
Homework: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

A major in Ukrainian studies

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Professor Marko Pavlyshyn

Notes

Previously coded UKR4100

Synopsis

In-depth study of the Ukrainian literature in its historical context with special reference to the visual arts and against the background of social and political change.

Outcomes

  1. Upon completion of this unit students should have acquired a knowledge of representative texts of the major genres of the Ukrainian literature, an in-depth knowledge of the major developments of the Ukrainian history
  2. Students should have developed an understanding of the texts in the context of contemporary East-Slavic and Ukrainian culture, and should be able to place them into the context of social and political change as well as the context of other arts
  3. Students should have developed skills in critical interpretation, as well as coherent, independent written argument that makes properly documented use of secondary literature
  4. Students taking the unit at fourth-year level should be familiar with various critical and theoretical approaches to the subject matter of the unit.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2000 words)
Tests: 30%
Homework: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

A major in Ukrainian studies

Prohibitions


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Refer to school honours coordinator

Synopsis

Under the supervision of an academic staff member, students will develop, conduct and report on a research project on an approved topic of their own devising.

Outcomes

Students will:

  1. Plan, conduct and report on research in their Honours discipline;
  2. Demonstrate a practical understanding of the ethical issues associated with conducting research, where relevant;
  3. Demonstrate a command of the research literature relating to their research project.

Assessment

Completed research thesis (15,000 to18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour supervisor meeting per fortnight

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Refer to school honours coordinator

Synopsis

Under the supervision of an academic staff member, students will develop, and commence the implementation and reporting of, a research project on an approved topic of their own devising. This unit is followed by Arts honours thesis B (ATS4232), under which the project and thesis will be completed.

Outcomes

Students will:

  1. Commence planning, conducting and reporting on research in their Honours discipline;
  2. Demonstrate satisfactory progress in the the planning, implementation and reporting of their research;
  3. Demonstrate satisfactory progress in their command of the research literature relating to their research project.

Assessment

Satisfactory progress towards a 15,000 - 18,000 words research thesis: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour supervisor meeting per fortnight

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

ATS4230, ATS4003, ATS4004, ATS4371, ATS4460, ATS4462, ATS4923, ATS4925, ATS4767, ATS4911, ATS4370, ATS4371, ATS4715, ATS4725, ATS4763, ATS4773, ATS4778, ATS4866, APG4033


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Refer to school honours coordinator

Synopsis

Under the supervision of an academic staff member, students will implement and report on a research project commenced in the unit Arts honours thesis A (ATS4231) on an approved topic of their own devising.

Outcomes

Students will:

  1. Plan, conduct and report on research in their Honours discipline;
  2. Demonstrate a practical understanding of the ethical issues associated with conducting research, where relevant;
  3. Demonstrate a command of the research literature relating to their research project.

Assessment

Completed research thesis (15,000 to 18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour supervisor meeting per fortnight.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

One of ATS4231, ATS4004, ATS4371, ATS4461, ATS4925, ATS4911, ATS4371, ATS4778, ATS4808, ATS4866, ATS4470

Prohibitions

ATS4005, ATS4372, ATS4462, ATS4716, ATS4726, ATS4732, ATS4764, ATS4774, ATS4779, ATS4809, ATS4867, ATS4912, ATS4926


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniel Black

Synopsis

This unit introduces advanced students to an independent program of reading and reflection on research topics. Staff members advise, supervise, and support each enrolled student's chosen reading/research program. Students may develop a program of research reading or workshops on a chosen theoretical or empirical topic. Students may respond through research essay or performance in accordance with their discipline. The aim of the unit is to foster self-reliant research capacity and independent thinking and reflection.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate enhanced capacity for independent research, thinking and program development.

Assessment

Seminar participation: 20%
Research works/performance on reading program topics (7000 words or equivalent): 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

The unit will provide a staff-guided program of research-related reading for enrolling students. It will be require above-average staff time. Students will meet with a staff member for a 1-hour session every two weeks of a 12 week semester. This intensive face-to-face tuition will be supported by private study time reading of weekly readings agreed with the supervising academic.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4728
ATS4760
ATS4775
APG4423


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitItalian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Annamaria Pagliaro

Notes

Previously coded ITA4360

Synopsis

This unit looks at the development of the Italian theatre from the Commedia dell'Arte to modern theatre. It analyses works by playwriters such as Carlo Goldoni, Federico De Roberto, Eduardo De Filippo and Dario Fo. The unit considers critical approaches to the prescribed texts and, using as a starting point Dario Fo's Manuale minimo dell'attore, it will examine aspects of the Commedia dell'Arte which have filtered through to modern theatre such as the use of the mask and philosophical issues relating to it and the function of comicality, satire and humour. Attention will be given to the response of individual playwrights to issues relating to social reality, identity and representation of reality.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate an analytical approach to theatre texts and processes. As they progressively work through the texts they should acquire an understanding of theatrical signifiers apart from dialogue which contribute to the production of meaning and be able to demonstrate a critical method specific to the genre. Students will gain an understanding of the development of Italian theatre and the socio-historical context in which it evolved and the innovative contribution and adaptation of individual playwrights.

Assessment

Written: 60%
Exam: 30%
Seminar participation tasks: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 hour lecture and 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Colin Hope

Notes

Previously coded AAH4060

Synopsis

It is widely recognised that the genesis of the Pharaonic state lay within the traditions which emerged within Egypt during the Predynastic Period, c.4500-3050 BCE, and that the ensuing Early Dynastic Period was a transitional phase. This subject analyses the development of Egyptian culture attempting to document the processes which culminated in Unification. It will examine Egypt's links with the neighbouring regions to determine spheres of influence and impact. In the process it will explore modern theories of the emergence of complex society as they relate to Egypt, the impact of environmental change on this development and the techniques used to explore non-literate societies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Developed a knowledge of the archaeological record of the Predynastic and Early Dynastic Periods.
  2. Understood the complex cultural processes which led to the emergence of the unified Egyptian state.
  3. Examined the impact of environmental change upon north-east Africa.
  4. Developed skills in interpreting archaeological data in the light of cultural tradition reflected in later literary material from Egypt.
  5. Explored current theories of the emergence of complex society in the Near East and how the Egyptian evidence might be interpreted in light of them.
  6. Developed the ability to present a sustained argument drawing upon a variety of data.

Assessment

Written work: 85% (7500 words)
seminar presentation: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Colin Hope; Dr Gillian Bowen

Notes

Previously coded AAH4740

Synopsis

Technicalities involved in the interpretation and assessment of archaeological data. The types of material which are available for use, their relative reliability in respect of the question posed and the use of archaeological reports will be studied through a detailed examination of specific problems relating to Egypt. The unit will also consider changing theories relating to the interpretation of cultural data.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An ability to use various types of data, such as textual, archaeological and pictorial, in relation to specific problems.
  2. An ability to appraise critically the reliability of the source material.
  3. The ability to identify and appraise the various interpretations which have been placed upon data by scholars at different times.
  4. An awareness of the impact of contemporary ideology and religious beliefs upon the interpretation of the ancient past from the nineteenth century to the present day.
  5. A breadth of understanding of how aspects of the ancient past may be studied and the limitations of the available data.
  6. The ability to present a detailed analytical discussion which draws upon a wide variety of source material.

Assessment

Two written assignments (4500 words each): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julian Millie

Notes

Previously coded ANY4520

Synopsis

This unit gives students a grounding in the history of twentieth century anthropological theories of culture, and addresses the crisis in culture theory in the last decades of the century. By the middle of the semester, students will be able to develop a viable definition of culture and flexible but critical theory of ethnographic representation. In the second half of the semester, students will develop conference papers in which they reinterpret a major ethnographic contribution within a particular area (e.g., a classic monograph from Oceania) in light of the critical theoretical training they have received.

Outcomes

There are four main objectives for this unit, considered both in terms of content and skills and experiences. Students will:

  1. Learn the broad historical outlines of the development of anthropological theories of culture, from early ideas of sociocultural evolution to later theories of structural functionalism, structuralism, and interpretive anthropology
  2. Continue to improve their ability to think with scholarly rigor and philosophical depth on the subject of culture while beginning to formulate their own ideas about how best to study it
  3. Develop the ability to write a focused and analytically rigorous conference paper of approximately 4,000-5,000 words
  4. Develop the ability to present such a paper to their peers.

All of these objectives are interrelated, and the unit is designed to lead the students toward greater independence and confidence in their abilities to be original and productive thinkers.

Assessment

Midterm essay (1000 words): 20%;Final essay (3500 words): 35%; Conference presentation based on final essay(3500 words): 35%; Participation 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Anthropology or History or Politics or Sociology or a cognate discipline or by permission

Prohibitions

ANY3520


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Kevin Foster

Notes

Previously coded COM4550(H)

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical historical analysis of so-called factual documentary representations of war in words and images, examining how and by whom conflicts have been represented since the mid-C19; how the physical and technical constraints within which reporters and photographers operate affect the nature of their reports and images; how their reports are censored, by whom, in accordance with whose guidelines and with what ends. It examines how these reports and images are transmitted from the battlefield and how the mediating technologies through which these accounts are disseminated influence the nature and inflect the form of the reports and pictures which constitute the war report.

Outcomes

By the conclusion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the historical development of nominally factual, documentary forms of war reporting and their key technological developments and innovations
  2. Identify, explain and offer a sophisticated critique of the processes forms, effects and purposes of the major forms of censorship, which have determined the representations of war from the mid C19th to the present day
  3. Present a sophisticated reading of individual reports and images from specific conflicts drawing on appropriate theoretical resources, accounting for the influences of physical and technical constraints, mode of transmission, information management regimes and intended deployment in the shaping of the final report/image
  4. Demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of how the differing media which have been employed to disseminate accounts of war - newspapers, photography, newsreel, radio, television, video, internet streaming - have influenced, inflected and structured content at differing historical junctures
  5. Drawing on appropriate theoretical and critical sources, account for and explain the processes by which Governments, military and the media inflect the reception of images and reports of war in order to achieve specific political or cultural effects
  6. Identify and offer an informed critique of the processes by which the preferred readings promoted by Government, the military and the media have been challenged, subverted or questioned in contrary readings of key media texts
  7. Demonstrate how war reporters/photographers have featured in fiction and film and to explain how these representations offer an array of alternative opinions on how and why specific conflicts have been represented in particular ways.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%
Exam: 30%

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week for 12 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Ali Alizadeh

Notes

Previously coded CLS4030

Synopsis

Genres, poetic forms, metre and rhetoric. Discourse theory and narratology. Modern theorisations of genre, poetic form and rhetoric. Essays by contemporary critics including Harold Bloom, John Hollander and Paul de Man. In this seminar we will look closely at the work of four twentieth-century American poets: Wallace Stevens, Marianne Moore, Elizabeth Bishop and John Ashbery.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Yana Taylor

Notes

Previously coded DTS4004

Synopsis

This unit will explore the processes of rethinking theatre history in a number of ways: the challenges to received critical thinking and methodology, and to canonical assumptions; the implications for theatre history of parallel texts reflecting 'translations' into new media; the responses of analytical and critical approaches in Drama and Theatre Studies to the influence of thinking in other disciplines; the reframing of canonical texts in the light of contemporary theoretical and cultural perspectives, and its implications for historicised interpretation.
It will examine a range of plays in relation to traditional scholarly interpretations and to specific recent re-readings.

Outcomes

Students completing 'Rethinking Theatre History' should have acquired:

  1. A working awareness of contemporary theoretical perspectives.
  2. The capacity to apply specific theoretical approaches to a diverse range of theatrical texts.
  3. An ongoing sensitivity, openness and scepticism to shifts in the climate of disciplinary debate.
  4. A developed sense of the continuing volatility and contingency of intellectual debate in the field.
  5. A sophisticated understanding of the issues underlying those debates at a level appropriate to graduate study.
  6. Enhanced confidence in articulating informed arguments and interpretations, in both oral and written form.

Assessment

An exegetical essay (3000 words): 30%
An oral class presentation (equivalent 2000 words): 20%
A long essay (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Co-requisites

ATS4421


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr. Ali Alizadeh

Notes

Previously coded ENH4620

Synopsis

What is the connection between literature and philosophy, between creativity and thinking about creativity? This unit aims to help students advance their critical and theoretical appreciation of literary discourses, styles and themes. By drawing on a variety of innovative creative texts as well as thought-provoking perspectives on the art of literature, this unit offers students the opportunity to develop their skills in thinking and writing critically and analytically about their own and others' works.

Outcomes

By the completion of the unit students will be expected to:

  1. Apply critical and aesthetical frameworks in discussing works of literature.
  2. Assess the possible limitations of these frameworks and begin to conceptualise new, more suitable ways of studying literature.
  3. Identify and defend their own (general or specific) critical and aesthetical positions within the field of literary studies.
  4. Demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Exercises and presentations (3000 words): 35%
Written work (6000 words): 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Groves

Notes

Previously coded ENH4700

Synopsis

This unit covers Shakespeare's plays in their various categories, as well as plays by the most outstanding of his contemporaries. Each work is studied in its theatrical, political and philosophical contexts, and in many seminars individual scenes in historically important productions will be watched on video (eg the lead up to the murder of Duncan in Macbeth as directed by Polanski, Kurosawa and the RSC). Shakespeare's varying reception across the centuries will be considered, and some attention will be given to transformations of Shakespeare into other media (eg into grand opera: Verdi, Othello, on film).

Assessment

Seminar paper (1500 words): 20%
Essay (2500 words): 30%
Essay (3500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Chandani Lokuge

Notes

Previously coded ENH4750

Synopsis

The unit will offer students the opportunity to engage in creative writing and critique. The main focus of the unit will be on diversity of literatures in English (mainly of the past three decades) with the emphasis on writing that confronts difference in preoccupation with identity, religion, history, gender and sexuality, children, space and landscape, marginality and diaspora, and hybridity in recent postcolonial writing. The unit will offer students the opportunity to develop their creative writing and reading skills, and provide a strong foundation for further study in creative writing, reading and research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Therese Davis

Notes

Previously coded FTV4042

Synopsis

This unit examines some concepts in the history of film theory by considering a number of theoretical and critical writings in relation to a range of films. Topics for examination include early silent film theory, the notion of the historical avant-garde in the form of French impressionism, the film theories of Kracauer and Bazin, French new wave criticism, the neglected tradition of realist phenomenology in film theory, 1968 and the leftist turn and the question of film language and structuralism.

Outcomes

By the completion of the subject students will be expected to:

  1. identify and summarise a number of critical positions in historical film theory
  2. critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry
  3. identify and defend their own critical positions with the field of film studies
  4. relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material
  5. demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

4 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

Two units at 2nd year level in Film and Television Studies, or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

APG4279 / APG5279


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julia Vassilieva

Notes

Previously coded FTV4052

Synopsis

This is primarily a reading unit that will consider aspects of film theory since 1975. A major portion of the unit will be devoted to the debates around modernism and post-modernism as they relate to film studies. Other areas of investigation include: textual analysis, feminist film theory, historical poetics, historical reception studies, queer film theory, and the impact of the cultural studies and Cinema books of Gilles Deleuze. Film texts for exploration will include those from Australian, American, European and Asian cinemas.

Outcomes

By the completion of the unit students will be expected to:

  1. Identify and summarise a number of critical positions in contemporary film theory.
  2. Critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry.
  3. Identify and defend their own critical positions within the field of film studies.
  4. Relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material.
  5. Demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

Two units at 2nd year level in Film and Television Studies, or other approved discipline

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitWomen's Studies and Gender Research
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded GND4010

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to basic terms, concepts and debates necessary for understanding the current state of contemporary theorising on gender issues. Designed to be broadly interdisciplinary in its concerns, it will examine such issues as the formation of knowledge, the construction of bodies, the shifting nature of femininity and masculinity and questions of sexual and cultural difference. These broad issues will be considered through close reading and discussion of selected works by theorists. Contemporary theoretical interventions will be examined with respect to the history of feminist movements worldwide and the impact of feminist thought on disciplinary knowledges.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Seminar participation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedPrato Term 3 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded HSY4165

Synopsis

This two-week intensive study abroad unit explores the modern history of European Jews before the destruction. Students will travel to the major centres of interwar Jewish life in Italy, Germany, Poland and Lithuania, and encounter the diverse heritage of Jewish life in each country. The unit will explore issues central to this period and the individuals who shaped their times. Students will visit museums, synagogues, cemeteries, destroyed ghettos, and sites of mass murder such as Auschwitz-Birkenau. We will ask what remains of the past, by looking at the ways in which the lost world of European Jews is being memorialised and renewed through tourism and return.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. the capacity to locate the development of modern Jewish life in the context of modern Europe
  2. a demonstrated ability to evaluate the social, political , economic and intellectual concerns of the inter-war community
  3. an understanding of the institutions and individuals that shaped the interwar European Jewish communities
  4. the capacity to describe and analyse the diversity of Jewish communal life and cultural expression in interwar Europe
  5. an understanding of gender and class issues within the framework of the interwar European Jewish communities
  6. an understanding of the significance of Yiddish as a literary and cultural phenomenon
  7. a broader appreciation of the social history and cultural differences in Europe gained through study abroad
  8. In addition, students at fourth-year level will have a familiarity with the primary sources and an appreciation of the historiographical problems involved in reconstructing a history of these destroyed communities.

Assessment

Major essay (5000 words): 50%
Analytical travel diary: 30%
Exam (2-hours): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two-week intensive study abroad unit in Prato and other European sites

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker and Dr Noah Shenker

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded HSY4195

Synopsis

This two week intensive unit begins with a workshop on conflict resolution at the Monash Prato campus in Italy,. Students will travel for tthe remaining period to areas that have experienced conflict to observe first hand the complexities of peace-building and reconciliation. The course focuses on the Arab-Israel conflict and investigates current attempts to mediate peace between Jews and Palestinians, the impact of the conflict on the lives of people, poverty, settlements and security issues, terrorism and counter-terrorism, Jerusalem and its holy sites. In some years, the course will also travel to alternate sites of conflict, such as Northern Ireland or the former Yugoslavia.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the ability to:

  1. Understand the geography of Israel and the Palestinian territories;
  2. Understand debates about security issues and the impact security measures have on the day-to-day life of people;
  3. Appreciate the social and political divisions that lead to violence and internecine conflict;
  4. Have an in-depth understanding of peace movements and the obstacles they confront;
  5. In addition, students studying at a fourth-year level will be expected to have the capacity to understand the changing historiographical debates about conflicting narratives and conflict resolution.

Assessment

Written work (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

20-hours per week for two weeks of intensive study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Nathan Wolski

Notes

Previously coded HSY4260

Synopsis

This unit examines the intellectual interaction between Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the medieval period. Focusing mainly on the late twelfth and thirteenth century, the unit revolves around a central religious fault line of the era- reason and rationalism on the one hand, and the mystical quest on the other - and pursues a comparative analysis of the major figures from each of the traditions. Beginning with the rationalists, the course explores the thought of Ibn Rushd, Maimonides and Thomas Aquinas, before moving to a comparative examination of various mystics, such as - Bernard of Clairvaux, Bonaventure, the Zohar, Meister Eckhart, Ibn al-Arabi and Rumi.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the major intellectual currents within Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries
  2. have an understanding of the relationship between and mutual influences informing the various traditions
  3. understand the role of classical thinkers and writers on the varied traditions
  4. demonstrate familiarity with the major texts of the key religious figures of the period
  5. appreciate the exegetical horizons facing interpreters of scripture
  6. be able to engage in comparative analysis of philosophers and mystics from the different traditions
  7. have applied the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts
  8. identify continuities and ruptures among the thinkers and writers examined

Assessment

Research essay (6000 words): 50%; Seminar paper (1000 words): 15%; Take-home exam (2000 words): 25%; Seminar preparation: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded HSY4290

Synopsis

This unit will trace the changing contours of Holocaust memory from its inception to the present day. Topics include witnessing, survivor testimony, second-generation memoirs, representations of the Holocaust in cinema, photography, museums, literature and online, the practices of 'death camp tourism', the memory debates of Germany and Poland and the globalising of Holocaust memory, the relationship that remembering the Holocaust has to Jewish identity and to Jewish political existence, questions of ethics 'after Auschwitz', and the rise of Holocaust denial.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will have the ability to:

  1. understand differences between individual, collective, and official memories of the Holocaust
  2. have researched different mediums in which Holocaust memory is transmitted including testimony, literature, memorials, cinema, museums, annual days of remembrance
  3. have engaged with theoretical debates about the relationship between history and memory and modern participation in remembrance practices
  4. understand some of the ways in which memory informs personal and national identities
  5. have formulated their own arguments on key issues of Holocaust memory, informed by the relevant primary sources and secondary readings.

Assessment

Seminar Participation: 10%; Short Essay (3000 words): 30%; Research Essay (6000 words): 60%.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2 hour seminar

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Markus

Notes

Previously coded HSY4440

Synopsis

This unit explores the character and genealogy of genocidal thought. The first part focuses on the development of racial thought in the post-Enlightenment period, especially the objectification of human life and ideas of progress and destiny in relation to the Holocaust. It will consider eugenics, the variants of anti-semitism and of nationalism. These studies will provide the basis for a typology of genocidal thought. The second part considers genocidal thought evident in colonial Australia, the Bosnian wars, and apocalyptic religion.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the content and development of genocidal thought
  2. have an understanding of typologies of genocidal thought
  3. appreciate the possible relationships or connections in extreme forms of thought within the realms of religion, race and class conflict
  4. have a capacity to undertake research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 two hour seminar for 12 weeks

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HSY4510

Synopsis

Unit introduces ways in which understandings of the past inform policy and practice in contemporary museums. Using a range of history museums as case-studies the unit examines the historical origins and development of modern museums, both local and national; the challenges of presenting national history in a post-modern and post-colonial world; techniques of presenting the past, including textual, digital and dramatic forms; and tensions between the role of museums in education and tourism. Students will have opportunities to develop their skills in the application of history to museums, and to learn from museum professionals the tasks normally performed by historians in such settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to the history of the museum in a variety of national contexts.
  2. Be aware of the challenges facing museums in postmodern and post-colonial contexts.
  3. Have been introduced to basic practices of museology in a variety of contexts.
  4. Have been introduced to new media and communications technologies and their utility in museum practice.
  5. Have improved their oral and written communication skills, including for DE students, their electronic communication skills.
  6. Be able to demonstrate advanced understandings of historiography and theoretical frameworks.

Assessment

Review of museum or exhibition (2000 words): 20%
Proposal for, and design of, a museum exhibition (4500 words or equivalent): 50%
Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%
Seminar or discussion group participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour on-line discussion group or two hour seminar

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Reto Hofmann

Notes

Previously coded HSY4590

Synopsis

Imagining Europe surveys the ways that Europe has been thought of from classical times to the present. Through literature, painting, architecture, travellers' tales, cinema and other sources, it traces the development of the idea of Europe as a region defined both geographically and by its culture, distinct from other 'non-European' cultures. The unit will trace the idea of multiple Europes: of a culturally defined 'Eastern Europe'; of regions within Europe, each with its own special character; and after World War II, the images of Eastern and Western Europe as politically distinct entities. The unit will conclude by looking at the impact of the European Union on images of Europe.

Outcomes

In addition to the general objectives for students in Honours in the relevant area (History or European Studies), a student who has successfully completed this unit at Level 5 should have:

  1. A knowledge of the way that ideas and representations of Europe have changed across its history
  2. An understanding of the way that apparently natural, even geographical entities are defined culturally, and of the role that visual and literary images play in defining and redefining such categories
  3. A sound grasp of the debates surrounding the concept of Europe, and of the different cultural, national, and ideological positions that underlie them
  4. An awareness of different disciplinary approaches to the concept of 'Europe' and of the way that each one provides specific understandings of the way our perceptions of the world are structured
  5. An ability to undertake independent research
  6. An ability to use material from a range of disciplines and to apply interdisciplinary perspectives

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

A relevant undergraduate degree.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Alistair Thomson

Notes

Previously coded HSY4660

Synopsis

This unit examines the theoretical and methodological issues posed in the creation of oral history interviews, drawing upon the rich inter-disciplinary and international literature in the field and through critical reflection on students' own oral history interview practice. Students will explore: debates about memory and oral history; approaches and issues in interview preparation; approaches and issues in conducting oral history interviews; digital audio recording techniques and issues; ethical, epistemological and political issues posed by the oral history relationship; and approaches and issues in the documentation and preservation of oral history interviews.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive and critical understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of recorded memory and its use as a source for social and historical research
  2. a thorough grasp of the essential elements of oral history project preparation, of the techniques of oral history interviewing and recording, of the debates about oral history methodologies and the oral history relationship, and of the ethical guidelines of the Oral History Association of Australia
  3. a thorough grasp of the main approaches to the documentation of oral history interviews, and of the debates about transcription and documentation
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete an oral history interview project, including research and preparation, an extended interview and appropriate documentation
  6. a capacity to evaluate issues posed within the course of an oral history recording project by drawing upon oral history scholarship
  7. at level 5, students will have developed an enhanced appreciation of these issues through more extensive understanding of theoretical approaches.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Regular seminars totaling 24 hours per semester

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HSY4095

Synopsis

History and Heritage introduces students to the policy and practice of heritage professionals in the twenty- first century. The unit draws on local and international examples to demonstrate the contested nature of what constitutes heritage. Students are introduced to ideas about cultural and architectural heritage, the meanings of culture, cultural significance, 'reading' historic buildings and landscapes, and how all of these are interpreted by heritage professionals. Students learn the various local, national and international statutes that protect and enhance physical and cultural heritage.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to concepts of heritage and heritage value.

  1. Know of and understand usual criteria for heritage assessment.

  1. Have developed skills in identifying, researching and classifying heritage themes and sites.

  1. Have developed strong writing skills, including the production of heritage reports and preservation submissions.

  1. Have developed strong oral communication skills, including the ability to defend positions and recommendations.

  1. Have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.

  1. Have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues around heritage and conservation issues.

Students undertaking the unit on-line will develop skills the above skills, although objective five will be in the form of virtual oral communication skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week for on-campus students

Prerequisites

Undergraduate major in History or permission.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah Mirams

Notes

Previously coded HSY4730

Synopsis

This unit is designed to improve your understanding of the craft of writing history. The emphasis throughout is on reading history across different periods and places in order to appreciate the strategies used in the writing of history. A variety of styles and genres of historical writing will be studied, in order to analyse some of the key elements of historical prose, such as story-telling, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, documentation and the onus of proof. The unit also encourages self-conscious reflection about style, prose and voice, and has workshops designed to improve and extend students own experience of writing history.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate their ability to examine issues of historiography and method through a critical reading of selected historians.
  2. Analyse some of the key elements of historical prose, such as story-telling, beginnings and endings, transitions, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, addressing different readerships, documentation and the onus of proof, irony and indirection, the use of different voices and tropes, formal and colloquial prose.
  3. Demonstrate a high level of development of practical skills in reading and writing historical prose.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)David Garrioch

Notes

Previously coded HSY4180

Synopsis

This unit covers history of how people related to and thought about the natural environment. It introduces recent literature on environmental history, beginning with how early modern Europeans used natural resources and the impact on landscape and waterways of new technology, urban growth and larger population. It examines environmental consequences of European expansion into the New World, of industrialization and imperialism, medicine and science. Attention is given to how the environment has affected human society through climate change, plagues and depletion of natural resources. Focuses on changing ideas of the natural environment, which underlay the way people interpreted and used it.

Outcomes

In addition to the general objectives for fourth year defined by the School of Geography and the School of Historical Studies, students successfully completing this subject will have:

  1. A general grasp of the two-way interaction between social practices and the environment in the past.
  2. An understanding of changing Western ideas about the natural world.
  3. An awareness of the way that current environmental debates are based on historically-determined conceptions of the environment and of the place of humans within it.
  4. A grasp of the principal debates in environmental history.
  5. An ability to find and use a wide range of historical sources, including visual sources.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (7000 words)
Take-home examination: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

GES4180, APG4303, APG5303


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Kat Ellinghaus

Notes

Previously coded HSY4185

Synopsis

This unit will explore the ways that Europeans interacted with people they encountered in settler societies in North America, Australia, and the Pacific. It will examine how these newly encountered groups of people were depicted in the era of colonialism, explore the histories of racial designations such as black, white and red, and examine how interracial sexual relationships complicated these neat colonial categories. Racism remains a huge problem in 21st century society: this unit will explore the background to this issue, not just narrating the events of colonialism, but putting the issue of 'otherness' and the formation of racial categories at the forefront of the story.

Outcomes

At the successful completion of the unit students will be expected:

  1. to have a detailed understanding of the history of settler colonialism as both a global and a local phenomenon
  2. to understand the theoretical arguments about how race was understood from the 17th to the 19th centuries, and how interracial sexuality came to play an increasingly important role in such classifications
  3. to be able to critically examine contemporary texts and drawings to evaluate what they reveal to the historian about ideas of race in the era
  4. to be able to fully articulate, verbally and in writing, their conclusions from these examinations
  5. to have shown their capacity to devise, research, and complete an essay on some aspect of Colonial Encounters based on their own study of the sources and scholarship
  6. to be able to reflect on the way in which history has influenced the present, through evaluating how our present-day racial formations are not fixed categories but historically and geographically unstable constructs
  7. In addition, students at fifth-year level will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation (approx. 1000 words): 10%
Report (2000 words): 20%
Research essay (4000 words): 50%
Take-home test (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Professor Alistair Thomson

Notes

Previously coded HSY4210

Synopsis

Through oral history, memory has become an important source for contemporary history. Historical memory is also central to the contemporary cultural politics of witnessing, commemoration and reconciliation. This unit introduces conceptual frameworks for analysis of memory sources, including oral history and life writing. Specific topics include oral history and social history, memory and collective identity, private and public memory, memory and narrative, psychoanalysis and history, and trauma and memory. Through readings and practical workshops, you will develop skills and understandings that will help you to interpret oral histories and other life narratives.

Outcomes

The unit aims to:

  1. Introduce key conceptual and theoretical issues in the relationship between memory and the writing of history.
  2. Introduce students to a range of past and present 'memory-work' particularly as it relates to the development of shared understandings of the past, including the production of oral histories and life stories and various forms of public and private commemoration.
  3. Provide students interested in exploring research tools such as oral history or life story reconstruction with a coherent and thorough grounding in the relevant historical scholarship and critical literature.
  4. Introduce students to key questions about the ethical dimensions involved in producing and using various forms of memory as historical evidence.
  5. Provide supervised practical experience in research techniques involving the use of memory in the writing of history.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1-hour on-line discussion group or 2-hour weekly seminar

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Howard

Notes

Previously coded HSY4330

Synopsis

This unit examines the religious cultures of Europe from the twelfth to the early sixteenth century, including the recovery of the classical past in the re-envisioning of the Christian life, the boundaries between magic, superstition, and orthodox religion, the cult of the saints, shrines, and pilgrimage, the relationship between institutional religion and popular piety, high culture and popular expressions of devotion, the function of preaching and education by friars in local contexts, and the extent to which public theology shaped the cultural and material milieu.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have acquired an understanding of the nature of Christianity as the matrix of experience in the Medieval and Renaissance city.
  2. Have acquired an understanding of the variety within that experience.
  3. Be critically conversant with the conceptual and analytical issues relating to the term 'popular'.
  4. Have worked with the conceptual complexities of 'religious culture'.
  5. Understand the nature of, and the religious and the social function of, devotion and devotional space.
  6. Have examined the Renaissance understanding of the nature of the natural order, sign and symbol, language and power.
  7. Understand the impact of the return 'to sources' which was part of the humanist agenda.
  8. Will have engaged the inter-relationship between the material world (piazza, building; representation) and the aesthetic, spiritual and religious medieval and renaissance Europeans.
  9. Have developed a capacity to analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of devotional and theological texts.
  10. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.
  11. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to genre and context.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Critical journal: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

A History or RLT Major

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Howard

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded HSY4840

Synopsis

This unit will examine in detail a range of texts written during the late medieval and renaissance periods in Italy. Some may be canonical, for instance Dante's 'Divine Comedy' and Machiavelli's 'The Prince'. Others will represent literary genres popular at the time: vernacular letters, diaries and sermons etc. In particular, this unit will draw on the resources of the Archivio di Stato of Prato, and the 'Archivio Datini Online' making maximal use of the digitised documents available through this portal. Texts will be read from a variety of historiographical perspectives, and considered within the appropriate historical contexts.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit:

  1. Will have a thorough knowledge of the text(s) chosen for study.
  2. Will have gained an understanding of different genres of text circulating in Medieval and Renaissance Italy (chronicle, letter, diary, tract, sermon, poem, play, dialogue, treatise, monument, visual representation).
  3. Will have gained a grounding in core skills for Medieval and Renaissance Studies with respect to archives, manuscripts and palaeography.
  4. Will have developed a capacity to analyze the processes which underpinned the construction of particular texts.
  5. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.
  6. Will have developed the capacity to read 'against the grain' in relation to the Medieval and Renaissance Italian social, political and social contexts.
  7. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Medieval and Renaissance Society.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Class related written work: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Clayton on-campus: one 2-hour seminar per week;
Prato: 4 hours per day over 5 days in December with follow-up seminars at Clayton during February.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded PLT4065

Synopsis

This unit comprises an advanced seminar in international political economy (IPE), The unit explores the concept of a global political economy, and examines the key themes, theories and paradigms in IPE in the contemporary literature. The unit covers three main areas:

  1. theoretical approaches to the global political economy
  2. major developments in 20th and 21st-century IPE
  3. case studies from North America, Europe and East Asia. Australia is included as a paradigmatic case of a 'middle power' that is both an influential actor in, as well as a state profoundly affected by, the global political economy

Outcomes

The main objectives of the course are for students to develop:

  1. a critical understanding of the principal themes and theories in international political economy
  2. an awareness of the major developments in the international political economy since World War Two, with emphasis upon the impact of economic interdependence and globalisation
  3. insights into how a small country can influence international regulatory structures and institutions, in a world dominated by the economic powers like the United States, Japan and the European Union
  4. a critical appreciation of the costs and benefits of Australia's responses to global economic pressures, with emphasis upon developments within the past decade.

Assessment

Essay (6,000 words) : 50%
Examination (3 hours) : 50%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2-seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Admission to Politics 4th-Year Honours or admission to the MA in International Relations or admission to the Master of Counter-Terrorism Studies


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded PLT4319

Synopsis

This subject explores the relationship between contemporary forms of political violence, especially terrorism, and the forces of globalisation. It focuses in particular on violence as a manifestation of the disintegration of traditional belief systems centering on 'the nation' and the emergence of assertive forms of sub-cultural resistance. Through case studies of terrorist networks and the ideologies that motivate them, the course addresses conundrums such as the distinction between 'freedom fighters' and 'terrorists', the relationship between technology, economy and political violence, and the impact of violence on traditional notions of national and international governance.

Outcomes

  1. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of
    1. the global circumstances behind rise of culture and identity as contested political concepts,
    2. under what circumstances cultural politics can take on a violent/terrorist edge, and
    3. the implications of these developments for national and international forms of governance.
  2. To foster in students a high level understanding of the challenges posed to established norms of global politics by the spread of terrorist networks and other violence-prone movements (including through case studies of terrorist movements).
  3. To enhance students' ability to contribute to public debates on issues such as counter-terrorism, state-sponsored violence, and arguments over trade-offs between civil and individual rights and public security.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Applicants should have completed a bachelors degree with a major in politics, or a Faculty Certificate in politics with grades of at least credit average. Subject to the approval of the Graduate Coordinator, applicants with a major in a cognate discipline may be admitted.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded PLT4399

Synopsis

Selected topics in the history of political thought, including the nature of epic or grand theories of politics and the role of various forms of moral, religious, scientific, and metaphysical thinking in such theories. Texts and arguments considered are of two kinds:

  1. models of construction and deconstruction of the history of Western political and philosophical thought in writings of Heidegger, Arendt and Strauss;
  2. conceptions of knowledge, power and morality, culture and civilisation in the thinking of Socrates, Plato, Machiavelli, Rousseau and Nietzsche.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the unit students will be ale to:

  1. Understand the main ideas and arguments of selected political theorists and philosophers studied.
  2. Analyse and discuss accounts of the history of Western political thought considered as a tradition of discourse.
  3. Relate and connect arguments in political theory to ideas and arguments in other areas of philosophical thinking, in particular in ethics.
  4. Assess arguments that political theories are scientific ar artistic in structure, method and significance.

Assessment

Research essay (6000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 40%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

COS4399, EUR4399


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nick Economou

Notes

Previously coded PLT4809

Synopsis

Characteristics and operation of constitutional democracy in Australia and selected political debates of contemporary import. Topics include political traditions and the growth of government; political culture and citizenship; the hybrid with special reference to the role of the Senate; constitutional reform; governmental reform; contemporary party political debate.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (9000 words)
Seminar work: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded PLT4930

Synopsis

This unit assesses strategies for development adopted in Indonesia, Malaysia and Vietnam. After reviewing the social and economic problems facing those countries at independence, students will look briefly at development options available and then examine the development policies of successive governments, identifying the groups which benefit and lose as a result of these policies. Finally, some issues affecting the politics of development in all three countries will be discussed comparatively, including environmental controversies, democratization, globalisation, and women and development.

Outcomes

As a result of studying this subject, it is anticipated that students will be able to:

  1. understand and explain the different strategies for development adopted by governments in Vietnam, Malaysia and Indonesia in recent years;
  2. appreciate the importance of implementation of development policies as affecting political outcomes;
  3. analyse the political forces supporting and opposing those policies;
  4. evaluate the intended and unintended effects of those policies on different social, regional, ethnic and gender groups in the three countries;
  5. develop empathy for the situation and viewpoints of people in the three countries studied, in other words to develop intercultural understanding;
  6. improve their ability to locate and critically analyse relevant material, to synthesise information and present logical, coherent and well-documented essays and oral arguments in class;
  7. develop their own questions for research and locate relevant research data to address those questions.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 25%
Oral presentation: (1000 words) 10%
Essay (4000 words): 45%
Examination (2 hours): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

3 hours a week

Prerequisites

A major in Politics or permission

Prohibitions

APG4334, ATS3334


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded PLT4090

Synopsis

This unit will examine the role of interfaith relations in promoting social harmony and common security in the 21st century. It will include a historical overview of interfaith relations; religion and globalization; interfaith peacebuilding; methods for interfaith engagement; the nexus between interfaith relations and security since the terrorist attacks of 11 September 2001; approaches to interfaith relations from the major religious traditions; a case study of interfaith relations in Australia; gender and youth issues in interfaith; interfaith environmental activism.

Outcomes

By the end of this unit, students will have achieved:

  1. an intricate knowledge of the international history of interfaith relations
  2. an understanding of the significance of religion in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements and the role of religion in conflict, violence and terrorism
  3. an understanding of the role of religion in peacebuilding and conflict resolution
  4. a detailed knowledge of the methods and practices of interreligious engagement
  5. an understanding of the nexus between interfaith relations and security following the events of September 11, 2001
  6. an understanding of the various manifestations of interreligious engagement including Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Buddhist and Hindu perspectives
  7. an understanding of interreligious engagement in the Australian context, with particular emphasis on co-operation between religious and state actors including police
  8. an understanding of interreligious environmental activism
  9. a sophisticated level of oral skills
  10. improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  11. developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

Assessment

Short essay (3000 words): 30% + Major essay (5000 words): 50% + Field trip: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and one 1-day (7 hours) field trip


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded PLT4469

Synopsis

This unit will explore the patterns of civil and international conflict in Islamic societies in the Middle East and attempts at its resolution. Specifically, it will highlight how a variety of formal and informal conflict resolution mechanisms have been employed with varying degrees of success. This review of the mechanics of conflict resolution will be complemented by a detailed examination of conflict resolution theory and how it links to practice. A series of case studies will be coupled with a detailed examination of both the theoretical and practical underpinnings of conflict resolution to evaluate current and alternative trends at the resolution of conflict in the Middle East.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. An intricate knowledge of the patterns of conflict in the Middle East as well as the mechanics of conflict resolution
  2. An understanding of the interconnectedness of patterns of conflict in the Middle East and an ability to relate the interconnectedness of conflicts to the difficulties of conflict resolution
  3. An understanding of Islamic political and social mechanisms relative to the processes of conflict resolution
  4. A detailed knowledge of the conflict resolution processes in the Arab-Israel/Israeli-Palestinian conflicts, the Lebanese civil war, the Iran-Iraq war, the Algerian civil war and the current conflicts in Iraq and Sudan
  5. An appreciation of the role of international powers in the conflict and resolution processes in the Middle East
  6. An understanding of the broad conceptual basis of conflict resolution theory from materialist, structuralist, and 'culturalist' standpoints
  7. An understanding of the various manifestations of conflict resolution practice, such as Track I and II diplomacy, interstate and non-state negotiations, and the role of civil society
  8. An understanding of the role of major international powers in Middle Eastern conflict resolution as well as the mechanics of United Nations conflict resolution practice, the role of NGOs and local cultural processes of conflict resolution
  9. A sophisticated level of oral skills
  10. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  11. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Class tests: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

1 two-hour seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Tamara Prosic

Notes

Previously coded RLT4140

Synopsis

The unit explores the ways in which different cultures confront the experience of death through metaphor, ritual, and symbolic association, and the ways in which they memorialize the dead. It considers the nature of beliefs about life, death and the hereafter; funerary rituals and strategies for body disposal; the physical and symbolic boundaries between the worlds of the living and the dead; the perceived impact of the dead on the affairs of the living; the dying process as a public or private event; taboos about dying and death in everyday discourse and the language used regarding death; death in myths. Examples will be drawn from major religious traditions (Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Buddhism), ancient Mediterranean cultures, and modern secular societies, including contemporary Australia.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Gain familiarity and be conversant with the main conceptions and ritualisation of death and symbolic themes in a range of different cultures and societies
  2. Reflect critically on the influence particular death ethos has on the conduct of the living
  3. Understand the nature and the social function of death related practices
  4. Develop a capacity to understand, analyse and contextualise the symbolic language of death
  5. Research and complete a research essay that considers the process of memory and ceremony in relation to the dead, within a specific cultural situation.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Tutorial presentation: 20% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Salih Yucel

Notes

Previously coded RLT4145

Synopsis

This unit will explore the textual sources of Islam, the Qur'an and hadith from Sunni, Shiite and Western points of views, as well as the notion of independent inquiry (itjihad) within Islam involved in exploring these texts. It will consider the different ways in which the Qur'an and hadith or Prophetic sayings have been interpreted as a source of understanding and implementation of Islamic jurisprudence. It will explore both traditional and contemporary interpretations of the Qur'an and hadith in the Islamic world and the West. In the process, the students will develop their ability of research and analysis of sacred text and Islamic law.

Outcomes

By the end of this unit, students will:

  1. gain a foundational knowledge of the science of the Qur'an and hadith
  2. understand the compilation and structure of the Qur'an and the collection and ranking system of hadith
  3. be familiar with the relationship between Qur'anic exegesis, hadith interpretation and Islamic law from Sunni and Shiite point of views
  4. have analyzed contemporary discussions of the Qur'an and hadith sfrom a critical point of view
  5. have developed the ability to undertake academic research and analysis of Islam's sacred texts and law
  6. In addition, at fourth-year level students will engage in original research in applying Islamic principles to contemporary issues.

Assessment

Major essay (4000 words): 60%
Eight weekly response papers (3,200 words total): 20%
Essay Outline with bibliography (1000 words): 10%
Seminar participation (equivalent 800 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gillian Bowen

Notes

Previously coded AAH4100

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of methodological approaches to studying the ancient classical world: Greece, the Hellenistic kingdoms and Rome. Categories of data studied include: historiography, numismatic, epigraphic, papyrological, and material remains. The unit is organised around a series of case studies; these include aspects of Athens under Peisistratos, Alexander the Great's death and burial, and Christians in Rome under Nero.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. Have an understanding of the variety of data available for accessing the ancient classical world
  2. Have developed a sound approach to a using a wide range of methodologies in researching the ancient past
  3. Have an understanding of the different historiographic approaches of the authors of the three cultures studied
  4. Have well-developed textual analysis skills for each of the cultures studied
  5. Demonstrate an ability to use coins, inscriptions, papyri and objects to reconstruct aspects of, or events in, the past
  6. Have developed good presentation skills
  7. Demonstrate an ability to use a variety of source material to produce a sustained piece of written work.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Oral and written presentation: 20%
Seminar/workshop participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One one-hour lecture and one one-hour seminar/workshop per week for 12 weeks.

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Archaeology and Ancient History

Co-requisites

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Asher Flynn

Synopsis

This unit introduces advanced students to an independent program of reading on research topics. Staff members advise, supervise, and approve each enrolled student's chosen reading program. Students may develop a program of research reading on a chosen theoretical or empirical topic. The aim of the unit is to foster self-reliant research capacity and independent thinking and reflection.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate enhanced capacity for independent research, thinking and program development.

Assessment

Topic Statement (1800 words): 20%
Research essay on reading program topic (4500 words): 50%
Bibliography (2700 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

The unit will provide a staff-guided program of research-related reading for enrolling students. It will be require above-average staff time. Students will meet with a staff member for a 1 hour session every two weeks of a 12 week semester. This intensive face-to-face tuition will be supported by private study time reading of weekly readings agreed with the supervising academic.

Off-campus attendance requirements

On-campus: State average number of hours of contact per week, including lecture, practical and tutorial time, and give an indication of how the remaining hours of private study time are expected to be spent.
24-hours per semester comprising: Scheduled contact with staff readings advisor; individual study; assignment preparation; library research.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Bachelor of Arts


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Elizabeth Hart

Synopsis

This unit enables students to apply principles and methods of reporting in regional and local contexts, with emphasis on the reporting of legal cases, crime, and local government activity. Students will visit courtrooms, police and municipal councils to complete assignments, thus applying journalism skills learned in earlier units. The unit also addresses social and industrial aspects relevant to local media. Students engage with the growing body of theory on local and community journalism by tracing the history of the provincial media, contemporary trends, and the role of local audiences in the wider framework of the fourth estate.

Outcomes

  1. Understanding of newsroom cultures outside the metropolis;
  2. Skills in evaluating theories of regional, local, and community journalism;
  3. Evaluate, explain, and identify historical and contemporary trends;
  4. Engage merit in a specialist field of journalism and display a high level of practical skills;
  5. Ability to utilize sensitive primary sources to investigate contemporary issues.

Assessment

Essay (4500 words): 25%
Folio of five news reports (2500 words): 40%
Fieldwork - extended news or feature story (2000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

No attendance requirement for off-campus students

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of an undergraduate major in journalism or cognate discipline.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Philosophical, Historical and International Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susie Protschky

Synopsis

This unit provides the student with an opportunity to
a. Undertake a practical work placement with an NGO, community organization or other agency working on local and/or international issues of about eighty hours resulting in a substantial research report or other piece of written work; or
b. Undertake a case study analysis for an NGO or community organization on an issue or problem of importance and relevance to that organisation.

In both cases a supervisor will meet regularly with the student to ensure that a carefully structured reading and writing program is developed in a manner directly relevant to the research topic.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. have developed an understanding of the practical and ethical challenges of working for an NGO or community organization working with communities locally and/or internationally;
  2. have developed an understanding of the theoretical issues relating to the field;
  3. have developed high level communication and presentation skills demonstrated through the completion of a practical task or report for that organization or about an issue of importance to it.

Assessment

Written work (9,000 words), consisting of a 1,000-word literature review and proposal, a 6,000-word report, and a 2,000-word reflective essay: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

80-hours of volunteer work, six 2-hour class seminars and regular meetings with an academic supervisor.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites

ATS4470


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)William Birnbauer

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity for a detailed supervised research and production exercise at a high level. Students choose their particular focus and medium on the basis of their undergraduate specialisations, and engage constructively and critically with each other's contributions via a MUSO site. There may be lectures and learning materials drawing on the JAIS Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies strands of subjects, and students will be required to complete and defend a scholarly exegesis of their professional practice and production.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an advanced ability to identify and research an issue, and gather appropriate evidentiary material in the appropriate modality and medium;
  2. demonstrate an advanced ability to present in a clear, concise, accurate and meaningful way using a variety of elements in a coherent package;
  3. identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with professional research, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard;
  4. reflect on their professional practice and production in a scholarly exegesis in both written and verbal modes;
  5. work independently and in groups to achieve their learning outcomes;
  6. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and produce under pressure;
  7. demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of professional practices with respect to their chosen subject matter;
  8. demonstrate an advanced capacity at an Honours level for professional practice.

Assessment

Research proposal (1000 words): 10%
Minor Project (2000 words or equivalent): 30%
Major Project (4000 words or equivalent): 40%
Critical Reflection (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Supervision (individual and group): 0.5 hrs per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Online and phone discussion

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Liam Brady

Synopsis

This unit serves both as an expansion of undergraduate background knowledge and as a preparation for further studies and research in the Journalism, Australian and/or Indigenous Studies. The unit content will focus on one or more broad topical themes to be advised beforehand. Students will critically examine current research in the nominated field(s), and devise a research proiect to be approved by the lecturer.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically examine current research in a nominated field within their discipline;
  2. effectively locate and access relevant literature on the selected field of study;
  3. design and develop a minor research project that develops the knowledge in the field in some way;
  4. participate in seminars as required to discuss and develop their project collegially;
  5. effectively locate, access and review relevant literature on the selected field of research;
  6. produce a scholarly essay that clearly and cogently presents the outcomes of the research.

Assessment

Research proposal (1000 words): 10%
Minor Project (2000 words or equivalent): 30%
Major Project (4000 words or equivalent): 40%
Critical Reflection (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Supervision (individual and group): 0.5 hrs per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Online and phone discussion

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Liam Brady

Synopsis

Topics to be covered include critical reading of the social science research literature, research planning, design and execution, research ethics and presentation skills. Students will critically examine current research in at least one major field within Journalism, Australian and/or Indigenous studies and undertake a focused original research project. The topic and execution of the project is to be approved and supervised by the lecturer.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically examine and review current research in at least one major field within their discipline;
  2. design and develop a minor research project that develops the knowledge in the field in some way;
  3. participate in seminars as required to discuss and develop their project collegially;
  4. effectively locate, access and review relevant literature on the selected field of research;
  5. produce a scholarly essay that clearly and cogently presents the outcomes of the research.

Assessment

Research proposal (1000 words): 10%
Minor Project (2000 words or equivalent): 30%
Major Project (4000 words or equivalent): 40%
Critical Reflection (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Supervision (individual and group): 0.5 hrs per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Online and phone discussion

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Andy Ruddock

Notes

Previously coded COM4130

Synopsis

The unit will survey the history, concepts and methods of critical media audience research. It will consider both the mass communications and cultural studies disciplines, and will develop students' ability to critique scholarly work on both conceptual and methodological grounds. Audiences and the Social Influence of Media will enhance students' ability to develop and present original research projects, based on empirical explorations of how people interact with media in a variety of social places. The academic skills it cultivates will be directly applicable to thesis work.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit a student will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an appreciation of the political, cultural and institutional factors that influence the questions scholars ask and the methods they use to analyze media influence
  2. a broad understanding of key questions in the field of media influence, and knowledge of how and why these questions have emerged
  3. an ability to critique scholarship on both conceptual and methodological bases;
  4. the ability to perform scholarly literature reviews in a manner leading to original research questions
  5. the ability to select appropriate data gathering methods for exploring questions of particular relevance to the student
  6. Postgraduate students will be asked to format Assessment 3 in line with a grant proposal of their choosing Assessment 3.

Assessment

Literature review (3500 words): 40%
Class presentation: 10%
Project proposal (4500 words): 50%

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two 6-hour weekend seminars and 2 hours per week MUSO participation

Prerequisites

Communication and Media Studies major or other major approved by coordinator

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Synopsis

Students will investigate the practice and theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union and in Europe. They will explore the channels and techniques of influence open to business, labour, environmental and consumer groups at various stages of the EU decision-making process. They will study the policy of European Union institutions towards these groups. A special emphasis will be placed upon the extra-European interest groups, including major business groups from Asia, the US and Australia, and their interaction with the EU. Practitioners from EU institutions and interest groups will be invited to contribute their experience via three videoconferences with Brussels

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. An informed appreciation of the various channels and techniques of influence open to business groups, public interest groups (such as environmental groups and consumer groups), professional interests, labour interests and territorial interests at various stages of the EU decision-making process;
  2. A knowledge of the policy of EU institutions towards interest groups, and more widely, civil society actors in Europe;
  3. An understanding of the decision-making processes and evolution of the EU and their impact on the organization of public and private interest groups at the regional, national, European and world levels;
  4. A developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union;
  5. An understanding of the theoretical approaches to interest intermediation and representation and the literature pertaining to collective action and mobilization, European transnational movements and European non-governmental organizations;
  6. Strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  7. Strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  8. A capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  9. A capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

On Campus:
Written work (2500 words): 40%
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: (2000 words): 40%

Off Campus:
Group online discussion: 10%
Journal: 10%
Research paper (2500 words): 40%
Examination (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Synopsis

Under the supervision of an academic staff member, students will develop, and commence the implementation and reporting of, a research project on an approved topic of their own devising. This unit is followed by ATS4452 (MUSIC Honours thesis B), under which the project and thesis will be completed.

Outcomes

Students will demonstrate:

  1. satisfactory progress in the the planning, implementation and reporting of their research;
  2. satisfactory progress in their command of the research literature relating to their research project.

Assessment

Honours thesis 15,000 to 18,000 words: 100% (together with MUSIC Honours thesis B)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour supervisor meeting per fortnight

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEthnomusicology
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Synopsis

Under the supervision of an academic staff member, students will implement and report on a research project commenced in the unit ATS4451 (MUSIC Honours thesis A) on an approved topic of their own devising.

Outcomes

Students will:

  1. Plan, conduct and report on research in their Honours discipline;
  2. Demonstrate a practical understanding of the ethical issues associated with conducting research, where relevant;
  3. Demonstrate a command of the research literature relating to their research project.

Assessment

Honours thesis 15,000 to 18,000 words: 100% (together with MUSIC Honours thesis A)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour supervisor meeting per fortnight

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS4451 and one of APG4789 or ATS4833


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Ashley Gunter

Notes

Previously coded GES4050

Synopsis

Field Studies in Urban Sustainability is a field studies unit that looks at the challenges facing African cities. The unit will explore the complex dynamics found in African cities, and the role of sustainable development in poverty alleviation. This unit analyses African urban development through participation in community development and sustainable practice. It will examine how development practitioners and planners apply their theoretical discourse and international best practice in real world applications, by embarking on daily field excursions in the fastest growing metropolis in Africa: Johannesburg - Pretoria City Region.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. Knowledge of the varied social and resource dimensions of problems associated with urban sustainability
  2. Ability to, describe, and interpret the concept of urban sustainability in the context of a developing country
  3. Acquisition of practical skills and field-based experience for research and policy formulation for sustainable regional development
  4. Demonstration of an awareness and understanding of the major theoretical approaches in urban geography within academic debate in Africa and internationally
  5. Ability to employ those and evaluate such theoretical approaches in an interpretation of the various urban scenarios in this unit
  6. Intellectual familiarity with the different critical concepts relevant to the unit: displacement, urbanism, apartheid planning, post-modern urban planning, cosmopolitanism, globalization, urban cultures, migration, poverty elevation, authenticity, ethnicity, hybridity, new urbanism and so on
  7. Gain an understanding of practical implications of theoretical discourse in urban planning Develop an understanding of Africa and how it relates to the world or how the world relates to it.
  8. Students undertaking this unit at a 4rd year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a 3nd year level.

Assessment

Field studies journal (2000 words): 35%
Long essay (3000 words): 45%
Oral presentation : 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

80 Hours over 2 weeks

Prerequisites

12 points in GES (Only students who have a minimum of a C (credit) average across all GES units they have taken will be permitted to enroll.)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Haripriya Rangan; Dr Vanessa Wong

Synopsis

This unit trains students in basic research skills in geography and environmental science. The unit is of relevance to both applied and academic careers. After an overview of research philosophies and good research design, students select a stream of research methods relevant to their interest. These include social surveys and interviews; physical geography fieldwork; and indigenous archaeology. In addition to practical based assessment, students develop and execute a mini-research project of their own choice.

Outcomes

By the end of the unit, students will:

  1. Have an ability to choose the most appropriate methods for addressing particular research questions and data sets;
  2. Have an understanding of several research methodologies in geography and environmental science;
  3. Have direct experience of the processes of individual, independent research and data collection;
  4. An understanding of some of the ethical issues involved in research;
  5. A capacity to produce high quality research reports that clearly present objectives, describe methods, and draw sound conclusions from the research outcomes.

Assessment

Project proposal (1000 words): 20%
Research report (3000 words): 40%
Project presentation: 20%
Exam(1 hour): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Haripriya Rangan: Dr Vanessa Wong

Workload requirements

3 hour block consisting of a one hour lecture, plus 2 hour workshop.

Prerequisites

24 points of GES, of which at least 12 must be at Level 2 or higher. The level 2 units must have been passed with at least an 80% average (HD average).

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Bain Attwood

Notes

Previously coded HSY4470

Synopsis

In this subject we consider the origins of the term 'genocide' and the different ways in which it has been defined before considering whether the concept might be a useful tool for understanding aspects of colonialism in two settler societies, colonial America and Australia: epidemic diseases; frontier violence; and assimilation (particularly the removal of Indigenous children). The unit will consider whether there are any continuities or causal connections between intellectual and political traditions associated with European imperialism and the Nazi German genocide of European Jewry, and will investigate the public reception of the concept of genocide in Australia and the United States.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the different ways in which genocide has been defined
  2. appreciate the possible relationships or connections between colonialism in settler societies and the Nazi genocide
  3. have an understanding of the debates which have occurred about the application of the concept of genocide to the history of settler societies
  4. have a capacity to undertake higher level research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Workload requirements

1 two-hour seminar for 12 weeks

Prohibitions

APG4621, HYM5470


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Beatrice Trefalt, Dr Sarah McDonald, and Dr Melinda Harvey

Notes

Previously coded LLC4100(H)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an introduction to research methods and theories in the Humanities. The unit requires students to address critically the theories and methods underpinning research in their own discipline, as well as developing their general research, argumentation and presentation skills.

Outcomes

On the completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate critical reading and analysis skills
  2. provide a synthesis of diverse material on specific topics and an evaluation of their applicability to specific research projects
  3. Effectively use research tools such as databases
  4. Present the results of their research coherently and effectively, both in written and in oral forms

Assessment

Written (8000 words): 90%
Presentation (1000 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of a major

Co-requisites

Enrolment in Honours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nick Osbaldiston

Notes

Previously coded SCY4801

Synopsis

Theories and methods for research in sociology. Recent trends in sociological theorising. Different methods for the collection of empirical data. The relationship between theory and practice. Issues in the process of research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a knowledge of key developments in contemporary sociological theorising and research, and an understanding of the links with the work of classical sociologists;
  2. Show an understanding of the connections and disconnections between various themes in terms of their ontological and epistemological assumptions;
  3. Demonstrate knowledge of the basic research strategies which arise from these assumptions and the variety of methods each employs;
  4. Show awareness of and sensitivity towards a range of ethical and political issues in the conduct of research; and
  5. Apply this knowledge in undertaking their own research projects.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

First degree with a major in sociology or related discipline

Prohibitions

GSC4211, APG4677, SCY4801


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Robyn Heckenberg

Notes

Previously coded AIS4041

Synopsis

This is a preparatory unit for further research in the area of Indigenous Studies. Theoretical and methodological issues involved in researching and writing Indigenous Studies, including race, gender, class and ethnicity will be examined. This subject will be underpinned by an examination of appropriate ethical and protocol considerations. The subject will also deeply analyse power and privilege within the context of researching Indigenous Studies. Students will also be given the opportunity to enhance their understandings of Indigenous Studies at a global level.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should have developed an understanding of:

  1. their own subject and speaking positions
  2. constructions of Aboriginality and discourses of Aboriginalism
  3. ethical responsibilities and different methodological approaches to Australian Indigenous Studies
  4. theories, practices, and the importance of oral history
  5. historical and contemporary concepts of 'race,' in Australian scholarship
  6. the value of interdisciplinary and comparative perspectives
  7. the basis of power and privilege
  8. indigenous issues at a global level. Students should also be able to demonstrate the ability to research, analyse and communicate effectively to a high level in both written and oral forms.

Assessment

Seminar paper (3000 words): 30%Essay (6000 words): 60%Presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Australian Indigenous Studies

Prohibitions

AIS4010, AIS4040, AIS4041, KRS4010, KRS4040


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Claire Spivakovsky

Notes

Previously coded CRI4010

Synopsis

The unit explores a range of criminal justice institutions and organisations along with the nexus between research and policy. There are a diverse range of criminal justice organisations in the community that interact with various criminal justice institutions and seek to reform and improve access to justice and substantive justice for offenders and/or victims. These organisations typically engage with policy issues and undertake and utilise research to inform their work and to create pressure for change. The unit engages with criminal justice organisations and institutions in order to critically examine the policy environment and the potential of research to impact on criminal justice.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically examine contemporary criminal justice practice and research in relation to new frameworks and directions in criminal justice.
  2. Orally present an account of a research thesis on a criminal justice topic.
  3. Demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary criminal justice research on policy development.
  4. Produce critical written accounts of contemporary criminal justice practice and research.

Assessment

Criminal justice research paper: 30%
Class presentation: 10%
Research report: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Colin Hope

Notes

Previously coded CLA4020

Synopsis

Guided reading in an area of students' choice that is relevant to the notion of Claasical Studies, subject to the approval of the lecturer. Students also conduct research which leads to written tasks on a question or topic relevant to their guided reading.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit, it is expected that students will able to:

  • to understand key notions surrounding the social, religious and political institutions of the Greeks and the Romans
  • analyze the relationship between language, ideology, and culture in the Classical world and in critical approaches to it
  • demonstrate knowledge and application of a range of methodological and theoretical approaches to Classical Studies
  • engage in independent research
  • demonstrate an advanced level of analytical and written skills.

Assessment

Written work (8000 words): 90%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Maximum two hours per week

Prerequisites

Completion of a Classical Studies Major and eligibility to undertake Honours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julian Hopkins

Notes

Previously coded COM400H(A)

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA4718


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julian Hopkins

Notes

Previously coded COM400H(B)

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA4719


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Yeoh Seng Guan

Notes

Previously coded COM4010(H)

Synopsis

This unit provides training in research methodologies and theoretical frameworks, including approaches to ethics and intellectual property management. Study is developed around a research project based on identified industry needs. The project is to be designed, developed and budgeted to proposal stage and becomes the basis for assessment in the unit. The unit provides the opportunity to explore vocational interests in a chosen aspect of the communications and media industry while maintaining a critical approach to research.

Outcomes

The objective of this unit is for students to develop critical awareness of theoretical, ethical and IP issues relevant to research in industry and academic settings and to do so in the process of developing a comprehensive research proposal based on an industry issue.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 20%
Oral Presentation and Research Project Draft (2000 words): 20%
Research Proposal (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First degree with a major in communication, writing, international studies or equivalent.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Allison Craven and Dr Patricia Goon

Notes

Previously coded COM4020(H)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with advanced skills in seminar presentation and industry liaison. Students will identify a particular area of specialisation within the communication industry and develop networks and links with practitioners. Students will complete and present two papers in seminar format, and will participate in the organisation of guest lecturers and visits to industry.

Outcomes

The objective of this unit is to study a significant issue in a defined industry sector, and to develop a network of contacts, and limited expertise related to that issue.

Assessment

Initial Position Paper (4000 words): 35%
Final Outcomes paper (5000 words): 40%
Guest Lecture: 15%
Industry Visit: 10%

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

First degree with a major in communication, writing, international studies or equivalent.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr David Holmes

Notes

Previously coded COM4030(H)

Assessment

Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Seminar presentation (1000 words): 20%
Short essay (2500 words): 30%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniel Black

Notes

Previously coded COM4040(H)

Synopsis

Through an in-depth analysis of current issues impacting upon international media and communications, this unit provides students with an understanding of the key quantitative and qualitative methodological approaches deployed in the discipline of Communications and Media Studies. This unit presents students with the opportunity to gain empirical and policy-based research skills, together with an awareness of the social and political issues of traditional and new media communications. Issues covered include, for example, the convergence of media and communications industries, international and national legislation, intellectual property regimes, and the 'public interest'.

Assessment

Short essay(3000 words): 30%
Research essay(5000 words): 50% +
Seminar presentation(c.1000 words): 10%
Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

None

Co-requisites

None

Prohibitions

None


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Yeoh Seng Guan

Notes

Previously coded COM4060(H)

Synopsis

The unit is a reading course that grounds students in contemporary debates on a range of social and cultural theory at an advanced level through a mixture of lecture inputs and seminars. Students will acquire interdisciplinary skills in critically evaluating key theoretical debates and situating them in the context of their thesis research projects.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the unit, students should have acquired:

  1. critical familiarity and competence with major debates in contemporary social and cultural theory
  2. interdisciplinary proficiency in discussing and debating, in writing and orally, advanced theoretical concepts
  3. critical relevance of the theoretical debates in connection with their own thesis research projects.

Assessment

Three mini-essay questions (1500 words each): 60%; Major essay assignment (4000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Fleur Gabriel

Notes

Previously coded COM4421

Synopsis

The unit focuses on the social relations, including power relations, entailed in and connected to various media. It reviews some key theoretical approaches to understanding discourse, power, social relations and their mediation via communication technologies. Topics include media and ideology; theories of practice; discourse, power and governmentality; deconstruction and democracy; the public sphere; media as communication technologies; the politics of media address; globalisation, informationalism and post-industrialism; intercultural relations; imagining the nation and gendering the media.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Be literate in (familiar with and able to apply) a range of theoretical approaches to the analysis of media, social relations and power;
  2. Be able to formulate coherent and socially relevant investigations of media output and activity/audience usage, and undertake theoretically and methodologically sound description and analysis of empirical materials relating to these;
  3. Be able to demonstrate a developed knowledge of the social conditions, material practices, products and outcomes of various media and their possible relations to specific audiences/populations;
  4. Be able to demonstrate a capacity to draw on and adapt their unit-based knowledge to generate informed description and analysis of media instances, and to argue their own positions.

Assessment

Essay 1 (2,500 words) : 20%
Seminar paper (2,500 words) : 20%
Essay 2 (4,000 words) : 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First degree with a major in communications or a related discipline

Prohibitions

COM4421, GSC4421


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Claire Spivakovsky

Notes

Previously coded CRI4000(A)

Synopsis

Students will be assigned a supervisor and will be required to attend fortnightly supervisory meetings. Students will be required to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 16,000-18,000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Outcomes

Upon completion of CJC4000 students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of criminal justice and criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of criminal justice and criminology.
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in criminal justice and criminology.
  5. Critically write up research findings.
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.
  7. Construct a cumulative argument across an 15,000-18,000 word thesis.
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Dissertation (15,000 to 18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

CJC4020


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Claire Spivakovsky

Notes

Previously coded CRI4000(B)

Synopsis

As for ATS4735

Outcomes

Upon completion of CJC4000 students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of criminal justice and criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of criminal justice and criminology.
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in criminal justice and criminology.
  5. Critically write up research findings.
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.
  7. Construct a cumulative argument across an 15,000-18,000 word thesis.
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Dissertation (15,000 to 18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr. Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded EUR4000(A)

Synopsis

This unit is compulsory. The topic must be chosen as early as possible in consultation with a relevant staff member. Students are expected to start their preliminary reading during the summer vacation. Two copies of the research project must be submitted in typescript and suitably bound not later than 31 October.

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr. Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded EUR4000(B)

Synopsis

As for ATS4768

Assessment

Written (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded EUR4530

Synopsis

This unit enables students to take MA units in European studies (subject to availability). Please contact the Centre for further details.

Assessment

Research essay (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Dunkerley

Notes

Previously coded GES4820

Synopsis

This seminar unit provides a broad introduction to research and the research process for Honours students. It introduces project formulation and design; data weaknesses and strengths; research methodology; and the varieties of research challenges and potentials in Geography and Environmental Science. The unit emphasizes the dynamics and diversity of theoretical approaches underlying key academic debates in geography and focuses on methodology rather than specific methods and sources for doing interdisciplinary research and applications for addressing geographical and environmental problems.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will have developed the following key competencies and capacities. You will be able to:

  1. Critically evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of a range of relevant honours theses, using a standard set of evaluation criteria and apply the latter to your own work;
  2. Develop an appropriate thesis structure for your own work;
  3. Identify ethical approaches to research;
  4. Identify and explain key epistemological traditions in geographical research;
  5. Situate and justify the research for your thesis within this context.

Assessment

Written: 50%
Seminar: 20%
Examinations: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

4 hours per week (two 2-hour seminars)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Dunkerley

Notes

Previously coded GES4860(A)

Synopsis

Dissertation or thesis topics are approved by the head of school, and students are assigned to a supervisor. Work on the thesis should commence as soon as possible after the third-year results are published in December, but no later than 1 February. The final date by which the thesis is to be presented will be announced near the beginning of the academic year, and is usually the last working day in October.

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Dunkerley

Notes

Previously coded GES4860(B)

Synopsis

As for ATS4778

Assessment

Written (10,000-15,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Notes

Previously coded HON4441

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Notes

Previously coded HON4442


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Erik Eklund

Notes

Previously coded HPL4510

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to different modes of historical and political writing. It examines the rationale behind the various modes of writing and relevance these writing have to historical and political subjects. It examines the how different modes of writing can be evaluated. Students studying this unit will be encouraged to apply their knowledge and understanding of the various modes of historical and political writing to their own particular research interest.

Outcomes

At the completion of the unit students will be expected to have:

  1. demonstrated an understanding of issues and processes that shape research writing
  2. used a variety of theoretical and conceptual frameworks to analyse and critically evaluate the way different modes of historical and political research writing have impacted on scholarly debate
  3. developed skills in oral and written presentation in discussing modes of research writing
  4. applied knowledge and theoretical understandings of research writing modes to research projects and assignments.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

First degree with a major in history-politics or related discipline

Prohibitions

GSC4510, HPL4510


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Ernest Koh

Notes

Previously coded HSY4990(A)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

First and second semesters


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Ernest Koh

Notes

Previously coded HSY4990(B)

Synopsis

As for ATS4801

Assessment

Dissertation (15,000-18,000 words, including footnotes): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

First and second semesters


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr George Vandoorn

Notes

Previously coded HUM4000(A)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to expand their knowledge of a relatively narrow topic within their chosen discipline and to design and conduct research on that topic. Students will produce a thesis of 15,000 to 18,000 words on an approved topic selected and researched by the candidate under supervision of a member of academic staff with expertise in the proposed area of research. In the process of preparing their thesis, students will be required to participate in non-graded honours seminars.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should:

  1. be able to demonstrate expertise in a specific area of the chosen discipline
  2. be able to independently design and conduct a research project
  3. have advanced academic research skills and highly developed academic writing skills
  4. have produced a coherent, well-organised and professionally presented thesis in the discipline.

Assessment

Thesis (15,000 to18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour supervisory meeting per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree within the School of Applied Media and Social Sciences recognised discipline

Prohibitions

HUM4000(A)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr George Vandoorn

Notes

Previously coded HUM4000(B)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to expand their knowledge of a relatively narrow topic within their chosen discipline and to design and conduct research on that topic. Students will produce a thesis of 15,000 to 18,000 words on an approved topic selected and researched by the candidate under supervision of a member of academic staff with expertise in the proposed area of research. In the process of preparing their thesis, students will be required to participate in non-graded honours seminars.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should:

  1. be able to demonstrate expertise in a specific area of the chosen discipline
  2. be able to independently design and conduct a research project
  3. have advanced academic research skills and highly developed academic writing skills
  4. have produced a coherent, well-organised and professionally presented thesis in the discipline.

Assessment

Thesis (15,000 to18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One hour per week supervisory meeting

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

HUM4000(B)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr George Vandoorn

Notes

Previously coded HUM4002

Synopsis

This unit serves both as an expansion of undergraduate background knowledge and as a preparation for further studies and research. Students will critically examine current research in at least one major field within his/her chosen discipline. The particular topics to be included will be determined in consultation with the supervisor, honours convenor, and another member of academic staff from the discipline.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically examine current research in at least one major field within their discipline
  2. argue for the relevance of the selected field of study in relation to their discipline
  3. demonstrate an understanding of advanced concepts within that field
  4. effectively locate and access relevant literature on the selected field of study
  5. synthesise information from a variety of sources and present this in academic writing.

Assessment

To be negotiated (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour contact with supervisor per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 hour contact with supervisor via telephone or email per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Acceptance into the School of Applied Media and Social Sciences Honours program

Prohibitions

HUM4002


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susie Protschky

Notes

Previously coded INT4000(A)

Synopsis

Students will be allocated a supervisor with whom they will be expected to meet and communicate on a regular basis. Under supervision, students will be required to write a dissertation on an approved topic of between 15,000-18,000 words during the course of their enrolment in part I and part II of the dissertation. As part of their dissertation work, students will also be expected to attend a general seminar which prepares students to undertake research.

Outcomes

It is expected that students undertaking this unit will be able to:

  1. Undertake independent research under the guidance of an academic supervisor
  2. Identify and develop key research questions
  3. Pursue a program of research leading to the presentation of a dissertation
  4. Demonstrate an ability to develop a sustained, coherent and logical argument within the dissertation
  5. Critically analyse the evidence used to support an argument or line of thinking
  6. Demonstrate a command of the literature relevant to the particular area of International Studies under investigation and an understanding of how the research interacts with that literature
  7. Critically discuss and evaluate both primary and secondary sources that are relevant to the particular question under investigation
  8. Review and apply to their research relevant theoretical and conceptual questions that underpin the particular question investigation
  9. Demonstrate an understanding of the methodological issues surrounding approaches to the particular area of International Studies under investigation

Assessment

Students assessed after completion of Part II

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Regular supervisory meetings and participation in a general seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA4808


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susie Protschky

Notes

Previously coded INT4000(B)

Synopsis

As for ATS4808 Dissertation Part 1.

Outcomes

It is expected that students undertaking this unit will be able to:

  1. Undertake independent research under the guidance of an academic supervisor
  2. Identify and develop key research questions 3. Pursue a program of research leading to the presentation of a dissertation
  3. Demonstrate an ability to develop a sustained, coherent and logical argument within the dissertation
  4. Critically analyse the evidence used to support an argument or line of thinking
  5. Demonstrate a command of the literature relevant to the particular area of International Studies under investigation and an understanding of how the research interacts with that literature
  6. Critically discuss and evaluate both primary and secondary sources that are relevant to the particular question under investigation
  7. Review and apply to their research relevant theoretical and conceptual questions that underpin the particular question investigation
  8. Demonstrate an understanding of the methodological issues surrounding approaches to the particular area of International Studies under investigation

Assessment

Dissertation (15,000-18,000 words) : 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Regular supervisory meetings and participation in a general seminar

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA4809


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Jamie Agland

Notes

Previously coded INT4010

Synopsis

This unit explores civil and human rights campaigns since 1945. It examines their origins and outcomes, and the ways in which they drew from and contributed to an emerging international framework. Further case studies include women's rights and sexual liberation, freedom of speech, capital punishment, economic justice and unfair trade. The unit examines the development of global movements and organisations, new technologies and tactics of protest and the formation of virtual communities of activism. It also covers the relationship between universal notions of justice and differences of gender, culture and belief, and potential differences between local and global understandings of 'rights'.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing ATS4810 will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of justice, civil rights and human rights on a global scale, as well as the relationship between universal notions of justice and rights and arguments about difference and diversity
  2. a thorough grasp of the key differences and similarities in the arguments, objectives, strategies and outcomes of significant campaigns for justice and rights during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, of the links and tensions between local and global campaigns and movements, and of the development of global civil and human rights frameworks
  3. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature and campaign material, the academic scholarship based upon those texts and the theoretical and conceptual debates about justice and rights
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a detailed case study, including significant documentary research, that evaluates the significance of a particular campaign, organisation or issue
  6. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.

Assessment

Written work and tutorial presentation: 80% (7000 words)
Take-home exam: 20% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

A two-hour seminar per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JCS4001

Synopsis

This unit serves both as an expansion of undergraduate background knowledge and as a preparation for further studies and research. Students will critically examine current research in at least one major field within journalism studies and undertake a limited research project. The particular topics to be included will be determined in consultation with the supervisor and the seminar leader.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically examine and review current research in at least one major field within their discipline;
  2. design and develop a minor research project that develops the knowledge in the field in some way;
  3. participate in seminars as required to discuss and develop their project collegially;
  4. effectively locate, access and review relevant literature on the selected field of research;
  5. produce a scholarly essay that clearly and cogently presents the outcomes of the research.

Assessment

Research proposal(1000 words): 10%
Minor project (2000 words): 30%
Major project (4000 words): 40%
Critical reflection (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

0.5 hrs per week individually or 2 hr weekly seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRN4010A

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised research in journalism, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a scholarly dissertation of 15,000 - 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (10,000 words or equivalent) plus a 5000 word scholarly exegesis.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Satisfactory progress towards completion of Thesis Dissertation

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

supervision : 0.5 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree within an appropriate discipline


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRN4010B

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised research in journalism, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a scholarly dissertation of 15,000 - 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (10,000 words or equivalent) plus a 5000 word scholarly exegesis.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Dissertation (or major piece of journalism plus scholarly exegesis of 5,000 words: 15,000-18,000 (or equivalent) words (100%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

supervision: 0.5 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Matt Mitchell

Notes

Previously coded JRN4401

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity for a detailed research and reporting exercise at a high level. Students choose their particular focus and medium on the basis of their undergraduate specialisations. Lectures and case studies will be presented relevant to the students' nominated interests, and students will engage constructively and critically with each other's contributions via a MUSO site. There will be a series of lectures and learning materials drawing on the JCS Journalism Studies strand of subjects, and students will be required to complete and defend a scholarly exegesis of their journalistic practice and production.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an advanced ability to identify and research a story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidentiary material in the appropriate medium;
  2. demonstrate an advanced ability to report in a clear, concise, factual and meaningful way using a variety of elements in a coherent package;
  3. identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with journalism, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard;
  4. reflect on their professional practice and production in a scholarly exegesis in both written and verbal modes;
  5. work independently and in groups to achieve their learning outcomes;
  6. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure;
  7. demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of journalistic practices with respect to their chosen field of reporting;
  8. demonstrate an advanced capacity at an Honours level for professional journalistic practice.

Assessment

Minimum requirement: attendance and participation + Minor project (3000 words): 30% + Major project (feature/current affairs report - 5000 words or 20 mins): 50%
Online critical reflection/exegesis and in-class invigilation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 3-hour seminar per week


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Robert Burke

Notes

Previously coded MUS4030

Synopsis

The student is required to present a concert recital, the works of which are chosen in consultation and approval of a supervisor for their unity of intellectual purpose. The student organises the concert and, following clear academic writing principles, writes a critical essay that explains and justifies the programs intellectual purpose. This unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons on the students chief practical instrument, instrumental workshops and academic supervision.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject students should have developed a high level of performance and programming skills and knowledge of style through presentation of an extended recital and programme booklet and organising a successful performance event.

Assessment

Attendance/participation: 10%
Concert performance/practical assessment: 90%
Note - Participation in an approved ensemble as a hurdle requirement

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

70% minimum in ATS3831. Students need to have an interview/audition with the unit coordinator and ATS4833 and one of the following units ATS4834, ATS4663 or ATS4664.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Paul Williamson

Notes

Previously coded MUS4030(A)

Synopsis

The student is required to present a concert recital, the works of which are chosen in consultation and approval of a supervisor for their unity of intellectual purpose. The student organises the concert and, following clear academic writing principles, writes a critical essay that explains and justifies the programs intellectual purpose. This unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons on the students chief practical instrument, instrumental workshops and academic supervision.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject students should have developed a high level of performance and programming skills and knowledge of style through presentation of an extended recital and programme booklet and organising a successful performance event.

Assessment

Attendance/participation: 10%
Concert performance/practical assessment: 90%
Note - Participation in an approved ensemble as a hurdle requirement

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Students must achieve a distinction grade in ATS3831 (in Performance). External Honours applicants will be considered via audition.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Paul Williamson

Notes

Previously coded MUS4030(B)

Synopsis

The student is required to present a concert recital, the works of which are chosen in consultation and approval of a supervisor for their unity of intellectual purpose. The student organises the concert and, following clear academic writing principles, writes a critical essay that explains and justifies the programs intellectual purpose. This unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons on the students chief practical instrument, instrumental workshops and academic supervision.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject students should have developed a high level of performance and programming skills and knowledge of style through presentation of an extended recital and programme booklet and organising a successful performance event.

Assessment

Attendance/participation: 10%
Concert performance/practical assessment: 90%
Note - Participation in an approved ensemble as a hurdle requirement

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

ATS4831 and one of APG4789 or ATS4833


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUS4600

Synopsis

A study in depth of a particular topic in music under the direct supervision of a staff member.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students should have acquired a basic knowledge of the history, style and context of a selected genre, instrument, ensemble or repertoire on a framework within which to identify, categorise, write and/or perform critically about it.

Assessment

Written work and critiques: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours seminar


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitComposition
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. Thomas Reiner

Notes

Previously coded MUS4760

Synopsis

Preparation of a folio of three original compositions for varied musical forces and the presentation of a concert performance of at least one work. Studies include musical applications of computers, studio technology, and concepts underlying contemporary techniques of the capture and modification of audio signals and musical representations, such as score notation.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be able to apply themselves to extensive creative projects in music composition that involve; the research and synthesis of compositional techniques, the planning and implementation of creative strategies and the development of particular skills and learning as negotiated with the unit leader.

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Original composition: 70%
Concert performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

1 hour (1 x 1 hour lecture) per week

Prerequisites

ATS3830 (in composition) and ATS3831 (in composition), or admission by audition and ATS4833 and one of the following units ATS4834, ATS4663 or ATS4664


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitComposition
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Thomas Reiner

Notes

Previously coded MUS4760(A)

Synopsis

Preparation of a folio of two music compositions for varied musical forces and the presentation of a concert performance of at least one work. Studies include critical theory, musical applications of computers, studio technology, and traditional score notation.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be able to apply themselves to extensive creative projects in music composition that involve; the research and synthesis of compositional techniques, the planning and implementation of creative strategies and the development of particular skills and learning as negotiated with the unit leader.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (notated work): 40%
Assignment 2 (notated work): 40%
Assignment 3: critical commentary(1800 words): 20%
Concert performance (hurdle)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2-hours composition workshop per week

  • 1-hour one-on-one supervision per fortnight
  • 1-hour of library study per week

Prerequisites

Students must achieve a distinction grade in ATS3830 (in composition) AND ATS3831 (in Composition) to be eligible to enrol in this unit. External Honours applicants will be considered via folio/audition.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitComposition
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Charles MacInnes; (Mr Paul Williamson)

Notes

Previously coded MUS4760(B)

Synopsis

Preparation of a folio of two music compositions for varied musical forces and the presentation of a concert performance of at least one work. Studies include critical theory, musical applications of computers, studio technology, and traditional score notation.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be able to apply themselves to extensive creative projects in music composition that involve; the research and synthesis of compositional techniques, the planning and implementation of creative strategies and the development of particular skills and learning as negotiated with the unit leader.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (notated work): 40%
Assignment 2 (notated work): 40%
Assignment 3 (critical commentary, 1800 words): 20%
Concert performance (hurdle)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2-hours composition workshop per week

  • 1-hour one-on-one supervision per fortnight
  • 1-hour of library study per week

Prerequisites

ATS4838 and one of APG4789 or ATS4833


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Lentini

Notes

Previously coded PLT4349

Synopsis

Concentrating on contemporary religious extremists, vigilante and militia movements, and hate groups, this unit examines the political thought, identity politics, political, social and economic conditions that give rise to terrorism and other forms of political violence. The subject addresses the following questions: How are terrorism and extremism defined? What conditions lead to terrorism and what factors have been most successful preventing it? How has globalisation contributed to terrorism and counter-terrorism? How do terrorism and counter-terrorism affect democracy and civil liberties?

Outcomes

Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Understand, identify and assess critically different forms of contemporary terrorist actions, extremist political movements and thought.
  2. Develop a comparative understanding of the role of states, elites, transnational corporations and marginalised communities in relation to cultural politics and the limits and potential of political expression.
  3. Appreciate the importance and limitations of identity politics in the post-Cold War era.
  4. Develop an understanding of the complex relationship between mainstream and fringe political thought, practice and tendencies and terrorism and political violence.
  5. Develop skills to read various forms of text critically (audio-visual materials, scholarly literature, internet sources) and incorporate them in their assessed work.
  6. Continue the development of critical skills and an ability to communicate effectively. Specifically to:

develop a topic for investigation; familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources; recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr George Vandoorn

Notes

Previously coded PSS4711

Synopsis

This unit serves as both an expansion of undergraduate background knowledge and as a preparation for further studies and research. The chosen topics of study will include issues of professional concern such as ethical issues in research and practice, and methodology and statistical techniques appropriate to evaluate various therapeutic interventions and experimental manipulations.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Identify and address ethical issues in professional practice and research;
  2. Determine and apply appropriate research method(s) and data collection techniques;
  3. Determine and apply appropriate statistical techniques and interpret the outcomes
  4. Produce sound research proposals that will generate useful outcomes
  5. Usefully participate in a peer review process to assess research

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One to two hours per week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with Psychological Studies, Psychology or related major


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded SCW4305

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for designing research methodologies relevant to social and community welfare by examining the history, nature, function and current role of social and community research. Using a problem-based approach, students engage in exercises requiring resolution of ethical and methodological issues and dilemmas, including forming researchable questions, negotiating selection of appropriate design and method; developing awareness of underpinning agendas and vested interests; and knowledge of philosophical and theoretical positions. Issues concerning research with individuals, groups, communities and organisations in a range of contexts are also explored and examined.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. engage with research in social and community welfare as a creative, problem solving activity
  2. demonstrate awareness of, and critical engagement with theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in social and community welfare research design and conduct
  3. demonstrate knowledge and skills in conducting and evaluating research.

Students will also be able to:

  1. demonstrate awareness of the options and constraints of different types of research design, including qualitative and quantitative methodologies
  2. identify appropriate methods for conducting research across a range of contexts
  3. design an appropriate research methodology.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (9000 words)
Learning contract: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

HSM4305, HSM5305, SCD5305, SCW4305


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Graham Jones

Notes

Previously coded WRT4401

Synopsis

This unit explores some attempts throughout history to define the nature and status of creative writing - not just to determine which kinds of writing may count as creative, let alone as quality writing, but to examine the very process and conditions of literary production. In this way, the unit explores a range of literary theories, with particular reference to Romanticism, psychoanalysis, postmodernism and poststructuralism, in terms of their potential to shed light on the philosophical and social implications of creative writing practice, where the term creative writing is understood in its broadest sense.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate literacy in a range of theories of literary production
  2. formulate coherent and relevant accounts of the potential philosophical and social implications of creative writing
  3. explore those theories in the context of traditional disciplines of literary criticism
  4. use those theories to reflect upon and inform their own writing practice
  5. appreciate the significance of industrial and administrative processes and practices underpinning professional writing practice

Assessment

Written work: 85% (8000 words)
Reading Group: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

First degree in Writing

Prohibitions

WRT4401


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert Simpson

Notes

Previously coded PHL4010

Synopsis

Students are required to complete two sub-units of coursework, each of which involves nine 2-hour seminars across the course of the semester. At least 3 sub-units will be offered each semester. (Students are welcome to attend all sub-units offered, but are only required to attend and submit assessment tasks for two sub-units.) The sub-units on offer will be drawn from the following pool:

  1. metaphysics and epistemology;
  2. value theory;
  3. foundations of analytic philosophy;
  4. contemporary European philosophy;
  5. philosophy of mind and cognition;
  6. philosophical pedagogy.

At the beginning of each semester students will be provided with details of which sub-units are on offer.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this subject will gain the ability to read and understand advanced philosophical material in some specific areas of current research. They will be able to examine and criticise arguments in those areas, as well as develop and defend their own position on some specific issues within those areas. They will further their basic competence in the use of research tools in Philosophy. Those who undertake the Philosophical Pedagogy unit will additionally gain an appreciation for the ways in which the practical demonstration of these research skills informs teaching.

Assessment

Written work: 70-100% (7500-9000 words).
Some unit options may involve assessment of oral presentations or tutorial participation: 0-30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Attendance is required for two units; each unit consists of nine 2-hour seminars

Co-requisites

Philosophy Honours B (ATS4869)

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert Simpson

Notes

Previously coded PHL4020

Synopsis

Students are required to complete two sub-units of coursework, each of which involves nine 2-hour seminars across the course of the semester. At least 3 sub-units will be offered each semester. (Students are welcome to attend all sub-units offered, but are only required to attend and submit assessment tasks for two sub-units) The sub-units on offer will be drawn from the following pool:

  1. metaphysics and epistemology;
  2. value theory;
  3. foundations of analytic philosophy;
  4. contemporary European philosophy;
  5. philosophy of mind and cognition;
  6. philosophical pedagogy.

At the beginning of each semester students will be provided with details of which sub-units are on offer.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this subject will gain the ability to read and understand advanced philosophical material in some specific areas of current research. They will be able to examine and criticise arguments in those areas, as well as develop and defend their own position on some specific issues within those areas. They will further their basic competence in the use of research tools in Philosophy. Those who undertake the Philosophical Pedagogy unit will additionally gain an appreciation for the ways in which the practical demonstration of these research skills informs teaching.

Assessment

Written work: 70- 100% (7500-9000 words).
Some unit options may involve assessment of oral presentations or tutorial participation: 0-30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Attendance is required for two units; each unit consists of nine 2-hour seminars

Prerequisites

Philosophy Honours A (ATS4868)

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Dunkerley

Notes

Previously coded GES4840

Synopsis

Students enrol in an established unit or a combination of units either in geography or a related discipline and undertake a course of study including a selection of readings and discussion in a particular area or a set of lectures under the direction of their supervisor.

Assessment

Varies dependent upon nature of directed studies. Negotiated with the fourth-year level coordinator

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrick Kimunguyi

Synopsis

The unit provides students with an in-depth understanding of the roles the EU plays in its relations with developing countries in areas such as trade, development, security, regional integration, democracy and human rights promotion. It examines the EU's relations with developing countries in various geographical locations: the Neighbourhood countries; Asia; Africa; the Caribbean; the Pacific and Latin America. The unit emphasises the interactions between the EU and key international institutions such as the UN and WTO; developed and emerging powers such as the US, Japan, and Australia; China, and India on issues concerning developing countries.

Outcomes

By the end of their study of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. an appreciation of the theories and concepts of development in international relations;
  2. an understanding of the EU's role in the developing world with particular focus on its promotion of economic development, trade, security, democracy,human rights,regional integration, and environmental protection;
  3. a deeper appreciation of the EU's relations with developing countries in various geographical locations in the world;
  4. an understanding of the interactions between the EU and key international institutions (UN and the WTO) and regional organisations (African Union (AU), Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN), South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) and MERCOSUR on developing country-related issues;
  5. an understanding of the challenges involving the EU's relations with other major powers such as the US, Australia as well as emerging powers such as China, India and South Africa;
  6. sufficient information and research skills to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources in formulating and responding to essay questions.
  7. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;

Assessment

On campus:
Class Participation, presentation and weekly journal (2500 words): 30%
Essay (4500 words): 30%
2 Hour exam ( 2000 words): 40%

Off campus:
Group online discussion, journal (2500 words): 30%
Essay (4500 words): 30%
Exam (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Asher Flynn

Synopsis

Students will develop the skills required to conduct an independent research project and present their findings both orally and in written form. Topics to be covered include critical reading of the social science research literature, research planning, design and execution, research ethics and presentation skills. On completion of this unit, students will have conducted a thoughtful and critical review of the literature in their area of research interest and have acquired the skills and confidence to present their ideas to a professional academic audience.

Outcomes

  1. For students to develop a critical understanding of the research literature relevant to their area of research interest.
  2. For students to obtain a thorough understanding of the practical, theoretical and ethical issues surrounding research in the social sciences.
  3. For students to develop the skills to conduct a thorough, well-structured review of the research literature in their area of research interest.

Assessment

Glossary: 1500 words (15%)
Proposal: 2500 words (30%)
Literature review: 5000 words (55%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 3-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Enrolment in Bachelor of Arts (Honours)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the key institutions, policies and decision-making processes of the European Union. The unit incorporates interdisciplinary approaches to the political economy of European integration from political science, economics, political economy and international relations. The focus is upon the building and development of the European Union as a unique example of regional economic and political integration since 1950, The unit will also draw upon a wide range of case studies in order to illustrate the problems associated with international integration and international public policy making among unequal partners. The unit canvasses a broad range of case-study material, including the development of economic and monetary union (EMU) and the Eurozone; the Common Agricultural Policy; and the Single European Market.

Outcomes

  1. Students who complete this unit successfully will gain an understanding of the key tenets and debates in integration theory.
  2. Students will develop their understanding of European Union public policy making.

Students will become acquainted with the structures and processes of EU governance.

  1. Students will comprehend the impact of EU public policy upon member countries and particular industry sectors.
  2. Students will gain exposure to the financial, legal and political aspects of public policy implementation.
  3. Students will gain an understanding of the economic, social and cultural costs and benefits of integration among unequal partners.
  4. Students will acquire research skills by undertaking a research analysis of a major policy area, utilizing primary and secondary-source materials.
  5. Students will develop skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments.

Assessment

Class participation: 5%
Class debate presentation: 10%
Policy analysis(2,000 words): 45%
Examination(2 hours):40%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

1 x 2-hour seminar per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa OCT-MSA01 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr M Maboe

Synopsis

Introducing the student to the science of psychology, topics to be studied include human behaviour and the biological bases thereof; personality; an introduction to theories of learning and development; sensation and perception; and an introduction to the historical origins of the discipline. Contributions of South African psychologists to these topics will be delineated and the South African and African history of psychology will be explored. Laboratory classes enhance students' understanding of the lecture material. and provide training in research techniques.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, the students will be able to:

  1. Describe key historical and philosophical developments which have resulted into the modern discipline of psychology.
  2. Discuss the contributions of key South Africans to the international development of psychology.
  3. Define key concepts in the following topics: biological psychology, sensation and perception, developmental psychology, personality, and learning.
  4. Appraise the need for an objective understanding of human behaviour.
  5. Write technical reports and documents.
  6. Build critical arguments.

Assessment

Lecture topic quizzes: 10%
Class participation assignments: 10%
Critical thinking exercises: 30%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours lecture contact for 12 weeks
2 hours tutorials contact for 10 weeks
8 hours for private study, including reading of prescribed and recommended literature, review of and familiarisation with a wider range of publications on the core content topics of the unit, work on assignments, preparation for class discussions and presentations.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

PSY1011, WEL1320, WEL1340, BHS1320, BHS1340, GSC1306, GSC1307, APY1910, PSS1711, PSS1712


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa OCT-MSA01 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr M Maboe

Synopsis

The unit provides a further introduction to the behavioural science of psychology. Topics include social psychology; organisational/industrial psychology; psychopathology; basic processes and principles of cognition; descriptive statistics and an introduction to inferential statistics. Laboratory classes augment students' understanding of the lecture material and provide training in research techniques.

Outcomes

On the completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain basic cognitive processes.
  2. Describe the social basis of behaviour and psychopathology.
  3. Discuss on a basic level organisational/industrial psychology and its development in South Africa.
  4. Give a basic overview of research methodology and statistical analysis.
  5. Write a psychological report.

Assessment

Lecture topic quizzes: 10%
Class participation assignments: 10%
Critical thinking exercises: 30%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours lecture contact for 12 weeks
2 hours tutorials contact for 10 weeks
8 hours for private study, including reading of prescribed and recommended literature, review of and familiarisation with a wider range of publications on the core content topics of the unit, work on assignments, preparation for class discussions and presentations.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

PSY1022, WEL1320, WEL1340, BHS1320, BHS1340, GSC1306, GSC1307, APY1910, PSS1711, PSS1712


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rose-Marie Bezuidenhout

Synopsis

The principal aim of the unit is to provide students with the theoretical underpinnings of public relations principles and practice in contemporary society. The unit explains the contexts and scope of public relations within South Africa, the African continent and internationally. It addresses the pivotal role that public relations plays in the organisational setting, the business environment and society at large. A stakeholder centred, strategic and integrative approach is followed and explored through the use of appropriate case studies and applied activities.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be expected to be able to:

  1. Give a critical exposition of the history, concepts, context and scope of public relations practice.
  2. Critically discuss several theoretical approaches to, and models and processes of, public relations practice.
  3. Describe the practice of public relations as an art, a communication science and a management function.
  4. Critique current public relations practices in terms of core organisational values and ethics by analysing South African case studies.
  5. Identify and describe basic local and global environmental trends and changes that impact on organisations and influence public relations practice.
  6. Explain the use of public relations techniques in specific contexts, such as: business and industry, government and politics, non-profit organisations, health care and education.
  7. Develop and apply stakeholder mapping techniques.

Assessment

Tutorial work: 10%
Quiz: 20%
Case study analysis: 40%
Examination: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hours lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week +
Nine hours of review, self-assessment and preparation per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

PRL1001, PRJ2221, ATS1897


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joseph Minga

Synopsis

French and Francophone Studies 1 teaches students basic French language skills (speaking / listening / reading / writing). It also introduces students to Francophone African cultures. The unit is designed for students with very little or no knowledge of the French language. In the language section of the unit, students are regularly assessed through homework and class tests designed to highlight the continuous nature of language learning and the need for frequent practice. The specialised African Francophone cultural component will provide a medium through which not only the language,but also African societies, their histories (colonial and post-colonial) are taught within the context of culture.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should have met the following objectives:

  1. The capacity to use basic speaking, listening, reading and writing skills required to communicate in French in a limited set of situations: Discuss, write about and understand others talking in French about issues such as self family and to convey basic needs as they relate to everyday tasks such as ordering a meal when eating out, negotiating transport and shopping.
  2. The ability to read short texts.
  3. Demonstrate their knowledge of the basic structures and sounds of the French language such as present and near future tenses, articles, adjectives, pronouns, and so on.
  4. Demonstrate a knowledge of vocabulary appropriate to communicating in the situations described above.
  5. Be aware of different language learning strategies.
  6. Demonstrate socio-cultural awareness: Acquire knowledge which will help students understand and appreciate the importance of Africa, its culture, literature and local history including the diaspora.
  7. Demonstrate an understanding of issues of aspects of language and culture such as race , identity and violence.
  8. Develop and demonstrate an understanding of literature, film, and other cultural texts as fused into the colonial and post-colonial studies as they relate to Francophone African history.
  9. Develop research skills.

Assessment

Weekly written and aural language homework (800 words): 17%
Class tests: oral, aural and written (1500 words ): 33%
Written language exam (1200 words): 25%
2 Written assignments (1000 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

  1. Language and Culture component:
    • One 1-hour grammar lecture
    • One 1 hour writing/grammar workshop
    • One 2 hour oral/aural tutorial
  2. Specialized Culture component:
    • One 1-hour lecture

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joseph Minga

Synopsis

This unit builds on the basic language skills (speaking/listening and reading/writing) acquired in AZA and provides a more advanced introduction to the study of French and Francophone cultures and special attention given to the study of French and how it acquired its modern identity. It is designed for students who have some knowledge of French but in a limited capacity or exempted from French Introductory I requirements. Students develop language learning strategies through regularly assessed homework and class tests designed to focus on the continuous nature of language learning and emphasise the need for frequent practice. In the Specialized Culture component of this unit, students explore aspects of Francophone African cultures and develop competencies appropriate to their year level in the history of Francophone Africa through literature, film and other cultural texts. This component will also help students understand the impact of French colonisation and the complex histories of the post-colonial experience.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should have met the following objectives in the following areas:

  1. Demonstrate the capacity to use basic speaking, listening, reading and writing skills needed to communicate in a variety of situations such as discussing, writing about and understanding others, discussing self and family and travel and leisure activities.
  2. Communicate effectively in French, with a minimum of misunderstandings.
  3. Demonstrate the capacity to read in detail straightforward, short texts in French e.g. informal correspondence, short newspaper articles or extracts from longer texts.
  4. Demonstrate a knowledge of the key structures and the sounds of the French language, e.g. past, present and future tenses, pronouns, articles, adjectives, adverbs and so on.
  5. Demonstrate a range of vocabulary appropriate to the situations described above.
  6. Develop an awareness of different language learning strategies and to be able to anticipate a text (oral/written) and access its content.
  7. Develop the strategic skills required to communicate effectively in a range of situations as described above.

Socio-cultural awareness:

  1. Demonstrate a critical knowledge, an understanding and appreciation of African Francophone societies, their cultures and values. In other words, gaining insights into the influence of France in Africa and the extent to which this relationship succeeded or failed to shape modern-day Africa.
  2. Demonstrate a critical understanding of Francophone African cultural heritage.
  3. Demonstrate a sophisticated competence appropriate to their unit level in the theory, practices and discourses involved in analysing selected texts as the students examine the particular qualities of Francophone African literature and culture.
  4. Demonstrate their research skills.

Assessment

1. Language and Culture component
Weekly written and aural language homework (800 words): 17%
Class tests: oral, aural and written (1500 words ): 33%
Written language exam (1200 words): 25%
2. Specialized Culture component
2 Written assignments (1000 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

  1. Language and Culture component:
    • One 1-hour grammar lecture
    • One 1 hour writing/grammar workshop
    • One 2 hour oral/aural tutorial
  2. Specialized Culture component:
    • One 1-hour lecture

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

AZA1061 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1062
Students who have completed Year 11 French or its equivalent may not take this unit.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Charles Villet

Synopsis

The unit investigates how the law and public policy should respond to advances in medicine and biotechnology. The unit adopts a global perspective but looks at issues through a South African and African lens. Issues that are and covered includes: whether employers and insurance companies should be permitted to discriminate among applicants on the basis of their genetic profile; whether the law should protect individuals' genetic privacy or whether we have a duty to share our genetic knowledge; whether the law should act paternalistically to prevent people from harming themselves; whether people who are partly responsible for their own bad health should receive lower priority of care in hospitals, or whether advances in knowledge in the biological bases for behaviour give us reason to doubt individual responsibility. These issues are linked to the situation regarding bio-technology in South Africa and Africa in general, with particular reference to some of the ethical dilemmas encountered within this context.

Outcomes

On successfully completing the unit, students will have:

  1. familiarity with the key philosophical approaches to discrimination, autonomy, responsibility and equality as they apply to debates within bioethics and relating these approaches to the South African and African context;
  2. skills enabling them to think critically about key ethical, policy and legal issues raised by recent advances in medicine and biotechnology;
  3. the ability to make informed judgements about those ethical, policy and legal issues.
  4. be able to critically assess the situation in South Africa and its accompanying ethical dilemmas as it relates to bio-technology.

Assessment

Exam: 30%
Tutorial performance: 10%
Written work: 60% (2500 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa OCT-MSA01 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Marianne Louw

Synopsis

The central objective of the unit is to help students understand the relationships between media, culture and society, that is, how media influence and are influenced by social, economic, historical, political and cultural factors in society. It introduces students to how media content is produced, distributed and consumed and also examines the ways in which power and influence are exercised through media in cultural and social life. It also includes introduces the concept of 'new media', and the interplay between youth culture and the media.

Outcomes

In this unit teaching staff aim to provide you with a range of conceptual frameworks for understanding the relationships between media, culture and society.

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an appreciation of the historical development of media industries;
  2. Recognise and be able to apply available frameworks for critically understanding the relationships between media, culture and society;
  3. Demonstrate an understanding of the social, economic, political and cultural factors that shape the production, distribution and consumption of media;
  4. Demonstrate an understanding of the impact of the emergence of the new media on society and on the old media.
  5. Demonstrate an appreciation for the interplay between youth culture and the media.

Assessment

Year Level(s): 1
Essay (1000 words): 20%;
Essay (2000 words): 35%;
Tutorial presentation, attendance and participation: 10%;
Examination (2 hours): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Ms Marianne Louw

Synopsis

In the unit students will be introduced to key concepts in the study of communications, and will be asked to consider the social, cultural, economic and political implications of different communication technologies and associated practices. The unit aims to showdemonstrates that communication permeates everything from everyday domestic routines to large-scale processes of social and cultural change. It is divided into three modules: what is communication and why study it; the role of communications in social and cultural change; communications and everyday life. A central feature of this unit is that students are required to apply concepts and tools from the study of communications to their own everyday experiences.

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing the unit, a student will:

  1. possess a basic understanding of the field of communications;
  2. employ basic concepts in the study of communications;
  3. analyze the role of communications in processes of social and cultural change;
  4. be able to apply communication analysis to everyday life;
  5. be informed about areas of industry and community life where the study of communications is applicable and relevant.4. Understand the concept of 'material culture';
  6. be able to critically analyse the term 'information society' as applied to modern-day life.

Assessment

Critical review: 15% (750 words)
Essay: 35% (2000 words)
Examination: 40% (2 hours)
Tutorial presentation, attendance and participation: 10%;

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa OCT-MSA01 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Tara Harris

Synopsis

The unit is designed to help students understand crime and to be able to critically analyse and evaluate the various facets of crime. It does this by introducing students to the main paradigms (including the importance of an African paradigm) and theories of crime and critically evaluating the strengths and weaknesses of those paradigms and theories. It also analyses issues such as: What is crime? How does society decide that certain actions are criminal? What are the causes of crime? The seriousness of the crime problem; why society views corporate crime differently from street crime; how the media responds to crime; the value or otherwise of crime statistics and what effect the images of crime have on societies' perceptions of the crime problem and how it should be addressed.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical understanding of the various facets of crime and the crime problem particularly from an African perspective;
  2. An ability to evaluate theories of crime and their applicability to contemporary society;
  3. An understanding of the value or otherwise of crime statistics and how they are used;
  4. The ability to write an essay based on rational argument;
  5. The skills needed to deliver an oral presentation;
  6. Library and internet based research skills.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words) 40%
Exam (2 hours) 50%
Tutorial attendance and participation 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa OCT-MSA01 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Emmanuel Maravanyika

Synopsis

The police, courts, and corrections constitute the Criminal Justice System. The "independence" of these three elements from each other is essential to the civil, political and human rights of a particular society. This unit describes and analyses the crucial functions of each part of the system and of the system as a whole. In so doing it incorporates emerging forms of justice and formal and informal approaches to policing, mediating and punishment.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical understanding of the functioning of the three elements of the criminal justice system and of the system as a whole;
  2. An understanding of contemporary debates relevant to global criminal justice issues from an African perspective;
  3. The skill to analyse contemporary issues in relation to traditional and alternative forms of policing, sentencing and punishing;
  4. The ability to write an essay based on rational argument;
  5. The skills needed to deliver an oral presentation;
  6. Library and internet based research skills.

Assessment

Tutorial attendance and participation: 10%
Essay: 40% (2000 words)
Examination: 50% (2 hours)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa OCT-MSA01 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rika Swanzen

Synopsis

This child and youth development unit will introduce the concept of child and youth development within a person-in-environment perspective as the foundation for further units. The unit promotes the optimum development of children and adolescents with both normal and special needs thus ensuring that they are able to be effective within all the contexts in which they function. This occurs within a historical context of the profession's development which is explored together with an overview of expectations placed on the child and youth care worker in various settings.

Outcomes

  1. Understand the study field of child and youth care in South Africa
  2. Explore the historical development of child and youth development services in South Africa
  3. Describe the principles of 'lifespace' work
  4. Acquire an orientation of expectations of child and youth care workers in the various child and youth development practice contexts
  5. Use appropriate science and technology ethically, effectively and responsibly when dealing with childhood problems without harming society, the environment or individuals.
  6. Practice in oral communication on child and youth development to deal effectively with childhood development challenges

Assessment

Tutorial Contribution (450 words): 10%
Major essay (2 x 900 words):40%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures per week + One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1285


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa OCT-MSA01 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Nardia Randell

Synopsis

The purpose of the Child and Youth Care Profession is to promote and facilitate the optimum development of children and adolescents with both normal and special developmental needs, ensuring that they are able to be effective within all the contexts in which they function. Activities the redress developmental delays are given. A five-level developmental model is presented and cultural socialisation and peer group dynamics as developmental influences are explored. The inter-dependence of different childcare occupations is also studied.

Outcomes

The objectives lie within five inter-related bands. These concern:

  1. factual information
  2. sources and resources
  3. conceptual definitions
  4. academic debates
  5. analytic communication skills.

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. A good understanding of the five developmental levels on which to assess developmental progress or delay
  2. Apply knowledge of activities and exercises to redress developmental delay and optimise healthy development
  3. Understand the necessity and nature of play
  4. Demonstrate an understanding of the process of socialisation and peer group influence
  5. Evaluate basic signs for school readiness and identify early signs of learning problems

Assessment

Tutorial Contribution (450 words): 10%
Major essay (2 x 900 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures per week + One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1286


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joseph Minga

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to the study of a variety literary and cultural texts from Africa and the genres to which they belong (e.g., poetry, prose fiction, drama and film). Students will also be asked to engage with the different ideas that critics have used to interpret African literature and culture.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit students should be able to:

  1. Develop a sense of the variety of what is possible in literary and cultural studies, and a general understanding of the diversity of modern African literature and culture
  2. handle the critical concepts and language appropriate to the discussion of different narrative genres, devices and techniques
  3. recognise some of the theoretical perspectives that inform contemporary literary and cultural studies
  4. demonstrate the basic skill of analytic and critical discussion, including the technical conventions proper to English
  5. appreciate the historical perspectives and conventions within which literature and other cultural texts are produced.

Assessment

Tutorial attendance and participation: 10%
Short essay (750 words): 10%
Long essay (1500 words): 30%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hours lecture and two 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1294


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Pier Frassinelli

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a selection of modern literary works from various parts of the world. It aims to equip students with the interpretive and analytical skills to approach literature and other kinds of texts critically.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit students should be able to:

  1. have some sense of the variety of what is possible in literary and cultural studies, and a general understanding of the diversity of modern global literature and culture
  2. handle the critical concepts and language appropriate to the discussion of different narrative genres, devices and techniques
  3. recognise some of the theoretical perspectives that inform contemporary literary and cultural studies
  4. demonstrate the basic skill of analytic and critical discussion, including the technical conventions proper to English
  5. appreciate the historical perspectives and conventions within which literature and other cultural texts are produced.

Assessment

Short assignment (750 Words): 20%
Long assignment (1500 words): 30%
Class presentation: 10%
2 hour exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One x 2 hour lecture per week and one x 1 hour tutorial per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1295


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Olusola Olalade

Synopsis

This unit aims to equip students with basic concepts in human geography required to understand, interpret and synthesise information on the world around us. It creates a foundation for advanced studies in geography by providing a broad understanding of human interaction with the environment.

Outcomes

Upon satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to

  1. Understand similarities and differences between places, localities and areas in a wide range of the human landscape.
  2. Understand interactions between people and their environments at a variety of geographical scales ranging from local, through regional and national to, increasingly, global.
  3. Synthesise and interpret relevant material and to communicate ideas to others in a coherent manner, by either written or verbal means.
  4. Be familiar and proficient with some simple techniques for conducting research and analysing data.

Assessment

Essay (1600 words): 35%
2 hour examination (2000 words): 45%
Practical Work (450 words): 10%
Field Trip (450 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1306


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Marshall Mdoka

Synopsis

This unit deals with the basic understanding of the landscape, vegetation and climate characteristics of the world as a foundation for more advanced study in geography and related disciplines. It explains patterns of landforms, soil, biota and climate throughout the earth's surface.

Outcomes

Upon satisfactory completion of the unit, students will be:

  1. Able to understand the major ideas concerning the evolution of the earth's landscape, its biota and climate patterns.
  2. Able to understand the present day distribution of the world's climate, biota, soils and landscapes with special emphasis on the African environment.
  3. Able to synthesise and interpret relevant material and to communicate ideas to others in a coherent manner, by either written or verbal means.
  4. Familiar and proficient with some simple techniques for analysing basic geographic and physical environmental information. eg. Air photo interpretation, Satellite Remote sensing, map interpretation, GIS and basic statistical techniques.
  5. Able to undertake an independent field study of the natural environment and understand the problems associated with making field measurements of natural phenomena.

Assessment

Class work (tutorials and practical exercises): 10%
Essay: 20%
Test: 20%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hours lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1308


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa OCT-MSA01 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Leon Marincowitz

Synopsis

This unit is designed to give you the historical background and conceptual tools to understand the contemporary world we live in. It traces the key political, economic, and social developments since 1945 that have brought us to where we are today. Special attention will be paid to how some of these developments impacted the continent of Africa.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a knowledge of modern world history;
  2. Demonstrate knowledge of the impact of post-war political, economic and social developments on Africa;
  3. Demonstrate sound knowledge of current affairs and debates about the future;
  4. Demonstrate improved oral and written communication skills, particularly in relation to the analysis and explanation of ideas and the development of argument;
  5. Successfully undertake a variety of research and writing tasks.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa OCT-MSA01 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna-Mart van Wyk

Synopsis

This unit presents an introduction to globalisation and its economic, cultural, and political implications. It includes an examination of the effects of globalisation on states, societies and the environment, from an African perspective.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recognise the major debates surrounding globalisation and its likely development;
  2. Understand the potential impacts of globalisation on Africa;
  3. Demonstrate sound oral and written communication skills;
  4. Understand and develop critical thinking and analytical skills.

Assessment

Written work: (90%)
Class participation: (10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1- hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Tinus de Jager

Synopsis

The unit provides a critical introduction to the key concepts and practices of research and reporting for South African and African news journalism; the social, professional and legal context for journalism production; the technical production and narrative conventions for at least two different media (print, online, radio and/or video). Students research and produce original news stories to deadline in at least two media, produce a critical evaluation of their own performance and constructive feedback for their peers.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an ability to conceptualise what a news story could be, and identify and research a news story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidence.
  2. Demonstrate an ability to report in a clear, concise, factual way using news conventions in at least two media.
  3. Identifyand observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with news reporting in the African and South African context, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard
  4. Work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce news reports.
  5. Demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure
  6. Demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues.
  7. Demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of journalistic practices in different media.

Assessment

Minimum requirement: attendance and participation as specified in the Unit Guide for the mode of delivery
Minor assignment: 10%
Brief news report in specified medium: 30%
Brief news report in specified medium: 30%
Reflective analyses: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Joanah Gadzikwa

Synopsis

The unit provides further development of the key practices of research and reporting for news journalism; the social, professional and legal context for journalism production; the technical production and narrative conventions for at least two different media (print, online, radio and/or video); and consideration of factors affecting the optimal choice of medium for reporting. Students research and produce original news stories to deadline in at least two media, produce a critical evaluation of their own performance and constructive feedback for their peers.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an ability to identify and research a news story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidence;
  2. Demonstrate an ability to select an advantageous medium for presentation, and report in a clear, concise, factual way using news conventions in at least two media;
  3. Identifyand observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with news reporting in the South African and African Context, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard;
  4. Work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce news reports;
  5. Demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure;
  6. Demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues;
  7. Demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio - professional implications of journalistic practices in different media.

Assessment

Minimum requirement: attendance and participation as specified in the Unit Guide for the mode of delivery
Minor assignment: 10%
Brief news report in specified medium: 30%
Brief news report in specified medium: 30%
Online reflection and in-class invigilation: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa OCT-MSA01 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alex Asakitikpi

Synopsis

Students will begin the process of learning about sociological concepts and approaches and in so doing will gain an understanding of the social impact they have. Students apply these concepts to examine particular aspects of social life. Specific topics may vary from year to year and will address matters such as youth and popular culture, gender and sexuality, religion and multiculturalism. The unit introduces students to analytical thinking about everyday life, drawing significantly from African lived examples and the African local contexts in comparison with other contexts, e.g. Europe, America, Asia, Latin America.

Outcomes

After completing the unit, students will have acquired:

  1. An understanding of various key concepts and perspectives used in sociological analysis;
  2. An understanding of how sociologists understand the link between the individual and society;
  3. An understanding of how structural factors influence the ways in which people experience everyday life;
  4. Skills in presenting coherently argued and well organized essays on sociological topics;
  5. Capacity to undertake a comparative analysis between Africa and other religions in the world.

Assessment

Library project: Written work 55%
Participation: 5%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial a week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa OCT-MSA01 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alex Asakitikpi

Synopsis

The unit builds on the skills and knowledge developed in first semester in the unit 'Everyday life in sociological perspectives'. Students develop a greater understanding of important areas of sociological research and theoretical endeavour. These may include topics such as: sociology of health and illness, gender, popular culture and mass media; class and social inequality; poverty and social exclusion; population and society; and family.

Outcomes

After completing the unit, students will have:

  1. Knowledge of key concepts and perspectives used in sociological analysis;
  2. Understanding how sociologists understand the link between the individual and society;
  3. An understanding of how structural factors influence the ways in which people experience everyday life;
  4. Skills in presenting coherently argued and well organized essays on sociological topics.

Assessment

Two short essays (1250 words each): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 30%
Class attendance and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Charles Villet

Synopsis

The unit is an introduction to moral philosophy. The focus of the unit is the ethics of killing. The unit adopts a global perspective but looks at issues through a South African and African lens. We examine questions such as: When, if ever, is killing justified? Many of us think that killing is permissible in emergency rescue situations, or in self-defence. Is it possible to explain this in a way that is consistent with our more typical attitudes to killing? What about killing non-human animals for food? Like all philosophy units, this unit will also develop critical and analytic thinking skills. These issues are linked to the situation regarding life and death in South Africa and Africa in general, with particular reference to some of the ethical dilemmas (such as violent crime) encountered within this context.

Outcomes

On completing the unit, students will have an understanding of some central issues in applied ethics and of the role philosophy can play in clarifying the discussion of them. They will have acquired some understanding of the nature and methods of philosophical inquiry, and an enhanced capacity for critical reasoning and rigorous thought. Students will also be able to critically assess the situation in South Africa and its accompanying ethical dilemmas as it relates to the ethics of killing.

Assessment

Written exercises: 50% (2250 words)
Tutorial Participation: 10%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS1371, ATS1834


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa OCT-MSA01 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marianne Louw

Synopsis

The unit covers all central aspects of interpersonal communication and lays a foundation for the major Communication and Media Studies. However, its content and learning outcomes are relevant to all courses and careers.

Topics covered include verbal and nonverbal communication, the influence of different personal and socio-environmental factors on Communication, gender and cultural differences in communication, and specific communication skills such as effective listening and conflict management.

Students will be exposed to both a macro-approach where communication is placed in wider social contexts and central theories are explored, and a micro-approach where practical skills are taught. In their lectures and tutorials, students will have opportunities to measure, reflect on and improve their own communication skills. This will develop their ability to manage their personal and professional relationships with greater sensitivity and skill.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Recognise and define key concepts in the study of interpersonal communication.
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of how communication affects and is affected by micro-social and macro-social environments.
  3. Describe and apply the main ideas of relevant interpersonal theories and research.
  4. Demonstrate an ability to analyse communication patterns in interpersonal relationship case studies.
  5. Discuss the influence of diversity on interpersonal communication.
  6. Assess and reflect on his/her own communication competence.
  7. Demonstrate a high standard of oral and written communication skills in role-play exercises and interaction with lecturers, tutors and fellow students.

Assessment

Tutorial work: 20%
Test 1: 15%
Test 2: 15%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hours lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week +
Nine hours of review, self-assessment and preparation per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2433, ATS3433, COM2025


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rose-Marie Bezuidenhout

Synopsis

The aim of the unit is to enable students to apply advanced principles of strategic and integrated communication/public relations practices. The unit addresses the concept and rationale of the integrated role of strategic public relations/communication in the organisational context. The unit expounds competencies in the planning, implementation, management and evaluation of strategies relating to corporate identity and branding, and corporate reputation and reputational risks. The unit highlights the similarities and differences between related practices such as corporate communication, public relations, integrated marketing communication, corporate and advocacy advertising, and marketing.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be expected to be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of an integrated communication strategy;
  2. Apply principles of environmental scanning and scenario writing;
  3. Demonstrate an understanding of the content of a communication strategy;
  4. Apply the process of formulating and developing a communication strategy;
  5. Demonstrate an understanding of corporate identity, image, branding and reputation;
  6. Research and measure corporate reputation and identity;
  7. Identify and explain corporate and advocacy advertisements;
  8. Describe marketing communication and integrated marketing communication;
  9. Identify situations that may heighten corporate reputational risks;
  10. Demonstrate a high standard of written and oral communication skills and competencies, as well as organisation skills, and resource gathering and planning.
  11. Analyse South African case studies relating to corporate identity, image, branding and reputation.

Assessment

Tutorial work: 20%
Case study analysis: 20%
Strategic planning project: 30%
Examination: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week + Ten hours of review, self-assessment and preparation per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rose-Marie Bezuidenhout

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to explain the management of issues, public affairs, risks and crises in the external and internal organisational environments. The processes involved in issue management and crisis communication preparation are outlined. The unit also addresses debates and aspects of corporate social responsibility, corporate philanthropy and community involvement programmes. Social responsibility is contrasted with concepts such as cause marketing, corporate societal marketing and corporate social investment. Case studies are used to enhance understanding of the application of the topics in public relations practice.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be expected to be able to:

  1. Debate different views regarding social responsibility, cause marketing, corporate societal investment and corporate philanthropy.
  2. Comprehend, interpret and reflect on the role and purposes of issue and crisis identification in modern organisations;
  3. Identify issues, risks and crises that organisations face in the external and internal environments;
  4. Research and develop issue and crisis management plans;
  5. Prepare for crises and crisis communication;
  6. Explain corporate social responsibility and philanthropy;
  7. Demonstrate an understanding of community involvement projects.

Assessment

Tutorial work: 10%
Project: 30%
Case study analysis: 30%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hours lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week +
Ten hours of review, self-assessment and preparation per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2433, ATS3433, COM2025


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rose-Marie Bezuidenhout

Synopsis

The unit is designed to provide students with the knowledge, understanding, skills and experience in applying traditional and new media technologies to public relations practice. The unit addresses the use of the traditional media such as print, radio and television in ensuring publicity opportunities in South Africa. Students are also introduced to the developments in new media technologies, and shown how these are applied towards enhancing public relations efforts. Students will learn how new media technologies are used by PR professionals to develop online strategies, such as building personal or company profiles, expanding existing networks, communicating more effectively with key publics, gaining media attention, managing online reputations and attracting sponsorships.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be expected to be able to:

  1. Understand the role and use of publicity in public relations;
  2. Compile media kits for launches and events;
  3. Develop media plans as part of a campaign;
  4. Write fact sheets, releases and arrange radio interviews and television appearance for corporate representatives;
  5. Develop effective media relations
  6. Acquire sound knowledge of how new media technologies are changing PR practices;
  7. Understand how new media technologies are applied to PR activities such as managing campaigns, managing online reputations, and crisis communications;
  8. Use online tools for PR activities;
  9. Evaluate the relevance of various new media technologies for PR applications.

Assessment

Tutorial work: 10%
Essay: 25%
Report: 35%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week
10 hours of review, self-assessment and preparation per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2433, ATS3433, COM2025


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Marshall Mdoka

Synopsis

The unit introduces GIS (Geographical Information Systems) and discusses basic principles, techniques and applications of GIS in the field of geography and environmental science. It examines and reviews specific applications where GIS is a useful tool. Subjects covered include basics of GIS, spatial data sources, spatial data quality, spatial data analysis and decision support systems. It also includes the basic principles of remote sensing and the use of satellite imagery. Cases studies and hands-on practices allow students to gain experience in the use of GIS.

Outcomes

At the end of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the utility of digital spatial data handling for mapping and analysis from digital data, referring to themes in environmental science;
  2. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the key concepts concerning the application of GIS to environmental problems
  3. Explain how value can be added to the data in any information management system with geocodes, by implementing digital spatial data analysis;
  4. Be able to assess the nature of digital spatial data, offer tests for validation and descriptions of the relative value of data sets compared with (raw) data supplied by custodians;
  5. Demonstrate a high level of skills in the use of GIS software (Quantum GIS, Ilwis, ArcGIS) to solve environmental problems;
  6. Develop your own environmental applications of GIS ;
  7. Explain how digital spatial data handling is different from other digital data handling challenges, and how the theory on which it is based is central to spatial data handling for environmental science.

Assessment

1. Practical: (30%)
2. Class test: (20%)
3. Essay assignment: 2000 words (10%)
4. Examination: (40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week
One 2-hour practical per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Geography and environmental science, or first year sequence in Criminology and criminal justice.

Prohibitions

ATS2259, ATS3259, AZA3259


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Victoria Graham

Synopsis

This unit takes an anthropological approach to critiquing international development and understanding the developing world and the 'global south.' The unit shows how ethnography can improve our understanding of the development process. It also provides a historical contextualisation and understanding relationships between the 'north' and 'south' in contemporary globalisation from an African viewpoint. The unit uses anthropology to help understand social and economic patterns of change; how development policy is imagined, produced, and received (or resisted) across multiple cultural contexts; and how development is imagined and defined through specific case studies (including African case studies) of approaches, institutions and practitioners in the field.

Outcomes

Students can expect to develop:

  1. An understanding of global inequalities and how these impact on different groups of people, especially in the African context;
  2. An understanding of development theories and models;
  3. An awareness of the culture of development organisations, institutions and practitioners;
  4. An understanding of how development has affected particular cultures and places, with an emphasis on the continent of Africa;
  5. The analytical skills to evaluate approaches to development from an anthropological perspective and the associate problems/concerns;
  6. An appreciation of the history, philosophy and practice of qualitative social research;
  7. An understanding qualitative social research and the range of methods used;
  8. An understanding of the of the practice of qualitative research, and the role of ethics in conducting that research.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Seminar participation and presentations: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in International Studies, or Geography and Environmental Science, or Sociology.

Prohibitions

AZA3378, ATS2378, ATS3378


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Pier Frassinelli

Synopsis

This unit focuses on story-telling, literature and other narrative forms. How do we create a narrative? What are its basic features? How do different narrative forms work? These are some of the questions that we will explore. The narrative texts studied will be drawn from a variety of genres and will include short stories, novels, films and visual texts. Students will also have the opportunity to submit narrative texts as part of the assessed work.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit students should be able to:

  1. Develop a sense of the variety of what is possible in literary and cultural studies and a general understanding of the different forms of narrative;
  2. Handle the critical concepts and language appropriate to the discussion of different narrative genres, devices and techniques;
  3. Recognise some of the theoretical perspectives that inform contemporary literary and cultural studies;
  4. Demonstrate the basic skill of analytic and critical discussion, including the technical conventions proper to English;
  5. Appreciate the historical perspectives and conventions within which literature and other narrative texts are produced.

Assessment

Written work (2,700 words): 60%
Exam (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence or permission

Prohibitions

AZA3410, ATS2410, ATS3410


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joseph Minga

Synopsis

The Dark Continent has been and is still being imagined, analysed and represented in many different ways, by different people on different continents. The title Africa and Its Others can be interpreted in different ways: Africa and its different discoverers/- explorers, Africa and its colonizers, Africa and its diasporas, Africa and its travellers, Africa and its other self and so on. This unit will thus look at how Africa has been and is represented from the outside by outsiders and insiders and from the inside by insiders/outsiders through a variety of materials and various perspectives (literary, anthropological, historical and philosophical).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. Demonstration of a critical awareness of the ways in which different texts, movies, brochures, posters, paintings, articles and so on, encourage us to interpret and construct Africa in a particular way
  2. A better understanding of Africa and how it relates to the world or how the world relates to her
  3. Appreciation of the significance of the various documents' constructions of (African) identity/ representation within their socio-cultural and historical contexts
  4. Ability to perform a close analysis of the different types of documents used, i.e., in case of a literary text, he should be able to demonstrate a sensitivity to the particular devices, language and strategies employed
  5. Demonstration of an awareness and understanding of the major theoretical approaches in Cultural Studies within academic debate in Africa and internationally
  6. Ability to employ those and evaluate such theoretical approaches in an interpretation of the various documents used in this unit
  7. Intellectual familiarity with the different critical concepts relevant to the unit: othering, africanism/ africanization, post-colonialism, post-modernism, cosmopolitanism, transnationalism, globalization, traveling cultures, migration, diasporas, authenticity, ethnicity, hybridity, mimicry, endogeny, exogeny and so on
  8. Students undertaking this unit at a third-year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a second-year level.

Assessment

Short essay (1000 words): 20%
Long essay (2500 words): 50%
Exam (two hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA3417, ATS2417, ATS3417


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

Francophone Africa (including the Indian Ocean) offers a very diverse linguistic and socio-cultural background that is ideal for the study of issues such as: the evolution of French language outside of France, the cultural mix of francophone countries, the legacy of French colonization in Africa, Franco-African relations, francophone countries and globalisation and so on. This intensive field study unit in that region will provide the opportunity for French Studies and Cultural Studies students to experience a two-week immersion in a francophone country in order to improve their socio-cultural awareness of Francophone Africa and for those who desire, to improve their language competency.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. Demonstration of a critical awareness of issues pertaining to Francophone Africa, i.e. the evolution and practice of French language outside of France, the cultural mix of francophone countries, how the past of francophone Africa informs its present (for e.g. the legacy of French colonization), Franco-African relationships and so on
  2. A better understanding of Francophone Africa and how it relates to the world and vice versa, i.e. for e.g. the use of French as a medium of communicating with the world
  3. Appreciation of the significance of how the different places visited and different activities conducted on this field trip gives an idea of or constructs a certain notion of 'frenchness' within a particular linguistic, socio-cultural and historical context
  4. Acquisition of practical skills and field-based experience for research and gaining an understanding of practical implications of theoretical discourse, i.e. language as it is practiced in real life and culture as it is displayed, lived etc
  5. Demonstration of an awareness and an understanding of the major theoretical approaches in French/Francophone Studies within academic debate in Africa and internationally
  6. Ability to employ those and evaluate such theoretical approaches in an interpretation of the various places visited and activities conducted on this field trip
  7. Besides the cultural aspect of the program, if students have previously completed French Studies units, they are expected to demonstrate a certain level of competency in French and to focus on consolidating it during the field trip
  8. Students undertaking this unit at a 3rd year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a 2nd year level.

Assessment

Field studies journal (1000 words): 30%
Oral presentation : 25%
Final report (2500 words): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

80 Hours over 2 weeks - field trip

Prohibitions

AZA3423, ATS2423, ATS3423


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rose-Marie Bezuidenhout

Synopsis

The main objective of this unit is to study and acquire theory and practice of communication in multicultural organisations. The unit begins with an introduction to broad principles of organisational communication and considers diverse perspectives and approaches to organisations and communication. Students will be introduced to organisational communication processes, components, influences and interventions. Topics of cultural and gender diversity, interpersonal skills, organisational change and development, globalisation and ethical conduct will be addressed.

Outcomes

Students who complete this unit will be able to:

  1. Identify and assess diverse theories of organisational communication.
    • Identify and evaluate management approaches and their effects on organisational communication.
  2. Comprehend and evaluate the implications of specific processes, constructs and elements of organisational communication in terms of:
    • Roles and functions
    • Organisation structure
    • Organisation culture
  3. Identify and apply interpersonal communication skills needed in an organization.
  4. Appreciate and be sensitized to gender and cultural diversity in an organisational context.
  5. Describe organisational and individual change.
  6. Explain organisational development
    • Apply communication intervention techniques.
  7. Practice ethical behaviour in organisational and cultural contexts.
  8. To identify elements and causes of dysfunctional organisational communication
    • Apply methods of conflict resolution.
  9. Identify and evaluate the impact and effects of globalisation on organisational communication.

Assessment

Minor essay (1000 words): 15%
Major essay (1500 words): 30%
Examination 2 hours (2000 words): 40%
Group presentations and tutorial participation (formative assessment): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 one-hour lectures and 2 one-hour tutorials per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2432, ATS3432, AZA3432


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This unit deals with the fundamentals of strategic communication/public relations practice, including key critical constructs and concepts, definitions, history, scope, and the underlying theories of its study and practice. Ethical issues and laws that affect the practice of strategic communication/public relations are covered in addition to basic competencies in planning, implementing and evaluating a programme. Introducing actual management processes there is a focus on effective interpersonal and cross-cultural communication, and crisis management the unit also includes an exploration of internal/employee, government, media and industrial relations.

Outcomes

The unit provides students with an understanding of the nature, scope, and functions of strategic communication / public relations practice within societal settings in South Africa and globally; a comprehension of how strategic communication / public relations practitioners build and maintain relationships in changing environments; and competencies to formulate and plan strategic communication / public relations programmes, including research, communication and evaluation processes. It focuses on the role of values, laws and ethical principles in the industry and the opportunities and challenges that new communication technologies offer.

Assessment

Individual Case study/assignment(1150 words): 25%;
Compilation of practical work portfolio 10%;
Examination (2 hours, 2000 words): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week + Eight hours independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2435, ATS3435, AZA3435


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Joanah Gadzikwa

Synopsis

In this unit students gain an understanding of the technological, social, economic and political forces driving the development, and adoption of new media and communications technologies. These driving forces and the adoption of new media and communications technologies are traced in terms of their relevance to South Africa and other African coutries. The unit uses case studies of South African and global examples of when 'old technologies were new' such as the telegraph and radio as well as the social shaping of very recent examples of new media, such as Online Social Networking and Twitter. Instrumentalist, substantivist and technologically determinist perspectives on new media will be compared as a means of understanding the dynamic convergence of telecommunications, IT and media industries.

Outcomes

At the completion of this subject students are expected to:

  1. Have gained an understanding of the historical development of new media technologies with specific reference to South Africa and Africa;
  2. Have gained knowledge leading to a more informed understanding of contemporary developments in communication internationally;
  3. Understand the processes and effects of media convergence, with particular reference to the Internet and other emergent technologies globally, in South Africa and on the African continent;
  4. Have gained an understanding of the forces driving the global information revolution;
  5. Understand the issues arising from mass adoption of new media technologies;
  6. Have developed the ability to critically analyse and evaluate the economic, social, cultural, political impacts of communication developments, with specific reference to the political mobilisation of civilians in countries such Egypt and Lybia.
  7. Have developed an understanding of the global and social divides as they apply to the African continent.

Assessment

Major essay (2250 words): 50%
Exam (1800 words): 40%
Tutorial participation (450 words equivalent): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA3436, ATS2436, ATS3436


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rose-Marie Bezuidenhout

Synopsis

The current youth culture is more dynamic than ever before and an understanding of youth is crucial from both a consumer culture perspective and a media perspective. The unit addresses the cultural pursuits such as the consumption of cultural phenomena and specifically youth media in the richly diverse South African and African environment.
The unit examines the construction of the youth audience/consumer; the development of new media narratives, the associated reading and consumption practices of youth and the adoption of youth culture in South Africa and Africa. Youth narratives are examined as sites of pleasure and contestation for an emerging citizenry in an increasingly converging and globalised environment with specific reference to how it applies to South African youth. Areas of study include virtual reality, Internet sites, music video, animation, soap opera, sitcom, hybrid current affairs and magazines.

Outcomes

At the completion of the unit students are expected to:

  1. Understand the importance to recognise that youth exists as a culturally constructed rather than a biological or psychological phenomenon;
  2. Understand the necessity to research how and why young people interact with media, and an awareness of some of the methods allowing us to do so;
  3. Analyse representations of youth from a variety of sources with specific reference to South African youth and youth from the African continent;
  4. Appreciate contemporary debates concerning youth, the media and the development of citizenship;
  5. Understand the interactions between economy, governance, society and cultural practice in producing embodied experiences of youth with specific reference to South African case studies;
  6. Understand the influence of globalisation on youth cultures and youth media in South Africa;
  7. Explore the relationship between South African and African music and youth cultures and youth media representations.

Assessment

Written assignment 1 (1350 words): 30%
Written assignment 2 (1350 words): 30%
2 Hours exam (1800 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Communications, or International Studies, or Sociology

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rose-Marie Bezuidenhout

Synopsis

The unit introduces critical and practical approaches to research in the media and communication industries. It presents a critical overview of the rationale for research in industry and academia. Various traditions of inquiry are explored and applied to typical research studies conducted in communication and the media with specific reference to South Africa and Sub-Saharan Africa. Specific quantitative, and qualitative research methodologies are investigated. Various key ethical and critical research issues are deliberated.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Understand the uses of quantitative and qualitative research methodologies in academic and industry contexts.
  2. Understand the uses of quantitative and qualitative research methodologies in science and non-science environments
  3. Understand the nature and use of a theoretical framework in a research project
  4. Define and formulate a research project, including hypotheses, research problems and questions, goals, ethical considerations, literature reviews,theoretical frameworks, and data collection, analysis and interpretation methods.
  5. Demonstrate sound awareness of ethical principles in research practices.
  6. Demonstrate familiarity with specific methodologies, including, for example, ethnography, case study, survey, textual-, thematic-, discourse- audience- and quantitative content analysis
  7. Reflect on relationships between local and global frameworks in developing approaches to research.

Assessment

(1) Critical theory component: take home exam quizz (1500 words): 30%
(2) Ethics precis (1000 words): 20%
(3) Student research projects (3000 words): 40%
(4) Tutorial participation (500 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

36 hours contact per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year Social Science sequence

Prohibitions

AZA3453, ATS2453, ATS3453


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr M Ntantiso

Synopsis

The unit expands the study of topics in the field of child and adult development already encountered in the first year. It focuses on cognitive, social-emotional and physical changes in human development and how these are shaped by macrosystems such as culture, and microsystems such as peers and the family. The African cultural context will be emphasized. The laboratory programme complements the lectures, and provides further training in report writing, oral presentations and teamwork.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, the students will be able to:

  1. Describe the different approaches to human development.
  2. Appraise the interplay between cultural, familial, local and distal factors in determining the course of development from birth to old age with particular reference to Africa.
  3. Discuss the key obstacles to optimal human development in South Africa.
  4. Write coherent reports.

Assessment

Lecture topic quizzes: 10%
Class participation assignments: 10%
Critical thinking exercises: 30%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours lecture contact for 12 weeks
2 hours tutorials contact for 10 weeks
8 hours for private study, including reading of prescribed and recommended literature, review of and familiarisation with a wider range of publications on the core content topics of the unit, work on assignments, preparation for class discussions and presentations.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr M Ntantiso

Synopsis

The unit covers some of the core concepts concerned with the behaviour of people in organisations, including topics such as approaches to organisations, work motivation, leadership, organisational change and development and organisational culture. It also explores certain core psychological concepts concerned with the dynamics between people and organisations including employee needs, employee attitudes and employee values. In addition, the use of vocational assessment inventories to determine career choice and selection is examined.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, the students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the core concepts and terms adopted and investigated by industrial and organisational psychologists.
  2. Explain the legislative framework governing industrial relations in South Africa.
  3. Describe vocational assessment inventories.
  4. Discuss the purpose and limits of employment interviews.
  5. Appraise the practical application of industrial/organisation psychology principles in the workplace.

Assessment

Lecture topic quizzes: 10%
Class participation assignments: 10%
Critical thinking exercises: 30%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours lecture contact for 12 weeks
2 hours tutorials contact for 10 weeks
8 hours for private study, including reading of prescribed and recommended literature, review of and familiarisation with a wider range of publications on the core content topics of the unit, work on assignments, preparation for class discussions and presentations.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Mr Emmanuel Maravanyika

Synopsis

This unit focuses on formal and informal responses to crime and punishment. It examines issues relating to sentencing, punishment and corrections, including community based sanctions such as restorative justice. Theories and perspectives of punishment, justice and crime reduction are appraised providing a critical understanding and specialised knowledge of the evolution, elements, aims and applications of punishment within an African and international human rights framework.

Outcomes

The learning outcomes of the unit are to equip students with the following skills:

  1. Develop a critical awareness of the structure and functioning of criminal justice in South Africa and internationally;
  2. Understand contemporary debates relevant to crime, punishment and criminal justice;
  3. Analyse diverse arguments in relation to traditional and alternative forms of policing, sentencing and corrections;
  4. Apply punishment theories and perspectives on different contexts;
  5. Conduct independent research using appropriate science and technology effectively and responsibly when dealing with crime and punishment without harming society, the environment or individuals;
  6. Work and communicate with others as part of a multidisciplinary team to deal effectively with crime and punishment.

Assessment

Written assessment: 40%
Tutorial assessment: 25%
Written examination:35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Criminology and Criminal Justice

Prohibitions

ATS2461, ATS3461, AZA3461


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Tara Harris

Synopsis

The offender is analysed as influenced by multiple systems. Analyses refer to the bio- and psychosocial aetiology of criminal behaviour, classification systems, intervention measures and crime reduction. Attention is paid to life-span development, behavioural disorders, learning and situational risk factors. The relationship between crime and mental disorders are explored, focusing on mentally disordered defendants and offenders, criminal responsibility and risk assessments. The course concludes with psychosocial analyses of specific types of criminal behaviour, for instance, serial murder, pyromania, hostage-taking, domestic violence, sexual offences, substance abuse, and witch-purging.

Outcomes

The objectives lie within five inter-related bands. These concern factual information, sources and resources, conceptual definitions, academic debates, and analytic communication skills.

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. understand the study field of criminal behaviour in South Africa
  2. apply knowledge of criminal behaviour to particular contexts
  3. demonstrate the ability to critically assess criminal behaviour risks
  4. critically appraise the impact of criminal behaviour on the rights of individuals and that of a just society
  5. demonstrate an understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognising that problem-solving contexts do not exist in isolation when studying criminal behaviour
  6. use appropriate science and technology ethically, effectively and responsibly when dealing with criminal behaviour without harming society, the environment or individuals
  7. work and communicate with others as a member of a multi-disciplinary team to deal effectively with criminal behaviour.

Assessment

Assignment (2000 words): 35%
Two class presentations: (1000 words each): 30%
Exam (two hours): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2463, ATS3463, AZA3463


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Tara Harris

Synopsis

The focus on women and crime 'enriches' and 'complicates' societies' understanding of the crime problem. The unit examines the gendered nature of crime and how stereotyping is played out in the Criminal Justice System. The unit explores key feminist and theories to better understand how crime and criminality is portrayed in contemporary society.

Outcomes

By the successful completion of the unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A grounded working knowledge of the major theoretical approaches that constitute the field of feminist approaches to crime and justice.
  2. An informed understanding of how gender is constructed in society, the media and the criminal justice system, particularly from an African perspective.
  3. Library and internet based research skills.
  4. The ability to think critically and analytically, and to be able to articulate those ideas.
  5. A focus upon the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate.
  6. The production of well-researched, well-documented and presented essays.
  7. The ability to work independently as scholars.
  8. The ability to conduct independent research effectively and responsibly when dealing with gender and crime.

Assessment

Written: 60% (3000 words)
Class test: 30%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Criminology and Criminal Justice

Prohibitions

AZA3466, ATS2466, ATS3466


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Mr Emmanuel Maravanyika

Synopsis

This unit entails a critical introduction to the study-field of child justice in South Africa with an exposition and analysis of the concepts legal relativism and child offenders as victims. Child justice is studied within particular socio-economic, cultural and political contexts scrutinise within a human rights framework, sentencing practices, state service delivery and statutory provisions rendering in practice the opposite than the envisaged constitutional protection. This course concludes with measures for purposes of redress, focusing on minimum standards for child justice and reform, child justice indicators and structural interdicts to ensure state delivery.

Outcomes

  1. Understand the study field of child justice
  2. Apply knowledge of child justice to particular contexts
  3. Demonstrate the ability to critically assess child justice risks
  4. Critically appraise the impact of criminal justice victimisation on the rights of the child and that of a just society
  5. Demonstrate knowledge of child justice reform
  6. Use appropriate science and technology effectively and responsibly when dealing with child justice without harming society, the environment or individuals
  7. Work and communicate with others as a member of a multi-disciplinary team to deal effectively with child justice

Assessment

Written essay (2000 words): 35%;
Two tutorial assessments (1000 words): 30% (15% each);
Written examinations (2 hours): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2 hour lecture and one hour tutorial session per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Criminology and Criminal Justice

Prohibitions

AZA3467, ATS2467, ATS3467


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Tara Harris

Synopsis

This course refers to the importance of the crime case study method and the presentation of material to the criminal justice system informed by scientific rigour. Within a legal framework analyses are presented on the reliability and validity of input variables. Analyses refer inter alia to behavioural evidence, pre-sentence evaluations and victim impact statements. Credibility is of crucial importance and psychological factors in eyewitness testimony, scientific data collection techniques, and the role and functions of the expert witness, are presented in concert with court protocols and universal ethical principles.

Outcomes

  1. Understand the study field of victim and offender profiling.
  2. Apply knowledge of forensic criminology to particular contexts
  3. Demonstrate the ability to critically assess offending and victimisation risks
  4. Critically appraise the impact of criminal victimisation on the rights of the individual and that of a just society
  5. Demonstrate knowledge of court procedures, protocols, structures and relevant legislation for the presentation of forensic evidence
  6. Maintain records of the outcome of the case study method and provide appropriate feedback to participant/s in the criminal event, legal practitioners, criminal justice personnel, health worker/s and other stakeholders
  7. Use appropriate science and technology effectively and responsibly when compiling and presenting victim and offender profiles without harming society, the environment or individuals
  8. Work and communicate with others as a member of a multi-disciplinary team to effectively prepare and present victim and offender profiles to particular contexts
  9. Demonstrate an understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognising that problem-solving contexts do not exist in isolation

Assessment

Written essay (2000 words): 35%; 2 Tutorial assessments(1000 words): 15% each; Written examinations (2 hours): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2 hour lecture and one hour tutorial session per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA3468, ATS2468, ATS3468


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Tara Harris

Synopsis

This unit entails an introduction to victimology with an exposition of the concepts victim/survivor, empowerment, prevention and redress with reference to various schools of thought and current scholarly debates. Victimisation is studied within a domestic and comparative context focusing on the socio-economic, political and cultural dimensions of victimisation. Within a human rights framework, analyses refer to the abuse of power, institutional and structural victimisation and victim/offender homogeneity, sequences and victim recidivism. Through the application of victimisation theory and perspectives to particular contexts, victimisation vulnerability is assessed.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand the study field of victimology
  2. Apply knowledge of criminal victimisation theories and perspectives/approaches to particular contexts
  3. Demonstrate the ability critically to assess victimisation risk and to develop victimisation vulnerability profiles
  4. Critically appraise the impact of criminal victimisation on individuals, society, the ecology and economy
  5. Demonstrate knowledge of empowerment strategies for survivors of crime
  6. Use appropriate science and technology effectively and responsibly when dealing with victimisation without harming society, the environment or individuals
  7. Work and communicate with others as members of multi-disciplinary teams to deal effectively with victimisation.

Assessment

Written essay (1600 words): 35%
Tutorial assessments (450 words each): 20%
Written examinations (2hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hours lecture and one 1-hour tutorial session per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Criminology and Criminal Justice

Prohibitions

ATS2470, ATS3470, AZA3470


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr M Ntantiso

Synopsis

The unit expands the study of topics in the field of research assessment already encountered in the first year. It focuses on experimental design and applied methodology, covering experimental design and analysis, hypothesis testing, t-tests, analysis of variance, and post-hoc tests, correlation, chi-square, non-parametric tests and observational, archival and single subject designs. The laboratory programme complements the lectures, and provides further training in research techniques, analysis, oral presentations and teamwork.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit the students will be able to:

  1. Design and analyse psychological assessment projects.
  2. Apply of a range of statistical tests appropriately.
  3. Use statistical packages effectively.
  4. Prepare a psychological report.

Assessment

Lecture topic quizzes: 10%
Class participation assignments: 10%
Critical thinking exercises: 30%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours lecture contact for 12 weeks
2 hours tutorials contact for 10 weeks
8 hours for private study, including reading of prescribed and recommended literature, review of and familiarisation with a wider range of publications on the core content topics of the unit, work on assignments, preparation for class discussions and presentations.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

GSC1601, COG1112, PSY2051


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr M Ntantiso

Synopsis

The unit is a continuation of first year psychology topics in the field of social psychology. The main focus is on social schemas, social attribution, theories of attitude change, group psychology, aggression, interpersonal attraction and affiliation, sex roles, oppression, empowerment and diversity. The laboratory program complements the lecture series, and provides further training in research techniques, report writing, oral presentations and teamwork.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, the students will be able to:

  1. Describe the key approaches, concepts and terms in social/community psychology.
  2. Discuss the role of social and community psychology both in the global and in the South African context.
  3. Relate the different levels and models of intervention used in community psychology.
  4. Value the historical forces that have shaped community psychology.
  5. Appraise some of the key studies and constructs in social/community psychology.

Assessment

Lecture topic quizzes: 10%
Class participation assignments: 10%
Critical thinking exercises: 30%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours lecture contact for 12 weeks
2 hours tutorials contact for 10 weeks
8 hours for private study, including reading of prescribed and recommended literature, review of and familiarisation with a wider range of publications on the core content topics of the unit, work on assignments, preparation for class discussions and presentations.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

PSY2042, SCY2400


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Aretha Asakitikpi

Synopsis

This unit examines how mainstream constructions of gender and sexuality are reconceptualised in a range of socio-historical and cultural contexts from the early modern period to the present. It also introduces students to the complex relationship between language, gender and sexuality, exploring how this relationship has been affirmed or deconstructed by various literary and cultural texts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have acquired the theoretical lexicon and conceptual framework necessary to make sense of and articulate how gender and sexuality are represented in different cultural texts;
  2. appreciate the uses of literature and other cultural texts in revising and opposing dominant discourses about gender and sexuality;
  3. be able to interpret a literary text or a movie demonstrating a sensitivity to the narrative devices and strategies employed;
  4. demonstrate a development of the skills of analytic and critical discussion introduced at first year level.

Assessment

Tutorial attendance and portfolio - 10%; Short essay (1250 words) - 20%; Long essay (2000 words) - 30%; Examination - 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Literary and Cultural Studies, or Communications, or Sociology

Prohibitions

AZA3504, ATS2504, ATS3504


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Agnes Babugura

Synopsis

This unit seeks to provide the student with introductory background in research methodology relevant to Geography and Environmental Science. Basic statistical techniques needed to carry out research will be introduced. These include measures of central tendency, spatial distribution, time series, probability distributions, hypothesis testing as well as correlation and regression will be covered to help students analyse and interpret geographic data. Library and online research techniques as well as field techniques including sampling and interviewing techniques will be covered.

Outcomes

Upon satisfactory completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. collect, analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative geographic data
  2. be able to synthesise and interpret relevant material and to communicate ideas to others in a coherent manner, by either written or verbal means
  3. be familiar and proficient with some simple techniques for conducting qualitative and quantitative research.

Assessment

Assignments: 20%
Attendance and participation: 10%
Test 30%
Major assignment, development of a research proposal: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science, or permission

Prohibitions

ATS2541, ATS3541, AZA3541


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Ashley Gunter

Synopsis

This unit introduces GIS (Geographical Information Systems) as both an academic discipline and a practical computer based software package. It discusses basic principles, techniques and applications of. Using free and open source software It examines and reviews specific application areas where GIS is a useful tool. Subjects covered include basics of GIS, spatial data sources, quality and analysis, data base storage and decision support systems. In practical sessions, students will be required to do map preparation, data input, digital editing, data manipulation and final map production for the end user. All this is done on FOSS software that can be down loaded for free from the internet.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills :

  1. Demonstrate the utility of digital spatial data handling for mapping and analysis from digital data, referring to themes in GIS;
  2. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the key concepts concerning the application of GIS relate to research;
  3. Explain how value can be added to the data in any information management system with geocodes, by implementing digital spatial data analysis;
  4. Be able to assess the nature of digital spatial data, offer tests for validation and descriptions of the relative value of data sets compared with (raw) data supplied by custodians;
  5. Demonstrate a high level of skills in the use of FOSS GIS software (Ilwis) to solve research problems;
  6. Explain how digital spatial data handling is different from other digital data handling;
  7. Students undertaking this unit at a 2rd year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a 3nd year level.

Assessment

Class test : 20%
Long essay (1000 words): 10%
Practical Map : 30%
Exam (2 hrs): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

78 Hours over 12 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science

Prohibitions

AZA3542, ATS2542, ATS3542


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Marshall Mdoka

Synopsis

This unit uses case studies from the Southern Africa region and international situations to examine processes used for Environmental Impact Assessments (EIA), the compilation of an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) and the effect of both on the public. It also examines the processed by which the potential environmental consequences of development proposals are analysed and evaluated. This is done from a positive and negative perspective. The unit goes on to explore legislative frameworks for environmental decision-making (EDM) from a global perspective and in so doing considers other decision-making tools such as cost-benefit analysis, environmental audits and environmental management plans (EMPs)

Outcomes

  1. Familiarise with EDM making and values in EIA
  2. Familiarise with EIA institutional, legal and policy provisions, particularly in SADC countries.
  3. Grasp the interface between project and EIA life cycles.
  4. Explain stages in the EIA process.
  5. Explain the importance of public participation in EIA.
  6. Describe methods used in undertaking EIA.
  7. Identify impacts and possible mitigation measures in EIA.

Assessment

Essay: 25% (2000 words)
Group oral presentation: 10%
Individual report writing: 15% (1500 words)
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science

Prohibitions

AZA3546, ATS2546, ATS3546


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Olusola Olalade

Synopsis

Cities are dynamic and complex environments that now comprise the majority of the world we live in but they face an array of major challenges. These include: How do we make our cities more habitable and sustainable? Can a city be sustainable? Who wants a sustainable city? Have cities ever been sustainable and can they be in the future? In this unit students will examine how contemporary cities around the world operate by focussing on urban processes and functions, case studies from African cities form a critical base from which to work. Major urban problems aflicting modern cities are looked at and best practice from around the world examined.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete the unit will have developed the following key competencies and capacities.

You will be able to:

  1. Describe and apply the concept of sustainability to urban form and function;
  2. Identify the pillars of sustainability and the stenghts and weaknesses in the conceptualisation of sustainabiltiy;
  3. Identify unsustainable urban policies and practices and suggest effective methods of improving sustainability;
  4. Utilise selected geographic research skills and concepts relevant to sustainability in an urban context;
  5. Expand on the concept of a world African city and the implications for these settlements.

Assessment

Essay: 40% (2000 words)
Exam : 30% (two hours)
Field Trip: 30% (1000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA3547, ATS2547, ATS3547


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Agnes Babugura

Synopsis

Environmental policy and resource management: A purposeful activity with the aim to maintain and improve the state of the environment and its resources affected by human activities. It addresses the management of the interaction and impact of human societies on the environment and how to ensure that ecosystem are protected and maintained for equitable use by future human generations, and also, maintain ecosystem integrity as an end in itself by taking into consideration ethical, economic, and scientific (ecological) variables. Issues of governance, policy and regulation are adressed. Themes include the internationalisation of environmental policy, the rise of corporate environmentalism, native title and indigenous rights, and the importance of property rights. Environmental impact assessment, social impact assessment, corporate environmental auditing, state of the environment reporting, and public participation.

Outcomes

  1. Understand the social, political and institutional underpinning of environmental policy-making and environmental management;
  2. Recognise the importance of maintaining and extending disciplinary perspectives in environmental policy and management;
  3. Use case studies to help explain the nature of the evolution and implementation of environmental policies in various national and international settings;
  4. Understand the characteristics and role of specific methods and techniques that are used in the context of environmental management and decision making;
  5. Formulate and design policy questions amenable to empirical inquiry;
  6. To develop skills and knowledge for translating the theory and concepts of resource and environmental management into practice relevant to communities and workplaces today;
  7. To apply monitoring and environmental management tools used by resource and environmental practitioners.

Assessment

Research report (2500 words): 40%
Tutorial attendance and exercises: 20%
Minor essay (1500 words): 20%
Mid-term test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science

Prohibitions

AZA3548, ATS2548, ATS3548


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Agnes Babugura

Synopsis

The unit looks at the state of global poverty, development and inequalities and analyses the forces that drive them. It provides critical insights into the massive human and economic costs of inequality and poverty and proposes realistic solutions. It examines links between population, resources and health issues. The role of government and non-governmental agencies in alternative development strategies.

The unit examines selected aspects of the nature and impact of poverty and development in the contemporary world. Major areas of concern include: the patterns and impacts of geographically-uneven development; access to land, natural resources and distributive justice; population, health, and environment with respect to questions of human rights; the geopolitics of the 'Third World'; and the business of international development conducted by the World Bank, IMF, bilateral aid organisations, and nongovernmental organisations.

Outcomes

To successfully complete this unit, students will need to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the diversity of the development experience;
  2. Understand key concepts and theoretical perspectives used in approaches to global development and poverty eradication;
  3. Develop the ability to critically analyse the distinctive problems and prospects associated with international development;
  4. Identify strategies to address poverty;
  5. Identify the opportunities and constraints related to development in industrialising countries and disadvantaged indigenous communities living within wealthy nations.

Assessment

1. Tutorial attendance and tutorial exercises (10%)
2. In-class mid-term test (20%)
3. Minor research project (oral and poster presentation) (20%)
4. End of year test (20%)
5. Final research project (2500) (30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA3549, ATS2549, ATS3549


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Marshall Mdoka

Synopsis

The unit is linked to the subject of climatology which is the science that seeks to describe and explain the nature of climate, why it differs from place to place, and how it relates to other elements of the natural environment and to human activities.

Outcomes

In order to successfully complete the unit the student will need to:

  1. Understand basic atmospheric processes and how they lead to weather and climate over Southern Africa;
  2. Appreciate the land surface-ocean-atmosphere interactions and how they affect the weather and climate of southern Africa;
  3. Be able to apply climate knowledge to a range of practical and social problems;
  4. Understand the concept of climate change and how this varies from climate variability;
  5. Show an awareness of the social and political context to climate change and the impacts, adaptation and mitigation of such change;
  6. Develop knowledge and skill of weather and climate interpretation and forecasting.

Assessment

1. Tutorial or practical exercises: (10%)
2. Class test: (15%)
3. Essay assignment: 2000 words (25%)
4. Examination: (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week + One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Geography and environmental science

Prohibitions

AZA3550, ATS2550, ATS3550


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Ms Danai Mupotsa

Synopsis

The unit explores ideas of 'nation-building' and 'nationality' from a global perspective utilizing a number of theoretical frameworks. However, of the three case studies used, two are from Africa in to grasp a better understanding of the continent. The case studies include Yugoslavia, South Africa and South Sudan, from the sixteenth century to the present. Students will use the three case studies over the period in order to gain a deeper understanding of nation building worldwide and the problems associated with the process (i.e. conflict and ethnicity), as well as the distinct attributes to nation building in Africa.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Recognise the importance of the idea of nation building and its associated concepts such as race, nationalism, ethnic background and conflict, especially in the African context.
  2. Understand the importance of debate and discussion in the development of these ideas.
  3. Have sound oral and written communication skills and be able to utilise these in debates.
  4. Understand the importance of critical analysis and be comfortable in challenging ideas and arguments.

Assessment

Tutorial participation (500 words equiv): 10%; Film/book review (1000 words): 20%; Research essay (2000 words): 40%; Exam (1500 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA3623, ATS2623, ATS3623


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Summer semester B 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Shibu Sangale

Synopsis

The unit explores international migration through an interdisciplinary lens. It includes a historical overview of international mobility, pertinent international case studies and theoretical attempts to explain migration. Combined, these dimensions provide insight into the social and cultural experiences of migrants from around the world. The aim is to understand the implications of human movement for emerging trends that will characterise life in the 21st century.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Recognise the categories of migrants;
  2. Appreciate the peculiarities of the contemporary migrant experience;
  3. Understand the major theoretical explanations for international migration;
  4. Understand the major causes and impacts of international migration in Africa; and,
  5. Critically analyse selected social categories through which 'people who move' are perceived and represented.

Assessment

1. Tutorial oral presentation: 500 words (10%)
2. Web site or film documentary analysis: 1000 words (25%)
3. Research Essay: 2000 words (40%)
4. Class Test: 1000 words (25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Pier Frassinelli

Synopsis

Music, food, fashion, architecture and cinema are just a few of the cultural products that can be studied to analyse contemporary transnational cultural flows which are visible the world over. The unit looks at the implications of globalisation for a variety of cultural phenomena, tracing transitions from local to global cultural practices and investigating specific cases of local consumption of global cultures.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing the unit should have:

  1. A deeper knowledge of the concepts of modernity and tradition, and the problems of cultural ownership and authenticity;
  2. Acquired knowledge about the challenges to cultural nationalism by transnational cultural flows;
  3. Studied some cases of cultural production and its local consumption, and critically analysed material relating to these case studies;
  4. Improved their oral skills by participating in tutorial debate on specific instances of cultural flows and local identities created through their consumption;
  5. Improved their written skills;
  6. Developed independent research skills;
  7. Developed the ability to critically assess the ideological implications of global cultural flows.

Assessment

1. Written work: 1 short essay or position paper - 1000 words (20%)
2. Class tests/quizzes (40%)
3. Research project - 2500 word (40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA3627, ATS2627, ATS3627


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Alex Asakitikpi

Synopsis

Secularism is under threat and this is the result of a significant resurgence of interest in religion? The unit examines different aspects of religiosity that are influencing peoples response to a globalising world. This includes the rise of fundamentalist streams in the world religions,eg. Christianity, Islam and Hinduism, the proliferation of movements supporting local religious traditions, and the emergence of post-modern forms of religion such as New Age and eco-spirituality. These belief systems are used to examine contemporary life experiences. They are also concerned about global injustices and propose alternative approaches to the prevalent ethos of materialism and greed.

Outcomes

On successfully completing the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Analyse contemporary and emerging forms of religiosity by developing an understanding of the co-evolution of modern religion, science and capitalist economies in Europe and beyond;
  2. Compare and contrast alternative forms of modernity and post-modernity currently being examined in non-Western countries through new interpretations of Christian, Islam, Hinduism and other world religions;
  3. Understand global trends in the remergence of local religious traditions and the ways in which it generates religious ethno-nationalism and conflicts with immigrant populations;
  4. Identify the context which has seen a globalization of Pentecostal and Charismatic Christianity and the relative decline for mainstream Christian churches;
  5. Identify and compare the core values of alternative religious and spiritual movements;
  6. Critically consider religious contribution to solving psychological, social, environmental, economic and political problems of a globalising world.

Assessment

Tutorial Participation in Discussion (500 words): 10%
Class Test (short answer) 1000 words: 25%
Book, Website or Documentary Film Analysis (1000 words): 25%
Essay (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA3629, ATS2629, ATS3629


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Firsing

Synopsis

What is the relationship between urbanisation and globalisation over the recent centuries? The unit analyses a series of international world cities, examining their histories, contemporary situation, and emerging or possible future development scenarios. A large emphasis from the historical perspective is placed on the developed world. However, this unit pays special attention to the contemporary role of cities as drivers of economic and social change in the developing world, with a large aspect of the tutorial time spent on African cities.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit the student will:

  1. Have an understanding of a number of important international cities in both the developing and developed world;
  2. Have an understanding of the historical and contemporary role of cities as drivers of economic, social and cultural change, with an emphasis on the developing world;
  3. Recognise the similarites and differences between global cities in both the developed and developing world and the problems they both face in the 21st century;
  4. Be familiar with the research skills and methods of urban scholars, including urban historians and other related disclipines;
  5. Have experience in working with a range of textual, visual and material urban research sources;
  6. Have further developed their oral and written communication skills, including skills in writing for non-specialist audiences;
  7. In addition to the above, students undertaking the unit at level three will have demonstrated the ability to conceive and complete an independent research project around an urban theme.

Assessment

Written work: 90%:
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in International Studies, or First year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Leon Marincowitz

Synopsis

The unit adopts a global perspective but looks at issues through a South African and African lens. We examine questions such as: When, if ever, is warfare justified? What about humanitarian intervention? What about violent revolution and terrorism? Why should civilians be protected in conflict? These issues are linked to the situation in Africa, with particular reference to some of the vexing dilemmas encountered within this context, such as terrorism, dictatorships and civil war.This unit will introduce students to theoretical approaches to the ethics of conflict that will allow them to answer these difficult questions. It will also serve to introduce students to basic ideas in moral and political philosophy. No background in philosophy is required: merely an interest in rational argument applied to global conflict.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing the unit at 2-level will:

  1. be able to explain the central ideas of just war theory;
  2. be able to explain leading criticisms of just war theory;
  3. have developed the ability to apply philosophical theories of justice in conflict to actual cases from recent history;
  4. be able to develop and critically assess arguments about the justification of violence in the pursuit of political ends;
  5. be able to critically assess the situation in Africa and its accompanying political dilemmas as it relates to issues of violence and justice.

Assessment

Written work: 65% (3000 words)
Tutorial Participation: 10%
Test: 25%
1. Short Assignment: 500 words (10 %)
2. Essay Plan: 500 words (10%)
3. Essay: 2000 words (45%)
4. Tutorial Presentation (5%)
5. Tutorial Attendance (5%)
6. Test: 1100 words(25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Firsing

Synopsis

Basic understandings of diplomacy in international relations are developed: what diplomacy is, what it entails (structure, process, agenda), what some of the complexities, anomalies and challenges are. Follows the historical trajectory of diplomacy in international relations and deliberates upon what are seen as key historical junctures. Seeks to link the relevance of diplomacy to current international issues, events, relations, and nuances. The course is theoretically grounded and practically useful. Relevance is tied directly to contemporary examples and case studies.

Outcomes

The objectives lie within five inter-related bands. These concern:

  1. factual information
  2. sources and resources
  3. conceptual definitions
  4. academic debates
  5. analytic communication skills.

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. Knowledge of the divergent structures, processes, and agendas that exist in multi-issue areas of diplomacy
  2. An appreciation of the complexities, problems, anomalies, and challenges that diplomatic negotiations undergo
  3. An understanding of what it means to be a diplomat, to partake of diplomatic functions and duties
  4. Grounding in the theoretical and normative debates, discourses, and perspectives underpinning foreign policy decision making
  5. A familiarity of key terminologies such as foreign policy, game theory, levels of analysis, rational choice theory, bureaucratic politics model, group think, instrumental rationality, procedural rationality, policy agenda, mediation, arbitration, negotiation, sanctions, carrot and stick approach, brokering, brinkmanship policies
  6. Experience in conducting independent research and writing tasks, utilising a wide array of primary, secondary, visual, and electronic resources
  7. Improved oral, debating, presentation, and writing skills
  8. Students undertaking this unit at a third year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a second year level.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and presentations: 10%
Essay related work (3,000 words): 60%
Class test (1 hour): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hours lecture

  • one 1-hour tutorial
  • one 9-hours of private study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2641, ATS3641, AZA3641


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Shibu Sangale

Synopsis

In March 2004 the African Parliament was formally constituted - the first such pan continental parliament to be so formed. The path from colonies to independent states has been a long and challenging one. Surveying the entire continent from the late colonial period onwards, we will see how ordinary men and women, peasants and workers, subjects and citizens, political and economic elites and religious and cultural leaders created new forms of meaning and power. Themes concern African states, political parties, a growing civil society, developmental paths and the complex cross-currents of wider international worlds from 1945 into the current period of globalization.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A knowledge of the main events, processes, issues, personalities, ideas and politics in the modern history of Africa
  2. An understanding of the relationships between African states and societies and wider global politics and international relations
  3. Intellectual familiarity with the main theoretical and conceptual issues relevant to the Unit: colonization, decolonization, ethnicity, tribalism, nationalism, liberation movements, one party states, typologies of different forms of states (egs crisis, client, failed, gatekeeper and rogue), development and under development, civil society, the Third World and key terms in international affairs: ie. globalization, unilateralism, bilateralism and multilateralism
  4. An understanding of the main currents in wider political discourses, within Africa and internationally, concerning Africa in the modern world
  5. An understanding of the main currents within academic debate, within Africa and internationally, concerning Africa in the modern world
  6. Experience in working with and understanding the difference characteristics of various forms of evidence, both primary and secondary, documentary, oral and visual
  7. Experience in conducting research using both primary and secondary sources
  8. Improving oral, writing, presentation and debating styles

Assessment

Two tutorial oral presentations (500 words each): 20%
One primary source analysis essay (1000 words): 15%
Research essay (2000 words): 35%
Exam (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week for twelve weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2643, ATS3643, AZA3643


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Firsing

Synopsis

The unit provides an introduction to foreign policy or the behaviour of a state towards other states. The unit will help you understand how central governments of sovereign states relate to each other and to the global system in order to achieve various goals or objectives. The unit will achieve this by first providing a broad overview of the foundational international relations (IR) and theoretical approaches to foreign policy analysis. This includes studying various IR topics such as war, economics, intergovernmental organisations and diplomacy. Secondly, this unit examines historical and contemporary case studies of the foreign policies of major powers from Africa, Asia, Europe, the Middle-East and North America, with an emphasis on American and South African foreign policy. Through these case studies, one will become familiar with the process of foreign policy making, grand strategies; and status quo and revisionist powers, amongst other topics.

Outcomes

The main learning outcomes for the unit is for students to be able to understand the various sources and complexity of foreign policy behaviour and decisions. Moreover, students should be able to make a sound analysis and explanation of foreign policy behaviours of states, ulitising theoretical foundations and comparative perspectives.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA3688, ATS2688, ATS3688


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna-Mart van Wyk

Synopsis

This unit examines policies that have been developed to facilitate the emergence of a less militarised form of world politics. Three themes are addressed;
First - general issues involved in efforts to manage and stop the arms race are introduced.

Second - attempts to restrain the proliferation of nuclear, chemical, biological weapons of mass destruction and conventional weapons are outlined analysed. The role of South Africa as a world leader in nuclear non-proliferation efforts will be highlighted, as well as the position of Africa in the global nuclear regime.

Third - the prospects for various degrees of demilitarisation are discussed in the light of contemporary developments in world politics.Here, specific emphasis will be placed on the challenges of disaramament in Africa.

Outcomes

The unit has the following objectives:

  1. to provide a sense of the conceptual and historical context required for understanding developments in international arms control;
  2. to introduce students to key international arms control agreements, with specific emphasis on the role of South Africa in promoting arms control;
  3. to introduce students to the unique challenges of disarmament in Africa;

and

  1. to enhance the ability of students to engage in critical reflection and produce reasoned, soundly structured and well presented debate on the place of arms control in the international system.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA3703, ATS2703, ATS3703


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alex Asakitikpi

Synopsis

Medical sociology examines social aspects of medicine. The unit features health from an African perspective. Students will gain an understanding of professional knowledge and the power associated with that knowledge and the way it is exercised. Areas examined will include risk assessment and management; public and private health and health promotion; HIV/AIDS and sexual health and the influence of the media and the internet on health related matters. The unit will embed these learning objectives in the African context introducing students to African interpretations of health, illness and medicine. The unit will appeal to students wanting to engage with social perspectives on health and illness from a globalised and localised perspective.

Outcomes

All students completing this unit will be able to:

  1. Identify, describe and analyse key perspectives in social inquiry as it applies to health and illness in contemporary society.
  2. Critically evaluate social aspects of health and illness as they effect individuals, communities and nation states.
  3. Apply critical perspectives to contemporary issues in health and illness matters.
  4. Identify implications for public health policy.

In addition, students taking the unit at level three will be able to:

  1. Understand critical difference in public and private approaches to health and illness issues.

Assessment

Essay(2500 words): 50% + Research articles review (1000 words): 25%
Class test: 25% (1 hour)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA3717, ATS2717, ATS3717


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fay Hodza

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to political key thinkers and analyses themes in classical and contemporary political and social theory. The contrasting perspectives of the classical thinkers and contemporary theorists are critically analysed and evaluated. Students examine theoretical issues such as structure, power, culture action and modernity. African specific examples are used comparatively to analyse whether African environments offer other ways of conceptualising political and social reality.

Outcomes

Students who study the unit will:

  1. Develop an understanding of several political and social theories (classical and contemporary), learn to appreciate alternative and differing approaches to analysing social relations;
  2. Gain an understanding of how political and sociological knowledge has developed over time;
  3. Learn to critique certain accepted political and social theories and learn how to question dominant ideas and assumptions;
  4. Engage in comparison in order to stimulate and engrain the two above mentioned outcomes;
  5. Develop their oral and written skills in order to analyse theoretical material.

Assessment

Written work 45%
Exam 45%
Participation 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Sociology, or Communications, or Criminology and Criminal Justice

Prohibitions

AZA3719, ATS2719, ATS3719


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fay Hodza

Synopsis

Youth form a distinctive sub culture within a society's broader culture. Its distinctiveness is associated with beliefs, behaviour and identity.This unit critically assesses the social dynamics of youth experience in contemporary society from an African global perspective. Topics covered include: youth sub - cultures, globalisation and consumption, the transition to adulthood, the influence of social media and social change, work and leisure.

Outcomes

By the completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Articulate a critical understanding of the sociological imagination or perspective on youth issues;
  2. Analyse and evaluate competing interpretations of youth issues;
  3. Gain a greater understanding of historical and contemporary trends in the area of youth sociology;
  4. Develop the skills to write and present arguments about young people and social change;
  5. Develop the ability to critically apply theory to practice.

Assessment

Written work: (3000 words): 60%
Class test: 30%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Sociology

Prohibitions

AZA3720, ATS2720, ATS3720


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alex Asakitikpi

Synopsis

Sociological research requires the capacity to think conceptually, to systematically plan how to obtain valid information relevant to research questions and to analyze and evaluate information. Because sociological research draws on people's experiences, it is intended in ethical and political questions. In this unit students discuss these issues and consider various qualitative and quantitative research methodologies and techniques for data gathering when documenting the social world.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will have:

  1. An understanding of the strengths, limitations and appropriate application of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research;
  2. Knowledge data collection techniques in both quantitative and qualitative research;
  3. Understanding of the theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research;
  4. Knowledge of issues related to the design and implementation of social science research;
  5. Aquired the skills relevant to group work.
  6. The ability to write an essay that is well structured and develops a coherent argument.

Assessment

Individual and group written work 50%
Tests 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Sociology, or Geography and environmental science

Prohibitions

ATS2723, ATS3723, AZA2490, AZA3723


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

The unit explores the role of religion and spirituality in defining individual and collective beliefs and identities. It further examines how new religious movements are redefining and shaping our understanding of good and evil; selfishness and altruism; the self and the transcendental. Topics to be covered include: the definition of, and difference between religion and spirituality, the influence of religion and spirituality in human societies, the place of religion and spirituality in the public and political spheres, the relationship between religion and health, the environment, social relations, individual and collective identities.

Prohibitions

AZA3724, ATS2724, ATS3724


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Mr Muhammed Suleman

Synopsis

The unit examines sociological matters of social justice in a South African and African context. Issues that are critically examined include equity, minority rights, democratic government, economic opportunities and human rights. The unit adopts a comparative approach to social justice issues over several political and legal states and examines historical periods and the way in which they approached social justice. Consitutionalism, social and political control, and equity issues are analysed to demonstrate the disparate definitions of social justice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students should be able to demonstrate an ability to:

  1. Identify and analyse matters related to power and privilege;
  2. Exhibit an understanding of self in relation to diverse and vulnerable populations, particularly in the South African and African contexts;
  3. Understand the various definitions and theoretical debates surrounding social justice;
  4. Identify and evaluate the contribution of national and international social justice movements;
  5. Exhibit the capacity to adopt a sociological perspective in relation to contemporary social justice related issues in a south African and African context.

Assessment

Written work (2000 words): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture + One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Sociology or Criminology and criminal justice.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Precious-Pearl Vezi

Synopsis

The responsibility of the child and youth care worker is to keep children safe and respond to illnesses. This unit includes a study of a prescribed text book that is a comprehensive guide to children's health. Specific mention will be made of caring for children with HIV/AIDS and disabilities. Neonatal care, emergency resuscitation and safety precautions will form part of this unit. Minimum standards of care need specific attention for child care work in residential care centres.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. Understand the minimum norms and standards for the care of children in institutions and in the welfare system in South Africa.
  2. Explore the guidelines for optimal early childhood development.
  3. Learn the principles of neonatal care and prenatal influences.
  4. Classify the typical health problems in childhood and specific knowledge of HIV/AIDS and disability.
  5. Orientation to residential care in South Africa.
  6. Demonstrate the ability to administer emergency care / First Aid and a grasp of the importance of safety precautions.

Assessment

Practical activities (900 words): 20%
Major essay (1350 words): 30%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three-hour workshops per week: 90 minutes for lecturing and 90 minutes for practical application of theory

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Child and youth development

Prohibitions

ATS2762


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rika Swanzen

Synopsis

In order to prevent the development of serious problems or possible problems in children, the child and youth care worker needs to be knowledgeable about the risk factors that can contribute to serious developmental delays or deviations. The early identification of symptoms of a disorder facilitates early treatment and accurate referral, increasing the chances of a successful outcome for the child. Since childcare workers spend a large quantity of hours with children they are in the ideal position to not only identify problems early through risk factors and symptoms, but also with highlighting the protective or resiliency factors that will assist the child in overcoming challenges successfully.

Outcomes

The objectives lie within five inter-related bands. These concern:

  1. factual information
  2. sources and resources
  3. conceptual definitions
  4. academic debates
  5. analytic communication skills.

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. Understanding assessment in the context of child and youth care.
  2. Identification of the risk factors in the development of major childhood problems.
  3. Detection of symptoms of the most common childhood problems.
  4. Recognition of protective factors or resiliency in children and how to utilise this for the benefit of the child.
  5. Utilising the person-in-environment classification system to categorise childhood problems.
  6. Writing of assessment reports and giving feedback to caregivers.

Assessment

Tutorial contribution (450 words): 10%
Major essay (1800 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Total weekly workload @ 12 hours comprised as follows:

  • 4 hours (Three 1-hour lectures and One 1-hour tutorial per week) face to face contact per week..
  • The remaining 8 hours will be spent in preparation for tutorials and seminars, researching and writing the essay assignment and in individual reading and study for the final examination.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2763


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Ms Precious-Pearl Vezi

Synopsis

The child and youth care worker cannot treat children alone, they will need an awareness of what other disciplines do and knowledge of a process of referral that will ensure that the child gets the best holistic treatment possible. This unit includes a social network framework that teaches the student to look for possible social support (natural and professional) that can treat the child but also sustain his or her well-being within a community. This unit compliments the core intervention unit that focuses more on individual and group support.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. Understand the nature of a social environment and the meaning of a social network.
  2. Know the principles of environmental modification.
  3. Ability to accurately and efficiently refer a childhood problem to multiple disciplines.
  4. Demonstrate the ability to do a social network analysis.
  5. Show efficiency in conducting social network interventions.
  6. Be able to differentiate between social networking, environmental modification and community development.

Assessment

Practical activities (900 words): 20%
Major essay (1350 words): 30%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three-hour workshops per week: 90 minutes for lecturing and 90 minutes for practical application of theory

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Child and youth development

Prohibitions

ATS2764


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rika Swanzen

Synopsis

The child and youth care worker needs to be knowledgeable about the treatment options available to the profession. This unit will equip students with theoretical knowledge on approaching childhood related problems. Overall this unit gives an orientation towards 'lifespace' intervention, group- and family interventions, treatment through environmental modification, and on models used in institutional care. It is also important that the student knows how to evaluate the change in the client accomplished through the intervention.

Outcomes

The objectives lie within five inter-related bands. These concern:

  1. factual information
  2. sources and resources
  3. conceptual definitions
  4. academic debates
  5. analytic communication skills.

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. Lifespace interventions, meaning services delivered in the child and youth's natural setting.
  2. Apply treatment options through environmental modification.
  3. Understanding and addressing poverty through social development principles.
  4. Conducting family and group interventions.
  5. Have a grasp of treatment models in institutional care.
  6. The ability to evaluate change in the client system through single-subject design.

Assessment

Tutorial contribution: 10%
Major essay (1800 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours):50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures per week + One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS2763 or AZA2763

Prohibitions

ATS2765


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Marianne Louw

Synopsis

In this unit students critically engage with historical and contemporary debates about the legal context of news production in the South African and African contexts. Topics covered include the historical development of the media as the 'fourth estate', freedom of the press, public interest defence, the law of defamation and contempt, professional confidentiality, freedom of information (shield laws), copyright, censorship and freedom of expression and racial vilification.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the capacity to understand and make effective use of the literature on jurisprudence and law as it relates to journalism and the media more broadly.
  2. Show evidence of an ability to undertake research, discuss, analyse and evaluate relevant scholarly issues in a clear, concise and rigorous manner.
  3. Demonstrate an ability to contribute constructively to online forums
  4. Produce written assignments to deadline.
  5. Work independently and in groups to achieve learning outcomes
  6. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the strengths, limitations and social and professional implications of scholarly practice in the law of journalism in the South African and African context.
  7. Demonstrate an ability to make concise and persuasive presentations.

Assessment

Minimum requirement: attendance and participation as specified in the Unit Guide for the mode of delivery
Minor project (1500 words): 30%
In-class Invigilation (500 words): 20%
Major Project (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Tinus de Jager

Synopsis

The unit provides a detailed exploration of the production practices, resources, technologies and genres of Online Journalism, including video, audio, graphic and interactive formats. It explores the research capacities and information sources available through the internet. It critically considers the implications for South African and African journalists of different modes of audience engagement and editorial positioning, including social networking media, blogs and wikis. It explores topical debates on the implications of the new medium and the possibilites it offeres to citizens. It covers both news and longer form feature and documentary genres. Please be aware that access to certain technology/equipment will be required for the unit. Contact the unit coordinator for details.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an ability to identify and research a news story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidence
  2. Demonstrate an ability to report in a clear, concise, factual way using news conventions in at least two media
  3. Identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with news reporting, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard
  4. Work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce news reports
  5. Demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure
  6. Demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues
  7. Demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of online journalistic practices in the Afircan context.

Assessment

Minor project - Online news report employing text and multimedia elements: 30%
Major Project - Online feature report employing text and multimedia elements: 50%
Online critical reflection and in-class invigilation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Michelle Alexander

Synopsis

The unit provides an opportunity to undertake detailed examination of the production practices, resources, technologies and genres of video journalism. Examination topics covered include broadcast and online modes. It develops the major performance practices of voice presentation and interviews, image and sound recording, editing and post-production. The unit critically analyses and evaluates the implications for journalists of differing forms of audience engagement and editorial positioning, including news, current affairs and feature/documentary genre. In a South African and African context, access to certain technology/equipment will be required for this unit. Contact the unit coordinator for details.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify a television news or current affairs story, research and prepare a brief;
  2. Shoot, interview, script and edit a television story;
  3. Demonstrate the ability to successfully undertake individual and group work;
  4. Analyse and evaluate key ethical and legal issues and obligations associated with television reporting, particularly as they apply to the South African and African contexts.
  5. Demonstrate the capacity to apply basic professional standards to production and presentation of television news.

Assessment

Minor project (News/current affairs video reports totalling 3-minutes): 25%
Major Project (Current affairs/feature video reports totalling 6-minutes): 50%
Online critical reflection and in-class invigilation: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Leon Marincowitz

Synopsis

The unit introduces some central debates in contemporary political theory. The unit adopts a global perspective but looks at issues through a South African and African lens. The first third of the unit examines some essential recent work on the liberal conception of justice and equality. The second part of the unit looks at socialist, feminist and communitarian critiques of liberalism. The final third of the unit is concerned with the foundations and limits of religious toleration and individual freedom in a multicultural society. These topcis are linked to society in South Africa and Africa in general, with particular reference to some of the political problems and dilemmas encountered within this context.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing the unit will have an understanding of current debates over the core political concepts of justice, freedom and equality. Students will be able to formulate and analyse these issues in relation to the problem of inter-cultural tolerance in a pluralistic society.
Students at third year level will also have developed skills in independent research in political philosophy; a deeper and more thorough understanding of the issues covered in the unt; and a familiarity with a wider range of literature in political philosophy. Students will also be able to critically assess South African society and its accompanying political problems from the point of view of the unit.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4050 words)
Tutorial Participation: 10%
1. Weekly Assignments: 1800 words (40%)
2. Tutorial Presentation (5%)
3. Tutorial Attendance (5%)
4. Essay: 2250 words (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Charles Villet

Synopsis

Ethical issues which are raised by the environmental crisis stretch the traditional philosophical concepts, to breaking point. This has led to calls for a completely new ethic based on environmental values and a non-anthropocentric world view. The unit adopts a global perspective but looks at issues through a South African and African lens. We examine issues such as: animal rights, the intrinsic value of nature and eco-centric notions of value. Various ethical dilemmas which arise in relation to our treatment of animals and the environment, the value of wilderness, population growth and the ethical responsibilities that come with globalization will be discussed. These issues are linked to the situation regarding the environment in South Africa and Africa in general, with particular reference to some of the problems encountered within this context.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing the subject should have a good understanding of the ethical issues raised by environmentalism and by the ethical limits placed on human behaviour by our environment. Students will be able to critically assess the environmental situation in South Africa and its accompanying problems.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4050 words)
Tutorial Participation: 10%
One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)
1. First Assignment: 900 words (20%)
2. Second Assignment: 900 words (20%)
3. Essay: 2250 words (50%)
4. Tutorial Presentation (5%)
5. Tutorial Attendance (5%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Philosophy or Sociology, or permission

Prohibitions

AZA3871, ATS2871, ATS3871


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Charles Villet

Synopsis

The unit adopts a global perspective but looks at issues through a South African and African lens. The theories of utilitarianism and deontology will be examined within the South African context and judged according to ethical dilemmas that arise within the country. Key to this examination will be a discussion of the role of friendship and family within ethical decision-making. A major focus of discussion is the opposition between consequentialist theories, such as utilitarianism, which judge rightness and wrongness solely in terms of consequences, and the Kantian theory of deontology which judges rightness and wrongness according to whether the act is in accordance with rational will. The question that will guide this discussion is whether these theories can account for the agent-centred reasons which arise from relations of love and friendship and which seem to have the potential to conflict with impartial moral requirements?

Outcomes

  1. Capacity to critically analyse central ethical theories such as consequentialism and Kantianism.
  2. Have developed skills important to the discipline of philosophy, such as argument analysis, textual interpretation, and argument construction.
  3. Capacity to develop a theoretical position and argument concerningthe main theories and arguments in meta-ethics.
  4. Be able to critically assess society and its accompanying ethical problems in South Africa from the point of view of the unit.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (2250 words)
Tutorial Participation: 10%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA3939, ATS1839, ATS2839


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Maria Damianova

Synopsis

This unit aims to give students a broad view of psychopathology (abnormal behaviour) by studying different theoretical perspectives in different cultural contexts. Topics to be covered include: theory; historical influences; specific psychopathologies; assessment, treatment methods, and legal issues. The unit will critically explore dominant taxonomies of mental and psychiatric illness notably the DSM system of classification. The knowledge acquired in this field is used by clinical practitioners to detect, assess, and treat abnormal patterns of functioning.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, the students will be able to:

  1. relate their knowledge of personality, biological processes and human development to psychopathology.
  2. contrast historical and current major theoretical perspectives of psychopathology.
  3. compare methods of assessing psychological disorders.
  4. describe the main systems of classifying disorders.
  5. explain the way the theoretical perspective adopted by a clinician can influence the manner of interpreting the development and treatment of a psychological disorder.
  6. discuss the advantages and disadvantages of classifying abnormal behaviour.
  7. discuss the major types of psychological disorders and the major therapeutic approaches to psychopathology.
  8. critically evaluate previous research and psychological report writing.

Assessment

Lecture topic quizzes: 10%
Class participation assignments: 10%
Critical thinking exercises: 30%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours lecture contact for 12 weeks
2 hours tutorials contact for 10 weeks
8 hours for private study, including reading of prescribed and recommended literature, review of and familiarisation with a wider range of publications on the core content topics of the unit, work on assignments, preparation for class discussions and presentations.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

PSY2011, PSY2031, PSY3032


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Marshall Mdoka

Synopsis

The unit introduces GIS (Geographical Information Systems) and discusses basic principles, techniques and applications of GIS in the field of geography and environmental science. It examines and reviews specific applications where GIS is a useful tool. Subjects covered include basics of GIS, spatial data sources, spatial data quality, spatial data analysis and decision support systems. It also includes the basic principles of remote sensing and the use of satellite imagery. Cases studies and hands-on practices allow students to gain experience in the use of GIS.

Outcomes

At the end of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the utility of digital spatial data handling for mapping and analysis from digital data, referring to themes in environmental science;
  2. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the key concepts concerning the application of GIS to environmental problems
  3. Explain how value can be added to the data in any information management system with geocodes, by implementing digital spatial data analysis;
  4. Be able to assess the nature of digital spatial data, offer tests for validation and descriptions of the relative value of data sets compared with (raw) data supplied by custodians;
  5. Demonstrate a high level of skills in the use of GIS software (Quantum GIS, Ilwis, ArcGIS) to solve environmental problems;
  6. Develop your own environmental applications of GIS ;
  7. Explain how digital spatial data handling is different from other digital data handling challenges, and how the theory on which it is based is central to spatial data handling for environmental science.

Assessment

1. Practical: (30%)
2. Class test: (20%)
3. Essay assignment: 2000 words (10%)
4. Examination: (40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 2-hour practical per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Geography and environmental science, or first year sequence in Criminology and criminal justice.

Prohibitions

AZA2259, ATS2259, ATS3259


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr M Ntantiso

Synopsis

The unit exposes students to a comparative analysis of various counselling and psychotherapy systems by introducing them to a number of the older and newer models of psychotherapy within the contexts of the psychological theories that inform them. Learners will encounter concepts pertaining to the basic change processes that underlie contemporary systems of psychotherapy, as well as a means to compare and evaluate their relative efficacies in offering treatments to specific clients/patients with specific presenting problems. The unit aims to equip the student with the ability to discuss a trans-theoretical analysis of various psychotherapy systems.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, the students will be able to:

  1. Relate their knowledge of personality and human development to counselling and psychotherapy.
  2. Contrast historical and current major theoretical perspectives within counselling and psychotherapy.
  3. Appraise the influence of theoretical perspectives on counselling and psychotherapeutic interventions.
  4. Discuss the strengths and weaknesses of the major counselling and therapeutic approaches.

Assessment

Lecture topic quizzes: 10%
Class participation assignments: 10%
Critical thinking exercises: 30%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours lecture contact for 12 weeks
2 hours tutorials contact for 10 weeks
8 hours for private study, including reading of prescribed and recommended literature, review of and familiarisation with a wider range of publications on the core content topics of the unit, work on assignments, preparation for class discussions and presentations.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Victoria Graham

Synopsis

This unit takes an anthropological approach to critiquing international development and understanding the developing world and the 'global south.' The unit shows how ethnography can improve our understanding of the development process. It also provides a historical contextualisation and understanding relationships between the 'north' and 'south' in contemporary globalisation from an African viewpoint. The unit uses anthropology to help understand social and economic patterns of change; how development policy is imagined, produced, and received (or resisted) across multiple cultural contexts; and how development is imagined and defined through specific case studies (including African case studies) of approaches, institutions and practitioners in the field.

Outcomes

Students can expect to develop:

  1. An understanding of global inequalities and how these impact on different groups of people, especially in the African context;
  2. An understanding of development theories and models;
  3. An awareness of the culture of development organisations, institutions and practitioners;
  4. An understanding of how development has affected particular cultures and places, with an emphasis on the continent of Africa;
  5. The analytical skills to evaluate approaches to development from an anthropological perspective and the associate problems/concerns;
  6. An appreciation of the history, philosophy and practice of qualitative social research;
  7. An understanding of qualitative social research and the range of methods used;
  8. An understanding of the of the practice of qualitative research, and the role of ethics in conducting that research.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Seminar participation and presentations: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in International Studies or Geography and Environmental Science, or Sociology

Prohibitions

AZA2378, ATS2378, ATS3378


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Pier Frassinelli

Synopsis

The unit will investigate story-telling, different narrative genres and the role of narrative in our lives. What constitutes narrative? What are its basic features? How does story-telling communicate meaning? How do we construct effective narrative texts? What do we do with narrative? What is the future of narrative? The texts studied are drawn from a variety of genres and countries. They will include short stories, a novel, and some visual texts. There will be some opportunity for the creation of narrative texts as part of the assessed work.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit students should be able to:

  1. Develop a sense of the variety of what is possible in literary and cultural studies and a general understanding of the different forms of narrative;
  2. Handle the critical concepts and language appropriate to the discussion of different narrative genres, devices and techniques;
  3. Recognise some of the theoretical perspectives that inform contemporary literary and cultural studies;
  4. Demonstrate the basic skill of analytic and critical discussion, including the technical conventions proper to English;
  5. Appreciate the historical perspectives and conventions within which literature and other narrative texts are produced.

Assessment

Written work (2,700 words): 60%
Exam (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year sequence or permission

Prohibitions

AZA2410, ATS2410, ATS3410


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joseph Minga

Synopsis

The Dark Continent has been and is still being imagined, analysed and represented in many different ways, by different people on different continents. The title Africa and Its Others can be interpreted in different ways: Africa and its different discoverers/- explorers, Africa and its colonizers, Africa and its diasporas, Africa and its travellers, Africa and its other self and so on. This unit will thus look at how Africa has been and is represented from the outside by outsiders and insiders and from the inside by insiders/outsiders through a variety of materials and various perspectives (literary, anthropological, historical and philosophical).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. Demonstration of a critical awareness of the ways in which different texts, movies, brochures, posters, paintings, articles and so on, encourage us to interpret and construct Africa in a particular way
  2. A better understanding of Africa and how it relates to the world or how the world relates to her
  3. Appreciation of the significance of the various documents' constructions of (African) identity/ representation within their socio-cultural and historical contexts
  4. Ability to perform a close analysis of the different types of documents used, i.e., in case of a literary text, he should be able to demonstrate a sensitivity to the particular devices, language and strategies employed
  5. Demonstration of an awareness and understanding of the major theoretical approaches in Cultural Studies within academic debate in Africa and internationally
  6. Ability to employ those and evaluate such theoretical approaches in an interpretation of the various documents used in this unit
  7. Intellectual familiarity with the different critical concepts relevant to the unit: othering, africanism/africanization, post-colonialism, post-modernism, cosmopolitanism, transnationalism, globalization, traveling cultures, migration, diasporas, authenticity, ethnicity, hybridity, mimicry, endogeny, exogeny and so on
  8. Students undertaking this unit at a third-year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a second-year level.

Assessment

Short essay (1000 words): 20%
Long essay (2500 words): 50%
Exam (two hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA2417, ATS2417, ATS3417


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

Francophone Africa (including the Indian Ocean) offers a very diverse linguistic and socio-cultural background that is ideal for the study of issues such as: the evolution of French language outside of France, the cultural mix of francophone countries, the legacy of French colonization in Africa, Franco-African relations, francophone countries and globalisation and so on. This intensive field study unit in that region will provide the opportunity for French Studies and Cultural Studies students to experience a two-week immersion in a francophone country in order to improve their socio-cultural awareness of Francophone Africa and for those who desire, to improve their language competency.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. Demonstration of a critical awareness of issues pertaining to Francophone Africa, i.e. the evolution and practice of French language outside of France, the cultural mix of francophone countries, how the past of francophone Africa informs its present (for e.g. the legacy of French colonization), Franco-African relationships and so on
  2. A better understanding of Francophone Africa and how it relates to the world and vice versa, i.e. for e.g. the use of French as a medium of communicating with the world
  3. Appreciation of the significance of how the different places visited and different activities conducted on this field trip gives an idea of or constructs a certain notion of 'frenchness' within a particular linguistic, socio-cultural and historical context
  4. Acquisition of practical skills and field-based experience for research and gaining an understanding of practical implications of theoretical discourse, i.e. language as it is practiced in real life and culture as it is displayed, lived etc
  5. Demonstration of an awareness and an understanding of the major theoretical approaches in French/Francophone Studies within academic debate in Africa and internationally.
  6. Ability to employ those and evaluate such theoretical approaches in an interpretation of the various places visited and activities conducted on this field trip
  7. Besides the cultural aspect of the program, if students have previously completed French Studies units, they are expected to demonstrate a certain level of competency in French and to focus on consolidating it during the field trip
  8. Students undertaking this unit at a 3rd year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a 2nd year level.

Assessment

Field studies journal (2000 words): 30%
Oral presentation: 25%
Final report (3500 words): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

80 Hours over 2 weeks - field trip

Prohibitions

AZA2423, ATS2423, ATS3423


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rose-Marie Bezuidenhout

Synopsis

The main objective of this unit is to study and acquire theory and practice of communication in multicultural organisations. The unit begins with an introduction to broad principles of organisational communication and considers diverse perspectives and approaches to organisations and communication. Students will be introduced to organisational communication processes, components, influences and interventions. Topics of cultural and gender diversity, interpersonal skills, organisational change and development, globalisation and ethical conduct will be addressed.

Outcomes

Students who complete this unit will be able to:

  1. Identify and assess diverse theories of organisational communication.
    • Identify and evaluate management approaches and their effects on organisational communication.
  2. Comprehend and evaluate the implications of specific processes, constructs and elements of organisational communication in terms of:
    • Roles and functions
    • Organisation structure
    • Organisation culture
  3. Identify and apply interpersonal communication skills needed in an organization.
  4. Appreciate and be sensitized to gender and cultural diversity in an organisational context.
  5. Describe organisational and individual change.
  6. Explain organisational development
    • Apply communication intervention techniques.
  7. Practice ethical behaviour in organisational and cultural contexts.
  8. To identify elements and causes of dysfunctional organisational communication
    • Apply methods of conflict resolution.
  9. Identify and evaluate the impact and effects of globalisation on organisational communication.

Assessment

Minor essay (1000 words): 15%
Major essay (1500 words): 30%
Examination 2 hours (2000 words): 40%
Group presentations and tutorial participation (formative assessment): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 one-hour lectures and 2 one-hour tutorials per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2432, ATS3432, AZA2432


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This unit deals with the fundamentals of strategic communication/public relations practice, including key critical constructs and concepts, definitions, history, scope, and the underlying theories of its study and practice. Ethical issues and laws that affect the practice of strategic communication/public relations are covered in addition to basic competencies in planning, implementing and evaluating a programme. Introducing actual management processes there is a focus on effective interpersonal and cross-cultural communication, and crisis management the unit also includes an exploration of internal/employee, government, media and industrial relations.

Outcomes

The unit provides students with an understanding of the nature, scope, and functions of strategic communication / public relations practice within societal settings in South Africa and globally; a comprehension of how strategic communication / public relations practitioners build and maintain relationships in changing environments; and competencies to formulate and plan strategic communication / public relations programmes, including research, communication and evaluation processes. It focuses on the role of values, laws and ethical principles in the industry and the opportunities and challenges that new communication technologies offer. Students completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate in written work a more sophisticated grasp of interpretive issues raised in lectures, tutorial discussions and their own wider reading. They will also be required to provide more references for written assignments.

Assessment

Tutorial component (oral presentation, attendance and participation):20%;
Individual Case study/assignment(1150 words): 25%;
Compilation of practical work portfolio 10%;
Examination (2 hours, 2000 words): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week + Eight hours independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2435, ATS3435, AZA2435


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Joanah Gadzikwa

Synopsis

In this unit students gain an understanding of the technological, social, economic and political forces driving the development, and adoption of new media and communications technologies. These driving forces and the adoption of new media and communications technologies are traced in terms of their relevance to South Africa and other African coutries. The unit uses case studies of South African and global examples of when 'old technologies were new' such as the telegraph and radio as well as the social shaping of very recent examples of new media, such as Online Social Networking and Twitter. Instrumentalist, substantivist and technologically determinist perspectives on new media will be compared as a means of understanding the dynamic convergence of telecommunications, IT and media industries.

Outcomes

At the completion of the unit students are expected to:

  1. Have gained an understanding of the historical development of new media technologies with specific reference to South Africa and Africa;
  2. Have gained knowledge leading to a more informed understanding of contemporary developments in communication internationally;
  3. Understand the processes and effects of media convergence, with particular reference to the Internet and other emergent technologies globally, in South Africa and on the African continent;
  4. Have gained an understanding of the forces driving the global information revolution;
  5. understand the issues arising from mass adoption of new media technologies;
  6. Have developed the ability to critically analyse and evaluate the economic, social, cultural, political impacts of communication developments, with specific reference to the political mobilisation of civilians in countries such Egypt and Lybia.
  7. Have developed an understanding of the global and social divides as they apply to the African continent.

Assessment

Major essay (2250 words): 50%
Exam (1800 words): 40%
Tutorial participation (450 words equivalent): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA2436, ATS2436, ATS3436


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rose-Marie Bezuidenhout

Synopsis

The current youth culture is more dynamic than ever before and an understanding of youth is crucial from both a consumer culture perspective and a media perspective. The unit addresses the cultural pursuits such as the consumption of cultural phenomena and specifically youth media in the richly diverse South African and African environment.
The unit examines the construction of the youth audience/consumer; the development of new media narratives, the associated reading and consumption practices of youth and the adoption of youth culture in South Africa and Africa. Youth narratives are examined as sites of pleasure and contestation for an emerging citizenry in an increasingly converging and globalised environment with specific reference to how it applies to South African youth. Areas of study include virtual reality, Internet sites, music video, animation, soap opera, sitcom, hybrid current affairs and magazines.

Outcomes

At the completion of the unit students are expected to:

  1. Understand the importance to recognise that youth exists as a culturally constructed rather than a biological or psychological phenomenon;
  2. Understand the necessity to research how and why young people interact with media, and an awareness of some of the methods allowing us to do so;
  3. Analyse representations of youth from a variety of sources with specific reference to South African youth and youth from the African continent;
  4. Appreciate contemporary debates concerning youth, the media and the development of citizenship;
  5. Understand the interactions between economy, governance, society and cultural practice in producing embodied experiences of youth with specific reference to South African case studies;
  6. Understand the influence of globalisation on youth cultures and youth media in South Africa;
  7. Explore the relationship between South African and African music and youth cultures and youth media representations.

Assessment

Written assignment 1 (1350 words): 30%
Written assignment 2 (1350 words): 30% +
2 Hours exam(1800 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Communications, or International Studies, or Sociology

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rose-Marie Bezuidenhout

Synopsis

The unit introduces critical and practical approaches to research in the media and communication industries. It presents a critical overview of the rationale for research in industry and academia. Various traditions of inquiry are explored and applied to typical research studies conducted in communication and the media with specific reference to South Africa and Sub-Saharan Africa. Specific quantitative, and qualitative research methodologies are investigated. Various key ethical and critical research issues are deliberated.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Understand the uses of quantitative and qualitative research methodologies in academic and industry contexts.
  2. Understand the uses of quantitative and qualitative research methodologies in science and non-science environments
  3. Understand the nature and use of a theoretical framework in a research project
  4. Define and formulate a research project, including hypotheses, research problems and questions, goals, ethical considerations, literature reviews,theoretical frameworks, and data collection, analysis and interpretation methods.
  5. Demonstrate sound awareness of ethical principles in research practices.
  6. Demonstrate familiarity with specific methodologies, including, for example, ethnography, case study, survey, textual-, thematic-, discourse- audience- and quantitative content analysis
  7. Reflect on relationships between local and global frameworks in developing approaches to research.

Assessment

(1) Critical theory component: take home exam quizz (1500 words): 30%
(2) Ethics precis (1000 words): 20%
(3) Student research projects (3000 words): 40%
(4) Tutorial participation (500 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

36 hours contact per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year Social Science sequence

Prohibitions

AZA2453, ATS2453, ATS3453


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Mr Emmanuel Maravanyika

Synopsis

This unit focuses on formal and informal responses to crime and punishment. It examines issues relating to sentencing, punishment and corrections, including community based sanctions such as restorative justice. Theories and perspectives of punishment, justice and crime reduction are appraised providing a critical understanding and specialised knowledge of the evolution, elements, aims and applications of punishment within an African and international human rights framework.

Outcomes

The learning outcomes of the unit are to equip students with the following skills:

  1. Develop a critical awareness of the structure and functioning of criminal justice in South Africa and internationally;
  2. Understand contemporary debates relevant to crime, punishment and criminal justice;
  3. Analyse diverse arguments in relation to traditional and alternative forms of policing, sentencing and corrections;
  4. Apply punishment theories and perspectives on different contexts;
  5. Conduct independent research using appropriate science and technology effectively and responsibly when dealing with crime and punishment without harming society, the environment or individuals;
  6. Work and communicate with others as part of a multidisciplinary team to deal effectively with crime and punishment.

Assessment

Written assessment: 40%
Tutorial assessment: 25%
Written examination:35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Criminology and Criminal Justic

Prohibitions

ATS2461, ATS3461, AZA2461


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Maria Damianova

Synopsis

The unit explores some widely used standardised psychology tests including South African tests. It gives an overview of the principles and processes of test development and the concepts of test reliability and validity. Major themes include methods for establishing the relative influence of heredity and environment on human intelligence, causes of intellectual disability, and intervention programs for disadvantaged and disabled children. The unit also covers theories of ability and how our thinking about human abilities is influenced by our cultural framework. A basic knowledge of the ethical, legal and professional responsibilities of psychologists is provided.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit the students will be able to:

  1. Describe the origins and social context in which psychometric testing developed.
  2. Discuss the principles of reliability, validity and item analysis.
  3. Construct and administer psychometric tests.
  4. Critically evaluate the psychometric properties of psychological tests.
  5. Interpret test scores.
  6. Identify diverse applications of psychological testing.
  7. Relate the relevant theories of intelligence.
  8. Appraise genetic and environmental factors which influence human intelligence.
  9. Analyse some causes of intellectual disability.
  10. Discuss group differences in the testing process.
  11. Describe the social implications of psychological testing.
  12. Express the key ethical principles and identify potential ethical dilemmas regarding psychological assessment and suggest possible solutions.

Assessment

Lecture topic quizzes: 10%
Class participation assignments: 10%
Critical thinking exercises: 30%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours lecture contact for 12 weeks
2 hours tutorials contact for 10 weeks
8 hours for private study, including reading of prescribed and recommended literature, review of and familiarisation with a wider range of publications on the core content topics of the unit, work on assignments, preparation for class discussions and presentations.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

PSY3041, PSY2011, PSY2051, PSY2022


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Tara Harris

Synopsis

The offender is analysed as influenced by multiple systems. Analyses refer to the bio- and psychosocial aetiology of criminal behaviour, classification systems, intervention measures and crime reduction. Attention is paid to life-span development, behavioural disorders, learning and situational risk factors. The relationship between crime and mental disorders are explored, focusing on mentally disordered defendants and offenders, criminal responsibility and risk assessments. The course concludes with psychosocial analyses of specific types of criminal behaviour, for instance, serial murder, pyromania, hostage-taking, domestic violence, sexual offences, substance abuse, and witch-purging.

Outcomes

The objectives lie within five inter-related bands. These concern factual information, sources and resources, conceptual definitions, academic debates, and analytic communication skills.

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. understand the study field of criminal behaviour in South Africa
  2. apply knowledge of criminal behaviour to particular contexts
  3. demonstrate the ability to critically assess criminal behaviour risks
  4. critically appraise the impact of criminal behaviour on the rights of individuals and that of a just society
  5. demonstrate an understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognising that problem-solving contexts do not exist in isolation when studying criminal behaviour
  6. use appropriate science and technology ethically, effectively and responsibly when dealing with criminal behaviour without harming society, the environment or individuals
  7. work and communicate with others as a member of a multi-disciplinary team to deal effectively with criminal behaviour.

Assessment

Assignment (2000 words): 35%
two Class presentations: (1000 words each): 30%
Exam (two hours): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2463, ATS3463, AZA2463


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Maria Damianova

Synopsis

The unit focuses on the development, comparison, application and critical evaluation of personality theories. A broad range of personality theories are covered, these include Freudian, Jungian, Evolutionary, Trait, Humanistic and Learning theories.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, the students will be able to:

  1. Explain the origins and underlying assumptions of core personality theories.
  2. Discuss the practical applications, experimental procedures and research associated with personality theories.
  3. Critically evaluate and compare personality theories.
  4. Write advanced reports.

Assessment

Lecture topic quizzes: 10%
Class participation assignments: 10%
Critical thinking exercises: 30%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 hours lecture contact for 12 weeks
2 hours tutorials contact for 10 weeks
8 hours for private study, including reading of prescribed and recommended literature, review of and familiarisation with a wider range of publications on the core content topics of the unit, work on assignments, preparation for class discussions and presentations

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

PSY3051, PSY2011, PSY2031


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Tara Harris

Synopsis

The focus on women and crime 'enriches' and 'complicates' societies' understanding of the crime problem. The unit examines the gendered nature of crime and how stereotyping is played out in the Criminal Justice System. The unit explores key feminist and theories to better understand how crime and criminality is portrayed in contemporary society.

Outcomes

By the successful completion of the unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A grounded working knowledge of the major theoretical approaches that constitute the field of feminist approaches to crime and justice.
  2. An informed understanding of how gender is constructed in society, the media and the criminal justice system, particularly from an African perspective.
  3. Library and internet based research skills.
  4. The ability to think critically and analytically, and to be able to articulate those ideas.
  5. A focus upon the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate.
  6. The production of well-researched, well-documented and presented essays.
  7. The ability to work independently as scholars.
  8. The ability to conduct independent research effectively and responsibly when dealing with gender and crime.

Assessment

Written (3000 words): 60%
Class test: 30%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar and one 1-hour tutorial

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Criminology and Criminal Justice

Prohibitions

AZA2466, ATS2466, ATS3466


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Mr Emmanuel Maravanyika

Synopsis

This unit entails a critical introduction to the study-field of child justice in South Africa with an exposition and analysis of the concepts legal relativism and child offenders as victims. Child justice is studied within particular socio-economic, cultural and political contexts scrutinise within a human rights framework, sentencing practices, state service delivery and statutory provisions rendering in practice the opposite than the envisaged constitutional protection. This course concludes with measures for purposes of redress, focusing on minimum standards for child justice and reform, child justice indicators and structural interdicts to ensure state delivery.

Outcomes

  1. Understand the study field of child justice
  2. Apply knowledge of child justice to particular contexts
  3. Demonstrate the ability to critically assess child justice risks
  4. Critically appraise the impact of criminal justice victimisation on the rights of the child and that of a just society
  5. Demonstrate knowledge of child justice reform
  6. Use appropriate science and technology effectively and responsibly when dealing with child justice without harming society, the environment or individuals
  7. Work and communicate with others as a member of a multi-disciplinary team to deal effectively with child justice

Assessment

Written essay (2000 words): 35%
Two tutorial assessments (1000 words): 30% (15% each)
Written examinations (2-hours): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2 hour lecture and one hour tutorial session per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Criminology and Criminal Justice

Prohibitions

AZA2467, ATS2467, ATS3467


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Tara Harris

Synopsis

This unit refers to the importance of the crime case study method and the presentation of material to the criminal justice system informed by scientific rigour. Within a legal framework analyses are presented on the reliability and validity of input variables. Analyses refer inter alia to behavioural evidence, pre-sentence evaluations and victim impact statements. Credibility is of crucial importance and psychological factors in eyewitness testimony, scientific data collection techniques, and the role and functions of the expert witness, are presented in concert with court protocols and universal ethical principles.

Outcomes

  1. Understand the study field of victim and offender profiling
  2. Apply knowledge of forensic criminology to particular contexts
  3. Demonstrate the ability to critically assess offending and victimisation risks
  4. Critically appraise the impact of criminal victimisation on the rights of the individual and that of a just society
  5. Demonstrate knowledge of court procedures, protocols, structures and relevant legislation for the presentation of forensic evidence
  6. Maintain records of the outcome of the case study method and provide appropriate feedback to participant/s in the criminal event, legal practitioners, criminal justice personnel, health worker/s and other stakeholders
  7. Use appropriate science and technology effectively and responsibly when compiling and presenting victim and offender profiles without harming society, the environment or individuals
  8. Work and communicate with others as a member of a multi-disciplinary team to effectively prepare and present victim and offender profiles to particular contexts
  9. Demonstrate an understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognising that problem-solving contexts do not exist in isolation

Assessment

Written essay (2000 words): 35%; 2 Tutorial assessments(1000 words): 15% each; Written examinations (2 hours): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2 hour lecture and one hour tutorial session per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA2468, ATS2468, ATS3468


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Tara Harris

Synopsis

This unit entails an introduction to victimology with an exposition of the concepts victim/survivor, empowerment, prevention and redress with reference to various schools of thought and current scholarly debates. Victimisation is studied within a domestic and comparative context focusing on the socio-economic, political and cultural dimensions of victimisation. Within a human rights framework, analyses refer to the abuse of power, institutional and structural victimisation and victim/offender homogeneity, sequences and victim recidivism. Through the application of victimisation theory and perspectives to particular contexts, victimisation vulnerability is assessed.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand the study field of victimology
  2. Apply knowledge of criminal victimisation theories and perspectives/approaches to particular contexts
  3. Demonstrate the ability critically to assess victimisation risk and to develop victimisation vulnerability profiles
  4. Critically appraise the impact of criminal victimisation on individuals, society, the ecology and economy
  5. Demonstrate knowledge of empowerment strategies for survivors of crime
  6. Use appropriate science and technology effectively and responsibly when dealing with victimisation without harming society, the environment or individuals
  7. Work and communicate with others as membesr of multi-disciplinary teams to deal effectively with victimisation

Assessment

Written essay (1600 words): 35%; Two Tutorial assessments (450 words each): 20%; Written examinations (2 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hours lecture and one 1-hour tutorial session per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Criminology and Criminal Justice

Prohibitions

ATS2470, ATS3470, AZA2470


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Aretha Asakitikpi

Synopsis

This unit examines how mainstream constructions of gender and sexuality are reconceptualised in a range of socio-historical and cultural contexts from the early modern period to the present. It also introduces students to the complex relationship between language, gender and sexuality, exploring how this relationship has been affirmed or deconstructed by various literary and cultural texts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have acquired the theoretical lexicon and conceptual framework necessary to make sense of and articulate how gender and sexuality are represented in different cultural texts;
  2. appreciate the uses of literature and other cultural texts in revising and opposing dominant discourses about gender and sexuality;
  3. be able to interpret a literary text or a movie demonstrating a sensitivity to the narrative devices and strategies employed;
  4. demonstrate a development of the skills of analytic and critical discussion introduced at first year level.

Assessment

Tutorial attendance and portfolio: 10%
Short essay (1250 words): 20%
Long essay (2000 words): 30%
Examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Literary and Cultural Studies, or Communications, or Sociology

Prohibitions

AZA2504, ATS2504, ATS3504


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Agnes Babugura

Synopsis

This unit seeks to provide the student with introductory background in research methodology relevant to Geography and Environmental Science. Basic statistical techniques needed to carry out research will be introduced. These include measures of central tendency, spatial distribution, time series, probability distributions, hypothesis testing as well as correlation and regression will be covered to help students analyse and interpret geographic data. Library and online research techniques as well as field techniques including sampling and interviewing techniques will be covered.

Outcomes

Upon satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. collect, analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative geographic data;
  2. be able to synthesise and interpret relevant material and to communicate ideas to others in a coherent manner, by either written or verbal means;
  3. be familiar and proficient with some simple techniques for conducting qualitative and quantitative research.

Assessment

Assignments: 20%
Attendance and participation: 10%
Test 30%
Major assignment, development of a research proposal : 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science, or permission

Prohibitions

ATS2541, ATS3541, AZA2541


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Ashley Gunter

Synopsis

This unit introduces GIS (Geographical Information Systems) as both an academic discipline and a practical computer based software package. It discusses basic principles, techniques and applications of. Using free and open source software It examines and reviews specific application areas where GIS is a useful tool. Subjects covered include basics of GIS, spatial data sources, quality and analysis, data base storage and decision support systems. In practical sessions, students will be required to do map preparation, data input, digital editing, data manipulation and final map production for the end user. All this is done on FOSS software that can be down loaded for free from the internet.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills :

  1. Demonstrate the utility of digital spatial data handling for mapping and analysis from digital data, referring to themes in GIS;
  2. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the key concepts concerning the application of GIS relate to research;
  3. Explain how value can be added to the data in any information management system with geocodes, by implementing digital spatial data analysis;
  4. Be able to assess the nature of digital spatial data, offer tests for validation and descriptions of the relative value of data sets compared with (raw) data supplied by custodians;
  5. Demonstrate a high level of skills in the use of FOSS GIS software (Ilwis) to solve research problems;
  6. Explain how digital spatial data handling is different from other digital data handling;
  7. Students undertaking this unit at a 2rd year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a 3nd year level.

Assessment

Class test : 20%
Long essay (2000 words): 10%
Practical Map: 30%
Exam (2 hrs): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

78 Hours over 12 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science

Prohibitions

AZA2542, ATS2542, ATS3542


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Marshall Mdoka

Synopsis

This unit uses case studies from the Southern Africa region and international situations to examine processes used for Environmental Impact Assessments (EIA), the compilation of an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) and the effect of both on the public. It also examines the processed by which the potential environmental consequences of development proposals are analysed and evaluated. This is done from a positive and negative perspective. The unit goes on to explore legislative frameworks for environmental decision-making (EDM) from a global perspective and in so doing considers other decision-making tools such as cost-benefit analysis, environmental audits and environmental management plans (EMPs)

Outcomes

  1. Familiarise with EDM making and values in EIA
  2. Familiarise with EIA institutional, legal and policy provisions, particularly in SADC countries.
  3. Grasp the interface between project and EIA life cycles.
  4. Explain stages in the EIA process.
  5. Explain the importance of public participation in EIA.
  6. Describe methods used in undertaking EIA.
  7. Identify impacts and possible mitigation measures in EIA.

Assessment

Essay: 25% (2000 words)
Group oral presentation: 10%
Individual report writing (1500 words): 15%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science

Prohibitions

AZA2546, ATS2546, ATS3546


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Olusola Olalade

Synopsis

Cities are dynamic and complex environments that now comprise the majority of the world we live in but they face an array of major challenges. These include: How do we make our cities more habitable and sustainable? Can a city be sustainable? Who wants a sustainable city? Have cities ever been sustainable and can they be in the future? In this unit students will examine how contemporary cities around the world operate by focussing on urban processes and functions, case studies from African cities form a critical base from which to work. Major urban problems aflicting modern cities are looked at and best practice from around the world examined.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete the unit will have developed the following key competencies and capacities.

You will be able to:

  1. Describe and apply the concept of sustainability to urban form and function;
  2. Identify the pillars of sustainability and the stenghts and weaknesses in the conceptualisation of sustainabiltiy;
  3. Identify unsustainable urban policies and practices and suggest effective methods of improving sustainability;
  4. Utilise selected geographic research skills and concepts relevant to sustainability in an urban context;
  5. Expand on the concept of a world African city and the implications for these settlements.

Assessment

Essay: 40% (2000 words)
Exam : 30% (two hours)
Field Trip: 30% (1000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA2547, ATS2547, ATS3547


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Agnes Babugura

Synopsis

Environmental policy and resource management: A purposeful activity with the aim to maintain and improve the state of the environment and its resources affected by human activities. It addresses the management of the interaction and impact of human societies on the environment and how to ensure that ecosystem are protected and maintained for equitable use by future human generations, and also, maintain ecosystem integrity as an end in itself by taking into consideration ethical, economic, and scientific (ecological) variables. Issues of governance, policy and regulation are adressed. Themes include the internationalisation of environmental policy, the rise of corporate environmentalism, native title and indigenous rights, and the importance of property rights. Environmental impact assessment, social impact assessment, corporate environmental auditing, state of the environment reporting, and public participation.

Outcomes

  1. Understand the social, political and institutional underpinning of environmental policy-making and environmental management;
  2. Recognise the importance of maintaining and extending disciplinary perspectives in environmental policy and management;
  3. Use case studies to help explain the nature of the evolution and implementation of environmental policies in various national and international settings;
  4. Understand the characteristics and role of specific methods and techniques that are used in the context of environmental management and decision making;
  5. Formulate and design policy questions amenable to empirical inquiry;
  6. To develop skills and knowledge for translating the theory and concepts of resource and environmental management into practice relevant to communities and workplaces today;
  7. To apply monitoring and environmental management tools used by resource and environmental practitioners.

Assessment

Research report (3000 words): 40%
Tutorial attendance and exercises: 20%
Minor essay (1500 words): 20%
Mid-term test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science

Prohibitions

AZA2548, ATS2548, ATS3548


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Agnes Babugura

Synopsis

The unit looks at the state of global poverty, development and inequalities and analyses the forces that drive them. It provides critical insights into the massive human and economic costs of inequality and poverty and proposes realistic solutions. It examines links between population, resources and health issues. The role of government and non-governmental agencies in alternative development strategies.

The unit examines selected aspects of the nature and impact of poverty and development in the contemporary world. Major areas of concern include: the patterns and impacts of geographically-uneven development; access to land, natural resources and distributive justice; population, health, and environment with respect to questions of human rights; the geopolitics of the 'Third World'; and the business of international development conducted by the World Bank, IMF, bilateral aid organisations, and nongovernmental organisations.

Outcomes

To successfully complete this unit, students will need to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the diversity of the development experience;
  2. Understand key concepts and theoretical perspectives used in approaches to global development and poverty eradication;
  3. Develop the ability to critically analyse the distinctive problems and prospects associated with international development;
  4. Identify strategies to address poverty;
  5. Identify the opportunities and constraints related to development in industrialising countries and disadvantaged indigenous communities living within wealthy nations.

Assessment


1. Tutorial attendance and tutorial exercises (10%)
2. In-class mid-term test (20%)
3. Minor research project (oral and poster presentation) (20%)
4. End of year test (20%)
5. Final research project (3000) (30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA2549, ATS2549, ATS3549


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Marshall Mdoka

Synopsis

The unit is linked to the subject of climatology which is the science that seeks to describe and explain the nature of climate, why it differs from place to place, and how it relates to other elements of the natural environment and to human activities.

Outcomes

In order to successfully complete the unit the student will need to:

  1. Understand basic atmospheric processes and how they lead to weather and climate over Southern Africa;
  2. Appreciate the land surface-ocean-atmosphere interactions and how they affect the weather and climate of southern Africa;
  3. Be able to apply climate knowledge to a range of practical and social problems;
  4. Understand the concept of climate change and how this varies from climate variability;
  5. Show an awareness of the social and political context to climate change and the impacts, adaptation and mitigation of such change;
  6. Develop knowledge and skill of weather and climate interpretation and forecasting.

Assessment

1. Tutorial or practical exercises: (10%)
2. Class test: (15%)
3. Essay assignment: 2000 words (25%)
4. Examination: (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Geography and environmental science

Prohibitions

AZA2550, ATS2550, ATS3550


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Ms Danai Mupotsa

Synopsis

The unit explores ideas of 'nation-building' and 'nationality' from a global perspective utilizing a number of theoretical frameworks. However, of the three case studies used, two are from Africa in to grasp a better understanding of the continent. The case studies include Yugoslavia, South Africa and South Sudan, from the sixteenth century to the present. Students will use the three case studies over the period in order to gain a deeper understanding of nation building worldwide and the problems associated with the process (i.e. conflict and ethnicity), as well as the distinct attributes to nation building in Africa.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Recognise the importance of the idea of nation building and its associated concepts such as race, nationalism, ethnic background and conflict, especially in the African context.
  2. Understand the importance of debate and discussion in the development of these ideas.
  3. Have sound oral and written communication skills and be able to utilise these in debates.
  4. Understand the importance of critical analysis and be comfortable in challenging ideas and arguments.

Assessment

Tutorial participation (500 words equiv): 10%; Film/book review (1000 words): 20%; Research essay (2000 words): 40%; Exam (1500 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA2623, ATS2623, ATS3623


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Summer semester B 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Shibu Sangale

Synopsis

The unit explores international migration through an interdisciplinary lens. It includes a historical overview of international mobility, pertinent international case studies and theoretical attempts to explain migration. Combined, these dimensions provide insight into the social and cultural experiences of migrants from around the world. The aim is to understand the implications of human movement for emerging trends that will characterise life in the 21st century.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Recognise the categories of migrants;
  2. Appreciate the peculiarities of the contemporary migrant experience;
  3. Understand the major theoretical explanations for international migration;
  4. Understand the major causes and impacts of international migration in Africa; and,
  5. Critically analyse selected social categories through which 'people who move' are perceived and represented.

Assessment

1. Tutorial oral presentation: 500 words (10%)
2. Web site or film documentary analysis: 1000 words (25%)
3. Research Essay: 2000 words (40%)
4. Class Test: 1000 words (25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Pier Frassinelli

Synopsis

Music, food, fashion, architecture and cinema are just a few of the cultural products that can be studied to analyse contemporary transnational cultural flows which are visible the world over. The unit looks at the implications of globalisation for a variety of cultural phenomena, tracing transitions from local to global cultural practices and investigating specific cases of local consumption of global cultures.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing the unit should have:

  1. A deeper knowledge of the concepts of modernity and tradition, and the problems of cultural ownership and authenticity;
  2. Acquired knowledge about the challenges to cultural nationalism by transnational cultural flows;
  3. Studied some cases of cultural production and its local consumption, and critically analysed material relating to these case studies;
  4. Improved their oral skills by participating in tutorial debate on specific instances of cultural flows and local identities created through their consumption;
  5. Improved their written skills;
  6. Developed independent research skills;
  7. Developed the ability to critically assess the ideological implications of global cultural flows.

Assessment

1. Written work: 1 short essay or position paper - 1000 words (20%)
2. Class tests/quizzes (40%)
3. Research project - 2500 word (40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA2627, ATS2627, ATS3627


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Alex Asakitikpi

Synopsis

Secularism is under threat and this is the result of a significant resurgence of interest in religion? The unit examines different aspects of religiosity that are influencing peoples response to a globalising world. This includes the rise of fundamentalist streams in the world religions,eg. Christianity, Islam and Hinduism, the proliferation of movements supporting local religious traditions, and the emergence of post-modern forms of religion such as New Age and eco-spirituality. These belief systems are used to examine contemporary life experiences. They are also concerned about global injustices and propose alternative approaches to the prevalent ethos of materialism and greed.

Outcomes

On successfully completing the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Analyse contemporary and emerging forms of religiosity by developing an understanding of the co-evolution of modern religion, science and capitalist economies in Europe and beyond;
  2. Compare and contrast alternative forms of modernity and post-modernity currently being examined in non-Western countries through new interpretations of Christian, Islam, Hinduism and other world religions;
  3. Understand global trends in the remergence of local religious traditions and the ways in which it generates religious ethno-nationalism and conflicts with immigrant populations;
  4. Identify the context which has seen a globalization of Pentecostal and Charismatic Christianity and the relative decline for mainstream Christian churches;
  5. Identify and compare the core values of alternative religious and spiritual movements;
  6. Critically consider religious contribution to solving psychological, social, environmental, economic and political problems of a globalising world.

Assessment

Exam(2 hours): 40%
Written work: 40% (2,500 words):
Class presentation/participation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA2629, ATS2629, ATS3629


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Firsing

Synopsis

What is the relationship between urbanisation and globalisation over the recent centuries? The unit analyses a series of international world cities, examining their histories, contemporary situation, and emerging or possible future development scenarios. A large emphasis from the historical perspective is placed on the developed world. However, this unit pays special attention to the contemporary role of cities as drivers of economic and social change in the developing world, with a large aspect of the tutorial time spent on African cities.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit the student will:

  1. Have an understanding of a number of important international cities in both the developing and developed world;
  2. Have an understanding of the historical and contemporary role of cities as drivers of economic, social and cultural change, with an emphasis on the developing world;
  3. Recognise the similarites and differences between global cities in both the developed and developing world and the problems they both face in the 21st century;
  4. Be familiar with the research skills and methods of urban scholars, including urban historians and other related disclipines;
  5. Have experience in working with a range of textual, visual and material urban research sources;
  6. Have further developed their oral and written communication skills, including skills in writing for non-specialist audiences;
  7. In addition to the above, students undertaking the unit at level three will have demonstrated the ability to conceive and complete an independent research project around an urban theme.

Assessment

Written work: 90%:
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in International Studies, or first year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Leon Marincowitz

Synopsis

The unit adopts a global perspective but looks at issues through a South African and African lens. We examine questions such as: When, if ever, is warfare justified? What about humanitarian intervention? What about violent revolution and terrorism? Why should civilians be protected in conflict? These issues are linked to the situation in Africa, with particular reference to some of the vexing dilemmas encountered within this context, such as terrorism, dictatorships and civil war. This unit will introduce students to theoretical approaches to the ethics of conflict that will allow them to answer these difficult questions. It will also serve to introduce students to basic ideas in moral and political philosophy. No background in philosophy is required: merely an interest in rational argument applied to global conflict.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing the unit at 3-level will:

  1. have a high level of understanding of the central ideas of just war theory;
  2. appreciate and be able to explain a wide variety of criticisms of just war theory;
  3. have developed the ability to apply philosophical theories of justice in conflict to actual cases from recent history;
  4. be able to develop and critically assess arguments about the justification of violence in the pursuit of political ends;
  5. have improved their ability to effectively communicate about complex issues in international affairs;
  6. have developed their ability to conduct independent research on topics of international justice;
  7. be able to critically assess the situation in Africa and its accompanying political dilemmas as it relates to issues of violence and justice;
  8. be able to philosophically interpret the political landscape in Africa and how it relates to the rest of the world.

Assessment

Written work: 65% (3000 words)
Tutorial Participation: 10%
Test: 25%
1. Short Assignment: 500 words (10 %)
3. Essay: 2500 words (55%)
4. Tutorial Presentation (5%)
5. Tutorial Attendance (5%)
6. Test: 1100 words (25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Firsing

Synopsis

Basic understandings of diplomacy in international relations are developed: what diplomacy is, what it entails (structure, process, agenda), what some of the complexities, anomalies and challenges are. Follows the historical trajectory of diplomacy in international relations and deliberates upon what are seen as key historical junctures. Seeks to link the relevance of diplomacy to current international issues, events, relations, and nuances. The course is theoretically grounded and practically useful. Relevance is tied directly to contemporary examples and case studies.

Outcomes

The objectives lie within five inter-related bands. These concern:

  1. factual information
  2. sources and resources
  3. conceptual definition
  4. academic debates
  5. analytic communication skills.

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

  1. Knowledge of the divergent structures, processes, and agendas that exist in multi-issue areas of diplomacy
  2. An appreciation of the complexities, problems, anomalies, and challenges that diplomatic negotiations undergo
  3. An understanding of what it means to be a diplomat, to partake of diplomatic functions and duties
  4. Grounding in the theoretical and normative debates, discourses, and perspectives underpinning foreign policy decision making
  5. A familiarity of key terminologies such as foreign policy, game theory, levels of analysis, rational choice theory, bureaucratic politics model, group think, instrumental rationality, procedural rationality, policy agenda, mediation, arbitration, negotiation, sanctions, carrot and stick approach, brokering, brinkmanship policies
  6. Experience in conducting independent research and writing tasks, utilising a wide array of primary, secondary, visual, and electronic resources
  7. Improved oral, debating, presentation, and writing skills
  8. Students undertaking this unit at a third year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a second year level.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and presentations: 10%
Essay related work (3,000 words): 60%
Class test (1 hour): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hours lecture per week

  • one 1-hour tutorial
  • 9 hours of private study per week.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2641, ATS3641, AZA2641


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Shibu Sangale

Synopsis

In March 2004 the African Parliament was formally constituted - the first such pan continental parliament to be so formed. The path from colonies to independent states seeking to control their own destinies within the modern post-World War 2 international context has been a long and challenging one. Tracing developments from colonial regimes through the first independent states to the modern African states, we will see how men and women, political and economic elites, peasants and workers, religious and cultural leaders endeavoured to create new forms of meaning and power. Central themes concern the characteristics of African states, relationships between states, political parties and a growing civil society, developmental paths and the relationships between African states, their subjects and citizens and the complex cross-currents of wider international worlds from 1945 into the current period of globalization.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A knowledge of the main events, processes, issues, personalities, ideas and politics in the modern history of Africa
  2. An understanding of the relationships between African states and societies and wider global politics and international relations
  3. Intellectual familiarity with the main theoretical and conceptual issues relevant to the Unit: colonization, decolonization, ethnicity, tribalism, nationalism, liberation movements, one party states, typologies of different forms of states (egs crisis, client, failed, gatekeeper and rogue), development and under development, civil society, the Third World and key terms in international affairs: ie. globalization, unilateralism, bilateralism and multilateralism
  4. An understanding of the main currents in wider political discourses, within Africa and internationally, concerning Africa in the modern world
  5. An understanding of the main currents within academic debate, within Africa and internationally, concerning Africa in the modern world
  6. Experience in working with and understanding the difference characteristics of various forms of evidence, both primary and secondary, documentary, oral and visual
  7. Experience in conducting research using both primary and secondary sources
  8. Improving oral, writing, presentation and debating styles
  9. Students undertaking this unit at a third-year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a second-year level

Assessment

Two tutorial oral presentations (500 words each): 20%
One primary source analysis essay (1000 words): 15%
Research essay (2000 words): 35%
Exam (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week for twelve weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS2643, ATS3643, AZA2643


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Firsing

Synopsis

The unit provides an introduction to foreign policy or the behaviour of a state towards other states. The unit will help you understand how central governments of sovereign states relate to each other and to the global system in order to achieve various goals or objectives. The unit will achieve this by first providing a broad overview of the foundational international relations (IR) and theoretical approaches to foreign policy analysis. This includes studying various IR topics such as war, economics, intergovernmental organisations and diplomacy. Secondly, this unit examines historical and contemporary case studies of the foreign policies of major powers from Africa, Asia, Europe, the Middle-East and North America, with an emphasis on American and South African foreign policy. Through these case studies, one will become familiar with the process of foreign policy making, grand strategies; and status quo and revisionist powers, amongst other topics.

Outcomes

The main learning outcomes for the unit is for students to be able to understand the various sources and complexity of foreign policy behaviour and decisions. Moreover, students should be able to make a sound analysis and explanation of foreign policy behaviours of states, ulitising theoretical foundations and comparative perspectives.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA2688, ATS2688, ATS3688


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna-Mart van Wyk

Synopsis

This unit examines policies that have been developed to facilitate the emergence of a less militarised form of world politics. Three themes are addressed;
First - general issues involved in efforts to manage and stop the arms race are introduced.

Second - attempts to restrain the proliferation of nuclear, chemical, biological weapons of mass destruction and conventional weapons are outlined analysed. The role of South Africa as a world leader in nuclear non-proliferation efforts will be highlighted, as well as the position of Africa in the global nuclear regime.

Third - the prospects for various degrees of demilitarisation are discussed in the light of contemporary developments in world politics.Here, specific emphasis will be placed on the challenges of disaramament in Africa.

Outcomes

The unit has the following objectives:

  1. to provide a sense of the conceptual and historical context required for understanding developments in international arms control;
  2. to introduce students to key international arms control agreements, with specific emphasis on the role of South Africa in promoting arms control;
  3. to introduce students to the unique challenges of disarmament in Africa;

and

  1. to enhance the ability of students to engage in critical reflection and produce reasoned, soundly structured and well presented debate on the place of arms control in the international system.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA2703, ATS2703, ATS3703


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alex Asakitikpi

Synopsis

Medical sociology examines social aspects of medicine. The unit features health from an African perspective. Students will gain an understanding of professional knowledge and the power associated with that knowledge and the way it is exercised. Areas examined will include risk assessment and management; public and private health and health promotion; HIV/AIDS and sexual health and the influence of the media and the internet on health related matters. The unit will embed these learning objectives in the African context introducing students to African interpretations of health, illness and medicine. The unit will appeal to students wanting to engage with social perspectives on health and illness from a globalised and localised perspective.

Outcomes

All students completing this unit will be able to:

  1. Identify, describe and analyse key perspectives in social inquiry as it applies to health and illness in contemporary society.
  2. Critically evaluate social aspects of health and illness as they effect individuals, communities and nation states.
  3. Apply critical perspectives to contemporary issues in health and illness matters.
  4. Identify implications for public health policy.

In addition, students taking the unit at level three will be able to:

  1. Understand critical difference in public and private approaches to health and illness issues.

Assessment

Essay(2500 words): 50% + Research articles review (1000 words): 25%
Class test: 25% (1 hour)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA2717, ATS2717, ATS3717


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fay Hodza

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to political key thinkers and analyses themes in classical and contemporary political and social theory. The contrasting perspectives of the classical thinkers and contemporary theorists are critically analysed and evaluated.Students examine theoretical issues such as structure, power, culture action and modernity. African specific examples are used comparatively to analyse whether African environments offer other ways of conceptualising political and social reality.

Outcomes

Students who study the unit will:

  1. Develop an understanding of several political and social theories (classical and contemporary), learn to appreciate alternative and differing approaches to analysing social relations;
  2. Gain an understanding of how political and sociological knowledge has developed over time;
  3. Learn to critique certain accepted political and social theories and learn how to question dominant ideas and assumptions;
  4. Engage in comparison in order to stimulate and engrain the two above mentioned outcomes;
  5. Develop their oral and written skills in order to analyse theoretical material.

Assessment

Written work 45%
Exam 45%
Participation 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Sociology, or Communications, or Criminology and Criminal Justice

Prohibitions

AZA2719, ATS2719, ATS3719


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fay Hodza

Synopsis

Youth form a distinctive sub culture within a society's broader culture. Its distinctiveness is associated with beliefs, behaviour and identity.This unit critically assesses the social dynamics of youth experience in contemporary society from an African global perspective. Topics covered include: youth sub - cultures, globalisation and consumption, the transition to adulthood, the influence of social media and social change, work and leisure.

Outcomes

By the completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Articulate a critical understanding of the sociological imagination or perspective on youth issues;
  2. Analyse and evaluate competing interpretations of youth issues;
  3. Gain a greater understanding of historical and contemporary trends in the area of youth sociology;
  4. Develop the skills to write and present arguments about young people and social change;
  5. Develop the ability to critically apply theory to practice.

Assessment

Written work: (3000 words): 60%
Class test: 30%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Sociology

Prohibitions

AZA2720, ATS2720, ATS3720


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alex Asakitikpi

Synopsis

Sociological research requires the capacity to think conceptually, to systematically plan how to obtain valid information relevant to research questions and to analyze and evaluate information. Because sociological research draws on people's experiences, it is intended in ethical and political questions. In this unit students discuss these issues and consider various qualitative and quantitative research methodologies and techniques for data gathering when documenting the social world.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will have:

  1. An understanding of the strengths, limitations and appropriate application of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research;
  2. Knowledge data collection techniques in both quantitative and qualitative research;
  3. Understanding of the theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research;
  4. Knowledge of issues related to the design and implementation of social science research;
  5. Aquired the skills relevant to group work.
  6. The ability to write an essay that is well structured and develops a coherent argument.

Assessment

Individual and group written work 50%
Tests 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA2490, AZA2723, ATS2723, ATS3723


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

The unit explores the role of religion and spirituality in defining individual and collective beliefs and identities. It further examines how new religious movements are redefining and shaping our understanding of good and evil; selfishness and altruism; the self and the transcendental. Topics to be covered include: the definition of, and difference between religion and spirituality, the influence of religion and spirituality in human societies, the place of religion and spirituality in the public and political spheres, the relationship between religion and health, the environment, social relations, individual and collective identities.

Prohibitions

AZA2724, ATS2724, ATS3724


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Mr Muhammed Suleman

Synopsis

The unit examines sociological matters of social justice in a South African and African context. Issues that are critically examined include equity, minority rights, democratic government, economic opportunities and human rights. The unit adopts a comparative approach to social justice issues over several political and legal states and examines historical periods and the way in which they approached social justice. Consitutionalism, social and political control, and equity issues are analysed to demonstrate the disparate definitions of social justice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students should be able to demonstrate an ability to:

  1. Identify and analyse matters related to power and privilege;
  2. Exhibit an understanding of self in relation to diverse and vulnerable populations, particularly in the South African and African contexts;
  3. Understand the various definitions and theoretical debates surrounding social justice;
  4. Identify and evaluate the contribution of national and international social justice movements;
  5. Exhibit the capacity to adopt a sociological perspective in relation to contemporary social justice related issues in a south African and African context.

Assessment

Written work (3000 words): 70%
Exam 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture + One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Sociology or Criminology and criminal justice.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Summer semester A 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rika Swanzen

Synopsis

This internship unit allows students to merge theory with practice, and to gain first-hand, practical experience in an area in which they may wish to pursue a career after they graduate. It consolidates and extends on the knowledge students have learnt from core units and other units, through experiential learning. The unit develops their understanding of the application of academically obtained knowledge and skills in a workplace environment, and facilitates their acquisition of work-based networks thereby allowing them to be involved in an area of interest. Separate internship programs are drawn up for each student who successfully applies for enrolment in this unit. Selection will be based primarily on academic merit.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Critically reflect on, analyse, evaluate and undertake tasks relevant to the workplace.
  2. Communicate effectively and foster improved interpersonal relations.
  3. Exhibit practice-based skills, facilitating efective work within an organisation.
  4. Display insight in a work environment and an enhanced understanding of the professional values needed to operate professionally in an African and South African work environment by effective solving of diverse work related problems.

Assessment

1. Mid-placement presentation: 700 words (15%)
2. Portfolio of evidence: 2,700 words (60%)
3. Oral exam: 1,200 words (25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Students must spend on average 4 hours per week, with a total of 48 hours, at the internship placement. A one-day seminar will be held mid-placement.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

At least a minor (4 units) in any discipline area in the School of Social Science.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rose-Marie Bezuidenhout

Synopsis

The unit explores consulting as a process by which an individual or firm assists a client to achieve a stated outcome in the complex South African markets of corporate communication and public relations. The unit considers a consultant as someone who has expertise in a specific area or areas and offers unbiased opinions and advice for a fee. The opinion or advice is rendered exclusively in the interests of the client. Activities and practices include the provision of information, assessment, analysis, recommendations and implementation strategies.
The scope of the unit is explicitly practical in its orientation. It addresses the question: How can you turn your knowledge and abilities into a successful career outcome as a consultant in the communication industries?
Apart from the consideration of how to set up a consultancy, develop marketing strategies and proposals, it also includes skills that are valued in industry such as reporting, presentation, and media relations skills.
The unit includes fieldwork excursions, presentations by guest lectures, and case study approaches drawing on the experience of selected individual professional consultants in South Africa. Reading will accompany lectures and practical fieldwork tasks. Students will be expected to formulate and (with assistance) work on their own consultancy/intern project. Related topics include the creation and supervision of teams; use of specialists, information technology, media skills, publishing and other topics related to the consulting industry in South Africa.

Outcomes

At the completion of the unit candidates should have an understanding of:

  1. The role of the consultant or contract worker in the communication industries in South Africa and globally.
  2. The nature and organisation of work in the communication industries in South Africa and globally.
  3. Problem-solving skills pertinent to work in the communication industries in South Africa and globally.
  4. Reporting, presentation and media skills appropriate to the communication industries in South Africa and globally.

Assessment

Minor Project (1000 words): 20%
Major Project (2500 words): 40%
Examination (1000 words): 20%
Tutorial Presentation: 10%
Attendance and Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3764


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Rika Swanzen

Synopsis

The student needs to understand his or her role within a multi-disciplinary team working with dysfunctional families. The students will learn how to evaluate family functioning through the 'Person-in-Environment Classification System' and the Family and Community Functioning Model. Inadequate family boundaries cause a decrease in the security of children and for social ills such as child abuse to occur. The student will be oriented to the role of the child care worker in this problem.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand the principles of ecological assessments;
  2. Utilizing frameworks for evaluating family functioning within their environmental context;
  3. Discover family strengths and parenting styles;
  4. Learn about child abuse types and how to approach it through child-friendly therapeutic aids;
  5. Familiarise themself with programmes, aimed at preventative education that can be used in organisations and schools;
  6. Show efficiency in basic value-based sex education.

Assessment

Tutorial Contribution (900 words): 20%
Major essay (1,350 words): 30%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lectures per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Child and Youth Development

Prohibitions

ATS3769


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rika Swanzen

Synopsis

Section 170A of Criminal Procedures Act 51 of 1977, provides for the appointment of an intermediary for children in cases of sexual abuse for reasons of youthfulness or emotional vulnerability. In accordance with Government Notice No R.1374 issued 30 July 1993, a Child and Youth Care Worker with the relevant training and experience can be appointed as an intermediary. Since this is an avenue for specialisation, the student has the option to choose this unit to complete their CYD major. It will equip them for acting as an intermediary between the child and the court.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understanding the difficulties children experience in court settings and the effect their memory and suggestibility has on the outcome;
  2. Using communication in court with regard to semantics, syntax, pragmatics, and question confusion;
  3. Ability to conduct impact assessments with reference to PTSD and traumagenics;
  4. Facilitating gradual disclosure and management of the 'child abuse accommodation syndrome';
  5. Establishing competency of and understanding of the truth by the child witness;
  6. Demonstrate insight into the judicial process;
  7. Competency in classifying the child sex offender.

Assessment

Tutorial Contribution (900 words): 20%
Major essay (1,350 words): 30%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lectures per week
One 2-hour tutorial every second week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Child and Youth Development

Prohibitions

ATS3770


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rika Swanzen

Synopsis

The student needs to be knowledgeable about all four phases of project management; from planning to evaluation. Related skills include marketing, budgeting, decision-making, motivating, mediation, creative thinking, problem-solving and monitoring. Practical strategies will be learned such as Goal Attainment Task Completion Scales and the Delphi and nominal group techniques. The students will receive ample opportunity to work in a team to strengthen their interpersonal skills. Since this is a specialisation field, the student will have the option to choose this unit to complete the major.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify and describe the four phases of project management;
  2. Lead and motivate a project team, demonstrating skill in decision-making and mediation;
  3. Understand marketing principles and basic budgeting;
  4. Utilise a monitoring tool to keep track of project progress;
  5. Understand the source of creativity and implement it for the purposes of problem solving;
  6. Demonstrate insight into how organisational change can be brought about in the child and youth care context.

Assessment

Tutorial Contribution (900 words): 20%
Major essay (1,350 words): 30%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lectures per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Child and Youth Development

Prohibitions

ATS3771


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa Summer semester A 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rika Swanzen

Synopsis

The student needs to show an ability to integrate all he or she learned and to apply it into a practice setting. They must specifically show the ability to keep process notes and referral reports, participate in case discussions and intake interviews, to be open to supervision, show skill in working within a team context, and show comfort in working within a one-on-one case level as well as on a project or developmental level.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate integration and application of assessment and intervention knowledge on a child client in practice;
  2. Ability to write process notes, report and refer problems experienced by the child client;
  3. Conduct and participate in intake interviews and case conference discussions;
  4. Make use of supervision;
  5. Demonstrate ability to work in a team context;
  6. Efficiency in moving between micro and macro levels of working with clients.

Assessment

Bi-weekly seminar participation: 10%
Mid-placement presentation: 10%
Portfolio of evidence (2300 words): 50%
Oral exam(30 min): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Three 4-hour workshops during the semester (one in week 1 - preparation, one in week 7 - mid-placement evaluation, and one in week 11 - termination) = total of 12 hours;
One 2-hour seminar every 2 weeks = 12 hours;
Four hours contact per week (over 10 weeks) at the field placement that should involve working with the client individually or on a community project= 40 hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS3772, AZA3744


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Tinus de Jager

Synopsis

This unit undertakes a rigorous exploration of the research and reporting practices for business, industrial and economic reporting. It examines key documentary sources, geographical locations, personalities and institutions, and contemporary issues in this field particularly as they apply to South Africa and Africa. It places contemporary issues in their broader historical and geographical contexts, while critically analysing the professional and social implications of reporting in this specialized field. Access to certain technology/equipment will be required for this unit.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an ability to identify and critically research a business/industrial/economic story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidentiary material;
  2. demonstrate an ability to report on business, industrial, economic issues in a clear, concise, factual manner using several elements in a coherent package;
  3. identify, observe and evaluate key ethical and legal obligations associated with business /industrial/ economic journalism. Demonstrate the capacity to work independently and in a group. Demonstrate the capacity to work collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce business/industrial/economic stories;
  4. demonstrate an ability to meet deadlines, demonstrate an awareness of relevant local and national events in an African context;
  5. Identify events relevant to current issues and media issues;
  6. demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of reporting practices in the field of business, industry and economics, in South Africa, Africa and internationally.

Assessment

Minor project: 30% (news/current affairs reports totalling 1500 words or 6-minutes), Major project: 50% (news/current affairs reports totalling 2000 words or 10-minutes), Online critical reflection and in-class invigilation: 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Michele Alexander

Synopsis

The unit offers students the opportunity to undertake an in depth study and learn about the research and reporting practices required for thorough and detailed investigative reporting. It explores primary documentary and database sources and uses contemporary case studies, key institutions, and legal frameworks to better understand key elements of investigative reporting in the South African and African contexts. It places present day events and practices in broader historical and geographical contexts, and critically examines the professional and social implications and accountabilities of investigative reporting in this specialized field of journalism.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an ability to identify and research an investigative story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidentiary material in a suitable medium
  2. demonstrate an ability to report clearly and concisely on an investigation and display the ability to use factual data in a meaningful ways by using a variety of approaches
  3. recognise and critically evaluate key ethical and legal requirements associated with investigative journalism in South Africa and Africa and demonstrate their ability to reflect critically on their own and others' performance
  4. work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce investigative reports
  5. demonstrate their capacity to report under pressure and in a timely fashion
  6. demonstrate an awareness of South African, African and international events relevant to current and recent issues and media related issues
  7. demonstrate critical insight into the competencies, limitations and social and professional implications of reporting practices in the field of investigative journalism.

Assessment

Minor project 1 (800 words plus 300 words reflection): 15%
Minor Project 2 (1000 words plus 400 words reflection): 30%
Major Project (2000 words plus 500 words reflection): 45%
Online contribution: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

AZA1329 and 12 points of Journalism units at the 2nd year level

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Marianne Louw

Synopsis

The unit examines, analyses and evaluates the literature and reporting practices as they relate to the reporting of sport and sport cultures. It canvasses major documentary and database sources, contemporary cultural issues, case studies, sports personalities and institutions across a range of major sports in the South African and African context. The unit explores the use of various technologies in contemporary reporting practices, and critically considers the professional and social implications of sports reporting. Access to certain technology/equipment will be required for this unit.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an ability to identify and research a sport and sport culture story, conduct interviews and gather appropriate evidentiary material.
  2. Demonstrate the ability to report on sport events and sport cultures in a clear, concise and factual manner using a variety of elements in a coherent package.
  3. Identify and analyse ethical and legal obligations associated with sport cultures and sport journalism in a South African and African context.
  4. Work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including online forums, to produce sport culture and sport reports.
  5. Demonstrate an ability to meet deadlines.
  6. Demonstrate an awareness of South African and African people and events as they relate to current sports-related issues.
  7. Demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of reporting practices in sport journalism and sport cultures.

Assessment

Minor project (news/current affairs reports totalling 1500 words or 6-minutes): 30%
Major Project (news/current affairs reports totalling 2000 words or 10-minutes): 50%
Online critical reflection and in-class invigilation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Alex Asakitikpi

Synopsis

In the unit, students will identify an issue of interest to them drawn from their undergraduate studies in Behavioural Studies, Sociology and/or any other unit in the Social Sciences. The focal point of the unit is skills enhancement in integrating South methodological perspectives. The unit will also underscore the how of carrying out research in Africa/Southern contexts. Part ot the enhancement of skills will hinge on how to locate relevant resources and presenting these in both written and oral forms. Students will be required to choose topics that interest them. Using this topic, students will undertake an extensive review of the relevant academic literature integrating African/Southern perspectives. At this stage, students will not be required to complete an independent research exercise. However, their write up at this stage will have the potential of being developed into an honours proposal and independent proposal for research. The write-ups for research will be supervised by the Unit Coordinator with input from other staff as appropriate.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the unit, students will have:

  1. Developed extensive knowledge of a significant issue in contemporary social sciences and especially integrating African and Southern Perspectives;
  2. Engaged with a variety of critical and theoretical debates about this issue from both a universal methodological perspective but more so an African and South perspective;
  3. Developed the ability to critically evaluate the extant literature about this issue;
  4. Knowledge of a range of methodological approaches that have been used to examine this issue and especially South perspectives with emphasis being laid on the nascent but rapidly growing African methodological stances;
  5. Developed the ability to communicate in both oral and written formats about their issue of research investigation;
  6. Independently developed and completed a significant piece of research.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (3500 words)
Class presentation: 20%
Attendance and participation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Leon Marincowitz

Synopsis

The unit introduces some central debates in contemporary political theory. The unit adopts a global perspective but looks at issues through a South African and African lens. The first third of the unit examines some essential recent work on the liberal conception of justice and equality. The second part of the unit looks at socialist, feminist and communitarian critiques of liberalism. The final third of the unit is concerned with the foundations and limits of religious toleration and individual freedom in a multicultural society. These topcis are linked to society in South Africa and Africa in general, with particular reference to some of the political problems and dilemmas encountered within this context.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing the unit will have an understanding of current debates over the core political concepts of justice, freedom and equality. Students will be able to formulate and analyse these issues in relation to the problem of inter-cultural tolerance in a pluralistic society.
Students at third year level will also have developed skills in independent research in political philosophy; a deeper and more thorough understanding of the issues covered in the unt; and a familiarity with a wider range of literature in political philosophy. Students will also be able to critically assess South African society and its accompanying political problems from the point of view of the unit.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4050 words)
Tutorial Participation: 10%
1. Weekly Assignments: 1800 words (40%)
2. Tutorial Presentation (5%)
3. Tutorial Attendance (5%)
4. Essay: 2250 words (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Charles Villet

Synopsis

Ethical issues which are raised by the environmental crisis stretch the traditional philosophical concepts, to breaking point. This has led to calls for a completely new ethic based on environmental values and a non-anthropocentric world view. The unit adopts a global perspective but looks at issues through a South African and African lens. We examine issues such as: animal rights, the intrinsic value of nature and eco-centric notions of value. Various ethical dilemmas which arise in relation to our treatment of animals and the environment, the value of wilderness, population growth and the ethical responsibilities that come with globalization will be discussed. These issues are linked to the situation regarding the environment in South Africa and Africa in general, with particular reference to some of the problems encountered within this context.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing the subject should have a good understanding of the ethical issues raised by environmentalism and by the ethical limits placed on human behaviour by our environment. Students will be able to critically assess the environmental situation in South Africa and its accompanying problems.

Assessment

Written work (4050 words): 90%
Tutorial Participation: 10%

One written piece may be replaced by a 2-hour Exam: 50%
1. First Assignment (900 words): 20%
2. Second Assignment (900 words): 20%
3. Essay (2250 words): 50%
4. Tutorial Presentation: 5%
5. Tutorial Attendance: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Philosophy, or Sociology, or by permission

Prohibitions

AZA2871, ATS2871, ATS3871


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa Summer semester A 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Tinus De Jager

Synopsis

In this unit, students have the opportunity to obtain a greater practice-based understanding of print, audio, visual or on-line media. Students have to apply to the unit coordinator for enrolment in this unit. The unit coordinator will discuss and negotiate placement opportunities. Students are required to produce self-authored work for publication/broadcast and to write a reflective report on the process and tangible outcomes of the placement experience.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete the unit should be able to demonstrate:

  1. Practical experience in journalistic media in South Africa or Africa more broadly;
  2. The capacity to analyse, evaluate and reflect on newsroom and journalism practices and about news.
  3. Capacity to apply the theories, principles and practice of journalism and how to apply what they have learnt in their undergraduate studies;
  4. Skills relevant to prospective employers in the journalism field;
  5. Evidence of having compiled a portfolio of experiences and publications gained throughout the placement;
  6. The ability to meet the demands of a professional workplace and the capacity to reflect critically on those demands.

Assessment

Project and evidence of production or publication (2500 words or equivalent): 60%
Online critical reflection and/or in-class presentation (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

By supervision

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Charles Villet

Synopsis

The unit adopts a global perspective but looks at issues through a South African and African lens. The theories of utilitarianism and deontology will be examined within the South African context and judged according to ethical dilemmas that arise within the country. Key to this examination will be a discussion of the role of friendship and family within ethical decision-making. A major focus of discussion is the opposition between consequentialist theories, such as utilitarianism, which judge rightness and wrongness solely in terms of consequences, and the Kantian theory of deontology which judges rightness and wrongness according to whether the act is in accordance with rational will. The question that will guide this discussion is whether these theories can account for the agent-centred reasons which arise from relations of love and friendship and which seem to have the potential to conflict with impartial moral requirements?

Outcomes

  1. Capacity to critically analyse central ethical theories such as consequentialism and Kantianism.
  2. Have developed skills important to the discipline of philosophy, such as argument analysis, textual interpretation, and argument construction.
  3. Capacity to develop a theoretical position and argument concerningthe main theories and arguments in meta-ethics.
  4. Be able to critically assess society and its accompanying ethical problems in South Africa from the point of view of the unit.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (2250 words)
Tutorial Participation: 10%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

AZA2939, ATS1839, ATS2839


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fay Hodza

Synopsis

The unit aims to integrate sociological theories, research methods, and specific research topics for students to develop both critical and analytical skills in their research areas of interest. The unit will concentrate on special or current debates in specific sociology areas and students will examine a variety of topics in line with their research focus which may include social class and social justice; gender, power, and inequality; the social dimension of health and illness; youth and youth culture; the sociology of communication and the media; youth, media and social processes; social justice. Students will be active learners through the presentation of seminars and will lead discussions and provide written review of topics that are related to their specific interests. The course delivery will incorporate all lecturers in sociology who will concentrate on their areas of expertise and interest.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an in depth knowledge of sociological theories in general and applying them to specific sociological topics.
  2. Integrate sociological theories into core research interest.
  3. Examine and discuss the underlying assumptions that underpin sociological ideas and research.
  4. Identify key areas in sociology and explain their relevance in understanding contemporary social formations.
  5. Engage in contemporary debate in selected areas of sociological enterprise.
  6. Develop a broad capacity to conceptualize an explanatory model for an honours thesis.
  7. Critically review the scientific literature relative to a defined research topic.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Formative Assessment - Participation
Assessment Task 2: Class Presentation and Assignment (1500 words)- 20%
Assessment Task 3: Class Presentation and Assignment (1500 words)- 20%
Assessment Task 4: Report on a contemporary social problem (5000-6000 words)- 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Total weekly workload of 24 hours comprising:
2 hours face-to-face contact per week in weekly seminars.
22 hours for preparing seminar presentations and assignments, and research and writing of final report.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Bachelor of Arts or BSocSci or similar degree at another institution, with specialization/major in Sociology.

Co-requisites

AZA4450: Researching for social sciences and humanities
AZA4778: Social Science honours dissertation A
AZA4779: Social Science honours dissertation B


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Precious-Pearl Vezi

Synopsis

The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) rests on four pillars: survival rights, development rights, protection rights and participation rights. These pillars are used in this unit as they provide an appropriate policy and legislative framework for children and youth at risk and articulate the notion of children's rights. Inter-sectoral integration, the establishment of minimum standards of care, adjustments to legislation and programmatic responses are incorporated in this movement. Students will gain an understanding of the impact legislation has in the child rights' area locally and abroad through the application of case studies. The unit will cover the process of policy development and evaluation and will explore the skillsrelated to the managerial responsibility of supervision. The aim of the unit is to prepare the child and youth care worker for the more strategic macro level responsibility of ensuring that services to children and youth are aligned with policy and legislation through procedural knowledge and supervision skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Evaluate and design policies with the policy development process.
  2. Identify and explain policy principles
  3. Explore current legislative and policy frameworks that guide child and youth development services in South Africa
  4. Provide an overview of international legislation that impacts on service to children and youth
  5. Describe the rights of young people and promote these in practice
  6. Integrate the role of advocate into the professional repertoire.
  7. Demonstrate basic knowledge of grants and how to access them
  8. Explainthe skills underlying supervision and leadership

Assessment

Weekly group application exercises: 20%
Weekly online quizzes: 10%
Weekly discussion forum entries: 10%
Major assignment essay - Designing a policy proposal: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Total weekly workload of 24 hours comprising:
3 hours face to face contact per week in the form of weekly seminars. The remaining 21 hours will be spent on reflection, discussion forum entries, preparation for the seminars and researching and writing for the final essay assignment.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS3772 or AZA3772 and two more units chosen from: ATS2762 or AZA2762 and ATS3769 or ATS3771 or ATS3770 or AZA3769 or AZA3770 or AZA3771

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr M Damianova

Synopsis

The unit aims to increase students' understanding of abnormal behaviour through the study of psychological disorders described in the Diagnostic Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders Text Revised (DSMP-IV-TR). Students will be exposed to the major clusters of psychological disorders so that they will be able to recognize the core symptoms of psychological disorders and understand the aetiological factors involved. Through student presentation and class discussion, students will be introduced to a number of current topics and contrasting theories.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Analyse contemporary research, theoretical and applied issues in psychopathology.
  2. Critically appraise current psychopathology literature.
  3. Appraise the role of culture in the expression of psychological disorders.
  4. Comment on historical changes in what is considered abnormal behaviour.

Assessment

Presentation on a selected topic: 20%
Assignment (Analysis of a case study on a selected disorder): 20%
Examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 contact hours (face-to-face teaching)
10 hours for private study, including reading of prescribed and recommended literature, review of and familiarisation with a wider range of publications on the core content topics of the unit, work on assignments, preparation for class discussions and presentations.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Students must have completed successfully a Bachelor degree with Psychology Major, and have achieved an average grade of minimum of 70% in core psychology units at the third year level.

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Maria Damianova

Synopsis

The unit aims to increase students' understanding of the various psychological theories that inform the practice of psychology and the modalities of psychotherapeutic intervention. Through student presentation and class discussion, students will be introduced to a number of current topics, contrasting counselling theories and their relevant evidence base.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain contemporary research, theoretical and applied issues in counselling psychology.
  2. Critically examine current counselling literature.
  3. Appraise the role of culture in the expression of psychological discomfort.
  4. Evaluate psychological interventions by means of informed group discussions.

Assessment

Presentation on a selected topic: 20%
Assignment (Analysis of a case study illustrating the application of a particular counselling intervention approach): 20% +
Examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 contact hours (face-to-face teaching)
10 hours for private study, including reading of prescribed and recommended literature, review of and familiarisation with a wider range of publications on the core content topics of the unit, work on assignments, preparation for class discussions and presentations.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Students must have completed successfully a Bachelor degree with Psychology Major, and have achieved an average grade of minimum of 70% in core psychology units at the third year level.

Co-requisites

AZA440, AZA4420, AZA4445, AZA4480


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Full year 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Maria Damianova

Synopsis

The aim of the unit is to enhance students' research competencies and to promote an in-depth understanding of a particular area of interest. By incorporating three distinct but interdependent modules: Research Design and Analysis (RDA); Research Ethics and Research Project, this unit will promote an integrated approach to advancing students' research competencies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Apply the fundamental principles, methods and techniques necessary to carry out sound research design and analysis.
  2. Appreciate the ethical codes and principles of conducting research in the South African context and globally.
  3. Critique, interpret, systematise and integrate theoretical analyses and empirical findings and present them in a cohesive written review.
  4. Conceptualise a topic against the backdrop of relevant theoretical formulations and extant research findings.

Assessment

Ethics presentation on the learner's research topic: 10%
Rda test: 10%
Research proposal: 10%
Research report: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

24 hours per week will be assigned to activities related to the research project and these will vary across the course of the unit in accordance with the progress of the research. Formal contact hours will incorporate 2 to 3 seminars on Research Ethics; 12 hours instruction in RDA and regular meetings with the research supervisor(s). A significant part of the students' time will be spent in the conceptualisation of the research topic, design and implementation of the research, data collection and analyses. The remainder of the time would be spent in library searches, reading and preparation of the research paper and presentation material.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Students must have completed successfully a Bachelor degree with Psychology Major, and have achieved an average grade of minimum of 70% in core psychology units at the third year level.

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr M Damianova

Synopsis

The unit aims to increase students understanding of the issues of poverty, racism, sexism, violence and HIV/AIDS among others and psychology's role in their amelioration. Through student presentations and class discussion, students will be introduced to a number of current topics, contrasting theories and the contributions of psychology in Southern Africa, historically and currently.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain contemporary research and theories applied to social issues in psychology.
  2. Critically appraise current literature and theories in social issues in psychology.
  3. Discuss the value of informed group discussion in evaluating psychological research.
  4. Describe the historical role of psychology in Southern Africa.

Assessment

Presentation on a selected topic: 20%
Assignment - Essay on a selected topic: 20%
Examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 contact hours (face-to-face teaching)
10 hours for private study, including reading of prescribed and recommended literature, review of and familiarisation with a wider range of publications on the core content topics of the unit, work on assignments, preparation for class discussions and presentations.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Students must have completed successfully a Bachelor degree with Psychology Major, and have achieved an average grade of minimum of 70% in core psychology units at the third year level.

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa Summer semester B 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Tara Harris

Synopsis

The goal of this interdisciplinary research methodology unit is to provide students with a broad introduction to research in the Social Sciences and Humanities. Students will develop the skills required to conduct an independent research project and present their findings in the required form. Topics to be covered include research planning, design and execution, theoretical framework, argumentation, research methods, research ethics, data collection and analysis, and discourse and textual analysis. Discipline specific aspects of research will be covered in 3 weeks (out of the 12 weeks/semester).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Understand the meaning of research and research methodology in the Social Sciences and Humanities;
  2. Understand the dynamic relationships between their chosen research topic, the questions they ask and the methods they use;
  3. Understand the practical, theoretical and ethical issues surrounding research in the Social Sciences and Humanities;
  4. Appreciate different research methodologies and select those relevant or appropriate for their research topic questions;
  5. Understand the place of different research methodologies in multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary contexts;
  6. Develop the skills to write a thorough and well-structured research proposal in their area of research interest.

Assessment

Assignment 1(3150 words): 35%
Assignment 2(3150 words): 35%
Activities(1800 words): 20%
Quiz(900 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Workshop structure comprising of 24 contact hours in total

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

ATS4450


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Maria Damianova

Synopsis

The unit aims to expand students' conceptual understanding of the
principles and methods of psychological assessment. This includes the
notions of reliability and validity and contemporary methods used to
evaluate psychometric properties of instruments. Instruments for assessing
abilities and personality in various contexts, e.g., clinical, counselling,
neuropsychological, educational and organizational will be reviewed and
core practical skills in implementing these instruments and interpreting
results will be acquired.

Psychological testing and assessment in a multicultural and multilingual
societal context will be a core theme which will be addressed with reference
to the global and the South African context. Themes of cultural sensitivity,
fairness and bias will form an integral part of the academic discourse.
Competencies in interpreting and reporting psychological assessment
results and report writing skills will be developed through practical
assignments and case studies. An integrated approach to assessment,
incorporating psychometric and qualitative measures and techniques will fall
into the focus of the seminars and lectures.

Ethical principles, procedures and considerations in the implementation of
psychological assessment and use of results will be analysed and debated
against the backdrop of the historical heritage and contemporary
advancements in the ethical regulations of the psychology profession in
South Africa and other developing and developed countries.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. appraise the theory and practice of psychological assessment.
  2. conduct psychological assessment in various contexts.
  3. interpret assessment results and report findings.
  4. discuss the ethical regulations and principles of psychological assessment
  5. apply an integrated approach to assessment encompassing the application of psychometric and qualitative methods, techniques and tools.

Assessment

Presentation on a selected topic: 20%
Assignment (assessment report): 20%
Examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

2 contact hours (face-to-face teaching)

10 hours for private study, including reading of prescribed and
recommended literature, review of and familiarisation with a wider range of
publications on the core content topics of the unit, work on assignments,
preparation for class discussions and presentations

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Students must have completed successfully a Bachelor degree with Psychology
Major, and have achieved an average grade of minimum of 70% in core psychology
units at the third year level.

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rose-Marie Bezuidenhout

Synopsis

The unit provides students with advanced skills in seminar presentation and industry liaison. Students will identify a particular area of specialisation within the communication industry in South Africa and develop networks and links with practitioners. Students will complete and present two papers in seminar format, and will participate in the organisation of guest lecturers and visits to South African industries.

Outcomes

The objective of the unit is to study a significant issue in a defined industry sector, and to develop a network of contacts, and limited expertise related to that issue.

Assessment

Initial Position Paper (4000 words): 35%
Final Outcomes paper (5000 words): 40%
Guest Lecture: 15%
Industry Visit: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Tara Harris

Synopsis

Theoretical perspectives are presented as conceptual frameworks, for instance, causal explanations to identify cause and effect relationships between crime and victimisation phenomena, structural, process and systemic perspectives to emphasise the manner in which the phenomena are interrelated and constitute a whole, system or sub-system, and interpretive approaches to focus on the meaning attributed to particular contexts. Analyses of theoretical perspectives, including a postmodern orientation, refer also the scope and level of a theory to construct different levels of social reality. Finally, the theoretical grounding of research is discussed and evaluated.

Outcomes

The objectives lie within five inter-related bands. These concern:

  1. factual information
  2. sources and resources
  3. conceptual definitions
  4. academic debates
  5. analytic communication skills. Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:
    1. Understand the theoretical study field of conflict, crime,

victimisation and criminal justice

  1. Demonstrate the ability to critically evaluate diverse theoretical approaches to conflict, crime, victimisation and criminal justice.
  2. Apply theoretical knowledge of conflict, crime, victimisation and criminal justice to particular contexts
  3. Demonstrate an understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognising that problem-solving contexts do not exist in isolation when studying theoretical perspectives of conflict, crime, victimisation and criminal justice
  4. Use appropriate science and technology ethically, effectively and responsibly when studying theoretical perspectives of conflict, crime, victimisation and criminal justice without harming society, the environment or individuals
  5. Work and communicate with others as a member of a multi-disciplinary when studying theoretical perspectives of conflict, crime, victimisation and criminal justice

Assessment

Assignment (3000 words):35%
Class presentation (2000 words):30%
Examination (2 hours):35%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

12 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week. The remaining 10 hours of study required will be spent in preparation for the seminar, researching and writing the essay assignment and in individual reading and study for the final examination.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4743


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Charles Villet

Synopsis

Under the guidance of an allocated supervisor, students will complete a research proposal. The research proposal will be compiled on an approved topic related to the student's chosen area of specialization. Students will meet with their supervisor on a regular basis and will be required to submit bi-monthly reports on proposal related writing assignments.

Outcomes

  1. Design a research proposal under the supervision of an academic supervisor.
  2. Identify a research problem, goals and questions.
  3. Demonstrate the ability to develop and sustain an argument within the proposal.
  4. Critically assess relevant primary and secondary literature in support of the dissertation topic and argument.
  5. Critically assess and review relevant theories for the theoretical framework of the proposal.
  6. Identify the research approaches and methodological issues relevant to the selected topic.
  7. Address ethics and ethical clearance application issues.
  8. Demonstrate an understanding of the methodological approaches and design and development requirements in a particular sub-discipline under investigation.

Assessment

Proposal presentation (500 words): 15%
Completed research proposal (7,500 - 9,000 words): 85%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour supervision per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

ATS4778, AZA4311, AZA4740


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr. Charles Villet

Synopsis

Under the guidance of an allocated supervisor, students will complete a research dissertation. The research dissertation will be based on the approved proposal done in the first semester.. Students will meet with their supervisor on a regular basis and will be required to submit bi-monthly reports on dissertation related writing assignments.

Outcomes

  1. Complete a research dissertation under the supervision of an academic supervisor.
  2. Demonstrate the ability to develop and sustain an argument within the dissertation.
  3. Critically assess relevant primary and secondary literature in support of the dissertation topic and argument.
  4. Critically assess and review relevant theories for the theoretical framework of the dissertation.
  5. Demonstrate an understanding of data collection, analysis and interpretation methods appropriate to the nature of the dissertation.
  6. Demonstrate an understanding of the methodological approaches and design and development requirements in a particular sub-discipline under investigation.
  7. Demonstrate the ability to report on research findings and present the final dissertation.

Assessment

Completed research thesis (15,000 to 18,000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 1-hour supervision per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

AZA4778 or AZA4111 or AZA4311 or AZA4740 or AZA4808

Prohibitions

ATS4779, AZA4312, AZA4741


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna-Mart van Wyk

Synopsis

The unit explores the emerging international framework for civil and human rights since 1945. The relationship between universal notions of justice and differences of gender, culture and belief, and potential differences between local and global understandings of 'rights' are looked at through an African lense. Specific issues such as women's rights, freedom of speech, capital punishment, economic justice, unfair trade,poverty, and migration are discussed within the framework of African-specific case studies. In addition, the unit examines the development of global movements and organisations, new technologies and tactics of protest and the formation of virtual communities of activism.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing the unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of justice, civil rights and human rights on a global scale, as well as the relationship between universal notions of justice and rights and arguments about difference and diversity;
  2. a thorough grasp of the key differences and similarities in the arguments, objectives, strategies and outcomes of significant campaigns for justice and rights during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, of the links and tensions between local and global campaigns and movements, and of the development of global civil and human rights frameworks;
  3. knowledge of the unique challenge that political and cultural debates in Africa pose to the development of civil and human rights frameworks.
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature and campaign material, the academic scholarship based upon those texts and the theoretical and conceptual debates about justice and rights;
  5. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a detailed case study, including significant documentary research, that evaluates the significance of a particular campaign, organisation or issue; and
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.

Assessment

Written work and seminar presentation: 80% (7000 words)
Take-home exam: 20% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Agnes Babugura

Synopsis

The unit will explore critical thought and theory in a specific field of geography and environmental science as identified by the students' supervisor in consultation with the student. It allows student to become immersed in a body of literature that is related to their emerging research interest. The coordinator of the unit guides the student along this process by facilitating seminars attended by all students taking this unit. Students will be guided in reading for research and identifying key thinkers and theories in their chosen topic.

Outcomes

  1. Demonstrate through their written work logical consistency and clarity
  2. Construct a verbal argument defending a theoretical standpoint
  3. Provide a succinct and critical assessment of a piece of academic literature
  4. Contribute to debate and discussions on theoretical and methodological discourse in the chosen field of Geography

Assessment

One essay on theory in geography (2000-2500 words): 50%
One essay on the specific topic the student is working on (2000-2500 words): 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

On campus (per week): 1 hour
Private learning (per week):
. 3 hours literature search,
. 15 hours reading 10 journal articles,
. 5 hours constructing a critical review of the week's theme

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Entry into Honours Social Science

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryDepth (Enhance Program)
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Victoria Graham (South Africa)

Synopsis

In the Social Inclusion Internship, students apply their academic and research skills to projects in the migration, refugees and multiculturalism sector. Drawing on prior study of migration issues, the internship enables students to participate in the activities and projects of an approved host organisation. It is an opportunity for students to gain first-hand experience of the culture and challenges of the workplace and to engage with the practical dimensions of migrant and refugee settlement and multicultural communities. The unit enables students to obtain practical workplace experience while gaining academic credit towards their degree.

Places are strictly limited and selection will be based primarily on academic merit.

Outcomes

On successful completion all students will have:

  1. Gained first-hand experience of the practical dimensions of migrant and refugee settlement and integration
  2. Attained practical workplace interpersonal skills
  3. Completed relevant research and/or job study that demonstrates their understanding of the complexities of migration
  4. Developed knowledge of both the theoretical and practical challenges of immigration
  5. Consolidated their skills in project formulation, implementation, analysis and reporting
  6. Enhanced skills in managing and organising workloads for the completion of their internship research project and related assessment tasks
  7. Enhanced their skills in critical reflection by engaging with the host organisation's positioning in terms of broader refugee, migration and multiculturalism issues
  8. Developed an understanding of the structures and intersections of the various stakeholders in the migration sector
  9. Developed their ability for self-evaluation and reflective learning in the context of the workplace

Assessment

Pre-internship appraisal: 1000 words (10%)
Reflective placement essay: 2000 words (20%)
Seminar presentation: 2000 words (20%)
Research paper: 4000 words (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Victoria Graham (South Africa)

Workload requirements

Four 2-hour seminars and one half-day conference per semester and 8-10 hours of work placement per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

AZA2625, AZA3625 or ATS2625, ATS3625 or ATS2716, ATS3716 (for South Africa)
ATS2625, ATS3625 or ATS2716, ATS3716 (for all other campuses)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryDepth (Enhance Program)
OfferedSouth Africa Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Victoria Graham (South Africa)

Synopsis

In the Social Inclusion Internship, students apply their academic and research skills to projects in the migration, refugees and multiculturalism sector. Drawing on prior study of migration issues, the internship enables students to participate in the activities and projects of an approved host organisation. It is an opportunity for students to gain first-hand experience of the culture and challenges of the workplace and to engage with the practical dimensions of migrant and refugee settlement and multicultural communities. The unit enables students to obtain practical workplace experience while gaining academic credit towards their degree.

Places are strictly limited and selection will be based primarily on academic merit.

Outcomes

On successful completion all students will have:

  1. Gained first-hand experience of the practical dimensions of migrant and refugee settlement and integration
  2. Attained practical workplace interpersonal skills
  3. Completed relevant research and/or job study that demonstrates their understanding of the complexities of migration
  4. Developed knowledge of both the theoretical and practical challenges of immigration
  5. Consolidated their skills in project formulation, implementation, analysis and reporting
  6. Enhanced skills in managing and organising workloads for the completion of their internship research project and related assessment tasks
  7. Enhanced their skills in critical reflection by engaging with the host organisation's positioning in terms of broader refugee, migration and multiculturalism issues
  8. Strengthened their understanding of the interests of the various stakeholders in the migration sector
  9. Enhanced their skills in critical thinking by undertaking an analysis of the implications of their own work and their host organisation's activities
  10. Improved their ability for self-evaluation and reflective learning in the context of the workplace
  11. Developed an understanding of the ethical issues one may encounter in the workplace and in the course of undertaking research

Assessment

Critical essay: 2000 words (20%)
Reflective journal: 1000 words (10%)
Seminar presentation: 2000 words (20%)
Research paper: 4000 words (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Victoria Graham (South Africa)

Workload requirements

Four 2-hour seminars and one half-day conference per semester and 8-10 hours of work placement per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

AZA2625, AZA3625 or ATS2625, ATS3625 or ATS2716, ATS3716 (for South Africa)
ATS2625, ATS3625 or ATS2716, ATS3716 (for all other campuses)

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryDepth (Enhance Program)
OfferedPrato Term 1 2014 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the broader societal relevance of literary and cultural studies in addressing contemporary social challenges. We will examine the development and role of cultural literacy in confronting issues such as the mixing of formerly distinct cultures through increased mobility, migration and the internationalization of technology; economic shifts, global environmental threats and the fluid nature of political, social and religious conflict. Specifically we will work with the themes of cultural memory, migration and translation, electronic textuality and biopolitics, biosociality and the body.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the role of cultural literacy in responding to contemporary social challenges
  2. Demonstrate the added value that cultural literacy brings to a range of discipline areas.
  3. Develop a culture of open-mindedness and dialogue between different theoretical paradigms.
  4. Develop critical reading and analysis skills.
  5. Present the results of their research coherently and effectively, both in written and in oral forms
  6. Have the chance to submit mentored work for publication.
  7. Develop interpersonal and team-work skills both with their local peers and international partners.

Assessment

Written work 85%
Oral presentation: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

20 contact hours in total


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryDepth (Enhance Program)
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Synopsis

The unit is a interdisciplinary unit co-taught with Warwick University under the auspices of the Monash-Warwick Alliance. The unit examines and illuminates 'Identity' through a variety of approaches of different disciplines.

The unit will:

  1. help students to grasp abstract and complex ideas from a range of disciplines (=multidisciplinary), and to synthesize these into thoughtful intellectual responses (=interdiciplinary), that lead students to insights that may lie beyond the scope of a single discipline (=transdisciplinary).
  2. help students understand the symbiotic potential of traditionally distinct disciplines.
  3. engage students fully with 'active' learning. It will be faithful to the notion that participation and experiential learning foster a deeper understanding of complex material.
  4. enhance and consolidate students' academic and research abilities, while also stimulating team-work and collaboration, thus creating a pool of transferable skills that students can acquire and practice.
  5. make productive links between theoretical ideas and practical applications.

Outcomes

The unit aims by studying 'Identity' to encourage students to:

  1. investigate in detail the means by which identities are formed, changed, or imposed - as seen through the lenses of different disciplines.
  2. understand notions such as the nature of individual identity broadly, national identity, bodily identity, gender identity, racial identity, and spiritual identity.
  3. reflect both upon the increasing prominence of consumer, hybrid, border, and marginal identities, and the notion that identity can shift, that it can be fragmented, and that a variety of identities can exist simultaneously.
  4. develop an awareness of how their subject knowledge and disciplinary approach can be made accessible to a wider public.
  5. explore the relationship between the mind and body in the formation of identity.

Assessment

Research Essay: 60%
Reflective Journal: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Ten 2-hour seminar twice a week in weeks 1,2,7,8,9.
Classes outside of normal teaching hours (7-9pm or 6-8pm) to accommodate time difference with Warwick.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3953